(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Specifications for Boston Public Library [microform] : Boston, Mass., Copley Square [i.e. addition] Scan film Project 11 2134. GC bid date 12/22/68 [i.e. 1/22/69]"

•^isnatir.; 





'3W«S-- 




mj/M'^ 



I 



I 

M 






W^ 












I 



r-- ^>^ 




w "LI" )' 



II m \ m I ■ ■ 



"!"*I^F*P 



IMMSMIilPMMMNIipHHMVMI 



wiinii 



/ V" 



^A 



/ 



r^ 



♦,■ '.♦•« 



.-rV 



• J" . 



«**:«*: 




•^Mvj ► 






J. ^ 



t 



'v 



l/^- 



r 



■ V A - ^^ •'■^- 



;,^ X 



(.f' 



z"- - • 






^ v.. 



\J^. 















•.*' 



x> 



-r-^ ' 



'>. ■ 



■^ 



/> 



.^^ ■:•■■ 



■ I 



:v 



> 



/ 






\- 



* ' -' 



V 



\ 












■ f'- 



<J>^ 



■y 



S^: . 






> ■/' 



>•».*. 



■% 









•S^' 





»» y 



i 







5 - 



:.i 



•«■ ~9^ •. 







/ 




X 



.-- V-A 



;-^jfc«sr' 



.i 



r 



f' 






r 



~\ 



i 



u t' 



.'<:■ 



»■: 



r • 



.^ y 



.Z'- 



"^ 



J 



r 




J .. .. 



L/ 



y 



\ 



V- 



» 



*.:.,.. 



J 






• r;^ 



/ ■■ , 



I- 




,- -^ 











€■ 



mmmmmwi 






fcneii ^^pig^n ^ 



SPW-^pawUji 



Tm 



\ X M 



■"■ yi B 



«HPPI«HV'**«ipiP"mi 



MHT'wmHwnipMHHMI^ 



vmii Jill "14 « < 



^. 



^ 



.-i* 



> 



;i ■ 



\j 



p 



A- 




\ 



J.. 



-■» * - '^'^'^'''" '",, 



.^^^. K -." 



V 



r ' 



>■/' 



.7-^ 



-\. 



% ^ 



<i? 



, ..,„ ;»*• 




'V» 



• . s • 



« 







X 



.^■ 



I 



0(? - y^ 



> S 



V 



,/- ,'-^ ••r 



y 



c^ 



/^ 



^ 



■■•r. 



> 



' ^ 



o"' 



♦ < 



■^.- 












*"^ 




vj 



-„..--.---.. -^-p^^„^-p^^p-.^^---„.j— =-,- -,y-,^-.^^. 




\ 




? 



( , 




» — 



X 




\ 



/ 



# 



I ■■■•■ 

I 



\^ 



. * .. '- -*■ 



,t 



/ 



P ^H ^H ^Bhmhi^ X ^H ^H ^B ^H 







f 



\ 



\ 



,^ 



V 



\\ 



I 



«■*■*• • 









\ 



A 



-Vv 



•a 



;j^*'''"j i Ua.-= 



^•4 

V 







'>^ 



r^ 



z' 



f 



"X 



V; 




^ 



(. 



u. 



i: 






■» ■« 




. 4 






' '--J 



^ 
4^ 



\ > 






-> 






/ . 



-'♦* 



4 



V 






^d fc iT _ i . "^^ i _ •-_*.*^.^!» 



-,.f 



^ / '-.1 ^."~B. . '* 

ufa^ I MMiiili 






A .. -- 



,tmm^lmm 



W" 





p 



B.P.L, A. 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COi'LEY SQUARE, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 



DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY 

Section 6A - Carpentry Work 
Section 6B - Architectural Woodwork 
Section 6C - Thermal Insulacion 

D IVISION 7 - M OIST URE PROTECTION 

Section "A - Waterproofing, Dampproof irig and Caulking 
Section 7B - Roofing and Flashing 
Section 7C - Glass Skylight 

DIVISION 8 - DOORS. WINDOWS AND GLASS 

Section 8A - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 

Section SB - Steel Rolling Door 

Secti <n 8C - Finish Hardware 

Section 8D - Glass and Glazing 

Section 8E - Folding Doors 

Section 8F - Aluminum Doors 

Section 8G - Fire Doors 



PAGES 
5 
2 



23 

19 

4 



6 
3 
3 

7 
1 



ARCHITECTS FOR THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 

Philip Johnson. FAIA 

375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 

Architects Design Group. Inc. 

535 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 

STRUCTURAL tNGINEERS 

Le Messurier Associates, Inc. 

711 Boy-ston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

Francis Associate* 

545 Technology Square. Cambridge, Massachusetts 

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 

Zion and Breen 

130 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Mario Pfaff 

6 Rowland Avenue, Lexington, Massachusetts 



D_I V I JJ ON 9 - FINISHES 

Section 9A - Furring, Lathing and Plastering 

Section 9B - Drywall Partitions 

Section 9C - Tile Work 

Section 9D - Acoustical Tile 

Section 9E - Resilient Floors 

Section 9F - Painting 

Section 9G - Vinyl Fabric Wall Covering 

D IVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 

Section lOA - Metal Toilet Compartments 
Section lOB - Toilet Room Accessories 
Section IOC - Specialties 
Section lOD - Trash Chute 

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 

Section llA - Food Preparation Equipment 
DIV ISION 12 - FURNISH TNGfs 

Section 12A - Vertical Blinds 
DIVIS ION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUrriON 

Section 13A - Pedestal Floors 
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTKMS 

Section 14A - Elevators and Dumbwaiters 



Addendum 



17 
5 
5 
S 
5 

14 
4 



5 
1 

Addendim 



Addendum 



43 



VOLUME I of II 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



B . P . L . A , 



B.P.L. A, 



V. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 
VOLUME I 



BIDDING DOCUMENTS 



Copy of Advertisement 
Notice to all Bidders 
Form for General Bid 

CONTRA CT FORMS 

Contract 

Meeting of Board of Directors 

Performance Bond 

Payment Bond 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES 

SPECIFICATIONS 

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Section lA - Conditions of the Contract 

Section IB - Temporary Facilities 

Section IC - Special Conditions for Mechanical and 

Electrical Trades 
Section ID - Boring Reports 
Section IE - Schedules 
Secr.lon IF - Alternates 



VOLUME II 



DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 

Section i5A - PlumblnK 
Section 15B - Sprinklers 

Section 15C - Heating, Ventilating and Air 
Conditioning 

DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 

Section 16A - Electrical Work 



PAGES 

75 
34 

148 



144 



PAGES 



52 
9 

6 

7 
Addendum 

1 



DIVISION 2 



SITE WORK 



Section 2A - Excavating, Filling and Grading 
Section 2B - Learning and Planting 
Section 2C - Demolition Work 



DIVISION 3 



CONCRETE 



Section 3A - Concrete 

Section 3B - Post-tens loned Concrete 



DIVISION 4 



MASONRY 



Section 4A - Masonry Work ' 
Section 4B - Granite Work 

DIVISION 5 - METALS 

Section 5A - Structural Steel 

Section 5B - Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron 

Section 5C - Architectural Bronze Work 



12 
2 
3 



44 
6 



11 
12 



16 

9 
27 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 
1 




TABLE OF CONTENTS 

3 



I 



I 



» 



ADVERTISICMENT 
CIT\ OF BOSTON 

LIBRARY DEPARTMENT 

Mr*TioN roR t;t:Nr.KAi. Biros ro» Constrit- 

THIN 0» AN AtKitTlUN TO TIIK B*M«TON 

I't )>(]•' LimuRY IN Coin.cy SgtARc. Bos- 

* TrtN, M\*:>". * 

' . >mril 

, .irt- 

rcs. 

\ I le* 



•<1 until twelve 



f >r whifh itihHM flubmitt4Nl. tubbU](k>r'« nanu-. 

■ \* muftt be lubmitted on the 
■V th'' Aw^rilinK Auiborily 
• ' !; *>d on the fv»rm 
> the AwarJintf 



f«>l »Ut*t>ltllt 'Kt 

Authxnty shall 



(or 
mit*' 

M» 

M 
A 



<f cmth or • cer- 
: t-r's ur cashier*^ 
.- bank Df t.rii>t 

■ V ,.f H,.Mn, iM 



Work. $2n.0tM> 



too 





M nn th« fitrtii 




X -^ The 




m. 




and 


. 1 I r > ■ - 


. ; the 


^^ •• k T.t t>e tUfW 


. <-h»U he 


■ .-■i wi;h lht» A 


V at the 


r'>. ..f th- i« 


t. Public 


1 I'lary. ( 


ac- 


• -iniianieil 


.1 at 



tinu- 
irt-nerml 



-tutii U- liluU Uf"iv the »-i.;i:rul;-'n ■-■i 
f'.«l«.l above for th* rMeivini of gencril 



bid/. In »U<i 

lh»* Ihrpf 



■ r til.- 



I. 



« \ 1 1 : a ■ 'ti .1 I III- ,.!«■■•■ I I ■■■■i .1.11'- 

Th* ratr i>»-r hour of tb* wmtm ti 
to mrrhar.tr>. leBm»lrr«. --Hiiiiffrur* 
l-orrrs in the work u 
U- \i^* than thr -m' 
r r th<> w..rk t.v th» 



Ih.' 
Wai- 

Sta- 
~h- 

T!.- 

pro\ ; .. 

li»-n*eti 
nnilrr 



I mlUT Ihr 

.1 for ftvf 

in! Ir«al 

f Ih- 

bl.l 

■ n.l 

■ r t.) 

i-on- 

ip.>n 

■n. :.-t,.r. 

to be paid 

and la- 



i«>ia{ 

I. in 
.IrrsI 

■ ■•t. a 



ih. 



-I" 



r thai) he required to 

: , .- . ^:. ■ f r the payment of com- 

in'anH ihe furnlahin* .>f olhrr beneAU 

the Workmen** Compensation l^w, 

l„^ . . 1. r f..l I. ,1,»1.-. I'J. • ■ »'l 



» me.l 

ill.l 



if 



<tf plant! 

•et»( -f 



(or 
.«h<d 

the 

r:,, ■ • ">' 

„t ■ ,'■■• "" 

f irni-hi-l I.' "1.- i.i.i.i.-r 1' » ■'■•• ""■! ""n- 
l.;,.-e r.i>y of Ihe aet of plan* and "Per nia- 
!„.!>■. ..II nle a« aforr>aid. 

All •ubhldi fir • aubtrade decimated In 
Ili-m i of Ihe ireneral bid f.Tm .hall he iled 

„!.!, .he A'ar.linr A'.thoriU. a' the .Hire 
. . ,, . . . , .1 . ., • ... I'.l. -.■ l.il, ..rv. 



which I. me and at 

he i.jbMrly op* ne.1 a- 

,.irh ..il.hil mut b» - _ • ' 

envelope with the foBowiog p.ali.ty ni. -k.-.! 

uo the o.il»'de: titl« of Iht wurV. aubl \d« 



1 .i.|t aud Plaat«r{ng....>l-'^,u'~'U 

I _ »l.T»« 

A. . $l.S."l 

Koi.i.i.; I .■■^1^ - 

l*aintinc — 

Klevat'.rA and l>umb-wait*ra.. 

I'iumbinff " -. .f ll.ooo 

Sprinklera Ki.SOO 

Keating. Ventilating and Air Con- 
ditioning 

F.le- in.-al Work 

No «iibbid ii.<i\ Ih. utrh.Itavvii ii- 
limit fi.r ■ ■ ' liv 

15) daya • h.>Ii- 

diiy» .V ■■ r the 

..JO I I- III H.l.lltloll. 

ner the thrt-e U.wt^t 

ri^l- I 1. T-- f.ir a -:l! - 

tra.'. 

aM 

l,.u. 

der- 

th. . 

.Ia> . 

aft.-r '11- J' . -. Ii!.^-i -11 .-I H . .■- ma.; i.. 

the Aubblibler M-iectetl for that itul'trade by 

the genera] bitlds r aelected aa the general 

r..ntia*t.'r. 

IMan* and i«peeiftrati*»na and other r.-r 
•t.M-um*-ntii may In* obtminvd at the il . - 

<<■• . fublir Library. ( -v -• 

after lw.;\.- 
.rd Time). W. I 

.•h«-k. I- 

amount "i '" 

lion*. Th. 

Ii.- refun.le.1 iip.>ii i.-l..iu tli.i.-.l ". K '— I 

..ndilioii u> Ihe A»«r.l.iig Aulh.'Mly with 

the u. n, M.1 l.i.l ... u.-lin Ml 1-v .lii>- iif-r 

Ih. 

dai 

bl.1.1 ^ ' 

plan- and -i-i-. i!u**:i--ii . ■ riua. I 

ti.H-umenta and euWn.ldera .i ■ -■ than 

.,„,. ,11 -.' "f l'..'i ■■'■' ■ • ""■'■ 



..( ;.;. 'i i.,T ..• }.■■: <■: -...lal.!.- 

A performance bond, and aUo a labor and 
mai.-rial> or pa>metit t«.ml. ea.h of a aurety 

..impany ii lalifted lo do I tie«« under the 

laws of the Commonwealth and •ainfartory 
I.i the Awar.linil .A-i-h-n-v and each in the 
aura of 10" P' 



be rtKiuire.1 of 

The .\WBf.ti 
tn V. 
ai: . 



.. , ... . ill 
. .ai bidib-r. 
.... the right 
- „in -1. nn-i ' re)e.l any or 
if II Ih- in Ihe public inlere-t 
Awar.ling Aulhorily ai-o re- 
aerx.-. 'iM- fintit to rej»-cl any tubbiil on any 
auhtrade If It delermii.i-» that «uch •ul.bi.l 
d.«^ not repre-ent the ..ibl.ld of • per.on 
competent to perform the work a. .peril,.-.l 
or that le"« man three "uch »ul.l>l.l« wer» 
receiled and that the ptire, are not ''••"•>- 

able for acceptance without further competition. 

In accordance with .ecli..n 4411. chapter 14». 

..f the toiieral l.aw«. a« amen.le«l. 

Crr* or IIokton. 

Till T»t"T»iw n» Tin Plane l.iagAiiy 

o* Tii« Crry <* H-ierox. 

Bt Piiiii* J MiNirr. 
(Nov. 1«.) IMcrtar. 



NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS 

Including Sub-bidders 

Foreword. The uttpiition of all liiddc-rs liiK huliiin -xiili Iti-lilers) i« falli'tl to tlie 
provisions of .*M.'(tioii.i 44.\ to Ml-, im lii>iv<', of ( li.ipf.ci 1 111 of tli«' (Jcintal l..i\\.s, ii!< 
uinrii'ied. 

In Ctmcral. Tiie City of lioston, actinp, by the Awarclln« 
Authority (The Bo.ird of Trustees of tlie Librarv r)epartnent of 
The Cltv of Boston), invites proposals for the doinR of the worl' 
described in the form of contract attiichfil licrclo. licforc sulnnilf iim lii- propo.val 
the liiiider .sluill visit tlif site, fxatiiinc its conditions, thoroughly m (piaint luiii.-clf 
with its oJi.sfai Ics and ad\antaK<.s for pcrforininjc the work, and coiiii)arc the phms atid 
.siMMiliciition-s with the conditions foiinij. .Mi proi)o-;il.' Milnnitlcd sliali 1-f sul.jcct to 
all appliialiie pro\i.sion.s of lav, inchidiim, without iiiiiitiii>j the n'l't ralilN of the fore 
(foinn. Soction.s IVM, A'.^K and :{'.»-\I of Chapter M) and .S'ction.s J't and 44.V to 441., 
inciusi\c, of Chapter 149, of the ( .eneral Laws, as ariiendpd. 

hitstioiis. .\11 (pie-tioiLs a.s to the intcrpret.ition of the pl.ans and .specification.s 
«hall he .xulmiitted in writing to the .Vwaniini; .\utlioril.v, and written .-mswers to such 
(|iie-tions will he sent hy the .Vwardinit .\iithority to every indi\idiial or tirni on rei ord 
an havinn taken a .-et of plaii.x and .spe(i(ication.><. So (picstioiw will he answered unless 
re(eivedat least forty-(-ight hours firior to the expiration of the time. m-i for (iliiiK suli l>ids. 
E(,u<ili<y. Kxccpt where oth<Twi.-e s|)ecifically jirovided to the (diitrary, the words 
'(ir "(jiiar are hereli\ in.serted iniinediately following th« naiiiinK or descriliiriK of each 
article, a.s.sciuhly, svsiein or any coruponent i)art thereof, in the contract or in the plans, 
Hpecihfations, addenda or other docnineiits im orporated in and tnade a jiart of the 

contract. i i i i 

However, the gener.-il bidder selei ted a- the ceneral contractor and tiie siil» liidders 
selected for the .snh trades desiKiialed in the form for general hid are rctjiiired to .siilmut 
to the Awarding .\uihority for consideration as to its er|iialit\, a written notice contain 
ing the name and full particulars, pertaining to any item or items) other tlum the 
s,n.,itii'or sjiecihcs '^^.-inied or .|„'cril.e.>*-l..*rcfor jjijhe coi.t!act or in (hicunient.s iiu^.r 
porated in and made a part thereof, one Imndred .-nid twenty ' l_'t)i calendar daxs in 
advance of the time of its iticorporaiion in the work, hy the general coiilnidor or siil, 
contractor, as the ca.se may he. -,,-,.-,,, r . . . 

In anv c.ase in which ill the peii."l of time spe. died in .Vrticle 11 of the contract 
for completion of all the work is less than IJO calendar days, from the time of the ap- 
proval of the contract or (2) the item -or items) in (|uesti(.n is tf. he incorporated in the 
work pr'or to the expiration of 120 calendar days from the time of the approval of the 
contrict the aforesidd written notice shall he snhmilted to the Awarding- Authority 
immedia'telv following the execution of the gener.il cotitr t hy the City f.f Boston. 

Forthwith upon receipt of -such written notice, the .Vwarding Aul' ority shall coii- 
durt or cause to he conducted a rea.sonaltle investigation to determine whether the item 
(or items) in question shall he considered e(|ual to the item (or items) named or de- 
«crtied therefor in the contnid or m llie document.^ iik oiporated in and made a part 
of the rontract Ipon conclusion of the invest iuat ion, the Awarding Ai!thonly shall, 
in writing, pron.ptiv advi.se the general contr.actor or suh-coiitractor suhmitt.ng th.- 
written notice that the item (or item.s) in (juestion is, or is not, con.sidered the ef|Ua! of 
the item (or items) named or descrihed as aforesaid, and that said item (.ir item.s) may, 
or mav not, he furnished on the work accordingly. 





I • 



A (hough It is to he clearly understood that an item e(,ual to that named or de- 
.M-ril,.,| i„ ,„. ,.,„„r,,,, .,p i„ ,,„, ,,|,,„,_ .s,„...i,„.ations, a.hlenda, or other ,h,cuiuc„t.s 
I'leorporai.d m and made a j.Mrt of the contract may Ih- furnislicd on the work in n,; 
case iM.wever may an item he furnislud „n tlie work other than the item named .,r 
.lescrilM.il as aforesaid, unhss the Awarding Authority shall con.-i.Kr the item us the 
equal of the itt m .so nanu d or dc.scrihcd, as provided hy law. 

I i<U Form,, The Awarding Authority shall furnish to cvcrv per.son applving 
therefor a form for general hid and a form for sul.-l.id. " 

I'lui, „nd S,nc;ji,ot,ons. Th.' .\warding .\uthority shall, upon deposit of the 

a.m.unt ,ht set .as d.s.gnated in the a.h. rtiscment for the return ..f the .same in g 1 

eon. iiinn, funiLsh two complete .s, is of plans and sfM.i! ,-ations to each g.n.ral h.d.l.r 
nqulslillgsTr" " """ '"'"''''"' "■' "^ »''""^ •""' '^l'<<'li'-ati<.ns to each sub-hidd.r 

/ 7";"' / "./•-■ ""'/ -^"I'f'ls. The general hids an.l ti.c suh-hi.ls will n. dccnicd to 
n I. tc to tha signc.l set of plans and s,„.,-,(„.,.,ti..ns f.tr the pr.tj.ct on hie at the othce 
«s(|.sigMaicd 1.1 the Mdvert.scmcn,. ..,,,,1 |,„|.|.-rs will act at their own ri.sk if any variance 
. xists lictwcn the Mforc.siM.i .set of plans ,,...1 .specifications and the s.-t (or s.ts) of plans 
and s,M-c,l,cations urnish.ti to the hidder l.y the Awarding Authoritv. In short, .a.h 



:■"•''••'; '''<:l;"r.l.'n. if .•h..>kingt..n.nk..-..rt.-iint'',at the, s..t'(,,rs,.ts),,f plans an.l. s,M.,i- 
h.-ati.ins furnish.'.! t.i th.- I.id,|er is a true and ' " 

sp«'ei(ieatioiis on i lc a.s afor.'.said. 



c.»mi)letc copy of the .set of plans anil 



U,j,ct„>„ oJCrtuin (eneral /,,/., „„,/ Crtoin Suh-hids Requmd h,/ l.mr 'I'he law 
re(,.iircs thnt . very g.-n.Tal hid, an.l cv.ry suh-hi.l, which is not accompanied l.v the 
prcscril,..! hid .l.posit, or which is n..t on a form furnished l.y the Awar.ling Authoritv 
or otherwKHc d.M's not conform with seeti.ms 44A to 44L, in.-lu.sive, of .liajitcr 14!» .if 
Ihe (...neral I^.ws, as atnend.d, .,r which is on .-i form not compl.telv filhd in, or which 
I.S in.omplet.', .•on.liiioiial or ..hs.ur.'. ..r which conlam.s anv ad.lition not calhd for 
stiall \h- r. jecte.l hy the .Vwardiiig .\utliority. 

Further Ri<jht to Rrjeet ( enernl I i.ls and Suh-hid^. The .\ warding Authoritv further 
re.s4Tv.s Ih.' right to r.'j.'.t any ..r all g./icral hi.ls if it 1k' in the puldic inte " s<. to 
«lo. .•in.l to rej.-ct any siih-l.i.i on any suh-lrade if it .leterniines that such suh-hid d..es n..t 
reprcs.'!,! th.- suh-hi.l of a |>erson .'om,H't.nt to fxrf.irm th.- work as .siM.ih.'d or that 
l.-ss than thr.-.' such siih-hi.ls w.re r... iv. .1 .-in.l that th.- pn-.s ar.' not r.'a.s..naM.- f..r a.- 
eeptan.'e without liirtlier ..imi). titi.-n. 

Ceneriil Hids. Ccmral hi.ls mii.st 1k' sulmiitt.'.I on (h,' form f.T g.-n.ral l.id al- 
tachetj h.'n'l... The general hi.l shall Im- compl.-telv (illed in, sign..!, encl.,.sed m an 
enveloix'. seal.'.! an.l plainly ni;irke.l with th.- .I.'.scrir.t iui, of th.- work to Ik' done Tl.e 
hi.l ac.ompanied hy a hid .|.'i..isil m ||„. form ..f .ash or a .•ertif.d .lack ..n, or a trea- 
piirer s or cashi.rs check i.ssu«-d hy, a nspf-nsihle hank ..r trust companv, payal.le to the 
( ity of Host. .11, in th.- am.iunt s|M'citie,| in the adv.rtis.ni.iit sli.ill l",.- fijid with th.- 
Awarding Authority at th.' ph.,' .I.sigm.t.'.l in th.- adv.rlis, ni. ni. Th.' hi.l shall U- 
hled Infore th.' tim.- .I.signat.'.l in th.' advertiwiiunt for th. npenirig ,,f general hids. 



(leiK-ral hi.ls shall he f.ir the c.mipiete work a- spe. ifi.'.l ati'l sii.dl in.liid.- th<- names 
of suh hid.his an.l the amounts of 'neir suit hids; and the general contra, tor Phall 
he .selected on the hasis of su.h general hids. 

Kvery general bid shall Ih- divi.led int.) two items: 

Item 1, covering the w.irk ..f th.' g.n.ral contrattor, heing all w..rk other 
ihaii thai .■.)vered hy Item J. 

Item •-», overing the w..rk an.l the suh-hid price.* theref.ir .if the suh-hidders 
for such of th.- f..ll..wing as in tlit- .slimate of the Awar.ling Aiitli.irity will e.x.'ecd 
one th.msand dollars: (1) roohng ami flashing; (J) metal wind.)ws; i'.i) water- 
pr.iofing, damppr.iofing and caulking; (4) miscellaneous and .)rnameiital iron; 
(.-» lathing and piasti-ring; (Ii) acoustical tile: (7) marhle; (8) tile; (9) terrazzo; 
(10) n-sili.iit floors: flli gla.ss jin.l gl:izing; (12) painting: (1.3) plumliing; (lA) h.-at- 
ing, v.-ntilating and air conditioning; ( I.')) electrical w.irk, in.lu.ling .lir. ct el.'ctrical 
ra.l'iation f..r heating; (Hi) elevators; (17) masonry work: and ( 1«) any ither clas.s of 
work for which the Awarding Authority deems it n.ce.ssary .>r convenient to re- 
ceive siil.-hi.ls: an.l each .if tli.'.se cliis.ses ..f work shall he designated in Item 2 of 
the form f.)r general hid as a siih-trade f.ir whi.li suh-hi.l prices must l;c given. 

if a g.'iieral hi.l.ler customarily perf.irm." with his .iwn .niployees any sub-trade 
or suh-irad.'s li.ste.l in Item 2 of lli.' g.nen.l hi.l f..rm. he nwiy suhniit a suh-hid on the 
s-il)-hid f.)rm, an.l shall al.s.) submit un.l.'r It. in J of his gen.ral bi.l his nam.- and amount 
for such sub-trade. A sub-bid .so submittc.l hy the general hidder selected as the lowest 
nspoiiMbl.- and .-ligihle g'-neral hi.l.ler shall be .'onsi.h-red oi. a par with suh-bwis hie.l 
with the .\war.ling Authority hv sub-bidd.'rs who cust.miarily p. rform such sub-trade 
No such .sub-bid bv a general bidder shi-ll be .-.uisi.l.re.l, how.v.-r, iinl. ss tli.' g.n. nil 
i.id.lercan show, to"the sati.sfacti.m of the Awarding Auih.irity, that Ik' do. s cust..maril\ 
p,.rform such sub-trade, aid is qualili.-d to do the character of work n .lUirt.l by th.- 
ymili.able s.-(-ti.»n of Ihe specifications. 

Suh-I,id.i.' .Ml -iih-i.i.ls f.ir a sub-lrii.l<- .l.-signate.! in Item J of th.' g.n.ra. Iml 
form shall Ik- filc.l with tin- Awar.ling .\iitli..rily li.'fore twelve .I'clock no.m at hast 
four dnvs, Satur.lavs, Sun.lavs ami legal holi.lays .-xchided, Ixfore the .lav lix.'.l by I le 
\war.ling Authoritv for the oix-ning of g.-n.ral hi.ls. Kvery such sub-bid -shall Im- 
for th<- .'om,)l. tc w.irk ..f th.' -.ib-lra.l. as .^px.ifi. .1, and must Ik- sul.mitted on the f..rni 
for sub-bi.l furnish.'.l h.r.wiih. Mvery luich suh-hi.l shall Ih- s.ihmitt..l in a .^.al.'.l 
envelope with the following plaii.lv marked on the out.sid.': Till.- .-f U ork: Mib-trade 
for whi.h .Sub-hid .Submitted; Suh-bi.l.lcrs Name; Sub-bid.Ier'.s nusiiMss .Vddn -s. 

Kvery such siib-bi.l shall be «cc<.mp,'iiii. .1 by a bi.i .l.p.isit in the f..rni .if .ash or a 
certifie.1 check . i, or treasurer's or cashi.-rs che.k i.ssue.l by, a resp.niMl.l.' bank <,r trust 
companv, pavablr to the City of Hoston in the amount specified in the advert i.sement. 

Fverv siib bidder diilv filing a sub l.id with the Awarding .\uth.iritv shall be boun.l 
th.-rebv to everv general bi.ldi-r not expressly ..xciu.le.l therein from t he u.se ther.-of ; 
an I anV variance from such sub-bi.l communicated to a general bi.Ider shall be of no efle.t. 

I-verv siib hi.l f..r a sub tra.le .l.-signaie.l in Tien. 2 <if the general bi.l form shall be 

nubli.'lv opened an.l rea.l bv th.- .Awarding Authority at the time an.l place spe. ihcl 

n the a.lvertise.1 invitation for hi.ls. N..t later than the .second d.iy, .Saturdays, Sun»lays 



tjfmt^i^v'^n) wT^'^g^: 



i ^^msM^-i 




!iii.l IcKal l.oli.lavs exclu.lo.l. Ixfore tlu- .liiy fix.-<l l.y th.- AwiinhiiK Autl.onty for t!ie 
„,,.-,u„K of general Imis, the AwanluiK Atithoiity sl.all mail t<. every person on rerord 
•i^ having taken a set ..f i)lans and speciii.ations a li.>t <.f sul. I-J.l.iers arranged l.y mi .- 
trades and lislinu for <a.l. s.ih trade ti.e n;uue, ad-lress an.l sul. lid pri. e of every Mih- 
l,i,ider sul.M.ittinK a sul. 1-i.i thereon not rej.-te.i l.y the Auar.I.ng Authoi.ty and the 
names of all generai oontraetors expres.^ly preclu.ied fr..n> usn.K su. 1. sul. l.id. A 
person shall not l-e naine.l l.v a general l.i.ld.-r as a sul. Lidder for a sul. trade in Item - 
of the general l.id form unless sueh fx-rson is ineluded f(.r sueh sul. trade m said list. 

I'n,r,<lun- W'lure A-. Suh hid for Sub trade. If nn sul> l.id is filed for a sul. trade 
('psignate.l in Item 2 of the general l.id form or if a rejection of all sul. I.i.is for sueh a 
sul. trade oeeurs, the Awanling Auth..n!y sluill state, in an adden.lutM to I.e issued 
with the list of sul. I.id.lers, the amount to I.e included for such sul. tra.le l-y a genera 
l.idder under Item J of the general l.id form ; and new sul. bids for sueh sul. trade .nhal 
be re<iuest,.d f<.rthwith l.v written invitati..'» to three or more ciuahfied sul. I.id.lers and 
shall he pul.liclv <.pene.l and read l.y the Awarding Atith..rity at a time and place to U- 
specified in such invitation. The general eontractor shall .ause the «..rk ...vered l.y 
such Mil. trade t<. I.e .h.ne l.v the h.west resp<.nsil.le and elii-ii^le sul.-l id<ler against 
whose standing and ahilily the g.iural ...ntractor makes m. <.hje.tion or. if there is no 
sueh .sul.-hi<ider, l.v such sul. contra<t..r against wh(..se sfan.lmg and ability the general 
.-ontractor makes no ohje.tn.n and for su<h sum as the general .onlrH.tor and the 
\wanling Aullu.ritv mav agree upon: and the general contract pri.-e sha 1 be a.ljusled 
l.v the -lilTerenc between the sub c<.ntract sum and the amount stated in the addemlum 
The general bid.ler shall in.lu.le un.ler Item 1 of the general bid form all expenses and 
profits on aceounl of such adjustments. 



CITY OF BOSTON 



FORM FOR GENERAL BID 

T(. the Av\aidiiig Aiilh.irily acting in tin- name .iiid bchnlf of the City of Bnstuii. 
.\. 'i"he nndl■^-i^Ilcd proposes to furnish all labor and materials re'|iiired for 
construction of ihe Boston Public Library Addition located on the site 

ProjKt 

bounded by lioylston Street, Lxeter Street, Blagden Street and the Existing 
Boston Public Library 

in Hoston, Mas.saehusclls, in accnidance with the accompanying i)laiis and specilieatK.ns 

prepared by Philip Johnson and Architects Design Group, Inc. -Architects 
for the Boston Public I.ibrarv Addition for the contract price specified 

Ik-Iow, subject to additions and deductions according to the teiins of the speeifieatiiui^. 
H. This bi(l iiiehnles addenda numbered 



j). Tlie subdivision of the propo.sed rontraet price is as follows: 
Item 1. The v. ork of the gc-neral eontractor, being all work 

(.ther than that covered by Item 2 S- 

Item 2. Sub-bids as follows: 



SfH-1l(AI.E 



Name of Sin-nii.nF.ii 



Amocnt 



Bood* required 

Indicated by 
"y«»" or "Nu" 



( \ ) Masonry Work g _ 

(i.) Prfjp.U^'. WprK s. 

Miscellaneous and 

(3) Ornamental Iron c, _ 

Architectural 

(^) Bronze Work §_ 

Waterproofing, Damp- 

(5) proof inj?_ and. ??H.^hfP? ?• 

(5) Roofing^ and Flashing 5 _ 

(7) Class and Glazinp i^_ 

Furring, Lathing 

(8) ;iii<i Plastering $. 

(ij) Tile Work $ 

(lU) Acoustical Tile c;_ 



7a 



(11) Resilient Floors $. 



(12) Painting $, 



F.lev.ilors and 

n 1^ Dumbwaiters e 

(14) Plumbing $_ 

(15) Sprinklers $. 

lieatinp. Ventilating 

(1(,) and. Air. Conditioning $. 

(17) Flectrical.Work $. 



('. The proposed contract price is 



I"or .Mteriiate No. . 
I"or .Mteniate No. 
I'or AileriKite No. 
I"or Alteniale No. 
I"or .Mleriiate No.. 



: Add .? 

: Add ? 

: \:a % 

.: Ad.l !? 

: Add ? 



.. dollars i% 

; Subtract $ 

: Subtr:',ct $ 

: Siibtract I 

S'iotract * 

: Subtract ? 



.1. 



Total of Item 2 ? 

Tie undetsigned agrees that each of the above-named sub-bitlders will be used 
for th'- w'.ik indicated at the amount stated, unless a substitution is made. Tln' under- 
signed further agrees t(. pay the premiums for tiie performance and payment bonds 
furnished by sub-bidders as recpiested herein nn<i that all of the cost <.f nil such [.n miunis 
is included in the amount .set b.rlh in Item 1 <.f this bid. 

'!"b'' undvrsigiicd agrees that if he is si'lected as, general contractor, he will promptly 
coiif.'r with the Awarding Authority on the (|uestion (.f sub-bidders; and that the .Vward- 
ing Authority m-iy substitute for any sul. -bid listed nbr.ve, a sub-biri dtily filed wiih the 
Awardiii;: .\uthority by aiK.ther sub-bidder b.r the sub-trade against whose standing 
and iibility tlu- uiHlersigned makes no objection: and that the undersigned wiil use all 
sueh hnaliy s<'leete(l siib-hid<iers at the amounts named in their respective sub-bids and 
Ix- in every way as responsible for them and their work is if they had been originally 
nam.-fl in this gt neral l.id, the t(.tal contr.ncf price luring adjusted to confori'! 'hiret<.. 

K. The undersigned agrees that, if he is seleefd as gener.al contractor, he will 
within five days, Saturdays. Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentati(.ii 
thereof by the .\warding .\uthority, execute in (|uadruplicato a eontrac in arcordanee 




-•>''w y»aix!H'»»' • ^ 



8 

with the terms of this general ^i^ -Hurntsh ^^^^P^^;:^ 

materials or payment bond each "^^^* .^J^ > ^':7 \V,,^ 

the laws of the Commonwealth and a o^^^^^ b. A ^^, ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ 

the sum of one hun.ired percent of the ' ' "' ' V, ;,,, i^aet price. 

paid by the general contractor ''"^ ""'''' ''^^ ;;;/,,, ,,^„,,, ,ha, <an work .1. 

The undersigned hereby cert ihes that he - ' '^' j^J" '^ .^j „„ Uie work, 
lu^rnumy with all elements of labor enw.10 dor ol^e^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^_^^ ,^.^ 

F. The undersigned further agrees tha '^ ^ ^^^ „,, ,,,. ^ labor and 

agreement to execute a -"'-^ ;-', X';.;^ '^^^^ T^olit accmpanymg the copy 
materials or payment bond as ^ '''' \ /, ,, ' si • 1 become and be the property of the 
of this bid filed with the Awarding •^'»»''''"..>;'';^. ;;,,";,! understa.uls that all bid 
C-itv of HoMon as liquidated damages. ^TJ '^ 1 mest responsible ami eligible 
dep...sits of general bidders, except those of ^ 'fj''^^, ^^ ; Su uiavs and legal holi- 
general l.i<hlers, shall be returned wit un «-; -,^:': ^Z' ^ '^ bid deposits of the 
davs ex.-lu.le.i. after the ..pe.ung of the K''^"' ' f ' ' . l,"^,,,,, ,„,„, the execution 
three lowest responsible and eligible general biddeis \' '' * \\'7*^. exp.rati..n of thirty 
Ind delivery ..f the general contract or 1 no --;^^^^ the .--'i: "f "'»• »^'>-"' 
davs. Saturdays, Sundays and legal ''''''•'">;/-^ ,' " [.in thirtv .lays, Saturdays, 

bids or if Federal tJovernment approval is re-iuiMd. Mtnm 
S:;;da>; ami legal h..Udays excluded, after suci. a,,.ovaL ^^ ^^^^ 

r The undersigne.l understands that the Awanling Autnornj r 
to r^;ct 'X' :^ alU^iera. bids if it 1. m the publrc ^^^^^^^^^^^ ,.„. ,,,..., 
H. The u.idersigne.1 represents V'"\'''':;r'? h.; b d. or he same w..rk, that 

f.au.l. collusion or connection of :my ^\-^^^:^^^:^ e. ection with, or 

the un.lersigned in comi>eting s. lel> in Uv ov „„ „,|„.r ,H-rson ..r corporation 

..hligat.on to. any undis.-losed person or ;''■•' "'7'; '•,;;. .;,,,,. has read the form of 
has any interest in the prohts of the '•;;'; ";';;:;.:'^,'.< ill provisn.ns thereof and to 
contract attache.l hereto and is fully nfo tn 1 «« ,,, ,,,.^^, ,.,, ,„ . ...Mted the 

Tl.,. „.,„., a,..l a,...n..e. „t all ,-r..... n„..n..,o.i i,. .1,.. P ™l, .^ P "' • 

Other than the undersigned, are as foUo-.xs. 



The bichler is a (an). 



// hiddrr is n Pnrtnerithip, state names and residential addnss«s of all partners: 



// hilder ».v n ('orpornd'nn, .state the following: 

Corporation is incorporated in the Stale of - 

Pri'sitlent is ■ 

'i'reasurer is • 

Place of business in Hostoii is 

// Hh hiddir IS a Fi>rvi<in Corpnrnlinn, also stale the following: 

{(I) The P..wer (.f Attorney n>«piired by (leneral Laws, r. 181, s. 3, was f,l«d «.n: 

(/.) The Certificate and copy of its Charter, Articles or Certificate of Incorporation 
requin'd by ( W-iieral Laws, c. 181, s. 5, were filed on. 

// Ifw husincsa is conducted under any title other than the real mime of the ovner, BiaU' 
the time when, and plare where, the certificate required by (leneral I.awF, e. 110. s. '., 
was fih'ii: 



Th, /''drnil SnrinI Securiti/ Idcntificntion Sumher of the bidder (the number uw-d on 
Employers Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department F<.rm 941) is: 

Date: 

Didder: 

By: • 

^ Title 

Business Addresa 

(END OF FORM FOR GENERAL BID) 



L 




10 



CITY OF BOSTON 



CONTRACT 



Tills A(;KI:I:MI:NT ma.le the day of 

in the year one thou-and nine hundreil and , by and 

betwr( 11 iIh' ('il\ of Po>ioii, acting l.y its Awarding Aut[.or.ity,(rhe.. Bp^fd... of 

T.';".^.'.^.^.?...P.^.,M'.V...^.''P'^>' i^epartment of Th». City of Boston) 

herein.after d. -ign.iled as the Ollici.ii, and 



of 

the Contractor; 



, hereinafter d<signated as 



W I rNI.S-d!TH : That the Contractor, in consideration <.f tlie agreements herein 
made l.y the City, agrees with the Citv as follows; 



AUTK l.i; I 
• ilALRAL DF.SCRIPTION OF TMi: WORK TO HK DONE 

Tlie ( "oiilL'tctor shall pr<.\ide all the iii:ilei ials and p«'rforiii all the work iiece>-ai\ 
for and incideiit.il to construction of the Boston PubHcJLibrary. A 
located on the site bounded by boylston Street, Fjceter Street, Blagden 

Street and the E3cl?yn^..Bostpn.Publlc Library in 



in all respects in .•iccord.inie with the lerm> of this contract and with the plans and 
s|N-eific:ilions made a part heie<.f. 

The advertisement, notice lo all bidder- 'including sul. -bidders), proj.osal, plans 
.•iiul specilic.iiioiis and all addenda, if any have been issued, are hereby incorporaleil 
by reference and m.ade a pjirt hereof to the >ame extent as if each were lu'rein set f(.r(h 
III its eiitiretv. 



11 

AIMKLi: II 
riMl FOR COM.MKNt i:.MI.N r AND ( O.Mri.LTIftN Ol" WORK 
It IS understood and agreed that lime is of the essence of this contract and that the 
Contractor shall commeiue work forthwith upon the execution of . this con- 
tract by the Awardiiif- Author itv .md shall, within seven hundred and thirty 
one (731) Calendar Days, bring the work to entire completion, which terir, 
as used in this contract, shall be construed to mean the completion of all 
the work as called for by this contract. 

If the ('<.ntract(.r is -lelaved in the prosecution or completi<.n of the work by any! 
damage caused bv fire or ..ther casiialtv b.r which the C.mfractt.r is not re-ponsibie or 
b'v general -strikes ..r lock-outs caused by acts ..f employees, he shall I.e alh.wed siicli 
oxtension of time f..r c..iiipieti..n of the work as the Ofhcial shall determine to be just. 
No extension ..f time for the completion of the work for any cause mentione<i in this 
article shall be made unless a claim therefor is presented in writing to the Oliicial witiuii 
forty-eight hours of the occurrence (.f such cnii.se. 



ARTICLE III 
APPLICATION FOR DRAWINCS AND INFORMATION 
The Contractor shall make written application to the Officii 1 for drawings f.r other 
information to be furnishe.l by him, .such applicati..n to be made at least two weeks, 
and not more than four weeks, in arlvance of the time such drawings or information 
ar,. fo be need.'d. The plans and si.e.'ifications are cooperative and it is expressly 
understood that any labor or material re.,uired to fully '-arry out and compl. o the 
Mitention of the plans, whether or not particularly inei.t:one.l m the contract shall be 
nn.vided Uv the Contractor an.l executed as a part of, this coj.tract. pn.vi.le.l l,..wev=r^ 
hat when"specifi<-ati..i.s, plans ami .ietaile.l .Iraw.ngs .lo n..t sli.iw all ir,.- L-.t„.r an.l 
materials that mav be re.,u.re.l, the C..ntractor shall be g.,verne.l by the recpurement s 
oVthe building law applying t.. the City of Ib,.t..n and in aceordan.e with appro- e.I 
iiielli..ils of .'onstruction. 

ARTK LI. IV 
(JIALITV OF THE WORK 

The C.iitra.'tor sliall carrv ..n the w,.rk with .hie .liligeiwe an.l .b<pat.li. All w..rk 
nerf..rme,I ami materials furnish-'d shall be ..f the best -piality an.l workmanship an.l 
lo the satisfacth.n ..f the Offi.ial an.l shall be in strict acconlance with the ...ntra.-t 
re.|iiireinents. ' ' ' 

It is un.Iersto..d and agree.l that wherever in this contract or in the plans, spe.M- 
ficati..ns, a.l.len.la ..r ..(her .(..cuments in.M.rp..rate.l in .nn.l tna.le .n part of th-s e,,ntra.t 
ihe w..r.N ..r e.piab or e.piiv.dent w..r.ls are Use.l. n.,lhiiig -hall be .....isi.lere.i e.,ual 
unless the Awar.ling Autli..rit> shall have .leenie.l it as e.,ual pursuant t.. the noti.e 
t.) all bi.l.lers. 





1. 



I 



wmmm 





iiMiimjJtmmi . ;jw4 



^ 




12 

ARTICLE V 

GKNKKAI. rKOVISIONS 

The Contractor shall 

(a) Do all cutting and imtc-hing of the building of whatever material wherever 
necessary or re(|uirt'd. 

(6) Make due allowance for w(»rk to he performed by others and slmll cooperate 
'n the case of work to lie {lorfornicd by others. 

(c) Do all excavating or hlling and mason work and furnish, set and finish all 
board spots an<l board coverings required to place and l('a\e the parts of the work done 
by others in proper position and finish: shall kt ep fully informed as to the size, shape 
aiid position of such parts and seek and ol'tain information relating thereto. 

(d) I'pon the written recjuest of the Official discharge any person in his employ 
who appears to the Olfitial to be disonlerly, careless or incomi)etent or to be employed 
in violation of any of the terms of this contract. 

(e) Clive personal supervision to the w«)rk, keep a conjpetent foreman and suflicient 
numlxT of comiM'tent emphiyees thereon and carry on the work subject to the approval 
of the ()IIi( ial. 

(/) Trot eel everythiuR on tlie prenuses from injury by water, frost, wind, fire, 
accident or otiier cause, and any interference. 

((/) Within twenty-four hours after receiving written notice from the Olhcial to 
that elTect, proceed to remove from the grounds or buildings all materials condemned 
by him, whether worked or unworked, and to take down all portions of the work which 
the Official shall i<y like written notice (ondemn as unsound or im|)roper, or as in any 
way failmg to conform to the drawings and specifications, and mak»' good all work 
damaged or destr<»yed thereby. 

ih) Take diarge of, protect, and be liable for, any loss of. or injury (<>. the mate- 
rials for UM' under this contract, deliver«d at or in the viiinify of the site, and whether 
or not suitably stored at the .xite (or at some location agreed upon) pursuant to Article 
.\.\III, l)y whomsoever furnished. 

II) N<(tify the Official as soon as any such materials are s^o delivered, allow the 
authorizeti representative of the Official to examine the same, and furnish men to assist 
such examination. 

0) Keep in proper piles, so placed as not to interfere with the work, all such 
materials as are fn.m time to tinie accepted and promptly remove from the premises 
all such materials not so accepted. 

(k) Furnish and pay for all water requireil iiy persons doing the work on or in the 
building, whether empl<)ved by him or others. 

(i) Cause to 1)6 stacked, and fn.m tune to time removed, all rubbish or waste 
materiiil resulting from the wc-k and not needed in same, keeping the premises at all 
times in a condition satisfac.ory to the Official. 

(m) In acidition to the care of the building, which will be required of every trade 
at work in the buihling. the Contracfor shall, when the work is completed and furniture 
.set, have the building thoroughly and tinally cleaned ready for occupancy. 




13 

(n) Take .ill proper prLnaiit ions to protect the City's or nd joining property 
from injury or unnecessary interference; provide proper means of access to the 
propertv .m<i replarf or put in ^ood condition every public or private way, 
ronduit, catch-basin, fence, tree, or other thins injured by the Contractor in 
carrying on the work unless permanently done away with, on approval ot tlie 
Official for the proper carrying on of the contract. 

(o) Take all proper precautions to protect persons from injury, unnecessary 
interference or inconvenience and be responsible for the results of any failare 
In so dolnR. 

(p) leave an iinoiist rue t ed way along public and private places for pedestrians 
and veliicular traffic and leave direct access to hydrants: provide proper walks 
over and around anv obstruction made in a public place in carrying on the contract, 
and maintain from the heginninn of twilipiit, tlirough the whole of every night, on 
or near the obstruction, sufficient lights and guards to protect travelers from 
injury lliereby; wlu- the work is suspended keep all roadways and sidewalks in 
proper conlition, and put and leave the same in such condition at tlie termination 
of the work, all to the satisfaction of the Official. 

((]) Provide, set up and maintain all necessary derricks, hoisting machinery, 
scaffolds and stagings required for the work, except such as are particularly 
specified to be furnished by others, and do all customary hoisting and give all 
customary and proper assistance to all subcontractors. 

(r) Furnish such guaranty bonds as are called for in the specifications. 

(s) Furnisb to the'ofticial sat llif actcnry (Troof that he has tai??n out and is ' 
maintaining all the insurance required hereunder. 

ARTICLE VI 

CF.NEPAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR 

(a) It is agreed and understood liiat the Contractor has '.ade his own 
examinations and estimates and shall not hold the City and the Architect and 
their agents or enplovees responsible for or bound by any schedule, estimate, 
sounding, boring or any plan of any thereof and shall take all responsibility 
for the prosecution of the work and shnll hrear all losses vesulting to him in . 
such prosecution of the work. He r.hall assume the defense of and hold the 
City and the ArchitecL and their agents and employees harmless from all suits 
and claims against them or auy of them arising from the use of any invention, 
patent or patent right, and by or from any act or omission or neglect of the 
Contractor, his agents or employees in carrying on the contract. He shall 
conform to all requirements of law and all other public authorities, state 
or local, relating to the methods or materials to be used or to the persons 
to be employed in doint^ tl:^ wtirk. 



• 



13 a 



(b) Indemnification 




.1 The Contractor siiaU indemnify and hold harmless the City and 
the Architect and their agents and employees from and against all 
claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys' fees 
arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, pro- 
vided that anv such claim, damage, loss or expense (a) is attribut- 
able to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to 
or destruction of tangible property (other than the ''ork Itself) 
including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (b) is caused 
in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the 
Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directlv or indirectly 
employei' by any of them or anyone for uliose acts any of them mav 
he liable, regardless of whetiier or not It is c.used in part by a 
party Indemnified hereunder. 

.2 In anv and all claims against the City or the Architect or any 
of their agent, or enployees by any employee of the Contractor, 
any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any 
of them or anyone for whose acts any of thei.. may be liable, the 
Indemnification obligation under this Paragraph (b) shall not be 
limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of 
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor 
or any Subcontractor under workmen's compensation acts, disability 
benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 

.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph (b) 
shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, his agents or 
employees arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, 
drawing's, opinions, reports, surveys. Change Orders, designs or 
specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give 
directions or instructions by the Architect, his agents or 
employees provided sucii giving or failure to give is the primary 
cause of the injury or damage. 

.A The term "wi'ork" as used in this ''.iragraph (b) includes all labor 
necessary to produce tlie construction required bv the Contract 
Documents and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be 
Incorporated in such construction. 



14 

AHTICLK VII 

KXTKA WORK 

The City, by written order of tiie Official, may change, increase or omit any part 
of the work, or change the pLiiis, specilications, drawings or reqtiire the Contractor to 
furnish extra materials or extra labor relating to the work and the Contr.ictor shall con- 
form to such orders. No < haugc in the work, whether involving a change in the contract 
sum or not, shall be allowed unless the order therefor is signed liy the Official. The 
Official shall determii e the amount to lie added to or ileducted from the contract sum 
on account of anv such change and shall determine the extension of time, if any, to be 
allowed and such amount and extension of time shall, when possible, be stated in the 
order but ma\', if n«'c< ssarv , lie dett-rmined at a later date, in w hich case a supplement ar>' 
order, including the amount and extension of time, shall be i.ssued for the work. The 
work covered by an order shall be prosecuted witiiout delay, according ♦o the directions 
of the order. The Contractor, when reipiested l>y the Official to sui>mi' a price for the 
doing of extra work involving tiic work of subcontractors, shall file with the Official a 
copy of the bid he has received from cacli subcontractor involved in the doing of the 
extra work and he shall be .allowed to add ten percent (lO'^l to the anuiunt of the 
apiiroved iiid or bids he lias received from subcontri'ctors for such work, it being under- 
stood that this ten percent (10%} is the full amount to be allowed to the Contractor 
for the performance of and for a.ssuming responsibility for such work. 



articm: Mil 

CLAIMS roR KXTKA WORK 

If the Contractor takes exceptiim to the amount to be adtied to or deducted from 
the c(mtract or to the extension of iime, on accouyl of any <;rder issued l^v the Official, 
he shall, within one week of the d<'livcr\ of said order, tile with the Official full state- 
ments in writing of the allowance he claims under sui h order and no claim for a change 
in the allowance covereil by any order sli:ill be considered unltss such statiinents ha\e 
been so made and filed. The Official sliall pass on any such claim and his decision in 
regard thereto shall be final. The work covered by an order to which the Contractor 
has taken exception shall be prosecuted without delay according to the directions of 
the ortler regardless of the Coiitra<'tor's exception. 



ARTICLE IX 

CLAIMS FOR LOSS OR I.N'.Il RY RV CO.XTRACTOR 

If the Contractor claims any loss or injury resulting to him from any act or neglect 
of the City, its agents or employees, the Contractor shall, within one week of the oc- 
currence of such act or neglect, deliver to the Official a detailed written statement of 
the loss or injury resulting therefrom and no reimbursement shall be made by the City 
unh'ss the Contractor shall have delivered such written statement. 






t-* 




« 



15 

ARTICLE X 
USE OF SUBCONTRACTORS 

The Contractor, in the performatice of the work hereuiuler, shall use the sub- 
contractors named in his proposal ami shall not use any other, subcontractor in the 
performance of this contract unless such sulicontractor's mune, the work to be done by 
him and the amount to be paid him have first been submitted to the Official and the 

Official has no objection to him. 

ARTICLE XI 
PAYMENT TO SlIiCONTRACTORS 

Within ten days after the general contractor receives payment on account of a 
periodic estimate of the value of the work done, he shall jiay to each subcoiitrac-tor the 
sum contained therein for the value of said sui>contractor's work, le.vs any amount re- 
taine.l therefrom by the Awarding .Vuthority under the terms of the general contract or 
in con,se(pience of any legal proceedini;8 or statutory liens, and Ussany amotint due the 
general contractor under tiie subcontract. Not later than the sixty fifth day after each 
subcontractor fully completes his portion of the work in at cordaiu e with the phiiis ami 
specifications, the entire balance due under the sui>coiitrait shall be due the subcon- 
tractor and shall be paid to the general contractor by the Awarding Authority for the 
account of the subcontractor and in partial {lavmcnt of the amount due under tlie general 
contract; provided, however, that the Awarding Authority m.ay withhold from such par- 
tial payment all amounts retained by the .\ warding .\uthority pending its determination 
that sai.l portion of the work is satisfactory or in conse(|Uence of any legal proci-cdings 
or statutory luns. The general contractor shall forthwith pay to the sub< oiitractor the 
full amount received as aforesaid from the Awarding Authority for tiic account of such 
subcontractor le,ss anv amount due the general contractor under the subcontract; and 
the .\wanling Authoritv mav take such steps as it may deem neces.sary to arrange that 
such amounts are paid iiv the general contrartor to the subcontractor forthwith. If, 
within ten davs after the aforementioned sixty fifth day, the subcontractor h.as not 
received from "the general contractor the entire balance due on the subcontract less the 
af<.re.said amounts, the subcontractor shall give the Awar.ling Authority and the general 
contractor written notice of such failure to receive payment and of ih.' amount .so pay- 
able but not F>:iid, bv the general contractor. Thereup<m the Awanhng Authority shall 
make out of sums pavable to the general contractor <m the general contract, dire.t 
pivment to the subcontractor of the entire baiance due on the .subcontract le.ss the afore- 
said amounts. Such direct pavment by the Awarding Authority to any subcontractor 
and anv pavment to a general contractor for the acc.mnt of a subcontractor as herein- 
before provided shall <lis, harge the obliuatioti of the Awarding Authority to the general 
tontiaitor to tlie extent of such payiiHiit. 

On all contracts for building construction subject to the provisions of .sections 
fort V four A to fortv four L, inclusive, of chapter one hundred and forty nine, periodic 
paviuents for work performed bv a subccmtractor s lall be ma-le to the general con - 
trai tor for pavment to the subcontractor and shall be ,.aid to the subcontractor fortlnMth 
after receipt thereof bv the general c<mtractor and without any ten <lay waiting period 
a>. pro\i(h'd above, less anv amount claimed by the general .ontractor in a U-tter con- 
taining a brrakdown of the claim and sent to the subccmtiact.ir with stich paymeiit ; 
provide.1 that a general .-ontractor, who has received a periodic estimate for a periodic 
pavment in proper form from a subcontractor three .i.ays, Saturdays, f>umhiys and 



16 

lioliilays excluded, before the due d;ite of the general contractor's p< riodic estimate 
for the .same periodic payment period to the awarding authority, shall make |)!i\m<'nt 
to suoh sulieontractor for moi'cy due the subcontractor fur work ilone in sucli i»ayment 
perio<l less any amount claimed by the general contractor m a letter containing a break- 
down of the claim and sent to the subcontractor with <\t(U payment, even though the 
general contractor (loe.> not submit ;i (leriodic estimate to the aw.irding authority f<ir 
that payment period; and provided, further, that the awarding auliioriiy shall take 
all reasonable steps to compel the general contractor to make payment to the subcon- 
tractors as provided in this paragrajih, and upon the written reipiest of a subcontractor 
setting forth the amount paxalile but not paid, a cojiv of whicli shall i'C sent to the 
general contractor, shall make direct payment to such sul'iimtractor of such amount 
not paid, out of sums payaide to tlie general contractor, and such direct payment to a 
subcontractor shall discharge the obligation of ttie awarding authority to the general 
contractor to the extent of any such payment. 

The awarding authority shall not include in any direct pavment made to a sub- 
eontractor pursuant to this secticm any amount claimed from that subcontractor by the 
general contractor in a letter contaiidng a breakdown of the claim and sent to the award- 
ing authority within ten da\s ;ifler the receipt by the general contractor of the copy 
of the request of the subcontractor to the awarding authoritv for direct jiayment. 

.\RTICLE XII 
PAV.MENT lOH L.\H(>H AND .MATERIALS 
The Contractor hereby agri-es that he and all subcontractors on the work under 
this contract shall pay for all labor performed or furni-hcd and materials used or em- 
ployed in t he performance of t he work under t his cont ract , including lumber so employed 
which is not incorporated in such work and is not wholly or necessarily consumed or 
made so worthless as to lose its identity but only to the exK'nt of its purchase price less 
its fair salvage value, and inchiding al.so any material specially fabricated at the order 
of the Contractor or .subcontractor for use as a component part of the work under the 
contract so as to be unsuitable for u.se el.sewht re, even though such mat( rial has not been 
(irlivend and incrrrpor.ffed into such work, buVonly to the extent of its purchase price 
U'ss its fair sal\:t,;e value antl only to thce\tent that such specially fabricated material 
is in ccmformity with the contract, jjans and sixcificatioiis or any chaim<s therein duly 
made; and shall pay the transportation charg«s for materials tised or employed therein 
which are consigned to the Contractor or to a subcontractor who has a direct c(,nfrac- 
tual relatioiiship with the Contractor; and shall pay all sums diU' for the rental or hire 
of vehicles, steam shovels, rollers propelled by steam or other power, concrete mixers, 
tools and other appliances and eepiipment employe-d in such work: and shnll pay the 
transportation charges directly related to surh rental or hire; and shall pay all sums 
due trustees or other pi-rsons authorized to collect such payme'iits fremi the- Contractor 
or subcontractors, based upe>n the labetr perfe.rnuel or furnished as afemsaiel fe>r a maxi- 
mum of one hundred and twenty remsccutive calendar days, feir health biuI welfare 
p';ins nnd.oUie-r fringe benefits whiedi are payable in, cash and prf-videel feir in reille'ctive 
bargaining a'.;rcein"n'ts bi'twe'-en organized labor and the' Ceintractor or subcontractors. 

AMTICLE Xlli 
EMl'LOVMENT, nolHS AND WACES OF LABOR 
EveTV empIoNe-e in the weirk te) be pe-rfeirmed unele'r this contract shall be- allowe'd 
to lodge, board and trade where and with wheim he elects and the Contractor shall not 



17 

directlv or imlirectlv ii-quiri-, as a cemdition of emphiymeiit in .said work, that an eni- 
pl..v.'e" shall l.dg.-, "beiarel or traele at a particular place or with a partieular person 
Neither the C.mtrae'teir nor any subeontra.tor shall obstruct any per.se.n in ehung work 
for the City. The Contrae-tor and any subiontractor shall conform to all the labor 
laws of thc"Ccuiimonwe-alth. and, without liimting the generality of tli.' foregoing, siml 
conform to ih.' provisions of SectionsL'o, Jt), 27, 27B and .30 of Chapte^H'J of the C.eii.ral 
Liws, as amended, which sections are incorporated herein by refc reiiee-aml^madc- a part 

The Contractor and anv subccmtrac-tor shall give prehreiice in the cnii.lo\meiit of 
ni.'chaiiics teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers, first to citizens of the Commonwealth 
who have .served in the Armv or Navv of the Inited States in time of war and have iK-en 
hc.neirablv cllscharge'cl t berc'fre.ni e.r released freiiu act ive eluty t heie-in and w he. are c,ualitied 

to perform the work to which the emph.yment relates; and .seecndlv, to eili/.ens c.f the 
Commonwealth generallv, ami if they cannot he obtained in sufheient numbers, then to 
citizens of the liiited State's; and shall give preference to ve terans and citizens who are 
re.sieh-uts of the City of Bo.ston. , , ■ i 

No laborer, workman or mechanic- working within the Commonwealth, in t he employ 
of the Contractor, sube-ontr.actor or other per.son doing oi e-ontracting to do the whole 
or a part of the work contemplated by this c-ontract, shall be re.iuired or permitted to 
work more than eight hours in any one day, or more thati forty eight hours in any one 
week, or more than six davs in anv one week, except in ca.ses of extraordinary emergenc-y 

The rate per hour of the wages to be paid to mechanics, teani-sters, chautleurs and 
laborers in the work to be performed under this c-ontract shall m>t be less than the rate 
of wages in the .s.luduh- aimexed hereto and made a part he-reof as .l.-te-rmme-d by the 
Commi.ssioner of Lab«»r -iiid Industries of the Commonwealth. '1 his .s.h.dule shall 
,-onlinue to be the minimum rate of wages for said employe-es during the hfe ol tins 

contrai-t. , . • , .,i • i • r 

The Contracte)r shall complv with the provisions of .N-. tie.ns > to .51. m.lusixe, e.i 
Ch-ipter .{ of the Bcvi.sed Ordmanc-.-s of liKil of the City of Boston, he-reinafter c,uote-d, 
and anv Molation of the terms of 'lese .sections on the part of the Contractor or any 
subc-oniraclor shall preve-nt said Contractor or .subcemtractor from ree-overmg either 
ngainst the City or any other in-rson, if .i bre-a.h of the .sectiens has been estabhsh.-d. 

••.-v-ction I'S. No c-ontriict shall ix- made by the city exempt with — 

(«) individual citizens of the Fmled States; „••.., »i„ 

ih) corporations e.r otii.-r U-gal a.s.soeiali..ns wherein the controlling interest to the 
extent of at least over one half thereof is owned by a citizen or citizens of the I mted 
States. 

•Se-ction •-".•. No |>ersem other than a citiz.-n of the Inited States shall U- em- 
ployed on any public- work being clone liy 

(a) the e-ity of Boston: 

(6) any contrac-tor with the city of Bostem; 

>r) anv subcontractor with mie-h «-ontractor; , , .i 

exe-epl that pe-rsons not su-h eitize-ns mav he employ.-d in the manm-r and under the 
conditions .set forth in the folh.wing .section. 

•Section :{(). Whenever .... . it.zens of the rnited State-s conip<'tent to jK-rforni thej 

work in eiue-sticm cat. be- had at the- pr.-vailing and c-ustc.n.ary rate of wages, the he-ad 

the- ch.parl.i.ent haMug eharge of the work in c.ues.ion. with the written approval of the 



18 

niavor mav issue a written authorization for the emph.yme-nt of sud. numbe-r e.f p<'rsems 
ether ihanVitizens f..r such lime as mav be nee-es.sary to do the- work, provichd that no 
such authc.Mz.ition shall be i.ssued except after compliance- with the- |.rovis.ons of tlie 
following .■-ection. 

' S-ction -M. Before issuing the writt. n authorization provided for in the preceding 
s,-ctic.n the- head of the .|<-partment having charge- of the- work or c-ontract shall give 
one or more public hc-anngs and shall .satisfy him.s.-lf ai.d c-crtify in WTiting that tlie 
facts exi.st which warrant the i.s.suance- of such authorization. Where the- c mployment 
is to l«- bv a e-onfractor or sul.c-ontractor he- shall require a written statement from suc-l. 
contractor or .subcontractor to such facts sworn to before a justice- of the- iM-ae-e. 

AiniCI.E XIV 
WOBK.MENS CO.MI'ENSATION INSURANCE 

Before e-omm.ne-n.g ,Krforman.c- of this c-ontract, the- Contractor sh.dl provide by 
insurance- for the- pav.m-nt of e-ompe-nsatioii and the- furnishing of other bcn.Mils uncle- 
Chanter \\2 of the- ( lencral Uws (the .so-called Workmen's Com|)<-nsation Act) to a 
,M-rsons to be- c-mplov.d undc-r this contract and shall continue- such insurance- in full 
fe.r.-e and elTe-c-t during the- t.-rm of this contract. Failure to ,,rovicle and e-ontmue ni 
force such insurance as .aforesaid shall be deemed a material breach of this contrac- an.l 
shall operate as an immediate tern.in.iti.m hcre-of. The (ontractor •^l'Hll, without limit 
i„. the g.-neralitv of the fore-going, conform to the provisiems of Secticm .14A of ( hapter 
14(t of the Ceneral Laws, whic-h .section i^ incorporated herein by re-fe-rence and made- a 

part hereof. 

ARTICLE XV 
FIRE INSFRANCE 

The Contractor shall, durinir the progre-ss of the work under this contract ami until 
the acceptance of such work bv f he Offic-id, maintain in a cemipanv or companies author- 
ized' to do .such business m the- Commcnwe-alth e.f .M.issachusetts, aid ke-ep on hie with 
tl,e Official policies, binders or c-crtific-ate-s evi.h-ncing the mainte-nance e.f, msurame 
iuTurifig c-onformablv to Secrion W of Chapte-rJ?.". e.f U.e (ieneralj.aws, as a.nended, 
the Citv ami the Ce.ntr.-ictor, as their re-s].e..l ix e interests may appear, auamst lo,>.s i.> 
(ire e.f, or damage by fire to. all work .-xc-.ut.-d unde-r this c-ontract te. an amount e,,ual 
to the actual value, from time to time, of such work. 



IMBLIC 



ARTICLE \VI 

LIABILITY AND I'HOPERTV l)AMA<iL INSlBANfE 



1 The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this 
contract. In a company or comnanles author i.eel to elo «uch business tn tb*. 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts and satisfactory to the Official (provided 
that the action of the Official shall not be based on fr.md, ,,rhl trarine ,s 
or caprice), such i.iblic and Protective Public Liability (including con- 
tractual obligations). Property -and Protective Property Damage (including 

on ractual obligations). (Vner's Protective Public Liability and Property 
Damage, and Automobile Liability and Property Damage Insurance, as shall 
TotLl him. any .subcontractor performing work under this contract, and 
the City and the Official (including its members), from claims for damages 
for personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims 
for nroperty damage, which may arise from operations under this contract, 
whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or bv ,:nvone 
directly or indirectly employed by either of them and the amount^ 
insurance shall ' Hows: 



r r fmm '^ 



\. mfl i-f^psrw^ ^ r^^ 






^^ 





'i 




• 



18a 



(a) Comprehensive Public Liability Insurance (includinR contractual 
obligations) in the ar.ount not less than five hundred thousand dollars 

($500 000 00) for irtjury, including accidental death, to any one person, and^ 
in an'amo^nt not lesi thin five million dollars ($5,000,000.00) on account of 
any one occurrence. 

(b) Protective Public Liability Insurance (including contractual 
obligations) in an anount not less than five hundred thousand dollars 
($500,000.00) for injury, including accidental death, to any one person, and 
in an amount not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000.00) on account of 
any occurrence. 

(c) Comprehensive Property Damage Insurance (including explosion, collapse, 
and undc-rmininK and damage to underground utilities) in an amount not less than 
five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000.00) for damage on account of/^V ""^ 
occurrence and in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000 000.00) 
for damapes on account o^ all occurrences during any twelve-month period. 

(d) Protective Property Damage Insurance (including explosion, collapse 
and undermining and damage to underground utilities) in an amount not less than 
five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000.00) for damage on account "f ^nyj^"; 
occurrence and in an amount not less than one million dollars (.^1,000 000.00) 
for damages on account of all occurrences during any twelve-month period. 

(e) Owner's Protective Public Liability Insurance (Insuring the Citv, and 
the Official and its members) in an amount not less than five hundred thousanu 
dollars ($500,000.00) for injury, including accidental death, to any one person, 
and in an amount not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000.00) on account 
of any one occurrence. 

(f) Owner's Protective Property Damage Insurance (insuring the City, and 
the Official and its members) in an amount not less than five hundred thousand 
dollars ($500,000.00) for damage on account of any one occurrence and in an 
amount not less than cne million dollars ($1,000,000.00) for damages on account 
of all occurrences during any twelve -month period. 

(g) Comprehensive Automobile Liability and Property Damage Insurance 
(including all owned, hired or otherwise non-owned automobil(?s , both on and off- 
the ways of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts) in an amount not less than fiv. 
hundred thousand dollars ($500,000.00) for injury, i"^^"'^^"^ f""^";^J^^":'!'^' ,,,. 
to any person, and in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) 
on account of anv one accident: with Property Damage coverage in an amount not 
less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) for damage on account of any 
one accident, and in an amount not less than two hundred thousand dollars 

($200 OOG.OO) for dam..ges on account of all accidents during any twelve-month 
period: provided, however, that vehicles registered in Massachusetts may be 
covered by a policy or policies issued conformably to Section 113A of Chapter ./5 
ot the General Laws, as amended. 



19 



.\HTI( l.K XVII 
roST OF IXSPKC'TIXr; .MATi:i'.IM.S lAHKICATKD KI.^KWUKUE 
The reas..ii:iblf cost of ins|H-clioii inrurr.-.l In ihe OliHal for the inspection of all 
faliricalioii of .4..ne, steel, wood aiui other materials rcquind in the pMrforniaiiir of this 
contract wWuh iiiav Ik- fahricateil out.-ide of the corporate limits of the City of IJostoii 
will bo charged to the Contractor. 

ahtkm: XVIII 

ACCKSS TO l»l<i;.\IISi;S and ArTUOUITV 

The Olllrial and his authorized re|,reseiitatives shall have access to the premises at 
all times. Thev shall have the authority to stop, alter or in any way alTeet the proKrewi 
of the work if" it is not iH-inn performed in conformity with the contract, plans or 

sn«(ifi(ations. 

AHTICI.K XIX 
ISK OF TIIK WORK OR I'OHTIOX OF TIIK WORK HV THE CI'l Y 

It is understood and aKreed that w h.n any p<.rti<in of the work is in a rea.sonabie 
condition to receive anv fitliims or fiiri.ilure or other prop<-rty of the City not covered 
by this contract, the ( •.".nt ractor shall allow the City to bring such httinRs, furniture or 
other prop.-rty into snch portion of the work and the Contractor shall provide all reason- 
abU' facilities and proteeti..n therefor. Should the Contractor be delayed m the pronres.s 
of the work bevon.l the .late of <ntire completion and should the Olh<ial determine that 
li„. .Mtire work is na.lv for use, th.' City reserves the right to make use of the work, and 
no .such use shall be construed as ii.K rferinn with the im.visions of this contract rtdatmg 
to the time of completion and the acceptance of the work. 

ARTICI.K XX 
CITY M\Y PROVIDK LABOR .WD .MAlKRIAI.S AT KXPKXSE OF CON- 
TRACTOR IN CERTAIN CASKS 
If the Contra<tor at anv time refuses or neghcts to supply a sufllciency of pro|HTly 
skilled workmen or of materials of the |)ro|M-r (,ualily, or fails in any res,M-ct to prosecute 
the work with prompt n.ss an.! .liligen.e. or fails mi the jxTformance of any of the agree- 
ments herein contam<d, aii.l such nfusal, neglect or failure has In-en certihed to by the 
Olfieial the I'ity mav provide .such liil)or or materials and deduct the cost there.,f from 
any m.mey then du.'.'or thereafter to Income due, to the Contractor under this contract. 

ARTICLE XXI 
(TTV M\V COMPLETE WORK .\T EXPEXSE OF CONTRACTOR IN 

CKRTAIN CASKS 
If the Contractor is adjudged a b.'iiikrui.t or if he makes a general a.ssigj.nient frtr 
the benefit of his .reditors <.r if a receiver of his property is appointed, or if the work 
to be done under this contract is abandoned, or if this contract or any part thereof i.s 
sublet without the previous wnllei. ...nsent of the Oflicial. or if this contract is assigne.I 
without tlie previous written consent of the Ofhcial, <ir if the Contractor becomes in 
s.dveni or if at anv lime th.' Odi.ial shall .ertify in writing that the Contractor ha.s 



21 

sixty-five davs* after (a) the Contractor fully complet.-s the work or substantially com- 
pletes the w.>rk .s.) that the value of the work remaining t.. be .h.ne is. in the estimate of 
the .Vwarding Autlioritv, l-ss than on.' percent of the original contra.t price, or ib) the 
Contractor substantially completes the work and the .Vwar.ling .Vuthority lakes p.-s- 
se.ssion for occupan. v, whi.h.ver occurs hist, t!ie .\warding .Vuthority shall pay the 
Contractor the entin- balance due on th.- .•.>ntract.U ss (l) a r.t.nt.ion baseii on Us esti- 
mate of the fair value of its claims against the Coiitra.tor and of the cost of .omphting 
the incomplete ami unsatisfactorv items of work and U.ss iJ) a r.t.nti..n f..r .iiivct pay- 
ments to subontractors ba.s.d on demands for same in accordance with the provisions 
of Article XI, or ba.sed on the recrd of payments by the Contractor to the .subcon- 
tractors under this contract if such r.'cor.i ..f paym.'iit indwates that th.' t ..niractor has 
m>t paid subcontra.-t<.rs as provided in Article XI. If the Awar.lmg Auth..riiy fai s u, 
make i)avm.nt as h.r.in pr.)vid..L th. re shall U- a.l.h-.i t.. each su.h payment .laily 
interest at the rate ..f five jM-rcent per annum ••.mim.ncing on the hist day after .said 
payment is due an.l continuing until th.- |»aym.nt is deliver.. 1 .>r mail..l t.; the C.>n- 
tractor; provi.ie.i, that n.) int.r.st shall be .lue, in any event, on the am.Mint .luc on a 
Ixri.Kiic estimat.- f..r tmal pavment until fifteen .lays after receipt of such a |x-ruKlu- 
.stimate fn.m the C..ntract<.r, at th- pla.-.- dc signal..! by th.- Awanling Auth.>nty if 
such a plac- is bo d.signated. The C.>ntract.)r agiv.-s to pay to .a. h sub.-..ntract.); a 
portion of anv su.h interest paid in accor.lanee with the am.mnt diu- ea.h sub.-..iitia.t.r. 

N.) >um r.laiii.-.i uii.ler this Arti.l.- shall be d.em.d t.. b.- s.iurity im.l.-r Sctioii JD 
of Chapter 149 or S.-.tion WF ..f Chapt.r M) of th.- (l.neral Laws. 

On the hrst .lav .)f .ach month, exclusive of a Satur.lay, Sunday «'r holiday, th.- 
Contractor shall furnish a p.ri.).lic estimal.- t.) the Othcial f.)r paym.nts. Su.h iHrio.lic 
estimal.' shall U- ma.ie on a Iw.i iJ) part form approv.-.I by the Otiicial and shall be 
arithm.li.allv c.)rr.-.i an.i shall sh.iw la) the valu<- .)f labor an.l inat.rials u.s.-d in the 
w<jrk, and (b") the value, km.l an.l quantity .>f ea.h il.ni ..f materials n.>t in.-..rp..rate.l 
in the w.irk but <i.-livered and suitably stond at the site or els«-wh. r<- in accordan.-t- 
with th.- hrst paragraph ..f this Arti.le, an.i :ic.-..mpani. <I by, receipted bills for, or otii.r 
acceptabl.- .vi.l.n.e .)f the ..wnei>hip ..f, ..r sali.sfa.t.)ry authority t.) irar-Mcr title t.> 
the Citv of, the materials not incorp.Mate.I in the work, an.l in a.ldilion, on a f..rni 
8atisfact.>rv to th.- Ofhcial, an inslrum.nt transf.rring t.. the City titl.' t.) tlie afor. sai.l 
materials." Th.- dflicial shall is>ue .•. rtil cat.s f.)r paym.nts monthly, ba.s..l ..n tli.- 
Contra. tors m..nthly i).ri...ii.' .stimate. All onl.rs an.l .-.rtifi.ales shall U- ai)pr..ve.l 
by the Othcial and shall n.it U- binding on th.- (it;, until .so approv.-.I. 

No .-.-rtih.-at.- given or payment made shall Ix- evidence of the iM-rformame .)f thi.»« 
contra.t, .-ith.-r wh..llv ..r in part, an.l no paym.-nt. wh.tli.r ma.h- upon th.- hnal c.r- 
titicate or otherwi.se, .shall In- ...nslrucl as an a.-.-.-ptan.-i' ..f .h f. ctivi- w.irk or materials. 

ARTICLE XXIV 
RELEASE OF CITY ON FINAL PAYMENT 

In consi.I.rath.n of .-\ecution of this c.mtract by the City, the C.)nlract<.r agrees 
that simultan.ouslv with the ac.-.ptan..- ..f what the City t.-nd.rs uf th.- final payim-nt 
by it under this c.intract, he will .-x. cut.- an.l .hliv. r to th.- City an instrument u- — 
w-al releasing an.l f.)r.-v.-r .ii.scharging the City ..f an.l fr..m any an.! nil claims, d.-maiids, 
am! liabiliti.s whatxK-ver .)f ev.-ry nam.- and nafuri-, both at law and in .-(lUily, arising 
fn.m. gr..wing nut ..f, ..r in any way ...nn.-.t.'.l with this ...nlracl, s:iv.-..nlv su.h chums, 
demands, an.i liabilities as are expressly excejited in .saui inslrum.nt. 



23 



MEETING OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS 



I'jt; 



At a me.-ting of th.- Direct. iis .)f the 



duly callt-d and held at 

on the day of 196 , 

at which a quorum was present and acting, if was 

Votai, Tliat 

the of this corjxirati.in 

is licrcby authorized an.i einjiowered t.i make, .-iit.-i int.), sign, .s.-al, and .Icliyer, in 
iK'half of this (■orporati.ui a .-.intra.-l f.tr 

with til.- t'itN (if Moston. and p. iformanc- and payni. nt IdikIs (t-ach in the full amount 
of til.' (ontra.t) in conn. .t ion with such .'.Jiitra.-t. 

I di> liin'l'\ i'.rtif> ih.-it tin- abo\.- is a triu- aii.! ..irr.-ct co])y of th.- r.'.-.ird, that 
sai.l v.it.- has imt b.-.ii iiim.ihIi-cI ..r npealid and is in full f.ircc and .ITc.t as .if tliis 
ilate, an.i that 

is th.- duly el.'ch-d 

of this .-.)rporati.>ii. 

•Vtlest: 



Clerk or Siminry of the (vrporation. 



Ibb 



2. All coverage under subsections (a), (b) , (c). (d). (e) and (f) hereof shall be 
written on an "occurrence" rather than an "accident" basis. All policies taken out 
under said subsections and not so written shall contain an endorsement providing 
substantially as follows: 

"It Is agreed that wherever ttie word 'accident' appears in this policy or 
endorsements attached hereto, the word 'occurrence' is substituted therefor." 



'3. Certificates of 
for approval prior t 
Public Liability and 
Official, and shall 
claim shall be given 
days after notice to 
Copies of all other 
be filed with the Of 
company shall notify 
of any cancellation. 



all the above insurance shall be submitted to the Official 
o the commencement of work. The original Owner's Protective 

Property Damage Insurance policies shall be filed with the 
provide that notice of accident (occurrence) and notice of 

to tlie insurance company within one Imndred twenty (120) 

the Official of any such accident (occurrence) or claim, 
policies required of the contractor or subcontractor shall 
fici.il. All policies shall provide that the insurance 

the Official by registered mail thirty (30) days in advance 

change or expiration of the policy. 



4, NOTE: Inland Marine Insur.ince will he required in the amount, and at the ti-,> , 
and under the conditions specified in Article 1.13. of Section lA , CONDITIONS OF 
THE CONTRACT. 

ARTICLE X\'I-A 
SPECIAL FIKL INSURANCE 

The Contractor shall, during the progress of the work under this contract anfl 
until tTit acfe^tiffice *f stlch "worn by-ehe 0fficl«l, tnaintain i,r a compan\'of con.fft.^r- i . 
authorized to do such business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and keep on fil«- 
with the Official, policies, binders or certificates evidencing the maintenance of, 
insurance insuring, conformably to Section 99 of Chapter 175 of the General Laws. 
as amended, the City and the Contractor, as their respective interests may appear, 
against loss by fire of. or damage by fire to the Existing Boston Public Library 
Building in Copley Square, Boston, Massachusetts, to which the new work of this 
contract is attached, in an amount not less than two million dollars ($2,000,000.00) 
for damages on account of fire dui ing any twelve-month period. 



24 



20 

refuse.! or tiegle.-ted fo supply a sufficiency of properly skilled workmen or of material.'" 
of the pi.)p<'r qualilv. or has fail.-.! in any respect to prosecute the work with pr.imptness 
an.! diligence, or has failed in the performance of any of the agreement.s lierein contained, 
the City, acting bv the Official an.! at his .li.scretion, may notify the Contra.t. >r to 
.iiscontin'ue all work and thereupon the C.mtractor shall di.scontinue the work and the 
City, a-ting bv the Offi.ial and at his discretion, may thereupon, by contract or other- 
wise,' compl.-te the w..rk and charge the entire cxpeiw of so completing the work to 
the Contractor; an.! the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment 
un.ler this ...ntra. f ui.lil the w<.rk shall be wholly finished, at which time, if the unpai.I 
balance .)f th.- amount t<. be pai.i under this contract shall exceed the expense incurre.I 
by the City in finishing the work, such excess shall be paid by the City to the Contractor; 
but if su< h expense s|,:ill ex.-eed such unpai.I balaii.e, the Contractor shall pay the dif- 
f.-n-n.-e to th.- City. For the pur|>ose of (-.)nipleting the work the City, acting by the 
OHi.ial. may tak.- possesion of atid use. or .nuse to be used, any materials, implements, 
ma.-hiiu-ry an.! fools of every .i.scripti.m as m.iy be found upon the site of the work. 

ARTICLE XXII 
COMI'KNSATION TO HK PAID RY CITY 

It is h. r.by agr.-. d and uml.-rst.Mx! by the parties hereto that the City shall pay 
the C..ntra. tor ns full .-oni|).-nsation f.)r everything furnished or done by or resulting to 



th.- C.iiitraitor in carr\ ing out this contract the sum of 

(I .): 

sai.l sum t.) Ik- subj.-.-t to additions and deductions and to U- paid in accordance with 
tlie provisi.ins of this c.intnict. 

Till- Contract. >r shall, if s.. re.pi.-st. .i by the .)fT'icial, furnisli on the printed forms 
of tht- Oliuial such il.-miz.-.i inf. •rm.it ion as t.) the subdivision of the contract price or 
pri.-e .submitte.l f.>r extra work as may »h- r.quir.-d. No payment will \w made on the 
work until trie''subdnision,'if requesii^d, has Jx-en «ufTnutt«H>v {\if C.>ntract-r Kiiui 
approved l)V th.- Ollicial. 

ARTICLE XXIII 

PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR 

I'ursuanf to S<cti.)n :i9K of Chapfer 30 .)f the Oeneral I^ws. within fifteen days 
lifter n.-.-ipt fr.im the Contrnct.)r, at the place designated by the .-Xwanling Authority 
if such a pla.-e is so .h-signate.i, of a p«-riodic estimate requesting payment of th<- amount 
due f.)r the pn-ceding month, the Awarding Authority will make a p.-.-iodic paym.-nt 
t.) the Contractor f.)r flie work fM-rformed during the preceding month and for the 
materials not incorp.irated in the w..rk but delivered and suitably stored at the site 
(or nt some l.xation agreed upon in writing) to which the Contractor has title or to 
which a subcontractor has titlt- an.! has authorized the Contractor to transfer title to 
the Awanling Autliority. less (I) a retention based «)n its estimate of the fair value of 
its (laims ag::inst the Contractor ami less (J) a retention for direct payments to snb- 
ontrnctiirs based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of Artirle XI. 
and less (.'{) a retenti.)n not exceeding five percent of the approve.! amount of the perio.lic 
payment. .Vfter the re.-pipt of a periodic estimate requesting fi.ial payment and within 



ARTICLE XXV 
AVAILABILITY OF APPROPRIATION 
This (-.intra. -I is subj<-.-t to nn appropriation iM-ing available theref.ir. 



IN WITNESS WMKRKOF the said 



hereunto sets, or h.is caus.-.i t.i !«• s.'t, its hand and .seal, nn<! the City of Boston has 
caused thes.- presents to bt> sigii.-.I by the Oliuial th<- .lay am! year first writt.-n above. 

CITY OF BOSTON 

The Awarding Authority (The Board 
of Trustees of the Library Depart- 
ment of The City of Boston) 
By 

ftfirial. 



(tjfirial Title. 



Conlrnrtitr. 



Eorm of Contract and B.inds approved: Hy 



Tlt>« 



/ 'orporat io>j. Counsel. 



Contract .\pproved: 



LVffix corporate seal! 
\ if a orporat i.in. / 



Mayor. 



PERFORMANCE BOND 



KNOW ALL .MEN BY THESE I'RESENTS: 
T!:at we. 



as Principal, and 



, as Surety, are hel.I 

and firmirboundunt.) the CITY OF BOSTON, Bo.«ton, Ma.s.sachusetfs, as Obligee, 



in the sum of 



dollars (t . '' 

well and truly to \w paid, and f.ir the payment of which we and eacli of us hereby bind 
ourselves, our heirs, executors, a.lmiriistrators, succe.s.sors and a.ssigns, jointly and sev- 
erally, firnilv by fliese pr«-.sents. 

THIS 6Bi-I(;ATI()N IS I'PON THE CONDITION that if the person or per- 
sons designated in the contract ann.-xed hereto as the Contract.ir, and all subcontrac- 
t.irs under said contract, shall faithfully furnish and pc-rf.irm everything required to be 
furnislied an.! |K-rformed by them under the provisions .if .said .-ontract exclusive of 
Articles XI and XII thereof, then this obligation shall lie void; oth'^rwi.se it shall remain 
in full fore aiuj effect. 

" FOR.-VALrE RECJ-:iVKD, -aid surety company h.-reby stijylilates and agrees 
that no change, extension of time, nlteration .ir additi.m to the terms of .saii! contract 
or to the work to be ix-rf.irmc.l ther.-un.ier or the sp<-cificalions acc.mpanying the 
same shall in any wi.se affect its obligation on this bon.l, anr! .l.ies hen-by waive notice 
of any such .hange, ext.-nsion of time, alferati.m .)r addition to the terms of said con- 
tract <ir to the work or to the sf)eci(ications. 

IN WTTNF:SS whereof, the parties hereto have signed, sealed and dclivere.l 

this instrument at Roston, Mas.sachu.setts, this d«y "^ 




196 . 



Principal 



By. 



Surdy 



By 





->.^^v;^^^(^fr^ ;^tt^^ 



B.-sw^is-it-? ' 





B. P.L.A 



B.P.L.A, 



B. P.L.A 



1 

X 



25 



PAYMENT BOND 



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 

That we, •. 



, as Principal, and 



, as Surety, are held and firmly 

bound unto the CITY OF BOSTON, Boston, Massachusetts, as Obligee, in the eum of 



dollars ($ ; '» 

well ai.d truly to hv paid, and for the pa\n»ent of whieh we and each of us hereby bind 
ourselves, our h« irs, executors, udminifttralors, successors and assigns, jouitly and 
severally, firmly by these presents. 

THIS OBLKJ.VTION IS I PON TUK CONDITION that if the p.'rs..n or 
fx-rsons designated in the contract annexed hereto as the Contractor and all subcontrac- 
tors under said contract shall faithfully jMrform cverythinK required of th<n. to ]>*• p<r- 
f.>rmed under Articles XI and XII of sai.i contract and if said Contractor and all sub- 
contractors on the work inid.r said contract shall pay for all labor performed or furnished 
and materials used or employ<d in the work under said contract, including lumUr so 
j'lnployed which is not in<-orporated in such work and is not whollj or necessarily con- 
sumed or made so worthless as to lose its identity, but only to the extent of its purchas- 
price less its fair salvage value, and including also any material specially fabricated at 
the order of the Contractor or subcontractor for um- as a component part of the work 
under said contract so as to Ix' unsuitable for use elsewhere, even though such material 
has not l)een delivered and incorporated into such work, but only to the extent of its 
purchase price less its fair salvage value and only to the extent that such sp<'cially fabri- 
cated material is in conformity with the contract, plans and siK-citications or any changes 
therein dulv ma<ie; and shall pay the transportation charges for materials used or 
employed therein which are consigiud to th«- Contractor or to a subcontractor who has 
a direct contractual relationship with the Contractor: and shall pay all sums due for 
the rental or hire of vehicles, steam sliovels, rollers propelled by steam or other power. 



MASSACHUSETTS BUREAU OF LIBRARY EXTENSION 
STATE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 
648 BEACON STREET 
BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02215 



CERTIFICATION OF N N SEGREGATE D FACILITIES 



for h 

raent s 
556 rvi 
f acil 
his c 
this 
t a c 1 1 
rooms 
r ooms 
fount 
hous 1 
e X p 1 i 
c reed 
or ot 
oh tai 
sped 
p r <i p o 
Inp S 
Oppor 
his f 



The 
is e 
, an 
ce s 
1 1 ie 
e r t i 
cont 
it ie 
. re 
and 
a ins 
ng f 
cit 

. CO 

he rw 
ne d 
fie 
sed 

10. 
t uni 
ilea 



Cont 
mpio 
d th 
at a 
s a r 
f ica 
r.ic t 
s" m 
stau 
oth 
. re 
acil 
dire 
lor , 
ise . 
Iden 
t ime 
Sub- 
000. 
tv c 



rac t 
y ees 
at h 
nv 1 
e ma 
t ion 
. A 
eans 
r int 
er ^^ 
crea 
it ie 
ct iv 

or 
Th 
t ica 

per 
cont 

whi 
laus 



or cer 
any s 
e does 
ocat lo 
i n t a i n 

is a 
f, used 
any w 
s and 
t o r a g e 
t ion o 
s prov 
e or a 
nation 
e Cont 
1 cert 
iods ) 
ractor 
ch a re 
e , and 



tif i 
egre 

not 
n, u 
ed. 
viol 

in 
alti 
othe 

or 
r en 
ided 
re i 
al o 
rac t 
if Ic 
he w 
s pr 

not 

tha 



es that 
gated f 

pcrmi t 
nder hi 

The Co 
at ion o 
this ce 
ng room 
r eat in 
d r ess in 
ter t ain 

for em 
n fact 
rlgin, 
or agrc 
a 1 1 ons 
1 11 obt 
i or to 

exempt 
t he wl 



he doe 
acllitl 

his em 
s contr 
n t rac to 
f the E 
rtlf ica 
s , work 
g areas 
g areas 
ment ar 
p loyees 
segrega 
>>ecause 
es that 
f row pr 
ain ide 
the awa 

from t 
II reta 



s not 
es at 
p loye 
o 1 , w 
r agr 
q ual 
t ion, 

area 
, tim 
, par 
eas , 

wh i c 
ted o 

of h 

(exc 
opose 
n t ica 
rd of 
he pr 
in su 



maint 

anv o 
es to 
here s 
ees th 
Oppor t 

the t 
s , res 
e c 1 oc 
king 1 
t r ansp 
h are 
n the 
abit , 
ept wh 
d Sub- 
1 cert 

subco 
ovi s io 
ch cer 



ain 

f hi 
per f 
egre 
at a 
unit 
erm 
t ro 
ks , 

t s , 
or t a 
segr 
has i 

1 oca 
ere 
cont 
if ic 
n t ra 
ns o 
titl 



or p 
s es 

orm 
gate 

b re 
y c 1 
"seg 
oms 
lock 

dri 
t ion 
ega t 
s of 
1 cu 
he h 
rac t 
at io 
cts 
f th 
cati 



r ov id e 

tabl Ish- 

their 

d 

ach of 

ause in 

regat ed 

and wash 

e r 

nk ing 

and 
ed b V 

race , 
atom, 
as 

or s for 
ns from 
exceed - 
e Equal 
ons in 



PART IV 

4.01. 
4.02. 



PART _V_; 

5.01. 
5.02. 

PARXJi 

6.01. 
6.02. 



- LABOR STANDARDS OF THE COMMONWEAL TH 

Anti-Discrimination Clause 

Minimum Wage Rates 

Classifications and Minimum Wage Rates 

- UNIT PRICES 



1.04. THE CONTRACTOR 



• ) 



Definition of Term 



Unless specifically noted, or evidenced to the contrarv.' the 
work Contractor as used in these Specifications signifies 
the General Contractor. 



Unit Prices 

List of Unit Prices 

- CASH ALLOWAN CES 

Cash Allowances 

List of Cash Allowances 



b) 



PAR^T VII - SEPARATE CONTRACTS 

7.01. Separate Contracts 

PART VIII - LIST OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS 



Date 



Signed : 



(Contractor) 



Re: Federal Regulations 

Federal Register (Vol. 33, No. 33 -- February 16, 1968 -- 

p. 3065). 



Duplicated and Distributed by: 

Massachusetts Bureau of Library Extension 
August 12, 1968 




CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA. ii 



General Re sponsibi lities 



Article VI 



of the Contract is supplemented as follows: 



h^ il^^ Contractor shall obtain and pav for all permits 
and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the 
performance of the work. He shall also bear all and any 
ancillary costs or expenses involved in the obtalninp 
of and preserving in effect for the necessary period 
all such permits and licenses. He shall give all 
notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and 
regulations relating to the conduct of the work as 
planned and specified. 



2. If the Contractor 
specifications are amb 
other, he shall prompt 
Awarding Aut'oritv of 
shall , witm u added e 
work according to the 
cations, as determined 
the Awarding Authority 
cally agrees that it s 
his general bid price 
or actual Increase in 
occasioned thereby. 



observes that the drawings and 
iguous or at variance with each 
ly notify the Architect and the 
the fact in writing, and thereupon 
xpense to the Citv perform the 
intent of the plans and specifi- 

in the reasonable ludgement of 
The Contractor further specif 
hall be conclusively presumed that 
included the amount of any alleged 
cost to him which shall be 



3. If the Contractor performs any work contrary to t>ie 
applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, he 
shall bear all loss resulting therefrom, and also in 
the case of variance between the specifications and the 
plans, he proceeds without said notices, he shall in 
addition bear all costs arising from the correction and 
re-executlon of work done in order that it shall be in 
compliance with the Intent of the plans and specifications 
as determined In the reasonable judgement of the Awarding 
Author i ty . 

4. The Clontractor shall supervise and direct the work, 
using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely 
responsible for all construction means, methods, 
techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinat- 
ing all portions of the work under the Contract. 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA. 1-2 



cone 



26 

nte mixers, tools and other .appliances ami e(piipnicnt employ.d in such work; 

Miiil sh;.ll pay the t raiisportatimi chargis directly related to stieh rental or hire and shall 
pay all sums <luf tru-i.es or uihir persons autlii.rized to collect such payments from 
the Contractor or subcoiitra.tors, base.l upon the labor performed or furiiish<'d as 
aforesaid for a maximum of <»ne bundrcfl and twenty consecutive calendar days, for 
b.-allh jiihI w.lf.ire plans and other fringe benefits which are payable in cash and pro- 
vided for in coll.<tive bargaining atTcements between organized labor and the Con- 
tract«>r or subcontractors, this obligaticm shall be null and void ; otherwise it shall remain 
in full force ami elTcct. 

FOl{ VAI.l'K in:CKIVi;i), said surety company hereby stipulati-s and agrees 
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of said contract or 
to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same 
shall in anv wise affect its obligat- .n on this l.on-l. and does hen by waive notice of any 
such change, exi.'nsion of time, altcml ion or addition to the terms of said contractor 
to the work or to the specifications. 

1\ WITNESS WIlKiniOF, the parlits hereto have signed, staled and de- 



livered this instrument at Boston, Massachusetts, this 



«lay 



I'.th 



Principal 



By 



Sufiiy 



Bv 



B.P.L.A 



SECTION lA 
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 
INDEX TO ARTICLES 



PART I - GENE RAL CONDITIONS 

The Owner 

The Architect 

The Resident Engineer 

The Contractor 

"Or Equal" Clause 

Protection of Work and Property 

Changes in the Contract 

Reimbursement for Loss 

Access to Premises and Authority 

Certificates of Payment 

Schedule of Values 

Suitable Storage not to Lessen Contractor's Respons ih i 1 f t v 

Inland Marine Insurance 

Hoisting Equipment Insurance 

General Guarantee 

MaIn^enance Bond 

Special Guarantees 

Assi gnmen ts 

Copies of Documents Furnished 

Instructions Relating; to Existing Conditions 

Obtaining and Study of Instructions 

Surveys 

Materials 

Inspe,ctlon jyid Te8tJ,nR ^ ^ .^ 

Work Outside Regular Working Hours 

Job Coordination 

I nf orma 1 1 on 

Boston Fire Prevention Code 

PART I I - SUPPLEMENTARY CON DI TIONS 

Shop Drawings 
Samples 

Schedule of Progress 
Progress Photographs 
Record Drawings 
'Operating and Maintenance Instructions " ' 

Cleaning-Up 
References 
Interpretations 

PART. Ill ^, -_ FED ERAL LAB OR, STANDARDS 

3.01. General Requirements 

Labor Standards (Budget Bureau No. 51-R51A) 
Federal Wage Rates 

CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA. f 





01. 




02. 




03. 




04. 




05. 




06. 




07. 




08. 




09. 




10. 




11. 




12. 




13. 




14. 




15. 




16. 




17. 




18. 




19. 




20. 




.21. 




.22. 




.23. 




• ^>- 




. 25. 




. 26. 




.27. 




.28. 


P AJRT . 




.01. 




.02. 




.03. 




.04. 


2 


.05. 


2 


.06. 


2 


.07. 


2 


.08. 


2 


.09. 



1.02 



flM 



DilaLaA* 



PART I 



SECTION lA 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 



GENERAL CONDITIONS 



B.P.L.A. 



1.04. THE CONTRACTOR (Continued) 



1.01. THE OWNER 



a ) Definiti on of Term 

The City of Boston, hereinafter referred to as the "City", 
a municipal corporation in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, 
is the "Owner", and will be represented by the Board of 
Trustees in charge of the Library Department of the City of 
Boston, hereinafter referred to as the "Awarding Authority' , 
or the "Official". 

THE ARCHITECT 

a) Definition of Term 

The firm "Philip Johnson and Architects Design Group, Inc.-- 
The Architects for the Boston Public Library Addition, 535 
Bovlston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116" is the Architect 
of the work. 



b) 



I nterpreter 



The Architect shall interpret the specifications beginning 
with Section 2A, Excavating, Filling and Grading, and the 
plans and detailed developments thereof, provided that In case 
of anv disagreement between the Architect and the Contractor, 
^ ^ tUs Contra>to5 shall hjve the r>-,ht cj..app;a,l^ to the Awarjilng 
Authority, whose decision shall be final and binding. 

1.03. THE RESIDENT ENGINEER 



a) 



Definition of Term 



The Resident Engineer is the person engaged by the Architect 
upon request of the Awarding Authority to supervise the work 
at the site under the Architect's direction. He shall not, 
however, have any authority to order changes in the work. 

b) Any proposed or actual deviations from the plans and 
specifications are to be reported b'y him to the Awarding 
Authority and to the Architect at once. Copies c f all comnui 
ications between the i^esident Engineer and the Architect are 
also to be sent to the Awarding Authority and inversely all 
communications between the Architect and the Resident Engineer 
are to be sent to the Awarding Authority. 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA. l-l 



5. 

drll 

the 

mate 

exce 

sect 

6. 

and 

any 

ment 

or e 

for 

Awar 

7. 

dire 
as a 

ance 
Cont 
thel 
a nth 
well 
cont 
cont 
Awar 



The Contr.ictor shall do all necessary cutting, 
ling, grouting, and patching to fit together properly 
several parts of the work using therefor whatever 
rials are needed, wherever necess.-.rv or required, 
Pt as may be specifically noted otherwise under other 
ions of the specifications. 

The Contractor shall be responsible for the location 
performance of all work, provided nevertheless that 
cutting and patching made necessarv in the judge- 

of the Architect on account of Incorrect information 
rror on the part of anv Subcontractor shall be paid 
by the Subcontractor Involved as determined bv the 
ding Authority. 

All other parties employed on the work, whether 
ctly employed by the Contractor or employed by him 

Subcontractor, shall perform their work in accord- 

with the Contract, with the Conditions of the 
ract and with all parts of the specifications where 
r work is involved and the Contractor shall have 
ority and responsibility in regard to their work as 

as to all other work herein described. Nothing 
alned in the Contract Documents shall create a 
ractual relation between any Subcont ra . t or and the 
ding Authority. 



1.05 



"OR EpUAL" CLAUSE 

Article IV of the Contract Is supplemented as follows: 

a) The expense of proving to the Awarding Authority the 
"equality fff'nra re irt.al.'^ of f ered^ ar« "equal" to the.- spec 1 f 1 c or., 
specifics named shall be borne by the Contractor or Subcon- 
tractor sub.Tiittinf the substitution. 



b) 



The Contractor or 



che Subcontractor, as the case may be 



1.06 



shall assume full re .-.pons lb 1 1 1 tv for the proper performance 
of any substitution submitted as "eoual" to the specific or 
specifics named and ass'ime the costs of any change in their 
own work or in the work of other trades due to such substitu- 
tion from the work called for in the contract documents. 

PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 

Article V of the Contract is supplemented as follows: 

a) Should high wind warnings be Issued, the Contractor 
shall take every practicable precaution to minimize danger 
to nersons, to the work, and to adiacent properties. These 
precautions shall include removing all loose materials, tools 
and/or equipment from exposed locations, and removing or 
securing scaffolding or other temporary work. 

CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.1-3 



5» 



wmBBsms^mm 




t 

r 




I 






fM 




u\ 



B.P.L.A, 



1.06. PROT ECTION OF WO 



RK AND PROPERTY (Continued) 



1. 10. 



,) The Contractor shall comply 



rith the 



'Rules and Regula- 



tions for the Prevention 



of Ace 



Idents in Construction 



Ope rations 



Industrial Bulletin No 



12, effective 



April 19 



1967" by the Diviion of Industr 



ial Safety, Department of 



Labor 



;) 



and Industries, Common 



wealth of Massachusetts 



Contractor shall remove a 



11 



which may delay the progress ot the w 



nd ice on the Job 
ork, be detrimental to 



snow a 



workmen, impa 



ir trucking or moving materi 



lis, or prevent 



adequate drainage a 



t the site or adjoining areas 



d) The Contractor shall prov 
during regular working hou 



ide watchmen s 



ervlce except 



rs to insure a 



dequate protection of 



his own 



interests, the Owner's interests, and the gene 



ral 



ou 



blic. from beginning of the work un 



til the final acceptance 



bv the Owner 



1.07. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT 



Ar 



tide VII of the Contrac 



t is supplemented as follows 



The Contractor 



when reques 



ted bv the Official to submit 



a p 



,,.:%7,ll:T.\k, of .xtia »ork involving »or. p.rforn. 



bv the Contractor s 



own forces, shall file an itemized 



breakdown o 



f the estimated cos 



t of the work 



The cost of work 



as u 



sed *^crein mav 



include the following 



1 



Labor 



emploved dlrectlv on the work, including 



f o remen 



Ma 



terials Incorporated in 



the work, 



Use of cquipmei 



,t emploved directlv on the work 



including pow 



er and supn 



lies therefor 



Hea 



Insurance (Workm 
1th and Welfare, a 



en's Compensation 



Social Security 



nd Unemploymen 



t Compensat ion ) 



1.11 



The Contractor s 



hall be allowed to add twentv p 



ercent (20Z) 



if items 



1. 2., 3., and 4. for overhead 



super Intendence, 



prem 



b) 



ium cost of bon 



ds , and profit 



Changes involvinri wor 



k added to or on 



itted from that 



specified or shown on tne plans a 



id which includes wo 



rk for 



which un 
Cond 



it prices have been predetermined under FART V of the 



Itions of the Contract shall, to the 



extent such class of 



k is included in the proposed change order, be adjusted in 



dance with such unit prices 



wor 
accor 

shall be 
jnder f.enera 



The unit prices specified 



final for all separate items .'f work mentioned 



1 titles in the schedule of unit prices 



n 1 ess a 



different unit price for anv or a 



1 items shall have been 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRArT 

lA. 1-4 



B.P.L.A 



1.07 



CHAN 



r.ES IN THE CONTRACT (Continue 



d) 



b) 



approved by the Awarding Au 



thority before the expir- 



ation of the date and time for the filing of sub-bids 
;) In giving instructions, the Architect shall no 



t have the 



authority to m 
involving extra cos 



ake any change in the work whether or not 



t without prior written authorization of 



t»ie Awarding Authority in each Instance. 

d) All Change Orders, Work Orders, and Amendments must be 

the General Contract, including the 
the Contractor may perform and 

or materials to which 
rthelrss that work dulv 



signed by a JH parties t( 

bonding company, before 

finish the particular addition of work 



Instrument relates, provided neve 



the 

ordered in writing un 



der Article VII of the Con 



tract shall 



1. 12 



no 



t be held up because of disagreement over the sum to be 



)ald therefor. 



e ) Changes 



in the work shall be subject to 



the provis ions 



if Section 



39 I of Chapter 30 o 



f the General Laws 



1.08. R EIMBURSEMENT FOR LOSS 

Article IX of the Contrac 



t is supplemented as follows 



) 



If the Contractor delavs the progress 



rdinp Authority under a sen.irate contract, apa 



a 

the Awa 

this Contract, so as to cause 

Authority becomes liable, then he 

Au 



anv wor 



k let by 
r t f rom 



loss for which the Awarding 

shall reimburse the Awar'iinp 



thoritv for such loss, in such suais 
itv shall determine to be Just. 

1.09. access' TO PREMISES AND AUTHORITY 



as the Awarding Author- 



Art 



a) 



Icle XVIII of the Contract is sup 



pleroented as follows 



The Contractor shall have no 



claims for damages against 



1.13, 



the Awarding Author 

of any loss, expense 

growing out of, or In anv way connec 



itv and its agents or employees, on account 
ir damage suffered by him, arising from. 



ted w 



ith DELAY in the 



pe r f ormance o 



f and/or in the completion 



of the work , i f the 



work is not being perforred in conformity with the Contract 
Plans or Specifications, and the Awarding Authority and its 
representatives stop, alter, or in anv way 



affect the progress 



of the wo 
XVIIl . 



rk , conformably vlth the author 1 tv -gl ven bv Article 



1.10, 



CERTIFICATES OF P AYMENT 



Article X 



XIII of the Contract Is supplemented as follows 



a) 



The Contractor's app 1 1 cat ion.s for pavment shall be 



delivered on rhe first dav o 



f each month, exclusive of a 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.1-5 



B.P.L.A. 



CERTIFICATES OF PAYMENT (Continued) 



• ) 



-- Saturdav, Sunday or holldav, bv hand or by registered 



ir certified n^ail with return receipt to the office of The 
Architects for the Boston Public Librarv Addition, 535 
Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. 



b) 



The Architect shall submit the Contractor's application 



as checked and approved bv the Architect, to the Awarding 
Authority not later than five (5) working days from the date 
he receives It. 



c) 



The Contractor shall submit, when reouiied bv the Award- 



ing Authority, vouchers and such other information showing 



paym 



ents already made by him for labor 



and materials used in 



the work 



d) 



Pursuant to Section 39 K of Chapter 30 of the General 



Laws, the Awarding Authority mav make changes in anv periodic 
estimate submitted bv the Contractor and the pavment due on 
said periodic estimate shall be computed in accordance with 
the changes so made, but such changes or any requirement for 
a corrected periodic estimate shall not affect the due date 
for the periodic pavment or the date for the commencement of 



interest charges on 



the amount of the periodic pavment co 



re- 



puted in accordance with the changes made, as provided herein 
nrovlded, that the Awarding Authority may, within seven davs 
after receipt, return to the Con 



tractor for correction, 



anv 



periodic estimate which Is not in the required form or which 
contains computations not arithmetically correct and, in that 
event, the date of receipt of such periodic estimate shall be 
the date of receipt of the corrected periodic estimate in the 



The 
Ipt of a periodic estimate received on a Saturday 



•roper form and with arithmetically correct computations 
date of recelp 



shall be the first working day 
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 



thereafter. 



i) The Contractor shall, before the first application for 
ent. submit to the Architect a schedule of values of the 



paym 

various parts of the work aggregating the 

Contract . 



total sum of the 



b) 



The schedule of values shall be divided in items corres- 



ponding to each Section of these specifications and, if 
required by the Architect, these items shall further be broken 
down in such form as the Architect mav require, so as to 
facilitate the checking of requisitions. The schedule shall 
be supported bv such evidence as to its correctness as the 
Architect mav require. 



c) 
us 



This schedule, when approved by the Architect, shall he 



ed as a basis for Certificates for Pavment 



inless it be 



found ti 



in error 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.1-6 



B.P.L.A. 



1.11. SCHEDULE OF VALUES (Continued) 



1.16 






d) 



The Mechanical and Electrical Subcont r.ic t ors are requested 



inder Section IC, Article 6, to submit to the Contractor, with 



copy to the Architect 



detailed rchedule of value of their 



own wo 



rk 



SUITABLE STORAGE NOT TO LESSEN CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY 



a) 



The Contractor expressly agrees that no determination 



that materials and/or equipment, not incorporated in the work, 
are suitably stored at the site (or some location agreed 
upon in writing), and/or payment by the Official to the Con- 
or anv part of, said materials and/or equin- 



tractor for all 



ment 



shall relieve i.he Contractor cf his obligation to bring 



all the w 



ork 



under this Contract to entire comp 



mp le 1 1 on at no 



cost IJ the Official in excess of the contract sum as set 
forth in Article XXII of the Contract. 



b) 



In no event may materials and/or equipment be deemed 



delivered and suitably stored at the site 



(or at some location 



agreed to in writing), unless in the judgement of the Archi- 
tect, the following requirements are met: 

1. The materials and/or equipment are readv for, and 
actually scheduled for, prompt use, as so-called stock- 
piling is expressly forbidden, except where otherwise 
specified. 

2. The materials and/or equipment meet the requirements 
of the Contract Documents. 

The Contractor can and will adequately protect the 



ffiateriais and/of equipm«^t 



itil they are incorporated " 



in the work. No payment will be made by the Official 
for storage ch^irges and related expenses. 

INLAND MARINF INSURANCE 



a) 



Piior tt the? date that thf; Awarding f-thoritv may approve 



for /lavumt :he Initial periodic estimate presented bv the 
Contrart.r, including a recitation as to the kind, quantity, 
and value of material and/or equipment not yet incorporated 
in the work (hut delivered ano suitably stored at the site or 
,:t some location agreed upon in writing), the Contractor 
sh^ll. t.ake, cut and maintain during the remainder of the con- 
tract work and until its acceptance bv the Awarding Authority, 
STANDARD ALL RISK INLAND MARINE INSURANCE in the sum of not 
less than ONE MILLION AND 00/100 DOLLARS (51,000,000.00), 
insuring the Owner, as its interests may appear, against all 
risk of loss or Jamage to all such materials and/or equipment 
while in the care, custodv and control of the Contractor, 

p to the time 



u 



from the time the Owner acquires title theret( 

of its incorporation In the work, and the Contractor shall 

bear all expense in connection with this Insurance. 

CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.1-7 





'mM!%A*m 



B.P.L.A. 



1.14. HOISTING EqUIPMENT INSURAN CE 

a) In addition to the Liability Insurance, Property Damage 
Fire and Workmen's Compensation Insurance reouired 
if this contract, t.a Contractor shall 



Insurance 



un 



der various articles 



arrange that all applicable laws 



,f Massachusetts, including 



without limiting the generality thereo 



f, G.L. Chapter 146 



re fully complied with in connection with all hoisting 
equipment involving the use of steam 



boilers 



See also 




Article 1.13. herein above 
ance coverage 



in regard to Inland Marine Insur- 



1.15. GENERAL GUARANTEE 



i) 



In con 



sideration o 



f the execution of this Contract by 



the Awarding 



Authority and the p 



rice herein stipulated to be 
tractor herebv 



paid and received for the work, the General Con 

d obligates himself and does herebv agree to bring 



binds an 

all portions of the work un 



der this contrac 



t to entire comple- 



tion free 
guarantees 



ill defects of ma 



terial or workmanship and 



that the said wo 



rk shall remain free of all de- 



fects of material or workmanship for a period of one (1) vear 
f the entire completion of the work, and also 



from the date 

'uarantecT on written no 



tice from the Awarding Authority to 



forthwith repair, and make good or cause to be repaired and 
made good at his own expense, all defects of material or 
workmanship In the said work and to pav for or cause to be 



paid for, any damage to 



other work resulting therefrom, which 



m 



av develop during the period 



if one (1) vear from the date 



if the entire completion 



MAINTENANCE BOND 



of the work under this Contract 



Ma 1 n t enance Bond Form 



tractor expressly ag 



his 



recelp 



The Con 

b efore , 

will himself culy execute as 

executed 

business un 



rees that forthwith upon, but not 



ipt of written notice from the 



Official, he 



Principal and cause to be 



IS Sarety 



a surety company qua 



lifled to do 



„u».»»=.- —der the laws of the Commonweal th , and satisfactory 
to the Official, a one-vear $1,000,000.00 maintenance bond on 



the entire work un 



der this contrac 



t. In form as set forth 



below and promp 



tlv deliver the same 
MAINTENANCE BOND 



to the Official 



KNOW 



ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS 



That we 



as principal 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.1-8 



B.P.L.A. 



1.16. MAINTENANCE BOND (Continued) 



and 



a corporation of the State of 



duly authorized to do business in the State of Massachusetts 
as Surety, are held and firmlv bound unto the City of Boston 
as Obligee, In the sume of ONE MILLION AND 00/100 DOLLARS 
($1,000,000.00) well and truly paid, and for the payment of 
which we, and each of us, hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, 
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly 
and severally, firmly bv these presents. 



WHEREAS 



)n the 



dav of 



196 



a con- 



tract was executed bv and between the above named 



and the City of Boston, providing for 



which said contract and related specifications, general 
guarantee and addenda are hereby made a part of this bond to 
the same extent as though set forth herein in their entirety, 
and 



WHEREAS, the above named 



brought the work under the 



B.P.L.A. 



1.16. MAINTENANCE BOND (Continued) 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bound parties have execu 
this instrument under their several seals the name an 



t e J 



corporate se 



il of each corporate pai 



tv being affixed and these 



resents dulv signed by its undersigned representative 



pursuant to auhtority o 
Massachusetts, this 



dav of 



i its governing body 



196 



at Boston 



Principal 



By 



Suretv 



Bv 



Witness As To Surety 



b) 



W r 1 1 1 e n Notice 



The Official rese 
ope rat ive p 
date upon w 

tire comp 1 e 1 1 on 



en 



. ....rves the right, for purposes of fixing the 
eriod for the maintenance bond, to determine the 
hich the work under this Contract is brought to 
and the Official shall set forth the said 



date in the appropriate sp 



ces therefor on the copy of the 



rmt Ln e bond form which will accompany the written notice 
*^ tlv duly executed bv the General Con- 



\ which shall be promp 






1. 18, 



said contract to entire completion on 



196 



and is now required under the aforesaid specifications to 
furnish a maintenance bond to the Obligee for the term of 
one (1) year from said date. 

NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such 
th£.t if the said Principal shall faithfully carrv out and 
perform said general guarantee in accordance v;ith the terms 
thereof and shall, on written notice from the Official forth- 
with, repair and make unod 



or cause to be repaired and made 
expense, all defects of material and workman- 



good at its own 

ship in, the said work which mav develop during the period 

be tween the 



uav 



of 



196 



and the 



day of 



196 



or shall pay over. 



make good and reimburse to the said Obligee all loss and 
damage which the Obligee may sustain bv reason of failure or 
default of said Principal forthwith so to do, then this obli- 
gation shall be full and void; otherwise to rem.iin in full 
force and effect. 



.-JNUITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.1-9 




am 
tractor a 



nd surety company an 



d delivered to the 



Official 



1.17. SPECIAL GUARJ^EES 

i) General - It is 



expressly agreed and understood that the 



general guarantee set forth under 



Article 1.15. abov 



e and the 



related maintenanc 



e bond provided for under 



Article 1.16, 



above are 



in 



iddition to 



ixclus 1 ve of 



an 



d not in 8U 



bst 1 t ution 



if, such guar 



antces and/or guaranty bonds as may be required 



ider 



anv o 



ther section o 



r sect ions o 



f these Specifications 



b) 



1. All guarantees requ 



d to the Awarding Au 



men 



_ired In the various sections of the 
ificarionr:,hicr;riginate with a s^jbcontr actor must 

thority before final pav- 
y be made for the 

ITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 
lA.l-lO 



spec 

be delivere 



t to the Genera 



1 Contractor ma 



COND 



B.P.L.A, 



1.17. SPECIAL GUARANTEES (Continue 



amou 



nt of that su 



d) 



btrade or for the phase of work 



to which the guarantee relates 



2. All guarantees which o 



rlginate with a Subcontractor 



mus 



t be countersigned bv the General Contractor, In form 



and manner as to make the General Contractor and said 
Subcontractor jointly and severally 1 lab le . thereunder 



The failure to deliver a required gu 



aran tee sha 1 1 



be held to constitute a failure of the Subcontractor to 



fully complete his work in accordan 



ce with the plans and 



;) 



specif icat ions 



Peri od of S pecial Guarantees 



I 



The period of special 



guarantees shall start from the date of final payment t< 
General Contractor for ths account of the SuV contractor 
furnishing the guarantee. 

ASSIGNMENTS 



the 



a 



) 



No 



assignment by the Contractor of the construction 



con t r ac t or 



approva 



anv part thereof mav be made without prior written 



1 of the Awarding Authority, 



1.19. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS FURNISHED 

a) The Awarding Authority will furnish to the Contractor the 
following number of copies of drawings and specifications 
free of charge: 

1. Thirty-six (36) complete sets of drawings and 



^ specificaf^lons 



Two (2) complete sets 



if drawings only for record 



purposes 



Copies o 



f drawings and specifications as 



mav 



be 



required bv building department and agencies having 
J ur isdict ion . 

Contractor shall pav the cost of reproduction and inciden 



The 

ta l expenses oT 

that he may reqi 



11 other copies of drawings an 



d specifications 



li re 



In addlt'ion 
will furnish to the Con 



b) 

tec t 

parency and one 



the Awarding Authority, through the Archl- 
tr actor a reproducible trans- 
int of details and clarification 



b lack line pr 



drawings issued after the 



Contract has been awarded. The 



Contractor shall pro\ 



ide and distribute such number of prints 



of these transparencies as 



required for his own and his 



Subcont rac t«rs use 



The cos 



t of printing and incidental 



expens 



es shall be included in 



the 



Contract Price 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.1-11 



MHNI 



B.r.L. A 



1.20, 



INSTRUCTIO 



■ TTT ONS RELATING TO E XI_STING__COKDITIONS 



«) 



General 



The contractor shall take^eaBure^ents at the -ite and shaU^ 
check all measurements and grades on '^^^'^ /""^^ ^^"r. ^ contract 
frse.uent drawings. ^-^^J-^J^o::' ^a^ ::% « i-i" -nSl- 
drawlnp.s and in the specifications ^^^^^^^^ ^^ reliable. 

tions has been obtained ^ >; -\«°"^^"„'/ [i^'Jr ch itec t shal 1 be 
but neither the Awarding Authority, or the ^rchlte 
liable for anv error or discrepancy in the information p 



b) B orings 



Certai 
at loc 
at tach 
compos 
be mad 
ground 
guar an 
actual 
these 
even g 
accur a 
invest 
the wo 
his bi 
Author 
discre 



n bor 1 
at ions 
ed in 
it ion 
e unde 
, but 
tae of 
ly are 
b o r i n f, 
uarant 
te. T 
igatio 
rk to 
d in s 
ity or 
pancy 



ngs have been provided by 

sliown on Drawing L-l. Th 

Section ID. BORING REPORTS 

of the strata through whlc 

r this Contract, from the 

the boring reports shall 1 

what the strata and groun 

under the surface, not ev 

s were taken. The Awardin 

ee or represent that the b 

he Contractor must satisfv 

n and research regarding a 

be done and labor and mate 

ole reliance thereon. Nei 

the Architect shall be 11 

in the information given. 



the Awar 
e boring 
, sliow t 
h the ex 
present 
n no way 
d w a t u* r 
en at th 
p Author 
o r i n R s a 
h imse 1 f 
11 condi 
rial nee 
ther the 
able for 



ding Authority 

report s 
he poss ible 
cavations shall 
surface of the 

be taken as a 
conditions 
e very spots 
itv does not 
re even remotely 

by his own 
tions affecting 
ded . and make 

Award ing 

anv error or 



c) 

All 

size 

ther 

form 

of e 

upon 

or i 

be r 

cate 

per f 

expe 

poin 

remo 



Remov,U_^l_lxistir l_Materlali,_liru c t u r e s , Obs tacl es^Erc 



mater 
what 
eof , 

inc 
verv 

or b 
ns tal 
emo ve 
d on 
orman 
nse . 
ting, 
/als 



ials 
ever 
incl 
ludi 
desc 
elow 
led 
d do 
tl.'- 
ce o 
All 
or 
shal 



and obst 
, and wit 
uding roc 
ng founda 
r Iptlon w 

the site 
and wheth 
wn to the 
drawings 
f the Con 

cutting , 
other wor 
1 be done 



acles 
hou t 
k, le 
t ions 
hat so 

s su 
er or 

grad 
and a 
tract 

rep 1 
k nee 

with 



of anv ki 
in anv wav 
dge , bould 
. piles . a 
ever . whet 
r f ace , or 

not shown 
es specif i 
s required 

work . sol 
acement , r 
essarv in 
out extra 



nd , 

lim 
e r s . 
nd a 
her 
dump 

on 
ed. 

for 
e ly 
epai 
conn 
char 



cha r 
Itin 

con 
11 o 
natu 
ed, 
the 
req u 

the 
at t 
ring 
ectl 
ge • 



acter , 
g the 
cretc 
ther m 
rallv 
or con 
drawin 
ired, 

full 
he Con 

or pa 
on wl t 



nature or 
general itv 
in every 
a ter ia Is 
on , or 
s true ted 
gs , shal 1 
or ind i- 
and proper 
tractor ' s 
tching . 
h such 



B.P .L. A. 



d) Subway 

The information about the subway structures on Bovlston Street 
III on Exeter Street incorporated in the Contract documents 
has been obtained trom the original draw ngs bv the 
Massachusetts Bay Transportation A"^''"]^^'^ . ^^ ; ^ * ^, 1 J; office 
Prints of these original drawinc-s mav be viewed at the office 

CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA. 1-12 



1.22. SURVEYS (Continued) 



b) The Contractor, at his own expense, shall do all engineer- 
Inp required for establishing elevations, grades, lines 

shall be responsible for maintaining bench marks and other 
survev marks, and shall replace as directed anv bench marks 
or survey marks which have been disturbed or destroved. 

c) The Contractor shall pav for the services of an indepen- 
dent land survevor holding a certificate of registration under 
C ^eral Laws. Chanter 112. Section 810 through 81T. to do the 
eneineering required to Initially lay out the work. The 
sllrvevor shall not be a regular emplovee of the Contractor, 
nor shall he have any interest in the Contract. 

d) The Contractor shall provide the Awarding Author i tv wi th 
a certificate, signed by the above surveyor, certifying that 
the prlnclpil lines, levels and dimensions of the work under 
the Contract are accurately established in accordance with 
the drawings . 

e) The Contractor shall verify all grades, lines, levels 
and dimensions as shown on the drawings, and shal report 
promptlv any errors or inconsistencies with actual site 
conditions to the Architect before commencing work. 

f) AS the work progresses, and as the information becomes 
necessary, the Contractor at his own expense shall lav out 

^he exact location of all partitions and establish other lines 
of dimensional reference as a guide to all trades. 



1.23. MATERIALS 



.) All materials shall be new and of the highest grade and 
in manufacturer's original container , c lear Iv marked as to 
contents, unless otherwise particularly stated in the sped 
ficatlons or noted on the drawings. 

b) The Contractor shall allow the Resident Engineer or a 
deaignated representative of the Awarding Authorltv or of 

Jhe Architect! to examine materials and furnish men to assist 
such an examination: provide shed, for the protection of and 
orderly keeping of. .11 materials and provide heat ^o pre- 
vent dLage bv frost or otherwise to said materials, 1 being 
expressly and explicitly understood and agreed that said 
sheds shin not necessarilv be considered as suitable storage 
for purposes of Contract Article XXIII. 

c) No materials or supplies shall be purchased under a 
conditional sales contract or other agreement bv which an 
interest is retained by the seller. The Contractor warrants 
that he has good title to all materials or supplies used by 
him, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA. 1-14 



B.P.L.A. 



1.25. WORK OUTSIDE REGULAR WORKING HOURS 

a) The work of the Contract shall be carried on during 
regular working hours. However, if the Contractor desires 
to carrv on the work outside of regular working hours, or on 
Saturdays. Sundays or holidays, he may submit application to 
and obtain permission from the Architect, but shall allow 
ample time to enable satisfactory arrangements to be made for 
inspecting work in progress. At night, he shall light and 
protect the different parts of the work in an approved manner, 

1.26. JOB COORDINATION 

a) The Contractor shall be in charge of the ENTIRE JOB 
OPERATIONS and shall be rasponsible for the PROMPT JOB COORDI- 
NATION of all trades and Owner's separate contractors if thev 
are on the Job during the Contractor's operations. Subcon- 
tractors MUST route their action through the Contractor's 
office to avoid confusion and job delav. 

b) The Contractor shall be represented at the building at 
all times bv a competent administrative job superintendent, 
satisfactory to the Official and the Architect, who shall 
have general charge of the building operation. The adminis- 
trative job superintendent shall be furnished with competent 
assistants. No c'ange shall be made in the Job supervising 
staff durJr.g the life of the contract without written order 
or approval of the Official. 

c) The Contractor shall maintain at all times an adequate 
and efficient field force with extensive knowledge of all 
types of work Involved under this Contract. 

d) The Contractor shall employ and pav an experienced 
expediter to expedite materials fabricated away ftom the 
building site, to the end that materials of proper quality 
and fabrication will be delivered at the building as needed 
for orderly incorporation in the structure. 

e) The Contractor shall employ and pav a registered mechani- 
cal engineer who shall be responsible for coordinating the 
general, mechanical, and electrical shop drawings submitted 
by the Subcontractors of the respective trades; checking for 
any conflicts or interferences of the work of one trade with 
another; checking for completeness of the shop drawings; 
investigating direction of changes as may be required for 
compliance with the Contract Documents before submission of 
shop drawings to the Architect; and approval of shop draw- 
ings, indicated bv the Contractor's certification stamp as 
required by Conditions of the Contract, Article 2.01., SHOP 
DRAWINGS . 



P.L.A, 



PART II 



«^,TPP]|:mfntaRY CONDITIONS 



2.01. SHOP DRAWIN GS 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.1-16 



a) General 

, The Contr.ctor shall check, stamp with his approval. 

a;d sibmit with such promptness as to cause no delay in 
and suomit wxu ^ other contractor, all 

'i^ Trarings^roaeb^v'tre contractor, or anv Sub- 
fo^trac or^'^a'n^acturer. supplier or «ii«trlbutor as 

Te^u^red b; the specifications ^^^^^l^l^^^llt^'ll^.T.,'' 
proper performance oth ,. ^The ^^^^^^^ ^^^^ 

dlt^^ as e lied !n Jar'agraph c) ^^relnbelow^ At the 

:: of submission, the Contractor ^Yll'VeVilAon in 
owner and the Architect in "'^ ^ , "^ ^^.^^^j 'he Contract 
the shop drawings from the requirements 

Documents . 

2. onlv shop drawings -"^-\^-"/;;:,;;:;rc:!" Bv 
will be considered for approval by the A^^^^^'^; ^^^.^^ 
a roving and submitting shop drawings he -^^^„,,. 
therebv represents chat he has verifieo all t ^^ ^^^ 
ments. and field construction criteria and t ^^^ 

---m-ts-r^ir::;k^an :r?2^ 

Architect . 

3. ih. shop dr.vln,. shall "'""j'';^; i;'j:,t 'sections 

-'t^r:;-urc:'ro;:,"..r^urrhoi"sroinin. .o,. ... 

details of connections thereto. 

,, „h„e »^)^'"'"^"-'; 'rn'r.,:r/. V"i:i\r,'".ir 
r:::r."'"rr„w'rc:ro:i:: ;"p — .^ — « 

th/»ork und.t .11 .fl.cted tr.des. 

, ,h. .rehu.c. -H/^rir.rto'r.rsrnrr.ii;:"-' 

with r.asoh.bl. P"-'""'%" dUi!„ concept of th. 

-M.cr.nr^nru,: "iro.r.ur„n?v.n m th. co„tt.ct 

Documents 

.. The Architect ----/,^/,// fe^.l^ncr^lf leafing 
approve shop drawing, in a proper sequen^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^_ 

^^t:^ or::;k%rtn:::the reparation of a 
properly coordinated set of shop drawings. 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA .2-1 



1.20. 



u 



B.P.L.A. 



INSTRUCTIONS RELATING TO EXISTING CONDITIONS (Continued) 

jx of the M.B.T.A. where Bidders may also obtain prints 

at printing cost. No guarantee of the accuracv of these 
original drawings can be made. Bidders mav only assume that 
this is the best information available. No claim for addi- 
tional cost will be allowed for incorrect information. 
Neither the Awarding Authorltv or the Architect shall be 
liable for anv error or discrepancy in the Information given 
in the original drawings or in the Contract documents about 
the M.B.T.A. subwav structures. 

The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for anv damage 
to the subway structures occasioned as a result of his work. 
If waterproofing or anv other part of the subwav structure 
is damaged, thev shall be repaired by the Contractor at his 
own expense and to the complete satisfaction of the M.B.T.A. 

During the entire course of the Contract, the subway 
Emergency Exit on Boylston Street shall remain In operation 
at all times and shall not be blocked off bv this Contractor 
under any circumstances. 

1.21. O^BTAIN ING AND STUDY OF INSTRUCTIONS 

a) The Contractor shall carefullv stndv all specifications, 
drawings, and other instructions from the Architect, as thev 
are delivered, and procure from the Architect such special 
Information, detailed drawings, etc.. as may be necessarv for 
the proper performance of the work. 

b) Where drawings show outline or descriptive representa- 
tions of repetitive features, the Contractor shall construe 

' " their in exact a'ccordance wTth the corf esptrndTng features wRich 
are common to similar Items or materials and which are com- 
r>letely drawn and specified. 

c) Where the statement "Consult Drawing, No 

occurs In the specifications, such reference to drawing has 
been made solely for the convenience of bidders to help them 
Identify the Item under consideration and to locate the typi- 
cal detail of such item in the set of contract drawings. It 
is not the intention of these references, however, to list 
each and every drawing In which a certain item may occur. 

1.22. SURVEY'i • • • • 

a) Layout of building shall be established from a permanent 
survey mark provided on the site hy the Awarding Autnorlty. 
The site bench mark for this project is shown on Drawing L-1. 



CON0ITIO"S OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.1-13 



24, 



B.P.L.A. 



1.23. MA TERIALS (Continued) 



d) 

f icat Ions , 



Except where specifically called otherwise In the specl- 
all materials shall be of domestic manufacture. 



e) All materials shall be handled. Installed, and protected 
In accordance with the best practice In the Industry and in 
strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and 
directions, except as the Contractor mav be otherwise directed 
by the Awarding Authorltv or the Architect, acting pursuant 

to the provisions of the Contract. 

f) The Awarding Autliorlty is exempt from payment of the 
Coaimonwealth of Massachusetts Sales Tax under Certificate of 
Exemption EO46-001-380 . 

INSPECTION AND TESTING 

a) General 

1. All materials, equipment and workmanship shall be 
subject to Inspection and testing as specified In the 
various Sections of the specifications and/or In accord- 
ance with accented standards. 

2. The Contractor must anticipate any possible delav 
that will be caused to him in the execution of his work 
due to the necessity of materials being tested and/or 
Inspected and accepted before installation In the work. 
The Contractor will not be allowed any sum for loss or 
expense attributable to such delays. 

3. Should any material or work be found defective and 
not conforming to tThe spe«i f lea t loni- af ter, t es t ing ^r 
inspecting, such materials or work shall b« removed and 
replaced with conforming material and/or work, or with 
the Owner's consent remedied by additional work all 

at the Contractor's expense. 

4. Inspection and testing bv the Owner, the Architect 
or their representatives shall In no event cancel the 
Contractor's responsibility for compliance with the 
full intent and requirements of the Contract. 

b) Re-examination o f Questioned Work 

Re-examination of questioned work may be ordered bv tVie 
Awarding Authorltv and if so ordered, the work must be un- 
covered by the Contractor. If such work be found in accord- 
ance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the 
costs of re-examination and replacement. If such work be 
found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the 
Contractor shall pav the costs of re-examlnat Ion , replacement, 
and all related testing. 

CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.1-15 



B.P.L.A. 



1.27. INFORMATION 

a) The Contractor shall furnish full and complete information 
to all trades relative to the work which they are to perform 

in connection with this contract. 

b) Complete cooperation between the Contractor and his Sub- 
contractors is essential to this work. If, bv virtue of being 
first on the Job a Subcontractor pre-empts a location for 
work which later interferes with the location of another 
Subcontractor's work, he shall remove his installation with- 
out ext.a charge and replace it in such approved position as 
will insure its non-interference with the installation of 
other work. The Contractor shall refer to the Architect for 

a decision on any question involving the possibility of such 
Interference before the work is actually installed. 

1.28. BOSTON FIRE PREVENTION CODE 

a) The Boston Fire Prevention Code, as appearing in Chapter 
3 of the Municipal Ordinances of 1959, Is hereby Incorporated 
in its entirety bv reference in this Specification. 



B.P.L.A, 



2.01. SHOP DRAWINGS (Continued) 



b) 




CONDITIONS OF THE CONT' ' ;T 

lA 17 



^..^M^j^^^i^ AMMtwaap.ayiJgmgM ^y 



7. The Contractor shall direct specific attention in 
writing or on resubmitted shop drawings to revisions 
other than the corrections requested by the Architect on 
previous submissions. 

8. The Architect's approval of shop drawings shall not 
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any devia- 
tion from the requirements of the Contract Documents, 
unless the Contractor has informed the Owner and the 
Architect In writing of such deviation at the time of 
submission and the Architect has given approval to the 
specific deviation, nor shall the Architect's approval 
relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or 
omissions In the shop drawings. 

9. No portion of the work requiring a shop drawing 
submission shall be commenced until the shop drawing 
has been returned bv the Architect with the stamp 
"App roved" or "Approved a s Correcjj^. All such portions 
^f the work shall be in accordance with the approved 
shop drawings . 

10. It shall he the responsibility of the Contractor to 
submit the shop drawings on a schedule that allows 
reasonable time for checking, resubmission, rechecklng, 
approval, and subsequent fabrication and delivery. 
Failure to do so will not Justify a delay in the time of 
completion of work. 

Submission of Shop Dr a^rLn^ 

1 The Contractor shall submit to the Architect a 
legrtle reproducible Cstrpia) transparency *rnd one ilack 
line print of each shop drawing, with sufficient blank 
space for the Contractor's and Architect's approval 
stamps. The transparency and the print shall be mailed 
or delivered to the Architect In roll form (NOT FOLDED). 
Submit shop drawings In standard sizes as directed bv 
the Architect. 

2. The Architect will make any required corrections 
directly on the reproducible transparency and return 
the transparency to the Contractor. The Contractor shall 
Incorporate the Ar ch 1 t ee t ' s corrections onto the origi- 
nal drawings and r-esubmit a ne.w reproducible transparency 
and print thereof to the Architect for his approval. 
This procedure shall be repeated until all corrections 
are made to the satisfaction of the Architect. 




CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

iA.2-2 






€ 



B.P.L. A. 



2.0i. SHOP DRAWINGS (Continued) 

3. When the transparency Is returned by the Architect 
with the remark. "Approved" or "Appro\/ed as Corrected" , 
the Contractor shall provide and distribute such number 
of prints as required for his own and his Subcontractors 
use and deliver four (4) prints to the Architect. The 
costs of printing and Incidental expenses shall be 
included in the Contract Price. The Architect will deli- 
ver one print of each approved shop drawing to the Award- 
ing Authorltv. 

c) Submission of Printed Data 

1. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect 6 
copies of manufacturer's printed data; descriptive 
literature, catalogues, brochures; performance and test 
data; and all other information which reoulres approval 
and which cannot be submitted in sepia transparency 
form. All such information shall be specific and identi- 
fication of material or equipment submitted shall be 
clearly made In ink. Data of general nature will not be 
accepted . 

2. The Contractor shall resubmit 6 copies of such 
material until approved, and after approval provide and 
distribute such number of copies as required for his own 
and his Subcontractors' use. The Architect will retain 
four \U) copies of approved material, and deliver one 
copy thereof to the Awarding Authority. 

2.02. SUBMISSION OF SAMPLES 

a) The Contractor shall submit for approval all samples 
required in the Individual Sections of the specifications. 
Unless otherwise specified in the individual Sections, three 
specimens of each sample shall be submitted. 

b) Samples shall be of adequate size to permit proper 
evaluation of material. Where variations in color or other 
characteristics are to be expected, submit samples showing 
the maximum range of variation. Materials exceeding the 
range of variation of the approved samples will not be 
approved on the work. 

c) Samples which can be convenlentlv mailed shall he sent 
directly to the Architect, accompanied bv transmittal notice 
stating name of project. Specification Article to which the 
sample refers and description of item being submitted. 

d) All other samples shall be delivered at the field office 
of the Resident Engineer with sample identification tag 
attached and properly filled in. Transmittal notice of sam- 
ples so delivered shall be given to the Architect by the 

Con tractor. 

CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.2-3 



B.P.L. A. 



2.05. RECORD DRAWINGS 

a) The Awarding Authority will furnish to the Contractor 
free of charge two complete sets of drawings for record 
purposes, as specified in Conditions of the Contract, Article 
1.19. From these sets, the Contractor shall detach and fur- 
nish at no charge to the Mechanical and Electrical Subcontrac- 
tors the drawings of their trade for the same purpose. 

b) The Contractor and the Mechanical and Electrical Sub- 
contractors shall keep one of their record sets on the site 
at all times, and note on it, neatly, I'gibly, and accurately 
as the work progresses, the exact location of their work as 
actually installed, any changes from the Contract Drawings 
and any Information requested in their individual Sections. 
The notations shall be transferred at the home office onto 
the second set. 

c) The Architect may periodically inspect the record draw- 
ings at the site. Their proper maintenance shall be a 
condition precedent to approval of requisitions for periodic 
payment . 

d) At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall 
return both complete sets of record drawings to the Architect 
for approval. The Architect will review these drawings and 
return one set to the Contractor with any necessary comments. 

e) Upon receipt of approval, the Contractor and the above 
Subcontractors shall transfer the as-built information shown 
on the record drawings onto reproducible sepia transparencies 
of the original contract drawings. Transparencies will be 
furnished by the Owner free of charge. The drafting shall be 
done by experienced draftsmen and match the original drawings 

f) Froi.^ the transparencies, the Contractor shall, at his 
own expense, prepare one complete set of blackline prints, 
and then submit the transparencies and these prints thereof 
to the Architect before final payment. 

g) Submission of .--curate record drawings and their appro- 
val by the Architect shall be a condition precedent to final 
paymen t . 

2.06. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 

a) Subcontractors and suppliers shall furnish to the Con- 
tractor two sets of operating and maintenance instructions 
of all mechanical, electrical and manually operated equipment 
furnished and/or Installed by them under the Contract. 
Mechanical and Electrical Subcontractors shall furnish 
instructions as specified in their respective Sections. 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.2-5 



B.P. L. A. 



B.P.L. A. 



2.02. SUBMISSION OF SAMPLES (Continued) 

e) All charges in connection with delivery of samples shall 
be paid by the Contractor. 

f) The Architect will review and approve samples with 
reasonable promptness so as to cause no delav, but only for 
conformance with the design concept of thfi project and with 
the Information given in the Contract Documents. 

g) No portion of the work requirlnp a sample submission 
shall be commenced until the submission has been approved bv 
the Architect. All such portions of the work shall be in 
accordance with approved samples. 

h) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to sub- 
mit the samples on a schedule that allows reasonable time 
for checklnp,, resubmission, rechecking, approval and subse- 
quent fabrication and delivery. Failure to do so will not 
justify a delay in the time of completion of work. 



2.03, 



SCHEDULE OF PROGRESS 







2.04. PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS 

a) Befote construction is started, and on the first work 
day of each month thereafter until completion of the work, the 
Contractor shall have photographs taken from 4 points as 
directed by the Architect, showing as much as possible of 

the work performed du'lng the previous month. 

b) Photographs shall be taken bv a competent commercial 
photographer and all costs in connection therewith shall he 
paid by the Contractor. 

c) PhotograpVis shall be 8 inches bv 10 inches. The ne^-atives 
and prints shall bear the date of the exposure, name of 
project, description of view, and name of photographer. The 
negative and 2 glossy prints shall be delivered to the 
Architect, within 15 days after the exposures are made. 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.2-4 



• 



B.P.L. A. 



2.06. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS (Continued) 

b) The Contractor shall collect all of the above instruc- 
tions, bind them into two complete sets and submit them to 
the Architect before final payment. 

c) Submission of operating and maintenance Instructions 
shall be a condition precedent to final payment. 

2.07. CLEANING- UP 

a) The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free 
from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused bv 
his operations. 

b) At completion of the work, and before final inspection, 
the entire building and surrounding areas shall be thoroughly 
cleaned by Contractor, including the following: 

1. All construction facilities, surplus materials, 
debris, and rubbish shall be removed from the project 
site and the entire work left broom clean. 

2. All finished surfaces shall be left in perfect con- 
dition, free of stains, spofs, marks, dirt and other 
defects. This Includes cleaning of the work of all 
finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning 
by such trades is included in their respective specifi- 
cations. Consult Section 9E for cleaning of resilient 
floors and Section 1 JA for cleaning of pedestal floors. 

3. All glass shall be washed and polished, both sides, 
^^^ ^ by, a window. r^leanjlng contractor speclal^zinR Iji su^ch 

work. No det'erge'nts shall be"'used whlch'mav slfain" cut- 
stone work, bronze work or other finish materials. 

4. All architectural metals, hardware, fixtures, and 
equipment shall be left in undamaged, bright, polished 
condition. In cleaning such items care shall be taken 
not to damage manufacturer's finish. 

5. Plenums, duct spaces, furred spaces shall be left 
clean of debris and decavable materials. 

c) The Contractor may require his Subcontractors to bear 
their full responsibility for cleaning up" during and Imme-d- 
lately upon completion of their work, and to remove all their 
rubbish, waste, tools, equipment and appurtenances; but this 
shall in no way be construed to relieve the Contractor of 
his primary respons lb 1 1 1 tv for maintaining the building and 
the site clean and free of debris, leaving all work in a 
clean and proper condition satisfactory to the Architect 
and/or the Official. 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.2-6 



2.08. REFERENCES 



a) References to technical society organization or body is 
made in the specifications in accordance with following 
abbrev la t ions : 



LABOR STANDARDS 
Co.ittruction Conlioct Provisions 



nurr, I t nunr *u »<o. nt n «'« 
Ani<iOV*l. r«(>i"i > >-i-*t 



ACl 

AISC 

ASME 

ASTM 

AWI 

AWS 

CRSI 

FGJA 

NBFU 

UL 



American Concrete Institute 

American Institute of Steel Construction 

American Society of Mechanical Engineers 

American Society for Testing and Materials 

American Woodwork Institute 

American Welding Society 

Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 

Flat Glass Jobbers Association 

National Board of Fire Underwriters 

Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 



it 



2.09 



b) Where reference is made to standard specifications 
shall mean to refer to the latest edition in effect on 
November 7, 1968. 

Un^ERP RETATIONS 

a) The term "plus/minus" shall mean the range of tolerance 
above and below the norm. 

b) The terms "as shown", "as indicated", "as detailed", 
unless otherwise defined in the context, shall mean "as 
shown (or as indicated, or as detailed) on the drawings . 

c) All headings of articles, paragraphs and sub-paragraphs 
in the specifications shall be deemed to be part of the 
ensuing text and shall be taken into consideration in the 
interpretation or construction thereof. 



(U MINIMUM WACCS. (0 All rrch.inics and Iahoirt\ i-mrloyed 
or working: upon ii>c mi«* oi ihr work wtll bt- pjid unmnHitionjIIy 
anii not Ics-. ntien ih.in once i wrrL, and withoal s,ib*tquc-nl die- 
duction or rvb.»ic < n .iry jccouni (eicc;'t such payroll drdLvfU'nt 
fts arc [crmitird l*y rcru'..iiions ^..Lird hy ihc Secret. iry of Labor 
undi-t the C'opel.inl Act (20 I I R Pari \), the (jjl anounts due .il 
lime o( payment c^mpuied at »..i(;e rates not Ic%$ than fho^e con- 
lainrd in the waj^e dcti-rnin.iiion decision of the Secrer.ir>- of l..ibor 
which la aiiached hereto an f m.ide a put hereof, icjtatdle-.^ of .>ny 
coniractu.il relationship which may be alleiied to e.i'.i betwfen 
the contractor and such l.ib.''rrrs and mrch.inics; and the ».a»:e de- 
lermination decmon ahall br posted bv the coniracror at the site 
of the work in a pton-incni place where it can be easily seen by 
the workers. 1 or the purpose of this clause, contributions made 
or costs reason.ibly anticipated under section 1(b)(2) of the Pavii- 
Itacon Act on boh.iK of laborers or niech.inici are consideiel wa««i 
paid to such laborers or oiechinici, subject to the provisions of J9 
CFR 1.?(a)(l)(iv), Also for the purpose of this clause, refulit 
contributions made or co-.ts incurred for more thin a weekly period 
under plans, funds, or pro/trams, but coveting the (aiiicul.tr 
*ee«ly period, are deemed to be construe lively made or iicuired 
during such weekly period. 

(ii) The contracting ollicer shall require that any class of 
laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage detrimina- 
iion and which is to be employed un Jrr the contract, shall be 
classified or reclassified conl.'imably lo ihe wage determination, 
and a rep,.tt of the action taken shall be sent by the Trderal 
agency to the Secr-ury of 1 a tor. In ihr event the interested 
parties cnnnot .ssrec on the pro|<T classification or reclassifica- 
tioit of ■ particular class of laborers and mechaoica to be used, 
the question accompanied by the recommendauon of the contiaciim 
officer shall be referred to the Secretary for final determination. 



(ill) The contracting officet shall requirfl, whenever the mini- 
mum wage rate piescribcd in the contract for a class of l.l^..l<•rs o( 
mechanics includes a fiin>:e bi nefit which is not espresseJ as ..n 
hourly «af.e rate and the conlrailor is obligated to pay a cash 
equivalent of such a fringe benefit, an hourly cash e<iuiv.ileni 
ihrreof to be established. In the event the inieiesi. d paitus can- 
not agfee upon a cish equivalent of ihe fringe benefit, the ques- 
tion, accorpanied by the ie< nnmen lltion of the contrariinR officer, 
ahall b« leletre I to the Secreiaiy of labor lor determination. 

.(iv) The conn u tor may consider .is pan of the wages of any 
laborer or mechin.'. the amount of any costs reasonably a.iticipaied 
in providing benefits under a pl.in or piogtam des, iibed in section 
l(b)(J)(n) of ihe Havis Uaion Ad. or an,' bom li.U- flin^e l>< ne- 
fila not eipressly listed in section I (bjC) of the Davis-Uacon 
^ci or oih.rwise not lined in the wage determination decision of 
the .Secretary ol Labor which is included in this Contract, inlv 
when Ihe ;ccrriary ol I abor has found, upin the written re ;iiesi 
of the contractor, that the ap.-ilicable stan.lit.fs of ihe I'avis lUcoo 
Act have b.-rn n. i. MSenevcr practicable, the .ontiactor should 
lequesl the Scctt r.ily of I abor to make such findings before the 
making o( the contract. In the case of unfnnled plans and pro- 
grams, rhe Secretary of labor may require the contractor to set 
aside in a separate ai count assets for the meeting of obligations 
under the plan or piof.ram. 

* 

C) WITMMOLOINC. The I' S. Olfice of Education ra,iy Withhold 
or cause to be witnheld Itom the conirar ror so much ol ihe accrued 
paymenu or aJvamcs as may be considered necessary to pay 
laboiera and mechanic a employed by the contractor oi any sub- 
contractor on the work the full amount of wages ie.<uired by ihe 
coniiari. In ihe event of failure to fay any laboier or mechanic 
employed or workin..; on the sue of the work all or pail of the 
wages re.]uire*l f>v thr- contract, 

after wiitten nolii e to the contractor, sponsor, appli 
owner, lake such action as may be necessary to cause ih 
rnsion of any further payment, advan. e. or guarantee .• funds 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.2-7 



B.P.L. A, 



PART III - FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS 
3.01. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

a) The enclosed federal LABOR STANDARDS and wage dcterrrln- 
ation by the Secretary of Labor are herewith made a part of 
this Cont rac t . 

b) Where the wage rate for a class of laborers or mechanics 
listed under PART III differs from the corresponding wage 
rate under PART IV, the higher wage rate shall apply. 



the D.-S. Ofliee of Kducation may, 
ant. or 
e sus- 



P» 



until such violations have ceased. 
» • • 

(1) PAYROLLS AMD BASIC RECORDS. (I) Payrolls and basic 



cecorda idating thereto will be maintained during the course o the 
• ork and preaet.'d fo, a period of three y,.„ thereafter I... all la- 
borera and mectiani. s working at the aiie of the wotk. .,uch lecoids 
.ill contain the name and addre.s ol each such employee his cor- 
rect clataiftcaiion. latea ol pay (includi«« rarta ol contribyiiona ol 



cos.s nntic.patid ol the types descr.l.. d in section » "')(2) o' >h« 
l.av.s-ILicon A..), daily and weekly nun.ber ol hours worked, de- 
ductions made and i.ctu.l .age. paid. »li. never the S'cr'.ary o( 
Labor has iound un.lei 29 < I^R VMaXlX-v) that the w.i^. ■. ..I any 
laborer or mechanic include the amount ol .snv co.ls "■<-'■"' '^-^ 
.nt,c.p...ed in ^tovi ling benefits un.le, .. p an or program H'sc-'b'd 
in section ! (b)(2). IM of the Davis-H.. on A, t. the cont.act.« sh.Jl 
m.sin.un recor.K wh.,h show that the c .n.n.itnent ,o frov. ie such 
beniiiis IS enforceable, that the plan or p.or'am is financially 
responsible, and .hat the pUn or program ha-, been 7""-;'' '''f . 
in wri.ing to the laborer, or mechani. s ..Ifec.ed. and records which 
show the co-.ts anlic.pV"! <" •*" «'"•'' "" '"' ""?' '" P"""''"« ,. 
such benefits. , ,, .^!i- ,- 

(II) The conrractor will submit weekly a copy of all payrolls 10 
ihe VS. Ollice of Kducation if the agency is a party to the c w- 
tract but if the arency is not such a p.wiy the contractor will suo- 
mil the payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owr.-,. as thr case 
may he. for transmission to the U.5 Off,, e of Iducati.n uron re- 
quest. The copy shall be .cco^np amed by a •.t.tc^en. '■*"''< t;^* 
the employ.t or his asenr indicating that the payrolls are <°"'"« 
and complete, that the ware r..te contained therein ate n. t >'"'"" 
those determined by the Se tetaiy ol Labor and ihar the class.lica 
t.ons set forth for each lai.orer or mechanic conform with the worn he 
performed. A submission of a "Seekly Statement of Compliance 
which IS required under this co-i.ract and the foielarid >'"-•••;""• 
ol the Sec.e.ary of Labor ( 2') CFH. Part )) and the film, w„h the 
initial payroll or a.,y subsequent payroll ..1 a copy of nny •'^••'"«""' 
the Secretary of Labor under 20 CHt V.(aMl)(i.) sha I f.tisly this 
requiieni.nt. Hie pume cnt. actor shall be lespon.ible (o, the sul^ 
mission of copies of payroll, o. all saUon.ractors. The coniracro 
will make the record, required under the lalor standard, clause, or 
Ihe contract available lor inspection by aaihoi.ied representative, 
ol the U.S. Office of Education a.-d the Llet.irtrnent of 1 ...or. and 
will permit such representatives to intersiew employees darin, 
woikins (loji. i.n the |ob. 

(4) APPRENTICES. Apprentices will be p< rmitied to »oiii a. 
such only when they ate registered, individually, undei J bona lide 
apprenticeship pro-am registered with a Slate ..,,p,enticeship 
ag.-ncy which is r-cogmzed by the Ilurca . M Af if-niu eship and 
Training, l-nited State Department of Labor, or. if no s..J. recog- 
nized agency eii-.rs in a State, under a pro>-a:n regisiere.l with 
the Bureau of Ap,.reniiceship and Training. Lnit.. I States Deparl- 
m.ni of La'.-,.r. The allowable latio of ap, re iitic c . to |outneyme« 
in any craft classification shall not fce greater thm the ratio pet- 
milted to the contractor a* to hi. enure ri.irk for e ur l.-r the 
remstered prngrim. Any employee liste,l on . p .vr.ll at m appren- 
tice wage rate, who is not re»:isierr,! as above. -Sail '.;■ pii.l the 
wa,e rate deterrr.ined by the Secreiaiy of Labor l.« the classitica- 
lion ol work he actually performed. The contrartot or sub. on.taclOf 
will be requited to furnish 10 the coniraciing officer written evi- 
dence <d the registration of his profrim an,: appr. niue-. as well 
as of the nrpropnate ratios and wa^e rate., for the arr.i ol con- 
struction piicr to using any apprentices on the contract work, 

• 

(M COMPLIANCE WITH COPELANO RECULATIONl (29 CFR 
PART 3). Ihe contractor shall cr.r; 'v viih il-e ( ..;.rl..e ! h, ^ula- 
ti, n . (2') < HR I'l't M ol Ihe Secret.iry .d Labor which ire herein 
incorporate,! b-. reference. 

(II SUBCONTRACTS. The contractor will insert in .mv suh- • 
contracts the ilause- contained in 21 <.KR S.'/aXD ihr .u.h (J) 
and (7) and such other clauses as the U.S. Office of l.lucation 
may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clau .e lequif 
ing the subcontractors ro include these clauses in any low'' ii»r 
.ubiontia.is which they may enter into, together with a . l..use 
requiring this in.ertion in any luiihe. sutx ontrac ts that ma, in 

'""(7)' CONTRACT TERMINATION; DEBARMENT. A breach of 
clauses (I) throu«h «) m.iy be ,roun Is !oi "r , inalion ol the coa- 
itact. and (or debarment as provided in 20 C I H ^.i,. 

ANTI.KICKBACK PROVISIONS 

I. The Anli-Kukb.ck H-gulatims issued by the Secretary of 
I ab,M (29 <-l H. Parr %) are applicable to this coniract. Hie < oB- 
liartor will comply with theae Regulation, incorporated herein by 

reference and any anendmejits nt modifications tbeieof, will cause 
appioptiaie prevision, to be insened in suOiontracts t.i insuie 
compliance ihetewnh by all Subconira. tor. Jul':" t iheter .. and 
will be lesp naible (or the submission of .latement. leguiied of 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA. 3-1 



siibeonirictof llienun.l.r. . siipl as the Secreiiiy of I abor may 
spi'. ific illy prosi.lc for n i- ..ii.iMe limitaiions. variations, toler- 
ances .in. I eve.iipiions from t!i. icquiieinenis thereof. In lieu of 
mailine si il<i.,ent le.j.iiti I • / '.eciion-. t.< an. I \.4 ol rhe Ann- 
kiik'.-irk He.ulMions to li.e I e.ieral arency bjinisiiing fin int lal 
ai.l on this protect, ihe » or.i.ui.ii hhill submit nil such .latemrnti 
promptly a. .pecifud. to llie Owner or 10 a lepresentalive desig- 
itaied by the Owner, 

2. The Cwrer. or Ins i, ; r. • enlalive. m ly wiihhold <« cause to 
be wiihliel.l from the t nnli I. I w .so nu< h of the accrued piymcnts 
or a. leant es as may be .onsi.lered necessary 10 pay laborer-, and 
mechnnics employed by the roniracioi or any Subcontractor on the 
work (eseepi f.ii such deducrions as are permitie.l by the Anri- 
Kickhack Regulntions (29 MK. Pj" ») ). ■•"■ '"" amount of wage. 
1.1 which they ore entitled under their contracts of employment. In 
the event of failure to pay any l.iboiei or mrehanic employed r 
working on the .tie of the work all ■'• pi" ol the w.iges 10 which 
he IS entitled under his contract of employment, the f>wner, or hi. 
representative, may. aftei wiiiien nonce to the ' ontractoi. take 
such action as may be necessary to cause the su-.pension of any 
(utrher payment, advance, or guarantee of fund, until such viola- 
tions have ceased. 

). Payroll record, shall ecnrain rhe information and be pre- 

• etve.f as re.|uiied by See Hon \.4(b) of ihe Rerulalions. The 
ror.tiicloi will nik-- his er-ployn^^'nt f rofis available lot in.pec- 
rion by auiho'ired repiesenianvet. of the appropriate State 
A»,ency,the Vcretiity of Labor, and the U.S. Oilice ol tduca- 
tion. and will jerr-it such i< pre seniari ve s ro interview em- 
ployees during working I. our-, on the lob. 

4. The Contracror will insert in each of his sulicontracts the 
provisions sei Irih m the forraoing clauses hereof, and such 
other stipulations a. ihe U.S. Olfice el F.duc.tion may require 
by appropiiat. instructions. 

5. A breach of stipulations (I) through (4) m.y be grounds (or 
icimination of the cont/ari. 

•ANTI.KICKBACK" ACT, COPELAND ACT 
TITLE IB. U.S.C. 

§ 874 Aie*4or*» /'on puKie uor^f emp/oveej. "Whoever, 
by force, miimidation. or threat of procuring dismissal from em 
ployment, or by an/ other manner wharsoever induce, any person 
employed in rhe consiruction. ptoseeution. completion or rer'ir of 

• ny public building, public work, 01 building 01 work financed in 
•fhole or in part by loan, or giants from ihe I nued States, to ,;ive 
•ip any part of the compeasation to which he is entitled under hi. 

onir.ci of employment, shall be lined not mote than 15,000 01 

■ mpii.oned not more than five year., or both." 

TITLE 40 U.S.C. (AS AMENDED) 

5 276C Hamf. rrgulatinnt covrintni: cor.l'aclori nnd fuhron- 
irocro'.. "The Secrera.y of l^lwr shall mske rea.onable regul..- 
lions lor contractors and subc onttac tors enfSged in the con-.tiu^ 
tion prosecution, completion or repair of public buildings, public 
works or buildings or woika financed m whole 01 in part by loan. 
or grants from the United State., including a provision that each 
con'ractor and subi ontiactor shall fa.-nish weekly a aiarertent witft 
respect 10 the wises paid each employee during the preceding ^ 
week. .Section ICOl ol Title 18 shall apply to such statements. 

Nto'taniial.o', Plan So. }i of ivno (15 l-.R- 3176. 64 Mat 
1267, 5 U.S.C. I Mi note). "In order to assure coordination ol 
•dminiatiatun and consistency of enforcement of the labor st.ind- 
ards provision ol each ol the (foregoing and other enumerated) 
Acta by the bedeial agencies responsible for the administration 
thereof, the .Secretary of L.b.v shall prescribe appropriate stand- 
ards. reRuli'io"'. "J procedu.cs. which shall be obseived fjy 
these agencies, and cause .0 be made by the Oeparrment of Labor 
such inve.iigaiions. with respect to compliance with and enforce- 
menr of such labor .tandards. as he deems desirable, . . . 

CONTRACT W09K HOUR? STAS'DAI?DS ACT 
OVERTIME COf^tPENf.ATION 

(a) Ol efiime recuirem'or. N > conrractor ar subtontractot 
contracting for any pa.t ol the conuact work shall require or permit 
any laborer or mechanic to be emplc ->f on such work in escess ol 
e hours in any c.lendar da/ or in eicess of 40 houra in any work- 
week unlea. such Isborer or mechanic receive, eonpenaaiion nt a 
rate not le.a than one and ore-h.lf time. hi. basic rate of pa> (or 

■ II houi. worked in e.ce.s of fl hour, in .ny c.lend.r day or in e.- 
i cess of 40 hours in such workweek, whichever it the gre.ter nur- 

bcf of overtime hours. . j . 

(b) Viotoiionf, Imfci/iry for unpntd u<nn: hquiiatfi damote. 
U the e»ent o! any viola ion of the clau.e set forth la patagrar_. 
(() tjie conir»ctot .nd .nj .ubcontr.ctoi re.pon.ible therefor .hal 



be liable t.i any affected employee for his unpa,.' «'«'-^- '" "' ' 
„on such cont'acor or .ubcontracto. shall be liable 10 the Lnited 
State, (in the case of wo.k done under contract for the fi'-trict ol 
. o.umb.a or a te.ritor/. to such District o. to such lerri.r.tyL o, 
liquidated dam.res. Sueh liquidated damnres shall be c. mjuied. 
wi.h re pect to each individual laborer or me.hanic emi.l.ve.l ,n 
violation of the clause (-). m die sum ol JIG lor e.ich talen l..r 
,ljy on whieh such employee was required or pemiitc to wotk in 
m e.ees-. ol H hours or m cicess ol 40 hours in a workweek with- 
out payment ol rhe overtime wages required by the c\^<l^■r (a). 

(c) llilAAofdis/: /or unpaiii uacei on<</ii;uidor.Jd»/na(;ei. 1 ne 
Pe.letal agency lor which the contract woik is .lone or by which 
financial assistance (or the wotk is provided may withhold, <jr 
cause to be withneld, from any moneys payable on .iccount ol worg 
performed by the rontiacior or subcontractor, the full amount ol 
wa^es required by the contract and such sum. as may •'t"';"'|''- 
tively be .le.ern.ned to he necessary to satisfy any liabilities ol 
such contiacior or subcontractor for liquidated damage, as pro- 

'"'('dV/iV.vHo'n o/e/ou«e, in .uhcontractM. The contiactor .greeg 

to insert the f„,e,oing . lause, (a), (b). and (c). .nd this clause 
(d). in all sub. oniracts. 

NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT 
•llunng the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as 

•(* ) The (ontr.icior will not discriminate against any employee 
or applicant for employment because of t.ce. creed, color, or na- 
t,on..l ori,m. The Contractor will Like affirmative action ■"'"•■"'' 
that applicants ate employed, and that employee, are treated during 
employment, without regard to their race, e.eed. color. "'■-;■;<";'' 
origin: .Such action shall include, bu. not be hmiied. to the follow- 
ing Fmploymeni. upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or 
recruitment .idver.i-.ing. layoff or termination, -ate. of pav or other 
forms of compensation, and selection for trairing. includitig appren- 
ticeship. The ( oniractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, 
available to employees and applicants for employment, nonces to 
be provided by the contracting ollicer setting forth the provision, 
of thir. non lisciiminalion clause. 

" (21 llic ( ontiactor will, in all solicitations or advertisement, 
fo, em,!loyees placed by ot on behalf ol the Contractor, state that 
all qualifie.l applicants -ill receive consideration for employment 
without recard to race, creed, color, or national origin, 

•(M rhe I ontracior will send to each labor union or representn- 
iive of workers with which he has . collective barg.inmg •«'«""••« 
or other contract or understanding, n notice. .0 be provided by the 
agenc^/ con.rac.ing officer, advising rhe said labor union or wot.er. 
representative of the ContractoiS commitments under this »"';"»• 
and shall post copies ed the nonce m conspicuous place. ..ail.ble 
to emplo-ees and applicants for emplo>ment. 

"(4) rhe Contractor will comply with all provisier 
:,ve Orde: No. 10925 ol March (., l';(.:. as amrnried a ... -. o.e 
,,i'e..,refulaiions, an-f^elevant orders ol the I'residrnt . < ommif 
tee on Equal Kmployment Opportunity created th^ehy. 

"(S) Ihe r ontracror will turnish all information and reports 
tequired by Lsecuttve Order No. 10925 ol Inarch 6. IX.l. as 
jmer.led. and by the rule-.. reBulati....>. and orders ol rhe said 
f ommittee, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his 
books, records, and accounts by the a.lmini.irative agency and rhe 
(ommittee lot p.irpo-.es ol ,nvest:..ati,.n to ascertain compl. .r <■ 
with such rules, regulations, and orders. 

•(6) In the event ol 'he Coniracror'. noncompliance with the 
r.ondisciiminati.in clauses of this coniract or with any of the said 
rule-., tcgulari .ns. 01 orders, this contra, t may be cancelled, tetr.i- 
rated, ol suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be 
decloied iiiel.gible lor further (.overnment contracts in accordance 
with Procedures authorised in Lseculive Order No. 10925 of March 
6 I'Xil as amended, and such other sanctions may be ir^posed 
and remedies invoked ns provided in the said r.ecutive Order or 
by rule, regulation. 01 order of rhe President's Committee on Kqual 
Kmployment Opportunity, or as otherwise piovi.led by law. 
' •f7) The (odtractoi wilMnclude the provisicms o! paragraphs 
(1) throiifh (7) m every subcontract ot purchase order unless ei- 
empred by rules, regulations, or order, cl the Presideni's Commii- 
ree on I.qual t mployper.t Opportunity issued pursuant to section 
^01 of r.eiutive Order So. 10925 of March 6. 1961. •is amende I, 
so that «ueh piovi.ioni will be binding upon ench subcontractor 
or vendor. The Cntracior will take such anion with resieci to any 
•ubcontinrt or pun base older a. the a.lminisnative agen, > may 'i- 
lett a. « means of enforcing .uch pfovi.icn.. including sanction, 
lot noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event the Contrac- 
tor becomes involved in. or is threateied with. Imgaiion wuh a .ub- 

ntraii"! or vendor as a result oliucfi direction by the adraimsita- 
•re tgettcy. it" Conrractor m.y reques' the United States to enter 
into suih litigation to protect the inteie.i. ol the I'mted Suie..* 



t 




^imHtMm 



t>- ..«; 



K>L-US 



KH1>ER.\1. WAGE RATES 



pa^e 5. 




(See tl.e attached 7 paRCs) 




■fo 



U S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 
orrjCK or thC •ccmctamv 

WAtMINOTON 



MOTICE OF MODIFICATION - DECISION OF THE SECtETARY 

ARMY, MD, CG, PAA(AS), FAA(LQ), FHA OSA, KIH, HAA, RAO, 7A, OE, PO. 
3C, WP, DFV, PHS, NAVT, DHUD (Trans), AAES 



0*Tt Of This MODIFICATION 

October U, 1968 



MOOIFiC*t:on no 



JIMD- 



OCSCKIPTION Of ■OK* 



OCCISION NO 



C a'lOCS 



Suildtnp, Heavy, Highway Confltnictlon, Marine AI-l,2h6 ^ D«cert)er 6. 1968 

and Dredging. ['cou«tv :st.tc 

Suffolk Massachtifletta 



Upon review of curreni data, changes as noted belo* are hereby directed. The rates 
in the enumerated wage determination decision, as amended by previous modifications, and 
as modified herein, are to be conaidered prevailing lor. in the case of the Federal Airport 
Act, as the minimum) in accordance with applicable law. 



chanif:: 



Baair 
Hourlf 



Prlnc* BMis'ita Paymrnia 



l» > I P am law [ VT»ti«i«i j App T» 



Oiht't 



Bulldinf, Heavy, Highway Construction: 



l.H*.M'« M rtwo 1 , IT. »• «l«t» ••••<".■'*> — - 

. It *f» I . »' ■•■• 

^srr, _ www* . iJ-«>-'» 



;>r-/-^vr 



titti 



Ik.tM* »«M 



3V. 13; :. fJVY, MSVA> »» MMIia 



,....., -— - - - - - 



4,t ..;^p* Wort- ra 

r»«.!;u;,-.-i, si« r.» «»ia 

e« •. -■••* 

Co r ::itK» 

s;-ai«;ilr.» 

(.«••-. i,.- cj .UMtaaa 

-.1. . • c. AT>«i.oi«' Balpara 

Cl-t.' » 

;r. .rat sac, Oi*.. latal. 

U -- .»: 
u' ..■•'.;. :'•■'« Tc*i'."» 

ir-- -, ri- - .ila<«---l«t«'la 
•.-.- o. iir - I-!- i ci.\.: « «.-«« 

... r •- ; « . .( ^1 J'.«.a U'*!.'' * 

:■, •_. .1 silti 

• • . .^ t , ci--*-* 

) 1 . .•■» S-aiji-a 
«.•-. . 1 



-Ituni :-'lla«rlcal Mort aad 



-. c -ntUaw 

I. ..Ti 

.• ■- - •*. e. •• c/"ic^-» »''" t-*'*' 

:•., .. ■-•.•!•;-•■. t.H-« 

;• :ara' Ualrara 

:• . . ■•* 

>'.■ <. Tlla s*tta'»» nela':Ta (i'7ab*)i 
,.» : li.uu to; o: ar ir-r. r.t« 

I.'. ; li.-.fca 7C1 c« ln'.ri" '•«• 
,-'. J u..*:^ va a< kalpaia r.ia 



! .1, • «M iMlii 

rii j.-....-3». 

• 1. t.f ra 

.•It. >..'a 

..OS. >-..>, ii.li.f7^»r«ra 

:.V!-.t :.-.4l ■a»..iTa 

;pr»:.il-r .■i.itta 
Tav^>>:» W«r.^ra 



Wl 



.01) 

i/JX»a.i> .n:- 
l/n«a«l> 



.(/Ct 



4.:) 


.li 


.li 


*.Vi 


.I.'. 


.ii 


4.J0 


.n 


.li 


3.^.1 


•" 


• H 


3.Ti 


.1* 


.i» 


a.'.n 


.x^ 


.kti 


A.ca 


.li 


.!> 


i.*.! 


.•^ 


.U 


4.1? 


.i» 


.;s 


».71 


.7> 


.JO 


1.-.6 


.!» 




i..,'.. 




'.1 


».« 




» 


-»J 




K 


3..-1 




St 


>.•* 




u 


».'» 


.:i 




4.10 


.it 


.10 


>.u 


.10 


.as 



rfl 



r.i"; 


.P 


.i:s 


.31 


i.i^' 


.1' 


.12* 


.01 


*.r/) 


.»» 


.t:t 


.01 


«;.•>•: 


.1' 


• Ui 


.01 


».'." 


.30 


.20 




».'4) 


.»•• 






a.O') 


." 


.30 




».!» 


.JO 


.1' 




J.7S 


.71 


.23 




».»> 


.JO 


.10 




J.W 


.11 


.10 


. 


»." 


.!i 







iaiiDt:o. :r^vT. «tci:*r «» •<»««« 
Ck«4..il"ii0;' 



X. .^ Ittaf a 



i:...t, . 

.t.!.. ft an 



,*.ao .» 

4.70 .It 






. ^. - ■ - T ■ -,— ■ — TTI 



I 



I 



w uara • :^«:a!/a rai.. fa* craft t'f''''*-' 
l«j v;^f tia. t. »»iek «.iait« U 
laetcaatal. 



l>rt»SS-l-2-J^ 



tl ,/r. •;, t*. ;!( e»r.n -5. ^.rj^iln,;!, 1 

■■. • .. .» t..;'l ^n. .►..*ce <*n- coci.tmaj 

;*-4| ;•;:•* wi:rfir., alt-. . jt t*» c^-a, | 

-, f-. t"-.:!-, final tloi. ri I. (re:tt i 

;. '.;. {,..^. ; \rrt. yv-'.-ln-,), fo.'« 

. ... . '. «' --"-V rU'-»-.. Wrlii; 



iS.(» .::» 



I 



a.ia i"i:i»«» (W>ara awUaakla)! 



^. . v-r.' oar; »-t ^ .'I'i I-'/l C-I«»aiK.a«:. cayi B-l.*-" "'Ji 
!wnan:.>il>tna 3«7I r<.«»lai«.. 3«». 



p«7 erstlit. 

< . .1..- i"l' iv.y [..•<. 'I.:'! i.'* e-vl=Tta tt. 

i^iuar. 

. . cr.. (1) «.t P.W *M«l.n for . r^f l« "Uh ^ ..VI-;" ^- --^^^ 



^■^re« *'••? 

£;••(•<-• frt>d iaMM:ec»4& : »*^ 



5.815 .J?} 
S,/..5 •;2S 



5.565 



^ . . k-. .- ;■}• la.l^lns jib • •UJ.tt'^Aai 
C-.-a c-.TTr-O* i.tlu^Inj Jib • --(litloTul 

. t r* ..» 31 v^»-U •*'.> <iU. -Wan '<•' ..ara^fv'ft ^ 
.*■-•, •?'. ..•■» il 7a"^i6 .■ U»i-V or Ustt 
' ••".3 i," -. *-;: ;*i, t 'It., :;j .-C;t6, 

r ■■-• - •), »■ ;: r-«iij, ;.;W;Tv- 

, :!;,";•.■•; ?U.-.a-:, '.."jt-ri (^we« ! 

.■ : •: -It'.-->, i:;N-as-;ul5-^'. ra, 
c • .'::■..•, V Iv: eTtv»'i:.«: ?«r- 

; . » t 4.«8 

.',-'--. V. c ;ii-c'-a (.'Irt T-i) 5.?*-> 

dil.'.v «^A .";■'.« r.tlkCi (»h*ur ^.Ua.a iruck 

C** *•> a ' .v?^--^*<-*'* oA tructo crkaics «nJ 

(.V^-^Im* 4,355 



u.« ; ; -chrUfi^d Uy 



Mr.i-iy; I'^'.-tau* Sj/; Cclur^tfi D»yi 

:^c vjr-c<l 3 Ciy. d^m^ the weak of vb« 
:«;iiV — -* i* 4V4;l.b:c tor jork tho 







«s»rrr ;'i^<r« ^11* driver, 2 






datrt vAchirx, iL«;')t«r, t^fk-rlcX «»Jt, I 
trcneMn;: «.^'hir«, k^cr.^Aic£l hoUt ' 

p4V;i-»nt ^r■ fca^A-r^ ^n....*. c^rcac'.* I 

•^ovr.l 4ot«r (*fte«^t «> '.n py^^l-c) I 

front <rv4 ;»•■.;(.- vc.'lC;.^ wK«d ^u&^lJlj;)c j 
\tr<^-,.;t^^ cr..-'.«ll, <A^Ieh«/, b.,^rir.4 
, ftac^k-.^. r<.t..r/ Cr'ftU. ,>o«b li«l« tib>i*r,, 
pest ')i*l'« 4C«r, :or« iUk 

K«Cij% over !!■«* ;iu:auJln^ Jib • ^41tton»l 

{.2i ;«r *>.-r I 

kaai ever '•.^b* Uiclw*:ir.« Jib - •^•lltlorai | 

W '3> over ••0* t*'Ca^CLni Jib • •^.IL;l;>n«l , 

Ki.tia «,v«r 3r^* iKludLn^ Jlk - •.!Jitter.*l J 

0«n;c or vitc»t«4>/ h-a-JMr, ^radtr. •(.;c^f 
(•wfr :i y<x atrucX^f t^nal-aft •crat'&r, j 

Suali'o cr. «c.'4;.<r <21 ;-0i* strv^ c;* Vt-^) 

^I'lwrtiter, roakur, trA..wor« r4cc>.4rtic 

ltt44tf 

Ak^tatAati tn^ir.««r (fl.-t.Aar.) 

(po-'f i^rtvir.), v,i;v« vc.-.tro»;tA- ; 
9i*rit (air ar &tcfji>, wan;>«ilKt ay^t^a, 
a.ujcr ii-<f-f-tti ^7 l..Urpen<i«nt cr.^lM a;.i 
attchC'J to ,>lla tlriver), fcyCrb.lift •£m, 
;»^«rator, It^' ilr.^ [•U;^!, •,-J^c.•^- 
;'<.IaL««tfir, cC'UCrata u^xer, ccuva/er 



aUi 



aU 



:.tct 



,ck craaa aai ^li^ail) 



«far (ot'.s. Ui 

OlWt W.I acow 

Cl^ar en tr^c. crar.a ar.4 4radall 



l.4ii 









4.:m 

».S1 



y'H yoi Idf./ i; (h^fra .^;>*.lc.bla}t 

A-..«w Yr.ri ~0.7J L-f;«»orl4l 0*71 C-ta4.p<n4 

ar.ca O.yl ^I.&'...ir 9.r| E-'T^anaa^tvln^ Oayt 

r.o.citt'Ma D.7. 



> I10II4.7J1 A c>r.itt£h Tj WatMi.-ttin'a 
l*itt^J^7. 7-trxct.a* D.yl Cal;.^t>^. 0*7. 
tr.« v.*.*.-*..ii' 3*r ^rwv;.:aw t^a c.-.plt.7aa 

tt.a r...;id-/ £a'...> a.-.i It t.vBU.bU £ar w^rk 
tha aaya p?acaala£ ttia htflUaj. 



i 



.iii 









aiiS 
.J3» 

.MI 



a^l 



-» ! 



.^3 






Asbestos Workers 

Boilerriakers 

Glaziers 

Pltribers 

r.prinkler Fitters 

."teimfitters 



U.-^fy 


.30 


.15 


5.90 


.30 


.iiO 


5. "JO 


.17 


.11 


6.30 


.?5 


.30 


6.56 


.11 


.20 


6.10 


.36 


.30 



,ia 



."-a 



aU 
a» 






ail 



.01 

.02 
.02 

.05 



By direction pf the Sciretary. 

(\c/0 /> «-"-* — 

Labor 



Solicitor oT 



MLUI 
(IM4) 



I 



PI.1)I.KAI. WAGE I'tAli.S page 6. 

>U S DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 
orrjcc or TMt accacTAMT 

WASMiaaOTON 

NOTICE OF MODIFICATION - DECISION OF THE SICEETARY 

TO ARKT. MD. CO, PAA(A5), FAA(LO), FHA, GSA, NIH, HAA, RAO, VA, OE, PC. BC, WP. DPW, PHS, NAVT, 
DHUD (Trans), AAES 






_!j»53.Jl.Tt>.l.».V! 

f »i.i. ■*..t.it a.T«i..f* 



I^'.-C'IJir'n? • B'Jll'.lM. HaaTv and 










MlPt-v.yi 










Tw^ axl. aqut;r>«nc 


81.77 


.r4 


.25 


a • b 


Three trl* .'jjlvn «nt 


J. ".2 


.34 


.7} 


. ♦ S 


Tour .i.i flvf ox> c-ulpnant 


3.«< 


.34 


.75 




l.'yt Vr : tr.llrr 


4.07 


.74 


.31 




S(selillr:<l aorth -<n\rv a<;iilpnant 










ctb r ►h.-t\ ct'.'/cntlc.tAl 


4.": 


.3'. 


.23 


a . b 


K»l.-i.ra on \ot ir^. 


3.r7 


.74 


.23 


a « k 



y .m itillit.ya (wMra aa?lleaMi)i 

A.:'?w vtnr.* r.^y; B"Y*^»rl.tl :.»; 
C-Iv:-r'"i'i"w^a ri.yi ;-:..-'>jr tjv; 

».Tlv-if;l»ln,T r.yl 7-<l»rlJt-.l Oar. 



a • Otv->ji:f d.y«i ;ay .a-h »9nth In 
t#^lc*i an .-,-iloyre rut vorVcd 15 
do.-** pravldeti he hrt. s.wi e-» 
plc-j .'0 Car 4 ironcha. 

k • lUlKayti A ••irijujS 7, >»•!^M^'!t^n•a 
'IJrx^jlay, Csl'—'tiu. Lay and vtrr.na* 
tflv ..-rt^r 31 d'.y. c rlC7Jvnt, provld* 
ed an cc:iilo>yeo vor:<. tr*a daye of the 
ealK'ilar vco'.< In vhlcli tK" haliday 
(alia. 



U.S. DCPARTMENT OT LAnOR 
OFUcc or THr stcnrrAnv 

WASHINGTON 



DKCISION OF THK SECKKTMIY 

This case is bofor** tlie DepartnTnt nf Labor pur^uaiU tn a rrt^u" :;l f"- ,t ... 
t#»rminalion as required by law applicable to the worl* d'^jtcrilwd.' 

A «t\irfy has bofn maflp of wapi- ronflitiorm in th^ iiv^Jity ani' Nr'^e-I on n^'-Ti.T'iin 
Rvailnh!"* to th<- I)opartnn-nt nf I^n'nnr th«> wac** rato« .irn! frinRf paynr-nts ItMn' air hrt(I»> 
dt'trrmin^d by tho Socret.Try of Labttr us prrvailintj for \\v ' ■ '^ ' ■'■' ' ' ■' ■ 

accorHnnce with applicable law. 

Thi** wnc* dctrrmination (lcct«;ion an<! any mofiifir.itioTH th« :rnf diirint: *.!i'- ppj.-! ;'■ 
to thr slat^ expiration date xbM^ bf ma'!i» a port of<r\-rry contr.ict for iM'ffgiinir^- •/ ' • 
(Jpscribod work as provii!*-'! by api'Iirabb- law and trpulalum.^ of the S-cvi'tary of I-aiuM, 
the wape rati'S and fringe paym'-nts *fMilnin»'d in this dcci'tion, inc!ii'!irj; mndificatiniis. ^' 

br the inininum* t'> b*- p;'.;i! iififler any .-f.ich contract by c^n* •■ar*"- ■ :i- ! - -I'l ■ ' ■• ■ 

the work. 

Th*» contractinii ofT-cor shall ref^utr** that any class of laborers ant! mrciiunirs \\\\c\ \ 
not liste'I in the wac'' (l«'terminatinn and which is to he rmpioyed und'T the cofliar'., s);ii ' i 
classifi'Ml or rrcla'^sified confoimaMy to tlie waj^e d»terminatit>n, antl n n ;)"rt of th«> r.f ■ 
taken shall be se*it by the rvlrra! arrenfy to the Serretary of I.abnr. In !'" *'V( nt t!tr it-' 
ested parties cannot aj;ree on the pr"p*'r classifiratinn or recla^sificati,in of a pa: tiCiilar c' i.s; 
of laborers and mechanics to Ih> u^ed, the ipiestion accompanied by tho recommendation »>f !. 
con*.ractmij officer yball be inferred tti the .'^rcrelary for 'leternunation. 

P'-fore uiiinK apprentice!! on the job the contractor sh.ill present to the contrac!ir'j» o^i -rr 
written evidence of reRiFtrati(»n of such employees in a pn'^rrruv ef a St.ite a; p!entir« - ■» 
and trninmiT arency approved and recojxnized by the I'.S. n-.iroau of Apprentircs'iip ; ■■! 
Trnininjc. tn tho abBcnc of -such a .Stat" affency, the contr.-ictor shall submit e\.-'.' .r 
approval and rejfistration by Ahe U.S. lUtreaii of Apprenticeship and Training. 

The rontra"tor shall submit to the contractinR officer written evidence of tii" estab- 
lished apprentice-journpyman ratios and wape rates in the proiect a'-ea, \\Iiic!i will Se .h' 
basis fo» sU.blishinR such ratios and rates for the project untlcr ^hf- ":•'■ :*-' r-'** *• 
provisioPb. 

Fripffe payments include medical and hospital care, compi-nsatiop for mjui es m illrn 
resulting from (Kcrpatinnal activity, uTiemployment benefits, life jn<iirance, disability ;•»:« 
sickness in?t'iraPco, acciibn! ir-^urance (all flesijjnated as health and welfare), m-Msien^j. v;-.m 
tion and holiday pay, apprenticeship or other similar programs and other bonr fido fm -< 
benefits. 

By direction of the Per: ' i ■. ^ ' 



/\ 



'"rc-i-rrvj-.'-v 



• C*"_.7;'.''3?!'"' 



'••(■t* BeM»ft*a P»«a»*4*a 



?&¥-:• Sfjuip-' 



M;:.lr.«», rv. :.?rct" r.c^'r-a, ' i- j lo-t-'crj, 
ihjril fiisrtrr .••. tt'.cX *:' * 5o-d.rc ( :.en 

•,v-j.'l.->, r.h-.rt ^r-1-'.'. . . 

e ■•.T7 J '.'■'■..-a, b,rl-- . , : . ■/ 

crl^l.^, pos« til» *.:.. ..-J, pi,'. *.:'.u 
*iC:Tf :5. 

2-. . t.-r UC* t.c:.:^.'* • Jl^ - i,-jrtl<:-:. 
-.">* per hour 



,'.3 •■««!» ^r • 

!- ef *l^,.Mtrtry Ki-.Z'?r5, cr.*rf»r:, 

•-- «rf, S-.ili*ji^!i, .Ci*, rs 



i^^- ra, -ri-'Vrf, •r.:^'_.lt ,rv^r. , lo« 

?"e .vs'.trir or Bfr'.lr.'j« y A In ;)^pe9 

I't'tin.T plr:.t;, *-.«V-rr (pv-j- '.'riven) 
ti*i.?» tTf! -r^i - rii-'=*"*-* •■'» cs-cril* 
r'jt^re, T..-.vff oor.troll>- \^rr.'.'. • •. 
;»ln li »lr cr ft-..!, c-r.v./orj, t-aUrslnt 
rya \r9 (oj-araV-n: tr.-i lrt.:VUir-) 

Cl^.iro n?*4 9r;:>ror.ti.t j3 (ot^..?• than Irvok 
erar.-a ».^ .•ri!i»ll5) 
CUara *ni »rFrfallcoc on trtclr trii 

C-rr.'.'.-tcr^v-ea T-i/i 2-V-t-»r r.-yj 
t*T3aake«lTln( Tayt r*C*u*l0ln« £ax 

yor>t".o*--;g: 

Blrth^rr, ?atfle*«' r«y| 
CaXttnVu Csya erid 



s.tir 



.:« 



.JJ5 



«! «-. tnni't''*^". r«m..fc op*. 

-it»;r-»!\tt rn^.ln<cra 

-2' Cir»entar..*:»ctrir;an»-WeUera- 



■ i^' ' . C3-.,.- -.^ra* }(elp-ra 

' ■ -prra; i..i.c«>.%iiha' .■■;-#r». 



ill- 



Hr.dee i-«- -X 



S'..5j j 

• 4.4j 
4.J<, 

' 4.:-. 

• 3.',!. 

I 3.50 

3.31 

, 1.3C 



4.74 
3.t4 



V... .. «,. 



• " •-•. Say; l.K.«>rlal Day; C-3i<da7an. 

• Bay; S. Labor S.,. :.Tha!l<atlvtnt Oa7; 



4.tCa/a. .% ti.ruuKli 7; W..hlnftaB*. 
-. It idt^ .ntf AraUtUa Say 

'.:ii.aya: A through 7; 'Vatiitncton'a 
.rt .-a.< ana V.:tfani' Di,, (t >^ ) tly. of 

-catioit tflth pi-/ /or IC4 days of ccrvla. 
j.Tv .^vltlonal i^t ol VkCatloit .1th p^y 
<.r »««h .dtlltl.nat II. J/J .!.,. .; .,.,, • 
v:ca, all tn one ttlen^Jte y..-.r. l^r^toy.aa 
r..t <;ua;tfyifle .'.r vacatlait t. rtc.fcVti 
1 .;ay"s vacation with pay lor *tcl. iul; 
2- .ays of a.rvtc. In on. clcnoar ya.r. 



f 0*T| Oa TXIS MOO' C A T ION 

I Septeaber 18, 1968 



MOOI' IC ATION nc 

One 



OCtCOiPTiON oa aoaa 



OICISION NO 



Building, Heavy, Highway Construction, Marin^ kl~ l,2U8 
and Dredging 



t > Pil»» s 

Deceaber 8, 1966 



COUNT- 

i Suffolk 



I $TATf 

Massachusetts 



Ipon revie% of current daia, changes as noted below are herehv directed. The rates 
m the enumerated wage deterini.iation decision, as amended by previous modif. canons, and 
as modified herein, are ro be considered prevailing 'or. in the case of th«- Fr-iicra! Airport 
Act, as the minimum> m accordance with applicable iaw. 



k.srrs 


.1.1 


1 k.r 




4.?yi» ; 


.iO 


;.j*s 1 


.10 


k.sn 


.10 


' h.l^i 


.10 



* 1"""' I Hh« 



.30 



■ 



1 



^' — [Z 

Change: * """''» ' — ■ 

Building, Heavy and Highway 
Construction: 

Asbestos workers $6.36 

Laborers: (Building Con- 
struction) 



Omit 



rt.nt* B»«.(i'a faym.nia 



P.naiwa Varanon App TR | Oht'a 



.15 



• a» 






Crlginal schedule for Fewer Equipment Cperators - Heavy and H'.,^hway Construction. 



Add: 



Schedule for Power Enulpment ^oerators - Heavy and Highway Construction. 



"Jollcltor rt? 'labor 



^ 







FiMK RAl. WAGE RATES 



includlns Jib - *ddltlonal 
inciuJin^ Jib - •ddlUonal 
Including jib - addlUonal 



TvL'.VY -^vn HT n!r.:.',Y CCT.'STKUCTION 



Powor Equiprjont Opcratoro: 

Po-..cr\hovol3, cror.=a. tr-ack cronoo. 
derricks, pilo drivers, tronchlr.5 
r.nchi..03, r.-c-m>nical hoiot, P«^«'^-""^^_^ 
broGlxr-, c ..=:Vw ccn.roto piv.ro, drag- 
11-". h3l:;-ir.- orc.ineo, throe drura 
LchiAoo' p^npcrcto -chinoa like load.r., 
chovol dozcra L front end loaders («hen 
u:,cJ for di-mc or loadin,i), r.-.icicLng 
r.ichir..3 (v-.cn uccd .8 I.1 oV^fto jnd 
tu.-...lo), :-'r-^ft hoists, Bt«Gm •'V^°»' 
bccl:hc.03 ,y=dalls. -''^^•'-ff '/"l^'J.'^i"' 
cherry pick.rn, borin;: r..chlno3, rotary 
drills, pojt hole h3n=u)rB, poot noie 

B^o?.f ovnr 150' includli^g Jib - additional 
$.2$ por hour 
IliC.Ti3 over 1^1>' 
$.50 per hjor 
Boor.3 over 210' 
0.75; F->r hour 
Eoor.a over 275' 
tl.CO por hour 
Sor.lc or vibratory Kiru.crn, grndwra, 
ccr3-:Dr3 r.ore than 21 yards ntruck, 
tenner, czropcro, bulldczora, Bcropor. 
21 y3.-i3 ttruck or leas, raochanica 

G.-GUt F--?=. portoblo ot'.nM bclJora, 
roncr3. crra3dcr3. ..-piu.lt pnvor3, loo 
loccr.otlvc3 or Mchir." a uflod In pl^v.. 
thereof, tor.poro, aolf-propallod or 
troctor-dr.'.vTi tj<^_ 

PU.-.3 (1-3 Toupod), cfL-nprcsBors, woldlii« 
rjchinoa (1-3 ci*ou..oa), jcr.-.ratora. 
Lis -in- plants, hcatorg (povor drivonj 
(1-5), cyphor^ - puiro-otors, concrete 
ir.i:<-r3, valvoa controlling ponrvinant 
plant air or stoan, conveyor- .vellpolnt 
ayct .T.3 (oporotlnc nrJ Irjitalllna) 

A33ist03t on-lnoors (flroir^n) 

Oilers and approntiroa (othor than truck 
cranoa ar.i cradalla) 

Oliora r;rJ appronticoB on truck and 

Pn ld Holidsyn ^whoro nppllcablo): 
;,-■;. w Yooro' Day; I>-::cr.oriol Dayi 
C-lnd«pcndonco Doy; D-L-Vtor Imyj 
^. E-Tr^nkuclving Day; F- :hrlolna. Day 



Footnoton: 



Kolidayat 



A through F; Vnohlngton'8 
Dlrth'l.iy, Patriots' Day; 
Colur.. >u3 Day; and 
Vetornnr' Day 




nnect 
the C 
ee or 
igiou 
aid p 
ing: 
t or 
ay or 

of e 
t ices 
uous 
ment , 

Agai 
he fa 
aid p 
pt Su 
er ial 



RATES 




B.P.L.A. 



LABOR STANDARDS OF THE COMMONWEALTH 



IMINATION CLAUSE 



ion w 

ont r a 

appl 

s ere 

rovis 
etnpl 

recru 
othe 

mpl ov 

hip. 

place 
not i 

nst D 

1 r em 

rovis 

bcon t 

6 . 



1th the performance of work under this 
ctor agrees not to difs criminate against 
leant for employment because of race, 
ed, national origin, age, sex or ancestry, 
ion shall include, but not be limited to, 
oyment upgrading, demotion, or transfer; 
itment advertising; layoff or termination; 
r forms of compensation, conditions or 
ment; and selection for training, includ- 

The Contractor agrees to post hereafter 
s, available for employees and applicants 
ces to be provided by the Massachusetts 
iscriminat ion setting forth the provi- 
picvment oractice law of th«. Commonwealth, 
ion shall be binding upon 11 Subcontrac- 
ractors for standard commercial supplies 



ontractor shall keep posted on the site of the work 
copy of the following schedule of "Minimum Wage 
Health and Welfare and Pension Fund Contributions". 

ates listed are straight hourly wage rates. 

s emploved pursuant to this determination of wage 

be registered and ajiproved by the State Apprentice- 
11. Wherever rates for journeymen or apprentices 
sted, and If anv other labor is not included in 

the-Con tractor "vhall insert the ravesTof all those 
n the work. 

ontractor must keep on file the wage rates and 
ions of all labor employed on this work in order 
mav be available for Inspection bv the Awarding 
or the Architect. 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.4-1 



!■.». »<.1.'.'.')-'>7I.9 



ADDITION 



BUII-DINC CONSTRUCTION 



^MIMML'Sl NVVC. lUitS ;.ud HEALIH and NVLL! AlU. .... I PENSION TLND CONTIUBUTIONS a. dcUnnincc 
bv^h c'll^l!.. . u,Kk. the p>ovisi..ns of .he Massachuset.. Ccnc..! Law. Chapter 1.9. SeC.ons 26 to 2.D. .ncU. 



i\c. as aiiiciKlcd. 



I'UOJKCT: Loc*l - Boston PiiblU Library Trustees TOWN; Boston - Copley Sq 



CLssifiiJliuiis 



Asbfstos WorkcT 
HuiliTmakcr 

HriiWIayer 

Slono Ma?on 
Ceincni Finisher 
\\'.itc.-pro2*'-i 
.larlilc Sitter 



f. 



t rrazzo Worker 
Tile "Setter 



Mason Tender 

MrVblJ" SelUi "s Helper 

I'la^Uroi's T<iider_ 

l^fci7z<rWorkcrji Jlclper 

l^^STtt^r's IIclpiT 

CoTimon l.ab<«r£r 

Caisson Tender 

Miner 

CarpentVr 

Mil!\NTiRhl_ 

EKxtrician 

r.lovator Constructor 

EKvTiforConsVs. Helper_ 
Cb/.ier 

Lather 

Painter 
Pile Driver 
Pipr^FJUefJ 
Plasterer 




B.P.L.A. 



B.P.L.A, 



PART V - UNIT PRICES 



5.01. UNIT PRICES 



a) 

shal 
and 



The following unit prices have been predetermined and 
1 be used in establishing the value of extra work ovjer 
above such quantities of these items of work and of 
raterials as are already specified on the plans or in the 
speeifleations or as necessary to reach a new prade deemed 
necessary by the Official below the grade specified on the 
drawings, or for the omission of any work as noted for each 
item below. Unit prices listed under ADD" have been computed 
at net cost plus overhead and profit, and all other charges, 
and taxes of every kind; prices listed under DEDUCT have 
been computed at net cost alone. 

b) Sufficient notice shall be given to the Architect and 
his representatives so that they may take proper measurements 
of any extra work. 

c) Failure on the part of the Contractor to notify the 
Architect or his representative, and proceeding by the Con- 
tractor with the extra work before measurements are taken, 
shall forfeit the Contractor's right of claim to any extra 
payments . 



5.02. LIST OF UNIT PRICES (Continued) 



13. Change in total quantity 
of ASTM A36 Structural 
Steel, including all 
fabrication, shop paint- 
ing, and erection. 



Add 



Deduct 



0.30 lb, 



0.22 lb 



5.02. LIST OF UNIT PRICES 



U 



Add 



Deduct 



S.C 20 Pavnunts hv emplo)ers to health and wrifar.' plan, and iH-nsion plans ui.de; collective bar<;airmg apreemcnts 

or unJ.■.standin^s hCurcn organised labor and employer. O.aH Ik' ineluderi for the purpose of establ.shmg min.mu.n 

ua-re rates as lie.ein provided. . . 1,1 

See "7 The afo.esaid rates of wa«cs in the- scli.dnle of wa-- rates shall in(l,.de payments by employers to htnltl. 

«,1 welf.iio pl..i.^ and p.-nsion plans as provided in thr ,,resi....s s, etion. and such payments shall bo considered .-^s p-.y- 
ents l„ persons umler this s.-rlion prrforinln.: m nrk a> herein piosi.le.l Anv employer enea';ed m the const nur^o.iot 
sM.h vvo,»> wl„. ,l"s iu,l inA. p..Mnr„ts to .. l-.-aKh ,ul w.ll, .■ plan ..lul a pension plan, v.here s.ich paynui.t.; ...e ux- 
eluded i.. sau! i.il.s ol v.a-es, shall pay the ........ui.t of ,aiil ,>..:.n,ents <!.r.Atly to each ci.iplovee engaged m s.id con- 

ktruction. 



1. Unclasklfled excavation by 
machine. Including removal 
and all costs for sheeting 
and bracing, pumping and 
dewatering, and all other 
items of cost in connection 
therewith . 

2. Unclassified excavation by 
hand to depth of 6 feet 
including removal, and 
including all costs as In 
Item (1). 

3. Add to Item (2) for each 
foot of depth below 6 feet. 

4. Gravel fill, in place com- 
pacted as specified. 

5. Ordinary fill, in place 
compacted as specified. 



5.25 



c.y 



S 3.50 c.y 




$ 11.00 c.y. 
$ 1.25 c.y. 
$ 5.50 c.y, 
$ 4.25 c.y 



$ 8.00 c.y. 

$ 0.75 c.y. 

$ 3.75 c.y. 

$ 2.85 c.y 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.5-1 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.5-3 



D • P • L • A < 



AUMMIM \v\(;: I. a, •> 

1)^ til'.' ( oii.iMs-!'';.' I i''"l ' 



ADDITI ON 

urn 5>'\i, i. / .^luicnoN 

,,,! IILM 'W .oil WA:LIA!;! .. I ''!:N'^!'>:. •• ^J' f OMKIUITIONS as detirinin.d 

tl,!- p.ov. .,'-1,' ..'1 !!..• NUsv.-«..(s (..'..'..,! I , <!..l-M IN. Se.!.o„s :lGto :7P. inelu- 



MM'. .IS ,l!ll''ll '.-•l 



•! 



iixoj.x: 



. . Local - Boston Public Library Trustees 



Boston, Copley Sq, 



ClisMtii.iri.il ■ 



Ctirx'iit 


(Niiiliili 


ilxiiri 


lli\\\\ ? 


K..'. 


r..,..!- 



Gas I'.ltci 

Pliimlx r 

Sjainller f-lttel 

H'>"!<;. ConipoNitioii 

Unnf.T Sl.il>- 

liainp Ptooff I 

SlieiYMet.i Woikri 

Iro:i Worki'i 

Truck Driver 

<)p-r. 3 axle K|i'.ipini nt 

Diur ~2. 
Duet's Tender 

JaCK llaiiiinrt Op. laloi 

Stone Spn ad< 1 

Asphalt Hakii 

(.'.mh Setter 

Eniiineers. 

Crae.e Ojk lator 
Pover Sh<Hi'l Opnalo! 
Hoisting Km'.ineer 
Bnlldn/er 0;>i uto. 
Coinpiessoi ()|-i't.i'oi 
Pumpman 
Holn I Op u.tiii 
Asil. Kncini'T - St.am 
.\s«f. r-itriiv-iT - ( »tli<- 
Otiiei Po\<i'r-Dri\. I'q 



C 1 ; 


s:- 


L -y. - ■ 


t' •* 


5 5:-' 


21 




'Z '* 


S.nt'" 


* ■ ' 


(, OS 


.11 


IS- ■■■•r 


40 


SV^t 


-11 


? 'il 


4'? 


<3 .iTD 


' 3 


S -^ 


.'. .'\ 


4 CC 


ZO 


-1 a.c 


• '""i 


4.15" 


' 


4.^C 


ji ■• 


^'i^- . 


J5i 


S'iS^ 


.♦♦•tj" 


si£r 


,/:•,•-•>' 


5-.'??.^ 


.41S 


S S-'.C 


.'i-r 


4 'IS 


.41S 


4-^6 


.AlS 


S S'f 


/'75 


s ::'S 


•4-.- 


A tcr 


y-i^r 


£• SiS • 


.4:s 



T.,i.l 




CHANGl'S; 


ll.'.rls 


llv 


!tlv 


v. k W t V 


K..U 


" Airnu: ' 


tf 


1- ...ulv 










1 

■ '■••1 LV 


t 7& 






i.5 _ 


3-57 
. 1 

'.. >. 


''5-|.:.? 
"I'/r;..' ^ 


5 ?a 


."T 



4. -Li," 

4 £^_'. 



ii5-:-<.v 



1>5'-1-''.-'' 

Ij 



O'-iC 


"sr 






_i. 51-_ 


44. 



pi'f I .if? 



Total 
Rate 



7:--'* 

^ 1 .^ 



_7'fd_. 



5.02. LIST OF U NIT PRICES (Continued) 



Crushed stone. In place 
as Hpeci f led . 



Change in total quantity 
of 2000 psl strength lean 
concrete below basement 
foundation slab. Including 
concrete, foralng, and 
placing only. 



Add 



$ 6.25 c.y 



Deduct 



$ 4.25 c.y 



$ 22.00 c.y 



$ 16.00 c.y 



9. 



-1- 



^- 



■ 30 



±s^ 1; 

■5'4rr_,;3--JrJ.7- 



r. 



10, 



^..',:. 



fT 13 . 




r •• • 









Change in total quantity 

of basement foundation 

slab concrete, including 

concrete, forming, placing, 

finishing, curing and all 

necessary work except 

reinforcement. $ 32.00 c.y. 

Change in total quantity of 
concrete in structure above 
basement elev. 9.0', includ- 
ing concrete, placing, 
finishing, curing, and all 
other necessary work except 
formwork and reinforcement. S 36.00 c.y. 



Change in total quantity of 
concrete formwork, above 
basement elev. 9.0', for 
waj.l8, piers, pilasters, 
columns, beams, parapets, curbs, 
concrete flreprooflng and all 
other vertical surfaces, includ- 
ing all form materials, erection, 
removal, patching and repairs, 
per sq. ft. of contact area.$ 2.00 



B.P.L.A, 



P ART VI - CASH A L LOWANCES 
6.01. CASH ALL OWANCES 

a) The Contractor shall include in the contract sum all 
allowances listed herelnbelow and shall cause the work so 
covered to be done by such Subcontractors and for such sums 
as the Architect may direct, the contract sum being adjusted 
In conformity therewith. 

b) The Contractor declares that the contract sum includes 
such sums for expenses and profit on account of cash allow- 
ances as he deems proper. No demands for expenses or profit 
other than those included in the contract sum shall be allowed 

c) The Contractor shall not be required to employ for any 
such work persons against whom he has a reasonable objection. 



i 



% 28.00 c.y 



6.02. LIST OF CAS'." ALLOWANCES 

a) Planting 

b) Finish Hardware 



I 



% 
% 



S 31 .00 c.y 



f 



r- J 9-' W 



f.c.a.$ 1.50 s.f.c.a, 



I 






m:A 



11. 



Sec Tl Pu.ni.i.ts hv eniploMrs t.. 1 - .'Ifh an;' uilfan.- pl.m- and tension plans und.r collective bargaining agreements 

or un(U-.sl,.n.l.n'^s h.hseen oma..'/.d 1 .bo. a.., I ,...pl')y,:s si,, ,11 lu- inthide.l for the p.iipose of esfaMishinui mininvim 

wjue r.'.te. ..•• l..-'.iii pi..«. .^.h! , „ . , , , , 

Sec. 27. The .if.n -s.,!.! rates .f «.m..s 1:, tl..' -..Lcdulo of '^.i • '- s sl,,,ll include paymenls by emp'oy.;, ;.. 
•n! uelM,.. pl.ii.s •h' pms-ion ph.is ..- pnn .d. >! in the p.-.-M,..', s.ttini. my\ suil. payments shall be considered .n \ ' 

#,'„,, ,,, p.,.>,„,s 1,1 ti.is Mai.Mi p..l..fin:n' w.'.k as l.ernn p.oM.led Ai.v emplover etitrased in ^.v.- consliuction f 
^„, j. ^,,„; . . . i ,.,,;.. 1!. ■ ;i.i .;■:•!> lo .! i. .i!'.l, aii.l wiifai,' plan ,m,l .1 pension plin. where such p.ivmeiifs aie in- 
^l,i^j^,il 11^ I ,. . . ; li ., I ' I"' i--.i'.ni-n»s ilifttK l.< ••..cli emplo'.'i en:;,i'4ed in '..li;! <'■!■■ 

siru'. tl HI 



12. 



Change In total quantity of 
concrete formwork for hori- 
zontal and sloping slab sur- 
faces. Including all form 
materials, erection, removal, 
patching and repairs, per sq. 
ft. of contact area. $ 

Change in total quantity of 
ASTM A615 Reinforcing Steel, 
including all work necessary 
for Installation. $ 



1.25 s.f.c.a.$ 1.00 s.f.c.a 



0.19 lb 



O.IA lb, 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.5-2 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.6-1 






"'■V 



B.P.L. A. 



B.P.L.A. 

PART _V II - SEPARA TE CONTRACTS 

7.01. SEPARATE CONTRACTS 

a) Throughout tht duration of the Contract, the Contractor 
shall cooperate with the separate contractors enRaped bv the 
City of Boston, the Awarding Authority, or other agencies or 
utility companies working within or next to the site under 
this Contract. 

,b) Without limiting the generalitv of the foregoinp, it is 
expected that the following will be furnished and installed 
bv separate contractors: 

1. Carpeting on floors, walls and ceilings. 

2. Seating in Lecture Hall. 

3. Library metal stacks on Basement, Ath, 5th, 6th 
and 7th floors. 

4. Lockers and benches. 

5. Audio-visual equipment. 

6. Casework and cabinetwork for Audio-Visual equipment 
consisting of: 

.1 Console, equipment tables, equipment racks 
and work table in Room COl. 

.2 Equipment cases in Room C02, C03, C04 , C05, 
C07, COS and C09. 

.3 Lectern on Lecture Hall Platform BOA. 

.4 Equipment counter and equipment rack. Room C3S. 

.5 Consoles, counters and cabinets. Room CAO. 

7. Charging desksin Roon. 107. 

8. Rear projection screen between Rooms COl and C29. 

9. Projection screens and enclosures in Lecture Hall 
(Room BOA) . 

10. Speakers and speaker enclosures in Lecture Hall 
(Room CIO) . 

11. Laboratory equipment in Room A12. 

12. Book conveyors. 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.7-1 



B.P.L.A, 



7.01. SEPA R ATE C ONTRACTS (Continued) 

13. Telephone booths in Room C71. 
lA. Vending machines in Room CA6. 

c) The Contractor shall conduct and schedule his work so as 
to create a minimum of interference with the normal operation 
of the separate contractors and so as to complete his own 
work in the stipulated time at no additional cost to the Owner. 

d) Before beginning any portion of the work which may affect 
the operations of anv separate contractor or of any agency 

or utility company working within or next to the site under 
this Contract, the Contractor shall give due notice in amole 
• time to the parties affected so as to allow such other parties 
to make the necessarv preparations. 

c) All work under such separate contracts will be performed 
during the construction time of this Contract so as to he 
ready for acceptance prior to or at the date of completion of 
this Contract. 

f) The Contractor's price under this Contract includes all 
his costs on account of work under separate contracts. No 
demands for expenses and profit other than tliose included in 
the contract sum shall be allowed. 

g) The Contractor shall afford the separate contractors 
reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of 
their materials and equipment and for the execution of their 
work, and he shall properly connect and coordinate his work 
with theirs. 



h) If any part of the Contractor 
execution on the work of any separ 
tractor shall inspect and promptly 
any apparent discrepancies or defe 
tractor's work that render It unsu 
execution of the Contractor's work 
so to Inspect and report shall coa 
the separate contractor's work as 
the Contractor's work, and any de f 
work resulting from sur. h acceptanc 
the Contractor at no cost to the O 
alao apply to all. Subcontractors u 



's work depends for proper 
ate contractor, the Con- 
report to the Architect 
cts in the separate con- 
Itable for the proper 

Failure of the Contractor 
stitute an acceptance of 
fit and proper to receive 
ects in the Contractor's 
e shall be corrected by 
wner. This clause shall 
nder.this Contract.. 



1) Should the Contractor, or anv Subcontractor, cause dam- 
age to the work or property of anv separate contractor on 
the project, the Contractor, or any such Subcontractor, 
phall, upon due notice, settle with such separate contractor 
by agreement or arbitration. If such separate contractor 
sues the Owner on account of damage alleged to have been 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA. 7-2 



1 • 



-J 

I 



B.P.L.A. 



7.01. SEPARATE CONTRACTS (Continued) 

i) -- sustained, and if any Judgement against the Owner 
arises therefrom, the Contractor shall oay or satisfy it and 
shall rei.tiburse the Owner for all attorneys' fees and court 
costs which the Owner has incurred. 

J) Should the Contractor sustain damage through an act or 
omission of any separate contractor, the Contractor shall 
, have no claim against the Owner for such damage. 

k) Any claims set forth in the preceding Paragraphs i) and J) 
shall in no case be a cause for delays in the work. 

1) The Contractor shall do cutting, fitting, grouting and 
patching of his work to the extent, but only co the extent, 
indicated by the drawings and specifications of this Contract, 
that may be required to fit it to receive or be received by 
the work of separate contractors. 

m) The Contractor shall not endanger any work of anv 
separate contractor bv cutting, excavating or otherwise 
altering any work and shall not cut or alter the work of any 
separate contractor except with the written consent of the 
Architect . 

n) Any costs caused bv defective or ill-timed work bv the 
Contractor shall be borne by him. 



o) Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work 
Subcontractor shall be borne by that Subcontractor. 



bv anv 



p) If a dispute arises between the Contractor and the 
separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning 
up, the Owner may clean up and chaige the cost thereof to the 
Contractor and/or the separate contractors as he shall deter- 
mine to be just. 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.7-3 



B.P.L.A, 



PART V I T I - LIST OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS 



SITE 

L-1 
L-2 



EXISTING CONDITIONS 
SITE PLAN 



DEMOLITIONS AND RENOVATIONS 



ARCHITECTURAL 



A-1 

A-2 
f -3 
A-A 
A-5 
A-6 
A-7 
A-8 
A-9 
A-10 
A-11 
A-12 
A-13 
A-IA 
A-15 
A-16 
A-17 
A-18 
A-19 
A-20 
A-21 
A-22 
A-23 
'-A-2A 
A-25 
A-26 
A-27 
A-28 
A-29 
;.-30 
A-31 
A-32 
A-33 
A-3A 
A-35 
A-36 
A-37 
A-38 
A-39 
A-AO 
A-41 
A-A2 
A-A3 



EXTERIOR PAVING 
BASEMENT PLAN 
CONCOURSE PLAN 
1st FLOOR 
MEZZANINE 
2nd FLOOR 

FLOOR 

FLOOR 

FLOOR 

FLOOR 

FLOOR 
PLAN 



PLAN AND DETAILS 



3rd 
Ath 
5th 
6th 
7th 
ROOF 



PLAN 
PLAN 
PLAN 
PLAN 
PLAN 
PLAN 
PLAN 
PLAN 



NORTH AND 

SOUTH AND 

SECTION C-C AND 

SECTIONS A-A, B 

SECTIONS 

EXTERIOR 

EXTERIOR 

EXTERIOR 

INTERIOR 

INTERIOR 

STAIR No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 



WEST ELEVATIONS 
PARTIAL ELEVATIONS 

PARTIAL ELEVATIONS 

B 



1 
2 
A 
6 

8. 
, A 



-STAi« 
STAIR 
STAIR 
STAIR 
STAIR 
STAIR 
STAIR 
STAIR 



AND 
AND 
AND 
AND 

9. 

AND 
11 



la 
3 
5 
7 

10 AND 
14 



A AND B 
SECTIONS 
SECTIONS 
SECTIONS 
SECTIONS 
SECTIONS 
1, 2, 3, 
]r, m AND 
3 AND A 
5 AND 9 
5 AND 6 
15, 16, 
22 
22 
DETAILS 
MONUMENTAL STAIR DETAILS 
STAIR No. 7, 8, 10, 12 AND 
TOILET DETAILS 
TOILET DETAILS 
LOUNGES, AND CAFETERIA 
LECTURE HALL 
LECTURE HALL DETAILS 
AUDIO-VISUAL 
AUDIO-VISUAL 
TELEPHONE ROOM 

TRASH CHUTE AND MISCELLANEOUS 
LOADING DOCK 



11 



17, 18, 19, 20 AND 21 



13 



i 
I 



DETAILS 



CONDITIONS Or THE 



CONTRACT 
lA.8-1 



■■«■ 



S4« 



ARCHI TECTURAL (Continued) 



i 



A-44 

A-45 

A-46 

A-A7 

A-A8 

A-49 

A-50 

A-51 

A-52 

A-53 

A-54 

A-55 

A-56 

A-57 

A-58 

A-59 

A-60 

A-61 

A-62 

A-63 

A-6A 

A-65 

A-66 

A-67 

A-68 

A-69 

A-70 

A-71 

A- 7 2 

A- 7 3 

A-74 

A-75 

A-76 

A -7 7 

A-78 

A-79 

A-80 

A-81 

A-82 

A-83 

A-84 

A-85 

A-86 

A-37 

A-88 

A-89 

A-90 

A-91 



ROOM YOUNG ADULTS ROOM 
CHILDRENS ROOM 



PLAN AND ELEVATIONS 



ORIENTATION ROOM BOSTON 
PARENTS CONFERENCE ROOM 
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 
PERIODICALS 
3rd FLOOR PARTIAL 
DETAILS 
DETAILS 
PLAN 
ELEVATIONS 

DETAILS 
ARCHHECTURAL WOODWORK 
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

ANCHORAGE DETAILS 
ANCHORAGE DETAILS 

GUTTER DETAILS 

GUTTER DETAILS 

GUTTER DETAILS 

AND DETAILS 

AND WINDOW ELEVATIONS 

AND WINDOW DETAILS 

MISCELLANEOUS BRONZE D"AILb 

- SCHEDULE AND DETAILb 
DETAILS 



3rd FLOOR 
3rd FLOOR 
RARE BOOKS 
RARE BOOKS 
RARE BOOKS 



GRANITE 

GRANITE 

GRANITE 

GRANITE 

ROOF AND 

ROOF AND 

ROOF AND 

SKYLIGHT 

ENTRANCE 

ENTRANCE 

ENTRANCE 



CASED OPENING 

CASED OPENING 

DOOR DETAILS 

DOOR DETAILS 

DOOR DETAILS 

DOOR DETAILS 

DOOR DETAILS 

DOOR DETAILS 

DOOR DETAILS 

MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 

BASEMENT REFLECTED ^^^^^^ J^^^/^^^n 

CONCOURSE REFLECTED CEILING FLAN 

REFLECTED 

REFLECTED 

REFLECTED 

REFLECTED 

REFLECIED 

REFLECTED 



Addendum 
Addendum 
Addendum 
Addendum 
Addendum 
Addendum 
Addendum 



Ist FLOOR 
MEZZANINE 
2nd FLOOR 
3rd FLOOR 
Ath FLOOR 
5th FLOOR 



CEILING 
CEILING 
CEILING 
CEILING 
CEILING 
CEILING 



PLAN 
PLAN 
PLAN 
PLAN 
PLAN 
PLAN 



CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 



B.P.L.A. 



ELE_VATORS 

EL-1 ELEVATORS NUMBER 1 AND 2 

EL-2 ELEVATORS NUMBER 3 AND 6 

EL-3 ELEVATORS NUMBER A AND 5 

EL-4 ELEVATOR CAB DETAILS 

EL-5 DUMBWAITERS 

FOOD PR EPARATION EQUIPMENT 

FP-1 FOOD PREPARATION EQUIPMENT 

STRUCTURAL 



S-1 

S-2 

S-3 

S-4 

S-5 

S-6 

S-7 

S-8 

S-9 

S-iO 

S-11 

S-12 

S-13 

S-14 

S-15 

S-16 

S-17 

S-18 

S-19 

S-20 

S-21 

S-22 

S-23 

S-24 

S-25 

S-26 



EXCAVATION PLAN SECTIONS 
BASEMENT PLAN 
CONCOURSE FRAMING PLAN 
FIRST FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 
MEZZANINE FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 
SECOND FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 
THIRD FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 
FOURTH FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 
FIFTH FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 
SIXTH FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 
SEVENTH FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 
ROOF FRAMING PLAN 

TRUSSES - ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS 
TRUSS CONNECTIONS SECTIONS AND DETAILS 
GIRDERS AND POST-TENSION DETAILS 
SECTIONS AND DETAILS I 
SECTIONS AND DETAILS II 
SECTIONS AND DETAILS III 
SECTIONS AND DETAILS IV 
SECTIONS ANJ[),DETAILS y ^ ^ 

STAIRS - SECTIONS AND DETAILS 
BEAM SCHEDULE SECTIONS AND DETAILS 
COLUMN SCHEDULE 

COLUMN CONNECTIONS AND DETAILS 
CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES 



PLUMBING AND SPRINKLERS 

U-1 UTILITY PLAN 

P-1 BASEMENT PLAN 

P-2 CONCOURSE PLAN 

P-3 FIRST FLOOR PLAN 

P-4 MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN 

P-5 SECOND FLOOR PLAN 

P-6 THIRD FLOOR PLAN 

P-7 FOURTH FLuCR PLAN 

P-8 FIFTH FLOOR PLAN 

P-9 SIXIH FLOOR PLAN 

P^IO SEVENTH FLOOR PLAN 



CONDITIONS OF 



THE CONTRACT 
lA.8-3 



B.P.L.A. 



PLimB,IjjG__A ND SPRINK LERS (Continued) 



P-11 

p-i: 

SP-1 
SP-2 



ROOF PLAN 
RISER DIAGRAMS 
LEGEND AND DETAILS 
BASEMENT PLAN SPRINKLERS 
CONCOURSE PLAN SPRINKLERS 



i . 



F 

^ 



HEATING. VENTILATING AND AIR CONDIT I ON I N C 



H-1 

H-2 

H-3 

H-4 

H-5 

H-6 

H-7 

H-8 

H-9 

H-IO 

H-11 

H-12 

H-13 

H-14 

li-15 

H-16 

H-1 7 

H-18 

U-19 

H-20 

H-21 

H-22 

H-23 

H-2A 

H-25 

U-26 



BASEMENT PLAN PIPING AND DUCTWORK 

CONCOURSE PLAN DUCTWORK 

CONCOURSE PLAN PIPING 

FIRST FLOOR PLAN PIPING AND DUCTWORK 

MEZZANINE PLAN PIPING AND DUCTWORK 



SECOND FLOOR PLAN 
THIRD FLOOR PLAN 
FOURTH FLOOR PLAN 
FIFTH FLOOR PLAN 
SIXTH FLOOR PLAN 
SEVENTH FLOOR PLAN 



BASEMENT MECH. ROOM PLAN- 
BASEMENT MECH. ROOM PLAN- 
SEVENTH FLOOR MECH. ROOM 



PIPING AND DUCTWORK 
PIPING AND DUCTWORK 

PIPING AND DUCTWORK 
PIPING AND DUCTWORK 
PIPING AND DUCTWORK 
PIPING AND DUCTWORK 



PIPING AND 
PIPING AND 
PIPING AND 
SECTIONS 
FLOW DIAGRAM 



SECTIONS 

SECTIONS 

SECTIONS 

PERIMETER 

SCHEMATIC 

DETAILS 

DETAILS 

COOLING TOWERS 

SCHEDULES 

SCHEDULES 

AUTO. TEMPERATURE 

AUTO. TEMPERATURE 



1 PIPING 

2 DUCTWORK 
PLAN PIPING 



AND DUCTWORK 



DUCTWORK 
DUCTWORK 
DUCTWORK 



CONTROL 
CONTROL 



DIAGRAMS 
DIAGRAMS 



ELECTRICAL 



E-1 SITE PLAN LEGEND AND NOTES 

E-2 BASEMENT LIGHTING PLAN 

E-3 BASEMENT POWER PLAN 

E-4 CONCOURSE LIGHTING PLAN 

E-5 CONCOURSE POWER PLAN 

E-6 FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN 

E-7 FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN 

E-8 MEZZANINE LIGHTINC; PLAN 

E-9 MEZZANINE POWER PLAN 

E-IO SECOND FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN 

E-11 SECOND FLOOR POWER PLAN 

E-12 THIRD FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN 

E-13 THIRD FLOOR POWER PLAN 

E-1.4 FOURTH FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN 

E-15 FOURTH FLOOR POWER PLAN 



CONDITIONS OF THE 



CONTRACT 
lA.8-4 



B.P.L.A 



ELECTRICAL (Continued) 



E-16 
E-17 
E-1 8 
E-19 
E-20 
E-21 
E-22 
E-23 
E-24 
E-25 
E-26 
E-27 
E-2H 
E-29 
E-30 
E-31 
E-32 
E-33 
E-34 
E-35 
E-36 
E-37 
E-3 8 



FIFTH FLOOR 

FIFTH FLOOR 

SIXTH FLOOR 

SIXTH FLOOR 



LIGHTING PLAN 
POWER PLAN 
LIGHTING PLAN 
POWER PLAN 



SEVENTH FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN 

SEVENTH FLOOR POWER PLAN 

PART PLAN MAIN STAIR LIGHTING AND DIMMER DETAILS 

PART PLAN ELECTRIC CLOSETS 

POWER DISTRIBUTION AND RISER DIAGRAM 

PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 

PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 

DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES MCCB-1 

DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES 

FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAM 

AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS 

AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS 

GROUNDING PLAN 

LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMS, 

LIGHTING FIXTURF DETAILS 

LIGHTING FIXTURE DETAILS 

MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS AND PART PLANS 

SECURITY SYSTEMS 

STAIRWELL LIGHTING RISERS 






' .. 






r 

I 



\ 




CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

lA.8-5 



nimin i iijijiUM 



|^W4ii».»n^^««w«<«» 




O • r • L • A 



1; 



r 



1. 



2. 



SECTION IB 



TEMPORARY FACILITIES 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

TEMPORARY OFFICE 

a) The Contractor shall provide a suitable field office at 
the site for his own use. 

b) In addition, the Contractor shall provide an office of 
not less than 150 square feet in area for the use of the Resi- 
dent Engineer. This space shall have no direct connection to 
the Contractor's office, shall be adequately lighted, heated 
and ventilated and provided with exterior door with lock and 
screen, and with the following furniture and equipment in good 
condition which shall remain the property of the Contractor 

at the completion of the work: 

1. one desk and swivel chair 

2. three straight back chairs 

3. one coat rack 

4. one plan rack and shelves for samoles 

5. one plan table, at least 3 ft. by 7 ft. 

6. one four-drawer metal file c.-blnet with lock and kev 

7. one typewriter 

8. one first-class outside mercury thermometer 

9. one window air conditioning unit. 

c) The offices shall be erected in location approved bv the 
Architect, shall be maintained by the Contractor In a clean 

and orderly condition, and be removed at completion of the work, 

TEMPORARY TELEPHONE 

a) Separate individual telephone services shall be provided: 

1. in the office of the Contractor, for the use of his 
authorized agents and Subcontractors. 



TEMPORARY FACILITIES 
IB.l 



6. 



9. 



TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE (Continued) 



B.P . L .A 



the 



b) The Contractor shall Include in the Contract Price 
costs of any relocations of and changes to the existing fence 
as required by his operations and the costs for retouching the 
paint finish as required. New sections shall match existing 
work . 

c) The fence shall be maintained in orderly condition and 
be removed at completion of the Contract. 

TEMPORARY STRUCTURES 

a) The Contractor shall provide and remove such additional 
storage sheds, temporary buildings, or trailers as required 
for the performance of the Contract. Location of all such 
temporary structures shall be within the fenced-in area and be 
approved by the Architect. 

TEMPORARY STAGING. STAIRS. CHUTES 

a) All staging, exterior and interior, required to be over 
eight (8) feet in height, shall be furnished, installed, main- 
tained, and removed by the Contractor without charge to and 
for the use of all trades as needed by them for proper execu- 
tion of their work, except where specified to the contrary in 
any Section of the specifications. 

b) The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain and re- 
move all temporary ramps, stairs, chutes and similar items as 
required for his own use and for the use of all trades as need- 
ed bv them for the proper execution of their work, and he shall 
permit the use of such facilities bv all trades at no charge. 

c) Permanent stairs shall be erected as soon as possible, 
and the Contractor shall provide same with temporary protec- 
tive treads, risers, handrails and shaft protection. 

d) No materials, rubbish, or debris will be permitted to drop 
free but shall be removed by use of the material hoist and/or 
rubbish chutes . 

HOISTING FACILITIES 

a) The Contractor shall furnlah. Install, maintain, operate, 
and remove material hoists, cranes, and similar hoisting appar- 
atus as required for his own use and for the use of all trades 
as needed by them for the proper execution of their work. Ail 
such hoisting service shall be without charge to the Subcon- 
tractors . 

b) The Contractor shall prohibit the use of hoists for tran- 
sporting personnel. 



TEMPORARY 



FACILITIES 
IB. 3 



B.P .L.A 



11. TEMPORARY WATER (Continued) 

c) Vhe Contractor shall provide an adequate surplv of cool 
drinking water with Individual drinking cups for all person- 
nel and workmen on the loo. 

d) When the permanent water supplv and distribution system 
has been Installed, It may be used as a scarce of water for 
construction purposes, provided that the Contractor (1) as- 
sumes full resoonsi^llltv for the entire water distribution 
system; and (2) pays for all costs for operation, maintenance 
and restoration of the system. 

1 2 . COLD WEATHER PROTECTION 

a) General Requirements 

1. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall provide 
cold weather protection during the entire period of con- 
struction until final completion as necessary to carrv 
out the work expeditiously during Inclement weather, to 
protect all work against dairage from dampness and cold, 
to dry out the building and to provide suitable working 
conditions for all trades. 

2. Cold weather protection as used herein shall In- 
clude : 

.1 Temporary heating during construction, before 
and after the permanent heating system is In opera- 
t Ion . 

.2 All other temporary orovlslons reoulred to pro- 
tect the work from advsrse dampness and cold and to 
provide suitable working conditions, including, but 
not limited to, covering and enclosing materials and 
work under construction, providing weathertlght en- 
closures of exterior openings, heating materials, 
and the like. 

3. Whenever the temperature Is below 40 degrees F., the 
Contractor shall provide cold weather protection as speci- 
fied In the various Sections of the specifications and In 
all cases so as to protect the work from adverse dampness 
and cold. 

b) Teaporary Heating 

1. The Contractor shall be tolelv responsible for the 
proper method or methods used to provide temporary heat- 
ing during construction, subject to tha provisions of 
this Paragraph b) . 



TEMPORARY FACILITIES 

13.5 



B.P . L .A . 



12. COLD WEATHER PROTECTION (Continued) 

8. The Contractor shall pav the costs of all fuel, steam 
and electricity required for temporary heating during con- 
struction until find completion of the work. 

c) Responsibility for Cold Weather Protection 

1. The entire responsibility fcr cold weather protection 
during construction, until final completion, shall he 
assumed by the Contractor, who shall be liable for anv 
damage to any work caused by his failure to provide pro- 
per cold weather protection. 

2. It Is to be specifically understood that the Contrac- 
tor shall do no work at any time or under anv conditions 
which he deems unsuited to the perfect execution of the 
work. This provision shall not be Interpreted as consti- 
tuting any waiver, release or lessening of the Contractor's 
obligation to bring the work to entire completion within 
the period of time set forth under Article II of the Con- 

t ract . 

13. TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE 

a) Temporary electrical power and lighting systems shall be 
furnished, installed and removed by the Electrical Subcontrac- 
tor as specified In Section l^A, ELECTRICAL WORK. 

b) The Contractor shall pay the costs of all energy consumed 
bv himself and by all of his Subcontractors until final 

comp let ion . 

c) The Contractor shall furnish for installation bv the Elec- 
trical Subcontractor all lamps, both Initial and replacement, 
used for the temporary lighting system. 

d) The Contractor and all Subcontractors. Individually, shall 
furnish all extension cords and lamps therefor, sockets, motors. 
and accessories required for their work. 

e) The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall reimburse the 
Electrical Subcontractor for the following: 

1. Any temporary wiring of a special nature, other than 
that specified In Section 16A, ELECTRICAL WORK, required 
for thalr work. 

2. Any temporary wiring of construction offices and 
buildings used by them, other than the offices of the 
Contractor and of the Resident Engineer specified In Ar- 
ticle 2. of this Section. 

3. Any additional electrical service required for the 

temporary use of elevators. 

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 

IB. 7 



'.it 



B.P. L.A, 



B.P. L.A 



B.P. L.A 



B.P .L.A, 



5. 



6. 



TEMPORARY TELEPHONE (Continued) 

2. In the office of the Resident Engineer, to be a 
desk-type telephone provided with lock and key. 

b) The Contractor shall pay for the installation and removal 
of the foregoing temporary telephones, for all calls on his 
telephone, and for calls within the Boston metropolitan area 
on the Resident Engineer's telephone. 

c) The temporary telephone services shall be maintained until 
final acceptance of the work under this Contract. 

TEMPORARY TOILETS 

a) The Contractor shall provide an adequate number of metal 
toilet booths, with chemical type toilets and continuous tem- 
porary lighting, rented from and serviced by an approved com- 
pany, as necessary for all persons engaged on the work. Includ- 
ing separate facilities for the Resident Engineer. 

b) The toilets shall be erected In location approved by the 
Architect, shall be maintained by the Contractor in a clean 
and orderly condition In compliance with all local and Stat* 
health requirements, and shall be removed at the completion of 
the work . 

c) When the permanent sanitary drainage and water tystems are 
In operating condition, the Contractor nav use portions of 
these systems which. In the opinion of the Architect, are suit- 
able for temporary sanitary facilities, provided that the Con- 
tractor (1) assumes full responsibility for the so used portions 
of the sanitary drainage and water systems, and (2) pays all 
costs for operatloj), malnt »napjr^ , cj.ean in^ , ^n^! restoration <;i.f ^ 
the sys terns . 

TEMPORARY SIGN 

a) The existing project sign Installed under a previous con- 
tract will remain at completion of that contract to be used as 
project sign under this Contract. 

b) The Contractor shall include in the Contract Price the 
costs for cleaning the sign, retouching the paint finish as 
required, adding names of consultants and firms under this Con- 
tract as directed by the Architect, and removing the sign at 
completion of work. 

c) No other signs or advertisements will be allowed to be 
displayed without approvcl of the Awarding Authority. 

TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE 

a) The existing construction fence built under a previous 
contract will remain at conplatlon of that contract for use 
under this Contract. 

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 
IB. 2 



10. TEMPORARY PROTECT ION 

a) The Contractor shall, at all tlaies. protect excavation, 
trenches, building and materials from rain water, ground-water, 
backing-up or leakage of sewers, drains or other piping, and 
from water of any origin. He shall provide all pumps, pining, 
coverings, and other materials and equipment as required 
and/or as specified. 

b) The Contractor shall provide temporarv weathertlght en- 
closures for all exterior openings of the building as requir- 
ed for cold weather protection and as required to protect the 
work from any other damage by Inclement weather. Adequate 
means of ventilation shall be provided In temporary enclosures 
to prevent accumulation of excessive moisture In the building. 

c) The Contractor shall provide temporary wood doors for 
exterior entrances and elsewhere as required. The permanent 
door enclosures shall not be used as temporary enclosures. 

d) The Contractor shall protect sills. Jambs and heads of 
openings through which materials are handled. 

e) The Contractor shall protect all concrete and finished 
floors, treads, platforms, and the like against mechanical 
damage, plaster droppings, oil. grease, nalnt. or other material 
which will stain the floor finish, and he shall install and 
maintain adequate strips of building paper on finished floors 
where further work will be done bv other trades. 

f) Roof surfaces and waterproofed surfaces shall not he sub- 
jected to traffic nor shall they be used for storage of mater- 
ials. Where some activity must take place In order to carry out 
thp contract, adequate protection shall be provided. 

g) After the Installation of work by any Subcontractor Is 
properly completed, the Contractor shall be responsible for it. 
protection and for repairing, replacing or cleaning any such 
work which has been damaged by other trades or bv anv other 
cause, so that all work is in perfect condition at the time of 
acceptance of the building. 

h) All temporary protection and coverings shall be removed 
by the Contractor at the completion of the work. 

1 1 . T EMPORARY W ATER 

a) The Contractor shall make all arrangements for obtaining 
temporarv water connections and pav all costs thereby incur- 
rei:. He shall furnish. Install and remove all piping and 
equipment required to provide water for the execution of the 
work . 



b) The Contractor shall pav 
until final completion. 



the costt of water for all trades 



TEMPORARY 



FACILITIES 
IB. 4 



12. COLD WEATHER PROTECTION (Continued) 

2. Unit heaters, if used, shall be of the smokeless 
type and be installed and operated in such a way that 
finished work wili not be damaged thereby. Salamanders 
will not be permitted. 

3. After the building, or portions thereof, has been 
enclosed by either temporary or permanent enclosures, 
temporary heating shall be provided by the operation of 
a suitable temporary heating system so as to provide a 
temperature of not less than 55 degrees F. throughout the 
enclosed spaces. Where specifications call for higher 
temperatures for finishing work, such higher temperatures 
shall be maintained. 

4. When th-. specified permanent heating system, or por- 
tions thereof, has been Installed, the Contractor may use 
the same for temporarv heating purposes. The HVAC Sub- 
contractor, however, shall he In charge of and provide all 
labor required for the attendance, operation and final 
restoration of the permanent system If used for temporary 
heating purposes. Continuous direct attendance shall he 
provided whenever the permanent system Is In operation. 

5. The Contractor shall oav the HVAC Subcontractor for 
labor furnished for temporary heating purposes in addi- 
tion to the filed subcontract price as follows: 

.1 At the applicable rates set forth In the agree- 
ment between the Pipe Fitters Association of Boston 
and the Mechanical Contractors Association of Boston 
fo^ each man-hour of continuous direct a^t tendance j:o 
temporary heating opsraflour. 

2 At the applicable official rates set forth In 
PART III and IV of Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, for each man-hour of labor, other than 
direct attendance, required for the operation and 
restoration of the permanent system. 

.3 To the foregoing rates there shall be added 
fifteen percent (15Z) for the HVAC Subcontractor's 
overhead and profit. 

6. The Contractor shall furnish and pay for any mater- 
ials and equipment which are not parr, of the permanent 
heating system and which may be required to operate the 
permanent heating system on a temporary basis. 

7. The Contractor shell pay the HVAC Subcontractor for 
any repairs and replacements necessary to restore the 
permanent heating system to its perfect condition prior 
to final completion. 

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 

IB. 6 



13. TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE (Continued) 

f) When the permanent electrical power and lighting svstems 
are in operating condition, said systems may be used. In lieu 
of thp temporarv service, for construction purposes, provided 
that the Contractor (1) assumes full responsibility for the en- 
tire power and lighting systems, and (2) pays all costs for 
operation and restoration of the systems. 

14. TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATORS 



15 



a) Should 
ment prior 
make necess 
r, object to 
requirement 

b) The Co 
for any lab 
Instal lat lo 
tor service 
closures, r 
machine roo 
Ing. necess 
Ing and obt 
tes. and el 
labor or eq 

e) In add 
contractor ' 

placcf' In t 
tlon and ma 

d) The Co 
tor equlpme 
the time It 
repairs or 
to Its orlg 
tractor tlm 
pav h Im for 



the Contractor desire the use of elevator eaulo- 
to final completion and final acceptance, he shall 
arv arrangements with the Elevator Subcontractor, 
the approval of the Architect and subject to code 

8 . 



nt rac 
or or 
n and 

incl 
e q u 1 s 
m and 
arv p 
ainin 
e vat o 
uipmc 



tor s 

mate 

whic 

ud ing 

ite g 

hois 

ower , 

g any 

r ope 

n t ne 



Itlon, the 
s Temporar 
emporary s 
Intenance 



hall reimburse the Elevator Subcontractor 
rials which are not part of the permanent 
h are required to provide temporary eleva- 
. but not limited to. temporarv car en- 
uards or other protection for elevator 
twav openings, main line switch with wlr- 
slgnalllng devices, lights In car, test- 
necessary special permits or certlflca- 
rators together with anv other special 
eded to permit temporary usage. 

Contractor shall sign the Elevator Sub- 
V Acceptance Form before anv elevator is 
ervice and pay all costs of power, opera- 
of the equipment . 



ntractor shall .^Iso agree,, that the complete eleva- 
nt will be left in the same condition as It was at 

was turned over to him for temporarv service. If 
replacements are necessary to restore the apparatus 
inal condition, he shall allow the Elevator Subcon- 
e to make such repairs or replacements and shall 

making them. 



FIRE PROTECTION 

a) The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to 
Insure against fire during construction. He shall be respon- 
sible that the area within contract limits is kept orderly and 
clean and that combustible rubbish is piromjJtly removed from 
the site. 

b) Tnstallation of equipment suitable for fire protection 
shall be done as soon as possible after commenreraent of opera- 
Fire protection shall be in accordance with the require- 

of the Boston Fire Prevention Code and with the requlre- 
of Industrial Bulletin No. 12, Division of Industrial 



tlons 
ments 
ments 



TEMPORARY 



FACILITIES 
IB. 8 



r 




\ 



v^f^m^m^imBm^ 




B.P.L.A, 



15. FIRE PROTECTION (Continued) 

b) Safety, Department of Labor and Industries, Common- 
wealth of Mas sechiise 1 1 s . 

c) Do not light fires of anv kind on the site without per- 
mission of the City of Boston Fire Department . 




o 



TEMPORARY FACILITIES 
1B.<» 



6. 




B.P.L.A, 

JLN TENT OF SPECIFICATIO NS AND DRAWING S (Continued) 

a) additional expense to the Owner. Should there be any 
discrepancies or a question of intent, the Subcontractor shall 
refer the matter to the Architect for decision before ordering 
anv equipment or materials or before starting any related work. 

b) Minor details not usually shown or specified but necessary 
for proper installation shall be Included in the work and the 
Subcontractor's bid shall carrv an amount to cover them. 

DRAWINGS 

a) The drawings for work under the Sections listed In Arti- 
cle 1. of this Section IC are diagrammatic and are intended to 
convey the scone of work and indicate the general arrangement 
of piping, ducts, conduits, equipment, fixtures, and other work 
included in the Contract. 

b) The locations of all items shown on the drawings or called 
for in the Specifications that are not definitely fixed bv 
dimensions are approximate only. The exact locations necessarv 
to secure the best conditions and results must be determined at 
the project and shall have the approval of the Architect before 
being Installed. 

c) Subcontractor shall follow drawings in laving out work and 
check drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work 
will bo installed and shall maintain maximum headroom and space 
conditions at all points. Where headroom or space conditions 
appear Inadequate, Architect shall be notified before proceed- 
ing with installation. 

INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS 

a) Before starting work, the Subcontractor shall visit the 
site and examine the existing conditions which may affect his 
work. He shall report in writing to the Contractor, with copy 
to the Architect, any condition which might adversely affect 
the Subcontractor's work and not proceed with such work until 
defects have been corrected. 

b) The start of anv work will be construed as meaning that 
such examination has been made and that the conditions have 
been found acceptable. Later claims to the contrary will not 
be considered, and anv defects in the work resulting from such 
accepted conditions shall he corrected bv the Subcontractor at 
no cost to the Owner. 

SCHEDULE OF VALUES 

a) Bpfore the first Application for Payment, the Subcontrac- 
tor shall submit to the Contractor, with copy to the Architect 
a schedule of values of the various portions of the Subcontrac- 
tor s work ag<<regating the total sum of the Subcontract, divi- 
ded so as to aid the Architect in determining the value of work 
installed as the work progresses. 

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL 
AND ELECTRICAL TRADES 

1C.2 



o • ■ • Lf • A I 



• 



6. SCHEDULE OF VALUE S (Continued) 

b) The schedule of values shall be in such form and suppor- 
ted by such data substantiate its correctness as the Archi- 
tect may require 

c) No requisition will he paid to the Subcontractor until 
after the schedule of value is submitted to the Architect. 

7 . PERMI TS AND FEES 

a) The Subcontractor shall give all necessary notices, ob- 
tain all permits, pav all taxes, fees and other costs in con- 
nection with his work, file for necessarv approvals of author- 
ities having jurisdiction, obtain all required Certificates of 
Inspection for his work, and deliver same to the Contractor, 
for transmittal to the Architect, before request for acceptance 
and final payment of the work is made. 

8. SUPERVISION 

a) The Subcontractor shall supply the service of an exper- 
ienced and competent supervisor who shall be in charge of the 
Subcontractor's work at the site. 

9 . WO RKMANS HIP AND MATERIALS 

a) Workmanship and materials shall be of the highest quality 
and in keeping with the best practice in the crade. Workmen 
shall be properly licensed and skilled in their respective 
parts of the work. Anv work considered to be of inferior 
quality by the Architect shall be replaced without extra 
charge . 

1 n . SURV EYS AND MEASUREMENTS 

a) The Subcontractor shall base measurements, both horizon- 
tal and vertical, from reference points established bv the 
Contractor and shall be responsible for correct setting out ol 
his work as indicated. 

b) In event of discrepancy between actual measurements and 
those indicated, the Subcontractor shall notify the Architect 
in writing and shall not proceed with his work untM written 
instructions have been issued by the Architect. 

11. COOPERATION 

a) Work shall be performed in harmony with other trades on 
the project and so scheduled as to allow speedy and efficient 
completion of project by all trades. 



SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL 
AND ELECTRICAL TRADES 

1C.3 






B.P.L.A, 



11. COOPE RATION (Continued) 

b) The Subcontractor shall give full cooperation to the Con- 
tractor and to the other trades and shall furnish to the Con- 
tractjr advance information on location and size of all frames, 
boxes, sleeves and openings needed for his own work, and also 
furnish to the Contractor anv information and shop drawings 
necessarv to permit anv trades affected bv the Subcontractor's 
work to install their work properly and without delay. 

c) Where there is evidence that work of the Subcontractor will 
interfere with the work of other trades, the Subcontractor shall 
assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory 
adjustments. He shall be prepared to submit, revise and coor- 
dinate shop drawings as specified under his Section. 

d) If directed bv the Architect, the Subcontractor shall with- 
out extra charge make reasonable modifications in his work as 
reoulred bv normal structural Interferences, or by interferences 
with work of other trades, or for proper execution of the work. 

e) If the Subcontractor installs his work before coordinating 
with other trades so as to cause interference with the work of 
such other trades, he shall make all necessarv changes in his 
work to correct the condition as directed bv the Architect with- 
out extra charge. 

f) The Subcontractor shall protect all materials and work of 
other trades from damage that may be caused by his workmen or 
work and shall make good anv damage so caused. 

12. CUTTING AND PATCHING 

a) Sleeves, inserts, anchor bolts and similar items set into 
concrete .masonry or the work bv other trades shall be furnished 
to the Contractor for setting bv the respective trades. The Sub- 
contractor shall be responsible f^r the exact location of all 
such items . 

b) When necessary to have finished materials cut in the shop, 
the Subcontractor shall furnish the necessarv drawings to the 
Contractor for transmittal to the trades whose materials have 
to be cut . 

c) The Contiactor shall do all cutting and patching of the 
work under the Contract for all trades. However, anv cutting 
and patching of work by other trades caused by failure of the 
Subcontractor to furnish In time items to be built-in, or by 
Incorrect location of his work, or by failure to cooperate with 
other trades, or by other error on the part of the Subcontractor, 
shall be paid bv the Subcontractor at fault and performed in 
accordance with union regulations. 



SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL 
AND ELECTRICAL TRADES 

1C.4 



B.P.L.A, 



17. GUARANTEE (Continued) 

b) The above guarantee shall he submitted to the Architect 
before said final payment for the account of the Subcontractor 
may be made and shall be countersigned in form and manner as to 
make the Contractor and the Subcontractor jointly and severally 
liable thereunder. 

c) The failure to deliver a required guarantee shall be held 
to constitute a failure of the Subcontractor to fully complete 
his work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 



W 



i v'P 



SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL 
AND ELECTRICAL TRADES 

1C.6 



- 






B.P.L.A. 



1 3 . TEMPORARY OPENINGS 

a) The Subcontractor shall ascertain, from his examination 
of the Architectural Drawings, whether any special temporary 
openings in the building will be required for the admission 
of apparatus furnished under his Subcontract, and he shall 
notify the Architect and the Contractor accordingly. In the 
event of failure of the Subcontractor to give sufficient no- 
tice to the Architect and to the Contractor in time to arrange 
for these openings during construction, the Subcontractor shall 
assume all costs of providing such openings thereafter. 

1 4 . OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR WALLS 

a) Openings In exterior walls, particularly at or below grade, 
shall be kept properly plugged and caulked at all times, ex- 
cept when being worked on, to preclude the possibility of flood- 
ing due to storms or other causes. After completion of work, 
openings shall be permanently sealed and caulked in the manner 
approved by the Architect. 

1 5 . ACCES SIBILITY 

a) All work shall bn Installed so that all parts requiring 
Inspection, operation, maintenance and repair are readllv 
accessible. Minor deviations from the drawings mav be made to 
accomplish this, but changes ot magnitude shall not be made 
prior to written approval from the Architect. 

1 6 . MOTOR A ND STARTERS 

a) All motors 1/3 horsepower and smaller shall be designed 
for operation on 120 volt, single phase, 60 cycle current. 

b)" Afl motors r / 2-h(yrseT>ower and l-ai-ger shart b'e deslgr^d ^ 
for operation on A80 volt, three phase, 60 cvcle cirrent. 

c) Unless otherwise specified, all motor starters will be 
furnished and Installed bv the Electrical Subcontractor. 

17. GUARANTEE 

a) The Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all workman- 
ship, materials and installation for a period of one (1) vear 
from the date of final payment to the Contractor for the ac- 
count of the Subcontractor. Should any defects in orkmanshlp, 
material or installation, develop within this tlmo, the Sub- 
contractor shall promptly make all necessary repairs and 
replacements to the satisfaction of the Architect and without 
additional cost to the Owner. Said written guarantee shall 
further stipulate that the .^.ubcon t rac tor shall remedy and 
correct anv damage caused in making such necessarv repairs 
and replacements. 

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL 
AND ELECTRICAL TRADES 

1C.5 



B.P.L.A 



SECTION ID 



BORING REPORTS 



BORING REPORTS 



-) Fnclosed herewith are the boring reports referred to in 
Article 1.20 b) of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 

b) Consult Drawing L- 1 for location of borings. 



""^ ,» 






BORING REPORTS 
ID. I 



.-^- - r*-* 



T«:ST BOWING ^'POOT 
R/^YMOf.D rONC^TT^ °ll " DrVI«;|ON 

ri r-a"t it ^V •> l<>g 

■ ' " ~ ..^nl -w C^-IIAOC B^>^gT<^K lui A g c; Ag MU g^P' 



f^TN-RAj^._tLQX£-S. 



BCir-S LOCAT-D/-L^VATIONSniPMSH-DBYTWr ci I^NT 
L' MT^^SUWII'' ASSOCIATTS. fNC. 

Al !. WC-K COCJTOOLLTD BY CLrNT^ IN^F'^CTOP O-' TW<^ »09 
Sl"^. 



MUMCMATO* 



NU ■><■••• or 't> ODV* 



OtNOMlMATO* H«tTI.*T.O«. >M IMCM€« 

(■AMFl 



»/« t*,'< 100. t crc. 



COIL -AMPLTS AND SHTLBY TUB"=: SAMf LTS FOP BORIN<3c 'B AND 
5 p-TAIVtD BY CLI-K'TS INSPtCTOP. 



J6. 
CI o 



1 



TT^ 

^ 



A~ceai MCOVBH* <«• ""ctw* 

■— COMI *V '" IHCMC* 

c-TiMC >«« mittvrw TO eo»« o«« »oo'» 
o— ei.A«»iricATiow 

■ -rOOTASI or MV'M 





A-0*MOT«a »»»•€§ •••CM ••<« 
C-rOOTAO*. 



A-oiMOT«a ceaao aouLOCaa 

■•CLAa«iriCATia« 

C«« OOTA«« 



g, P HVt Ll'=i ATAffOfVO 
Jo* rjJ -rW-lfyT>BQg I 



T« 



TEST BORING REPORT 

RA."yivrOND 

CONCRETE PILE COMPANY ic 55 Par'.t Sq. B-lldln?, 
NEW YORK GOW DIVISION BOSTON 1^, Ml ' = i :h ;- ^ ♦ ' , 

Gilbert ^'Temt._iia.^ DatoJiflcaatsr 31» 1^51 Job No^-93^^''-JC 



l^ofuiKiii i»l liorinyn £03 iQA Poblic Library* Coplay Sqoara, BOoIJH, t;a98achaj.:tts. 

All l>orin^ll arr plotteii to a scale of 1" ^ ^ ft. uaing P »j , Ct- .Bab «• a lixed daluiu. 

No... _JI N*. 2 N» i . No. 4 

r I .. 20. 9' 



rv. IC.O' 






r f V, 8,0 






/ 










3.^5 ■ 






**TrK 


RA r 1 

■ . -.1 1 »• 
r ,, , 




10.5- 






.-. 'FT 

' A'li y 


r 




• T • 






fi m. 




25.0- 




. .. . 


nt ■ 1 •.) a. ut 




c A> ,riNe ^ano 


8 


28.0- 


uruiiin 






rt. L'W auA> , 


II 


31.0- 












Ml 111., M 






y 1 ow c A , 


8 


35.5' 


r lut CA«i, 










a ' >r T n ■ 1 . r 






C A-. , TT r 


4 



'4.0'__ 



23.0- 



37. 0- 



nAno w NC 
'■•«A» SAMli, 
11-T I iMA.r 



14. 0' 

v» # - r »t 



25.0 



n» c>» A 



CHA . • , 



' 'FT BA ipy 

• I r .t Bur. « 



11.0 



24.0 



TEST BORING REPORT 

RA'vrivioisrD 

CONCRETE PILE COMPANY 1055 'ark ?q. Biim-.', 
Nrw YORK GOW DIVISION BOSTON 1' , Ma '•«<•; ,: • * , 

To ailbart S.7iflll A^o.^ Dat* recer^b^r .!» 1951 J»».No.-..- .- 

IxK-..»«ulltor^^ 503^01 public Library. Copley Sf.are. Br-T.!', -aasacha. . 

.Ul boriug* -rented to a .cale of I" - -X-ft. uainf- -fi^^^-^^ : ^* ' ^- « »'»-' '*'""™ 

N,.__5__ N« § No^ 2 



No. 



18.5 



13,0- 



14.4 



10^0.' 



16.5 

19.0 



32.0 
33.5 

36.5 

41.0- 
45.0 



.MA r 



-1>»T 






B 1 T , 


BA-.U. 1 


•■u* T 






^A-^py 




r 1 AT 






* I 


* 




BK» 


•-. 




»4» 1 . 
C A ' 

r -.I 


Nl 
BA 


B '1. 


••AKU 






\ I L 


-wr 


e A.. 



c»» T . » 

C A. • 

> ' -If r>A •■<, 
r .Mr •■» <o. 



. .V. 10. 9- 



6.f .*A 



14.0 



26.5 
29.5 

34.'>' 

38.5 

45.0^ 



/ ^ 



r . A • 



<o» T 

«AH. V 
« T • 
".HI B. 



r •M MI r . » 

n» A ' ■ BA.«C> 



MAMO y» . ' 

c. Ay. 



MCU'^M 

yl ' .iwr O A . . 



C. Ay m 

r iNr ". * JO. 



14 



'/A • rn 



20.0 



31.0- 

33.5 
35.5 

38.5 

43.0 



•A .!■, 
'-MA I • 



12.5 , 



SIW T 

HAHOy 

9MI a, 



^i.r T «»iA», 



MCOU'M 

n i;c c A . 

iaSo vr ■ i.<* 
c A^ , rr f 

r >Mi BANn. 



MCOI. M 

. I I ow e Ay, 



e Ay .* 

r.NB SAXC 



48.0-' 



:_.i 



25,0 



12 



36.0- 
39.0- 

43.5 

50.0' 



s<.r -^ 






•A- 


. 




n. T 


."» 




*M^ 


". 




HAI.< 






r r 


-tV. 


C A . 


Ml r • 


M 


. » • 


C Ay 


• 


yy r 


r NT 


"ANl., 


B >r - 


p 


r 


C A- 


• 




r Nl 


•A 


*r> , 



! 17 



I 1 -' , l-.o • *' 



It- * »i , <o. >' •■ " 



I- ■•-*• , w. ■ I. . 



« 1' I , 10, 0' i. ■ " 

Toui FiMXaac 18 8. Q' 



Riwrr. in H|(hl buid rolom. iadirate nomber of blo»B rc«|«dr«a lo dH*, Foramao A. M • a^i 

BBmplini; pipr our fool, ■alaf 14<Mh. •♦ighl faUioc SO ImImb. « laaai ftcrti uu by _ - 

Papg J oi — fa_ 



»!.««. II iiM.ritt. 



TEST BORING REPORT 



CONCRETE PILE COMPANY 1055 P'rk ^i, rulHV 



GOW DIVISION BOSTON 1' , ".T3 J \ch- .^' • , 
Dal«-JiftC9-t9r 3U19_51 Job NoL-}3- --H?? 



nW TOMI 

To. Mlbtrt ^mtn h flQ.» 

Location of Borin^-Bn a-Um. Putxlift Xihriiry» CopLoy 3qia:'e, E..-OS, Massach.^ .t ' _, 

B f t. wJMg B"» T '^ C T .- Bas t ._ a* a tixrd datum 



All borioea are plotted to a acale of 1' 

No. 2 Jlei — 



Na^ 



No. 



I7.P 



13.0 



22.0 



>•. .rr 


pr*T. 


3 
9 




Ia^-; 


•■A«r' 






yi I. 


■w c Ay. 


lb 


Mri 


M 




yrt 


'M c A> a 


8 


r tur 


-A-.l . 




• »-T 

C A . 


m 


4 


w\'*r. 


9A in. 








i 



BCvn nA <4»* 



lAiri . i-ha 



1' A'ln 

vr ' 1^ c A < . 

Ml Di^jM V 
C A , TT r 

r wr BANi . 

42 04 . - 

c A . a 
r Nf BA-i . 

46. 0-' 



CK »«lf Mt n 1 1»^ 
PfATy BAMO, 



MAKD riNI. 
C. RAV 9ANO. 



MC O ' M 

B UC C Ay. 



Mr pi.iM 

Yf l.LCWi CI Ar. 



Bor T a uc 
e A< » 

PIN[ BAMn, 



^ ^ 




Tnul r'loiace 47. Q' 

ftft^rn in right haad rolaaMi lodUfate Bombrr itf blow* retyalrrd le drivr Forrmaa A. M .a 

BBuipUns pipr out foot, oaiac 1404b. w«i|[hl faUlii( SO bKbaa. Uaaai£caUou by 



T»BT aC^ll^O ««PO«T 

BAVTs/fOND 

cowcunr nix oot vtm 

T. L£ »i»4«itK *iMttf ns »< B— «a*i»»y i"B i» V_j 

i„ ...»«,«, KHToi n«uc L«u»y — ct^xty lut^t- 



T««T aoaiMO aa'O"^ 
ooMcrn HI* Lca^BT 



y I IM7 >.* ' 



. garkCT 



M.ft*C>«J«' 



OB a»iB«o*««TTB •-T'~ " "W — S". . . • ■^.-'-iraayiTS ».i«j*"— 



V 



i-lff 



I' 



s.=-*vr I 



I •» 









'*' •, ... to . ■ .•■.•. .. "i • . .ito... .^^^B^^^ *«.... t* ..«** ••'^ M^ i»* .iil*' i^"^ " ~ 

:.;'.r:. .."- • •--i.r.r-r.".. — ' -^*" rj—.-.....^ p 



a B .-^-aa 




TEST BORING REPORT 

RAYMOND 



;.«•. F^BPUAPY ■> I96* 



To LEMESSUPIER ASSOCIATES 

I....,.n „f ...r, ... BOSTON PUBLIC L.BPA PY- COPLEY SCUAPr-BOSTON VA^SACHUS 



All Uirir.g" Mr- [■•"•' ' ^ 
Bonnf .'• ' 5 



«, ByA. ,-B »u«~'BM«0 av . BMBBB..- €■ •BBOC'ATtB 
^Ij , f 1 9 •• ■ ^ aOBTO«i city «»B« 



_M! 



_iS'. 



• LtVAT 0». • 



MtO U" 

BANO 

•■AvSl 

I M. acai t AMaoui 
in,. 






»-4 
4-t 



'»-4 



-5' 



-»' 



-15' 



.20' 






B.P.L.A. 



SECTION IF 



ALTERNATES 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 



a) Attention is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which Is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services orovided bv the Contractor. 



SCOPE 



a) This section is written for the general information of 
Bidders and lists all the Alternates which appear *" ^^^^ ^°"- 
tract documents and the Sections which are affected bv each 
Alternate. Consult the individual Sections of the soeclfica- 
tions for detailed requirements of each Alternate. 

b) Prices Riven In the Forn, for General Bid and in the Forms 
for Sub-Bid for each Alternate shall Include overhead, profit 
and all other expense lter,s incidental to the work under each 



Al ternate 



BUT 

riMB 

■AnnfTfi*''' aitak.*-* 

COAMV ^ 



2«' 



^' 



^«AT 



>r 



.32' 



MSOIUM TO FiM« 

aaAT BAMO 
TnAct OF 

CLAY AMD 
aBAVtl 



.30' 



• 




rOWBMAH MOTBO MB 
INBBBTBO A M- waiL'OIMT 

aMai.av tubb "tcovtav 

NO • - 'U\. L 
MO* i - FULt. 

lOuiB c««t4mto»« 



Tual i 



Claa*iii-»l.' ■ • 


ii:' 


W« 


of 1. -.!.|f 

mad*. «r 


W.i 




Uipof.as*- 


\ . 1* * 


y r 


.rr?. ifi r tt 

•Mfipllt K 


•,• ••» 






• i 




I tnjl=: CPFIGMTON AND 
ANTHONY SASSO 

rOPEMBN . 
ECB- II832-B05 

Pajie 6 of fi 



IpMMRHHlVpnMMMHM 



AL TERNA TES 

a) Alternat e No. 1 : Deduct master mechanical control Panel 



s va cent , 



Section 15C - HEATING. VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 



ALTERNATES 
IF. 1 



n.P. L.A, 



ed 



i 
1 




SECTION 2A 
EXCAVATING. FILLING ANl) GRADING 



l'ROVISH)NS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewitii made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facili- 
ties and services provided by the Contractor. 

SCOPE OF VJOKK 

a) The work under this Section consists of all EXCAVATING, 
EXILING ANU GRADING a .s shown on the drawings and as specif 1 
herein, 'and includes, but is not United to the followlnr,: 

1. Excavating, trencUing, fillinr,, backfilling and 
related work as required for the proper completion of 
the entire project. 

2 Sheetinr,, shorinp and bracinp of excavation as 
shown on the^DrawinRS and as otherwise required. 

3 Pumping and anv other dewaterlng procedure necessary 
to maintain excavated areas free of water from any source 
whatsoever. 

A. Installation and operation of groundwater recharpr 
equipme^nt and groundwater observation wells. 

5. Rough grading and subgradc preparation to obtain 
the subgrades shown or specified, including the 
furnishing of additional fill if required. 

6 Removal from site and disposal of all excavated 
material unsuitable for fill or backfill and of excess 
excavated material. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTH ER SECTIONS 

a) Placing of topsoil and planting, specified under Section 2B, 
LOAMING \ND PLANTING. , , . 

b) Providing and installing settlement reference screws, 
specified under Section 3A, CONCRETE. 

c) Providing and installing water pressure gauges in base- 
ment floor, specified under Section 1A, f v;'"'-^K. 

EXCAVATING, FILLIN(. ' RADING 

2A.1 



i^mSMSiMM,,: 




f 



I 



t i 



i ij 



^'-"^ 



fl»'?*s^ 



B . P . L . A . 



B.P.L.A, 



B . P . L . A . 



B.P.L.A, 



5. EXCAVATIOr; (Continued) 



SUBSURFACr. DATA 

a) Subsurface invest if;at ions have been nade and the results 
included in Division 1, Section IC. 



b) 



Bidders are referred to Article 21, Ceneral Conditions. 



i:XCAVATION 



a) Special l^cguirements 



1. Because of the depth of the excavation, and the 
weight and sensitivitv to movement of the existinR 
Boston Public Library, unusual controls on excavation 
methods and procedures are required. These required 
methods are shown on Dravinp, SI and are specified 
herein. The Contractor shall studv this naterial in 
detail and include the cost of tliese requirements in 
his bid. 

2. After driving perimeter steel sheeting from the 
street level alonp. Blap,den Street, excavation nay 
proceed to elevation +7. Alonp; Boylston and T.xeter 
Streets, a berm shall be cut sloping up at 2 vertical 
on 3 horizontal with the toe on a line approximately 

6 feet outside the foundation wall. Remove all naterial 
adjacent to the BPL basement wall down to elevation +7. 
Construction ramps should be located at the east end 
of the site. No furtlier excavation shall he acconnlishcd 
prior to driving the remaining perimeter steel shectlnr, 
and the installation of groundwater recharge equipment. 

3. After completion of the installation of perimeter 
sheeting and groundwater recharge equipment, excavation 
within the sheeting tnav be taken down to elevation 0, 
leaving a berm against tlie Dlagden Street sheeting at 
least 19 feet wide at elevation +7 and sloping down at 

2 vertical on 3 horizontal, and a similar berm against 
the BPL sheeting A8 feet wide at elevation +7. 

A. All excavation below elevation shall be controlled 
by the procedures shown on Drawing SI. In general, rm 
excavation below the elevations given in (3) above will 
be permitted in any work area, as shown on Drawing SI, 
until all work, including excavation, backfill of ex- 
cavation below footinr.s and placement of reinforced 
structural concrete up to elevation -9 has been completed 
in all work areas defined on Drawing SI by smaller nurahors 
Deviation from tl>e work schedule and methods outlined 
on Drawing Si nay be considered by the Arcliitect upon 
application by the Contractor in writing. 

nXCAVAriNG, riLLINC AND GW.WilVC 

2A.2 






5. EXCAVATION (Continued) 

5. In paved and planted £.reas, remove- existing pavings, 
curbs, walls, and other obstructions to a depth of at 
least 2 feet below finished grades. 

6. When excavations have reached the prescribed deptm , 
the Architect shall be notified and will make an inspection 
of the conditions. After inspection, tlie Contractor wil' 
receive approval to proceed If bearing conditions meet 
specified requirements. 

c ) Lxcavation Below root in, p Hot tons 

1. It is anticipated that soils "ith adequate bearing 
value will not, in general, Le uncovered at the elevations 
of footinc bottoms. The Contractor shall excavate, as 
directed by tlie Architect, below footin", bottons until 
adequate bearing capacity is obtained. 

2. Adequate bearing shall he below all fills and 
organic soils at the surface of stiff clay, or on 
compact sand and gravel overlying tlte cxay, whichever 
is first encountered. The Architect will direct the 
Contractor in the removal of material below footing 
bottoms. Ilaterial shall not !)C removed until so 
directed by the Architect. 

3. lillevations where adequate bearing is expected 
are sliown on Drawing Si. These elevations are based 
on the boring data, are approximate onlv, and shall 
not be construed in any way to limit the depth of 
excavation that may he required to reach adequate 
bearing. 

A. All costs of the excavation and backfill of 5,200 
cubic yards of material from belov; footing bottons shall 
be included in the Contract Price. If tlie total amount 
of excavation from below footing bottoms exceeds 5,200 
cubic yards, extra compensation will bo paid tlie 
Contractor at tlie Unit Price per cubic yard stated 
in the Supplementary Conditions, Part IV. 

5. Paylines for excavation helov>' footing bottoms are 
shown on Drawing SI. Ilxcavation outside and above 
these limits will not be accounted excavation below 
footings and the cost of all such excavation and back- 
fill shall be included in the Contract Price. 



F.XCAVATINC, FILLINC. AND CRADINr 

2A.A 



SrtMPLKS AN!) TKSTIi.T. 



5. Bracing for perimeter sheetin-' shall be removed 

as backfilling outside the foundation walls proceeds, 

but only after removal has beon approved by the 
Architect . 



6. Addi 
perimeter 
provided 
and el sew 
to retain 
left in p 
has been 
If the Co 
backfill 
be corop le 
concre te 



tlonal sheeting and bracing within the 
sheeting (interior sheetinr) shall be 
by the Contractor as shown on Drawing SI, 
here, as required. Interior sheeting used 

granular backfill below footings must be 
lace below Llevation -16 until backfilling 
completed on both sides of the sheeting, 
ntractor elects to use lean concrete for 
below footings, such interior sheeting mav 
tely removed immediately after the lean 
has set on one side of the sheeting. 



7. Drawings and design calculations for all sheeting 
and bracing to be used shall be submitted to the 
Architect for review at least two weeks prior to the 

li ::ended installation date. 

8. Comply with State and local regulations or, in 
absence thereof, with the provisions of the "".anual 
of Accident Pievention in Construction" of the 
Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. 

9. A.i 1 installation and removal costs of sheeting 
and bracing shall be included in the Contract Price. 

g) Dev/a ter ing 

1. Provide, maintain and operate pumps and related 
equipment, including standbv equipment, of sufficient 
capacity to keep excavation free of all water at all 
times and under any and all contingencies that may arise 
until the structures attain their full strength. Notify 
tht Architect and receive approval before discontinuance 
of pumping. 

2. The Contractor shall provide tfumps and pumping 
equipment to remove groundwater trapped within the 
perimeter sheeting, 

h) Groundwater Recharge 

1. Contractor shall install at least seven (7) 
groundwater observation wells in locations and of 
design approved by the Architect. U'ells shall be 
installed prior to all excavation on the site. 
These wells, in addition to wells currently operating 

EXCAVATING, FILLING AND (;RADINC 

2A.6 




I 




B . J' . L . A . 



5. EXCAVATION (Continued) 

5. Inst rumentation - Equipment to measure lateral and 
vertical movements of the existing BPL building and neave 
of the excavation for the construction under this contract 
will be installed and monitored by the Owner. Contractor 
shall cooperate with and provide free access to the site 
to personnel reading and maintaining the equipment and 
shall pay all costs incurred in the repair of equipment 
damaged by his operations. The Contractor's attention 
is directed to the three cased boreholes shown on Drawing 
SI located between the BPL west wall and the adjacent 
perimeter sheeting. These three boreholes will contain 
tracks for slope indicators. They will be installed 
after the excavation is cut to Elevation +7 and must be 
kept operative until the final pour of the basement mat. 
Other instrumentation will consist of boreholes distributed 
over the site and backfilled with clay slurry. No devices 
will be contained in those boreholes that will hamper 
the Contractor's operation^.. The Contractor shall provide 
free access to a survey crew to take grade readings at 
these boreholes. 

In addition, the Contractor shall provide free access 
to a survey crew to take grade readings on settlement 
reference screws installed by the Contractor under 
Section JA, CONCRETE. 

All data obtained will be made available to the Contractor. 

^ b-)., ^OinjeraL Rcou iremcn Ls ^ ^ , , 

1. The Contractor is referred to Article 21 of the 
General Conditions. 

2. Excavate all materials encountered to allow 
construction of the proposed building structures and 
utilities as shown on drawings and as specified. 
Attention is called to "GENERAL NOTES" on Structural 
Drawings and to the requirements contained therein 
which may affect the work under this Section. 

3. Excavate (1) to 7 inches below the basement 
slab, (2) as 'required to pr-ovide working clearance 
and to allow inspection of the work, (3) to subgradcs 
specified outside the building, and (A) to approved 
bearing soil below footings. 

A. In general, the Contractor will be permitted 

to use machine excavation. However, the final 

6 inches under footings or at the bottom of excavation 

under footings, and in trenches, shall be excavated 

by hand with hand shovels. 

EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 

2A.3 



B.P. L.A. 



EXCAVATION (Continued) 
d) Utilities 

1. Excavate all trenches to 6 inches below bottom of 
pipe. Trenches for storm and sanitary sewers shall 
have a continuous slope in the direction of flow. 

2. When the depths of backfill over nipes exceed 
10 feet, keep the trench below the level of the top 
of the pipe as narrow as practicable. 



B.P.L.A, 



5. EXCAVATION (Continued) 



e) Excessive Excavation 

1. If any part of the excavation is carried, through 
error, beyond the depth and the dimensions indicated 
on the drawings or called for in the specifications, 
the Contractor, at his own expense, shall furnish and 
install compacted fill or concrete as directed by the 
Architect up to the required level or dimension. 

f ) Temporary Supports 

1. Steel sheet piling is required to completely 

enclose the building area (perimeter sheeting). 

Sheeting shall be driven 3-1/2 feet outside the foundation 

wall, except adjacent to BPL and at the Boylston - 

Exeter corner adjacent to the MBTA Subway where 

sheeting shall be driven tangent to the foundation 

wall and used as formwork for the wall. 

/". Tffe t^ps of plrfmcter sheeting shall b'e driven iro the 
elevation shown on Drawing SI, or deeper if required 
to shut off ground water or to provide support for 
excavations deeper than expected. 

3. Pressure diagrams to be used in the design of 
perimeter sheeting are shown on Drawing Si. The 
Contractor shall select a riling cross-section 
adequate to support these pressures. 

A. Bracing for perimeter sheeting shall be designed 
by the Contractor. It is anticipated that the 
basement mat wi-Ll be used to .provide reaction for, 
the bracing loads. An approved "kicker", designed 
for 400 kips, is shown on Drawing Si. Bracing along 
the east wall adjacent to BPL shall be Jacked hydrauli- 
cally to the full design load and securely wedged. 
Jacking around the remainder of the site will not be 
required unless there is e'ldence of excessive movement. 

EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 

2A.5 



in the BPL basement and other wells in the neighborhood 
owned and monitored by other interested parties, shall 
be used to assess the adequacy of the Contractor s 
groundwater recharge operations. 

2, The Contractor shall Install sufficient recharge 
wells to maintain the water level above elevation 

+5 1/2 in the observation wells outside the perimeter 
sheeting and above elevation +5 in the observation 
wells in the basement of BPL. 

3. All expenses for providing and operating ground- 
water recharge equipment shall be included in the 
Contract Price. 



1) 



Frost Protection 

1. The Contractor is referred to Article 12 
Section lA, Temporary Facilities. 



of 



2. Make no excavations to the full depth indicated 
when freezing temnerature may be expected, unless 
the concrete can be placed Immediately after the 
excavation has been completed. Protect the bottom 
so excavated from frost if placing of concrete is 
delayed. Should protection fail, remove frozen 
materials and replace with concrete or gravel fill, 
as directed, kt no cost to Owner. 



^ J) BlastU»g 



k) 




1. Obtain written permission and approval of method 
from the Architect and from local authorities before 
proceeding with blasting. Explosives shall be stored, 
handled, and employed in accordance with state and 
local regulations, or, in the absence of such, in 
accordance with the provisions of the "Manual of 
Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated 
General Contractors of America, Inc. 

Disposal 

1. All excavated materials from the site shall be 
removed and dispose-d of off the site at no cost to 
the Ovner. 

2. No material shall he burned on the site v;ithout 
approval of the Architect and the Boston Fire 
Department . 

EXCAVATING, FILLING AND TRADING 

2 A. 7 




b) Provide samples of each fill naterial from the proposed 
source of supply. Allov; sufficient tine for testing and 
evaluation of results before material is needed. Submit 
samples from alternate source if requirrd. 



c) Architect will be sole 
of all naterial. 



and final judge of suitability 



d) The laboratory v^ill determine naxinun dry density 
and optimum water content in accordance with ASTM D 15J7, 
^'.ethod U, and the in-placo density in accordance with 
ASTH D 1556. 

e) Tests of naterial as delivered nay be made from tine to 
tine. Materials in question nay not be used, pending test 
results. Tests of compacted materials "..fill be made 
regularly. Remove rejected naterials and rr-.^'-re with new, 
whether in stockpiles or in place. 

f) Cooperate with laboratory in obtaining field samples of 
in-place naterials after conp.T-tion. Furnish incidental 
field labor in connection with these tests. 

FILL :!ATER1ALS 

a) Crushed Stone 

1. l.'ashcd, free of organic materials, 1-1/2 inch 
to No. A size. Gradation per AST:; C 33, Table II, 
Size Ab7, as follows: 



U.S. Sieve No. 

2" 

1-1/2" 

3/A" 

3/8" 

4 



Percent Passing 
Maximum Minimum 



100 

100 

70 

30 

S 



ino 

95 

35 

10 





EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 

2\.8 




B.P.L.A, 



Maximum 


M Inimutn 


• •» 


100 


100 


60 


100 


25 


85 


10 


40 


4 


5 


.-• 



KILL riATERIALS (Continued) 

b) Gravel Fill 

1. U'ell-s^raded natural sand and );ravel conforming 
to followini; gradations: 

Percent Passing 
U.S. Sieve :;o . 

A inches 
1 inch 

:io. A 

No. 16 
No. 50 

No. 200 

c) Ordinary Fill 

1, Well-graded, natural inorganic soil approved 

by the Architect and meeting the following requirements: 

a. It shall be free of organic or other weak 
or compressible naterials, of frozen materials, 

an-i of stones larger than A inches maximum dimension. 

b. It shall be of such nature and character 
that it can be compacted to the specified 
d'jnsities In a reasonable length of time. 

c. It shall be free of highly plastic clays, 

of all materials subject to decay, decomposition, 
o^ diss.Alut ion^ an«i o^ cinders or other -mater ia Is 
which will corrode piping or other metal. 

d. It shall have a maximum dry density of not 
less than 100 pounds per cubic foot. 

e. Material fro.a excavation on the site may be used 
as ordinary fill if it meets the above requirements. 

COMPACTION EQUIPMENT 

a) Provide sufficient equipment units of suitable types 
to spread, _level, and compact fills promptly upon delivery 
of materials. 

b) Contractor may use any compaction equipment or device 
which he finds convenient or econonical, but the Architect 
retains the right to disapprove equipment which, in his 
opinion, is of inadequate capacity or unsuited to char.-.rtrr 
of material being con.pacf'^. 

EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 

2A.9 



'i 



f- A 



i 

f 







H«^M 



BiCiit^^- itfrwir ' ' ■: 



I 



B.P .L. A, 



B.P.L.A, 



B . P . L . A . 



9. PLACING FILL - GENERAL 

a) Areas to be filled or nackfilled shall be f^^e of 
construction debris, refuse, compressible o*^ ^<;^">'^^ ^'^ 
materials and standins water. Do nor place fill when 
fill material or layers below it are frozen. 

b) Notify the Architect when excavations are readv for 
inspe -ion. Filling and backfillinr shall not be started 
until onditions have been approved by the Architect. 

c) Furnish approved materials. Place fill in layers not 
exceeding o inches compacted thickness, unless specified 
otherwise, and compact as specified below for various 
fill conditions. 

d) Before backf i 11 i.i;- against walls, the permanent 
structures must be completed and sufficiently aged to 
attain strength required to resist backfill pressures 
without damage. Temporary bracing will not be permitted 
except bv written permission from the Architect. When 
fillinR on both sides of a wall or pier, place fill 
simultaneously on each side. Correct anv damage to the 
structure caused by backfilling operations at no cost 

to Owner. 



B.P.L.A, 



13. SUBCRADE PREPARATION (Continued) 

1. Under slabs on grade - tliickness of slab plus 
flooring, if any. 



2. Under seeded areas 

3. Under planting l)eds 



6 inches 
■30 inches 



b) 



Upon completion of rough gradinr*. operations, remove 
all debris and rubbish and leave areas ready for work bv 
other trades. 



c) Subgrades specified above shall be maintained until 
v;ork bv other trades begins. Settlement of fills and wash- 
outs shall be corrected by filling and compacting as required, 



FIBERGLASS TQPSOIL SEPARATOR (Continued) 

b ) Ins tal lat ion 

1. Immediately after gravel fill has been completed and 
tamped to an even top surface, install fiberglass blanket 
of standard widths, overlapping joints for not less than 
6 in. at all edges. Care shall be taken to prevent tear- 
ing, crushing or other maltreatment during Installation. 

TOPSOIL 



SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 



a) 



Ma terials 

1. Topsoii shall be natural topsoil sandv loam, free 
from subsoil and obtained from an area which has never 
been stripped. Topsoil shall be of uniform quality, free 
from hard clods, roots, sods, stiff clav, hard pan, stones 
larger than 1 in., lime, jement, ashes, slag, concrete, 
tar residues, tarred paper, boards, chips, sticks or any 
other undesirable material. 



.2 Copper flashing on brick belt course as neces- 
sary to achieve new granite facing and other new 
const ruct ion . 

.3 Terra-cotta and masonrv cornice and flashing 
to the extent shown on the drawings. 



.U Existing brick facing (cut back) a full 4 in. 
in the areas indicated on the drawings to receive 
new granite facing. 

.5 Existing granite (cut back) a full A in. in 
the areas indicated on the drawings to receive new 
grani te facing. 



6 Hrick parapet wall and flashing 

7 Roof tiles and flashing. 



2 
de 

Th 
T 



Topsoil shall contain at least 1". organic matter 
etermlned bv loss on ignition of moisture- free samples 
he acidity range shall be pH 5.0 to pH 7.0 inclusive, 
he mechanical analysis of the soil shall be: 



8 



Electrical and other utilities 



e) Backfill trenches only after pipe has been inspected, 
tested and locations of pines and appurtenances have 

been recorded. 

f) Each pipe section shall be laid on a 6 inch minimum 
bed of sand. Sand bed shall be shaped by means of hand 
shovels to r.ive full and continuous support to the \omct 
third of each pipe. liackfill bv hand around pine and for 
a depth of 12 inches above the pipe. Use sand and tamp 
firmly in layers not exceeding 6 inches in thickness, 
taking care not to disturb the pipe. Compact the remainder 

of the backfill thoroughly with a rammer of suitable weight or 
with an approved mechanical tamper to achieve the compaction 
specified bflow for various fill conditions. 

g) 'Jhere soft materials of poor bearing qualities are 
found, in pipe trenches, a concrete foundation nay be 
required to insure a firm foundation for the pipe. Such 
concrete foundation shall be bedded with 6 inches of sand 
tamped in place so as to provide a uniform bearing for tlic 
pipe between joints. 

h) Where piping is laid in filled areas, place the fill 
before any pipe is placed, and compact as specified to a 
depth of not less than two feet above the proposed flow 

F:XC/iVATINC, FILLING AND GRADING 

2A.10 



b) 



PASSING 

1" screen 
1" screen 

Ilk" screen 

#100 USS sieve 

Instal lat Ion 



RETAINED ON 



1/4" screen (Gravel not 
more than) 

#100 USS sieve (coarse, 
medium and fine sand) 
(very fine sand, silt 
and clav) 



PERCENTAGE 
lOOX 
3Z 
A0% - 602 
1*0% - 602 



EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GHAniNG 

2A.12 



1. Place topsoil over th« fiberglass blanket in layers 
of 6 in., tamping to fill all voids, up to the edge of 
the planters . 

2. After all topsoil nas been placed and tamped, dig 
the pits for the plant m.'^terial, r,l,*nt and backfill. 

PLANTING 

a) Planting shall be furnished xnd Installed under an allow- 
ance as stated in the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, PART VI, 
CASH ALLOWANCES. 



LOAMINC AND 



PLANTING 
2B.2 



.9 Brick, granite, concrete, steel and otlier 
materials necessary to accomplish cutting of new 
openings in the West wall of the Existing Library 
Bui Iding. 

.10 Brick, granite, concrete, steel and other mater- 
ials necessary to accomplish the attachment of new 
construction to the Existing Library Building. 

3. Demolition work in this Section includes only work 
above the ground surface on the exterior, and interior 
work as defined herein and/or as shown cr. tt.e drawings. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTION:' 

a) Demolition on the exterior of materials below the ground 
surface to be done under Section 2A. EXCAVATI ::r. , FILLING AND 
GRADING. 

GE NERAL REQUIREMENTS 

a) Proceed with demolition work in an orderly sequence timed 
to follow the level of new construction and its requirements. 
Generally, as each new floor is constructed adjacent to the 
Existing Library Building, and prior to closing in of such 
construction, do all demolition work relating to that particu- 
lar f loor level . 



DEMOLITION WORK 
?C . 2 



B.P.L.A. 



9. PLACING FILL - GENERAL (Continued) 



to 



line of the pipe. A t'3nch shall then be excavated 
the required grade, of sufficient width to permit 
thorough tamping of the fill under the bells and around 
thepipe. 

10. PLACING CRUSHED STONE 

a) Crushed stone sliall be provided outside foundation 
walls as shown on Drawing SI. Place in six incli layers 
and hand tamp. 

b) The first foot of backfill in excavations below 
footings shall be crushed stone. Spread the stone in a 
single layer and densify thoroughly with a vibrating 
compact or approved by the Architect. 

c) Crushed stone may be substituted for compacted gravel 
as backfill for excavation below footings. Place crushed 
stone in layers 8 inches thick and densify tlioroughly 
witli a vibrating compactor approved bv the Architect. 
No extra payment will be due the Contractor If he elects 
to use crushed stone, 

PLACING (.RAVEL FILL 

a) Gravel fill shall be provided for a minimum thickness 
of 6 inches of compacted fill for subgrade preparation 
outside the building. Compact to 92'; maximum dry density. 

b) Gravel fill shall be used as backfill ^oc exci /ation 
below footings. Place gravel fill in layers 6 inches thick 
and compact to 95% maximum dry density. See Drawing SI. 



a) Ordinary fill is required for all fill and backfill 
where crushed stone or gravel fill have not been specified 
above or on the Structural Drawings, 



B.P.L.A, 



SECTION 2B 



LOAMING AND PLANTING 



P ROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 



B.P.L.A 



SC OPE OF WORK 
a) The work o 



f this Section consists of all LOAMINC AND 
,^ , -_ r-, r-1 , 1 and «. 



a) The work ol this Section consists or aii lua^i.^h- Ar.u 
PLANTING for exterior planters on First Floor level and on 
Third Floor Balconies as shown on the drawings and as specified' 
herein, and includes the furnishing and installation of the 



fol lowing 



1. 



Gravel for planters 




2. Fiberglass topsoil separator 

3. Topsoil 

4. Planting 
GRAVEL FOR PLANTERS 



• ) 



Materials 

1 «* Cra>« 1 .»f,i.sr .,p 1 anie rs .«hall be 

gravel, composed of clean, tougli, 

from an excess of flat, elongated 

pieces and free from fragments coatJd with dirt or other 

objectionable matter. 



1 .i?.. I'^lfojmly gra^d 

durable fragments free 

soft or disintegrated 



b) Place ordinary fill and compact to 92% maximum dry 
dei.slty . 



b) 



Installation 

A 4 in. layer shall be placed at the bottom of the 



1. 



planter and spread to present an even top surface 

FIBERGLASS TOPSOIL SEPARATOR 

a) Materials 

1. Filter material separating the porous drainage 
material from the topsoil shall be 1/2 in. thick, Pitts- 
burgh Superfine Fiberglass Topsoil Separator (Heavy) as 
manufactured by Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co., 277 Park 
Avenue, New York, New York 10017, or approved equal. 



LOAMING 



AND PLANTING 
2B.1 



■ 'S^*':^*%?f"^''m: ^^Q^^'yi^H^ 



SECTION 2C 



DEMOLITION WORK 



1 . P ROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided bv the Contractor. 

2. SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section includes all labor, materials 
and ecuipment necessary to complete all DEMOLITION WORK as 
shown on the drawings and as specified herein and includes, 
but is not limited to, the following: 

1 De-nolition of the following items in their entirety, 
located in. on or immediately adjacent to the West wall 
of the Existing Boston Public Library Building: 

.1 Metal gratings over windows and other openings. 

2 Windows and window frames, doors and door frames, 
louvers and louver frames, including associated plas- 
ter, furring, and anv other materials necessary to 
expose the masonrv, concrete and steel forming the 
openings for same. 

.3 Metal fire escape platforms, stairs, rails and 
at tachment s . 

U Brick wall and associated metal grating at 
North W^'st corner of the Existing Boston Public Lib- 
rary Building. 

.5 Brick, stone, metal and other materials projec- 
ting to the West beyond the datum line shown on the 
drawings and to effect a minimum clearance of 2 in. 
between new construction and the Existing Library 
Building . 

2. Demolition of the following items located in, on or 
immedl.itelv adjaceat to the West wall of, .the Existing 
Boston Public Library Building to the extent defined here- 
in and/or sliown on the drawings. 

.1 Brick belt courses and other brick projections 
as shown on the drawings. 



DEMOLITION WORK 
2C. I 



B.P.L.A, 



GENER AL REQUIR EMENTS (Continued) 

b) Immediately protect from weather and from unauthorired 
entrance all openings from which windows, doors, louvers or 
other materials have been removed. Maintain such protection 
until the completion of the new construction of the Contract. 

c) Immediately protect from the weather any areas where the 
removal of flashing and/or roof tiles or other materials will 
affect the wea the r t i gh tness of thrj Existing Library Building. 

d) Except for terra-cotta cornice pieces and for roof tiles, 
immediately remove from the site all materials of every 
description resulting from the demolition as the work progresses. 

e) Terra-cotta cornice pieces and roof tiles shall be carefully 
removed, handled and stored at the site. Terra-cotta cornice 
pieces shall be delivered at the site to the Owner. Roof tiles 
shall be delivered at the site to the Roofing Subcontractor for 
reinstallation as specified under Section 7B, ROOFING AND 
FLASHING. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to deliver 
to the Roofing Subcontractor the necessary quantity of roof tilea 
to complete the roofing work. Any existing roof tiles necessary 
for the work which have been broken, chipped or otherwise damaged 
so as not to be reusable shall be replaced by matching roof tiles 
by the Contractor at his own expense. 



ir 



4 ... 

"I 



i If 

r 

\ 

\ 



DEMOLITION WORK 
2C. 3 



A 





it^tti^dmt 



K . r . I. . .. . 



B . P , L . A . 



B . P . L . A , 



il.P. L.A, 



SKtTIO.i i.\ 



COMCRF.T 



rrovisior.s i-'cli'ded 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, COHi) ITl ON? I'F Tl't 
(JONTIvACT, vhich is iierewitii nadc ,i part of this Si'Ction. 

b) Consult Section l;i, Tt.il'OKAKY FACII.ITIi.S, tor facili- 
ties ana strvices provided by tiie i; on tractor. 

scni'i: i)F i.'(^p>K 

a) iiie work under t li i s Section consists of all {.ONCl'.hTi: 
i.ork as siiovn on the drawings and as specified lierein, and 
includes, !)ut is not linited to, the follo\.inr, : 

1. Furnishing, placing, curlnr,, and finishing of 
all plain and reinforced concrete work for the build- 
inj; and outside tin- huildini^,, includinr, such Itons as 
lintelF in r.asonr-, stair pan fill, cquip'ient found- 
ations, nanholes, tlirust lilocks, envelopes for util'ty 
lines, and any other concrete specified or shown on 
drawing. s . 

2. Krectlon and rrnoval of forn vorl; and shorinr, 
includlnj' temporary steel beams to support third 
floor forms. 

3. KiirnisliinR and placing of rcinforcinn stool and 
related accessories, ana wcldinp of reinforcinf. stet 1 
where required by Drawinjis. 

A. Furnishing and installinr, settlencnt rcfer<ncc 
screws as shown on Orawinf. s. 

j. Precast concrete beanis. precast lift-out naneln. 

6. Protective concrete slabs over nenbrane water- 
proofing. 

7. Furnishing, and installation of waterstops, joint 
fillers, and sinilar items in conjunclion with ron- 
crete work. 



CnOPrr.ATION (Continued) 



7. 



iOP !)RAl.'i:;CS (Continued) 



sleeves, inserts, francs, anchors, conduits, boxes and 
other accessories whichi must be in position before concrete 
is placed. Advise all concerned of concrete placinr, iates 
in ample time to have the required items delivered and pro- 
nerly Installed without delavinp, propress of the wor'-. !"o 
not place concrete until all required items are properly 
built-in to the fornwork and inspected and 
concerned. 



prop( 
approved b" all 





EXAMINATION OF DRAV.'i:;r:S 

a) The Contractor shall examine all architectural, struct- 
ural, electrical and nochanical drawinj; s and specifications, 
note any conditions that affect his work, and take care of 
same in executing tiic work. 

nnntJLATioNS. codes and standards 

a) The Contractor shall at all times keep available on 
the site for reference, the follov/inp re i',u lat ions , standards, 
etc., wliicli «re hereby included in and nade part of tliese 
specifications, subject to the qualifications herein: 



». 



1. i 'htwii ".ht concrete fill at Tliird Floor. 



9. Furnishing; and installing acoustical isolation 
panels required under "floatinp" slabs in Audio-Visual- 
Music .) r e a . 



coNcnnrr 

lA. 1 



1. 

2. 

3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 

9. 



Uuildinr Code of the City of iioston, Mapsachuset t s 



ACI 315-65 



AC I 
ACI 
ACI 
ACI 
ACI 
ACI 



318-63 
JA7-08 
306-66 

013-54** 
613A-i9** 



ACI 614-59** 



Manual of 
Detallin;; 
Structure 
Buildinp 
Reinforce 
Recommend 
Formwor k . 
R e c o n n e n d 
l.'cather C 
Recommend 
l.'cather C 
Recommend 
Propert ie 
P. econmcnd 
Propert ie 
weipht Co 
r>ec onmcnd 
Jlixinc, a 



Standard Practice for 
Reinforced Concrete 

s. 

Code P. equirements for 

d Concrete. 

ed Practice for Concrete 

cd Practice for Cold 

oncret ing. 

cd Practice for Hot 

oncret in.;. 

ed Practice for Selectinj» 

s for (Concrete, 

ed Practice for Sclec»-lnj; 

s for Structural hi;;I>t- 

ncrote . 

ed Practice " .>v 'Icasurinp, 

nd Placin;- Concrete. 

co;:cRrTE 

3A.3 



ii . P . i. . A . 



;, SCOPi: OF ''oRK (Continued) 

10. Furnishing and installin;-, non-siirink -rout .it 
column base plates, at boan bearing plates, nt poclets 
in concrete slab;;, walls or beans left open temporarilv, 
and other locations where shown on drawings. 

11. Furnishinr, and installing pipe sleeves in concrete 
slabs or walls required for bolts hanr.inr. or an'-hor<ng 
^i r a n i I e work. 

12. Makinp provisions in forms to locate and install 
all pipe sleeves, duct openin-s, keys, chases, electri- 
cal boxes, bolts, ancliors, inserts, etc. as recuir.l 

bv other trades. 

13. Installation of accessories furnished bv other 
trades and required to be built into tlic conc-ete, 
such as rr.asonry anchor slots, anchors, bolts, anchor 
bolts for Structural Steel, levclinp, plates for 
Structural Steel, etc. 

14. All other Itens of concrete and related work . j.i^, 
on drawings, specified, or obviously needed to make 
the work of this Section complete. 

3. RKl.ATLI) WORF TO lU: UONF INDI.R OTilKi; SKCTIONS 

a) Post-Tensioning, specified inder Section 3li, P^iST- 
Tr.NSIONED CONCRETE. 

"b) Cravel fill under 'slabs on nra*e, sp«rcl f 1 ed- under 
Section 2A, EXCAVATING, F. LING AND GRADING. 

c) Furnishing of masonry anchor slots for tyinr masonrv 
work and granite work to concrete, specified under Section 
4A, MASONRY WORK and 4B, (iRANITL WOKi:. 

d) Furnishing anchor bolts and levelinp, plates for Struct- 
ural Steel, specified under Section 5A, STP.tiCTl'RAL STEEL. 

e) Cement wa te r proof Inp , specified under Section 7A, 

WATERP!;OOFIN(; , DAMj' i'-mOF I N'G AND CAULKING. 

f) Sheet pilin^z, shorinp and bracinp of buildinp excav- 
ation, and sheeting of pits for concrete footings, specified 
under Section 2A, EXCAVATING, FIEEING AND GRADING. 

4. COOPERATION 

a) Cooperate with and coordinate work with, the median i ca 1 , 
electrical, masonry, and other trades involved, i:llovinr 
them reasonable time and convrrt l.-nc: e to locate or set 

go;^cri:te 
3\.2 



15 . P . E . A . 



h. REGULATIONS. CODES A::D STA::DARDG (Continued) 
10. CRSI 5'^&b3 



Reconnended Practice for Placinr 
Reinforcing Bars, with 1963 Sup- 
plement . 

11. AWS U12.1-61 Recommended Practices for l.'eldinp 

Heinforcing Steel, "letal Inserts 
and Connections in Icinforced i.on- 
crete Construction. 

12. AST:i C94 Specifications for Readv-'Mxed 

Concre t e 

13. :;ational Keadv Mixed Concrete Association Publi- 
cations: Concrete Plant Standards and Truck 
Mixer and Apitator Standards. 

** These standards are under<-oinp, revision bv ACI, Cur- 
rent publislied standard or tentative standard as of due 
date of bid shall covern. 



b) Any material ^r 
the publislied spec 1 t 
can Concrete Institu 
Steel Institute (CRS 
and Materials (ASTV) 
or otlier published s 
listed. In case of 
ficatlons, etc., the 
ment sliall p,overn. 
ferenccd ^specificati 
cations, the project 



o-.i' r ,U ion specif ied 
i cations of a manufac 
te (ACI), The Concret 
I), The Anerican Soci 
, The American '.'eldln 
tandard, shall comply 
conflict between the 

one havinp the nost 
In case of conflict b 
ons , etc . , and the pr 
''spec if iralfions f?liall 



h- reference 
turer, the A 
e Ileinforcin 
cty for Test 
g Societv (A 

with the St 
referenced s 
stringent re 
etween the r 
oject Specif 

p, o V e r n . 



to 

m e r i - 

inp, 
\V S ) , 
a n d a r d 
p e c i - 
nulre- 
e- 
l- 



sha 



11 be fabricated until these drawings have been approved. 



c) Shop drawin; 
fol lowing: 



shall include but not be linited to tl;c 



1. Mar re inf orconent . includ inp.. se.tt ing plans, vail 
elevations, bending diagrams, cutting lists, and otlier 
information so as to conpletciy demonstrate the lo- 
cation, spacing, size, length, bondings, shape, splic- 
ing, keving at construction joints and all other perti- 
nent information as required. Drawings shall .show 
crades of reinforcing steel. Opposite hand reinforcing 
shall be detailed separately. Wall reinforcinj; shall 
be detailed on \.all elevations. Show dowels with con- 
crete ••ork to be placed first. 

2. Type, size and location of all netal accessories 
required for the proper assembling, placing and support 
of the reinforcement. 

3. Temporary steel beam franing . including details 
of all connections, for support of Third Floor slab 
forms . 

A. Grid slab domes , showing all dome dimensions, 
shapes, and dimensioned locations. 

5. Acoustical isolation panels and p erimeter isolntion 
board . 



,. Except as otherwise noted, the approval of shop 
Irawinps will be for size and arrangement of principal 



6, 

drawing! 

and auxiliary components. Any ei 

shown on the sliop drawings siiaU be the respons ib 1 1 1 1 v 

of the Contractor. 



rror in dimensions 



SAMPLES 



a) Samples of the following items shall be submitted to 
the Architect, in accordance with Article 2.02 of the Con- 
ditions of the Contract: 



1. 

2. 
3. 

4. 



V/ater stops . 

Premolded joint fillers. 

Nooprene pads. 

Corrugated metal deck form, 



CONCRETE 
3A.5 



B.P. L.A 



8, SAMPLES (Continued) 

5. Form tie assemblages, including cones. 

6. Plastic plugs for form tie holes. 

7. Each type of reinforcing bar support to be used 
in concrete work, including supports for basement 
slab reinforcement, 

H . Flash in p, re g lets. 

9. Constituents for concrete mixtures. 

10. Acoustical isolation Materials. 

9. INSPECTION. TESTING AND CONTROL 

a) All concrete shall be "Controlled Concrete" in con- 
formity with the Boston Building Code and applicable ASTM 
and ACI Standards. 

b) The testing and control shall be carried out bv a Con- 
trol Engineer, selected bv and under the supervision of the 
Architect, which cost will be paid directly by the Awarding 
Authority and not as part of the Contract. 



essm 



wsmm 




c) Unless otherwise noted, wlien compliance with the 
referenced specifications, etc., or this Specification, is 
specified for materials or a manufactured or fabricated 
product, the Contractor shall furnish the Architect with 
an r ' i.davlt from the manufacturer or fabricator ccrtifvinj; 
that the material or product d-livered to the project meets 
the requirements of the Contract Documents. 

SHOP DRAWINGS 

a) The Contractor shall prepare and subn.it propcrlv 
checked and coordinated shop drawings for approval by the 
Architect, in accordance witli Article 2.01 of the Condi- 
tions of the Contract, covering all work .srecifled in 
this Section. 

b) Preparation and submittal of shop drawings shall be 
arran",ed so as to afford ample time for cliecUing, correct- 
ing, and proper coordination of work by others. :.o material 

CONCRETE 
3A,4 



<:) 

lish 

the 

the 

suit 

Sect 

end 

mif h 

only 

the 

prov 

spon 

Docu 



The 
the 
Spec 
per f 
. S 
ion 
r e su 
t be 

be 
Cont 
al s 
sibi 
ment 



Cont 
has i 
if ica 
ec t io 
inci' 
are w 
It , b 
advi 
al low 
rol E 
hall 
lity 

s . 



rol E n p i n 
c mixture 
tion requ 
n of tech 
t ti?_, ger;,?r 
r it ten wi 
ut recogn 
sable u n d 
ed suii j ec 
n p, 1 n e e r a 
in no way 
to fulfil 



e r w i 1 
s , corr 
i r ement 
n 1 q u e s 
a 1 Tcqu 
t h the 

i zing t 
er the 
t to til 
nd the 
re 1 lev 

1 the r 



1 be engaged to prorerlv tstai- 
elate field practices with 
a, a^id aid tfie Contractor In 
for ensuring the best end re- 
Iremen^ts throughout this 
Inte'nt to" secure the Tic'st 
hat perhaps certain deviations 
project conditions, these will 
e written authorization of both 
Arcliitect. Inspection and ap- 
e the Contractor of his re- 
tquirements of the Contract 



)rk shall be subject 



d) All materials to be used in the woi 
to testing, to determine conformance v.ith the Contract Docu- 
ments. The methods of testing shall conform to the ASTM 
Standards, as applicable, but the plac*-, time, frequency, 
and method of sampling will be determined by the Architect 

in accordance witli the particular conditions of this project. 

e) Slum tests, air tests, fabrication of cvlinders and 
all other recognized tests which are deemed applicable for 
the specific requirements of this project shall be carried 
out in the field bv the Control Engineer as required by tlie 
Architect. 

rONCT^ETE 



'li 



9, INSPECTION. TESTING AND CONTROL (Continued) 

f) !lcasuring, nixing, placing, and curing shall he ^^^l^^^ 
to inspection and approval of the Control Engineer and tae 
Architect, each of whom shall have the authoritv to delay 
the tine of starting or to stop the concrete placing oper- 
ation at any time or for any reason he deems necessarv. 

g) To facilitate the work of the Control Engineer, the 
Contractor nhall: 

1 Provide storage facilities for concrete cvlinders 
at the job site. The facilities must include provision 
for heat and humidity .is required by the Contiol ..ngi- 
neer . 

2 Furnish such casual labor as is necessary to ob- 
tain and handle nanples at the job site or at other 
sources of material. 

3. Advise the Control Engineer by 3 P.M. of the day 
prior to anv concrete placement to allow for completion 
of qualltv test-, and for the assignment of personnel. 

4. Furnish conies of mill test reports of all ship- 
ments of cement and reinforcing steel. 

h) Anv material or workmanship which is rejected hv the 
Architect or Control Enfiineer, either in the plant o^ Jj^^^'^. 
shall he replaced promptly by the Contractor to the sati.- 
faction of the Architect or control Engineer. 

i) The fact that anv material has been accepted at '»'« 
p ant shall not prevent its final re j ec t ion at t he j ob site, 
or even after it has been installed, if it is found to he 
defective in any way. 



NOTE : 
be low t 
Archite 
by mean 
tested 
of tl>e 
shall h 
load tc 
replace 
cone ret 
with Se 
liui Idin 
f ess i on 



When tiie 
|j e r e q u i r 
c t will p 
s of typi 
in accord 
latter, t 
ave the r 
s t s and s 
ment of t 
e was use 
c t Ion 231 
g (^ode, u 
al Engine 



test 
ed s 
ermi 
cal 
ance 
he A 
iglit 
t ren 
hose 
d. 

3. •■ 
nder 
er s 



s on 
t ren 
t ch 
core 

wit 
rclii 

to 
g t h e 

par 
Load 
l.oad 

the 
e lee 



con 
gtli 
eck 
s dr 
h AS 
tec t 
requ 
ninp 
t s o 
tes 
Tes 
sup 
ted 



trol 
(See 
tests 
illed 
TM Me 

in a 
ire, 

ar, d 
f the 
t s sh 
t s of 
ervis 
by th 



spec 
ACI 

for 

fro 
tiiod 
ddit 
at C 
i rec 

str 
all 

Str 
ion 
e Ar 



iDcns 
318-6 
strc 
m the 
s. 1 
ion t 
ont r a 
ted , 
uctur 
be ma 
uctur 
of a 
c h i t e 



of concrete fall 
3, Para. 504), the 
ngth to be made 

structure and 
n case of failure 
o other recourses, 
ctor's expense, 
and removal and 
e in which such 
de in accordance 
es" of the Boston 
registered Pro- 
ct. 



CONCRETE 
3A.7 



B . P . L . A . 



M. MATERIALS 



a) 



Concrete (.onst ituents 



1. 



Cement shall be American-made Portland cement, 



fret from water soluble salts or alkalies which will 
cause eff]orcscence on exposed surfaces. Portland 
cement shall be Penn-Dixie, Dragon, or Atlas, conforming 
to ASTM C15U - Types 1 or II. High early strenpth cement 
may onlv be used with the permission ot the Architect 
given in writing and shall conform to ASTM C150 - 
Type III. Air entraining cements shall not be used. 

Only one brand of cement shall be used throughout 
the work. The Contractor shall place on order a suf- 
ficient quantity of this cement to complete the con- 
crete work, 

2. Normal Weipjit Fine Aggregate shall consist of 
washed inert natural sand conforming to the require- 
ments of ASTM C33 .ind the following additional re- 
quirements: 



Sieve 



l> 4 




V 16 




/' 50 




tflOO 




F . M . 




Organic 




■Silt 


• ^ 


Mortar 


Strength 


Sout dncss 



Retal 


ned (.) 





. 


5 


25 


- 


40 


7 


- 


87 


93 


- 


97 



2.80 (plus/minus 0.20) 
Plate 2 maximum 
•'2 . V ma X i m II r.-,- * ^ -^ ,• , , 
lOOr: min. compression ratio 
Yl max. loss, magnesium sulfate, 
5 cycles 

3. Normal I'eight Coarse Ap.gregate shall consist of 
well graded crushed stone or washed p.ravel conforming 
to the requirements of ASTM C33 and the following ad- 
ditional requirements: 

Designated Size 1-1/2" 1" 3/4" 1/2" 




F.M. (+0.20) 
Organic 
Silt 
Soundness 



7,2 6.9 5 ^..7 6.10 

Plate 1 maximum 

1,0" maximum 

5'; max. loss, magnesium sulfate, 

5 c vc les . 



CONCRETE 
3A.8 







B . P . L . A , 



10, 



MATJiRIALS (Continued) 



I'ca-Gravel shall be a washed, clean, hard 



rounded 



grave 



1 conforming to AST.M C33, except that it shall 
be graded to 90° passing, the 3/8 inch screen and 'X'- 
retained on the 1/A inch screen. 



Li"htwei<>ht Fine and Coarse A p p r e p. a t c 



shall con- 



sist only of expanded shale conforning to ASTM C33() 
and as specified herein. Aggregate sizes shall in- 
clude fine aggregate designated as "Sand Size", and 
coarse aggregate designated as "Graded 3/4" Size". 
See PROPORTIONING CONCKETE MIXTURES for ninlmun split- 
ting ratio (Fsp) requ irenent s . 

6. The following maxinum designated sizes of ag- 
gregate sliall lie employed in concrete: 



B.P.L.A, 



10, 



MAT::RIALS (Continued) 



1-1/2' 



3/4' 



for all unreinforced sections over nine (9) 
inches in tliickness, and for Basement slab. 

for all reinforced sections larger than 
tliree and one half (3-1/2) incljes in thick- 



ness, 
an( 



and 



11 plain sections between 



three 



on 



e half (3-1/2) and nine (9) inches 



in thickness, inclusive. 



1/2' 



3/8' 



for all sections between two (2) and three 
and one half (3-1/2) inches In thickness. 



for all sect ions , 



ich as stair pan fill 



less tlian two (2) inches in thickness. 

7. Later for concrete shall be potable, clean, and 
free fron injurious anounts of deleterious substances. 

8 , Admixtures 

a. Water deducing Agent shall conform to ASTM 
CA94, and shall be "WKDA" by W. I!. Grace, "Pozzo- 
lith 8 Improved" by Master Builders, or equal ap- 
proved by the Architect. Equality shall be demon- 
strated by neans of current test results to shew 
that admixture produces concrete of workability, 
entrained air content, controlled rate of harden- 
ing, and compressive strength equal to that of 



concrete made with the named materials. 



,11 as 



determined by the Architect. A full-tine qualified 
concrete technician employed by the admixture nanu- 

CONCRETK 
3A.9 



c) 



B.P.L.A, 



10, 



ATKRIALS (Continued) 



facturer shall be available when requested by 
the Architect or Contractor to assist in pro- 
portioning concrete, and to advise on proper 
addition of the admixture to the concrete and 
on adjustment of concrete proportions to suit 
Job conditions. Water reducing agent shall he 



10, 



ised in all cone rete , 



Air l.n training A gen 



t shall conform to AST 



ind shall be "Uarex" by 



C260 

by Master Builders, or 



R . Grace 



: B - V R ' 



Sika-ALR" bv Sika Chemical Co, 



or equal approved by the Architect. Agent sh.nll 
be fully compatible witli tlic water reducing agent 
to be used. Air entraining agent shall be used 
in all concrete exposed to the weather or subject 
to freezing and thawing, as a supplement to tin- 
water reducing agent to produce air entrainnent of 
3.8 to 4.5% total air (entrapped plus entrained) 
in normal weight concrete. It shall also be used 
in controlling density of lightweight concrete, but 
in no case in such quantity as to produce air en- 
trainnent greater than 7,0% total air. 

c. Admixtures causing accelerated setting of 
cement in concrete shall not he used without 



written approv 



al of the Arcliitect 



Calc lum 



chloride shall not be used, 



d. Admixtures retarding setting of cement in 
concreCe shall he use**- if ordere*- by the Arc>itjrct 
especially in hot weather for high wall lifts. 

e. Admixtures shall be premixed in solution form 
and dispensed as recommended by the manufacturer. 
The later in tlie solution sliall be included in 

the computation of water-cement ratio. 



b) 



Form ;'ator ial I 



See ERECTION OF FORMS & FORM .MATERIALS for all 



form materials used to 



:on 



struct contact surface 



2 . Form tics, spreaders and other form accessories 
shall be commercial brands, such as Richmond Tvscru, 
Dayton Sure-Grip, Superior, or equal, subject to »he 
approval of the Architect. Uire ties shall not !e 
used. Hliere ccncrete Is to bo loft exposed, painted, 
or plastered, ties rihall have removable plastic 



cones 1 1/4" outside diameter 



»d I 1/2" deei 



leaving 



CONCRETE 
3A.in 



no metal closer than 1 1/2" fror, finished concrete 
surface. Ties for walls below grade shall be snap- 
ties or the type specified above with removable cones, 
and shall incorporate water-seal washer. Ties for 



wa 



lis cast with steel sheet pilin;; actinp as an outside 



form shall be especially fabricated 



)r nod if led for 



the intended use, an 
sheet piling or com 
by the Architect. 



d shall be welded directly to the 
lected by other means as approved 



Bond Breaking Compounds (form oils) shall he an 



10, 



B.P.L.A, 



V.ATERIALS (Continued) 

tect's approval is obtained in writing beforehand for 
the specific product proposed. If left on the slan 
surface, approved curing compound shall not impair the 
later adhesion of applied floor finish materials. TI»e 
curing compound shall contain a fugitive dye which will 
not permanently discolor or stain the concrete surface. 
Acceptable products are "."lasterseal" by Master Builders; 
"Merit Cure Hard FU-R" by Merit Paper i Chemical Corp.; 
"(lorncure 30D" by A. C. florn Products; or approved 
equal. Apply to all concrete floors scheduled to re- 
ceive carpeting as called for on the Architectural 



Drawings. Curing compou 



nd 



hall be applied in accord- 



approved non-staining, ron-en 



ulsifiable type for all 



ande with manufacturer's recommendations. 



concrete to he left exposed, painted, 



or p 



las t ered 



Floor Hardener shall consist 



two (2) pounds 



: t a 1 D ec k for u t> e 



as 



; o r n 



for Auditorium seating, 



of 



comm 



er c ia 1 



magnesium a 



nd zinc fluosilicate to one 



etc , 



as called for on the Drawings, shall be corru- 
gated steel sheets; hot dip galvanized, c on for p. In g to 
ASTM A446-64T, Grade E steel, 1.25 oz. per square foot 
coating class. Sheets shall be corrur.attd, have -rini- 
'ield strength of 80,000 psi, and shall have depth 



mum 



and section nodulu*; as shown on the Urawingr.. 

5, Flashing re)-. lets , set in concrete forms, to re- 
ceive flashing shall be 26 gauge galvanized steel. 



rcmov 



able, as manufactured by ilohmann and Barnard 



Gateway Erectors, 



Inc 



Richmond Scre^- Anchor Co, 



or 



approved equal. See Arcli i tectural Drawings for locations. 

6, Masonry Anchor Idiots , furnislied under Section 4 A or 
4B, shall be instclled as shown on Architectural Drawings 
and as specified in Section 4A, MASONRY WORK, and Section 
4B, GRANITE WORK. Do not install in concrete at surfaces 
to receive cement waterproofing. 



(1) gallon of water. Apply to all concrete floor slabs 
not receiving another finish material as called for 
on the Architectural Drawings. Apply hardener over 
broom clean dry concrete (minimum of 28 davs after 
concrete placement). Rate of application for each 
coat shall not exceed 100 square feet per gallon. 
Apply 2 coats of the floor hardener to all hard troweled 
surfaces not receiving another finish. 

4 . Prenolded Joint Filler shall be cork type, non- 
extruding, sel f -expanding filler strips conforming to 
ASTM D1752-67 Type III and AASHO M153-65 Type III. 
They shall be as manufactured by Celotex Corp., W. R. 



Meadows, Inc 



W. 



Grace t, Co, 



or equ 



al approved 



R e i n f o r c erne 



nt and Accessories 



1. Reinforcing Steel Bars shall be newly rolled billet- 
steel deformed bars, conforming to ASTM A615-68. All 
bars shall be bent cold, as required. Stirrups and 
ties shall be Craae 40 (40,000 psi min. yield). All 
other bars shall be Grade 60 (60,000 psi min. yield). 



by the Architect. Use where shown on Drawings or 
specified, in thickness shown, but not less than 1/2 
inch. Joint filler shall be compatible wltli anv joint 
sealer to be used. 

5. Non-S brink Cement Grout under steel base plates 
and bearing plates, required to fill in pockets left 



in concrete w 



alls or slabs, or under bearing plates 



for precast beams shall he "Kmbeco Pre-mixed Grout 
by Master Builders, "Vibro-Foil Ready Mixed" by \K 
Grace, or "Ferrollth G" by Sonneborn Building Pro- 
duct s . Inc, 

m 



The material shall be a ready-to-us< 



Reinforcii 



s t ce 



1 



bars 



to h 



■ 1 e c t r ic arc-wc 1 ded 



to otlier reinforcing bars or to structural steel r. embers 
shall meet the following additional requirements: Car- 
bon content sliall not exceed 0.50'i and manganese con- 



tent shall not 



cceed 1 . 30; 



Tlie Contractor shall pro- 



etallic aggregate product requiring only the addition 
of water at the job site, and shall have the following 
qualities: 

a. Capable of producing a flowable grouting 
material having no drying slirinkage or settle- 



vide the Architect certified copies of the ladle analysis 

CONCRETE 
3A. 11 



ment at any age, 



CONCRETE 
3A.13 



B.P.L.A, 



B.P.L.A, 



MATCrOALS (Continued) 



10, 



MATERIALS (Continued) 



for each lot of reinforcing steel bars to be arc- 
welded. The ladle analysis sl»all state the percentages 
of carbon, phospliorus, manganese and sulfur present 
in the steel. All reinforcing bars which are to be 
arc-welded shall be clearly identified with the heat 
from which they were rolled. No welding \7ill be np'-- 
mittcd on steel without such identification. 

3. Welded Wire Fabric shall conform to ASTM A185, 



Increase strengtii at all ages as compared 



sizes as shown on Drawings 



Accessories - Include all spacers, chairs, ties. 



slab bolsters 



clip! 



chair bars, and other devices 



for properly assembling, p 



lacing, spacing, supporting. 



and fastening the reinforcement. Tie wire shall be 
annealed wire of sufficient strength for the intended 



purpose , 



hut not less than 



No, 



18 gauge, 



tetal sunports 



d) 



shall be of such a type as not to penetrate the surface of 
the formwork and show through the surface of the con- 
crete. All accessories touching interior formed sur- 
faces exposed to vlnw and painted or left unpaintcd 
shall have not less than 1/8" of plastic between metal 
and concrete surface. Plastic tips shall extend not 
less than 1/2" up on metal legs. Individual and con- 
tinuous slab bolsters and chairs shall be of a type to 
suit the various conditions encountered and must bo capable 
of supporting a 300 pound load without crushing. All 
accessories, including tie wire, for exterior concrete 
exposed to tlic weather shall be stainles. steel. 

"' ^ #• ^ •• ' .» 

Miscellaneous Materials 

1. Watcrstops shall be extruded fron new stock poly- 



to a plain g 
ability. 



rout reference mix of the same flow- 



Comp 



ressive strength o 



f grout (2" X 2" cubes) shall 



be not less than 5,000 psi at 7 day 



8, and 7,500 psi 



at 28 day! 



Store, mix, 



an 



d place as specified and 



in 



itr let 



iccordance witli manu 



facturer's Instructions, 



Acoustical Isolation Panels and related perl- 



leter isolation boards 



for Audio-Visual-Music rooms 



with floating floor slabs shall be the manufacture 



of (^ o n s o 



lldated Kinetics Corporation, Columbus, Ohio, 



as specified below, or shall be cqua, 
approved by the Architect. 



later ials as 



I'anels under floating slabs shall be factory 



ex 



;-fabricated and shall cons 



1st of 1/2" thick 



terlor grade Douglas Fir plywood, with isolation 



)ad 



s spac e 



d 1 



m centers eacli way 



adhesive- 



bonded to plvwood. 2 1/4 Ibs/cu.ft. density 



fiberglas a 



coust leal 



ilanket not less tiian 



1 1/2' 



thick shall be adlies I ve-bonded to the entire ply- 
V70od area between isolation pads. Isolation pads 
shall be neoprcne-jacketed, precompressed , molded 
fiberglas noise and vibration isolation pads, 
2" X 2" X 2" In size. Panels rhall be Consoli- 
dated Kinetics Type F(!P-2-400. 



Masonry 



ry partition isolation pai 



Is "hall 



vinvl chloride, 



3/16' 



linimum dimensions, ribbed 



with center bulb, manufactured by VJ. R. Grace, Electro- 
vert, B. F. Goodrich, or equal approved bv the Archi- 
tect. Use in every constructi"". n joint below 'illevation 
+12.0 and as shown on the Drawings. Uaterstors in 
horizontal slab joints shall be bent up at ends to be 
tee-spliced Into 



\;aterstop a 



t slab-wall construction 



joints. 



Continuity in waterstops shall be accomplished 



by nakinga fused butt splice at each joint using a 
heating element specifically designeii ' f or that 'purpose. 
Tie watcrstops to reinforcing steel to prevent water- 
stop being displaced or bent against form when con- 
crete Is placed . 

2, Curing Compound - Commercial sprayed-on curing 
compound will generally be allowed, provided the Arch.i- 

CONCRETE 
3A.12 



con 
sup 
ne 



ffist of 1/8" rtardboardf f ac tor y-bonel^d to and 
.ported by ■'/16" thick, 10 Ibs/cu.ft. density 
oprene-jacketed molded fiberglas extending 



10. 



12 



under the 



x/all , 
NAFP-10, 



full thickness and length of the masonry 
hall be Consolidated Kinetics Type 



Panels sha 



Perime ter Isolation board for floating slabs 
t of 1/2" thick fib erglas insulation 



shall con sis 
board. Type 



PF 617, manufactured by Owens-Corning, 



or approved equal. Top of board shall be 
below top of floating slab, ti 
stallat ion 
crlal. 



1/2' 



rmit later in- 
of non-hardening mastlj: caulking mat- 





d. Installation 
shall provide supe 



Supp 



Her of isolation materials 



rvlslon of the Installation of 



the isolation materials and shall inspect and ap- 
prove the areas just prior to placement of concrete 

CONCRKTE 
3A.14 



• 



B.P.L.A, 



ATE'-IALS (Continued) 



fDr floating slabs. Panels under floatlnr slabs 



;hall be connected with )FPA 1/2' 



Plyrlips 



waterproofing membrane consisting of 6-mil polv- 
ethylene film shall be provided over the Isolation 
panels. The film shall txtend up 8" ninlnun at 
all walls, and shall be cut off flush with top 



of 



per ime 



ter isolation board prior to perimeter 



caulk it 



Hearing Pads shall be Neoprene or approvet 



lal 



con 



forming to the following criteria 



Property 

Hardness 

Tensile Str. (min.) 

E 1 onga t i on (nin . ) 

Compression Set (max.) 

(22 hrs. (I 158 dog. F.) 

Tear Test (nin . ) 

(Die "C") 

Heating Aging Test: 



60 Durometer 



60 + 5% 
2500 psi 
3502 
25% 

2 50';/ in 



(70 



hrs , 



212 de» 



) 



Hardness Change (max.) + 15 pts. 
Tensile Strength Change + 15'i (max.) 
Elongation Chanp,c (nax.) - 40'^ 
Low Temp. Stiffness (max.) 10,000 psi 



(-40 deg. V 
Ozone 



Youngs modulus) 

no cracks 



Test 



ASTM D6 7 6 

ASTM U412 

ASTM :>412 

ASTr: D395 (B) 



kSTM D624 



ASTM 1)57 3 



\ST'A D797 



ASTM D114 9 



(1 PPM in Air by Volume, 20;. strain. 



100 deg 



+ 2 deg. 



100 hrs.) 



1 1 



HANDLira; AND STORAGE OF MATLKIALS 

a) Materials shall be Itandlcd and stored separatelv 



in 



ich 



manner as to p 



revent intrusion of forelfn nattt-r 



segregation, or deterioration. No materials frozen or con- 



taining ice shall be used. 



All improper and rejected nat- 



frlals sliall be 



Inmediatelv removed from tlie point cf use. 



Materials, including steel reinforcement and accessories, 
shall be covered during the construction period. Concrete 

ieparatels^ in such 



con 



Htltuonts shall be handled and storet 



a manner as to prevent Intrusion of foreign matter, sepre- 



'atlon or deterioration, .ind shall be prop< 



;rlv stockpiled 



as necessary to a 



ssure uniformity throughout the project 



CG.N'CRI.TE 
3A.15 



B.P.L.A, 



PR01'()RTI0!iING C (KJ C R E T EMIXTrRES 



) It Is the intent of this Section to secure, for every 
rt of the work, concrete of homogeneous structure which. 



pa 

when hardened, will have tlie required strength, density 

Imperviousness to water, appearance, and resistance to 



wear and weathering, 
necessary to produc 
specific renuiremei 



The actual proportions of constituent: 
e concrete conforming to the following 
ts shall be determined by means of prior 



laboratory tests made x.ith the con 



ntltuL'Pts to be used in 



'roport ioning of concrete mixtures sha 



the work, 

ricd out In accordance with C\\ 

ACI 301-66 "Specifications for 



hall b» 



ear- 



anter 3 - PROPORTIONING of 
Structural Concrete for 



Buildings", and as specified herein. 



b) 
an 



The 



con 



formltv of aggregates to 



the Spec if lea t loas , 



d the actual propo 



rtions of cement, aggregates. 



admi xture 



and water necessary to produr** 
requirements set forth In Tabl 



rete conforming to the 
helow shall be demon- 



strated and determined by 



test» nade i.'lth representative 



samples of the ma 



teri.ils to be us fid on the work. All such 



tests sliall be made 



c) 



The Contractor 



11 n a k i; 



n e e r 



to 



the Control 



Engineer all materials and mixtures for concrete mixture 
proportioning as well as sufficient samples of fine and 



coarse aggregate for qualitative acceptance tests 



,\11 



sam 



pies shall be available at least five 



(5) 



we 



e k s before 



e them in the work. Duplicate 
les siiali be plainly and neatly labeled with the 



the Contractor proposes to us 

snail samp 

source, where proposed to be uset 



date and name of col- 



lector, and presen 



ted to the Architect for permanent re- 



ference. .^TJje material* acceptance ^test s^ trial mix daj:a 



and recommended job m 



ixturrs shall be presented to the 




Architect for approval as soon as poss 



ible and at least 



five (5) working days prior to the proposed beginning of 
concreting. Materials shall not be delivered to the site 



or u 



sed until the samp 



les shall have been approved, and 



IS used thev shall in all respects be equal to the approv 



cd 



samp 



les , 



d) The following limiting strengths, water-cement-ratios, 

hall apply for 



cemen 



t factors, 



e tc , 



as shown in TABLE A, 



the specific strengths of concrct( 



CONCRETE 
3A.16 




kJ 




B.P.L.A, 



12, 



iMlOPORTIONING CONCRKTE MIXTIRLS (Continue 



d) 



i 



Min imum 
Allowable 
Comp. Str. Q 
28 days psl 

Nornal UelRht 

5000 
AOOO 
3000 
2 500 



L i r li t welr.ht 



TAliLE A 



Max. Allowable 
Net Water 
Content 
Gals/sack* 



Minimum 
Permissible 
Cement Factor 



Sac 



ks/ 



cu, 



A* 



5000 
4000 
3000 
2500*** 



Maximum: Decrease if poss 



5.00 
5.75 
6.50 
7.25 



As Required 



6.7 
6.0 
5.0 
A. 75 



7.5 
6.7 
6.00 
5.25 



ible, this represents total 



*ater in mix at time of mixing, including 
free water on aggregate. 



** 



Minimum; 



Increase as necessary to 
requirements . 



meet othe 



r stated 



13, 



*** 90 Ibs./cu. ft. density fill concrete, 



e) 



The 



app 



roved v;ater reducing agent shall be added to 

ight concrete exposed to the weather 



all concrete. Normal weig 

shall contain 3.8% to 4.5': total entrapped plus entrained 

air. Retarders in hot weather shall be used, subject to 

approva 



1 of brand and raetliod and location of use. Accelor- 



tors in cold weather shall not be used except with tlie 



Architect's written approval. 



f) 



The water content and cement content o 



f the concrete 



to be used in the work shall be based on a curve showing 
the relation between water content, ceme- *•. content, and the 
7 and 28 day compressive strengths of concrete made usinp 
the proposed materials. The curves shall be determined by 



four (4) or more points, each represent inr, an averag 



e of 



at least three (3) test specimens at each ape, and shall 
have a range of values sufficient to yield tho desired data, 
including all the compressive strengths 



called for on tlie 



ilans, without extrapolation. The design mix of the concrete 

CONCRETK 
3A.17 



B.P.L.A, 



12, 



PnOPOUTIOMING C0NCR1:TE rilXTUPES (Continued) 



to be used in the structure, 



as determined from tlie curve 



shall correspond to the following test strength obtained 
in the laboratory trial mixtures, but in no case shall the 
resulting mix conflict with the limiting values as speci- 



fied in TABLE A. 



Note that all concrete has been deslgiio 



by ACT Ultimate Strength Design Method, except for concreti 
having f'c - 2,500 psi. 



TABLE li 



Minimum Strength of l.ab Trial Mixes 



13, 



Des 1 gn 
S t r e net h 



5000 
4000 
3000 
2500 



Trial Mix Strength 



7-davs 



28-davs 



4800 
3800 
2700 
2000 



6 2 50 
5000 
3750 
2900 



g) Structural lightweight concrete shall have air drv 
unit weight less than 110 pounds per cubic foot and a cor- 
responding "wet density" not to exceed 119 pounds per cubic 
foot. The splitting ratio (Fsp) sliall he not less than 
6.0 as determined by tests, in accordance with ACT standards 
carried out by an independent testlnf, laboratorv on aggro- 
gate from the same source, manufacturer, plant, and equip- 
ment as to be used for this project. Full reports of such 



tests shall b( 



ibmitted for approval prior to preparation 



" of Lib -v^ial MirxttW* 



bri.«*ic "Jo*- uat density"' sliall.» 
be established, based upon specific wet vs. dry densitv 
relationship for eacti given set of constituents. No batch 
of concrete shall be used in the structure having an indi- 



vidual wet density varying by mo 



re than 2.0 Ibs./cu. ft 



from the Job wet density 



In addition, the avc rage wet 



density shall not vary iy nore than 1.0 (One) Ib./cu.ft 
from the established "job \;et density' 



h) 



Liglitweight concrete fill for floors shall Ijave air 



dry unit weight less than 90 Ihs./cu.ft, 



an 



d a corresponding 



wet density 



no 



t to exceed 9 8 Ibs./cu. ft. 



1) 



If, during the progress of the work, the Contractor 



desires to use materials other than those approved (ori- 
ginally) or if the matcrialr, from the source originally 
approved change in cliarac ter is t ics , additional tests shall 
be made with new materials '•hicli will produce concrete meet- 
ing with the stated requirements and not cause objectionable 

CONCRETE 
3A.18 



L 



B.P.L.A 



M'.OPORTIONINC CONCRETE MIXTURES (Continue 



d) 



13, 



Chan 

add it iona 



;e in the color or appearance of the structure. These 



1 tests Ghall be Made by the selected Control L;ngi- 



neer, at the expense 



of the Contractor 



:o concrete r.ade 



from such, different ma 



terials shall be used in the \/ork until 



B.P.I. 



SECTION OF T'ORMS A::D FORM VATi-RIALS (Continued) 

b. Linear building lines from established nosi- 
tion in plan and related position of columns and 
walls: Conform to l.b and 3. a. above \.'hore ap- 
plicable and, at other locations. 



14 



the Architect has given his approval. Lightweight concrete 
density is critical and shall not be increased to pernit 
pumping. If pumping is requested by the Contractor 



request mus 



t be in the hands of the Architect 



ch 
It least 60 



In any bay or 
20 feet max. 



1/; 



Inch 



In 40 feet or more. 



1 inch 



before such use is proposed. All tescs for approval 
of concrete mixtures to be pumped lihall be by the Coi.trol 
Engineer at the Contractor's expense. 



Variation in t ii e sizes an 



J locations of sleeves, 



floor openings, and wall opcnin 



's 1/4 inch 



J) 



If, during the progress 



if the work, it is impossible 
ired workability and strength 



to secure concrete of the requ 

witli the materials being furnished by the Vendor 

tect may o 



the Archi- 



5 . Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of colunns 
and beams and in the thickness of slabs and walls . . . 
plus 1/2 inch 



minus 1/4 inch 



rder such changes in tlie proportions or m 



aterials. 



or hoth , 



as m 



av be necessary to secure the desired properties, 



Foot ings 



su 



bject to the limiting requirements shown in TABLE A 



on 



previous page. Any changes so 



ordered shall be made at the 



Variation in dimensions in plan. 



I lus 



Contractor's expense, and no extra compensation 
by reason of such changes. 



ill be allowed 



Inches, 



linus 1/2 inch 



ERECTION OF FORMS AND FORM MATERIALS 



b. Misplacement or eccentricitv - not mon* than 
2% of footing width in direction of misplacement, 
or 2 inches maximum. 



a) 
ex 

b) 



Forms shall be used for all concreti 



including footings. 



cept as permitted in writing by the Architect, 



Reduction in thickness - N'ot m 



ore than A'; of 



The Contractor shall design and construct concrete forms 
ithstand all forces, including construction live loads 



to w 



imposed upon 



them during placing and curing of concrete. 



and with adcq ate bracing to hold them to lines and grades 
as shown on tl • Drawings. Tliey shall be so constructed that 
the concrete will not be damaged by their removal. (See 
FORM 



REMOVAL, SHORING AND RESHORINC for time required.) 

The Contractor shall provide sufficient forms so that 

All forms shall be 



c) 

work can be carried out without delav, 

built mortar-tight and of materials of sufficient strength 

to hold concrete without bulging or sagging between supports. 

Edges of form panels in contact with concrete dhall be flush 

within 1/16" and forms for plane surfaces shall be such that 

the concrete will be plane within 



•) 



specified thickness, or 1 1/2 inches maxinun. 
7 . Variation in concrete steps 

a. In a flight of stairs: 

Rise l/8inch 

Tread 1/^ inch 

b. In consecutive steps: 

Rise 1/1' inch 

Tread 1/8 inch 

Forms for beams and other horizontal concrete shall be 



1/16" 



four (4) feet 



for surfaces exposed to view, 



an 



d 1/8" in four (4) feet for 



surfaces not exposed to view in the finished work. 

d) Tolerances for Completed Uork 

The Contractor shall set and maintain forms so as to 
insure completed work within the limits specified below. 

CONCRETE 
3A.19 



constructed with proper camber resulting In level construction 
when the concrete has been placed In the forms. Where camber 
has been required by the Specifications or Drawings, tlie 
construction camber shall be added to the reoulrcd camber. 



CONCRETE 
3A.21 



B . 1' . L . A , 



K . P . L . A , 



ERECTION 



F FORMS AND FORM MATERIALS (Continued) 



If concrete as cas 

all corrective measure! 



t exceeds these tolerances the costs of 



Including an^ 



neccssarv 



re-deslgn 



by Architect, •:hall be borne by the Contractor. Details 
of all corrective measures shall be as approved by the 
Architect. Contractor shall establish, and maintain in an 
undisturbed condition until final completion and acceptance 
of project, control points and bench marks adequate for his 



own use an 



to 



d for reference to establish tolerances 



ACI 347-68 for additional considerations and 



inf 



r f or 
o r na t ion. 



Variation 



rom 



the n lumb 



13. 



ERECTION OF FORMS AND FORM MATI-RIAl-S (Continued) 

f) Provide chamfers in all external corners not abutting 



14, 



nasonrv or o 



ther vertical surfa. 



R) 



Forms for walls and column 



s shall have renova 



ble iianels 



where required for c 



leaninp, inspection and application of 



bonding paste. No panels shall be used to place concritc 



through the sides 



of tl 



le wa 



11 or column, but concrete shall 



be placed from the top with trunks 

PLACi:;n concrete.) 



pum 



p- hoses, etc 



( 



[toe 



In the line; 



and surfaces of columns, piers. 



walls and in arrises; 
not more than 1 inch. 



1/4 incii per 10 feet, but 



Vertical surfaces of columns. 



liers and v.alls 



) All forms shall be oiled before reinforcement is placed. 



itli the approved non-s 



tainlng oil or liquid form coating. 



i) Defore form material is re-used, all surfaces that are 
in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned 
all damaged places repaired, and all projecting nails u' 



ith- 



adjacent to e 



levator shafts and behind granite 



drawn. Re-use of form na 
approval of tlie Architect 



terial sh.Tll be subject to speci 



f Ic 



facing: 1/4 inch pe 
1/2 inch. 



r 20 feet, but not more tiian 



j) 



Form Mater ials 



V a r i a t i on frou the level or from the grades in 



Jl- 



Exposed Concrete Surfaces 



Forms for exposed coi 



catcd on the Uraw inr.s 



a. In slab soffits, 
in arrises: 



Crete surfaces sh.ill be form-grade, Douglas Fir, moisture 



resistant nlwood not less than 5-pl^ 



ir less than 5/8' 



c e i 1 1 n g, s 



soffits and 



selected for a minimum of "boat-knots" in tho 



thick, 

area of a plywood sheet, 

new for this project. 



forms shall be purchased 



In 10 feet 1/^ inch 



In any hav or 
2 feet Tiax, 



Concrete Surfaces i.ot 



)sed to View; 



Forms for 



In 



4 feet 



or nor c , 



3/a^l^ch 
3/4 inch 



cone 



wo 



...rete surfaces not exposed to view in the finislu.'d 
rk shall be made''of vood , netal," or other mnteriaT 



subject to the approval of tho Architect 



For exposed lintels, sills, parapets, hori- 



zontal grooves and other conspicuous lines 

In any hay or 

20 feet max 1/4 inch 

In 40 feet or nore. . . 1/2 incli 

3. Total cumulative variation from the exact locations 
indicated on the Drawings 



Dom 



ed Slabs: Domes for domed (grid) slab con- 



struction shall be smooth, one-piece. 



indanaged fiber- 



glass or metal forms o 



f a type approved by the Archi- 



tect and conforming to the dimensions and shapes shovn 

Dome forms with dents, bent, chipped 



)n the Drawings, 



Plane surfaces behind granite or architectural 



bronze 



In any bay or 

20 feet max.. . . 
In 40 feet or more . 



14, 



or torn corners or edges shall not he used 
i:;siALLATioN OF Ri: I iiFORCEMK ::t 



a) • See' MATERIALS, paragr'^fjh 3A.lu (c), and Ccneral .-^ote 
on Drawings for reinforcing material rcqu irenent s , locati 
clearances, etc. 



on , 



1/4 Inch 



+ 3/e 



Inch; 



- 3/8 

- 1/:; 



1 ncti 
i nch 



CONCRETE 



CO::CRETE 

3A.2L' 



B.P.L.A. 



tNSTALLATIO:: OF UE INTORCEMCNT (Continued) 



b) 



Reinf ore ing 



shall be detailed in accordance v;lth the 



roquirenents of nanua 



1 of Standard Practice for Detailing 



Reinforced Concre 



te Structures (ACI 315-f>5) 



an 



d with the 



requirements below, and shall be placed in accordance with 
the requirements of Recommended Practice for Placing Rein- 
forcing liars (CRSI 59) and r.ecotnmended Practice for Placing 



Uar Suppo 



rts (CRSI 63) and vith further reqi 



irenents below 



c) 
an 
se 



Re inf orcemc 



nt shall be accurately placed in accord- 



cc u-ith the Contract Document 



an 



d shall be adequately 



cured in position by wire ties, chairs, spacers, a 



hangers each of a type approved by the Architect 



Except as 



no 



ted on the Drawings, reinforcement for slabs on grade 



recast concrete bricl;s of 
proved by the Architect. U'ood blocks, stones, 



r.hall be supported by p 

ap 

chip! 



typ< 
brick 



etc , 



lill not be permitted 



d) 



At the time the con 



Crete is placed, all reinforcement 



shall be free from rust, scale, or o 



ther coatings that will 



destroy or reduce the bond 



Exposure c 



f reinforcement to 



ther for any considerable length of time before 



the wca 

placing of concrete sha 



11 be avoided where possible 



lie re 



this is unavoidable. 



reinforcement shall be painted with 



a heavy coa 



t of cement grout 



e) 



Splices of reinforcement at pi 



•ints of maximum stress 



ihall generally be avoided. Splices o 



f bars ''11 and smaller 



hall be lapped a minimum of 36 bar diameters, unless other- 



wise shown, 



ilaced in con 



tact and wired together. 



l.'elded 



wire fabric shall lap 6" or one spac 



e plus 2" whichever is 



larger 



and shall be wired together, 



f) 



Splices of 'U4 an 



d /'18 bars and transitions from s 



uch 



bars to smaller bars shall be made with full penetration 

electric arc process or by means of an 



butt welds by the 



approved raec 



hanical butt splicing method sue 



h as the "Cad- 



weld" rebar splicing system. 



if Erico Products, Inc 



All 



arc-welding shall conform to American 



Welding Society Stai 



id- 



ird D12.1 



All welders engag 



aged 



m 



electric-arc welding 



reinforcing steel shall have passed the standard qualifi- 

S Standard B3.0 within the previous 



cation tests of the A\v 



year an 
welders s 
All splices 



d such qualification together with the names o 



f the 



hall be certified in writing to 
shall develop 125.- of the sp 



the Architect 
ecified yield 



strength of the bars o 



r of the smaller bar in the case 



transition splices. Bars to be arc-weldod shall be pre- 



hea 



ted In accordan 



cc with Al'S Standar 



d D12.1. Splices shall 

CONCRETE 
3A.23 



B.P.L.A, 



INSTALLATION 



F REINFORCEMENT (Continued) 



bo 



staggered In adjacent bars, unless shown otherwise. Prior 



approval of any welding process shall in no way 



ipp 
Con 



tractor of his respons 



performance o 



f the welds 



relieve the 
ibillty for the adequac and proper 
The burden of proof as to the 



adequacy and proper performance of the process used shall 



at all times lie w 



ith the Contractor 



Prpnnratlon of bar ends; Ends of bars to be elec- 



tric- 're we 



Ided shall be sar; cut 



ditlons indicated 
be permitted. 11a 



ilv to the end con- 
r flame cutting will 
rs to be spliced by mechanical butt 



shearing o 



splicing process may 
providing that ends 



sawe( 



be 
of shea re 



sheared or flame cut 
d bars are straightened 



ifter shearing and the en 



ds of flame cut bars shall have 



all slag removed by chipping and vire 



brushing prior to 



splicing. Flame 



cutting shall not reduce net cross 



sectional area of an 



v bar. 



All 



rfacos to be welded 



or mechanically sp 



liced shall be free of burrs, paint 



oil, rust. 



sc 



ale or o 



ther foreign ma 



be flame-dried an 
other approved me 



terials and shall 
lire brushing or 



d cleaned by power 

thod just prior to welding or splicing 



Electric-Arc Welding 



Joint details for welding 



shall ho as shown 



l.elding procedure shall be 



designed to produce complete fusion with 1007. pene- 



tration of the joint. The roo 



t of the first pass shall 



be back-gouged before welding the second side of doublc- 
V butt joints. Slag shall Uc remove" 



d fro 



chipping 01 



rire 1) rush ing. 



m each pass 
eld areas shall be prc- 



l)V 



heated before welding 



Completed welds shall be wrapp 



ed 



rotective blanker- of li««fflat Ir.,^ material to 



with a p 

avoid rapid cooling. 



The contractor shall submit a 



complete 



;ritten description 



if the welding procedures 



and electrodes to he use 



d for the approval of the Archi- 



tect 
conform 



Electrodes for shielded metal arc-welding shall 
to ASTM Specification \316 and shall be of the 



proper AWS-ASTM classification to produce sound, crack- 



free we 
bars to 



Ids of the strength specified in tho types 



of 



be welded w 



1th the \.-elding equipment to he use< 



Electrode selection shall be based on the ladle analvsls 



if the steel bars to 



be we Ided 



Jo electrodes which 



have been wet or are w 



et at the time of use shall be 



employe^, on the.wc.rk. Low hydrogen electrodes taken 
from hermetically sealed 'containers shall be used 



i 




within 



iiours a 



fter the container is opened; elec- 



trodes taken from non 



■hermetically sealed containers 



and electrodes which have been exposed to air having 

CONCRETE 
3A.24 




■ n\tmn^m 



L . A , 



14. INSTALLATION OF REIN '=-ORCEM ENT (Continu 



ed) 



:reater for more rban 
r'shairbe'drled for not less than 2 hours nt 



f 75; 



or 



a relative humidity o 

300-400 degrees F. or reconditioned as recomne 
the manufacturer. 

Merhanical butt snllcinR 



ndpd hv 



shall be done 



In 



itrlct 



accordance with manufacturer's instructions as ap- 



proved by 



the Architect 



Manu 



facturer shall provide 



B . P . L . A , 



15, 



JOINTS 



a) 



Construction and control joints indicated 



the 



Drawings are mandatory and shall not he omitted 



b) 



Construction Joints sha 



hall be continuouslv bevel keyed, 



2" X 4" minimum, except as noted, and the first-placed 



su 



rface shall be treated as specified under "PLACIN'G 



CONCRETE" in this Section, 



competent technical sta 



ff at the job site to der^on- 



c) 



Joints 



no 



t indicated 



or sp 



ecif ie< 



ihall be placed to 



strate an 



cess an 



d instruct in the use of the sPlicinr pro- 



least impair the strength of the 



structure and shall be 



d to assist in solvinc field problems. 



subject to 



the 



approv 



al of the Architect. Also see General 



Inspi 



c t ion an 



d Testing, shall be bv a Testlne 



Laboratory 



selected bv the 



Architect and pa 



id for 



16, 



Notes on Drawing's, 



EMBEDDED ITEMS 



bv the Owner an< 



ihall include 



) 



Conform to requirements o 



f ACT 318, Chapter 7, para- 



Visual inspection. 



graph 703, "Conduits and Pines Embedded in Concrete 



an( 



IS specified below. 



Tens 



lie tests which shall be carried out 



until a stress o 



f 125; 



if the bar Is reached o 



f Specified Yield Strength 
r the specimen breaks. 



b) 



The installation 



11 insert; 



r eou 



ired bv other 



trades shall be coordinated with, or shall be prior to, 



the placing o 



f reinforcing steel 



Kadlopraphi, 



con 
or 



fiisting of a minimum 

as directed by the Architect, 



tests of arc-welded snllces, 
,f isr, of the splices 



c) The Contractor shall place anchor bolts, adjustable 



anchor slots, etc 



furnished by other Sections, 



Before any s 



plices are made in the structure, 
Ine bar sizes as 



d) 



Embed no pipes other than electrical conduit in an' 



two (2) sets of test specimens us 
directed by the Architect, shall be p 



horizontal and vertical positions re 



repared in the 
spectivelv under 



structural concrete. Provide sleeves or holes for pipes 
passing through. Embed conduit in concrete only under the 
following conditions: 



field 



onditions by each of the operators to be used 



Each set shall consist of two (2) per operator. 



but 



1 



No conduit coating, ex 



cept galvanizing or eoulv- 



no 



t less than six (6). The specimens shall be vlsu- 



alent. shall be used 



ally inspected ai 



tensile testing 
in any way un 
he may requ 
idd 



d subjected to radiographic and 
If the results of these tests are 



Do not cut or displace any reinforcement, 



satisfactory in the Architect's opinion 



ire changes In materials or procedures 



itional training or replacement of operator 



and 



an 



Do not place 
d reinforcement 



conduit between concrete surfaces 



repetition of tests. No work shall be done in the 



St rue ture 



comp 



itself un 



til the necessa 



rv tests have been 



leted to the satisfaction of the Architect 



DurinE the progress 



of the work, anv ^ o 1 f. t In 



which anv 1 r reeular 1 t i es, poor alignment 



or 1 n d 1 c - 



s of defectiveness are observed shall be cut 



at Ion 

out and subjected to tens 



lie tests as dlrec 



cted b^ 



the Architect 
of where tens 



The Ar 



...chltect shall be the sole judce 
ile'tests are required. Approximately 

CONCRETE 
3A.25 



4. Slabs - restrict O.D. of conduit to 1/4 of slab 
thickness. Keep within middle half of that thickness. 

5. Run conduit larger than 1/6 slab thickness approxi- 
mately parallel and at right angles to slab reinforcing 
not d lagonal ly . 

h. Place nearly parallel conduits apart at least 6 
times O.D. 



CONCRETE 

3A.27 




17 



18, 



B. P.L. A, 



MIXING, CONSISTENCY. AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE (Contlnied) 



S 1 umi 



Portion of Structure 



Pavements and Slabs on 



Recommended 



Max. R a n p. o 



ground 

Footings, massive 

sections 

Reinforced slabs, 

beams 

Reinforced walls, 
columns 



3" - 4' 



Lightweight Concrete 
Slabs 



1" _ 3' 



2" - 5' 



3" - 5' 



2" - 3' 



e) 



In all cases, the concrete shall be of such consistency 



and mix composition that it can be worked readllv into the 



corners and 



ingl( 



of the forms and 



arou 



nd the reinforcement 



concrc 



te inserts, and wall castings, without permitting the 



materials to segregate or free water to collect on the 



su 



rf ; 



f) 



Coo 



led or heated water shall be used In accordance with 



ACI 306 and 605. Ready mixed concrete sha 



hall be transported 



to 



the site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded 



not In excess of rat°d capacitle! 



Discharge at the site 



sha 11 be w i i 



h<n two (2) hours after cement was first Intro- 



duced Into the mix. Ce:>tral mixed c<->crete shall be plant 
mixed a mirimum ot five ( •> ) ml.Tutes. Agitation shall begin 
immedl Ji'.ely after cite premlxed concrete Is placed in the 
truck and shall continue without interruption until dis- 
charged. Transit mixed concrete shall be mixed at mixing 



sp 



•ed for at least ten (10) minutes immediately after 



harglng the truck followed bv agitation without interruption 
unt 11 dl scharged . 

g) The retempering of concrete or mo 

ally hardened, that Is, mixing with or without additional 



rtar which has parti- 



:ement, aggregates. 



or water, shall no t be done, 



Cold 



joints are to be avoided, but if they occur, the Architect 
may require removal of all or part of the concrete in which 
:old joint occurs, chipping, patching and repairs, 



drilled- 



in dowels, etc., as he deems necessary. Minimum requirement 
will be that a cold Joint shall be treated as a bonded con- 
struct ion joint . 



h) 



Attention is 



illed to the Importance of scheduling and 



dispatching trucks from the batching point so 



that t hev shall 



arrive at 



the site of the work Just before the concrete 



is 



required, thus avoiding excessive mixing of concrete while 
waiting or delays in placing successive layers 



of 



in the forms. 



concrete 



CONCRETE 
3A.29 



B.P.I. 



MIXING 



CONSISTENCY. AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE (ContlmH-d) 



1) All lightweight concrete shall be delivered to t'le 
site In trucks loaded to 50Z their rated capacltv unU-ss 



Control Engineer app 



roves loading to a higher percent. ip( 



This requirement is to prevent segregation of constituents. 



PLACING CONCRETE 



a) See PROPORTIONING OF CONCRETE MIXTURES, paragripli 
3A.12 (1) for requirements should pumping of llghtwlrht 



b) 



rete be proposed. 
Unless otherwise perm 



itted the wo 



rk shall be so f-x- 



cuted that a section begun on any one day shall be com- 
leted in daylight of the same 



c) 



Remove w 



dai 



ater and foreign matter 



f r om f 



orms 



and ex- 



cavations and, except In freezing weather or as otherwise 

just prior to placing 



directed, thoroughly wet wood forms 
concrete 



Place no concrete on frozen soil and provide 



adequate protection aga 
weather. 



Inst frost action during freezing 



d) All soil bottom for slabs and footings and all rein- 
forcing. Inserts, and forms shnll be approved by the Archi- 
tect before placing the concrete. 



') 



Transport cone 



rete from mixer to place of fln-nl deposit 



as rapidlv as practical by methods which Pre'/en 
of the ingredients and displacement 



t separation 



f reinforcement, an( 



^ •'^•- -wlrlch-avo id i-ehjrnd 1 1 ng , 



De 



posit ,-no partially^ hardenetj con- 



crete. When concrete is conveyed 



by chutes, the equlpnTent 



hall be of such size and Tl-shaped design as to Insure 



continuous flow in the chute, 



Flat (coal) chutes shall 



not be employed, 



The chutes shall be of me 



tal 



or mo 



tal 



lined an 



d the different portions 



hall have app r ox In.i t e 1 y 



the same slope. 



The 



lope shall no 



t be less than 2')'i nor 



mo 



re than 45V. from the horizon 



tal 



an 



d shall be such as 



to prevent the segregation 



f the Ingredients. The dis- 



charge end of the 'chute shall be provided ^wlth ']^'^J'[[ll 
plate or spout to prevent segregation 



end of the chute is mo 
the concj"ete In forms. 



.„._„ If the discharge 

re than 5 feet above the surface of 



sp< 



It stiall be used 



an 



d the lower 



18, 



Ined as naar the surface 



of deposit ar practicable. 



end ma 1 n t a 

W ti e n 

charge into a hopper. The chute sha 

before and after each run and the debris an 

shall bo discharged outside the forms. Concrete sh.nl not 



the operation is Intermittent, the chute shall dls- 

11 be thoroughly cleaned 



d any w.nter us 



ed 



be allowed to flow horizon 
5 feet. 



tally over distances exceeding 



COh'CRFTE 
3A. 30 



B.P.L 



18. PLACING CONCRETE (Continued) 



f) 



Concrete shall be deposited continuously, and Ir 



layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited 



on con 



Crete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the 



formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. 
If a section cannot bt placed continuouslv between planned 
construction Joints, as specified, a field joint andaddi- 
tlonal reinforcement shall be introduced so as to preserve 
the structural continuity. The Architect shall he notified 
in any such case. Cold joints also are to be avoided, hut 
if they occur are to be treated as bonded construction 
joints, as a minimum requirement. See Paragraph 3A.17 (g). 



R) 



In order to secure full bond at construction joints 



the surfaces of the concrete already placed, includlne 



ver 



tlcal and inclined surfaces, shall be thoroughlv cleaned 



if foreign materials and lalten; 



if anv, rouphi-ned w<th 



suitable tools such as chipping hammers, wire brushes, etc., 
and re-cleaned bv a stream of water or compressed air. Well 
before the new concrete is deposited, the joints shall be 



saturated with water, 



After free or glistening w.iter dis- 



appears the joints shall be given a thorough coating of 
neat cement slurrv mixed to the consistency of very heavy 

es shall receive a coating of at least 



paste, 



The surfa. 



1/8 inch thick; wherever possible this shall be scrubbed 



In bv means 



itiff bristle brushes, 



New concrete shall 



be deposited before the neat cement dries. 

h) Deposit concrete so as to maintain, until the com- 
pletion of the unit, a plastic surface approximately hori- 
zontal . 

1) In thin sections (such as walls and columns) of con- 
siderable height, concrete shall be placed in such a manner 
as will prevent segregation, and accumulations of hardened 



:onc rete on 



the forms or reinforcement above the mass of 



concrete being placed. To achieve this end, suitable hoppers 
spouts with restricted outlets, treraies, etc., s'.all be used 
as required. Openings In the side of the walls shall not 
be used. Vertical lifts shall not exceed 24 Inches and 
preferably 18 Inches. Vibrate through successive lifts to 
avoid pour lines. 



J) 



Concrete during an 



d imiredlately after depositing sh,^n 



be thoroughly compacted bv means of Internal tyne mechanical 
vibrators or other tool spading to produce required quality 
of finish. Vibration shall be done by experienced operators 
under close supervision and shall be carried on onlv long 



CONCRF 
3A. 



I 



B . P . L . A , 



PLACING 



CONCRETE (Continued) 



enough to produce homo 



geneltv and optimum consolidation 



without perm 
"pumping" of air 
concr 



Ittlng segregation of the constituents or 



I 



All vibrators used for normal woigl't 



ete shall operate at a 



speed of not less than 10,000 



rpra 



and be o 



lightweight concr 
than 5,000 rpm, w 



f suitable capacltv. All vibrators used for 
ete shall operate at a speed of not more 



ith large amplitude motion. All vibration 



shall be supplemented by prop 



e r woo 



remove 



su 
etc. 



Included bubbles and honev 



den spade puddling t< 
lb adjacent to 



rfaces. For placements 



visible 
ther than massive foundations. 



It least one vibrator s 



hall be on hand for ever' 



10 cubic yar 



ds 



if concr 



ete placed per hour, plus one spare. 



ill virrat:;:: Shan be operable and on the site prior to 



itartlng placement, 



k) 



For all 



)ncrete in which an a 



Ir entraining age 



It Is 



ised 



lir entralnment 



time of concrete 
utilizing pressure an 
accordance w 



as manu 



ill be measured in the field at the 
deposit by means of a calibrated apparatus 
c»...e and the principles of Boyle s Lav, in 
ith ASTM Designation C231. The Acme Air .leter. 



f 



factured bv the E 



7.lmmerman Company, 



Chicago 



r approved equal shall be employed 



Air contents stin 



11 



not excee( 



sp 



ec 



i f i ed tolerances 



f forms rap 



1) When placing expos 
strike corners 
ou 
to re 



ed concrete ve 



rtl. 



sur 



f ,1 c e R . 



il so 



Idl 



ind repeatedly from tne 



tslde along the 



fullheight while depositing and vibrating 



duce the need for repair. 



1^ 



After 



depositing concrete in columns or walls 



It least 



2 hours must elap 



se before 



depositing in beams, ,rlrders 



or 



n) 



ilabs supported thereon. 



Chutes, hoppers. 



spouts. 



adjacent woi 



ct. 



be thoroughly cleane 



d before and after eaO, run an 



shal 1 
d the water 



and debris shall not be 



discharged Inside the form. 



,) Placing U p,htwelght Concre 



te Kloor Fill: Just nrior 



lacing lightweight concrete fill 



to p 

loose and foreign mater 

base slab by brooming w 



ill debris and 
ials shall be removed from the 
1th clean brooms and/or air 



water , 



The base 



i»f- and flushing with a strong jet or wai..... * ■■- ■' 
J^'' !?- ^"^ k! i.ff thoroughly wet overnight in order 



i 



concr 



fete snail be left thoroug 



to prevent 



iltlmate flash hardening o 



f lightweight concrete 



fill and to prov 



before placing the 
s'.ab shall be removed, 



f concrete curing. Immediatelv 
flir"all pools of water left on the base 



ide a sour 



and a pre-m 



ixed thin l/lf<-inch ti 



1/8- inch coat o 



f thick cream' 



cat cement paste or slurrv 



hall be broomed an 



sna 



d scrubbed on 



to the still d.imp but not 



glistening-wet n\ 

fill plac Ing operation. 



rface for a short distance ahead of the 



CONCRETE 



r ^^^^ ^gj 



B.P.L.A 



B. P.L.A 



f 



n.'M...A, 



B.P.l. 



19. FINISHING FLATWORK 



19. FINISHING FLATWORK (Continued) 



I 



20. 



a) 



General 



1 



In ? 



eneral, the reoulred 



:on 



Crete finishes ar< 



specified herein, 



The location and type of anv spec 



clal 



con 



Crete treatments or 



finishes are shown on 



the DrawlnRS 



Crete surfaces to receive pa 



2. Con 

or plaster, s 

thoroughly rinsed w 



int. resilient tile, 



hall be scrubbed with wa 



shinR soda and then 



un 
wou 



til all form oil an 



1th water. Repeat this operation 

terlals, which 



ither foreign ma 



Id prevent proper adhesion of the above specific. 



ma 



terlals, are removed, 



The Contractor, 



at his own expens 



e. shall do all 



levellnp and Rrlndlng of dep 



ressed and hlph spots In 



concrete 



surfaces In excess of the tolerances specified 



hereinafter. In areas where leveUnR ma 



terlals are 



requ 



Ired to pr 



ovlde the proper surface, such materials 



surface shall be removed by means of lutes. Prior 
to removal of screeds, the surface shall be checked 
for trueness and level, and filled where necessary. 
Rough finishing shall be repeated with straight- 
edge and darbies. 

b. Immediately after final screeding a drv cement/ 
sand shake in the proportions of 2-sacks of Port- 
land cement to 350 pounds of coarse natural con- 
crete sand sh?il be sprinkled evenlv over the 
surface at the rate of approximately 1/2 pound 
per square foot of floor. Neat dry cement shall 
not be sprinkled on the surface. This shake shall 
be thoroughly floated Into the surface vlth an 
approved disc type power compacting machine weighing 
at least 200 pounds if a 20 inch disc is used 
or 300 pounds if a 24 inch disc is used, stich as 
a "Kelly Float" as manufactured by the Weisner- 



b) 



shall be of a type approv 



Floated Finish 



ed bv the Architect 



Rapp Corp. of Buffalo, 



N. 



A mechanical blade- 



Provide floated finish on 



the following surfaces: 



Slabs to receive metallic 



•aterproof ing , 



type float or trowel shall not be used. 

NOTE ; The application of the cement/sand shake 
may be eliminated at the discretion of the Archi- 
tect if the base slab concrete exhibits adeouate 
fattlness and homogeneity, and the need is 
indicated . 



not 



Slabs to receive membrane waterproofing. 

Slabs to receive built-up roofing. 

Slabs to receive slate roofing. 

Slabs to receive elastomeric sheet flashing, 



c. The surface shall be finished first with power 
floats, as specified above, then with power trowels, 
and finally with hand trowels. The first trowelinc 
after power floating shall be done by a power 
trowel and shall produce a smooth surface which 
is relatively free of defects but which mav still 



contain some trowel marks, 



Additional trowelings 



Slabs to receive mortar set ceramic tile or 



quarry 



til< 



shall be done by hand after the surface has hard- 
ened sufficiently. The final troweling shall be 
done when a ringing sound Is produced as the 



Slabs under pedestal (raised) floor. 

Top surfaces of walls, curbs and parapets 



trowel is moved over the surface. 



The surface 



to receive granite 



ictal flashing, or other 



finish ma 
surface. 



terial not requiring a steel trowelea 



Surfaces to receive floated finish s 



as follows 



hall be flrlshft' 



CONCRETE 



>A.33 



shall be thoroughly consolidated bv the hand 
troweling operations. The finished surface shall 
be a true plane within 1/8 inch in 10 feet as 
determined by a 10-ft. straight-edge placed any- 
where on the slab in any direction. 

3. Equipment pads shall not receive the cement/sand 

shake and shall be dense hard hand-trowelled, but not 
burnished . 

CONCRETE 
3A.35 



21, 



B.P.L.A, 



19. 



ftnt<;h1N(: FLATWORK (Continue 



!d) 



After the concrete has been placed, stri 



off, 



con 



sol id a ted , 



an 



d leveled, the concrete s'^all 



not be worked further until ready for floatlnc. 
Floating shall begin when the water sheen h.TS 
disappeared, or when the mix has stiffened suf- 
ficiently to permit the proner operation of n 
power-driven float. 



B.P.L.A 



19, 



FINISHING FLATWORK (Continued) 



i) 



po 



The surface shall then be consolidated with 
wer-drlven floats. Hand floating with wood. 



lurolnum or magnesium floats shall be u-^ed In 
locations inaccessible to the power-driven machine. 



Truen 



ess of surface shall be rechecked at 



this stage w 



1th a 10-ft. straight-edge applied 



at no fewer than two different angles. 



il 1 



d. All high spots shall be cut down an( 
low spots filled during this procedure such 
that the finished surfaces are true planes with- 
in 1/A inch in 10 feet as determined by a in-ft. 
straight-edge placed anywhere on rhe slah In anv 
direction. 



4. Apply floor hardener as specified under 
MATERIALS in this Section. 

Broomed Finish 

1« Provide broomed finish on the following surfaces: 

a. Slabs to receive floor fill concrete. 

i. , Slabc to receive broomed finish shall be finished 
as follows ; 

a. Immediately after floating as specified under 
Floated Finish above, and just prior to final set 



I 

I 



steel broom the surface to renove all sci 



lal 



lance, 



etc 



without rauddvinr, the surface. 



20, 



CURING AND PROTECTION 



The slab shall then be refloated Imn 



e d 1 a t e 1 v 



to a u 



nlf 



orm , 



smooth, 



granu 



lar texture. 



c) 



»" 



Steel Troweled Finish 



Provide steel troweled finish on the following 



a) 



When concrete is placed at or below ambient air tenneratures 



of 40^ F. or whenever In the opinion of the Architect, such 
or lower temperatures arc likely to occur within 24 hours 
after placement of concrete, cold weather concreting pro- 
cedures, according to ACI 306 and as specified herein. 



shall be followed 



Concrete shall be maintained at a^-ove 



50*; F. for a period of at least 6 davs after placement . 
To this end, the entire area shaTl be protected bv ade- 
quate housing or covering, and heating. No salt.cheni- 



"cals or oth«rr foreign iffa terlals sifa 11 b e u 



Wefi in t TTt 



m I X 



su 



rf aces 



Slabs to receive carpeting. 
Slabs to receive resilient tile. 
Slabs to be left exposed. 



Top 



su 



rfaces of equipment pads. 



to lower the freezing point of the concrete. The Contractor 
shall submit for approval by the Architect, tlie methods, in 
detail, he proposes to use for cold weather curing and 
protection. 

b) Protect all concrete work against Injury from heat, 

cold, and defacement of anv nature during construction 
operations. 



c) 



All concrete , particularly exnosed surfaces, shall be 



Slabs to receive steel troweled finish shall be 



finished ?.r, follows 



After the con 



Crete has been placed, struck 



iff, consolidated, scree ded 



and darb led , 



id as 



soon 



an the condition o 



f the slab permits, and 



before it has hardened appreciably, all water. 



film, and foreign m 



aterlal which mav work to the 





treated immediately after concreting or cement finishing 
1? completcfl to provide continuous moist curing above 5^,h 
F. for at least six (6) days, regardless of ambient air 
tempera tut <'s. 

NOTE ; The purpose of moist curing is to continuously pro- 
vide additional available water to the concrete to permit 
hydration of cement. Periodic sprinkling is not effective 
as curing. 

CONCRETE 
3A.36 



CI'RING AND PROTECTION (Continued) 

d) The forms for wall or other vertical surfaces nav be 
left on. If the forms are removed the concrete mav bi- c( 
with continuously saturated burlap, or the surface ma' 



red 



be 



nd 



sprayed with an approved curing compou 

does not adversely a f f ec t adhes ion o f later anr 

materials. 



If the cor no und 
lied finish 



21. FORM REMOVAL, SHORING AND RKSHORINC (Continued) 

68 and the Drawings for reou 1 renen t s and conrll- 
tions affecting number of floors to remain st'ored 
or reshored. Contractor shall prepare anH submit 
for Architect's general review typical layouts 
for all floors of shorinR and reshoring, including 
diagrams to Indicate number of floors of shoring 



e) Floor surfaces, after hardening suf f ic i ent 1 y t o nre 

vent damage thereby, and no 



rmallv within several hours after 



final troweling, shall be covered by clean cotton nullts 
or treated with reinforced waterproof paper with lappod 



seams taped with waterproo 



f Scotch-type tape at least three 



(3) inches wide. L'se of continuously operating sprinklers 



or ponding 



re excellent curing m 



emp 



loved wherever possible. Sand and sawdust shall not 



ethods and should bo 

hall not be 



sed. The slabs shall In all cases be kept continuously wet 
for at least six (6) days and preferably lontter. 



f) 



Do not use curing compound on surfaces to receive 



:ement waterproofing, 
iffects the adhesion o 



Use 



no 



ring compound which adversel 



f finish material to concrete. 



g ) Fqu i pment 



The Contractor shall have 



the site, ready 



fficlcnt and adeouate equipnent for protecting 



for use , 

the concrete from any an 



d all forms of damage bv the elements 



including equipmen 



t for enclosing and heating the worV in 



accordance with the requlremen 



ts of these Specifications, 



Temperature Records - A permanent temperature n-cord 



h) 

shall be kept by the Con 

side temperature for all 



tractor showing the date and out- 



cone 



readings s 



hall be taken at the start 



crctlng operations. Therromorer 
(f work In tlie morning. 



at noon 



and 



aga 



in late in the afternoon, 



an 



d the locations 



of all concrete p 



laced durini such periods shall likewise 



be recorded, all in such manner as to show anv effect the 
temperatures may have had on the construction. 



FORM REMOVAL. 



SHORING AND RESHORING 



;) The Contractor shall be fullv responsible for the proner 
1 of forms, all shorine and reshoring, and all removal 



remova 



f shores and reshores. The Contractor shall at his own 
sxpensc replace any work damaged due to improper or too 



early remova 



1 



if forms , 



shores or reshores, 



b) 



The 



Contractor shall provide form watchers during con- 



crete placemen 



t wherever there is danger to 



t y 



f r( 



sho res o 



r forms failing or distorting 



Extra shores or o 



thcr material and enulpmen 



vided and a 



vailable for use if needed in an 



form wa t cher s 



B.P.L.A 



21. FORM REMOVAL. SHORING AND RESHORING (Continued) 

c) Forms shall be removed only after concrete has attained 



sufficient strength to supno 



rt its own weight, all construction 



live loads to be placed thereon 



an 



d lateral loads, all with- 



out damage to the s 



tructure or excessive deflection. 



See 



(> r 



ACI 347-b8 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwor'' 
detailed discussion of form removal. Specified below are 
the minimum requirements for removal of forms. If retarding 



22, 



faces 



admixtures are used, or when necessary to protect sur 
from construction operations, etc., or when more rrsfrlctlve 
requirements are shown on the Drawlncs, forms shall he left 
In place longer. 



d) 



Forms and supports shall remain In place for' no 



t less 



than the following periods of time. These periods represent 



:umu 



lative numbers of davs or fraction 



s thereof. 



I s e c u 1 1 ve 



unless otherwise approved by the Architect 



during which 



the nean dallv air temperature at surfaces of the concrete 
is above 50\ F. If high early strength concrete Is appro 
by the Architect, these periods may 
fically approved bv the Architect. 



ved 



be reduced as speci- 



Vertical surfaces - Concrete shall have reached 



100 day degrees* and shall have attained a strenr 



th 



of not less than 30Z x f 



Where such forms also 



ilab or beam soffits, removal 



support formwork for s 

times for the latter shall govern. 

2. Horizontal surfaces - Except as no 



ted below 
I 



con- 



11 



, Crete shall have r^a ched ^3JJ0 ^av-der^eeg* an^l sh 

have attained a strength of not less than 507. x f'c. 

a. Soffits of joists, beams, or girders spanning 
over 20 feet clear between permanent supports 
shall remain in place until concrete has reached 
600 day -degrees*. 



' *" 



Forms of floor slabs spanning ove 



r 2 feet 



clear between permanent su 



pports shall remain 



in p 



lace unt 1 1 



:on 



degrees' 



Forms for pos 



Crete has reached 4,i0 da' 



t-tensioned slabs shall rtmain 



in place until full post-t ens ion ing in both 
directions has been applied. 



Multi-story construction form remova 



1 shall 



be sop 



erformed that reshores are placed at 



the same time a 



s stripping operations, and that 



no 



irea larger than one fourth of a flat s 



lab 



panel is unsupported at any time. 



See ATI SAT- 



CONCRETE 



3A.38 



d reshoring and spaclnc of supports at each 



an 

f li 



* Definltl( 



of dav-d ei 



rees 



Total number of davs 



times mean daily air temperature at sur 



f ac 



es 



of 



concrete , 



For 



examp 



le, 



davs at 



temperature 



of 60*i F. equals 300 day-degrees. Days or fractions 
of days in which temperature is below 50^ F. shall 
not be included in the calculation of dav-degrees. 

REPAIRING AND FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES 



i) 



The location and type of any special concrete trcat- 



lent or finish Is shown on the Drawings, 



b) 



It is the intent of this Specification to reouire forms, 



mixtures of 



icrete, and workmanship so that concrete sur- 



faces, when exposed, will require no patching, except for 



plugging of tie holes. However, where patching is 



: ep t • 



ible to tlie Architect, the procedure described below s^^all 
be f ol lowed . 



) 



As soon as the forms have been stripped and the concrete 



surfaces exposed, fins and other projections shall bi> removed 
Except where cement waterproofing Is to follow, recesses 
left bv the removal of form ties shall be filled and surface 
defects which do not Impair structural strength shall be re- 
paired. Clean all exposed concrete surfaces, and adloinlng 
work stained bv leakage of concrete, to the satisfaction of 
the Architect. 



d) 



Immediately after removal of forms remove plastic cones 



.r cut off metal ties at least 1-1/2 inches back from sur- 



faces 



expos 



ed to view or which are to be finished, 



Hol^R 



1 1 1 e or [1 1 iM>« > >■ » 




hole 


during placement, 
t shall be pro- 


• 


face, 
sourc 


emerrencv bv 






CONCRETE 






3A.37 







are then to be promptly filled upon stripping as follows: 
Moisten the hole with water, followed bv a 1/16 Inch brush 
coat of neat cement slurry mixed to the consistency of a 
heavy paste. Immediately plug the hole with a 1:1-1/2 mix- 
ture of cement and concrete sand mixed sllghtlv damn to the 
touch (lust short of "balling"). Hammer the grout Into the 
itll dense and an excess of paste appears on the sur- 
Trowel smooth with heavy pressure. Employ same 
of cement and sand as used In the parent concrete. 

CONCRFTF 
3A.1« 



KEPAIKING AND 



B.P.'L 



FINISHINf. OF FOHMED SURFACES (Continued) 



Where the concrete Is exposed to view and scheduled to be 



unpalnted, the color o 



f the patching grout shall be adUisted 



as necessary 



cemen 
dry 



(by the addition of proper amount of white 



t or limestone p-reenlngs) to cau 



to 



match the parent concrete 



se the patches, when 
len drv. Rub lichtlv 



„ith a fine carborundum stone at an ape of one to five (1 - 
5) days if necessary to bring the surface plane with the 



pare 



nt concrete, 



Exercise care to a 



voi(' damaging 



the V i r r 1 n 



skin of the surroundlnp parent concrete 
to remove all rubbed matter. 



Wash t ho roup hi 



NOTE: 



Holes left by the removal of plastic cones in Interior 



aTl surfaces exposed to view, or scheduled to he painted, 
hall be treated in the manner specified above, except that 



hall he filled to w 



ilternative to re 



the holes sha 

concrete surface. As an 

ling of such holes, the Contractor mav 

Set-Back Plugs" as mam 



ithin 1/2 inch of the p, Trent 



ccssed grout 



f n 



use light grev "Plastic 
factured bv Richmond Screw Anchor Co., 



or approved equal. 
Architect. 



1 , recessed 1/ 2 ' 



or 



3/4- 



as approve 



d b' 



th 



e) 



Defective con 



rete and honeycombed areas shall be chinned 



down square ai 



means ol 



d at least 1 Inch deep to sound concrete bv 

tic chipping hammers. If 



ild chisels or pneuma 



honeycomb exists around reinforcement 



chip to proviiie a 



clear space at 
to afford proper 



least 3/8 inch wide all around the steel 



iltimate bond thereto: 



For areas less than 



1-1/2 Inches deep, the patch mav be made In the same n.anner 



IS «rescrib#'d •^••ov** 



exe 

an 



for.-f i i-llng form ti-e^ol.^s, c 



are h e I n f 



.-I- •» 



.rcised to use adequately drv (non- 1 rowe la hie) mixtures 
d to avoid sagging. Thicker repairs shall require bw 1 d 



up in successive dav 
etc.) as described above 
the mu 
grcga 



s. each laver being anp 



lied (with slurrv 



To 



Id strength and bondlnr of 



Itlple layer repairs 
te (as manufactured bv 



"mbe CO non 



-slirlnk metallic ar- 



thc Master Builders Comnapv 



Cleveland, Ohio) Is recommended as an 



Materials 



Cement 



Volumes 



id d it am ent as follows: 



Weights 



Embeco 
Sand 



1.0 

n.l5 

1.5 



For very heavy (generally, forme 

be addeded to the mixture and the proportion 

f ol 1 own : 



1.0 
0.25 
• 1.5 

d) patches, pea gravel may 



s modified as 



CONCRFTE 



3A.40 





5. 



B.P.L.A, 



SECTION 3B 
POST-TKNSIONED CONCRCTK 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 



i) 



Attention Is directed t 



o Section lA, COMniTIONS OF THE 



CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this S 



ect ion, 



b) 

ties and 



Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, f 



icrvices provided by tl 



or f ac il 1- 



le Contractor 



SCOPE OF WORK 



a) The work under this section consists of furnishing all 



labor 



materials, services, and equipment necessary to c 



om- 



plete all post-tens ioning work as shown on the drawings and 
as specified herein. 

RELATED WORK TO BE PONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Concrete and ordinary reinforcing steel, specified und 
Section 3A, CONCRETE. 



er 



b) 



All applicable provisions of Section 3A, CONCRETE. 



shall 



apply to this section. 
QUALIFICATIONS 

«) Post-tensioning materials and anchorages shall be of 
domestic manufacture and the product of a reputable manufacturer 
with not less than 2 years satisfactory performance, in the 
U. S. A., with the specific materials and anchorages proposed 
for this project. 



b) 



The operations of placing and stressing of Post-Tenei 



ing iiteel shall be directed by full-ti 



on- 



who shall have had not less than 2 



me supervisory personnel 



years satisfactory experi- 



ence in the field of post-tensloned concrete for buildings 



c) 



The Architect will be the 



sole Judge of the qualifications 



stated above. If the conditions listed above cannot be met, 
the Architect may approve a particular manufacturer, placing, 



and stressing organization, but 



provides fully qualified, experienced field 



only if the manufacturer 



t_ime to supervise placing and stressing operations 



engineers f ull- 



SHOP URAWINCS 



a) Detailed shop drawings shall be 



submitted to the 



Architect for approval, in accordance with Article 2.01 of 



the Conditions of the C 



ont rac t , 



POST-TENSIONED CONCRKTE 

30. 1 



B.P.L.A, 



SHOP DRAWINGS (Continued) 



b) 



Shop drawings shall describe the post-tens ion Ior 



system, and show all tendon types and dimensions, end 
anchorage details, recommended tendon support s--tvpe , 
spacing, and locations, tendon stressing data, tendon 
profiles, marking and placement of tendons in concrete 
menbers to be post-tens ioned , and other Information as 
required by the Structural Drawings and these specifi- 
cations. 

MATERIALS 

a) FORMWORK for members to be post-tensloned shall be 
constructed to minir.izc resistance to the shortening of 
the member. Deflection of members due to the prcstresslng 
force and deformation of false work shall be considered in 



the design. The edge fort 



blockouts, and holes for 



securinp, the tendons to the formwork shall be properlv 
constructed by the General Contractor to remain true and 
straight with a lateral pull of 50 pounds per wire of 
the tendons. 



b) 



POST-TENSIONING TENDONS shall consist of hlRh tensile 



rire conforming to ASTM A421-65 or high tensile strand 
conforming to ASTM AA16-b8. Detailed requirements are as 
f o Hows : 

1, Wire shall be 0.250 inch in diameter, cold- 
drawn, stress-relieved steel, havln(» a guaranteed 
minimum ultimate tensile strengtii of 2^0,000 psi, 
and shalj. conform to ASTM A4 21-65 , ^Type BA only. 
Button heads sha'll be cold f^ormcd synme t fica 1 ly 



about the axes of the wires. 



The button shall 



develop the minimum guaranteed ultimate tens 
strength of the wire. 



He 
io cold forming process 



shall he used that causes indentations in the wire, 

2, Strand shall be 7 -wire, uncoated, stress- 
relieved steel, conforming to ASTM AA16-68, 



270 Grade, and Weld-less Grade, 



The strand 



cross-sectional area shall be within .005 
square inch of the nominal steel areas shown 
in Table 1 of ASTM A416-68. 

3 . Certitication - Certified mill test reports of 
chemical composition of ASTM A416 wire and certified 
test reports of wire or strand physical properties, 
including dimensions, areas, and stress-strain diagrams 

POST-TENS IONED CONCRETE 

3B.2 



JATEUIALS (Continued) 



indicating vield and te 



nsile strength, shall he pro- 



vid»id by manufacturer for each lieat of prestressing 
wire and for each nanuf ac t ur ed reel of prestressing 



st rand , 



^« Anciiorages shall be designea in accordance witli 
the appropriate sections of tlie ACI Code, ACI 318-63. 
Anchorages shall be capable of developing lOO'i of the 
ultimate strength of the prestressing steel tendon, 
without excessive deformation. Final force transfer 



shall be by positive mechanical means, 



at stressing 



ends. Friction anchorages (e.g. wedge or cone tvpe) 
shall not be used. Bearing plates shall he sufficipntl' 
stiff to assure proper distribution of load to the 
concrete. Certified test reports, confirming that 
stressing end and dead end anchorages conform to these 
Spec it icat ions , sliall be submitted to the Architect. 

5. Tendon Coating - Each wire or strand of the 
tendon sliall he thoroughly shop coated with a non- 
volatile, low friction mineral oil base grease with 
a rust preventing, additive. Coating material shall 
have a relatively uniform viscosity under temperature 



range 



20' 



to 



120' I- 



6. Slippage Sheathing shall be provided for each 
tendon, and shall consist of spirallv wrapped double 
lay, waterproof kraft paper, laminated with asphalt 



and reinforced with fiberglass, 



After greasing, each 



tendon shall be tightly wrapped, by mechanical means, 

7. Fahr icat ion - Tendons shall be carefully fabri- 
cated under controlled conditions. All wires in one 
tendon shall be cut to the same leneth, by stretching 
the wires to the same tension. Cutting tolerance 
shall be + .006 of I'.L of nominal length with a minimum 
tolerance of + 1/16". Tendons shall be manufactured in 
such sequence and quantity as to avoid lengthy storage 
at the job site. Completed tendons shall be coiled 
and fastened on shipping racks or dunnage so constructed 
that the tendon is protected from damage in transit 
and during storage. I.ach tendon shall be c^.earlv marked 
and identified in accordance with the approved shop 
d rawings . 

PLACING TENDONS 



a) 



General - Care shall be taken to prevent damage to 



tendons during shipping and placing. The tendons shall bo 
placed and secured in position in the forms as shown on tl>e 

POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE 

3B.3 



B.P.L.A, 



PLACING TENDONS (Continued) 

drawings under a small tension of approximately 50 pounds 
per wire so that the curvature of the tendons will be smooth 
and uniform. The manufacturer of tendons and anchoraprs 
shall provide experienced field personnel for initial 
instruction in placing operations at the Job site, and 
additional supervision as required. Also see OUALIFICAT IONS , 

b) Tolerance - Tendons shall be placed in accordance with 



1 u s or 
the vertical dimension sliown on the 



the approved shop drawings, witli a tolerance 
minus 1/A Inch from 
drawings . 



c) 



Tendons shall be secu 



relv fastened In place, by tying 



to the reinforcing cage or by approv 



ed chairs or by ottier 



holding devices, 



to minimize both horizontal and vertical 



(U£ 

num 



ir down) movement during- 



the concretinp, operation. Maxi- 



distance between supports shall be 4'-0' 



!■' 



d) Bearing plates shall be securely fastened to the forms 



IS Indicated on 



the detailed shop drawinus 



• ) 



Paper wrapping sh 



all be inspected and rep 



aired bv re- 



greasing and field-taping at all tears, holes, and other 
defective or damaijed areas. 

f) Joints shall be taped to prevent en 
PLACING CONCRETE 



trance of concrete, 



No concrete shall be placed in -le^mbers to be post 



a) 

tensioned unt 



relnforcemen 



.11 tire install^iT tendcTns and conventional 

^^ t have been inspected and approved by the Archi- 

tect'or his designated representative. Concrete shall be 
placed carefully so that position of pos t-t ens ionlng tendons 
and conventional reinforcement remains unchanged. Special 
attention shall be taken to d.-;ely compact concrete around 
stressing plates, anchor plates, tendons, and columns, and 
to eliminate all Jioneycomb ing . 



STRESSING TENDONS 



a> 



Stressing 



shall not be s 



tarted until tests on concrete 



cylinders made of the same concrete and cured under condi- 
tions identical to the member have attained a minimum com- 



iressive strength of 4,000 p 



si. 



POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE 

3B.4 



iiVirtiTmi 



10, 




B . P . L . A . 



STRESS LNG TLNlJON'S (Continued) 

'i) The tendons shall be stressed by neans of hydraulic 
jacks and pumping units, t.-hich shall be certified and 
calibrated by an approved laboratory, and equipped with 
digl gauges not less than 6" in dianeter, indicating the 
pressure in the system uithin plus or minus 5':. Stressing 
equipment after calibration shall not be used on any 
other work prior to use on this project. Care shall be 
exercised in handling stressing equipment to insure that 
proper calibration is naintained. 

c) Computations shall be furnislied showing the losses due 
to friction in the system and establishing tlie naxinum over- 
stressing force, locking force and elongation for each tendon. 

d) Precautions shall be taken to insure that the stressing 
operation is conducted in a safe manner. Insertion of shims 
shall be performed in a manner to insure safety of workmen's 
hands. All personnel sliall stay clear of tlie front and 
rear of ram during stressing operation. 

e) Stress by pumping until the required elongation Is 
reached, or maximum overst ress ing force is reached. Klong- 
ation is the controlling factor whenever possible. 

f) The tendons shall be anchored at 0.7 x f's. They nay 
be stressed temporarily up to 0.8 x f's to overcome friction 
and to facilitate anchorage. The tendon anchorage forces, 
gage pressures and elongations corresponding to the above 
tendon stresses shall be shown on the shop drawings. 

g) The Contractor shall provide approved post-tens ioning 
record forms, and shall record, for each tendon, tendon mark, 
number of wires, tendon design anchorage force, jack gage 
reading at transfer, and actual measured elongation. This 
record shall be kept by the Contractor and 3 copies for- 
warded to the Architect immediately after stressing is 

comp leted . 

h) The manufacturer of tendons and anchorages shall provide 
experienced field personnel for initial instruction in stressing 
operations at the job site, and additional supervision as re- 
quired. Also see (JLALIFICATIONS. 

PROTECTION OF ANCHORAGES 

a) All anchorage hardware exposed after stressing shall 
be coated with a black asphaltlc base paint before final 
embedment in concrete. 

POST-TCNSIONED CONCRETE 

3B.5 



3. 



4. 



B.r.L.A. 



10. PROTECTION OF ANCHORA(;ES (Continued) 

b) Anchorages not to be covered with cast- In-p lac e con- 
crete shall receive tlie following protection: 

1. Remove all foreign natter, dirt, oil. grease and 
other deleterious substances, then place non-slirink 
grout, as specified in Section 3A, into the space 
around the anchorage. 

2. Complete the protection by applying a coat not 
less than 1/2 inch thick of neat cenent grout. 



B.P. L . A, 



SECTION 4A 



MASONRY WORK 



1. PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA , CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a nart of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

2 . FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS " 

a) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section, includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authority 
at the office of the Director of the Boston Public Library, 
Copley Square, Boston, Massachusetts, before twelve o'clock 
noon, (Eastern Standard Time), Wednesday, 'anuarv 15, 1969, 
at which time and place all sub-bids will be publicly opened 
and read aloud. 

b) Submission of sub-bids shall be in accordance with ADVER- 
TISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 



SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
installing all MASONRY WORK as shown on the drawings, and as 
specified herein, and includes, but is not limited to, the 
fol lowing : 

1. All exterior and interior unit masonry. 

2. r.lazed brick masonry at Loading Dock. 

b) The work to be done under this Section is shown on 
following drawings: 

The whole set of drawings. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OT HE R SECTIONS 

a) All cutting in existing party wall, specified under Sec- 
tion 2C. DEMOLITION WORK. 



b) 



All concrete work, specified under Section 3A , CONCRETE 



c) Furnishing and installation of exterior and interior 
granite work, specified under Section 4K, GRANITE WORK. 

d) Furnishing of loose steel lintels, specified under Sec- 
tion 5B, MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON. 

MASONRY WORK 
4A. 1 



POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE 

3B.6 




B.P. L.A 



RELA TED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

e) Furnishing and Installation of (1) composite flashing and 
(2) sealant and caulking, specified under Section 7A, WATER- 
PROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING. 

STORAGE 

a) All materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled to 
protect them from wetting, staining, chipping and anv other 
damage. Store cement, lime and similar perishable materials 
in watertight sheds with elevated floors. Store masonry units 
and glazed brick off the ground and under watertight covers. 
Protect reinforcements from the elements; immediately before 
placing, reinforcements shall be cleaned of loose rust, dirt 
or other coatings which will destroy the bond. Anv materials 
showing evidence of water or other damage shall not be used. 

TESTING AND INSPECTION 

a) Testing and Inspection of mortar and masonry materials 
shall be performed by a Testing Engineer selected and paid 
by the Owner . 

b) No materials shall be used on the work without orior 
test and written approval of the Testing Engineer and the 
Architect. Materials shall be submitted to the Testing En- 
gineer at least three weeks, and preferably five weeks, in 
advance of proposed first use in the structure for subjection 
to the orescribed basic acceptance test and determination of 
basic mi xtures . 

r) At the start of field operations, and per lodi cal Iv dur- 
Tng the c5ursc of work, the Testing T.ngin«€rt shall makv- check 
tests of materials and mortar to assure compatibility with 
these specifications and the orlglnallv approved samples. 
Number and frequency of tests shall be determined bv the Test- 
ing Engineer with the approval of the Architect. 

d) All measuring, mixing, laving, and curing of mortar and 
masonry materials shall be under the full-tltne strict inspec- 
tion, control and supervision of the Testing Engineer under 
the direction of the Architect. 

MORTAR MATER IALS 

a) Cement shall be an American Portland cement conforming to 
ASTM Designation C 150, Type I and II. 

For exterior masonry the cement shall fulfill the further re- 
quirement that it shall exhibit no efflorescence when cast into 
the form of 2 inch by 7 inch by 1/2 inch slabs comprising the 
cement under test, Ottawa plastic mortar sand and distilled 
water (in proportions of 1:2 by weight, with water added f 



«. 



B.P. L.A, 



MORTAR MATERIALS (Continued) 

,) produce 100 percent flow) and subjected to a 7 dav 

"wick test" in general conformity with the methods described 
in ASTM Designation C 67. 

b) Lijne shall be plastic hydrate, conforming to ASTM Deslg- 
natiotr'c~207 , Type S (only). 

c) Sand shall be a clean, washed, uniformly well graded mason- 
ry sanTTonforming to the reauirements of ASTM Designation 

C 144 with the further requirement that the fineness modulus 
shall be maintained at 2.25 plus/minus O.IO. Sand shall be frot 
a single source meeting these requirements and as approved by 
the Architect after laboratory test. Source of supplv shall 
not be changed during course of lob without written consent of 
the Architect and reimbursement of the Owner for tests involved 



d) 



W ater shall be potable and free of injurious contaminants 



MASONRY UNITS 




respective ly 



b) All masonry units shall conform to the following ASTM 
Designations as supplemented herein: 

1. Hollow load-bearing masonry units: ASTM C 90 

2. Solid load-bearing masonry units: ASTM C 1^5 
J. Aggregate: ASTM C 331 

c) Masonry units shall be Grade !'-I for exterior work and 
Grade P-I for interior work. 

d) The moisture content at time of delivery shall not ex- 
ceed 30 percent of total absorption when tested in accordance 
with ASTM Designation C 140. Units shall be cured and dried 
bv the autoclave process or approved equal. 

e) The maximum oven drv weight of one hollow masonrv unit, 
nominal size 8 inches by 8 inches by 16 inches, shall not 
exceed 26 pounds for pumice units and 23 pounds ios expanded 
shale or slag units. 

f) Units shall be manufactured with a maximum face dimension 
tolerance of plus/minus 1/16 inch. 

MASONRY WORK 
4A. 3 



10 



to 



• 



MASONRY 



WORK 
4A. 2 



R . P . L . A 



10. ACCESSORIES (Continued) 

2. Joint reinforcement shall be manufactured from cold 
drawn stael wire conforming to ASTM A 82 and shall con- 
sist of two deformed longitudinal rods welded at 16 inch 
intervals in the same plane to a continuous diagonal cross 
rod forming a truss design. Longitudinal and cross rods 
shall be No. 9 gage. Reinforcement shall be of proper 
width to span to within 3/4 inch of each face of wall or 
partition. Reinforcement for exterior walls shall be hot 
dip galvanized after fabrication. All other reinforcement 
shall be bare steel. 

3. Prefabricated or job fabricated corner and tee sec- 
tions shall be used to form continuous reinforcement around 
corners and for anchoring abutting masonrv walls and par- 
tions. Material in corner and tee sections shall corres- 
pond to type of joint reinforcement used. 

4. Joint reinforcement shall be installed in bed joints 

16 inches apart vertically. In addition place reinforcement 

in the two bed joints, 8 inches apart, immediately above 

and below openings, extending a minimum of 3 feet beyond 
the opening . 

5. Reinforcement shall be continuous, except that it 
shall not pass through vertical control joints. Reinfor- 
cement shall be lapped at least 6 inches at splices, in- 
cluding cross rods. 

b ) Dovetail Anchors and Anchor Slots 

1. Vertical anchor slots and dovetail anchors shnll he 
provided (1) wherever unit masonrv butts against con- 
crete walls or columns, and (2) in concrete walls and 
columns having masonrv unit or glazed brick facing, except 
where otherwise shown. 

2. Dovetail slots shall be 20 gauge galvanized steel, 
with waterproof cellular filler; dovetail anchors shall be 
16 gauge galvanized steel, corrugated, 1 inch wide. 

3. Anchor slots shall be furnished by Masonry Subcon- 
tractor to Contractor for installation under Section 3A, 
CONCRETE WORK. Slots shall be placed oy Contractor (1) 
in concrete walls and columns in center line of masonry 
unit butting against these walls or columns, (2) at 24 
inch on center in concrete walls with masonry unit or 
glazed brick facing and (3) in center line of concrete 
columns with masonry unit or glazed brick facing, except 
where otherwise shown. Install dovetail anchors every 
16 inches vertically. 



MASONRY WORK 
4A. 5 



9 • r • Lj • A I 



8. MASONRY UNITS (Continued) 

g) Submit samples consisting of 3 units for each type of 
aggregate to the Architect for approval in accordance with 
Article 2.02. of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. Tn addition, 
u-^on request by the Architect, provide a certificate bv a 
recognized testing laboratory certifying compliance of units 
supplied for this Project with the foregoing specifications. 

h) Units shall be of thickness shown. Provide special units 
as required by the drawings or to meet job conditions. 

1) Units stored at the site shall be kept under cover so 
that the moisture content of the units when laid will not ex- 
ceed 35 percent of the total absorption as determined bv lab- 
oratory test. 

J) Utmost care shall be taken in handling units on the lob. 
.hipped or otherwise damaged units shall not be used in ex- 
posed work. 

9. G LAZED BRICK 

•) Glazed brick shall be Select Oualitv Ceramic Glazed Brick 
conforming to ASTM Designation C 126-62 and shall bo HANLEY 
Durante dazed Brick. Shade 729, Dapple Grev Speck, or approved 
glazed brick of same quality, color and pattern as manufactured 
by Darlington. Natco, or other manufacturer. 



Wl 
it 



B . P . L . A , 



10 



ACCESSORIES (Continued) 



c) 



Wall Ties 

1. Provide wall ties (1) between plazed brick and mason- 
ry unit back-up and (2) where otherwise reouired for bond 

2. Wall ties shall be 20-gauge galvanized, corrugated 
sheet steel, 7/8 inch wide, 7 Inches lone. 

3. Ties shall be spaced 24 inches on center laterally 
and 16 Inches on center vertically. 



d) 



top of masonrv unit 



shall be standard size. 8 inch bv 2-1/4 inch by 



Provide 



b) Bricks 
3-3/4 inch. 

c) Internal and external corners shall be square 
8pe<ial shapes as ^hown or as reouired. 

d) All units shall be reasonably straight and true with fin- 
ished faces free from chips, crazes, blisters, crawling and 
other imperfections visible from a distance of five feet when 
walls are viewed at right angles. 

e) Utmost care shall be taken in handling bricks on the job 
Chipped or otherwise damaged bricks shall not be used in 
finished work. 



e) 



f) Submit sample consisting of 3 bricks 
approval in accordance with Article 2.02. 
THE CONTRACT. ... 



to the Architect for 
of the CONDITIONS OF 



Compressible Filler 

1. Provide compressible filler on 
partitions where shown. 

2. Filler shall be a preformed closed-cell foam polvethy 
lene, sponge rubber or fiber expansion joint filler of 
proper thickness to be under compression. Hold filler 
back 1/2 inch from exposed face of partitions for caulk- 
ing by others. 

Control Joint Filler 

1. Provide control joint filler In all uninterrupted 
runs of masonry unit partitions at 30 feet on center and 
where shown on drawings. 

2. Joint filler shall be a cross-shaned , solid rubber 

extrusion to be used with standard metal sash masonrv 

unit. Rubber material shall meet renulrements of ASTM 

Designation D 735, grade R-805. with 80 shore durometcr 

• "^ " " "•■ '•" ^ 

hardness . 



I 




-f 



f ) Samples 



11 



ACCESSORIES 

•) Joint Reinforcement 

1. Provide joint reinforcement in an unit masonry 



MASONRY WORK 
4A.4 



1 Submit samples of accessories to Architect for ap- 
proval in accordance with Article 2.02 of the CONDITIONS 
OF THE CONTRACT. 

MORTAR 

a) General 

1. The inethod of measur.l.ng materials sha^l b.p such that 
the specified proportions of the materials can be con- 
trolled and accurately maintained. Shovel measurement 
will not be allowed. 

2. All cementltious materials and aggregate shall he 
mixed for at least 3 minutes In a mechanical hatch r^iyer 

MASONRY WORK 

4A .ft 












11 



<1 



B , n , I. . A , 



MORTA R (Continued) 

2. with the proner amount of water to produce a work- 
able consistency. Hand m i x 1 n p shall not be used. 

3. Mortar shall be used and niaced in final position 
within 2 1/2 hrurs after mixinp. Mortar which has stif- 
fened because of evaporation within the 2 1/2 hour nerlod 

be retempered once (onlv) to restore its workab i 1 i t v . 



b) 



mav 



Mortar "ix 



1. Mortar shall be of following tvpes in accirdance with 
ASTM Designation C 270: 

.1 Exterior unit masonry - Type N 

.2 Interior unit masonrv - Tvoe 



r, lazed brick masonrv 



Tvpe 



2. The same mortar mixture shall be used throuphout 
for each tvpe of mortar. The specific mortar mixture 
Tvpe N shall be determined hv the Testlnp Engineer bv 
means of 7 and 2R dav laboratory bond tests made with 
the particular materials available for the work. 

3. No factorv prepared masonrv cement shall be used. 
1 2 . MASONRY CONSTRUCTION - GENERAL 

a) All masonrv shall be laid bv skilled workmen under ade- 
ouate supervision, and shall be laid true to lines and levels 
with Joints of uniform thickness, all surfaces true and corners 
straight and plumb. 



B.P.L.A 



13. UNIT MASO NRY (Continued) 

g) Wherever anchors, bolts and similar metal items are em- 
bedded In mortar or concrete within the unit masonrv, nrovlde 
screen wire stops of galvanized steel insect screening to 
prevent mortar or concrete from dropping through the voids 
be low . 



No m a s ( 
■ee s F . I 

masonrv 

the mat; 
sed space 
11 be .It 

the mo "I 
legrees ; 

at least 
>s will I 
'.en work 
if f ected 



' work < 
!ss pro> 
:er ials 
lis and 
All mi 
: empe r al 
, when » 

80 deg] 
i hours 

be all( 
ill be \ 

frost ! 



itures below AO 
ect adeoiiatelv 
rom frost bv heat- 
heatinp the en- 
i freezing weather 
and '^O degrees K. 
?rature between 
r against freezing 
L-f ree zc admix- 
frozen soil or 
:ed work found to 
rebuilt. 



c) Provide all chases, slots, recesses, as required to accom- 
modate the work of other trades. Close chases, slots, reces- 
ses left for installation of work rcouirlnp Inspection onlv 
after such work has heen Installed, tested, and approved. As 
the work progresses, set all anchors, bolts, sleeves, loose 

MASONRY WORK 
AA. 7 



U 



B. P. I. .A. 



12. MASONRY CONSTRUCTION - GENERAL (Continued) 

(.) lintels, access panels, and all other Items of the var- 
ious trades required to be built-in with the masonrv. Special 
care shall be given in accurately setting the metal items re- 
nulrcd for support and anchorage of granite work. No cutting 
and patching of completed masonrv work will be nermittod ex- 
cept as approved bv the Architect. 

d) Provide complete protection against breakage, staining, 
and weather damage to aasonrv. Masonrv, when not roofed over, 
shall be protected with non-staining waterproof coverings, 
properly weighted, whenever masons are not working on the 
wal Is . 

1 3 . UNIT MASON RY 

a) Masonrv units shall be laid in running bond. Coursing 
of exposed work shall be such that two blocks plus two lolnts 
equal 16 inches. 

b) Full mortar bedding (webs and face shells covered and 
bedded in mortar) shall be used In laving all starting courses. 
Face shell bedding shall be used In laving all other courses. 
All vertical joints shall be fullv buttered. 

c) All masonry unit walls, partitions and back-up shall be 
carried up to the concrete structure overhead. 

d) Except where compressible filler Is called for on draw- 
ings, unit masonrv shall be wedged tight against overhead con- 
crete structure with slate or other approved wedges anproxi- 

.^nfltelv 2A inches, on £,i«nter and the t,on joint shall he fi,lled ^ 
with mortar. 

t) All cutting of units shall be done with a motor driven 
carborundum saw to Insure straight, even cut edges. 

f) Masonrv units shall be filled solid with mortar or con- 
crete at following locations: 

1. The first two cells of units abutting door frames. 

2. All cells of units of course Immediatelv above steel 
lintels. 

3. All cells of units where called '"or on Structural 
Drawings . 

4. Where necessarv for embedment of anchors, bolts, 
bearing of steel members, and where shown. 



MASONRY WORK 
4A.P 



h) 
set 



Fill solid with mortar all jambs and heads of door frames 
in uni t masonrv . 



I) Except where steel lintels and cas t - In-p lace concrete lin- 
tels are Indicated on schedules or drawings, lintels In masonrv 
unit walls and partitions shall be formed bv using load-bearing 
grade channel lintel units of approved tvpe and design. Lintels 
shall be reinforced In accordance with schedule on Structural 
Drawings and filled with 3000 psl concrete at 28 davs. Joint- 
ing and texture of lintel units shall match the adjacent masonrv, 
Provide 8 Inch bearing on each side. 

j) Provide masonrv unit protection of vertical membrane water- 
proofing at planting beds as shown. 

k) Block up openings In party-wall of existing building as 
shown. Blocklng-up shall be performed as soon as the new 
construction reaches the level of the openings. 

1) Units shall be kept clean from mortar during Installation. 
Any mortar smears on the face of units shall be cleaned off 
Immed lately. 

ra) All exposed joln-s shall be struck off flush and, when 
thumbprint hard, shall be thoroughly jointed with a rounded 
non-stalnlng tool to produce a glassv-hard, polished concave 
joint free of drying cracks. 

n) Raked joints for caulking or sealing shall be provided on 
the exposed face of exterior and interior control joints and 
at such other locations where caulked or sealed joints are 
shown. Such joints shall be raked and tooled smooth to a 
uniform depth of 1/2 Inch. 

C ONTROL JOINTS IN UNIT MASONRY 

a) General 

Continuous vertical control joints shall be provided in 
masonrv unit walls and partitions at following locations: 

1. At Intersection of walls and partitions except at 
corners . 

2. In continuous, unbroken runs of walls and partitions 
at 30 feet on center, and where Indicated on drawings. 

MASONRY WORK 
AA . 9 



B.P.L.A 



16. GLAZED BRICK MASONRY (Continued) 

d) After initial set of mortar, all exposed joints shall be 
struck off flush and when thumb-nrlnt hard shall be thorouchlv 
jointed with a rounded pon-stalnlnp tool to produce a class v- 
hard, polished concave joint free of drving cracks. 

e) As work progresses, all surfaces shall be cleaned with 
burlap. At completion of work, the walls shall be scrubbed 
with a brush using soap an 1 water or a deter gen t- tvpe masonrv 
cleaning compound. No acid or metallic scrapers shall be used 
in cleaning. 

f) Rake out to a depth of 3/8 inch all imperfect mortar joints 
and repolnt as directed bv the Architect. The entire work 
shall be left free of all blemishes. 






B.P.L.A. 



lA. C ONTROL JOINTS IN UN I T MASONRY (Continued) 

3. At changes In wall thickness because of columns, 
pipe chases, duct work and the like. 

A. At junction of walls and partitions with concrete 
columns, piers or walls. 

b) Inter section of Walls and Partitions 

1. Intersecting walls and partitions shall be tied to- 
gether In a masonrv bond at corners. 

2. At all other Intersections, walls and partitions 
shall terminate at the face of the other wall or partition 
and be tied thereto bv the Tee-shaped joint reinforcement 
specified under Article 10., ACCESSORIES, hereinabove. 

c) Continuous Runs of Masonr y 

1. Provide control joint filler specified under Article 
10., ACCE.SSORIES , hereinabove. 

2. At his option. Contractor mav line core of units on 
one side of control joint with a strip of building paper 
and completely fill cells with concrete. 

1 5 . CLEANING AND FINISHING OF UNIT MASONRY 

a) All exposed masonry unit surfaces shall be llghtlv stoned 
down to remove excess mortar and aggregate projections. 

b) At completion of all masonrv unit work and before floor 
•" " " finish is appiTed unrfer other Sectrons, a« l-'fxpo-sed i-nterior 

masonrv unit work shall be vacuum- c leaned with brush-tvpe head 
attachment to remove all loose granules and building dust from 
pores of un Its. 

c) Rake out to a depth of 3/8 Inch all Imperfect or frozen 
mortar joints and repolnt as dirccteci bv the Architect. The 
entire work shall be left free of all blemishes. 

1 6 . GLAZED BRICK MASONRY 

a) Bricks shall be laid In running bond with vertical and 
horizontal joints completely filled wi fh moj-tar. 

b) All cutting of bricks shall be done with a motor driven 
saw to insure straight, even cut edges. 

c) Bricks shall be bonded to concrete with dove-tall anchors 
and to masonry units with metal ties specified In foregoing 
Article 10. The space between brick and back-up shall be 
completely filled with mortar. 

MASONRY WORK 
AA. 10 



• 



MASONRY WORK 
AA. 1 1 



B.P.L.A 



SECTION AB 



GRANITE WORK 



FROVISTONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided bv the Contractor. 

FILED SUB-BID RE9UIREMENTS 

a) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section, Includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authority 
at the office of the Director of the Boston Public Llbrarv, 
Copley Square, Boston, Massachusetts, before twelve o clock 
noon, (Eastern Standard Time), Wednesday, January 15, 1969, 
at which time and place all sub-bids will be publicly opened 
and read aloud . 

b) Submission of sub-bids shall be in accordance with ADVER- 
TISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

SCOPE OF WOR K 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
Installing all GRANITE WORK as shown on the drawings, schedules, 
and as specified herein, and Includes, but Is not limited to, 
the following: 

•"' 1 ' aTI e'xtef lor and Irfterlor granite facln-g and soffits- 
of the new building and exterior facing on Elevations A 
and M of the existing building. 

2. All exterior and interior granite pavings, curbs, 
steps and saddles. 

3. Exterior granite fences. 

4. Granite shelf and granite counter top In Room 109. 

5. Interior granite base along window walls on Second 
Floo/ and anv other. Item labeled. "Granite" on. drawings. , 



B.P.L.A, 



RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OT HER SECTIONS 

a) Removal of brick on Elevations A and M of existing Library 
Building, specified under Section 2C , DEMOLITION WORK. 

b') Furnishing and Installation of the following Is specified 
under Section 5B, MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON: 

1. Steel framing behind stone arches at windows Type G, 
Second Floor . 

2. Steel framing for exterior granite faced doors labeled 
"GR-ST" on Door and Frame Schedule. 

c) Furnishing and installation of (1) composite flashing and 
(2) sealant and back-up for joints in granite work, specified 
under Section 7A , WATERPROOFI.NG , DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING. 

STANDARDS 

a) All terms herein relating to the fabrication and setting 
of granite shall be In accordance with the standards of the 
National Building Granite Ouarrles Association. Inc., herein 
referred to as "the Standards". 

QUARRY AND PLANT 

a) The granite shall be obtained from a quarrv approved bv 
the Official having the capacity and facilities for furnishing 
the quantity, sizes and quality of granite specified and re- 
oul red . 

b) The cutting and finishing shall be done bv firms exper- 
ienced and properly equipped to produce the finished material 
without causing delav In the progress of the work. 

c) Evidence as to the ability to comply with the foregoing 
requirements shall be submitted to the Official when requested. 

SHOP DRAWINGS 

a) Submit to the Architect for approval complete cutting and 
setting shop drawings for all granite work In accordance with 
Article 2.01, of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 

h) Shop drawings shall show elevations, sections and dimen- 

sions of stone, the arrangement of joints, typical and special 
supports and anchoring and all other necessarv details. 

c) Shop drawings shall be based upon and follow the drawings 
and details prepared bv the Architect, except where it Is 
agreed in writing that changes be made. 



GRANITE WORK 
AB. 2 



B.P.L.A. 



7, SHOP D RAWINGS (Continued) 

d) Each stone indicated on the;;? drawings shall bear the 
corresponding setting number marked on the back or bed of 
stones with a non-stalnlng paint. 

e) Provisions for the proper anchoring and dowelling of 
work in accordance with the best practice and provisions for 
the support of stone by shelf angles or other means shall 

be clearly indicated on the shon drawings. 



8. 



9. 



'*• 



b) 



Th« work to be done under this Section is shown on 



following drawings. 

The whole set of drawings 



GRANITE WORK 
AB. 1 



> 



f) It shall be the responsibility of this Subcontractor to 
submit the shop drawings on a schedule that allows the Archl- 

te( 

bel - - - - , ^ 

f^i7"the proper Installation In the concrete of the necessary 

Inserts for supports and anchorage of the stone work. 



ibmlt tne snop orawings on a ov.iicuux^ ....-w „. 

■ct ample time for checking and approval of shop drawings 
■fore the concrete structure is started. In order to allow 



MATERIAL 

a) Granite shall be Mllford Pink, free from all defects that 
would materially Impair Its strength, durabilitv or appearance, 
and within the range of color, texture and finish represented 
bv samples available for Inspection at the Architect's office 
during the bidding period. 

FINISH 

•) The exposed surfaces shall be finished as specified hera- 
Inbelow and in accordance with the approved samples: 



hm 



1. 



Exterior Work 

.1 Wall facing on Elevations A and M - To match 
existing building. 



2. 



.2 Wall facing of new building 

. 3 Door pane 1 s 

.4 Fences 

.5 Curbs 

.6 Paving 

Interior Work 

.1 Wall facing 

.2 Steps 

. 3 Paving 

. 4 Sadd 1 es 



- Flame Finish 

- Flame Finish 

- Flame Finish 

- Shot Rubbed 

- Shot Rubbed 

- Fine Rubbed 

- Fine Rubbed 

- Fine Rubbed 

- Fine Rubbed 

GRANITE WORK 
AB. 3 



t 

A 



^^j^W j^ ^N^iJ^^WStflUgWM WWp- 




m 



FINISH (Continued) 
, 5 Base 
.6 Shelf and Counter Top 



B.P.L.A, 

- Fine Rubbed 

- Honed 



B.P.L.A, 



18, 



16. M( 



M0RTAR_MATER1ALS (Continued) 



b) Surface variations shall be within the tolerances speci- 
fied in the Standards, Paragraph 3-3, 

c) Washes and drips shall be uniform In profile throuRhout 
their length in strict conformity with details shown on the 
contract drawings or on approved shop drawings. 



5^^ ,.an .e pot.ble and fra. o, ln,„rio.s co„ta..„a..s 

► v,» rioht to establish the exact mix 
The owner '■^"'^^"/^".^i^^eer selected and paid bv the 
the mortar bv a Testing Enp ineer select ^ ^^^ ^^ ^^,,^ted 



17 



d) 

oJ the mortar bv a T«^""^^;;':;";;;irbe mixed as directed 
Owner, in which case the mortar snaii 
bv the Testing Engineer. ... 

MORTAR 

a) General 



METAL ITEMS (Continued) 

.5 Sleeves in concrete 
.6 Fastenings of fences 

.7 All other metal items 



B.P.L.A. 



Steel 

Hot-dip gal- 
vanized steel 

Stainless steel 



2. Metal items for support and anchorage of interior 
granite work shall be as follows: 



10. SAMPLES 



a) For each type of finish specified in Paragraph 9. a) of 
this Section, submit 2 samples of the granite flnallv selected 
for the work showing the range of color, texture and finish as 
directed by the Architect. Samples of Fine Rubbed. Shot Rub- 
bed and Flame Finish shall be approximately 12 sq . ft. by 3 
in. thick, with the exact size to be given bv the Architect. 
Samples of Honed Finish shall be 9 In. bv 18 in. ' 
thick. 



bv 1 in 



b) Set samples vertically and well secured on a temporary, 
sturdy wood rack at location as directed by the Architect. 
Wood rack shall be furnished, installed and removed bv this 
Subcontractor. Samples shall be removed when directed by the 
Architect . 

c) No Btones shall be quarried until approval of samples 
has been obtained in writing from the Architect. 

1 1 . BEDS A ND JOINTS 

a) All stone shall be cut accurately to shape and dimensions, 
with bed and joint openings of 1/4 in. 

b) Beds and joints shall be sawed or cut in accordance with 
the Standards, Section 4. 

1 2 . BACK OF STONES 

a) The backs of all stones shall be sawed or roughly dressed 
to approximately true planes. The thickness of the stones 
shall not varv from the indicated dimension in excess of 3/8 
In. either wav on stones less than 3 in. in thickness, nor more 
than 1/2 in. either wav on stones 3 in. or more in thickness. 
The sawed backs of all stones shall be cleaned of rust stains 
and iron particles. 

13. INCIDENTAL CUTTINC. AND DRILLING 

a) Where stone thickness permits, all stones weighing over 
100 pounds shall have Lewis holes for lifting. Lewis holes 
shall not come closer than 2 in. from the finished face of the 

GRANITF WORK 
4B.4 



,. The method of measuring ^^ ml^i: i: U^ ian%rcont r M - 
the specified P-P-^;-^.°^/'%rove ^ asurement will 
led and accurately maintained. bnove 

not be allowed. 

nixed for at least 3 "^""'^^ '" .j^^ to produce a work- 
:i;^e ^crnsntrncv-^rand^li^lnrshltl not ^e used. 

3. Mortar shall be used and ''^-^^^/^^/ij^^.Tas' s^U - 
within 2-1/2 hours ^^^^ "^;;^;;^;,,^° J^z^i ? hour period 
fened because of ---""'^f ^^ "J^'t^/tore its workabilitv. 
nay be retempered once (only) to restore 

b) M ortar Mix 

,. The mortar for setting ^'-^^^-J-p/.nl:^ c^::'! 
.„d steps Shall be "^^ ^ .^ , /t'ater shall he added 
and 3 parts sand ^^^^'/^^i'l^ possible. The consls- 
to form a workable mix as "^^^ » ' -Bnowball" of the mix 

1„ th. h.nd. If '^. b»n '5f ;/,,„„bi„. th.r. 1. too 

;rct!i'r.;." "u"rrii.. \L\. .. too -ucb ...... 

,. xu otb.t "-'- "j-r.^ryto's",:;":*'..:-' "" 

Portland cement, 1 part lime and «« to , 

Ifl. METAL ITEMS 

a ) Cenexal_.Rei*»iJ"-«B«I»i^ 

1. AU .neU .oppor.,, wed.. ln..rt. ^°^«':; \:;n! ' 

::f.":;.:r:ir/.r:^H;t rti: .»^t. -.ed .ot tb._ 
-;:;;:r.;d^/"br,"rcuL!^:/c::rrt»ru. -.ed 

in Article U. of this Section. 



GRANITE WORK 
4B.6 



.1 Wedge inserts in concrete 

.2 Hoi ts , nut s 

.3 Shims 

.A Dovetail anchor slots 

.5 Sleeves in concrete 

.6 All other metal Items 



Hot-dip gal- 
'•anized mallea- 
ble iron . 
Hot-dip gal- 
vani zed steel 

- Steel 

20 gauge electr:«- 
galv. steel 

- Steel 

Hot-dip gal- 
vanized steel 



19. 



c ) Set ting of Me t«l Items in Concrete and Masonry 

1. This Subcontractor shall give full cooperation to 
the Contractor and to the other trades. He shall fur- 
nish to the Contractor shop drawings showing location 
and type of metal items to be installed in concrete 
and masonry and also furnish to the Contractor metal 
Items to be set Into concrete or masonry so as to avoid 
future cutting and patching. 

2. Any cutting and patching In the work of other trades 
made necessarv bv the failure of this Subcontractor to 
furnish in time metal items to be built-in or made neces- 
sarv on account of Incorrect Information or anv other 
error on the part of this Subcontractor shall be perfor- 
med at the expense of this Subcontractor. 

INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS 

a) Before starting with the setting work, the Subcontractor 
shall visit the job and examine the existing conditions which 
may affect his work. He shall report in writing to the Con- 
tractor, with copy to the Architect, any condition which might 
adversely affect the Subcontractor's work and not proceed with 
such work until defects have been corrected. 



B.P.L.A. 

2 1 . SETTING OF EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR GRANITE FACING 

a) At courses where angle supports occur, stones shall be 
set in mortar on the angle supports, and the horizontal joint 
at such courses shall be left open for sealing under Section 
7A. 

b) At all other courses, stones shall be carefully bedded 
in a full bed of mortar. The exposed lolnts shall be raked 
out and tooled smooth to a uniform depth of 1/2 in. for seal- 
ing under Section 7A. 

c) All vertical joints shall be left open for sealing under 
Section 7A. 

d) Lead buttons shall be placed under stones to prevent 
crushing of mortar in setting bed. Wooden wedges will not 
be al lowed . 

e) Joints between stones of arches shall be solidlv filled 
with mortar for the full depth of joint. The exposed joints 
shall be raked out and tooled smooth to a uniform depth of 
1/2 in. for sealing under Section 7A. 

f) At joints in soffits, provide soots of mortar, held 
back 1 in. from the face of stone, to hold stones in nlace. 
Remainder of joints shall he left open for sealing under 
Section 7A. 

2 2 . SETTING OF EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR G R ANITE PAVINGS AND S T EPS 

a) The concrete subfloors shall be cleaned of all dust, dirt 
and foreign matter and then covered with a oolvethvlene sheet 
of 6 mil thickness laid smoothly with laps of 6 in. 

b) Each stone shall be set on a solid bed of mortar. Plastic 
pads shall be placed under stones to prevent crushing of mor- 
tar in setting bed. Wooden wedges will not be allowed. 

e) The finish paving surfaces shall he in a true plane with 
adjoining stones perfectly flush. Joints shall be straight 
and of uniform width, 

d) In all joints of exterior and interior paving, furnish 
and Install a fiber expansion joint filler. Filler shall be 
1/4 in. thick and he kept 1 In. below the top of paving to 
allow the Caulking Subcontractor under Section 7A to install 
an additional sealant back-up which is compatible with the 
sealant used prior to the installation of the sealant itself. 



GRANITE 



WORK 
4B.8 



B.P.L.A, 



13. INCIDENTAL CUTTING AND DRILLING (Continued) 

a) stone. It shall be this Subcontractor's responsibility 

to provide holes and cut-outs for anv other mntal items re- 
quired for handling and setting of stones; anv such holes, and 
cut-outs, as well as Lewis Holes will not he permitted on 
exposed faces . 

b) Holes and cut-outs for other trades shall be cut at the 
plant when specifically shown on the contract drawings. 

c) Holes and slnkages for anchors, cramps, dowels, shelf 
angles, and other supporting and anchoring devices shall be 
cut in accordance with approved shop drawings. 

1 A . SHIPPING AND DELIVERY 

a) The finished stone "-hall be carefully loaded and packed 
for shipment, using all reasonable and customary precautions 
against damage in transit. No material which would cause 
Staining or discoloration shall be used for blocking or pack- 
ing. 

b) Stone shall be delivered promptly as needed and In the 
sequence in which It is to be set. 

1 5 . HANDLING AND STORAGE 

a) All stone shall be unloaded, delivered to the site and 
stored with all necessarv care being taken to avoid soiling 
or damaging . 

b) Upon receipt at the site, the granite shall be stacked 
on tiriAer or p ».%£ forms ^t least U in. alrDve the jround . ^ 

c) Lewis holes shall he plugged during freezing weather to 
prevent accumulation of water. Salt shall not be used for 
melting ice in Lewis holes or for any other purpose. 

16. MORTAR MATERIAL S 

a) Cement shall be an American Portland cement conforming 
to ASTM Deslgnetion C 150. Type I and II. 

b) Line shall be plastic hydrate, conforming to ASTM Desig- 
nation C 207. Type S (only). 

c) Sand shall be a clean, washed, uniformly well graded 
masonry sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation 
C \I*U with the further requirement that the fineness modulus 
shall be maintained at 2.25 plus/minus 0,10. Sand shall be 
from a single source meeting these requirements and as approved 
by the Architect. Source of supply shall not be changed dur- 
ing course of Job without written consent of the Architect. 



B.P.L.A 



18. METAL ITEMS (Continued) 

2. Wedge inserts, dovetail slots, sleeves and other 
items set into concrete or masonrv shall be furnished 
to the Contractor for installation under Section 3A . 
CONCRETE, or Section 4A. MASONRY WORK, respectively. 
All other metal items furnished under this Section 
shall be installed under this Section. 

3. Neoprene pads at anchors for exterior fences shall 
be furnished under this Section. 

4. The contract drawings show stone support and anchor- 
ing devices as manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard. Inc., 
to establish the standard of products required under the 
Contract. Similar products by other manufacturers will 
be deemed approved equals if thev meet these standards. 

5. The contract drawings show typical conditions of 
supporting and anchoring the stone. It shall be this 
Subcontractor's responsibility to show on the shop draw- 
ings and, after their approval, to provide the supporting 
and anchoring devices for the entire granite work. In 
the absence of details on contract drawings, supports 

and anchorage shall be in accordance with best practice 
in the trade. 



6. 

to 



It also shall be this Subcontractor's responsibility 
provide Lewis anchors, dowels and other metal items 



b) 



required exclusively for handling and setting of stones. 

7. Anchors, dowels and similar items shall be Inserted 
in morlar filled ho^es in the jjrani te . ^ P^art Icular^ care 
shall be given to completely fill the hole's of hanger 
rods in exterior soffits and arches so as to prevent anv 
water from entering these holes. 

Material s 

1. Metal items for support and anchorage of exterior 
granite work shall be as follows: 

.1 Wedge inserts In concrete - Hot-dip galvanized 
malleable iron. 



B.P.L.A, 



19. INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS (Continued) 

b) The start of anv work will be construed as meaning that 
such examination has been made and that the conditions have 
been found acceptable. Later claims tr the contrary will not 
be considered and anv defects in the work resulting from such 
accepted conditions shall be corrected by the Subcontractor 
at no cost to the Owner. 

20. SETTING - GENERA L 

a) All setting shall be done by competent stone setters in 
accordance with the approved shop drawings and under adequate 
supervision. The workmanship shall be of the highest quality 
throughout . 

b) Each stone shall he clean and dry before being set. All 
work shall be set true to lines and levels with joints of uni- 
form 1/4 In. thickness throughout. The face of granite shall 
be kept free from mortar at all times. Any mortar smears 
shall be immediately removed with a clean sponge and clean 
water . 

c) No granite work shall be laid in temperatures below 40 
degrees F. unless provisions are made to adequately protect 
materials and the finished work from frost bv heating the 
materials and enclosing the work and heating the enclosed 
spaces. Antl-freeze admixtures will not be allowed in the 
mortar. Any completed work found to be affected 
shall be taken down and rebuilt. 



22 



bv frost 



.2 ■ Bolts, nuts (except at 
fences ) 

.3 Shims 

.4 Dovetail anchor slots 



GRANITE 



WORK 
4B. 5 



Stainless steel 

Stainless steel 

20 gauge Eraydo 
zinc 



GRANITE WORK 
4B. 7 



d) It is the intent of these 
and interior exposed joints in 
kTacking or withiTUt. shall be s 
PROOFING. DAMPPROOFING AND CAU 
installation, the Granite Work 
his work with the Caulking Sub 
precise depth to which mortar 
proper sealing with the sealan 

e) Prior to the start of ins 
contractor is also cautioned t 
Subcontractor of Architectural 
proper sequence of Installatlo 
the two trades. 

f) Anv tenterlngs required f 
be furnished and Installed und 
of centerings shall be provide 



specifications that all exterior 
granite work, whether witli mortar 
ea led -"undei" F-^c-rlon 7A ,.- W.^JEf^- .- ., 
LKING. Prior to the start of 

Subcontractor shnll coordinate 
contractor and determine the 
joints shall he raked hack for 
t used for the work. 

tallation. the Granite Work Sub- 
o coordinate his work with the 

Bronze Work with regard to the 
n of adjoining items of work of 

or setting of arch stones shall 
er this Section. The support 
d bv the Contractor. 



g) 
3A, 



Sleeves for hanger rods shall be grouted under Section 
CONCRETE. 



GRANITF 



WORK 
4B.9 



•) Joints between stones 
grouted and raked b.nrk 1/2 



of steps, curbs and bases shall be 
in. for sealing under Section 7A. 



GRANITE WORK 
4B. 10 



B.P.L.A 



SETTING OR EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR GRANITE PAVINGS AND STEPS 
(Continued) 

f) During the whole setting process, the face of the navlnp 
shall be kept as clean as possible, constant use being made 
of a wet brush or sponge to prevent cement smears from hard- 
ening on the surface. 

g) Prior to the start of paving work, sample floor panels 
shall be laid on the job site, where directed, for approval 
of the proposed setting method bv the Architect. 

2 3 . MJLS CELL ANEOU S 

a) Furnish and install granite facing for exterior doors 
labeled "GR-ST" on Door and Frame Schedule. Granite panels 
shall h.Tve joint pattern to match adjoining work. 

b) Provide cut-outs In granite for drinking fountain re- 
cesses in accordance with templates furnished bv Plumbing 
Subcon t ractor . 

c) Granite shelf and counter top in Room 109 shall each he 
in one single piece. Set shelf on neonrene pads. Set coun- 
ter top taking care not to damage woodwork. 

d) During the demolition of the Annex to the existinr. Boston 
Public Libr.-iry. all reusable pieces of granite have been sal- 
vaged and been stored at a storage site at following address: 

Boston Public Library Book Storage Facility 
Long Island, Boston Harbor 

These pieces of granite mav he reused under this Contract 
Tor the facing-of K 1 e'va'tlons' A arf^d ^' on the ex 1 s t ing ^. 1 b r« rv 
Building and will be furnished bv the Owner at the storage 
site at no cost to the (iranlte Work Subcontractor. All tran- 
sportation costs from the storage site shall he at the expense 
of the Granite Work Subcontractor. 

Each Granite Work Sub-hluder. before submitting his hid. 
shall examine the granite stored at the storage site and make 
his own estimate of the amount of such granite which mav he 
reused, either in its present condition or recut at the plant, 
for the work on Elevations A and M. 

Anv gran-ite stores at tho storage site which cannot be 
reused shall he left at the storage site and remain tne pro- 
perty of the Owner. 



^ 1 






I 



h* 



I., 



24 



CLEANING 



a) 



After completion of the stone work and after liability of 
stain from other opera^ions has passed, the stone work shall be 
carefully cleaned, removing all dirt, mortar, stains or other 
defacements . 



GRANITE WOP.f 
4B. 11 



B.P.L.A 



B. P.L.A. 



iJ.F. L.A. 



B.P.L.A. 



2U. CLEANING (Continued) 

b) The use of wire brushes, acids or solutions which mav 
cause discoloration is expresslv prohibited. 

c) Cleaning of facin?; shall start at the top and proceed 
towards the ground floor. All work shall be left clean and 
in perfect condition. 

25. PROTECTION 

a) This Subcontractor shall provide complete protection 
against staining and weather damage to granite work during 
installation. Granite facing shall be protected with non- 
staining waterproof coverings, properly weighted, whenever 
stone setters are not working on the walls. 

b) This Subcontractor shall arrange with the Contractor for 
closing off traffic as renuired to avoid damage to granite 
pavings and steps until the mortar has thoroughly set. 

c) The Contractor shall be responsible for protection of 
granite work after completion of each portion of such work. 
Protective boxing or other suitable means shall he emploved 
whenever required without specific Instruction from the Archi- 
tect. No material liable to stain the stone shall he used for 
protection . 

26. DEFECTIVE WORK 

a) No patching or hiding of defects will be permitted. Any 
stone showing flaws or imperfections shall not be used and 
shall he replaced with new stone at no cost to the Owner. 

2 7 . C.l 'ARANTEE 

a) This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all work- 
manship, materials and installation for a period of one (1) 
year from the date of final pavment to the General Contractor 
for the account of this Subcontractor. Should anv defects in 
workmanship or material develop within this time, this Sub- 
contractor shall make all necessarv repairs and replacements 
to the satisfaction of the Official and without additional 
cost to the City, Said written guarantee shall further sti- 
pulate that this Subcontractor shall remedv and correct anv 
damage caused in making such necessarv repairs and replace- 
ments . 

b) The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Official 
before said final pavment for the account of this Subcontrac- 
tor and shall be countersigned in form and manner as to make 
the General Contractor and this Subcontractor lointlv and 
severallv liable thereunder. 



GRANITE WORK 
4B.12 



.elate:) '.:onK to ui: !)o;:r. u::Dr.R other s::cTin:;s (continued) 



« 



ii . r . L . A , 



ShCTi'i:; ')A 
structural stlel 

1, I»'<I)VISI()NS INCLL'DEO 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THK 
CONTRACT, v'hich is herewith nade a nart of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY rACILITIi:S, for facili- 
ties and services provided bv the Contractor. 

2, SCOPK OF v.'ORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of all STRUCTURAL 
STtKL r.'ork as shown on the ijravinj'.s, and as specified herein, 
and includes, but is not limited to, tlie following: 

1. Furnishing, and erection of base plates, neoprene 
pads, hearing plates, columns, beams, girders, struts, 
brackets, trusses, hangers, connections, elevator divi- 
der beams, shear connectors for composite construction, 
trollev beams, coolinj; tower support beams, .ind temp- 
orary erection bracing. 

2. Anchor bolts, leveling plates, small bearing 
plates, and otlier items of structural steel required 
to be built into concrete or masonry, as indicated or 
specified, shall be furnished to the respective trades 
at the proper time with instructions or ter.pl.ntes, or 
both, for installation. 

3. Lifting of hanf.er-supported floors by jacking. 

U . All ot.ier iters for structural steel and related 

work shown on Drawings, specified, or obviously needed 
to make the work of this Section complete, 

b) Cooperate with all trades and coordinate the work 
specified in this Section with that specified in other 
Sect ions . 

3, RELATED WORK TO BE DONE I;NDKR lUHKR SECTIONS 

a) Reinforcint; stool for concrete, specified under Section 
3A, CONCRETE. 

b) N on- shrink grout under base plates and bearlne, plates, 
specified under Section 3A, CO;iCRETE. 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
3A.1 



c) Supporting steel for Third Floor forms, specified under 
Section 3A, CONCRETE. 

d) Prestressing steel for post-tens ioned concrete, speci- 
fied under Section iZ, POST-TEIJSIOKED CO:;CRETE. 

e) Metal stairs, ladders, nratinR, special f raning and 
hangers to support granite arches, loose lintels, and 
other itens shov;n on drawings or specified to be under 
Section 3 H , :'I SCELLANEOUS AND ORNAIIENTAL IRON. 

f) r.etal doors, frames and threshhol^s, specified under 
Section 8A, HOLLOW !!LTAL DOORS AND FRAMES. 

g) Elevator and Dumbwaiter sheave beans, specified under 
Section 14A, ELEVATORS and Section lAa, uUMBV.'AITERS . 

h) Metal lath and plaster f ireproof Inf and sprayed on fire- 
proofing of structural steel, specified under Section 9A, 

fi;rri;;(,, i.athi:,(. akd plasteriik;. 

1) Finish paintin- of exposed structural steel, and touch- 
up painting of prime coat, specified under Section 9F, 

painting. 

j) Shelf angles, bolts, etc., for supporting granite, speci- 
fied under Section 4B, GRANITE WORE. 

REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 

a) Unless otherwise noted or modified, all work under this 
Section shall be performed in full compliance with the ap- 
plicable requirements of the current edition, as of due date 
of bid, of the following specifications, codes, standards, 
and recommendations: 

1. Building Code of tlie City of Boston, Massachusetts. 

2. AISC "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and 
Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings." 

3. AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Bridges and 
Buildings." 

U, AWS "Code for Weldln- In Building Construction," AV.'S 
Dl.O, with Addenda. 

5. Industrial Fasteners institute: "Handbook on Bolt, 
Nut and P.lvet Standards." 

6. AISC "Specification for Structural Joints usinr AST!! 
A325 or A490 Bolts". 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A.2 



li.l'.L.A. 



RErEKliNCi: SPKCiriCATIONS (Continued) 

7. Steel Structures Paintlnj; Council: "Painting .'.anual. 
Vol. 1, Good Palntinp, Practice", and "Paintinr, 'anual, 
Vol. 2, Systems and Specifications." 

NOTE ; Substitute the words "Architect or liis authorized 
representative" for "Building Official" or sinilar title 
of person charged with enforcement in all referenced 
specifications, etc. 

b) The Contractor shall at all times keep available on 
the site for reference, one copy each of items 1, 2, 3, 4, 
and listed in paragraph 4. a) above. 

c) Any material or operation specified by reference to 

the puPlished specifications of a manufacturer. The American 
Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), The American Institute 
of Steel Construction (AISC), The American Welding Society 
(AWS), or otlicr published standard, shall comply with the 
standard listed. In case of conflict between the referenced 
specifications, etc., the one having the most stringent re- 
quirement shall Bovirn. In case of conflict between the 
referenced specifications, etc., and tlie project Specifi- 
cations, the project Specifications shall f;overn. 

d) Unless otherwise noted, when compliance with the ref- 
erenced specifications, etc., is specified for materials 
or a manufactured or fabricated product the Contractor, if 
requested, shall furnish the Architect with an affidavit 
from the manufacturer or fabricator certifying that the 

•Tna ter i a 1 "or prodirct delivered to the project me&<8 the 
requirements of the Con t rac toDocumen t s . 

SHOP DRAWINGS 

a) Prepare erection drawings, detailed shop drawings, and 
schedules, and submit to the Architect for approval in ac- 
cordance with Article 2.01 of the Conditions of the Contract. 

b) These drawings shall he properly checked and shall be 
coordinated with other parts of the construction. Drawings 
shall show all requirements such as punched or drilled holes, 
etc., f9r atta/jhmpnt of ot.her materials or 45ar.ts of the . , 
cons t rue t ion . 

c) These drawings shall include all information necessarv 
for the fabrication and erection of the component parts of 
the structure. They shall Indicate: grade of steel; dis- 
tinguishing mark; dimensions; size and weight of members; 



SHOP DRAWINGS (Continued) 

location and size of slots, and holes; tvpe and location of 
shop and field connections; type, size, and extent of all 
welds; joint welding procedures; welding sequence; and 
painting requirements. The welding symbols used shall he 
as adopted by the American \.'eldino Societv. 

d) Except as otherwise noted, the approval of shop draw- 
ings will be for size and arrangement of principal and auxi- 
liary nembers and strength of connections. Any error i;i 
dimensions shown on the shop drawings shall be the responsi- 
bility of the Contractor. 

e) Fabrication on anv material or performance of anv work 
shall not proceed u;itil the shop drawings have been approved 
bv the Arcliitect. 

INSPECTION. TESTING. AND CONTROL 

a) An independent inspection service, hereafter called 
the Inspector, approved by and under the supervision of 
the Architect, will be selected and paid by the Owner. 

b) The materials and workmanship to be furnished under 
this Section will be subject to inspection in the mill, shop, 
and field by the Architect or tlie Inspector. Such inspection 
shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to 
furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with the 
requirements of the Contract Documents. 

c) Certified copies, in triplicate, of mill test reports, 
including names and locations of mills and shops and analysis 
of chemical and physical properties, of steel to be used on 
this project shall be submitted to tlie Architect before de- 
livery to the job site. 

d) Manufacturer's certification, in triplicate, of bolts, 
nuts, and filler metal for welding shall be submitted to 
the Arch Itect . 

e ) The Contractor shall maintain quality control of all 
shop and field work . Duality control of all welding work 
shall consist of meticulous supervision by the Contractor's 
welding inspector and by non-destructive spot testing at 
the rate of at least one test per 30 linear feet of weld 

by each welder, except that full penetration welds shall 
he tested 100 percent. Non-destructive testing shall be 
done by the radiographic, magnetic particle, or ultra- 



STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A.4 



6. TN'SPECTION. TESTING. AND CONTROL (Continued) 

5. The Inspector may require additional calibrations 
whenever deficiencies occur. 

h) Qualification of welding procedures and welding operators 
shall be as prescribed in "Standard (Qualification Procedure" 
of the American Welding Society, AWS B3.0. 



1. All weldin 
be qualified to 
cept that this 
not later incor 
calculated stre 
continuously em 
the work, only 
factorilv passe 
more tlian two y 
on the project . 
f lea t ion tests 
be made using s 
used in the act 
superv i sion of 



g operators employed on the work shall 

perform the type of work required, ex- 
provision need not apply to tack v.-clds 
porated into finished welds carrying 
ss. Welding operators who liave been 
ployed as welders may be employed on 
provided that they shall have satis- 
d the required qualification te?ts not 
ears prior to commencement of their work 

All otlu-rs must be re-g ua 1 i f led . Ouall- 
on the job for welding operators shall 
ame equipment and electrodes as will be 
ual uork, and shall be under the direct 
thi' Inspector. 



STRUCTURAL 



STEEL 
5A.3 



2. Each wcldinc operator worl'.ing on the project 
shall be assigned an identification symbol or mark. 
Each welder shall marl; or stamp his identification 
symbol on each \.'eldment completed, whether in sh( 
or In field. 



lop 



3. The Contractor shall maintain records of test re- 
sults of welding procedures and records of t; elders 
employed, date of qualification, and identification 
symbol or mark. Sucli records shall be available for 
examination bv the Architect or Inspector, or certi- 
fied copies submitted upon request, to the Architect 
and the Inspector. 

i) The Inspector shall inspect and test (as required by 
the Architect) all welded and bolted work. 

j) Weldments and bolted connections that are required by 
tlie Inspector to be corrected, shall be corrected or redone 
as directed, at the Contractor's expense and to the satis- 
faction of the Inspector. The Arcliitect or Inspector may 
require drawinf.s showing proposed corrective work to be 
submitted for approval. See FABRICATION. 

k) The Contractor shall notify the Architect and Inspector 
five (3) days prior to the shipment of any fabricated struct- 
ural steel so that Inspection can be made. At these in- 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5 A. 6 



B.P.L.A. 



6. INSPECTION, TESTING. AND CONTROL (Continued) 

sonic method, whichever is most effective for the joint to 
be tested . 

f) The Contractor shall cooperate with and facilitate 
Inspections by the Inspector. The Contractor, at h i »- own 
expense, shall furnish the Inspector, upon request, with 
the following: 

1. A complete set of approved erection drawings and 
shop drawings. 

2. Cutting lists, order lists, material bills, and 
shipping lists. 

3. Information as to time and place of all rollings 
and shipment of material to shops. 

4. Representative sample pieces requested for testing. 

5. Full and ample means of assistance for testing 
materials and nroper facilities for inspection of the 
work, in the mill, shop, and field. 

g) Ouallf Ication of liigh strength boJting procedures and 
operations shall be as specified under "ERECTION" in this 
Section and the following: 

1. Each bolting crew working on the project shall 
be assigned an identification symbol or mark. Each 

" ^ " bolting crew sirall mark .ihis ident If^ca t ior^ on cflch 
joint worked, 

2. The Inspector shall supervise, and keep appropriate 
records thereof, daily on-site calibration of all pneu- 
matic powered impact wrenches to be used in the actual 
Installations. 

3. Calibration of each impact wrench shall consist 

of tightening, in a hydraulic tension-measuring dfvice, 
furnished by the Contractor, three bolts of the same 
size to be used, with a hardened washer under cither 
the bolt head or nut, wiilchever is turned in tightening. 

4. The Inspector shall use a manual t or que- ind icator 
wrench, furnished by the Contractor, to determine the 
torque-tension relationship for everv combination of 
Impact wrench and bolt size to be used In the work for 
the day. These torque values shall be used as the in- 
spection standard in testing the actual Installations. 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A. 5 



6. 



7. 



B.P.L.A. 



INSPECTION. TESTING. AND CONTROL (Continued) 

spections, in addition to other aspects of the work, the 
dry mil thickness of the paint film v;ill be checked. Also, 
all steel containing mill scale that can easily be removed 
with the blade of a pocket knife will be subject to re- 
cleaning and repainting at the expense of the Contractor. 

1) Any material or workmanship which is rejected by the 
Architect or the Inspector, either in the mill, shop, or 
field, shall be replaced promptly by the Contractor tc the 
satisfaction of the Architect and Inspector. 

m) The fact that steel work has been accepted at the sliop 
shall not prevent its final rejection at the job site, or 
even after it has been erected. If it is found to be defect- 
ive In any way. 

MATERIALS 

a) Structural Steel shall he new steel conforming to 
ASTM A36, except for lianger rods required to be of higher 
strength steel, as shown on Drawings. 

b) Hit^h Strength Steel Bolts shall conform to ASTM A325. 

c) Anchor Bolts shall conform to ASTM A307. 

d) Filler Metal for Welding 

1. Shielded metal-arc welding - welding electrodes 
shall conform to the r70 series of ASTM A233. 

2. Submerged arc welding - Grade SAW - 2. 

e) Stud Shear Connectors shall be of the headed type 
listed in Section 1.11.4 of the AISC "Specification for the 
Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for 
Buildings", adopted May 17, 1963, and formed f r( m cold- 
finished carbon steel conforming to ASTN A-108, Grade desi- 
gnation 1015-1020, minimum vield strength 30,000 psi, and 
minimum tensile strength h(),000 psi. 

f) Steel nuts at sixth floor , for the top of each adjust- 
able hanger, shall be of material, size, dimensions, and 
details to develop 100% of the ul t imate' strength ftf the hanger 
and to permit the required lifting of the hanger. Threaded 
end of each hanger shall be so detailed and fabricated as 

to be compatible with the top nut and the lifting equipment 
(stressing adaptor and jack) to be used. 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A.7 



•, ( 



►' 



k 



r 




^^S!^#^^4^^ ^*^-^y*ErttJ>*"-y*^a'^JJN^^; 





b • F • L • A I 



flATL'.RIALS (Continued) 



r,) 



Paint for shop coat shall be "Tnemec 



99 



C r e G n 



(or 



Red) Metal Primer" by Tnetnec Co., North Kansas City, 



UuPont 7771 Hed Lead I'riner by DuPont :;cinoi 



1 r s & Co, 



Inc 



of Wilmlngtor 



elaware ; 



'llust-Oleum 769 Danp-proo 



f '<ed 



Primer" by P.ust-Oleun Corp., of Kvanston, Illinois, 
iroved equal. 



or ap- 



r< e o p r e n 



e Pads sliall have dinensions as shown on ttie 



h) 

Drawings. Material shall be as specified in Section 3A, 



CONCRETt;; 



MATERIALS 



FABRICATION 



a ) Applicable Standards 



Except as otherwise indicated 



on the Drawings or specified, the fabrication of structural 
steel shall be in accordance with the AISC Specifications 
and Code of Standard Practice listed under REFERENCE SPECI- 



FICATIONS in this Section. 



b) 



Prov ision for attachnent of otiier materials 



Punch 



and drill steel for attachment of wood nailers and other 
materials indicated on the Drawings or noted in the Speci- 
fications to be attached to the steel, and for passage of 
reinforcing steel for concrete where shown on the Drav/ingr;, 

c) Shop Connection s; Siiall be welded or f r ic t ion- type 



high strength bolted 



Installed bv the modified turn-of-nut 



method, unless otherwise indicated. Filler beams shall 

have framed or seated bear, connections uslnp 3/4 inch diameter 

(nin.) fasteners in accordance with the requirements of the 



AISC 



'anua. 



if Steel Construction 



Beam end connections 



10, 



shall be detailed for a reaction not less than that caused 
by a uniform load which would stress steel section alone 
to 27,000 psi. 



d) 



Weldini 



!• Quality control and qualification of welding pro- 
cedures and operations sliall be as specified under 



INSPECTIO: 



TESTING. A;;d control, in this Section, 



2. Shop welding shall be done by either shielded 
metal-arc welding or submerged arc welding. 

3. All groove welds shall have complete penetration 
unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 

4. Where structural Joints are required to be welded 
the details of all Joints, the technique of 



■Idi 



np. 



STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A.8 



B . P . L . A . 



FABRICATION (Continued) 

employed, the appearance and quality of welds made, 
and tlje methods used in correcting defective work 
shall conform to the applicable requirements of the 



Specifications un 
Section . 



der KEFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS in this 



5. The Contractor shall prepare joint welding pro- 
cedures for all welded joints which shall be approved 
by the Ardiitect before any welding is done. After 
approval, these welding procedures shall be followc 
without deviation unless specific approva" 



is obtained from the Arcliitect, 
qu 



1 for change 
The /rchitect nav re- 



ire rcqualif Icat ion of any of these v.-elding procedures 



by tests prescribed in the AWS 



Standard ()ual if ir it ion 



Procedure 



AWS lil.O, 



The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for 
complete program of sequence of welding for 



approva . 
each conpon 



ent and for welding Joining components t( 



ich other. After approval, tlie welding seq' 



lence shall 
)va 1 



he followed without deviation unless specific api>r 
for change is obtained from the Architect. 



i) 



Oxyi-rn Cutting : "anual oxvg 



en cutting shall he done 



only with a mechan ical 1 v-gulded torch. Alternatively, an 
ungulded torch may be used provided the cut is not within 
1/2 inch of the finished dimension and the final removal 
is completed by chipping or grinding to produce a Rt 
nu^litv equal to that of the base netal edges. 



ice 



The use 



t holes f^r''boircd connections wlll^not h^pefirit- 



oxygen-cu 

ted; components prepared in tills mann 



er will be re ject ei' 



f) 



)penlngs in Structural Steel 



Some openings a 



re indicated on the Structural 



Drawings; these openings shall be located and rein- 
forced as required by the Structural Drawings. 



Cut no openings differing from o 



r in addition 



to those shown on the Structural Drawings without 



written appro 



val of the Architect, 



3. All openings shall be cut and reinforced by 
structural steel contractor only. 



th. 



;) 



Corrective Work: Structural steel members or assemb- 



lages having fabrication errors. 



or w 



hich exceed permiss- 



ible tolerances shall not be incorporated in the finis lied 



work, 



Such n embers or assenblages ma; 



corrected if 



oer- 



STRIJCTURAL STEEL 
5A.9 



B.P .L.A. 



FABRICATION (Continued) 

nitted by Architect and Inspector, 



10, 



such corrective wor 



k to 



nd 



be done preferably in the shop 
be in accordance with AISC a 
Quested by Inspector 
nit to the Architect for appro 
of propo 



.11 corrective 
vKS requirements 



work shall 
'hen re- 



,r Architect, the 



val drawings 



itractor shall sub- 
ihowinf details 



sed corrective work, and sha 



11 receive approved 



drawings p 
rective wo 



rior to performing the corrective 



.'ork, 



All c o r - 



rk shall be s 



h) 



Tdcntif icat ion; 



olely at Contractor's expense, 
All structural steel nembers shall 



have assigned positions an 



d iden 



t if icat ion r.ar! 



or svm 



bol 



plainly i 



idicated thereon near one 



enc 



which narks shall 



agrf^e 
drawings 



ith those given 



relating to 



on the shop drawings and erection 
r calling for the nerhers. 



1 ! A NDLING. TRANSPORTATION 



AND STORAGE 



a) 

to p 
stee 



Handle, transport a 
revent deformation o 



id stack all ma 
r damage. Store 



terials carefully 
ill structural 



1 members carefully on subs 



tantial timbers and blocking 



so arranges 



1 that t 



he steel will be free from the earth and 



properly drained, p 



re venting any 



spattering uith 



dirt or 



accumulation 



of water in or about the steel. Take care 



to prevent damage to the shop coat o 



f paint and to prevent 



the accum 
the steel 



ulatlon of nud, dirt 



)r other foreign natter 



on 



Such accumu 



lation shall be completely removed 



irlor to erection, 



ERECTION 



,) Applicable Standards ; Excep 



t as otherwise shown on 



the Drawings 
shall be in 



r specified, the erection o 



f structural steel 



accordance w 



ith the AISC Specifications listed 



inder R 



EFLRENCL SPECIFICATIONS in 



this Section, 



b) 



!e t h o d s of Erection an 



d Temporary Erection B racing: 



Prior to starting wo 



rk the Contractor shall 



i u b m i t 



to tlie Architect a descrip 



iption of the netliods, sequence 



an 



of erect Ion , 
for erecting 
shall also submit to 



d tvpe of equipi 



lent he proposes to use 



the structural steel work. Contractor 
the Architect prior to starting 



work complete erec 



tion and detail drawings for all 



temporary erect 



ion bracing in accordance with these 



specifications an 
CRITERIA notes on 
missions or apprtwa 
tractor of his respon 



d TEMPORARY ERECTIO' 



BRACING DESIGN 



the Structural Drawings. These sub- 
1 thereof shall not relieve the Con- 



sibilitv 



for providing the proper 



methods, equipment, workmanship and safety precautions. 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A.10 



B . P . L . A , 



I 



10, ERECTION (Continued) 



2* The temporary erection bracing provided shall con- 
sist of members so arranged and connected as to take 
care of all dead and live, vertical and lateral loads, 
including loads due to erection equipment and its oper- 
ation, to which the structure may be subjected at any 
stage of construction, safely and without excessive 
deflection. Such bracing shall remain intact and shall 



10, 



be left in place as long as 



lay be required for safety, 



Also see notes on the Structural Dra\v'ings, 



It shall 



finally be removed bv the Contractor as part of a is 
equ ipmen t . 

c) Temporary Floors ; All temporary flooring, planking, 
and scaffolding necessary in connection with the erection 

)r the support of erection mach- 



if th. 



itructura 1 steel 



'inery, shall be provided as a part of the erection work. 
The temporary floors sliall be as required bv state and 
municipal laws and governing safety regulations. 

d) Field Connections shall be welded or high strength 
bolted installed by the "nodified turn-of-nut method". 
Unless otherwise indicated, filler beams shall have framed 
or seated beam connections using 3/A inch diameter (mln.) 
friction-type high strength bolts in accordance \.'ith the 



requ 



irements of the AISC 



lal of Steel Construction 



Also see "FABRICATION: Shop Connections" in 
e) High Strength Steel i>olts 
' 1. Iirstal latton '«hal 1 be performed by 



this Section, 



sTng MfTuratic 



powered impact wrenches with sufficient capacity and 
an adequate supply of compressed air. 

2. Installation shall he performed in accordance with 
the turn-of-nut r^ethod outlined in the AISC "Specifi- 
cation for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 
Bolts", with the following nod i f i cat ions ; 

a. Use a hardened washer under eitlier the 



11, 



bolt head or 
tightening. 



nut 



whichever is turned in 



b. Oualificatlon of high strength bolting pro- 
cedures and operations shall be as specified under 
"INSPECTION, TESTINC, AND CONTROL" in this Section 

3. Undersize bolts or common (ASTM A307) bolts shall 
not bo used in joints for erection purposes. Where 
proper fit-up cannot be obtained, corrective work or 



additional plumbing, leveling, etc. 



mav be required, 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A.11 



B . P . E . A . 



P. \. 



ERECTION (Continued) 



1 1 



I'M :.Tl::f: (continued) 



The 



Contractor shall provide safe 



and substantial 



■ u r f .1 c e s 1 n a c »■ e s K I h 1 , 



if t 



ihl 



wo 



rk platforms for bolting crews 



Temporary 



enclosure 



shielding, etc . , 



shall be provided to p 



rotect boltini 



crews an 



operat ions , 



d Joints against the 



elements durinc boltinc 



f) 



.'elding 



Field welding shall be executed in accordance with 



all the requirements u 



nder 



FABRICATION; Welding" in 



this Section 
festly app 



except mg 



those requirements which mani- 



Iv to shop conditions onlv. 



All field welding shall be done 



bv manual shielded 



me 



wo 



tal-arc welding only. 

The Contractor shall prov 



ide 



sa 



fe and substantial 



rk platforms at proper heig 



ht to permit best possible 



welding technique. Tempo 



rarv enclosure, shielding, 



1. Tlmr ou fh I V ilean all :.t»'el to In- |i.ilnt<(l of .ill 
loose mill scale by power v 1 r e b r ur;h I n g or sandl' la^; t I iig . 
Remove all rust, dirt, wold flux, weld spatter, .iru! 
other forci)-,n matter by wire lirushinc. •nul scrapln;- 
(power v; i re-brush Ing ) if neccssarv, Crind sinoolh .nnv 
sharp projections. 'Ml and rreasr deposits shall he 
re move il by n solvent. 

^'teel to be left In pa luted 

1. Steel ineii,bers .mil portions of menbers to be encased 
la concrete. 

2. Surfaces to receive welded shear connectors (e.g., 
composite beams). 

3. Contact surfaces (e.g. 



igh strength bolted con- 



shall be provided to protect 



etc , 

and Joints t< 
welding operations, 



;eldin(^ operators 



ncc t Ions ) 



;elded aga 



inst the elements during 



r«'<iu 



i r i a c paint shall be painted onlv 



Surface 
ithia tvMi iaclies of any field weld. If for 



g) Oxygen Cutting 



in the field shall be ex 



ecut ed in ac- 



to 

reason the surface t< 



le field welded is painted 



cordan 



ce with the requirements u: 



ider "FABRICATION; Oxy"en 



Cutting 



in this Section 



h) Setting Plates : 



Column base plates, beam 



bearing plates. 



and leveling plates shall be se 



t level to correct elevations 



and temporarily supported on steel wedges, shims or as In- 

til the supported members have 
nchor-bolted, and grouted. Large 



dlcated by the Drawings, un 
been positioned, plumbed, a 
column base p 
roa 
erection o 



such paint shall be completely removed In the shop 
to within the stated limits before field welding. 

5. After fabrication, the steel work referred to abovo 
shall be cleared of oil or grease by solvent cleaners 
and be cleaned of dirt or otiier foreign material with 
a stiff fiber brush. 



lates which are not shop-conn 



ected to columns 



Finished surfaces: 



'acliine finished surfaces (e.g. 



y be grouted after positioning an 



d leveling, prior tc 



f the supported column. The entire a 



rea under all 



on-shrink grout as 



elates shall be packed solidly with n . > ,, 

specified in Section 3A, CONCRETE. Leveling devices shall 
be left in plac. until after the grout has attained the 



required strength, ai 



d then cut off flush with the top or 



ed ge o 



f the base plate. 



or both, 



d) 



i) 



Templates shall be furn 



ished for all anchor bolts. The 



bearing surfaces of columns) shall be protected against 
corrosion by a rust-inhi biting coating that can be 
easily removed prior to erection or which has character- 
istics that make removal unnecessary prior to erection. 
Submit description of proposed coating material for 
approval prior to use. 

Shop Paint la;-. 



Contractor s 



an 



hall furnish Instructions for 



the setting of 



After steel has been properly prepared as specl- 



chors and bearing plates and shall ascertain tha- the Items 



steel surfaces 



are prope 



rlv set during the progress of the work 



j) Framing ; The framing s 



hall be carried up true ai 



plumb 
shown 



in correct plan position and to correc 



t levels as 



and noted on the Drawings 



Tolerance for plan location 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A.12 



1. 

ficd above, apply primer paint to 
by brush, spray, or roller, assuring no running or sag- 
ging In accordance with manufacturer's directions. 

2. The coverage rate per coat shall not be more than 
400 square feet per gallon resulting in a wet film 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A.14 



1 



B. P. L.A, 






B . P . I. . A , 



ERECTION (Continued) 

of steel columns encased In concrete which backs up i-ranlte 
work shall not exceed the concrete tolerances specified under 
Section 3A, CONCRETE, ERECTION OF FORMS AND FORM MATERIALS. 
Vertical hangers shall be nlumb, with a tolerance 1 in 800. 
Snecial precautions shall be tal.en in welding and aligning 
hangers so that there is no lateral or angular offset at 
field welded joints. 



11 



A INT INC (Continued) 



t hlckness o 



f four (4) mils and providing a dry film 



thickness of two (2) mils. 

3. Inspection of shop nainting shall be as specified 
under "INSPECTION, TESTING, AND CONTROL", in this 
Section. 



k) 



Headed stud shear connectors shall be installed bv 



e) 

tec 



C e r 1 1 f icat ion 



The 



Contractor shall furnish the Archl 



t with certification that the requ 



irements pertaining 



automatic welding equipment, using power, ceramic ferrules, 

cordance with the recommendations of the 



to shop painting have been p 



etc 



in strict 



stud manufacturer 



Surfaces of steel, such as beam too 



f) 



flanges, to receive shear connectors shall be free of paint, 
water, dirt, rust or any other material detrimental to 
weldinK. All studs shall be checked for the following 
indications of an Insufficient weld: 

1. The fillet around the stud is incomplete or 



Field Touch-up Palntlnj 
1. Paint for touch-up 



crformed as specified. 



shall be furnished under this 



Section to the pa 



intlng subcontractor, who will perform 



the touch -up wo 



rk under Section yP, PAINTING, 



Use the same type of paint as used for the shop 



coat , 



shows voids or undercuts. 

2. The burn-off (reduction in length 

is less than the ninimum 1/8" required for 5/8", 3/4' 

and 7/8" diameter studs. 



liter welding) 



After erection, touch-up 



field connections and 



ired to be painted. Field connect- 
11 not be painted until after inspection and 



other surfaces requ 
ions sha 



Cold appearance of the weld 



12 



approval by the Inspector. 
L I FTINf. HANGER-SUPPORTED FLOORS 



Any stud which shows 



if these 



or any o 



ther questionable 



appearance shall be bent bv striking with a hammer to 1 'i 
degrees off the vertical toward the nearest end of the loam, 
Stifds meeting thi-s test shj.ll bji consider^ed acceptable .ind 
left In this position, 
removed and replaced. 



a) 



Oualif Ications 



Lifting operation 



sha 



directed 



full-time bv supervisory personnel who shall have had not 



less than 2 years 



satisfactory experience 



in the stressing 



Studs failing the test shall be 



" .- of post-ten 



iloned copcrete fojr buildings 



be sole judge o 



f nualif icat ions of personnel. 



.rchitect shall_ 



1) 



Corrective Work : 



Follow requirements specified in this 



The hanger top ends shall be lifted, thereby lifting 



Section under FABRICATION, except that corrective wo 



r k need 



b) 

the hanger-suppor 



ted slabs, by nenns of stressing adaptors. 



not be performed in the shop if Inspector and Architect 
permit corrective work to be done at the project site. 



hydraulic Jacks and pumping units. Tiie equipment shall 



le such that it ope 



rates "fail-safe' 



ith no po 



s s i b i 1 1 1 V 



of equipment or 



ither failure suddenly transferring hanger 



load to the slab or top bearing nut. 



Hydraulic jacks and 



I- A I NT I NO 



pumping un 



its shall be certified and calibrated by an ap- 



d laboratory and equipped with dial pnupes not less 



a) 



App 



lie a hie Standa rds 



Except as 



itherv.ise indicated 



the Drawings or specified, the painting of structural 
steel shall oo in accordance vitii the Al'SC Specification! 



prove 

than 6" in 



diameter, indicating the pressure in the system 



within plus or minus j. 



After calibration, the equlpnent 



an 



d Steel Structures Painting Council Manuals listed 



shall not be used for ot'aer work prior td u 



se on' tn i s 



under 



REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS in this Section, 



project 



Care shall be taken in handling stressing equip- 



b) 



Steel to 



be !' a i n t e d 



men 



c) 



t to insure that prop^ 



ir calibration is naintained 



Testing. : 



,ine 



hanger rod and top nut s 



hall be p r < 



1 . Unless specifically excluded , all structural steel 
shall receive one shop coat of primer paint. 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A.13 



tested un 



der laboratory conditions 



f ol lows 



One extra 



length o 



f hanger corresponding 



to the top portion passing 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 
5A.15 



I' 

\ 



\mmMmnm 



^Mmamak 




I 



H . P . L . A . 



LIFTING HANGHK-SL'PPORTKU FLOOHS (Continued) 

through 6th floor slab, including the top nut, shall be 
fabricated at the same shop, using the same materials, and 
by the same methods as will be used in the actual project. 
This assemblage shall be tested in an approved testing 
laboratory, with one end of hanger suitably fixed in a 
test bencii or test machine and the other end being so • • 
arranged that the nut and stressing adaptor may be sub- 
jected to load by jacking or similar means. Test sb.all be 
carried to yielding of tiie hanger rod or failure of the 
threads or nut. iest report siiall include a load vs. 
elongation curve. Test shall be performed under the super- 
vision of a registered professional engineer experienced 
In laboratory testing procedures. Entire cost of this 
extra fabrication and test as specified above shall be 
assumed by Contractor. 

d) Stress by pumping until the required amount of lifting 
is attained, without exceeding capacity of 100-ton jack. 
Conduct stressing operation in a safe manner. 

e) When required amount of lifting is attained, re- 
tighten top nut down into full bearing on bearing plate, 
then release Jack to transfer load to the nut. 

f) The Contractor shall provide approved record forms 
for adjustable hangers and shall record, for each hanger, 
hanger location and mark, hanger size, required liftlnjt 
distance, jack t»age reading at transfer, and actual measured 
elongation. This record shall be kept by the Contractor 
and 3 copies forwarded to the Architect immediately after 
lifting is completed. 

g) One stressing adaptor and detailed instructions for 
Jacking and for use of adaptor shall be provided bv the 
Contractor to the Awarding Authority for possible adjustment 
of hangers in the future. 

h) Apply a suitable, rust-preventive, protective coating, 
approved by the Architect, to each top nut and threaded 
hanger end prior to fireproofing of hanger. The coating 
sliall be readily removable to facilitate possible future 
lifting operations. 



STRUCTURAL STEKL 
5A. 16 



RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (Continued) 

1. Joint reinforcement, dovetail anchors and anchor 
slots, wall ties - Section 4A, MASONRY WORK. 

2. All metal items required for the support and anchor- 
age of the granite work, except as listed in the "SCHEDl'LE 
OF ITEMS" - Section 4B, GRANITE WORK, 

3. All steel items specified under Section 5A, STRUC- 
TURAL STEEL. 

4. All steel items required to fasten the architectural 
bronze work to the concrete, masonry or structural steel 
structure, except as listed in the "SCHEDULE OF ITEMS", 
and all steel reinforcements and connections within the 
architectural bronze work - Section 5C, ARCHITECTURAL 
BRONZE WORK. 

5. Rough hardware for carpentry work - Section 6A, 
CARPENTRY WORK. 

6. Rough hardware for architectural woodwork, all steel 
Items within display cases in Rare Book Department - 
Section 6B, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. 

7. Seeling and caulking between the work of this Section 
and adjoining construction - Section 7A, WATERPROOFING, 
DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING. 

8. Roof hatches - Section 7B, ROOFING AND FLASHING. 

9. Class skylight - Section 7C, GLASS SKYLIGHT. 

10. Glass - Section 8D, CLASS AND GLAZING. 

11. Finish painting - Section 9F, PAINTING. 

12. All exterior louvers - Section 15C, HEATING, VENTI- 
LATING AND AIR CONDITIONING. 

13. Hangers, guards, and other staal items called for on 
the drawings or in the specifications and required exclu- 
sively for the support or protection of work by mechanical 
and electrical trades shall be provided by the respective 
trades except where otherwise shown or specified. 

lA. Access panels required for mechanical and electrical 
trades shall be provided by the respective trades. 



MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON 

SB. 2 



8 



10. 



B.P.L.A. 



B.P.L.A. 



PART 1 



MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 



SECTION SB 
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON 



1. PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attemtion is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

2. FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMtNTS 

a) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section, includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authority at 
the office of the Director of the Boston Public Library, Copley 
Square, Boston, Massachusetts, before twelve o'clock noon, 
(Eastern Standard Time), Wednesday, January 15, 1969, at which 
time and place all sub-bids will be publicly opened and read 
aloud . 



5. 



ft. 



b) Submission of sub-bids 
TISEMENT and with NOTICE TO 

SCOPE OF WORK 



shall b«» in accordance with ADVER- 
ALL BIDDERS. 



7. 



4. 



a) The work under this Section consists of furoishlag and In- 
stalling all MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON as shown on the 
drawings and as specified herein, and includes, but is not 
limited to, the items listed under Article 12. SCHEDULE OF ITEMS, 
of thlS' 5act Ion r-' ^ ^ ,■ ^ 

b) The SCHEDULE OF ITEMS is not intended to list each and 
every Item of miscellaneous and ornamental iron occurring in 
this project. This Subcontractor is cautioned to examine the 
specifications of the other trades snd the complete set of 
drswittgs with care, and he shall understand that all items of 
miscellaneous and ornamental iron not specifically required to 
be provided under other Sections, but shown on the drawings or 
reasonably inferred, shall be furnished and installed under 
this Section SB. 

c) The work to be done under this Section is shown on fol- 
lowing drawings: 

The whole set of drawings. 

RELATED WOR K TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) The followioi items are specified to be furnished and 
iBStallsd under the Sections listed la this Paragraph: 

MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON 

SB.l 



SHOP DRAWINGS 

a) Shop drawings for all work under this Section, giving 
sizes, thickness of material, methods of assembly, anchorage, 
shop paint, and all other necessary information shall be sub- 
mitted for Architect's approval, prior to fabrication, in 
accordance with Article 2.01. of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 

COORDINATION 

a) The work under this Section shall be coordinated with the 
work of other trades. Take all necessary field measurements 
before starting fabrication. 

b) Furnish to the Contractor all items Included under this 
Section that are to be built Into the work of other trades, 

and furnish all necessary templates and information required bv 
those trades to properly locate such items. Items to be built- 
in shall be furnished in time so as to avoid later cutting and 
drilllnt. 

MATERIALS 

a) All materials shall be new stock, free from defects Im- 
pairlBt strength, durability and appearance, and of best com- 
mercial quality for purpose specified. 

b) Unless otherwise specified, all Items shall be fabricated 
of steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-36. 

c) All anchors, bolts, sockets, pipe sleeves, and other narts 
require.^ f^i" su-curing each *\t-« of work to the construe t i,;?- ., ., 
shall be Included in the work of this Section. 

d) All exposed fastenings shall be of the same material and 
finish as the metal to which applied, unleaa otherwise noted. 

•) Ralls shall have flush type fittings and welded connections. 

WORKMANSHIP 

a) Metal work shall meet the applicable building code and shall 
support any live loads which may normally be imposed unless 
specific live loads are specified. , ., , 

b) Metal work shall be true to details, straight, with sharp 
lines and angles. Curved work shall be true to radii, and with 
smooth finished surfaces. 

c) Do all cutting, punching, drilling, and tapping required 
for attachment of hardware and of work by other trades where 

so indicated or where directions for same are given prior to or 
with approval of shop drawings. 

MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON 

5B.3 



B.P.L.A. 



WORKMANSHIP (Continued) 

d) Unless otherwise shown, rivet, bolt, and screw heads shalll 
be flat and countersunk in exposed faces of work of a finish 
character . 

GALVANIZING 

a) All exterior ferrous metal work and all steel items for 
exterior granite faced doors shall be galvanized after all 
welding and fabrication are completed. 

b) Galvanizing shall be done by the hot-dip process In accor- 
dance with ASTM Designation A-123. Galvanized fastenings only 
shall be used In connection with galvanized items. 

c) After galvanizing, materials shall be straightened. 
SHOP PAIHTINC 

a) All non-galvanized ferrous metal work under this Section 
shall be painted in the shop and touched-up in the field hy 
thla Subcontractor- 

b) Before painting, all rust, loose mill scale, dirt, weld 
flux, weld spstter, and other foreign materlsl shall be removed 
with wire brushes or steel scrapers. All grease and oil shall 
be reaoved by solvent recommended by paint manufacturer. Sur- 
faces shall be dry when paint is applied. 

c) Shop paint for noo-ga Ivan Ized ferrous metal shall be Rust- 
Oleum 678 Quick-Drying Red Primer; Tnemec 99 Red Metal Primer; 
Du»»ont 771 Red Lead and Oil, or approved equal. Apply paint 
la accordance with manufacturer's directions, so as to provide 

iT>v fii» of 2.0 mills per coat minimum. 



dry fill 



d) Dissimilar metals shall be Insulated from each other with 
one heavy coat of asphaltum paint on contact surfaces In addi- 
tion to the shop coat specified above. 

«) Paint shall be thoroughly and evenly applied and hall be 
well worked into corners and Joints taking care to avoid saga 
and runs. Bolts which are to remain permanently In the work 
shall be dipped in paint to cover the entire bolt. 

f) Oait paint from surfaces to be embedded In concrete. Also 
omit paint from surfaces to be welded In the field, except 
where the primer used can be conclusively shown to have no 
adverse effect on the weld. 

g) After erection, retouch all portions of the shop coat chip- 
ped or damaged during erection, and all field welds and con- 
nections with the same paint used for the shop coat. 

MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON 

SB, 4 



B.P.L.A. 



12. S CHEDULE OF ITEMS (Continued) 

5. Safety Nosings at exposed concrete stair tre^ids of 
Stairs No. 23, 24 and 25. 

Nosings: Wooster type 101. width 3", FerroRrlt. 

6. Floor Mounted Railings and Balusters in Mechanical 
Equipment Room Balconies C58 and C58.5; Mechanical Rooms 
703.5, 704.5, 705.5 and 708.5. 

Railings and balusters shall be 1-1/2" O.D. standard 
weight steel pipe. 

7. Railings and Balusters where required at interior 
steel gratings enumerated in Item 13. of this Article 12. 

Railings and balusters shall be 1-1/2" O.D. standard 
weight steel pipe. 

8 Floor Mounted Kalllngs and Baluste rs, Wall Mounted 
Handrails in Lecture Hall CO shall be standard weight 
steel pipe of dlamter shswn. 

9. Roo f Mounted Railings at edge of North and South 
roof adjacent to Main Library Building of size shown. 

10. Rungs at oil tank manhole. 

i; Ladders at pits of Elevators No. 3. 4, 5 and ^: In 
Elevator Machine Room 603; in Mechanical Equipment Room 
B38; in AC shafts adjacent to Elevators No. 1 and 2; at 
top landings of Stairs No. 2, 3 and 4; "^er lor ladder 
from cooling tower area to penthouse roof near door hOb. 

Ladder strings: 3/8" x 2-1/2" steel bars, extendine 3'-0" 
above top rung. 

Rungs: 1" diameter steel pipe, length 18", spaced 12" o.c. 

At exterior ladder, spread strings to 2 ' -0" o.c. and ter- 
minate in 180° bend extending 3'-0" above adjacent gravel 
s top . 

12 Kxterlor Steel Gratings with associated frames and 
framing at top of Areaways No . 1. 2 and 3. snd on roof at 
top of Fresh Air Inlets No. 1 and 2. 

Grating shall be Irvlco Tvpe AA, press-locked with 3/16" x 
1-3/i" bearing bars 1-3/16" o.c. and rectangular cross bars 
4" o.c, or approved equal. 



MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON 

SB. 6 



i 



B.P.L.A, 



10. SHOP PAINTING (Continued) 

h) Field cuts in galvanized work shsll be touched up with 
Z.R.C. as manufactured by the Sealube Company, Wakefield, 
MasBAchusetts, or approved equal zinc-rich coatina. 

11 . ERECTION 

a) All materials shall be carefully handled and stacked to 
prevent deformation and damage. Care shall be taken to prevent 
da.age to the shop coat of paint and to prevent the accumulation 
of mud, dirt, or other foreign matter on the metal work. All 
such dirt shall be removed prior to erection. 

b) Work shall be erected square, plumb and true, accurately 
fitted, and with tight joints and Intersections. All connec- 
tion, which win be exposed shall be welded and groumd smooth, 
unleas otherwise shown. 

c) Where members, other than expansion bolt-* or inserts, are 
fastened into concrete, set such members in POR-«OK "P-^^^JJ 
grout as manufactured by Hallemlte Manufacturing Co.. Cleveland, 
Ohio, used strictly In accordance with manufacturer ■ directions 
Hole to receive member shall be formed with ga Ivanl zed shee t 
netal sleeve or with Styrofoam and provide at least 1/2 In. 
clearance around entire perimeter. Hold expanding grout back 
1/2 lo. from finish surface and fill top with Portland cement 
grout to match color and texture of adjacent surface. 

12 . SCHEDULE OF ITEMS 



D • a • L( • A I 



12. SCHEDULE OF ITEMS (Continued) 

13. Interior Steel Gratings with associated frames, fram- 
ing, hangers, supports, angle edging, railings and balus- 
tcra in AC ahafts adjacent to Elevators No. 1 and 2; In 
celling plenum ebove Loading Dock 142; at Mechanical Room 
705.5 and 708.5; in Elevator Machine Rooms 603 and 608. 

Gratings shall be Irvlco Type AA, press-locked with 3/16" 
X 1-3/4" bearing bars 1-3/16" o.c. snd rectangular cross 
bars 4" o.c. or approved equal. 

14. Safety Chains st Openings T hroush Railings 

Link chain: 3/16" diameter wire. Provide hasps, fasten- 
ings and snap hooks. 

15. Wire Partitions between Rooms 423 and 427. Including 
door 426.5; wire partitions in Rooms 603 and 6\1. 

Partition:Acorn No. 130A or approved e<1"«l- _ 
Height at Rooms 603 and 611: 7 -0 . 
Height at 4th floor partition: full height floor 

to ceiling. J u w 

Door 426.5: 3'-0" x 7'-0", with recessed knob 
in Room 423 and master keyed cylinder In Room 
427. Lock cylinder provided under Section BC, 
FINISH HARDWARE, Installed under Section 6A, 
CARPENTRY WORK. 

structural Steel Door Frames. Including sills at 




thla Section, 



1. steel Stairs No. 1 through No. U Including removable 
staircase snd supports at Stair No. 7. 

2. Railings and Balusters at Stairs No. 1 through No. 10 
and at Stsir No. 13. 

3. Wall Mounted Handrails at Stairs No. 1 through Wo 14, 
and. at Stairs No. 23, .24. and 25. 

4. Abrasive Treads and Landings at Stairs No. 7 and 8. 

Treads: Wooster type 107, Ferrogrit. 
Landings: Ferrogrit. 



MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON 

51.5 



16- _____ 
doors 605 and 610. 

17. Steel Assemblies for exterior grsnlte faced doors 
/ l'a«eled GH-ST on "Door and yramc-^Schedu le" . ^ 

Assemblies shall include galvanized steel door frame and 
sub-frame, shims, anchors, weat her etr ipplng ; gs Ivan 1 red 
steel door leaf frame with braced aheet metal backing 
applied after setting of stone into frame. Setting o 
stone by Granite Work Subcontractor. Hinges, door holder, 
door opening and latchlag mechanisms supplied under Section 
8C, FINISH HARDWARE, and Installed under this Section 5B. 

After installation of stone and sheet metsl backing, adjust 
doors and hardware to perfect operating condition. 

' 18. Structural St^el Framin g for Type G arched windows and 
surrounding granite arch stones. Including structural ateel 
channels. Jajles. plates, rods. tub... anchors, fasteners, 
sleeves, shims, washers and accessories. 

11 welding snd anchor.ge shsll co.form to the ^•J-il";;'^' 
f AISC and AWS as specified under Section 5A, STRUCTURAL 




A 

o 
STEEL. 



MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON 

> B • ' 



!>'^fe*^W%-'^ffA-^" 



J-JJIEIMMJiJillir - 





12 



B.P.L. A. 

SCHEDULE OF ITEMS (Continued) 

19. StalnleoB Ste *^ Pl«te and Angle at -ill of -t"! 

rolling door 134. 5. 

20 S true tor. lSteel_Fr«j!Linjt for steel rolllnR ^oor 134.5 

IVi f or adj.cent architectur al bron^e work at Loading 

Dock entrance. 

21. Structural 3r..el Curb Edging at Loading Dock. 



22 
f 



2 Fr.-e. for openings In floor of |;"'11"8 ^"^^J ';^^.,. 
r.-eI-f77-re«ovabl. floor panel, with ae-ociated r.ce. 



scd lifts, spacers, ahlms 




24. sUX^_»d_JaHb^._iiEL^r;""^-"" -"^ ^^"^ '^'-^^^ '' 
landing entrances ot tievator No. 3. 

-mirriL-'- — ' "^"P""^^ '"'''* '" elevator sill. 



25 



atlandinga of Elevator No. 6. 



26 -' -^ ^-"^ Support, for '«^""J . =";'''° ''""^ 

;b;ve ceiling at exterior «il. on second floor. 

1 c»..i Anales «t top of non-bearing unit 



28. Structural Steel Ties of m 
ture Hall ClO. 



asonry unit walla of Lec- 
toilet parti- 



29. su. pension Syace . for all ceiling hung 
t iona . 

30. Fo«der_iei£5_Su^£ort^, co.plete with chair carrier. 
rod, angle and channel assembly. 

Do not paint surfaces to receive .poxy adhe.iv. for 
attachment of structural glass. 

cr».l Wall f'-^'t ' '«d Stainle «« Steel Bar, and 
J .terwlldeVlo'b'racket. tor -JP-L oi . . i-^^h^^TT^o k 
7 ,cks a nd counters in Telephone Room C71. 

bronze support for shelf. 

MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL I«OH 

3 B . " 



B. P . L. A 



SECTION 5C 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 



PROVI SI ONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which Is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided bv tbe Contractor. 

F ILED SUP-BID REOU IREMEN'TS 

a) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section, includ- 
injj Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authority 
at the office of the Director of the Boston Public Librarv. 
Coolev Souare, Boston, >^as sachuse 1 1 s , before twelve o'clock 
noon, (Eastern Standard Time). Wednesday, Januarv 15. 196Q. 
at which time and place all sub-bids will be nubllclv onened 
and read aloud. 

b) Submission of sub-hlds shall be in accordance with ADVER- 
TISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

SUB-SUB- BID R EQUIREMENT S 

a) Each sub-bidder for work under this Section shall list in 
Paragraoh E of the FORM FOR SI;B-BID the name and bid nrlce of 
each person, firm or corporation he pronoses to use to perform 
the following? class of work or part thereof: 



CLASS OF WORK 



RevolvinR Doors 



REFERENCE PARACRAPH(S) 



26 



b) If the sub-bidder for work under this Section customarilv 
performs the class of work listed above with persons of his 
own payroll, he shall list his own name, but no bid price for 
such class In Paragraph E of the FORM FOR SI'B-BID. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
installing, all ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK and related work as 
shown on tlie drawings, schedules and as specified herein and 
includes the following: 

1, Window wa 1 1 s 

2, Bronze clad doors and frames 

3, Bronze work for stairs and balustrades. 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.1 



B. P . L.A. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER O T HER SECTIONS (Continued) 

k) Louvers for luminous ceilings, furnished and installed 
under Section 16A, ELECTRICAL WORK. 

1) Final cleaning of glass bv Contractor. 

PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

STANDARDS OF QUALIT Y AND MANUFAC TURER 

a) All architectural bronze work specified under this Sec- 
tion shall be of the highest quality of materials, workmanship 
and assemb Iv . 




c) The Architectural Bronze Work Subcontractor shall be the 
prime manufacturer of all work under this Section. Except for 
fabrication of revolving doors and pressed steel work, no 
fabrication shall be sublet. Except for the erection of revol- 
ving doors, the erection of all work under this Section shall 
be performed bv the manufacturer's own personnel. 

d) The Architectural Bronze Work shall be manufactured and 
erected by one of following manufacturers or approved eaual: 

1. General Bronze Corporation 

2. The Michaels Art Bronze Co. 

3. Trio Industries, Inc. 

e) The manufacturer must submit to the Official conclusive 
evidence of the following: 

1. --that the manufacturer has been engaged in the manu 
facture of architectural bronze work of a similar nature 
for a period of not less than five years. 

2. --that he has the skill, craftsmanship, equipment 
and plant with the necessarv facilities and capacity 
required to fabricate architectural bronze work fully 
complvinr, with the intent of the drawings and specifica- 
tions and also required to make dependable deliveries 
consistent with the construction schedule. 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.3 



B. P .L.A, 



10. COORDINATION (Continued) 

b) Any cutting and patching in the work of other trades made 
necessarv bv the failure of this Subcontractor to furnish in 
tine metal itcns to be built-in or made necessarv on account 
of incorrect information or anv other error on the part of this 
Subcontractor shall be performed at the expense of this Sub- 
contractor. 

1 1 . I NSPECTI ON OF SITE CONDITIONS 

a) Before starting with the setting work, this Subcontrac- 
tor shall visit the Job and examine the existing conditions 
which mav affect his work. He shall report In writing to the 
Contractor, with copy to the Architect, any condition which 
might adversely affect the Subcontractor's work and shall not 
proceed with such work until defects have been corrected. 

h) The start of anv work will be construed as meaning that 
such examination has been made and that the conditions have 
been found acceptable. Later claims to the contrary will not 
be considered, and anv defects in the work resulting from such 
accepted conditions shall be corrected bv the Subcontractor at 
no cost to the Owner. 

1 2 . MATERIALS 

a ) Bjronze 

1. Extruded shapes. Includinp bars and rods, shall be 
Architectural Bronze, Allov 385. 

2. Sheets shall be Muntz Metal, Allov 2H0. 

3 Tubular shapes shall be Red Brass, Alloy 230. The 
drawn shapes shall be finished with half-hard temper with 
extra-short-radius square corners. The Red Brass shall 
he given a bichromate dip in process so as to match the 
color of Architectural Bronze and Muntz Metal. The Red 
Brass tubes shall he strapped in the shop to produce a 
sharp corner enual to the corner of extrusions. 

U. All bronze materials shall be of the best cor.morcinl 

quality, with no scratches, scars or creases, buckles, 
• ripples or chatter marks. 

b ) Stainless Steel 

1. Stainless steel for bars shall be Type 302 with 
No . 4 finish. 



c) S tructural Steel 



for the fastenlnp, relnforce- 



1. Allsteelsectionsused 
ment or assembly of work under this Section shall be fab- 
ricated of steel conformlnsr to ASTM Designation A-36. 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.5 



B • c • u • A < 



12. SCHEDULE OF ITEMS (Continued) 

32. Bronee support furni.hed and installed under 

Section 5C, ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK. 

33. Steel Support A.aemblle. for lavatory counters in 
Children's Toilets 102.5 and 103.5. 

34. Steel Plate Base at masonry unit partitions. Basement 
Floor . 

35. Structural Steel Reinforcement for pressed metal 
frame of display case door 115.5 in Work Space 113. 

36. Loose Steal Lintels required for openings in masonry 
unit par t it ions . 

Lintels shall be of size shown on Lintel Schedule on Struc- 
tural Drawings and be of length to provide 8" bearing on 
each s ide . 

37. Steel Window Sash in wall between Lecture Hall CIO and 
Projection Room C35. 

Sash shall be complete with piano hinne, latch and 
hold-open device. 

38. C ast Iron Manhole Frame and Cove r for manholt to 
oil storage tank. 

39. Access Door s at top of hoistways of Elevators No. 1 
and 2; in Loading Dock ceiling at and of rolllnR door 
134.5. 

Frames and doors shall be 16 gauge furniture steel. 

40. Steel Lintels for support of glazed brick at Loading 
Dock . 



MISCELLANEOPS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON 

5B.9 



B . r . L . A . 



SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 

4 . Bronze facias 

5. Bronze work at Loading Dock entrance 

6. Miscellaneous bronze work 

b) The work to be done under this Section is shown on 
following drawings: 

The whole set of drawings. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) The following is specified to be furnished and installed 
under Section 5B, MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON: 

1. Steel framing and steel channel along circumference 
of arched windows type G, second floor. 

2. Steel items at Loading Dock entrance labeled "by 
Miscellaneous Iron" on drawings. 

b) Lock cylinders, installed under Section 6A , CARPENTRY WORK, 

c) Plywood panels for balustrades, furnished and delivered to 
the shop under Section 6B, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, with trans- 
portation charges paid under Section 6B. 

d) Sealinp and caulking between periweter of ar ch i t ec tur a x 
bronze work and adjoining construction, specified under Sec- 
tion 7A, WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING. 

e) "Finish ha'rdware and 'nc c essor 1 es , furnished uncT^r Sectfon' 
8C, FINISH HARDWARE, except as specified in this Section 5C. 

f) All exterior and Interior bronze saddles, except cast 
bronze saddles for swingins doors in window walls Type A, 
furnished under Section 8C . FINISH HARDWARE, installed under 
Section 6A, CARPENTRY WORK. 

g) Glass, furnished and installed under Section 8D , GLASS 
AND GLAZING, except as specified in this Section 5C . 

h) Finish paintlnp, of exposed steel faces (1) of bronze clad 
doors and frames and '(2) o'f heating enclosures, specified 
under Section 9F, PAINTING. 

i) Vertical blinds, including tracks, furnished and Instal- 
led under Section 12A, VERTICAL BLINDS. 

1) Elevators' and dumbwaiters' doors and frames, furnished 
and inst'alled under Section 14A, ELEVATORS AND AUTOMATIC 



DUMBWAITERS . 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.2 



8. 



B . P . L . A . 

S HOP DRAWINGS 

a) Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section to the 
Architect for approval In accordance with Article 2.01. of the 
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 

b) ?hop drawings shall be complete and show elevation and size 
of each item, full scale or large scale details of each item 

of work together with collateral construction and Including: 

1. Type and gauge of metals. 

2. Thickness of glass. 

3. Methods of joining and assembly. 

4. Provisions for expansion and contraction. 

5. Methods of reinforcing and anchoring. 

6. Weep system for window walls. 

7. u. L. label renuirements for doors. 

8. Accessory items and all other necessarv Information. 
SAMPLES 



B.P.I. .A 



a) Submit samples of the following to the Architect for ap- 
proval in accordance with Article 2.02. of the CONDITIONS OF 
THE CONTRACT. 

1. Samples of bronze finish, 6 in. bv 12 In., for Ini- 
tial selection of finish. After selection, submit i: 

" additional ffanfples of same -Size. " " - - 

2. Samples of exposed screws. 

3. Samples of glazing gaskets. 

9. FIELD MEASUREMENTS 

a) Prior to the starting of fabrication of work under this 
Section, this Subcontractor shall take all necessarv field 
measurements of all adjoining work reouired by other trades. 

10. C OORDINATI ON » ... 

a) This Subcontractor shall giv- full cooperation to the 
Contractor and to the other trades. He shall furnish to the 
Contractor all metal items to be set bv other trades so as to 
avoid future cuttlnp and patching and shall furnish all neces 
sarv shop drawings rerulred to properly set such items. 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.4 



1 2 . MATERIALS (Continued) 
d ) Fast en i n^ _ne yj^^ e^s 

1. All exposed screws and other threaded fastenlnp de- 
vices used In the assembly and erection of the work un''er 
this Section shall he of bronze of proper allov selecterf 
for both strength and accurate color match with adioinlnp 
work. Exposed screws shall he of following tvnes: 

.1 Screws for glass stops, except for doors, shall 
be Filister head screws. Screws shall be placed 
symmetrically near corners, and spaced uniformlv be- 
tween, not more than 8 in. apart. 

.2 All other visible screws, where called for on 
drawlnr.s, shall be countersink Ph 1 1 1 Ins-Head screws, 
spaced as specified In preceding subparagraph. 

.3 Where brazing Is not possible, twin-head machine 
screws mav bo allowed provided that they are ground 
smooth in the shop . 

2. All unexposed screws, bolts and other threaded fas- 
tenlnp devices used In the assembly and erection of the 
work under this Section shall be of stainless steel, 
types 102 and 304. 

e ) Ejtp aji s ion Shi elds 

1. All plugs inserted in holes drilled in masonry for 
the receipt of stainless steel or bronze threaded fas- 
tenings shall be of lead. Where preformed lead shield-: 
are not available, molten lead shall be cast into the in :. 
/rfter coolljig, the lead shall be^c^Tulkcd Into^the drlllc! 
hole ," drl 1 led to proper sr:re. a n ''"tTi r e aTl e d wTth underprized 
tap if necessary . 

1 3 . FAB RICATION 

a) Sh op A s sembl y 

1. Fitting and assembling of component parts shall be 
performed In the shop Insofar as practicable. Work tliat 
cannot be permanently shop assembled shall be fitted, as- 
sembled, marked and disassembled to assure proper fltilnj 
in the field. Simp assembled components shall be marked 
to correspond with shop n'rawlnvs .'or placement location 
and erection at the proiect site. 

b) Joint s 

1. All connections and joints between abutting members 
shall be closely fitted and annarent to the eve onlv bv ,, 

hairline. 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5r.6 



• i« o 




^r. ^ jw- - -•^*ey-*^a!!^*«#-' 



■TlliWH 



13, 



14, 



I 



• • ^ 



B.P.L.A 



FABRICATION (Continued) 



Joints between members of anv single shop fabricn- 



ted item shall be brazed, and 



ifter brazlnp the surfaces 



shall be pround smooth and finished to true profile 



Brazed joints between members 



with the expos 



ed surface in 



the same plane (such as joints between baluster tubes 

and handrails, between sheets of cladding in large frames) 



shall be carefully finished so 



is to be invisible 



3. Field connections between shop assembled components 
shall be made bv concealed mechanical fastenings. 



Al 1 



conne 



ctlons shall be so designed and assembled 
that they will be strong and rigid. 

5, All joints found on Insnectlon to be open or other- 
wise defective mu 
expense . 



st be corrected at this Subcontractor s 



c ) Cut ting 



Do all cutting 



pun 



ching, drilling and tapping re- 



quired for attachment of hardware and of work bv other 
trades where shown or where directions are given prior to 
or with annroval of shop drawings. 

d ) Anchorage, Reinf or cements, and Connections 

1. Except as specified in Paragraph 5 a) of this Sec- 
tion, all clip angles, nlates, hangers, struts, anchors, 
bolts, and other steel items required to fasten the archi- 
tectural bronze work to the concrete, masonrv or structur- 
al steel structure shall be furnished and installed as 
nart of the work of this Section. 

2. All steel reinforcements within the architectural 
bronze work and all connections and other supp lement arv 
parts necessary to assemble each item, even though not 
shown, shall be included in the work of this Section. 

FINISH OF BRONZE 



B.P.L.A 



18. INSTALLATION (Continued) 



c) 



TT-S-00230, of colors as selected bv the Architect 



19, 



exposed sealant shall be neatlv finished. Promptlv remove anv 
excess sealant from adjoining surfaces. 

PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION 



I 

I 



B. P . L.A, 



23. WINDOW WALL CONSTRTCTI O N (Continued) 



-and secured to the structure with two 3/8 ii 



a) 



The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of 



the work of this Section after the various items have been In- 
stalled. He shall furnish. Install and remove protective wood 
boxing where reaulred and without Instruction from the Architect 

b) This Subcontractor shall be responsible for the removal of 
his own protective wrappings, tapes or coatings. 



20, 



FINAL CLEANING 



a) 



When the protective materials are removed, the ric 



tal s shall 



be cleaned bv this Subcontractor w 



1th 



liable cleaning agent 



21 



and then be given a new coating of oil or wax as specified. All 
work shall be left by this Subcontractor clean and In perfect 
condition at the time of acceptance of the building. 

GUARANTEE 

a) This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all workman- 
ship, materials and installation for a period of one vear fror 
the date of final payment to the General Contractor for the 
accoun 



expansion bolts 
sheet. ) 

Window Type G 



(See isometric on window detail 



1 



The l/U in. thick b 



ent steelnlates shall be 



anchored to the structure with 3/8 in. expansion 
bolts at 3 In. o.c. 

.2 The bronze window frame shall then be secured 

to the steel sub-frame with 3/R in. machine screvs 

at 30 In. o.c. through lead holes under the glass 
stops . 



24 



BRONZE FACED PANELS 



a) 



Bronze faced panels shall consist of 



1/A ii 



B.P.L.A 



thick 



cement asbestos panel with a micro-sanded finish, faced on one 
side or on two sides with 18 gauge B & S gauge Muntz metal. 
Consult drawings for locati 
bronze faced panels. 



on of single bronze faced and double 



b) 



Panels with bronze facing on one side onlv shall be faced 



on the backside 



with 18 gauge galvanized steel sheet. The 



weight of zinc coating shall not be less tl 



sr 



c) 



ft 



lan 



' f sheet 



15 ounce per 



The metal facing shall b 



e applied under pressure t< 



the 



core with an adhesive prepared and recommended for the riur 



Application shall be i 



pose , 



n accordance with adhesive "lanuf ac t ur e r ' s 



Window Tvpe H 



1 



The 4 in 



1/: 1 



steel nullion stiff eners 



e) 



Head 



shall he attached at the sill to the steel subframe 
by means of steel channel brackets. 



Window Type A, B. C 



t of this Subcontractor. Should anv defects in workman- 



s 



bin or material develop within this time 



this Subcontractor 



hall make all necessary repairs and replacements to the satis- 
faction of the Official and without additional cost to the Citv 



s 



Said wr 1 1 1 en gu 



arantee shall further stipulate that this Sub 



con 



tractor shall remedy and correct anv damage caused in making 



such necessary repairs and replacements 



b) 



The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Official 



before said final payment for the account of this Subcontractor 



and shall be countersigned in 



form and manner as to make the 



General Contractor and this Subcontractor Jolntlv and severally 
liable thereunder. 



a) 



All exposed Architectural Bronze, "untz Metal and Red 



Brass surfaces shall be given a Satin Finish using No. 180 

sanding belts, followed bv a Statuary Bronze Finish applied 

at the factory to match sample approved bv the Architect. 

No field finishing will be allowed. 



b) 



The Satin Finish shall be applied with the grain in the 



long direction of the piece 



letal, except for laminated 



)anels which shall have a vertical grain when installed. 
rection of grain of items fabricated from sheets shall be 
shown on shop drawings for Architect's approval. 



IH- 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C. 7 



PART 2 



WINDOW WALLS 



22, 



SCOPE OF WORK 



a) 



The 



•rk under PART 2 shall Include the furnishing and 



Installation of the following 



1 



Window vails Tvne A 



n 



H 



Including 



window frames, door frames, soffits, faciae, heating en- 



closures, grilles, guard rail 



an 



d all other metal work 



forming a part of or immediately adjoining the window 



wall construction. 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.9 



B.P.L.A 



14. FINISH OF BRO NZE (Continued) 

c) After flnlshlnR. the work shall be given a coating of 
lemon oil or wax rubbed on hard and wiped dry. 

15. B A C KPAINT ING OF BRONZE 

a) All parts of bronze which come in contact with mortar, 
plaster, concrete or dissimilar metals shall he protected with 
a coating of zinc chromate primer or other coating approved bv 
the Architect. 

16. SHOP PAINTING OF FERROUS ME TAL 

a) Except where otherwise specified under this Section, all 
ferrous metal installed under this Section shall be given one 
shop coat and be touched-up In the field bv this Subcontractor 
as foil ows . 

b) Before painting, all rust, loose mill scale, dirt, weld 
flux, weld spatter and other foreign material shall be re- 
moved with wire brushes or steel scrapers. All grease and oil 
shall be removed by solvent recommended bv paint manufacturer. 
Surfaces shall be dry when paint Is applied. 

c) Shop paint shall he either an asphalt base or zinc chromate 
primer. Paint shall he evenly applied and be well worked into 
corners. Bolts shall be dipped in paint to cover the entire 
bolt. Omit paint from surfaces to be embedded in concrete. 

1 7 . PROTECTION AT D E LIVERY 

^ a) Finished bronze Items that^are readv for;Jellverv shall^ 
be protected from damage both In transit and on the job bv 
wrapping with waterproof paper, tape or other approved method. 

18. INSTALLATION 

a) All work shall be installed bv the manufacturer in accor- 
dance with approved shop drawings, plumb, souare, level, in 
proper alignment and with joints tlghtlv fitted. Window wall 
frames shall be set so that the joint between perimeter fins 
and adjoining granite does not exceed 1/4 in. 

b) Glazing stops shall he cut and fitted at the factory and 
be ' de 1 I v'ercd to the site attached to the frames and doors. 
All corners shall be mltered. 

C) All metal to metal joints within the work of this Section 
which require sealing shall be sealed at the time of installa- 
tion as part of the work of this Section. Nrn-exposed sealant 
shall he polvhutene non-skinning compound. All exposed sealant 
shall be a one-part acrvlic terpolvmer sealant, Tremco Mono- 
Lasto-Merlc, or approved equal meetipp Federal Specification 

ARCMITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.8 



B.P.L.A 



22. SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 

2. Bronze faced panels occtirrlng within window walls. 

3. All swinging doors within window walls Tvoe A and I', 
including saddles and all rpecified accessories. 

4. Revolving doors within window wall Type A, includinc 
glass and glazing, hardware, operating mechanism and all 
specified accessories. 

h) All work shall be as detailed, in accordance with the 
requirements of PART 1 of this Section and the following addi- 
tional requirements. 

2 3 . WINDOW WALL CONSTRUCTION 

a ) General 

1. Unless otherwise shown, all bronze sections shall 
be 1/8 in. thick. 

2. The window walls shall withstand a uniform wind load 
of 30 lbs. per sq. ft. without deflecting more than 1/175 
of the span. 

3. Provisions sliall be made to drain to the exterior 
all leakage of water through the window walls and all coi. 
densation taking place within the window wall construction. 

4. It shall be the sole responsibility of the naniifactur- 
er to make proper provisions for the expansion and contrac- 
tions of window vails so that the wen t her 1 1 gh t ne s s of tlie 
ccTmplete'ci assembl'v will fiot be affected by therffial move-^ 
ment . 

b) Sll 1 

1 . Window Type A 

.1 All mulllon and vertical stlffeners shall extend 
down into the trough. Stlffeners shall be anchored 
to the structure with 3/8 in. expansion bolts. 

2 . Window Type B, C, D, E. F 

» > * . * . * * « * 
.1 Where detailed, the 10 gauge bent steel sub-fra- 
mes shall be anchored to the structure with 1/2 in. 
anchor bolts, 2 per glass panel. 

.2 All mulllon stlffeners shall be delivered to the 
Job site with shop applied steel base plates (8 In. 
x 8 In. X 3/8 In. at windows B, C, D, E; 2-1/2 In. x 
8 In. X 3/8 in. at window F). After the mulllon is 
aligned and plumbed, the base plate shall be grouted 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C. 10 



1 



All mulllon stlffeners and vertical stlffeners 



shall be anchored to the structure with clln angles 
as detailed on the drawings. 

.2 Provision shall be made for structural tleflec- 



t ion when 
drawings . 



slotted connection is called for on the 



d) 



Mul 1 ions 



Window Tvpe A 



LJ-JLEl 



1 



Whenever a mulllon or anv other element of th( 



onze cover- 



window system has steel reinforcing, the hr 

Ing shall be so anchored to the steel that reinfor- 



cing and covering will 



act Integrally as one element 



The anchorage shall be in the form of shims and 
mach Ine sc rews . 



Any splices occurring In the 1/8 li 



bronze 



plates of the deep mullions shall be made as directed 
bv the Architect. 



e) 



Grilles 



Grilles aC Window Stools 



First Floor and Mezzanine 



.1 Except at windows Tvpe A, hole between fins ever" 
24 in. o.c. or where a supporting strip occurs shall 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.11 



instructions and shall provide a permanent bond between metal 
facing and core. 



d) 



The exposed face shall be flat and free of blemish 



es 



e) Where shown on drawings, panels shall be Insulated on the 



inside with 1 ii 



thick urethanc Insulation, 2 lb. densltv 



non-burning, meeting Fed. Spec. HH-l-nn530 (GSA-FSS), T 



(la! 



vpe 



1 II 
Apply insulation to panels with adhesive recommended 



for this purpose so as to provide a permanent bond between 
Insulation and backing 



f ) 



Panels shall be Installed as part of the work of this 



Section using the same setting materials and method as speci- 
fied for the glazing of windows in following Articles of Sec- 
tion 8D, GLASS AND (n.AZlNC: 

1. Tape, sealant, setting blocks and spacers--Ar t i c le 7 



Ins t a 1 la t Ion- -Ar t ic les 8 



>d 9 



25 



GLAZED SWINGING DOORS 



a) 



Doors 



1 



Glazed swinging doors occurring In window walls Tvpe 
A and H shall be assembled from extruded bronze sections 
as detailed. 

2. All corners shall he brazed and ground smooth so that 

no joint is visible. After complete fabrication, doors 

shall be strapped vertically. Doors shall be flat, rigid 
and free from defects. 



as 



Glazing stops shall be removable on one sid( 
ih own . 



)nl" 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.13 



B.P.L.A 



23. W INDOW WALL CO NSTRUCTION (Continued) 

^l be blanked off on the bottom for concealed 

screw attachment to supporting strap. 

2. Grill es at Second and Third Floor s shall be remova- 
ble and as detailed. 

f ) Track Covers 

1. Cover pieces next to windows which conceal top and 
bottom tracks of vertical blinds shall be removable to 
allow installation of tracks bv others. 

2. Bottom covers shall he fastened through the grille 
as specified In preceding Paragraph. 

3. Top covers shall be fastened with countersunk 
Phllllps-Head screws 8 in. apart, symmetrically spaced. 

g ) He ating En c losures at Window Walls Type H 

1. Heating enclosures shall run from mulllon to mulllon 
and terminate with a tightly fitted, neat bu'-t joint. ;• 
screws or other fastenings shall be visible. 

2. Enclosures shall be neat in appearance and free from 
warp, buckles and other imperfections. Consult drawings 
for location of steel enclosures and of bronze enclosures. 

3. Steel enclosures shall be fabricated of prime quality, 
lf> gauge, cold rolled steel, free from rust, scale, pit and 

;r^MrJace de^fects. , ^ ^ ^ 

After fabrication, all surfaces shall be thorouplilv 
cleaned of all rust, scale, grease, oil. rough snots. 
Chemically treat surfaces with phosphate compound to as- 
sure maximum paint adherence. Rinse in a dilute acid 
solution and dry under controlled temperature. 

Apply dip or sprav coat of r us t - Inh 1 b 1 1 ive metalllr 
oxide, zinc chromate or synthetic resin primer on all sur- 
faces. Primer shall be baked-on In accordance with manu- 
facturer's recommendations for developing maximum hardness 
and resistance to abrasion. Primed surfaces shall be 
•" 'smooth and suitable to receive'the finish coat bv the- 
Painting Subcontr-. ctor. 

4. Bronze enclosures shall be 14 gauge bronze. 

h) Facias 

1. Joints in facia panels at the head of windows Tvre A 
and n shall line up with the center line of window mul- 
lions on Mezzanine Floor. 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C. 12 




b . r . L . A 



GLAZED SWINGING DOORS (Continued) 



4. Doors in window walls Tvnr A shall be we a t h e r s t r i p ne d 
on all four sides with siliconized wool pile. Weather- 
stripping shall he arm need so is tn be casilv renoveH 

and replaced. 

5. Doors in window walls Tvpe I! shall be weatherstrip- 
pod on all four sides with a neonrene tube. 

S add les 

1. Provide cast bronze saddles for swinging doors in 
window walls Type A. Saddles shall he of size, shape and 
thickness shown on the drawings and shall have non-slln 
wearing surfaces of embedded grains or granulues of gar- 
net, silicon carbide, aluminum oxide or approved equal. 
Provide cut-outs for floor hinge-checks, bolts and other 
hardware, and provide slotted holes for drainage of sur- 
face water into drainage boxes below. 



c ) Drai nagc Boxe s 



1. 

Type 
tlon 
ING. 



Drainage boxes at swinging rioors in window walls 
A shall be furnished and Installed under this Sec- 
5C and connected to drains under Section 15A, PLUMB 



d) 



e) 



2. Drainage boxes shall be closed on all four vertical 
sides and be fabricated of 12 gauge steel, hot-dip gal- 
vanized after fabrication. The Inside shall be coatei 
with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 

3. Drainage boxes shall be provided in the ^hop w^th 
a strainer fo'r 3 in. diameter pi^pe "equal to''J(rsam Mcfael 
34-D, with tailpiece attached extending 1 in. below 
cone ret e slab. 

Hardware 

1. Provide bronze nush bar for each silazed swintting 
door in window walls Tvpe A. Provide bronze pull handle 
for each glazed swinging door In window walls Tvpe H. 
Attach with concealed fastening. 

2. All other hardware shall be furnished under Section 
«C, FINISH HARDWARE, for Installation under this -Section 
5C except for lock cylinders which shall be Installed 
under Section fiA , CARPENTRY WORK. 

Tnsta l lat ion 

1. All Items under this Article shall be prorcrlv 
installed. After glazlnp bv Glnzinr "Subcontractor, 

ARCHITECT' KAI. bH0N7.E WORK 

5C. 14 



t' ' 



,-'>.^*sk^mmmv^M 




26 



B . P . L . A 



25. CLAZ ED SWINGING DOO RS (Continued) 

1. doors and hardw.ire shall be adjusted and left in 

perfect operating condition. 

REVOLVING DOORS 



a) 



b) 



c) 



d) 



Scope 



Revolving doors at main entrance shall be as detailed 



1 . 

and include circular enclosure walls, ceili 



wings with push bar and locks 
and complete mech an 1 sm . 



ng , revolving 



glass, weatherstripping 



2. Mechanism shall include speed control and emergencv 
collapsing device. 

Materials 



All exposed metal shall be bronze as specified In 



1 . 

Article 12. a) of this Secti 



on 



2. All exposed surfaces of collapsing hardware and 

mechanical parts shall be finished to match the bronz« 
finish of doors and enclosures. 



Glass 



Gl 



ass for enclosure shall be Bent Polished Plate 



Glass of thickness sh 



own 



Class for celling and for door wings shall be Fullv 



Tempered Polished Plate Glass of thickness sh 



own . 



3. Polished Plate Glass shall comply with Interim 
Federal Specification DD-G-O0A51 b and be Tvpo I, Class 1 
Quality q3, twin-ground. 

A, Glass shall be set in black neoprene gaskets and be 
properly blocked as required. Ins ta 1 l.it I on shall be unde; 
the direction of the door manufacturer. 

Speed Control , • . 

1. Speed control shall be of the floor type and shall 
control the speed of rotation of the revolving door. 
The braking pressure of the governing device shall he in 
proportion to the pressure applied on the revolving door 



to prevent rapid accelleratl 



on 



speeds at all times and 



spinning or excessive 



speed of 12 revolutions per minute 



lust provide a positive maximum 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.15 



27 



B.P.L.A 



PART 



3 - BRONZE CLAD DOORS AND FRAME^ 



SCOP E OF W ORK 

a) The work under PART 3 sha 



11 include the following 



Furnishing an 



d installation of bron 



ze clad hollow 



; tee 1 doors 



lot ed 



BR-HM' 



on 



'Doo 



r and Frame Schedule 



Furn ishlng 



and installation of bronze clad nressed 



steel door frames, noted "BR-PM on 
Schedule" . 



Door and Frame 



Furnishing and installation of bronze clad pres 



sed 



steel frames 
Openings Schedule 



for cased openings, noted "BR-PM" on Cased 



Installation o 



f finish hardware required for wo 



irk 



un 



der PART 3 of this Section excep 



t 1 ock c V 1 inders 



,11 work shall be as detailed, in 



b) 

requirements o 
addition 



accordan 



ce with the 



f PART 1 of this Section an 



d the following 



al requirements 



2 8 . CODE REQUI REMlNTj 



rs and frames of this Section 



a) All doo 

the Building Code of the City 

ratings, and where requ 



shall complv vlth 



of Boston requirements 



for firi 



Ired In Doo 



r and F r am 



e Schedule 



shall bear 



the label of the Underwriters 



Laborator ies 



29. B RONZR CLAD HOLLOW. j^TEE L DOORS 



be clad s 



hall be fabrica 



) interior hollow steel doors to be cia. «'-- - fVeeVr 
' , ,c ^^1,1 .-^ii*,l stretcher leveled steel, tree ir 



ted of 18 gauge cold ro 



rust, scale, pits and surface defects 



) Exterior hollow steel door to 



be 



entrance 



) shall be fabricated of 16 gau 



lad (at Loading Dock 
ge Republic Electro 



Palnt-Lok galvan 



ized bonderlzed sheets 



) 



Doo 



rs shall be formed of on 



e sheet to a 



joints s 
joints w 



hall be fully welded and ground smooth 

ill not be permitted on door faces or edges 



ide. Exposed 
Seams or 



d) 



Doo 



rs shall have continuous Interna 



1 reinforcing channels 



or Z-shape 



d m 



embe r s o 



f 16 gauge steel, full height of door 



spaced not more than 6 In 



o . c 



an 



d spot welded to face sheets 



3 in, 



o . c < 



Uoo 



rs with continuou 



s truss inner core 



full hel«h' 



and width, spi 



It welded to face sheets 3 in. o.c 



both V 



cr t leal 1 V 



and horlzontallv w 
gauge norl zon 
welded to 



.., -Ill also be accented. Provide continuous U 
tal stiffener channels at top and bottom "f^oor. 

'rs shall be 



comp 



face sheets. All hollow portions of doo 
letelv filled with mineral rock wool or approvec 



(qua 



1 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.17 



30, 



B . P . L 



BRONZE CLAD PRESSED STEEL FRAMES 



) 



Interior pressed s 



teel frames to be clad shall be fabri 



cated of prime qi 



litv cold rolled steel, free from rust, scale 



lits and surface defects. Gauge o 
All labeled door frames 



f frames 



; h a 1 1 be .is follows 



14 gauge 



All door frames 1 ft. 6 in. wide and over- \U g.iMpe 



All door 



frames 12 in. deep and over 



All other door frames 

All frames for cased openings 



14 gauge 



16 gauge 



12 gauge 



,) All frames 8 ft. or less in width and 9 ft. or less in 



height shall be comp 



letelv shop assembled and c 



lad at the fac- 



tory 



Joints 



in these steel frames shall be mitered. fullv 



welded and ground smooth 



All other frames shall be s 



hipped knocked-down for field 



as sem 



blv with concealed mechanical Joint; 



The cladding on the 



several members of kno 
shop . 



cked-down frames s 



h .1 1 1 be 



app 



lied in the 



c) 
in 



Frames shall be prep 



ared at the factorv for all hardware 



accordance with temp 



lates furn 



Ished bv Hardware Supplier 



Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap for all mortise tvpe 



d) 
hardware 

and tapping 



Reinforce for surface apnlied hardware 



Drilling 



ing for surface applied hardware shall be done in the 



field. All reinforcements shall be welded to frame and con- 



cealed 



e) Reinforcement for hardware shall be at least as thick as 
the diameter of the screws used for securing the hirdware. 



anc 



not less than the following 

3/16 in. thick bv 10 in, 



long for butts, offset so 



that faces o 



f butts arc flush w 



Ith face of rebate 



12 gauge for lock strike 



10 gauge for surface applied hardware 



f) 



Provide 20 gauge ga 



Ivan ized steel guards to prevent mo i 



tar f rom contact 



tlth the reinforcing p 



lates and lock strikes 



r) 

shown 



Prov 



ide 



stlffeners welded to the back of frame members .is 



Provide metal anchors of gauge and shapes shown on draw- 
required for the adjoining tvpe of wall and over- 



h) 

ings and as 

head const rue t ion , 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C. 19 



30 



31 



32 



33 



B.P. I..A 



BRONZE CLAD PRESSED STEEL FRAMES (Continued) 



n) 



All 



lop 



•assembled frames shall be provided with remov- 



igle spreaders, tack-welded to bottom of j, 



able 

rigiditv during shipment and handling 

SHOP FINISH OF STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 



for 



i) 



After fabrication bv manufacturer of steel doors and frames 



all surfaces of steel doors and frames shall be thoroughly 
cleaned of all rust, scale, grease, oil, rough spots. Chemi- 
cally treat metal surfaces with phosphate compound to assure 
maximum paint adherence. Rinse in a dilute acid solution and 
drv under controlled temperature. Fill door edges with mineral 
filler to conceal sear.is. 



b) 



Apply dip or sprav coat of r us t - inh ib i t ive metallic oxide 



zinc chromate, or synthetic rcsln primer on all surfaces of 
frames and doors except on surfaces to receive bronze cladding. 
Primer shall be baked-on in accordance with manufacturer's re- 
commendations for developing maximum hardness and resistance to 
abrasion. In addition, labeled doors shall be primed on inter- 



ior surfaces as per l' 



requi rement s 



) 



Primed surfaces shall be smooth and suitable to receive the 



finish coat on exposed surfaces 



INSTALLATION 



a) 



This Subcontractor is cautioned to coordinate his work with 



the Contractor and with the Subcontractor of granite work so a<; 
to allow for the proper Installation of frame anchors where 
granite facing occurs. 

b) Frames shall be set level, plumb, square and securely 
anchored to the structure. 



) 



After Installation, doors and hardware shall be adjusted 



and left in perfect operating condition, 



PART 4 



BRONZE WORK FOR STAIRS AND BALUSTRADES 



SCOPE OF WORK 



a) 



The work under PART 4 shall include the furnishing and 



Installation of the following: 

1. Stairs No. 15, 16, 17, 18. 19. 20 



1 



Balustrades with wood panels, string and facia 



panels below string 



Wall handrails 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.21 



B.P.L.A 



26. REVOLVING DOORS (Continued) 

2. To assure smooth and effective operation, the brake 
shoes shall operate in an oil bath; contact area of brnk( 



shoe surfaces shall not be less than 2.25 sq. ii 



and 



brake shoe travel in relation to wing travel shall not be 
less than 100 to 1 ratio. 



Speed 



control mechanism shall be set ii 



circular 



e) 



steel case having an extruded bronze rim with gasket as 
detai led. 

Erne r ge ncy C ollapsing _Me c_h^ nl s m 



1 



Wings sh.ill be held in a radial nosition bv a mcchan- 



Holding ba>ll and soc- 
Thls device shall permit 



f) 



ical device of non-corrosive metal 
ket shall be of stainless steel 
the wings to collapse and fold to the emergencv exit posi- 
tion when pressure of not less than 60 pounds nor more thai 
180 pounds Is applied to the outer stile at a point 42 in. 
from the floor. 

2. Collapsing tension shall be adjustable but shall be 
set so that the pressure required to collaose any of the 
four wings shall be between 120 and 140 pounds. No ex- 
ternal braces or holding devices will be permitted be- 
tween wings. 

Hardware 

1. Hardware shall include push bars as shown and mortlso 



"j^ f 



It tvpe 



locks 



Provide two locks for each revol 



V 1 Viz 



door assembly, 



Lock cylinders shall be furnished under 



R) 



Section 8C , FINISH HARDWARE, for installation under Sec- 
tion 6A. CARPENTRY WORK. 

Weathers t r ips 

1. Each door wing shall be equipped with flexible weather- 
strips at top, bottom and at inner and outer stile edge. 
Material for weatherstrip shall be rubber, vlnvl, or 
other suitable material standard with the door manufactur- 
er. Secure the weatherstrips to door in a manner that 
will permit 



29, 



convenient adiustment and replacement 



h) 



Installation 

1. All work under this Article 26. shall be installed 
by revolving door manufacturer. 

2. Upon completion, doors, hardware, and mechanism shall 
be adjusted and left In perfect operating condition. 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C. 16 



B.P.L.A, 



BRONZE CLAD HOLLOW STEEL DOORS (Continued) 



d) 



Construction and core material of labeled doors shall 



leet NBFU requirements 



e) 



Doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped 



at the factory from templates for all mortise hardware listed 

irface applied 



In the Hardware Schedule 



Reinforce onlv for 



hardware, the drilling and tapping for which shall be done in 
the field. 



f) 

ments 



Reinforcements shall meet the following minimum require- 



1. Rein^'orcing plates for hinges, stops and checks shall 
be at least as thick as the diameter of the screws used 
for securing these parts to tiie doors. 

2. Reinforcement for locks and escutcheons shall be box 
type of 14 gauge steel, with spring leaf contacts for lock 
cases . 



in 



Reinforcement for butts shall be 10 in. long, 3/16 
iteel bars. 



H) 



Heads of all doors shall be closed flush with the edge 



of faces. Meeting stiles of pairs of doors shall be center 
rabbeted . 

h) The steel door panels shall be clad with 12 gauge sheet 
bronze on one face or on both faces in accordance with Door 
Schedule. 



i) 



Doors with bronze cladding on both faces shall have tl.e 



two vertical edges clad with 1 



gauR 



e sheet bronze 



J) 



Doors with bronze cladding on one face shall have the 



vertical edges clad with 12 gauge sheet bronze onlv where cal- 
led for on Door Schedule. 



k) 



The corners of the vertical edges shall be absolutely 



30 



sharp to match corners of extrusions. There shall be no brake 
or roll forming of the cladding. 

1) The she^t bronze shall be ^ppjled to the hollow steel door 
panel with an adhesive prepared for the purpose and applied In 
accordance with manufacturer's directions. The bronze faceu sur- 
faces shall be subjected to pressure as required to provide 
close contact and a permanent bond betveen the cladding and the 
hollow steel panel. 



tn) 



Door panels shall be free from buckles, twists, or other 



imperfections. Any panel having a buckle exceeding 1/16 in 
as determined bv a straight edge anolied to the face of the 



lanel shall not be used 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C. 18 



B . !• . L . A 



BRONZE CLAD PR ESSED STEEL FRAMES (Continued) 

1. Door frames shall have ja.nb anchors locatjd near the 
top and bottom of each frame and at intermediate points 
not over 24 in. apart. Frames for cased openings shall 
have jamb anchors spaced as shown. 

2. Masonry anchors for door frames shall be adjustable 



Underwriters' anchors. 14 gauge, 2-3/4 ii 
long, corrugated. 



wide 



12 1 



i) 



Door frames, except when set against concrete walls, shall 



have each jamb secured to the floor bv means of adjustable 
floor clips. Floor clips shall be not less than 14 gauge steel 
and be drilled for two 3/8 in. diameter anchor bolts In the 
horizontal leg. Consult drawings for number of floor clips. 



J) 

shown , 



Frames for cased openings shall be anchored to floor as 



k) 

surfaces shown 



Door frames shall be clad with 14 gauge sheet bronze on 



drawings. Frames for cased openings shall 



be entirely clad with 14 gauge sheet bronze as shown. The 
sheet bronze shall be applied to the steel frame as specified 
for door panels so as to provide close contact and a perm.inent 
bond between the cladding and the steel frame. No exposed 
fastening will be accepted. Frames shall be neat in appearance 
free from warp or buckle and with straight corners. 



1) 



At corners, cladding shall be mitered and butted to .i ii air- 



line joint. ^ 



tn) 



Where cladding of Jamb and head members is made in two 



pieces, the Joint between adjoining sheets shall be butted 
brazed and ground smooth so as to be invisible. 



n) 



Provide door panels for Fire Hose Cabinets in frames for 



cased openings as shown. Hardware for door panels shall be 
furnished and installed by this Subcontractor and consist of 
SOSS Invisible hinges and friction catch. The door panels 
shall be finished so as to perfectly match in grain and color 
the surrounding frame. 

' Fire Hose Cabinets- shall b^ furnished ander ^iection 15A, 



PLUMBING, and set under Section 4A, MASONRY 



The Subcontrac 



tor 



of this Section 5C, shall fit the extensi( 



s leeve 



of the 



Fire Hose Cabinet to the frame and fix the sleeve to the 
cabinet . 



o) 



Provide cut-outs in frames for electrical outlets and 



anv other cut-outs where called for on schedules and (irawlngs 



P) 



Door frames shall be punched for three rubber silencers 



furnished bv Hardware Supplier 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C. 20 




33, 



B.P.L.A 



SCOPE OF WORK 



(Continued ) 



Wal 1 strings 
Ceiling edges 



Stair No. 21 



Wa 1 1 hand rails 



Wall strings 



Stairs No. 22 



1 



Balustrades with stainless steel grille panels 



string and facia panels below string, 



Wal 1 handrai Is 



Wal 1 strings 



Me zzanine 



Balustrades with stainless steel grille pai 



id facia 



Second Floor, Main Stair Case 



.1 Balustrade with stainless steel grille n.inels 
Fifth Floor, Rare Book Deoartment 



Balustrades with stainless steel grille panels 



an 



d facia 



b) 



11 work shall be as detailed, in accordance with the 



requirements of PART 1 of this Section and the following 
additional requirements. 

34. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 



a) 



Balustrades 



Except at Second Floor, balustrades shall be supnor 



1 

ted bv a continuou 



s 1/4 in. thick steel plate, welded at 



each baluster t/o steel supports as, shown 



Bal 



us t ra 



des and strings o 



f stairs shall be shop assen- 



bled in sections. Joining of sections shall occur at chan 



tes In direction and svnm 



etrlcallv in between as directed 



bv the Architect 



Joints in facia panels below strings 



shall line up w 



ith joints in strings 



ARCHITECTURAL Hi 




r 







B.P.L.A. 



L.A. 



B.P.L.A, 



B.P.L.A, 



34. CC 



CONSTRUCTION RE QILIREMENTS (Continued) 



38 



CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 



1 




aR 



4. TOP Channel of string or facl, "^j'' J',^" lY ,l\:[' 

uj,"i.::ri"; :^i^i^,^^^ iVni\\<\^^^>^^^ 

cubes . 



5 

sha 



P.eld connections between string and facia f-e piates 
11 have back-up plates as detailed to assure pe 



alignment and ripidity at the joint. 



6. No expose 



d fastening* shall be used. 




Subcontractor at his own expense. 



b) Wall Handrails 

1. spacing of brackets shall be san.e as spacing of op- 
posite balusters. 

c) UaII Strings 

, TOP channel and facing P^-^% '^-^i,^,^ /une^'p^iu/ 
i; sections. Joints between sections shall line up 
joint, in opposite string of balustrade. 

PART S - FACIAS 

3 5 . SCOPE OF WO R_K 

a) The work under PART 5 shall include the furnishing and 
inatallation of the following: 

1. Facias along ceiling at Mezzanine and Second Floor 
Level . 

2. Facia along ceiling in Boston Room. 

3. Facia at Bild-wall height in Bo. ton Room. 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C. 23 



38 



B.P.L.A, 



35. SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 

4. Facia along celling in Telephones C71 , Concourse 
Leve 1 . 

b) All work shall be as detailed, in accordance with the 
requirements of PART 1 of this Section and the following addi- 
tional requirements. 

3 6 . CON STRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 

a) Joints between facia panels, except in Telephones C71 
shall occur on the center line of window mul lions or Mezzanine 
Floor. Joints in Telephones C71 shall be located v-i>ere di- 
rected hv the Architect. 

b) Joints between facia plates shall have back-up plates as 
detailed to assure perfect alignment and rigidity at the joint 

PART 6 - BRONZE WORK AT LOADING DOCK ENTRANCE 

37. SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under PART 6 shall include the furnishlnp and 
installation of the following items at Loading Dock entrance 

1. Bronze clad hollow steel wall panels. 

2. Bronze clad hollow steel ceiling panels. 

3. Bronze clad steel trim. 

" 4r -t5ollards-in<: ludfr/i? steel supporting .vsserably. 

b) All work shall be as detailed, in accordance with the 
requirements of PART 1 of this Section and the following 
additional requl remenr s . 



CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 

a) Bronze clad panels and trim 

1. Bronze clad hollow steel panels shall complv with the 
specifications for the exterior bronze clad hollow steel 
door as set forth .in PART 3 of this Section. 

2. Provide cut-outs for light fixtures in ceiling panels 
In accordance with templates furnished by the Electrical 
Subcontractor . 

3. Bronze clad hollow steel trim shall comolv with the 
specifications for bronze clad pressed steel frames for 
cased openings as set forth in PART 3 of this Section, 
except that steel shall be Republic Electro Paint-Lok 
galvanized bonderized sheets. 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5r . 24 



40 



4. Furnish and Install all steel fastening items, except 
items labeled "by Miscellaneous Iron" on drawings. 

5 Seal all joints between panels and adjoining trim as 
required to provide leakproof installation. Sealant back- 
up shall be a closed-cell polyethylene back-up packed in 
the joint to a depth of 3/8 in. from the face. Sealant 
shall be as specified for exposed sealant in Paragraph 
18. c) of this Section. 

b) Bollards 

1 Bollards shall consist of an inner steel pipe «elded 
to a steel channel base. A steel collar shall be welded 
to the pipe for support of the outer casing. The steel 
pipe assembly shall be furnished and installed as part ot 
the work of this Section. All concrete work shall be 
provided under Section 3A , CONCRETE. 

2 The outer casing shall consist of a red brass tube 
surmounted on top by a tightly fitted cast bronze cap 
fitted with keys to secure the cap in place. 



PART 7 - MISCELLANEOUS BRONZE WORK 
39 . SCOPE OF WORK 



a) The work under PART 7 shall include all other items of 
architectural bronze shown on the drawings «"^ /"^^""^^^ ' ^" ' 
is not limited to. the items listed in the following SCHEDULI 

OF ITEMS. 

The SCHEDULE OF ITEMS i. not intended to li.t each and 
item of architectural bronze required to complete the 



b) 

every 
w 
e 



work under this Section. This Subcontractor is ^-"^;°"^^^^° , 
examine the specifications of the other trades and the complet 
set of drawings with care, and he shall understand that all 



i 



tern, of architectural bronze not specifically required to be 
provided under other Sections but shown on the drawings shall 
be furnished and installed under this Section 5C. 

c) All work shall be as detailed, in accordance with the 
requirements of PART 1 of this Section and the following 
additional requirements. 

SCHEDULE OF ITEMS 

a) Fully glazed interior bronze doors and sidelights noted 
"BR-GL" on "Door and Frame Schedule'. 

1. Doors and sidelights shall be assembled from extruded 
bronze sections as shown. 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.25 



B.P.L.A. 



40. SCHEDULE OF ITEMS (Continued) 

2. All corners shall be brazed and ground smooth so that 
no joint is visible. After complete fabrication, doors 
shall be strapped vertically. Doors and sidelights shall 
be flat, rigid and free from defects. 

3. Doors shall have siliconized wool pile strips on all 
four sides. Pile strips shall be arranged so as to be 
easily removed and replaced. 

4. Provide bronze push bar and pull handle on each leaf, 
attached to door with concealed fastening. Provide bronze 
door stops as shown. 



Prepare doors for hardware furnished under Section 
FINISH HARDWARE. Hardware shall oe shipped by Hard- 
ware Supplier to this Subcontractor for installation at 
the factory. 



5. 

8C 



i 



6. Doors set within wood frames shall be furnished and 
delivered to the Contractor for installation under Section 
6B, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. 

7. All other doors and sidelights, including their 
hardware, shall be Installed as part of the work of 

this Section, shall be adjusted after glazing and bp left 
in perfect operating condition. Lock cylinders only shall 
be installed under Section 6A. CARPENTRY WORK. 

b) B ronze frames for bulletin boards in Rooms 101, MOl 
and M05. 

1. The outer angle frame shall have corners mitered, 
brazed and ground smooth so that no joint is visible. 
After complete fabrication, frame shall be strapped 
vertically . 

2. The inner angles shall be cut and fitted at the 
factory and be furnished In four separate pieces attached 
to the outer frame by screwing from the outside through 
the edges of the door panel. All corners shall be 
mitered . 

3. Provide bronze handle, continuous bronze piano hinge 
and friction catch attached to each frame. 

4. Furnish and deliver frames to Contractor for Install- 
ation under Section 6B, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. 

c) Bronze frames for display cases in Rare Book Department . 

1. Frames shall be of same construction as specified for 
bulletin boards in Paragraphs 40, b) 1. and 40. b) 2. 

ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.26 



40, SCHEDULE OF ITEMS (Continued) 

2. Provide continuous bronze piano hinges attached to 
frames . 

3. Prepare fr&mes for key-operated cylinder deadlock 
furnished under Section 8C, FINISH HARDWARE. Deadlocks 
shall be shipped by Hardware Supplier to this Subcontrac- 
tor for installation at the factory. 

4. Furnish and deliver frames to Contractor for 
installation under Section 6B, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. 

d) Bronze gate with stainless steel grille panel in Rare 
Book Department . 

1. Bronze gate shall be of same construction as shown 
on Drawing A-32 for balustrades with stainless steel 
grille panel. 

2. Provide continuous bronze piano hinge attached to 
gate. 

3. Prepare gate for key-operated cylinder deadlock 
furnished under Section 8C, FINISH HARDWARE. Deaklock 
shall be shipped by Hardware Supplier to this Subcon- 
tractor for installation at the factory. 

4. Furnish and deliver gate to Contractor for install- 
ation under Section 6B, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. 

e) Bronze bar supports for granite shelf in Room 109. 

1. Chair carriers with 3/4 in. diameter steel bar are 
specified to be furnished and installed under Section 5B, 
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON. 

f ) Exterior bronze facia on top of slate roof shall be as 
shown. Coordinate installation with Roofing Subcontractor. 



ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK 

5C.27 



B.P.L.A 



SECTION 6A 



CARPENTRY WORK 



1. P ROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section Hi, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

2 . SCO PE OF WO RK 

a) The work under this Section consists of the following 
CARPENTRY WORK as shown on the drawings and as specified herein 

1, Rough carpentry work .t; specified in PART 1. 

2. Installation work as specified in PART 2. 
PART 1 - ROUGH CARPENTRY WORK 

3. SCOPE 

a) The work under PART 1 shall Include the furnishing and 
Installation of the following: 

1. Wood blockings, curbs, nailers, cleats and other 
rough lumber as shown and as required for installation of 
work specified under Section 7B. ROOFING AND FLASHING. 
Section 7C. GLASS SKYLIGHT, for Installation of cement- 

«^ asbestos ji-ar^ Island of a^i'-., other ';;;i»c-rlor i;or|j,, ^ ^ 

2. Wood blockings behind mirrors and other blocklnps 
and nailers, as shown and as required for installation 
and :.(ipport of Interior work bv all trades, except as 
specified in Article 4. of this Section. 

3. All wood grounds reaulred for plaster work. 

4. Cement-asbestos panels at roof level. 

5. All rough hardware required by the work of this 
Section. 

4 . RELAT ED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Furnishing and installntlon of all wood framing, furring, 
blocking, nailers and other rough carpentry required for 
installation and support of architectural woodwork, specified 
under Section 6B, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, including all rough 
hardware required therefore. 

CARPENTRY WORK 
6A. 1 



CARPENTRY MATERIALS 

a) Lumber shall be sound stock, new, straight, and air-dried 
to a moisture content not to exceed nineteen percent (19.;). 

b) Lumber shall be surfaced four sides, bear the grade and 
trademark of the association under whose rules it Is produced 
and a mark of mill Identification. 

c) Lumber shallbeasfollows: 

1. Blockings, curbs, nailers, cleats and other rough 
lumber for work specified under Section 7B, ROOFING AND 
FLASHING, Section 7C, GLASS SKYLIGHT, and for any other 
exterior work : 

Redwood Construction Heart 

2. Blockings and nailers for Interior work: 
West Coast Hemlock 

3. Furring, Strapping: 
Spruce No. 1 Merchantable 

Lumber shall be furnished in maximum lengths and dimen- 



Construction Grade 



d) 

s 



ions for intended use to reduce joints to practical minimum. 

e) Store all lumber off the ground, properly supported to 
provide drainage and ventilation, and well protected from the 
e 1 ement s . 

f) Screws, holts, and all other rough hardware used for roof- 
ing work and any other exterior work shall be galvanized. 

r) Interior wood members in contact with concrete or masonry 

shall be given a prime co.nt of heavllv pigmented white wood 
primer. 

Bl^CKINGSj_^UMS^ JiAn.lRS_j_jn.EATS^ m^lOOFi 

a) Materials shall be furnished in not less than 12 ft. 
lengths. Nailers in same plane with insulation shall be of 
same thickness as insulation. Where bolts occur, counter bore 
wood so that nuts and ends of bolts are recessed in top sur- 
face. 

b) Continuous curbs and blockings shall be fastened I'-O" 
o.c. and at splice joints with 1/2 in. diameter holts, hooked 
at ends . 



CARPENTRY WORK 
6A.2 



b.P . L , A, 



6 , BLOCKINGS, CURBS, NAILE RS, CLEATS ON ROOFS (Continued) 

c) Install in concrete not less than four 1/2 in, diameter 
bolts at vents and other openings not over 12 in. In preatest 
d imens 1 on , 

d) Cleats between insulation under slate roofs shall have 
1/2 in. notches at the bottom, 24 in. o.c., for drainape. 
Cleats shall be installed after dampproofing has been applied 
over the entire concrete deck and shall be spaced as reaulred 
bv the Roofing Subcontractor. Cleats shall be fastened by 
means of power-actuated austempered fasteners, 11/64 in. shank 
diameter. 2-1/2 in. long, spaced 18 in. o.c. Heads of fasten- 
ers shall he slightly recessed in the wood. 

7 . INTE RIOR BLOCKINGS, NAILERS. GROUNDS 

a) Set all wood members plumb and level as shown or as re- 
quired by other trades. Fasten all members as required to 
insure rigidity. 

b) Furnish and Install all grounds required for plastering 
work . 

8 . CEMENT-AS B ESTOS PANEL S 

a) Furnish and Install cement -a sbes t os panels for facing of 
steel framing at transition from new building to existing 
building (above Elevation 86'-9") and for facing of ton plate 
on adjacent walls. 

b) Cement-asbestos panels shall be Primed Flexhoard ranels. 
3/16 in. thick, as manufactured bv Johns-Manvl 11 e , or approved 
equal. 

c) Panels shall be Installed as shown and nailed 8 In. o.c. 
using aluminum nails set at least 1/4 in. from edge. Allow 
1/16 In. joint between panels. 

PART 2 - INSTALLATION WORK 

9. SCOPE 

The work under PART 2 shall Include the installation of the 
fol lowing : 

a) All, Items ,o f work furnished under Section 8A , HOLLOW METAL 
DOORS AND FRAMES. 

b) Aluminum doors furnished under Section 8F, ALUMINUM DOORS. 

c) All finish hardware and accessories furnished under Sec- 
tion 8C, FINISH HARDKARE, except as stated in following Article 
10. All lock cylinders for the entire project shall be 

CARTKNTRY WORK 
6 A. 3 



P*i*LMftst«U 




etteE^^ TM-t^i. ^s,\' 



. ,^■&^'rv^'S^^?^^■""!J^■^ 



rtlTirti 



mTt^i 



B.P.L.A, 



i 



B . P . L . A . 



9. SCOPE (Continued) 

c) -- installed under this Section 6A. 

d) Medicine cabinet furnished under Section lOB, TOILET 
ROOM ACCESSORIES . 

10. RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Installation of finish hardware for granite faced doors, 
except lock cylinders, specified under Section 5B, MISCELLAN- 
EOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON. 

b) Installation of all finish hardware and accessories for 
architectural bronze work, except lock cylinders, specified 
under Section 5C, ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK. 

c) Installation of the following is specified under Section 
6B. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK: 

1. All finish hardware and accessories for architectural 
woodwork, except lock cylinders. 

2. Wood panel and base on hollow metal door No. 117 and 
Teak plywood veneer on pressed metal from No. M02. 

3. Wood stops for soundproof doors. 

d) Installation of finish hardware factory applied to alumi- 
num doors, except lock cylinders, specified under Section 8F, 
ALUMINUM DOORS. 

1 1 . INSTALLATI O N OF DOORS AND FRAMES 

a) Frames shall be set in their correct location and be 
level, plumb, and square. 

b) Doors shall be hung and door hardware applied so that 
opening and closing movement of doors shall be smooth and free. 

12. FINISH HARDWARE 

a) All hardware and accessories to be installed under this 
Section shall be installed, fitted and adjusted carefully bv 
skilled mechanics. 

b) After glazing bv Glazlnp Subcontractor, glazed doors and 
their hardware shall be adjusted and left In perfect operating 
condition. 



CARPENTRY WORK 
6A.4 



B . P . L . A , 



12. FINISH HARDWARE (Continued) 

c) Before final acceptance of the Contract, the Contractor 
shall go over the entire building and see that each piece of 
finish hardware installed under this Section is undamaged and 
in perfect operating condition, and that the proper Wev for 
each lock Is identified. All keys shall be pronerly tagged, 
indexed and filed in key cabinet provided under Section 8C , 
FINISH HARDWARE. 



CARPENTRY WORK 
6A.5 



B. P.L. A. 



SECTION 6B 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 



1 . PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

2. SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of all ARCHITECTURAL 
WOODWORK and related work as shown on the drawings, schedules 
and as specified herein and includes the following: 

1. Furnishing and installation of rough carpentry 
specified under PART 2 of this Section. 

2. Furnishing and installation of architectural woodwork 
specified under PARTS 3 through 8 inclusive of this 
Section. 

3. Furnishing and delivery of architectural woodwork 
specified under PART 9 of this Section. 

A. Installation of finish hardware and accessories 
occurring in architectural woodwork and furnished under 
Section 8C, FINISH HARDWARE. 

5. Miscellaneous items specified under PART 10 of this 
Sec t ion . 

3 . REL ATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Furnishing of following items is specified under Section 
5C, ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK: 

1. Bronze frames for bulletin boards in Rooms 101, 
MOl and M05. 

2. Fully glazed bronze doors set in wood frames in Rare 
Book Department. 

3. Bronze frames for display cases in Rare Book Depart- 
ment. 

4. Bronze gate in Rare Book Department. 
Installation of all lock cylinders, specified under 



b) 

Section 6A, CARPENTRY WORK, 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B. 1 



B. P.L.A, 



REL ATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS (Continued) 

c) Furnishing of finish hardware, thresholds, and accessor- 
ies, except for shelf standards and supports, specified under 
Section 8C, FINISH HARDWARE. 

d) Finish painting of all woodwork for paint finish, speci- 
fied under Section 9F, PAINTING. 

e) Furnishing of light louvers in display cases of Rare Book 
Department, specified under Section 16A, ELECTRICAL WORK. 



PART 1 



GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 



4. QUALIFICATIONS OF SUBCONTRACTOR 

a) The Architectural Woodwork Subcontractor must be approved 
by the Official. Prior to the approval, the Architectural 
Woodwork Subcontractor must submit to the Official conclusive 
evidence of the following: 

1. --that the Subcontractor has been engaged in the 
furnishing and installation of architectural woodwork of 

a similar nature to the work specified herein for a period 
of not less than ten years. 

2. --that the Subcontractor has the skill, craftsman- 
ship, equipment and plant with the necessary facilities 
and capacity required to furnish and install architectural 
woodwork fully complying with the intent of the drawings 
and specifications and also required to make dependable 
deliveries consistent with the construction schedule. 

b) -It is tire indent of the-se spec 1 f irca t i ons to havt.,' all 
architectural woodwork specified under this Section and all 
rough carpentry required therefore installed by the Architec- 
tural Woodwork Subcontractor to assure undivided responsibility 
of the entire installation and first class workmanship. 

5 • QUALITY STANDARDS 

a) Except where the requirements of this Section and the 
drawings are more stringent, all architectural woodwork under 
this Section shall conform to the following grade requirements 
of the "Quality Standards of tlie Architectural Woodwork 
.Industry", June 1968 Edition (her e i-ja f t e r referred to, as AWI 
St andar ds) : 

1. Material and workmanship of all architectural wood- 
work under PARTS 1 through 7 and PART 9 shall conform to 
the Premium Grade requirements of the AWI Standards. 



I 






•■*Sfc'^3S(6Si^ f 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B. 2 



.in»--.>,i j«n-^ s»»s «i^ij»)*^,-» J.T «»>-t ^sw«>«MSi^ rt^ffW 



QUALITY STANDARDS (Continued) 

2. Material and workmanship of all architectural wood- 
work under PART 8 shall conform to the Custom Grade 
requirements of the AWI Standards. 

b) The AWI Standards are hereby by reference made a part of 
this Section. 

SHOP DRAWINGS ..... 

a) Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section to the 
Architect for approval in accordance with Article 2.01. of the 
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 

b) Shop drawings shall be complete and show kind, quality 
and finish of all materials; overall and detail dir.ensions; 
joinery; anchorages; types, sizes and spacing of fasteners; 
provisions for work of other trades; adjoining construction; 
direction of grain and sequence of matching of plywood veneers; 
panel schedule showing all p.mels and doors within panelin{ 
number and size; door schedules and all other necessary 
inf orma t ion . 



ig by 



c) No portion of the rough carpentry shall be installed and 
no portion of the architectural woodwork fabricated until the 
shop drawings in connection therewith have been approved by 
the Architect. 

S AMPLES 

a) Submit samples of following materials to the Architect for 
approval in accordance with Article 2.02. of the CONDITIONS OF 
THE CONTRACT: 

1. Three full length representative samples of each 
flitch used in the work. 

2. Three samples of hardwood solid stock, size b in. by 
8 in. 

3. Samples of specified wall panels, size 11 in. by 
15 in.. 1 in. thick, showing face veneer, back veneer. 
edge banding, finish nnd back-sealer. 

4. Samples of specified removable shelves, size 11 in. 
by 15 in., 1-1/8 in. thick, showing face veneers, edge 
banding , finish. 

5. Samples of hardwood solid stock finish, size 6 in. 
by 8 in. 

6. Samples of panel clips and of shelf standards and 
supports . 

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

bB.3 



B . P . L . A , 



7. SAM PLES (Continued) 

7. Samples of plastic laminate. 

8. Samples of bulletin board cork. 

8 . FIELD MEA S UREMENTS 

a) Prior to starting of fabrication of work under this Sec- 
tion, this Subcontractor shall take all necessary measurements 
of all adjoining work required by other trades. 

9 . MOIS T URE CONTENT 

a) All lumber for rough carpentry and for architectural wood- 
work shall be kiln-dried to a moisture content of 7 percent. 



iO. DELIVERY 




1 1 . INSPECTI ON 

a) This Subcontractor shall inspect all surfaces to receive 
work under this Section and report in writing to the Contractor, 
with copy to the Architect, any condition which might adversely 
affect the installation. 

" •%) "T-he starting of wo-k .-in jny space wilj. be construed as 

acceptance of the conditions, and any defects to the work under 
this Section resulting from such accepted conditions shall be 
corrected by this Subcontractor at no cost to the Owner. 

1 2 . £00PERATIP_N_ 

n) This Subcontractor shall cooperate with all other trades 
and shall coordinate his work to meet the requirements of other 
trades and of the general progress of work. 

13. GUARANTEE 

a)' This Subcontractor shall guarantee In wri'ting al'l workman'- 
ship, materials and installation for a period of one (1) year 
from the date of final completion of the building. Should any 
defects in workmanship or material develop within this time, 
this Subcontractor shall make all necessary repairs and re- 
placements to the satisfaction of the Official and without 
additional cost to the City. Said written guarantee shall 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.4 



14 



15 



16, 



17 



B.P.L. A, 



13. GUARANUl (Continued) 



a) 



and correct'^nv ^''P"^"^« ^^'^ ^^^^ Subcontractor shall remedy 
and r^pUcIments "'''^ ^'""' '" "^'^"^ ^"^'^ necessary repairs 




P ART 2 - ROUG H CARPFNTPV 

SCOP E 

a) The 



Jnstailation'orfr ^""^T ' '"''' '"'^'"'^^ '»'^ furnishing and 
installation of the following: 

L otier'ro"'"':---°-''"''" -^1«" V ^ "" in. . strapping 
for 



spec 



?n.rlii°i'?*' '^"P^^try work, as shown and as required 
installation and support of architectural woodwork 
itied under this section. 

2. All rough hardware required for the work of this 
section. 



CARP ENTRY MATE RIALS 
a) 



four sides' ""'^^ ^^ "'""'' ''°"'' "*''• «'"^e»'t and surfaced 

b) Lumber shall bear the grade and trademark of the associa- 
tion under whose rules it Is produced and a mark of mill 
identification. 

c) Lumber grades shall bo as follows: 

1. Light framing, blocking, nailers, and all other 
lumber : 



2. 



West Coast Hemlock 

Douglas Fir • ' ' 
Furring, Strapping: 
Spruce 



or 



Construction Grade 



Construction Grade 



No. 1 Merchantable 



d) All framing, blocking, furring, strapping and other 
rough members in contact with masonry or concrete shall be 
primed on all sides in the shop with a coat of heavily pig- 
mented white wood primer. 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.5 



B . P . L . A , 



13. C A R P.EjjT RY MA TERIALS (Continued) 

e) Furnish all metal clips, brackets, anchors and other items 
of rough hardware required for the installation of work under 
this PART 2 whetlicr shown on the drawings or not. Metal clips, 
brackets and similar items shall be given a coat of metal 
primer . 



niSTAjLLATJ_gN 

a) It shall be this Subcontractor's responsibility to show 
on the shop drawings and, after their approval, to provide all 
rough carpentry required for a first class workmanlike install- 
ation of the architectural woodwork. 

b) All framing members shall be of adequate size and properly 
spaced and braced. All panel edges shall be backed-up. Pro- 
vide ,fire stopping where shown. 

c) Furring for paneling shall run horizontally with vertical 
strips set in vertically where panel joints occur. Provide 
furring and blocking as required for proper installation of 
panel clips. 

d) Set all rough wood members plur.ib, level and true to lines. 
Shim furring stiips as needed to level the furring. Fasten 

all members with sufficient nails and other fasteners to insure 
rigidity. 



PART 3 



WALL PANELING 



SCOPE 



a) The work u-der PART 3 shall include the furrlshinr and 
•""' Heli^ery to the 8itc'*^f trt"e following: ^ -^^ ^ ^ 

1. All flush ar-hl tec tural wall paneling. 

2. Flush architectural paneling for columns in Pare 
Book Department (Reading Room). 

3. Matching panel for application on hollow metal door 
No. 117. 

1 8 . PANEL CONST RUCTION 

a) Panels shall be of f i re-re tar dant construction, of size 
and thickness as shown on drawings. 



b 
Ply 



) Core stock shall be Treated Lxterior Type Douglas Fir 
. lywood, labeled and listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. 
Inc for Fire Hazard Classification in accordance with the 
ASTM'E-S'i Tunnel Test and shall have following ratings: 



ARCHITECTURAL '..'OODWORK 

6B.6 




m 



i'- 



S'*^*' ' 'wrw ' 



B.P.L.A. 



18. PANEL CONSTRUCTION (Continued) 

1. KlameSpread 15 

2. Fuel Contributed 25 - 30 

3. Smoke Developed 0-15 

c) Panels shall be edge banded at the factory on all four 
sides. r.dge band shall be solid lumber, 5/8 in. wide, tongue- 
and-grooved into the core. Lumber shall be Mahogany in Lecture 
Hall,' Teak matching veneer for all other paneling. 

d) All panels shall be Good One Side, with face and back 
veneers of 1/28 in. minirnum thickness. 

e) The veneers and edge bands shall be bonded to the core 
with Type 1 waterproof glue. 

19. VENEER - LECTURE HALL 

a) Panels to be faced with vinyl fabric in Lecture Hall shall 
have following veneers: 

1, Face veneer - Philipine Mahogany, shop grade, free of 

holes and other surface defects. 

2. Back veneer - Same as face veneer. 
2 0. VENEER - ALL OTHER PANELING 

a) Species of Wood 

Except for Lecture Hall, all paneling shall have follow- 
ing ven;. rs: 

1. Face veneer - East Indian Teak, plain sliced. 

2. Back veneer - Hardwood of similar density as face 

veneer to assure balanced construction. 

b) Grade of Face Veneer 

1. Teak shall be of Premium Architectural Grade. As an 
Indication of quality and not for accounting purposes, a 
unit price of $0.50 per sq. ft., f.o.b. mill for the 
purchase of flitches by the panel manufacturer shall be 
allowed. The quantity of flitches required and the loss 
for waste and scrap shall be the panel manufacturer's 
respons ibi 11 ty . 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B. 7 



B.P.L.A. 



20. VENEER - ALL OTHER PANELING (Continued) 

2. Sample of flitches shall be submitted to the Archi- 
tect for selection as specified in Article 7. of this 
Section. Final approval of flitches by number and for 
each area shall be by the Architect. 

c ) P_anel Face Matching 

1. Each panel face shall be center matched, that Is 
made from an even number of equal width sheets of veneer 
in the order in which they were cut from the log. Full 
width panel faces shall be made from U sheets of veneer, 
narrow panels from 2 sheets. 

2. All veneers within each panel face shall be book- 
matched with no sap wood allowed. 

d ) Panel Matching 

1. Panels within one room shall be blueprint sequence 
matched, with doors in blueprint sequence with adjacent 
panels . 

2. Panels shall be numbered in accordance with schedule 
on shop drawincs. 

3. Panels for each elevation shall be balanced from the 
center line of each wall. In rooms which, because of 
their size, require more than one flitch, no flltcl. shall 
be terminated within an elevation. 

4. Tn rooms of 1-1/2 panel height, such^^as "Audio- 
Visual" a'n'd "Period 1 cafRoom" , each upper and related " 
lower panel shall be treated as one set and faced with the 
same continuous veneer to match vertically for grain and 
color . 

5. In 2 story rooms with horizontal reveal dividing 
upper and lower panel, such as "Rare Book Reading Poon", 
upper and related lower panels shall be matched as speci- 
fied in preceding Paragraph 20. d) A. 

6. In 2 story rooms with bronze facia dividing upper 
and lower panels, such as Boston Room", the upper panels 
shall be blueprint sequence matched; the lower panel& 
shall be blueprint sequence matched, with upper and lower 
panels matching in grain and color. 

21. SANDING 

a) All panel faces shall be polish-sanded by panel manu- 
facturer as per Commercial Standard CS 35-61-4 . 11 . A . 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.8 



B.P.L.A 



22 . FINISH 

a) Panels to be faced with vinyl fabric in Lecture Hall shall 
be left unfinished on contact faces with vinyl fabric. 

b) All other panels shall be finished on exposed faces by 
panel manufacturer. 

c) Finish shall be a natural conversion varnish of fif*" 
retardant classification meeting code requirements .ind with a 
10-8heen classification. Finish must be approved by the 
Architect . 

d) The finished veneers shall be free of mineral streaks, 
discoloration, work holes, ruptured grain, loose tex tu re . 
photographing of core grain and any other blemishes. Panels 
with defective veneers shall not be Installed. 

2 3 . BAC K- SEALIN G 

a) All panels shall be back-sealed by panel manufacturer with 
a coat of sealer, amber tone-pipniented for easy identification. 
Sealer shall be of type that controls mold, fungus, mildew, 
termite and insect attack. 

2A. r£_RTjrF_I_f:ATIO N AND GUARANTEE 

a) The Architectural Woodwork Subcontractor shall furnish 
the following tc the Official together with the guarantee 
specified in Article 13. of this Section: 

1. A written certification by the panel manufacturer, 
certifying that the core material and glue used for 
panels conform to these specifications. 

2 A written guarantee by the panel manufacturer 
guaranteeing the paneling for the life of the installa- 
tion against warping and cupping within the meaning of 
the "Standard Door Guarantee" of the National Woodwork 
Manufacturers Association and against any other defects 
• in material and workmanship. This guarantee shall not 
apply to defects in the finish due to normal wear and 
tear or to misuse. Any panels which are found defective 
shall be replaced by the panel manufacturer at no cost to 
to the Owner. 

2 5 . MACHI NING 

■) Panels shall be rabeted and machined in the shop by this 
Subcontractor, as shown, and be delivered to the site ready for 
installation . 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.9 



D • r • L( • A < 



25. MACHINING (Continued) 

b) Panels which have to be but t- jointed , such as long panels 
in Lecture Hall, shall be jointed by means of splines machined 
in the shop . 

2 6 . STORAGE AND HANDLING 

a) Fire retardant panels ahall be given special care in 
storing and handling in accordance with panel manufacturer's 
instructions. All cuts shall be immediately resealeu as 
recommended by the panel manufacturer. 

PART A - FLUSH WOOD DOORS 

27. SCOPE 

a) The work under PART A shall include the furniahing and 
delivery to the site of the following: 

1. All interior flush wood doors, noted "WD" on "Door 
and Frame Schedule' (hereinafter called Schedule). 

28. DOOR CONSTRUCTION 

a) Ail interior flush wood doors required under this PART A 
shall be manufactured by the manufacturer of wall paneling 
specified under PART 3 of this Section. 

b) Except for fl-Label doors, doors shall be 5-ply, staved 
lumber core doors and shall meet or exceed Commercial Stand- 
ards CS-171 as amended. Cross bands and faces shall be 
laminated to the core with Type I waterproof glue. 

c) Where Schedule calls for B-Label, doors shall be Class 
"B", 1-1/2-hour fire doors, bearing UL labels designating the 
rating. 

d) Doors shall be undercut by the manufacturer where called 
for on Schedule . 

29. FACE VENEER 

a) Where Schedule calls for door Type 6A, the face veneer 
shall be for natural finish on both sides. 

b) Where Schedule calls for door Type 6B, the face veneer 
shall be for natural finish on one side and for palr.i finish 
on the other side. Edges shall be for natural finish or for 
paint finish as called for on Schedule. 

c) Face veneer for paint finish shall be Sound Grade Birch, 
Edge bands for paint finish shall be Birch. 



I 



B.P.L.A, 



29. F ACE VENEER (Continued) 

d) Face veneer for natural finish si. all be Teak as specified 
in Article 20. of this Section and conforming to following 
additional requirements: 

1. Doors occurring within paneling shall be in blue- 
print sequence with adjacent panels. 

2. All other doors shall have Teak veneer from flitches 
compatible in grain and color with paneling. 

3. Face matching of doors shall be same as face matching 
of panels specified in Paragraph 20. c) of this Section, 
with each door face made from A sheets of veneer. 

A. Match faces of doors Type 6A occurring in pairs on 
both sides and nark each leaf of pair. 

5. Edge bands for natural finish shall be Teak matching 
face veneer . 

30. FINISH 

a) Faces for natural finish shall be finished by door manu- 
facturer as specified in Paragraphs 22. b), c) and d) of this 
Section. 

31. PRIMING 

a) Faces for paint finish shall be primed by door manufac- 
turer with one coat of first quality wood primer. 

b) Primer shall be evenly applied and left ready for appli- 
cation of finish coats by Painting Subcontractor. 






32. GUARANTEE 



33 



35 



a) The Architectural Woodwork Subcontractor shall furnish 
to the Official, together with the guarantee specified in 
Article 13. of this Section, a written guarantee by the door 
manufacturer guaranteeing all wood doors under PART A for the 
life of installation, subject to the provisions of the 
"Standard Door Guarantee" of the National Woodwork Manufac- 
turers Association. 

b) The lifetime guarantee shall include repair or replace- 
ment, finishing and priming and rehanging cost. 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.11 



B.P.L.A. 



PART 5 - SOUNDPROOF DOORS 

SCOPE 

a) The work under PART 5 shall Include the furnishing and 
delivery to the site of the following: 

1. All soundproof doors, noted "WD-SP" on "Door and 
Fr.ne Schedule" (hereinafter called Schedule). 

3 A . DOOR CONSTRUCTION 

a) All soundproof doors required under this PART 5 shall be 
"Shermlore" soundproof wood doors, 2-5/8 in. thick, as furn- 
ished by Munchhausen Soundproofing Company. Inc., or approved 
equa 1 . 

b) The standard specifications of above manufacture are here- 
by by reference made a part of these specifications as supple- 
mented under this PART 5. 



c) Doors shall be arranged for flat sill and have the bottom 
grooved for two automatic drop seals furnished by aoor supplier 

d) Meeting stile shall be as detailed. 



FACE VENEER 

a) Where Schedule calls for door Type 7A , the face veneer 
shall be for paint finish on both sides. 

b) Where Schedule calls for door Type 7B, the face veneer 
shall be for natural finish on both sides. 

c) Face venee ^^ f o'r" pa'lnt finish shall be Sound Grade Blfch. 
Edge bands and door stops shall be Birch. 

d) Face veneer for natural finish shall be Teak as specified 
in Article 20. of this Section and conforming to following 
additional requirements: 

1. Teak veneer shall be from flitches compatible in 
grain and color with paneling. 

2. Face matching of doors shall be same as face match- 
ing of panels specified in Paragraph 20. c) of this 

' Section,' with €!ach- door face made from A sheet* of veneer 

3. Edge bands and door stops shall be Teak matching 
face veneer. 

e) Face veneers shall be of 1/28 in. minimum thickness, 
applied with Type I waterproof glue, polish-sanded as per 
Commercial Standard CS 35-61-A . 1 1 . A . 

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.12 



B.P.L.A, 



36. FINISH 

a) Faces for natural finish and door stops shall be finished 
in the shop under this Section as specified in Paragraphs 22. 
b), c) and d) of this Section. 

37. PRIMING 

a) Faces for paint finish and door stops shall be primed in 
the shop under this Section with one coat of firstquality 
wood primer. 

b) Primer shall be evenly applied and left ready for appli- 
cation of finish coats by Painting Subcontractor. 

38. ACOUSTICAL PROPERTIES 

•) Doors shall be of a construction that has been tested by 
a government laboratory and run in accordance with the require- 
ments of ASTM E90-66T and found to provide a sound transmission 
clasa cf A3 decibels guaranteed "In-place ' as an actual oper- 
ating installation. 

39. GUARANTEE 

a) The Architectural Woodwork Subcontractor shall furnish 
the following to the Official together with the guarantee 
specified in Article 13. ol this Section: 

1. A guarantee by the door supplier guaranteeing that 
each door supplied under PART 5 of this Section Is sub- 
stantially equal in construction and sound transmission 
class to that of the sample tested. 

2. A guarantee by the door supplier guaranteeing for 
each door installation carried out in accordance with 
supplier's instructions a sound transmission class within 
3 decibels of the specimen tested. 

PART 6 - CASEWORK AND CABINETWORK 

AG. SCOPE 

a) The work under PART 6 shall Include the furnishing and 
delivery to the site of the following: 

1. All bookcases and display cases. 

2. Free standing registration counter in Orientation 
Room 109 and wall counter in Information Room 110. 

3. All wood paneled casings, shelves in coat closets 
and all other casework and cabinetwork specified or shown 
on drawings. 

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.13 



B.P.L.A 



U 1 . CASEWORK A ND CABINETWORK CONSTRUCTION 

a) Removable shelves, free standing counter and any other 
work not affixed to walls or built-in as part of the walls 
shall be of non- f ire-re tardant construction. 

b) Bookcases.' display cases, wood paneled casings and all 
other work affixed to walls or built-in as part of the walls 
shall be of f ir e-retar dant construction. 

C) Plywood for non- f ire-re tardaat construction shall be of 
veneer-core construction with concealed bass wood crossbanding 

or f ire-retardant construction shall have core 
n Paragraphs 18. b) and c) of this Section. 

or shelves, cabinet doors and for other items 
ally shown, shall be edge banded at the factory 
des. Except where otherwise shown, panels for 
shall be edge banded at the factory on exposed 



d) Plywood f 
as specified 1 

e) Plywood f 
where specific 
on all four si 
all other work 
edges only . 

f) Ldge band 
with veneer mi 
items shall be 
matching venee 

g) Plywood f 
two-sided book 
shall be Good 
thickness. PI 
with face and 



for removable shelves shall be triangular shape 
tered at exposed edges. Edge bands for all other 

5/8 in. wide. All edge bands shall be Teak, 
r . 

or shelves, cabinet doors, center partitions of 
cases, and all other work exposed on both sides 
Two Sides, with face veneers of 1/28 in. minimum 
ywood for all other work shall be Good One Side, 
back veneers of 1/28 in. minimum thickness. 



A2 



h) The veneers and edge bands shall be bonded to the core 
^with Type, I waterproof glue. ,. ^ „ „ 

1) All plywood for work under PART 6 shall be manufactured 
by manufacturer of wall paneling specified under PART 1 of 
this Section. 

VENEER 

a) Species of Wood 

Face veneer and back veneer shall be of species specified in 
Paragraph 20. a) of this Section. 

b ) Grade of F ac e Ve'neer 

Grade and selection of face vereer shall be as specified in 
Paragraph 20. b) of this Section. 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.1A 



42 



VENEER (Continued) 
c) 



B.P.L.A, 



unit in Boston Room 
;ched as 



Pan^l Face Matching bookcase unit in Bost 
1^ Back panels vi '^''^ ^° _. , ^hed-center mate 
shall have face veneer bo°^-;^^^%i,,, section, 
specified in Paragraph 20. c; 

. B.C. panel. o.e.cl,.oo.ca.e__u„.c^.na^^-P|-^;/:^, 
nit elsewhere shall have 



2 

u 

no sa 



pwood allowed 



f each bookcase unit 
r from 




20. c) of this Section. 



. K^nkcases and display 

,. Back panels ^^^^^^./^rd^l rnu^ered^in sequence, 
cases shall be manufactured an 

f bookcases shall also 

2. in Boston Room, ^'^^'j ^^J „' ^h abutting wall panels, 
be blueprint sequence matched 

3. ,. .u other rooms. --^P-- ^rair ^nr ::i:r wiC. 

_v, = ii Sp conpatiDA* *■" o' 
display cases shall be conp 

abutting wall panels. 

1- «nd fixed panels within 

one elevation shall be diuch 

_»,»ii be compatible in 
1- for cased openings shall be co y 

l^.^JlTJlVr I". ./»ctin. ».il P-el.. 

, Ml P.nel. ....11 .. -^"'^ '» •""^"" """ 
schedule on shop drawings. 

e) nwprtion of Grain 

A <H»« toDS botton.« of bookcases shall 
Shelves ^"f_^\'"^be long dlr.ction. 
ve grain running in tne io»b 



44 



1. 

ha 



43. S ANDING 

a) All exposed ^* = """/,il,rs?:;ra"rd"cS 35-61-4 . 11 .A 
manufacturer as per Commercial 



,aces shall be polish-sanded by plywood 



ma 
FINISH 



r^U T.ak veneer faces shall b. ^^-ished by plywood^manu- 
icturer as specified in Paragraph. 22. b). 

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6 B . 1 ^ 



a 
f 
Section 



50. PLASTIC LAMINATE 

a) Furnish and install plastic laminate on c 
Inside of cabinetwork where shown. 



52 



B.P.L.A 



(unters and on 



particle 



b) Core material for plastic laminated counters shall be 
board. Grace. Novoply. Timblend or approved equal. 

L 11 u 1/1A <n rViirk General Purpose Trade, 

c) Plastic laminate shall ''^/^J^^^-^^^^'^Jected bv the Arch 1 tec t . 
with low-reflective surface, of colors as seiectea 

d) Provide cut-outs for sinks and other Items as shown. 

e) Laminates shall be pressure-applied in the shop in accordance 
with AWI Standards. Section 400-4. Premium Grade. 

51. pTii T FTTN BOA RD CORK 

a) Furnish and Install bulletin board cork for bulletin 
Soards In Rooms 101. MOl and M05 and for display case in 
Room 109. 

K^ Cork shall be 1/8 in. thick, burlap backed. -J^h vinyl 
'Lf.clng anrcolor throughout thickness. Color shall be as 



se 



lected by the Architect 



c) Cork shall be installed In the shop In accordance with 

' f I Ar'u directions. Cork shall be in one piece per 
r.rh ruu";n'boirr".r;;r ,.c. aoor P.nel of dl.pl.:, c... 



PART 7 - STANDING ^ N" RUNNING TRIM 
SCOPE 



«^ The work under PART 7 shall include the furnishing and 
^elivlr^ to the site of all cut-to- length and line. type woo 
trim tnd shall include, but not be limited to. the following. 

All wood trim required to complete the installation 
.11 paneling specified under PART 3 of this Section. 



1. A] 

of wall pj 



2. All wood trim required to complete the j^Jl^^^^J^"" 
of c.ework and cabinetwork specified under PART 6 of 
this Section. 

3. All wood bases, including ba.e for application on 
hollow metal door No. 117. 

4. All solid hardwood frames for doors and cased 
openings . 

5 All other miscellaneous wood trim as shown and as 
required to complete the work of this Section. 

53. WOOD SPECIES 

a) All standing and running trim shall be Fast Indian Teak. 

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B. 17 



B.P.L.A. 

62. P ANEL CONSTRUCTION 

a) Plywood shall be of veneer-core construction with basswood 
cross-banding . 

b) Plywood shall be Good Two Sides, with face veneers of 
1/28 in. minimum. 

c) The veneers shall be bonded to the core with Type I 
waterproof glue. 

d) Plywood panels shall be manufactured by manufacturer of 
wall paneling under PART 3 of this Section. 

63. VENEER 

a) Species of Wood 

Face veneer shall be Teak as specified In Paragraph 20. a) of 

this Section. 



B.P.L.A. 



b) 



Grade of Face Veneer 



Grade and selection of face veneer shall be as specified in 
Paragraph 20. b) of this Section. 



c) 



Panel Face MatchinR 



1 Each panel shall have face veneer bookma tched-center 
i;tched as specified in Paragraph 20. c) of this Section. 

2. Grain of veneer (when panels are installed) shall be 
vertical . 

d) Panel Matching 

1 Panels of each stair shall be blueprinted sequence 
matched. This requirements shall apply to both faces 

o f panels . 

2 Panels shall be numbered in accordance with shop 
drawings so as to allow easy ident i f i cat ion of panels by 
the Subcontractor for Architectural Bronze Work. 

6A. SANDING AND FINISHING 

a) Panels shall be sanded and finished on b^'^ sides by 
Jinel manufacturer as specified for Teak panels In Article 21. 
and 22. of this Section. 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.19 



67. INSTALLATION (Continued) 
^^ t^uttlnp and F 1 1 1 1 n -• 



^7 "o ail cutting and flttlnp, of work of this Section 
that may be required to make Its several parts cone to- 
gether properly and fit it to receive or be received by 
work of other trades. 

2. Do all cutting and fitting required for all bnse 
receptacles, switches, light fixtures and any other Items 
of the mechanical, electrical and other trades occurring 
In the work of this Section. 

3. Do not cut or alter the work of 
with the consent of the Architect. 

c) Rough Hardware 



any other trade save 



1. Furnish all metal clips, brackets, anchors, and other 
Items of rough hardware required for the installation of 
work under this PART 10 whether shown on the drawings 
specified or not. Where the Item Is shown on contract 
drawings, it shall be furnished and installed in conformity 
with these drawings. Where not so shown. It shall be 
shown on shop drawings. Metal clip., brackets and similar 
Items shall be given a coat of metal primer. 

d) Sequence of Plywood 

1. All woodwork items faced with sequence matched 
veneers shall be installed in the exact sequence order 
Indicated on manufacturer', drawings and on the Item. 

2. Any woodwork item Installed out of sequence shall be 
removed and replaced by the proper item. 

e ) Wal l Panelin f^ 

1. Wall paneling shall be Installed by means of con- 
cealed panel fastening clips as shown. Clips shall be 
aluminum or hot-dip galvanized steel, of type as recommen- 
ded by U. S. Plywood or approved equal. 



2. Install clips approximately 16 

with 3 horizontal rows of clips per 

an additional horizontal row of clips per each 2 ft. 

Increment In height of panel. 



in. o.c. horizontally, 
8 ft. high panel and 



3. Install wood panel and base on hollow metal door No. 
117 and install Teak plywood veneer on pressed metal 
frame No. M02 as shown. 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B,21 



B.P.L.A, 



4 5. B ACK-SEALIN G 

a) All unexposed faces shall be back-sealed by plywood manu- 
facturer as specified In Article 23. of this Section. 

4 6 . CERTIFICATION AND GUARANTEE 

a) The Architectural Woodwork Subcontractor .hall submit a 
certification and guarantee by plywood panel manufacturer for 
all plywood panels furnished under PART 6 of this Section as 
specified under Article 24. of this Section. 

4 7 . S TORAGE AND HANDLING 

a) Plywood panels shall be stored and handled In accordance 
with Article 26. of this Section. 

48. A SSEMBLY OF WORK 

a) All casework and cabinetwork shall conform to design and 
details shown on drawings. 

b) Workmanship shall conform to the Premium Grade require- 
ments of the AWI Standards, Section 400. 

c) Bookcases and display cases shall be shop assemble'! with 
all shelf standards Installed in the shop. The other wo-k 
shall be shop assembled as far as practicable. 

d) All shelves In bookcases and display cases shall he 
removable. 

_ e) Provide stceL laminated *iases for regis 'iratlon rount^r 
(Room 109) and for wall counter (Room 110) as shown. Steel 
faces shall be prime coated In tlie shop. 

49. HARDWARE 

a) This Subcontractor shall furnish all shelf standards and 
shelf supports for removable shelves. Standards and supports 
shall be the following products by Knape and Vogt Manufacturing 
Co. or approved equal products by Stanley or Garcy: 

1. Standards - KV 255. anodlzed bronze. 

2. Suppo'rtb - KV 256. anodlzed bronze. 

b) All other finish hardware for work under PART 6 shall be 
furnished under Section SC. FINISH HARDWARE, for Installation 
In the shop. 



B.P.L.A. 



54. QUALITY GRADE 

a) Material and workmanship of all standing and running trim 
shall conform to the Premium Grade requirements of the AWI 
Quality Standards. Section 300. 

b) All work shall conform to design and detail, shown. Trim 
shall be delivered in lengths of not less than 10 feet. All 
corners shall be mltered. 



55 



56 



FINISH 

a) All trim shall be finished In the shop to match finish of 
Teak veneer as specified In Article 22. of this Section. 

BACK-SEALIN G 

a) All trim shall be back-sealed in the shop as specified In 
Article 23. of this Section. 



PART 8 



SERVICE SHELVING 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.16 



57. SCOPE 

a) The work under PART 8 shall include the furnishing and 
delivery to the site of service shelving in Janitor's Closets. 

58. WOOD SPECIES 

a) Shelve, shall be 3/4 in. thick Fir, INT-DFPA-AA. with front 
edge and cleats of Eastern White Pine. C-Sclect. 

59. QUALITY GRADE 

a) Shelving shall conform to the Custom Grade requirements 
of the AWI Standard., Section 600. 

60. FINISH 

a) All shelving shrll be finished In the shop with two coats 
of satin polyurethane varnish. Super- Sat inwood REZ . or 
approved equal . 

PART 9 - PANELS FOR BALUSTRADES 

61. SCOPE . , .... 

a) The work under PART 9 shall include the furnishing and 
delivery of the following to the Subcontractor for Archi- 
tectural Bronze Work at his factory address: 

1. Plywood panels for balustrades of Stairs No. 15. 16, 
17. 18, 19 and 20. 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6R.18 



B.P.L.A, 



65. CUTTING OF PANELS 

a) Panels shall be cut in the shop to the exact shape and 
size required so that they can be Installed by the Subcontract- 
or for Architectural Bronze Work without further cutting. 

b) All cut edges shall be sealed. 

c) Panel, shall be delivered properly wrapped to avoid damage 
in transit. Transportation charge, ahall be paid by this 
Subcontractor. 

PART 10 - INSTALLATION 

66. SCOPE 

•) The work under PART 10 shall Include the following: 

1. Installation of all items of architectural woodwork 
specified under PARTS 3 through 8 inclusive of thl. 
Section. 

2. Installation of all finish hardware and accessories 
required for the work of this Section. 

3. All other items of work specified under this PART 10, 
shown on the drawings or required to complete the Install- 
ation of architectural woodwork. 

67. INSTALLATION 

a) General Requirement s 

1. ,^A11 work shall be Installed plumb^ level, straij,ht 
and'true and shall be well secured to grounds an3 bTock- 
ings so as to be rigid throughout. All work shall be 
closely jointed and neatly fitted and scribed to adjoining 
surfaces . 

2. Except for running and standing trim, all work shall 
be Installed by means of concealed fastenings; there shall 
be no face nailing or face screwing. Running and standing 
trim shall be blind nailed wherever possible; surface 
nails shall be set. 

3. It Is the Intent of these specifications that all 

' ' unexposed face's of woodwork be back-sealed. Any surfa-ces 
which have been back-sealed in the shop shall be resealod 
at the site If trimmed or cut prior to Installation. 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B. 20 



B.P.L.A. 



67. INSTALLATION (Continued) 

k. In Lecture Hall, coordinate work with the Subcon- 
tractor for Vinyl Fabric Wall Covering with regard to the 
proper sequence of Installation of work by the two trades. 
Any panels which, becau.e of their length, have to be 
jointed at the site, shall be Joined by means of clamps 
and splines prepared In the shop. 

f ) Flush Wood Doors 

1. After wood doors have been fitted, they shall be 
removed to permit reseallng and finishing of top and bot- 
tom edges. They shall then be rehung and left in proper 
working condition, without binding, sticking, or warping. 

2. Edge, for natural finish shall be resealed and given 
an additional coat of finish by this Subcontractor. 
Edges for paint finish shall be resealed and given an 
additional coat of paint by the Painting Subcontractor. 

g) Soundproof Doors 

1. Soundproof doors and stops shall be Installed as per 
manufacturer's Hardware and Erection sheet supplied with 
each door. 

h) Casework and Cabinetwork 

1. Install all removable shelves in bookcases and dis- 
play cases as shown. 

2. Furnish and Install all steel items required for 
assembly and fastening of display cases In Rare Book 

" Department as sfTown. kII steel items shall ha-/e a shop 
pr Ime coa t . 

3. Apply plastic laminated counters In Chlldrcns' Toilet 
to steel supports by means of epoxy resin In accordance with 
manufacturer's directions. 

t) Installation of Items furnished by Other Trades 

1. Install the followlne Items furnished and delivered to 
the site under Section 5C. ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK: 

.1 Fully glazed bronze doors set within wood frames 
InRareB'ookDep^it'tment. ''" 

.2 Bronze frames for display cases In Rare Book 
Department . 

.3 Bronze gate with stainless steel grille panel in 
Rare Book Department. 

.4 Bronze frames for bulletin boards in Rooms 101, 
MOl and M05. 

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B. 22 




r 



B . P . I. . A , 



i^ 



67 



B.P.L.A. 



INSTALLATIO N (Continued) 

2. Install the following Items furnished and delivered 
to the site under Section 16A, ELKCTRICAL WORK: 

.1 Louvers for lipht fixtures in display cases in 
Rare Book Department. 

j ) Telephone Directory Shelf and Racks 

1. Furnish and install telephone directory racks be- 
tween wood shelves in Room C71. 

2. Directory racks shall be Redy-Ref Directory Racks 
as manufactured by Pressed & Welded Steel Products Co., 
Inc.. 3861 Eleventh Street, Long Island City, New York, 
or approved equal. 

3. Wall brackets with stainless plate and bar are 
specified to be furnished and Installed under Section 5B, 
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON. 



k) 



Running and Standing Trim 

1. Running and standing trim shall have a minimum of 
splices or Joints and where such splices or joints occur, 
they shall be fastened securely so that all exposed 
surfaces result in smooth, continuous planes. 

2. Where surface nails have been set, fill hole with a 
filler matching the finish. 



1) 



68. 



Service Shelving 
1. Install shelving on wood cleats nailed to walls. 
FINISH HARDWARE 

a) Install all finish hardware and accessories furnished 
under Section 8C , FINISH HARDWARE, and required for the work 
of this Section, except for lock cylinders. 

b) All lock cylinders are specified to be installed under 
Section 6A. CARPENTRY WORK. 

c) All hardware and accessories to be installed under this 
Section shall be installed, fitted and adjusted carefully by 
skilled mechanics. 

d) After glazing by Glazing Subcontractor, glazed doors and 
panels and their hardware shall be readjusted. 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.23 



B.P.L.A, 



68. FINISH HARDWARE (Continued) 

c) At completion of installation, this Subcontractor shall 
go over his entire work and see that each piece of finish 
hardware Installed under this Section is undamaged and In per- 
fect operating condition. 

69. COMPLETION 

a) Where finish of Taak surfaces has been damaged by Install- 
ation, touch-up the finish so as to perfectly match the factory 
finish. It is the Intent of these specifications that all 
exposed Teak surfaces be completely finished under this Section 
that no further touch-up or other work will be required bv the 
Painting Subcontractor. 

b) Where prime coat of items for paint finish has been 
danaged by li.3 1 al lat Ion , touch-up prime coat and leave items 
ready for finish painting by Painting Subcontractor. 

c) Prior to completion of the work. Inspect all portions of 
the work, make all required adjustments and corrections, leav- 
ing all operable items in perfect operating condition, all 
jointing within the work and to adjacent materials tight and 
all surfaces without blemishes. 

70. PROTECTION 

a) The Contractor shall be responsible for protection of 
all work after installation. Care shall be taken to protect 
woodwork subject to exposure to sun through windows. Any 
damaged work shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 



SECTION 6C 



THERMAL INSULATION 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided bv the Contractor. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section conslst5; of furnishing and 
installing the THERMAL INSULATION as shown on the drawings 
and as specified herein, at following locations: 

1 . Concourse Level 

.1 On inside face of exterior wall In Rooms C80, 
C81 and C82. 

.2 On north wall (above suspended ceiling) and on 
celling below recess at Main Entrance, between Col. 
Lines 6 and 1 1 . 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Insulation on the inside of bronze faced panels within 
window walls, furnished and installed under Section 5C , ARCHI- 
TECTURAL BRONZE. 

b) Thermal insulation under built-up roofing, slate roofing 
and related flashings, furnished and Installed under Section 7A 
ROOFING AND FLASHING. 

MATERIAL 

a) Insulation shall be a closed cell polystyrene foam board, 
self-extinguishing, of thickness shown, meeting specification 
HH-I-524a, Type II, Class B. 

b) Insulation shall have a water vapor transmission (perm- 
inch) coefficient of 0.6 and a thermal conductivity "K" 
factor of 0.20 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature. 

c) Insulation shall have been stored with full protection 
against dampness previous to installation and shall be drv 
when appl led . 



I 



B • P*LbA* 



THERMAL 



INSULATION 
6C. 1 



80 



B.P.L.A 



IN.STALLATION 

a) Prior to application of insulation, remove all fins and 
projections from concrete surfaces. Clean surfaces to remove 
all dirt and loose material. 

h) After surfaces have been orepared , Install insulation with 
boards closely butted and with transversal joints broken. Cut 
boards neatly to fit at all intersections. 

c) Applv insulation bv means of all-nylon spindle anchors and 
washers at 12 in. o.c. in both directions, using adhesive re- 
commended bv manufacturer of spindle anchors. 



0"^ ^ .»' •• 



ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 

6B.24 



THERMAL INSULATION 
6C.2 



SECTION 7A 



WATERPROOFING. DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 



PROVISIO N S INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Conault Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and aervlccs provided by Che Contractor. 

FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS 

a) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section, includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authority 
at the office of the Director of the Boston Public Library, 
Copley Square, Boston, Maasachusct te , before twelve o'clock 
noon, (Eastern Standard Tine), Wednesday, January 13, 1969, 
at which time and place all aub-bida will be publicly opened 
and read aloud. 

b) Subaisalon of sub-blda ahall be In accordance with 
ADVERTISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consista of furnishing and 
installing all WATERPIOOFING, DAMPPROOFING AMD CAULKING as 
shown on the drawings and as specified herein, and Includes 
the following: 

1. Kecsllic waterproofing as specified in Part 1. 

2. Meabrans waterproofing as specified in Fart 2. 

3. Daapproofing as spacificd in Part 3. 

U. Composite flashing as specified in Part 4. 
5. Sealing and caulking as specified in Part 3. 



B.P.L.A, 



7. GUARANTEE (Continued) 



b) 



The work to be done under this Section is shown on 



following drawings: 

The whole set of drawings. 

COORDINATION 

a) This Subcontractor shall cooperate with other trades and 

coordinate his work to meet the requirements of other trades 
and of the general progress of the work. 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A. 1 



c) The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Official 
before said final payment for the account of this Subcon- 
tractor and shall be countersigned in form and manner as to 
make the General Contractor and this Subcont rac to r j oint ly and 
severally liable thereunder. 

PART 1 - METALLIC WATERPROOFING 
8. SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under PART 1 shall Include the furnishing and 
installation of metallic waterproofing at following locations: 

1. Slabs 

.1 Entire floor slab at Basement level. Including 
all pits and any other depressions below floor 
level . 

.2 Floor slab on grade at Elevation 9'-0", along 
existing Library Building, on areas shown on draw- 
ings . 

2, Walls 

.1 Inside face of all exterior concrete wslls, 
from top of floor slab waterproofing at Basement 
level up to the elevations shown on drawings. 

9. RELATED WORK TO BE DOME UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) The following is specified under Section 3A , CONCRETE: 

1. Concrete slabs shall be screeded to the proper level 
and then finished with a wood float finish. 

2. Wall surfaces shall be left with all honeycombs and 
voids trowel grouted and with projections removed. 

b) The Contrsctor shall be responsible that sll bolts, an- 
chors and similar items occurring In waterproofed surfaces 
be set by the appropriate trades prior to the application of 
the waterproofing. 

10. A PPLICATOR 

a) The work specified herein shall be executed by sn organ- 
ization which specializes in waterproofing and has an estab- 
lished reputation for having satisfactorily done such work 
over a period of at least five yesrs. It is not to be done by 
cement finishers or other regularly employed on general con- 
tract work. The following specif Ic sr ions for metsllic 

WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A. 3 



B.P.L.A 



INSPECTION OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS 

a) Before beginning work, this Subcontractor shall csrefully 
examine all surfaces on which the work of this Section is to 
be applied and satisfy himself that such surfaces, the temper- 
ature, and the general conditions at the site are satisfactory 
for the installation of his work. Check slabs for level and 
pitches. 

b) Notify the Contractor in writing, with copy to the Archi- 
tect, of any surface not in proper condition, or of any other 
defects or conditions which would be detrimental to the proper 
installation of ths work. 

c) The start of any work will be construed as meaning that 
such examination has been msde and that the surfaces and 
condltlona have been found acceptable. Later claims to the 
contrary will not be considered, and any defects In the work 
resulting from such accepted surfaces or conditions shsll be 
corrected by this Subcontrsc tor at no cost to the Owner. 

DAMAGES 

s) Adjacent materials which have been soiled by the work of 

this Section ihall be cleaned immediately. Particular care 
shall be taken to avoid staining any part of granite work, 
architectural bronze or other finish work. Any damage shall 
be made good at no cost to the Owner. 

GUARANTEE 

s) This Subcontractor shsll gusrantee in writing all mater- 

ials, workmanship and instsllatlon of work specified under 
"Tarts' i, 2''''and 5 of this ^ecftTon for the p«rlods spemied 
hereinbelow from the dste of final payment :o the General Con- 
tractor for the account of this Subcontractor: 

1. Part 1, Metallic Waterproofing - 5 years 

2. Part 2, Membrane Waterproofing - 2 years 



11 



12 



3. 



Part 5, Sealing and Csulking - 2 years 



b) Should any defects in workmsnship or materiel develop 
within the times specified above, this Subcont rsctor shall 
make all necessary repairs snd replacements to the sttisfac- 
tlon of the Official and without additional cost to the City 
Said written guarantee shall further stipulate that this 
Subcontractor shall remedy and correct any damage caused In 
asking such necessary repairs and replacements. 



M 





WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.2 



\ 



B • ( • L • A < 



10. APPLICATOR (Continusd) 



a) -- waterproofing are more stringent than usual and shall 
be read with cars by sub-bidders before sub-bids are sub- 
mitted. 



PRELIMINARY SAMPLE 



s) 

wste 

shal 

ssmp 

thic 

dire 

appr 

Arch 

or a 

equl 

in c 



To da 
rproo f 
1 cons 
le shs 
k, in 
c t ray 
ovad b 
itact 
pprova 
pmen t 
ocst ru 



•ons 
Ing 
true 
11 b 

S CO 

s of 
y th 
for 
d by 
as t 
ctln 



trats 

finish 
t s ss 

e Inst 
nvenic 

the s 
e Arch 
use in 

the A 
hose t 
g the 



his 

ss 
mple 
alls 
nt 1 
un , 
Itec 

the 
rchl 
be 
samp 



b) The Testing: Enginee 
advance of rr«P«r«'^°" ° 
during Li.e execution or 



ability to construct the metallic 
herein specified, this Subcontractor 

at least one yard squsre. This 
d on a concrete slab at least 5 in. 
ocstlon St the site protected from the 
or on the structure itself at location 
t. Only the materials approved by the 

final work, the methods specified 
tect, snd the same types snd makes of 

used in the flnsl work shsll be used 
Ic. 

r shall be notified at least 3 days in 
t sample fO that he nay be present 
the sample. 



MATERIALS 

a) C ement shall be a stsndsrd brsnd of Type II Portland 
cement conforming to ASTM Designation C 130 and which will not 
produce ■ore than 1.9X entrained air in concrsts. 

b) sand shall be clean, sharp, well graded « J^ '^^^J ";;' ' 
free ^r~^ll deleterious materials and meeting the following 



detailed requirements 
Organic Matter 
Silt 
Soundness 



Plat'% 2 aaxlaua 
2.0Z Baxiaua 

bX maximum loss by 5 cycle 
magnesium sulfate test 



Gradation 



Sieve 

No. 4 
S 

16' 
30 
50 
100 
F.M. 



Fine Sand 

- 5X 

10 - 20 

20 - 40 

40 - 70 

70 - 85 

u - ^^ 

2.85 +.20 



Course Sand 
for Floors 

- lOX 

■25 - A5 

85 - 95 

97 - 100 

3. 10 + .10 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A. 4 




^ 



B.P.L.A. 



12. MATERIALS (Continued) 

c) Coarse afttrtgatt shall meet ASTM Designation C 33 for 
quality, except as specified herewith: 



Gradat ion 



Sieve 

1/2" 
3/8" 
No. 4 
8 
16 

r.M. 



Z PasslDK 



100 

90 

30 







100 

60 

15 

1 



5.4 



5.6 



B.P.L.A, 



15. PREPARATION OF SURFACES (Continued) 

d) Intersections of floors and walls shsll be chipped back 
1 inch over the entire length, roughened and cleaned to re- 
ceive the metallic waterproofing. Construction Joints in the 
vails shall also be chipped back a distance in sinilar way 

to provide extra thickness of waterproofing. 

e) Where pipe sleeves, anchors, bolts, reinforcing, or other 
Items pass through the waterproof envelope, the concrete shall 
be chipped back 1 inch, roughened and cleaned to receive the 
metallic waterproofing. The surfaces of metal coming in con- 
tact with the waterproofing shall be cleaned free of all 
paint and rust. 



There shall be no organic Impurities, and the surface dust 
shall not excacd 0.8Z. 



Coarse Aggrega 
trap rock of d 
2.80. It shal 
2.02 when subj 
ness test in a 
aggregate shal 
■ore than 15Z 
aggregate shal 
hydrochloric a 
vity with alka 
Chan 1 when te 
Potential Rcac 



te shall be dense, tough, fine-grained igneous 
ark color, having a specific gravity greater than 
1 show a weighted average loss of not Bore than 
acted to 5 cycles of the magneslusi sulfate sound- 
ccordance with ASTM Designation C 88. The 
1 be generally cubical in shape and contain not 
by weight of flat or elongated particles. Coarse 
1 produce no visible reaction with dilute (N/10) 
eld. It shsll be innocuous to chemical reactl- 
lies and shall exhibit an S /Re ratio of less 
sted in accordance with ASTR Method C 289 for 
tivity of Aggregates. 



Inasmuch as there will be relstlvely few sources of coarse 
sand and coarse aggregates which will mset these specific 
requirements (especlslly grsdatlon), the Comtractor should 
locate his sources of supply as soon as possible in order that 
the sources msy be approved by the Testing Engineer for general 
quality and the specific shipments for gradation and cleanli- 
ness. 



d) 



Water shall be taken from the public mains. 



the 



e) Waterproof Ina compound shall be Cmbeco Aggregate by 
Mast*jr Builders Company. No substitution will be accepted 
without detailed proof that the substitution is in every way 
equal to the material specified as to resultant strength, 
absorption, impermeability, and other characteristics. Com- 
psrative tests will bs msde by a Testing Engineer selected by 
the Owner and paid for by this Subcontrsc tor . 

f) Pre-mixed grout shall not be used. 

g) Admixtures of any type (including coloring pigments) 
shall not be used. 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.5 



16 



f) Wall ties shall 
the surface . 



be cut back not less than 1 inch from 



g) Particular attention shsll be given to all extremities 
of placement, such as at construction Joints, openings, walls, 
etc. In these locations, 100 percent new concrete shall be 
exposed by chipping for a band at least A in. wide. 

h) After preparation as specified above, the surfaces shall 
be wire brushed and thoroughly flushed with clesn water so 
that an entirely new bonding surfsce is available. The water- 
proofing mortar shall be applied while the surfaces are 
uncontaminated ; otherwise the surfsccs shsll be prepared 
again, or may be cleaned with 10 percent muriatic acid solu- 
tion followed by thorough rinsing with clean water until a 
neutral condition is reobtained, as checked by the use of pH 
determinations . 

i) Any cracks, honeycombs and porous places which may appear 
in concrete surfaces after preparation shall be cut out, 
cleaned and pointed up with a dry-tamp, non-shrink mortar con- 
sisting of 1 part cement, 1/2 part waterproofing compound, 
1-1/2 parts sand by weight. The repair mortar shall be bonded 
to the parent concrete by a bonding alurry as described in 
Paragraph 18. a) hereinbelow. Only ae much bonding slurry 
shall be mixed and applied as will be covered by patching 
mortar before the bonding slurry dries out. 

MIXING 

a) All batches shall be accurately proportioned. Cement 
shall be batched by the full aack; sand and coarse aggregate 
shall be measured by weight or in suitable calibrated contain- 
ers approved by the Testing Englnemr; the wate proofing com- 
pound shall be measured by weight; water may be added by pails. 
Shovel measurement, or other inaccurate methods, shall not be 
employed . 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.7 



B.P.L.A 



18. APPLICATION ON VERTICAL SURFACES 
a) Bonding Slurry 



b) 




2. A creamy bonding slurry consisting of 1 part cement, 
not less than 1/2 part waterproofing compound by weiRht, 
plus s minimum amount of water to produce a honogeneous 
stiff paste shall be well scrubbed into the surface with 
stiff bristle brushes. 

3. Only as much bonding slurry shall be mixed and 
applied as will be covered by the succeeding coat before 
the bonding slurry dries out. 

4. In general not over 100 aq . ft. shall be slurried 
at one time in order to maintain a "live glue" for bond- 
ing. Apply slurry In snail areas not exceeding 5 feet 
square to avoid segregation and dilution of the paste. 
Particular sttention shall be given to all extremities 
of placement such as at construction Joints, openings, 
walls, etc.; applicatiom of alurry shall be started at 
such location and worked toward the center (rather than 
working "dead" alurry to stops). 

5. Excess, diluted, snd/or dead slurry shall be con- 
stantly removed from the base by shovel and broom. 

Plaster Coat 

1. The plaater coat shall consist of 1 part cement, 
1/2 pert waterproofing compound by weight, and 1-1/2 
parts fine aand, by weight, mixed with the minimum amount 
of water required to obtain a barely trowelable consis- 
teecy. The plaater coat shall produce a layer of maximum 
density and waterproof ness and one that will perfectly 
and thoroughly adhere to the prepared wall smrfacc. 

2. Trowel on the plaster coat 3/8 in. thick and finish 
with s wood float. No acratching, combing or ssrrating 
shall be done. 

e) Bonding Slurry 

1. The plaster coat shall be cured with water and 
followed the next day (if possible) by a creamy neat 
cement bonding alurry with waterproofing compound added 
•a described in Paragraph 18. a) hereinabove, and then by 
the finish coat. 

WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.9 



B.P.L.A. 



19 



APPLICATION ON FLOORS (Continued) 



b) 



To ppin R 




volume 01 tne coarse sana , nor anaii. Lne mix ever oe 
leaner than 1-2.2 by dry loose volumea with aggregates 
measured separately. The cement waterproofing compoun 
remains 1 to 0.50. 



nd 



The spproved fine and coarse aggregates shall be so 
blended to produce a mean (weighted or combined) fineness 
modulus of 4.75 to 4.95. 

Not more than 4.0 gallons of mixing wster, including the 
free (surface) moisture on the aggregate, shall be used 
for aach sack of Portland cement in the mixture. In 
general, the actual net water content (including the free 
moiature on the aggregates) will be approximately 2.8 to 
3.0 gallons per sack, depending upon Che qualities of the 
constitueats employed. 



2. 

ble 

ore 

"bal 

aqua 

damp 

with 

pipe 

diam 

rubb 

dry 

Chaa 

prop 

apac 

the 

corr 

meth 

rati 

meas 

case 



The mi 
to work 
traight 
ling"; 
ezad ti 

to the 

a 15 t 
, or me 
eter , a 
ad face 
a mix; 
ges in 
or t ions 
if led, 
msximum 
espondi 
ods. I 
o be ex 
urable 

should 



xture ehall be of the driest consistency possi- 
with a sawing motion of the strike-off board 
edge and shall be considerably short of 
it Si.all Just barely hold together when 
ghtly in the fist, and shall feel slightly 

touch. A handful of the mixture when rubbed 
o 20 pound pressure against a smooth rod, 
tal shovel handle of approximately 1-1/2 in. 
hall exhibit a slight wsb-like texture on the 

Absence of "spider-webbing" indicstes too 
excess "tsckiness" indicacas too vet a mix. 
workability ahall be obtained by adjuating the 

of fine and coarse aggregate within the limits 
or by the adjuatment of tha W/C Ratio within 

limit, or by the addition of cement and a 
ag amount of water, or by combination of these 
n no case shall the specified water-cement 
ceeded. In general the slump will not be 
(i.e. will be less than saro inches) but in no 
the slump exceed 1/4 in. 



3. The topping shall be laid in one operation, I inch 
thick, and shall serve the double purpose of wsterproof- 
ing and wearing aurface. 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.11 



B.P.L.A. 



13. TESTING AND INSPECTION 

a) Testing and inspection of materials apeclfied in preced- 
ing article and of inatallation of metallic waterproofing 
shall be performed by a Testing Engineer selected and paid by 
the Owner, except thst comparative teats of substitutions 
shall be paid by this Subcontractor as specified above. The 
Contractor shall cooperate with the Testing Engineer by allow- 
ing free access to work, by furnishing materials for testing, 
and space for storsge when required. 

b) No materiala shall be used on the work without prior test 
and written approval of the Testing Engineer and the Archi- 
tect. Materials shall be submitted to the Testing Engineer 

at least three weeks, and preferably five weeks, in advance 
of propoaed firat use in the structure for subjection to basic 
acceptance test end determinstlon of basic mixtures. 

c) At the start of field operations, and periodically during 
the couree of work, the Teatlng Engineer will make check tests 
of materials and mixtures to assure compst ibi 11 ty with the 
originally approved samples. Number and frequency of tests 
shall be determined by the Testing Engineer with the approval 
of the Ovoer. 

14. STORAGE OF MATERIALS 

a) The waterproofing materiala ahall be brought to the 
building site In their orlglnsl sesled containera and shall be 
used without ad ilterat ion . They ahall be stored off the 
ground In a dry protected place where they will not be Injured 
by the elements. No material shall be used which has become 
Injured to a degree auch -that its use may af f act -<hc^ ^r*»*ll 'Y - 
of the finished work. 

15. PREPARATION OF SURFACES 

a) All horizontal and vertical aurfacea to be waterprooied 
shall be cleaned of laitance, duet, dirt and other foreign 
matter . 

b) Wall surfsces shall be thoroughly roughened over the 
entire surfsce by sandblasting or other approved mechanical 
method, and by hand chipping where necessary, so as to expose 
claan. virgin concrete, (aggregate «>r .matrix) ever ever; 
square inch oi the surface. Not more than 10 percent of the 
surface In any square inch shall remain unroughened. 

c) Floor surfacee shall be chipped by hand or power tools 
to expose clean, virgin concrete (aggregate or matrix) over 
every squars inch of the surface. Not more than 10 percent 
of the surfsca in any squsre inch shsll rsmain unchipped. 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.6 



j*«#r»TiS*» 



B.P.L.A. 



16. MIXING (Continued) 

b) Mixing shsll be performed only at the site of the work 
in approved heavy-duty moving-blade (dry concrete type) 
horizontal mixers, such as Blystone, Beaser , Essek, Construc- 
tion Machinery Mechanical Hoe Man, or equal. Paddle mixers 
and revolving drum concrete mixers, whether stationary or 
truck-mounted, shall not be used. 

c) Ths solid constituents shall be placed first in the 
machine and mixed dry for at least one minute. The water 
ahall than be added slowly at a rata not to exceed 1 quart per 
minute per sack of cement. Mixing shall continue, in all 
canes, until the mass is uniform In color snd consistency and 
homogeneous in texture, and for at least 6 minutes after all 
materials (including the water) are in the mixer. 

d) No retempered materials and no material which haa par- 
tially set before placing shall be used in the work. 

17. APPLICATION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

a) Waterproof coating shall be so placed that it will form 
a contlnuoua and unbroken ahield over the entire area to be 
waterproofed. Carry waterproofing into all pits, trenches, 
pockets, recesses; under all concrete columns, walls and 
bases and under all masonry unit partitions built on water- 
proofed slake; behind all concrete slabs, concrete walls and 
mssonry unit partitions butting against waterproofed walls and 
behind netal door framea set againat waterproofed walls. Con- 
sult drawings for special conditions. 

^ b) All pipes pasB^lng thro^igh a waterproofed aurface shall be 

carried through fla'nged gelvanized aleeves, sgslnsf which the 
waterproof coating ahall be aealed by this Subcontractor. The 
sealing between the sleeve snd the contained pipe ahall be 
provided by the Subcontractor doing the piping. 

c) The Joining of new work to a previously applied and hard 
set coating shall be to straight edgea. cut and chipped at 
the time the new work Is started. No feather edging Is per- 
mitted. Produce in all cases a continuous seal. 

d) Waterproof coating shall not be applied without the pro- 
tection of overhead cover nor below 50 degrees F. smbient and 
contact temperatures. Waterproof coatinga applied in cold 
weather shall not contain frozen aggregatea and ahall be 
placed at a mix temperature between 60 and 80 degrees. Water 
with temperature over 100 degreea F. ahall not be used. 



B.P.L.A. 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND 



CAULKING 
7A.8 



pa r t ceiner t and 
Consistency 



18. APPLICATION ON VERTICAL SURFACES (Continued) 
d) Finish Coat 

1. The finish cost shall consist of 1 
1-1/2 parts sand, applied 1/4 In. thick 
shall be crumbly dry (not easily trowelable). 

2. At locations where plaster or ceramic tile wall 
finish occurs, the finish coat shall receive a wood float 
finish. When firm, the finish coat ahall be scratched 
for proper bond of plaater or of tile setting bed. 

3. At all other locationa, the finish coat shall be 
steel troweled to a smooth, dense and even surfsce, free 
from pits and imperfections of any kind; final trowelling 
shall not be aided by wot-brushlng or sprinkling. The 
total thlckneas of wall application ahall be at least 

5/8 In. 

4. The finish coat shall be fog cured without chnnge in 
color for at least 5 days above 50 degrees F. Membrsne 
curiag compounds ahall not be used. 

e) Waterproofing Behind Slabs and Walls 

1. Where concrete slabs and interior concrete walls 
butt against exterior waterproofed walls, the contsct 
surfsces shall be waterproofed prior to the pouring of 
slabs and interior walls. 

2 Wsterproof ing shall be 3/8 in. thick and consist of 
Vending Srlu^rjr ani plaster coat aa^sneclfied in preceding 
Paragraphs 18. a) and b). Carry waterproofing 1 ft. 
beyond contact aurfaces for later Joining with wall 
waterproofing. 

19. APPLICATION ON FLOORS 

a) Bonding Slurry 

1. Following the preparatory work specified above, the 
slabs shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water at 
least overnight prior to the application of the water- 
proofing. All excess water shall be removed by air Jet 
immediately ahead of the application of th* bonding 
Blurry, so that the concrete surface is uniformly dsmp 
but not glistening wet. 

2. The bonding slurry shall be mixed and applied as 
specified In foregoing Paragraphs 18. s) 2. through a) 5. 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.10 



B.P.L.A. 



19. APPLICATIOM ON FLOORS (Continued) 

4. Screeds or scrsed-shims shall be sst 1/4 In. to 3/8 
in. high to allow for compaction of the topping to the 
proper final grade. If mortar pads are used to support 
screeds, such pada shall not contaminate the base slab 
and shall ba rsmovad with the screeds during placement of 
finish. 



5. The mixture ahsll bo transported from mixer to point 
of deposit promptly sfter completion of mixing. Should 
there be a delay in operations, ths mix shall remain in 
the mixer until required (rather than quiescent in wheel- 
barrows, where excessive drying may take placeV The 
mix may be tempered with email amounts of wafr Just 
prior to discharge and use to produce the consistency des- 
cribed above. 

The mixture shall be deposited on tha bsse slsb within 30 
minutes after charging the mixer and shall be applied 
promptly after alurrylng, before tha paste has hsrdened, 
dried, or changed color. Floor areas placed In one oper- 
ation ahall not exceed 1,200 and preferably 800 squars 
feet per craw per day. 

the 
acted 

pound a 
g the 
teraine 
echan- 

if 



6. 

topp 

by r 

per 

surf 

high 

leal 

appr 

7. 

fled 

with 

slon 

ore 

tlnu 

smal 

shsl 

crus 

dist 

trow 

for 

the 

shal 

low 

8. 

imme 
mixt 
350 



Aft 
ing 
olli 
line 
ace 
and 
scr 

OTSd 

Aft 

by 
h«a 

Of 

ppro 

ed o 

1 am 

1 be 

hed 

ance 

els 

supp 

expr 

I be 

spot 

At 

diet 

ure 

lbs. 



er depositing, trimming, and striking off 
to the established grade, it shall be comp 
ng with s roller weighing not less than 50 
ar foot, or approved equal. Duriag rollin 
shall be teated with a atralght edge to de 

low spots, which shall be corrected. A m 
eed may be ecployed In lieu of the roller, 

by the Engineer as based upon performance 



er re 
use o 
mere 
the W 
ved e 
nly tt 
ount 

take 
stone 

of 1 
(bled 
lemsn 
ess a 

test 
8 whi 



lling 
f mot 
as ma 

eiane 
quel . 
ntll 
of mo 
a to 

aa p 
/32 1 
e typ 
tary 
pprov 
ed wi 
ch ah 



the 
or-d 
nuf a 
r-Ra 
rh 
thor 
rtar 
avoi 
ossl 
n. f 
e fl 
f inl 
al 
th a 

11 



top 
rive 
ctur 
pp C 
e ma 
ough 

la 
d ex 
ble 
rom 
oats 
shin 
f th 

str 
be e 



ping 
n CO 
ed b 
ompa 
chin 
com 
brou 
cess 
shal 
the 
) sh 

8 op 

e Te 
aigh 
llmi 



eha 
mpac 
y th 
ny o 
e op 
pact 
ght 
ive 
1 be 
top 
all 
erat 
stin 
t ed 
nets 



11 b 
tors 
e Ka 
f Bu 
erat 
ion 
to t 
f loa 
mai 
surf 
not 
ions 
g En 
!• t 
d. 



e th 
of 

lley 
f fal 
ion 
is a 
he s 
ting 
■It si 
ace . 
be u 
and 
gine 
o de 



oreughly 
the disc 

Machine 
o. New Y 
shsll be 
t talned 
ur f ace . 

Aa mu 
nad with 
Mechan 
sad, exc 

then on 
er. The 
tect hig 



deiTsi- 

type 

Divi- 
ork , 

con- 
and a 

Care 
ch 

in a 
leal 
apt 
ly with 

surface, 
h and 



•%»»- 



I 



locations where the topping is left exposed, 
ely after the disc compaction operation, a dry 
In the proportion of 2 aacks Portland cement to 
of coarse saad shall be sprinkled evenly over 

WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.12 



^ 



B.P.L.A. 



B .P.L.A. 



19 



APPLICATION ON FLOORS (Continu.d) 



c) 



t ,1. the rate of appr oxlmately 500 lbs. 

8. .- the -"^ "%^5,^^" "Seat dry cement shall not 

''^ '•J'Jl'J-on ih^ si ^^e. ?hl. sh.ke .h.U be thor- 
be sprinkled on the *"'^'"'=" . . .^e motor-driven 

oughly flo.ted ^"'«;5;.;"lt;r..Th. floor sh.U be co«- 

ai.c "-P-*^":; 'r^i :'. snd he floating oper.tloo 

--t-.id :n"n:;f cl.nc ^ort.r 1. bro^ 

i-;:riuii^td;i\rre"t.ctruriiri:v spot, -hich sh.u 

be elimlnsttd. 

9. After the disc compaction specified J^ove J" ^ub; 

p.r.gr.ph 19. b) 7 «" """^JJ^i/ "i^*. .Jeclfled In 
additional co-p*ct on <> the Jln.l ^J^^, \,, ,,,„. 

Subp.r.«r.ph 19. b) «. fo^^ *»P° ^^ , „ooth surface 
.hall be trowell.d with * ""'^ '",^, ^^ns . An approved 
free fro. plnhol.s and ° J»^«' i'^^^J'^g ^f.l blades may 
typ. of mechanical trov.l «^^!^ '""J J°J Jnlu not be 
be used for this operation. ^^^^J^i^i^t^ppeared from 
.tart.d until all "^ ^•^"^"f "*' ^^/"/d.i.d suf f Ic lent ly 
the surfaca. Aft.r '''•/-'*'^* ^f .."; be trowelled 
to nog under the "«« • ^^ /JjJi 'Sl^. .urface fre. 

,1 f|,„ — - - r—" "'"•■•■ "•"' ' ^i-^^i^ 

pouring of aach Items. 

2. waterproofing shall b. 3/8 i" ' '.^i^i/jj/etnirif 
bonding slurry "<» P -Jj- Ta, yTa tprJofrng 1 ft. 
Paragraph. 18. *> /'^'* .^^ ' ^^'" J.^ lol.lng with floor 
beyond column, and walla for later joi-* s 

waterproofing. 



23. mmin. V " ---- "^°" °^"" ^^"^^°^^ (continued) 

wall surfaces shall be left with all honeycombs and 
olds trowel grouted and with projections removed. 

. Furnishing and Installation of -;";^« , J^^*'^''''" 
,i .11 horizontal membrane waterproofing surfaces. 



2 
vo; 



3, 
of 



tlon of 



Section 4A. MASONRY. 



B.P.L.A 



26. REGLETS (Continued) 

c) The membrane shall extend to the back of the reglet and 

be held In place with lead wedges at intervals of maximum 12 

In. o.c. Remainder of reglet .hall be completely filled with 
cut-back asphaltlc trowel nastlc. 



27 



24. MATERIALS 



.) A- ph.lt Primer : liquid, aaph.lt-base primer conforming 
to ASTM Designation D-Al. 



As 



pbalt: waterproofing asphalt confor.lng to ASTM Desig- 



b) 

nation D-449, Typa A. 

Designation D-1668. 

d) FeU: 15 lb., a.phalt saturated a.ba.to. felt conforming 

to ASTM Designation D-250. 



PROTECTION 

a) All horizontal membrane waterproofing surfaces shall be 
covered by this Subcontractor with a protection course while 
the top mopping is hot. Protection course shall be 1/8 In. 
thick and be one of following products or approved equal: 

1, Elastiboard Vapor Stop by Philip Carey Mfg. Co. 

2. Premoulded Membrane Vapor Seal, by R. W. Meadows, 
Inc. 

b) All vertical membrane waterproofing surfaces not pro- 
tected by masonry or granite shall be covered by this Sub- 
contractor with a protection board while the top mopping la 
hot. Protection board shall be asphalt- impregnated rigid 
flberboard insulation, 1/2 in. thick, conforming to ASTM 
Designation C-208. 



PART 3 



DAtfPPROOFING 



e) Compo 
Section . 



25 



MATERPROOFIHG. DAMFfROOFINC AND CAULKING 



7A.13 



.ir. Flaahlng : a. apecifled under PART 4 of thl. 
INSTALLATION 

application of prlmar. 

k) Apply waterproofing during dry weather only when outside 

temperature is above 35 degree. F. 

Allow 24 hour, for primer to dry. 

WATERPROOFING. DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 



28. SCOPE OF WORK 



a) The work under PART 3 shall include the followlnp 



1. Dampprooflng below grade on outside face of concrete 
foundation walls. Carry dampprooflng from the bottom of 
granite facing or granite curbs to 24 in. below the top 
level of interior metallic waterproofing, except that no 
dampprooflng is required on surfacea where membrane 
waterproofing occurs and on surface, where sheet piling 
occurs. Overlap membrane waterproofing and dampprooflng 
4 in. Dampprooflng shall consist of one apray coat and 
one trowel coat, 1/8 in. thick. 

2. Dampprooflng of outside face of all concrete sur- 
faces behind axterior granite facing except under coping 
atone, and behind aoffita. Dampprooflng .hall conal.t 
of one trowel coat. 1/8 in. thick. 

3 Dampprooflng of out.ide face of all masonry sur- 
facea behind exterior granite facing on Elevation. A and 
M of existing Library Building. Dampprooflng shall 
consist of two spray coats. 



WATERPROOFING, 



DAMPPROO. ING AND CAULKING 

7A.17 



B.P.L.A, 



33. MATERIALS 

a) Composite flashing shall be 5 oz. electrolitlc sheet 
copper coated on both sides with elastic asphalt compound and 
shall be a product tested and approved by the Indiana Lime- 

s tone Institute. 

b) Mastic shall be asphalt base, heavily flbrated. as speci- 
fied in foregoing Article 30. b). 

34 . INSTALLATION 

a) All surfaces to receive flashing shall be dry and clean. 

b) Where solid backing occurs, flashing shall be laid in a 
full trowel coat of mastic; laps shall be not less than 6 in. 
wide and cemented with mastic. 

c) Where flashing has no backing, care shall be taken to 
Blninlze the occurrence of laps. Any required laps shall be 
not less than 6 in. wide with the two plies held together by 
a mechanical bond. Such bond may be achieved by sandwiching 
the two plies between two sheet metal strips of stainless 
steel, 4 in. wide, or by other msthod approved by the Archi- 
tect. 

d) This Subcontractor shall furnish to the Contractor for 
installation In concrete all metal reglets as shown or as 
required to receive composite flashing and be responsible for 
their correct location. Reglets shall be 16 oz. cold rolled 
copper, provided with removable filler or blocked so as to 
prevent closure under weight of concrete. The composite 
flashing shall extend to the back of the reglets and be held 
in place with lead wedges at intervals not to exceed 12 in. 
o.c. Remainder of reglet shall be completely filled with cut- 
hack asphaltlc trowel mastic. 

e) Flaahing and mastic shall be held back 1 in. from exposed 
face of granite facing. Greatest care shall be given not to 
atain any portion of exposed work. 

f) Where bolts or dowels protrude through flashing, s piece 
of flashing 8 in. square approximately, with hole in center. 
shall be slipped over bolt or dowel end ambeddad and covered 
with maatic. 

PART 5 - SEALING AND CAULKING 

35. SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under PART 5 shall include the following: 

1 . Exterior Sealing 



m 



B.P.L.A. 



20. RESULTANT QUALITY 

a) All waterproofing mixtures shall exhibit an ultimate 
compressive .trength, at 28 day., not la., than 8,000 pal a. 
measured by test of 3 in. by 6 in. cylinders made, stored, and 
tested in conformity with ASTM Methods. The plain mixture 
(without waterproofing compound) shall exhibit a minimum 
strength of 6,000 pal at 28 days. 

21. PATCHING AND REPAIRING 

a) This Subcontractor .hall protect all waterproof coatinga 
to prevent Injury of any kind until all work 1. thoroughly 
.et, hardened and completed in all reapecta. He .hall patch 
and repair any and all metallic waterproofing damaged from any 
cause wh&taoever after work of other trade. 1. completed, 
leaving the metallic waterproofing in perfect order at the tlma 
of final acceptance of the building. 

b) Any portion of the coating which haa .at prematurely, 
is hollow aounding, cracked, crazed, or otherwise damaged or 
imperfect, shall be entirely removed by chipping and replaced 
with a freahly mixed waterproof coating. Teat of the bond 
shall be made by tapping over the entire waterproofed aurfaca 
with a wooden mallet. 

c) All repair and/or replacement work shall be proportioned, 
mixed, bonded, finiahcd, trowelled, and cured as specified for 
original coating. 

PART 2 - MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 

J 2- SCOPE OF WORK " ^ ^ ^^ " 

a) The work under FART 2 ahall include the furniahing and 
installation of three-ply membrane waterproofing at following 
locat lona : 

1. Exterior planting beds. First Floor. 

2. Floor slab at main entrance racaaa, Firat Floor. 

3. Floor slab at Loading Area entrance receas. First 
Floor. 

4. Plantfcig beds on exterior balconiea. Third Floor. 
23. RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) The following ia specified under Section 3A, CONCRETE: 

1. Concrete .lab. shall be scraeded to the proper leval 
and than finiahed with a wood float finish. 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A. 14 



'-^^^e? 



Baa*itf»Aa 



B.P.L.A. 



25 



INSTALLATION (Continued) 

f) Apply an even coat of hot aaphalt on all aurfaces to 
receive membrane. While the mopping ia hot, the first ply 
ahall ba laid with aide lapa of not lesa than 4 in. and end 
laps of not less than 10 in. 

g) The surface of the firat ply shall then be coated with an 
even coat of hot aaphalt and while the mopping is hot the 
second ply shall be laid in the aame manner, taking care to 
break side lapa at one third of the width of the first ply of 
membrane . 

h) The third ply ahall ba Inatalled in the aame manner as 
the second ply. Each ply shall be thoroughly broomed into the 
hot asphalt to eliminate wrinklea and bucklea, making sure that 
at no point doea membrane touch membrane. 

i) Two extra plies of felt shall be used to prevent water 
from entering between the membrane and the waterproofed sur- 
facea at all points wh«.re the membrsne 1. penetrated by drains, 
pipes, bolts or similar projections. Drains will be furnished 
by Plumbing Subcontractor to be aet, flaahed and made leak- 
proof under this Section 7A and thereafter be connected by the 
Plumbing Subcontractor. 

J) At down-turna occurring at terminal of slabs, carry 3- 
ply membrane at leaat 24 in. vertically down on exterior con- 
crete walla. Conault drawinga for special conditions. 

k) To the finished membrane, apply a top coating of hot 
aaphalt so that no bare fabric la expoaad. 

1) The amount of aaphalt used for each mopping shall be not 
leaa than 30 Iba. per 100 sq. ft. The resulting membrane 
shall consist of 3 plies and 4 moppinga with a total of 120 
lbs. of asphalt per 100 sq. ft. 

m) The entire Inatallatlon of membrane waterproofing shall 
be done In a first class manner, ao as to produce a continuoua, 
unbroken, watertight surface and ao aa to prevent leakage of 
water at the termination of and at intersections through the 
waterproofing membrane. 



28. 



SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 



29 



4. Dampprooflng of out.ide face of all masonry ""^J 
w;il. in Ar.aways No. 1, 2 and 3 and in '^'^"J/^^;"}^'' 
No. 1 and 2 (Seventh Floor Level). Dampprooflng shall 
consist of two brush coats of same material specified 
for spray coat. 

RF.l.ATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OT HER SECTIONS 

.) Concrete surfsces to be dampproof.d shall have all honey- 
comb and other imperfections repaired under Section 3A, 
CONCRETE. 

30 . pjMPP PnnFINC MATERIALS 

a) So rav Coat shall be asphalt base, non-f Ibrated . by one of 
the f^lowing manufacturers or approved equal: 



A.C. Horn 
Mlnwax 

Sonneborn 
Toch Broa 



- Dehydratine No. 4 

- Mlnwax Spray Coat 

- Hydroclde No. 648 

- R.I.W. Marine Liquid 



b) 
one 



or 



Tro wel Coat shall be asphalt base, heavily flbrated, 
■* the following manufacturers or approved equal: 



by 



A.C. Horn 
Mlnwax 
Sonneborn 
Toch Bros 

3 1 . APPLIC AT_I_ON 



- Dehydrarine No. 6 Mastic 

- Mlnwax Trowel Coat 

- Hydroclde Mastic 

- R.I.W. Marine Mastic 




specified thickness. 

PABT L - COMPOSITE FLASHING 



32 



SCOPE OF WORK 



26. REGLETS 



for 

as 



a) Thia Subcontractor shall furnish to the Contractor 
installation in concrete all metal re-lets aa shown or as 
required to receive the membrane waterproofing and be respon- 
sible for their correct location. 

b) Reglets shall be 16 oz. cold rolled copper, provided with 
removable filler or blocked so as to prevent closure under 



.» ■ The work under PART .4. shall include the furnishing and 
ti.t.llltion o? one layer of composite flashing at .1 oca- 
tiJ.an exterior granite facing where drawings call for 



"Composite Flashing 




L_ 



weight of concrete. 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.16 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7 A . 1 " 



WTunf-T^ffiBB'^fyr'f 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A. 19 



B.P.L.A. 



35. SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 



.1 Sealing of all exposed joints in granite pav- 
ings and curbs . 

.2 Sealing of all expoaed joints in granite wall 
facing, copings and in granite soffits. 

.3 Sealing of expoaed joint, between tall granite 
•lab. and abort granite spacer block, in fences at 
planting beda. 

.4 Sealing between maaonry unit walls and abutting 
concrete structure or masonry unit walls; sealing 
of control joints in maaonry unit walls. 

.5 Sealing between perimeter of architectural 
bronze work and adjoining construction. 

.6 Sealing between pressed metal door frames and 
adjoining construction. 

.7 Sealing between louvers and adjoining construc- 
tion. 

.8 Sealing of expansion joint between existing 
Library Building and new construction. 

.9 Sealing of all other exterior joints where 
drawinga call for "Sealant", except as stated in 
following Article 36. 

2. Interior Sealing 

".1 "Sealing oT all exposed joint. In gr.anite pav- , 
ings and steps. 

.2 Sealing of all exposed joints in granite bases 
along window walls on second floor. 

.3 Sealing of all exposed joints In granite wall 
facing and in granite soffits. 

.4 Sealing between perimeter of architectural 
bronze work and adjoining conatructlon where shown. 

.5 Sealing of all other. Interior Joints, where 
drawinga call for "Sealant' . 

3. Interior Caulking 

.1 Caulking of exposed vertical control joints in 
masonry unit walls and partitions. 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.20 



, r 



\ 



35 



B.P.L.A, 

croPF. OF WORK (Continued) 

T C.ulklng of exposed top joint of non-be.ring 
;a8onry unit walls and partitions. 

3 caulking of all other interior Joints where 
drawings call for "Caulking . 

of 







37 



36 . Rt 



37 



^rj_^T ^...np. TO BE DONE IINPFP OTHER SECTIONS 

.) Co«pressibl. filler in granite pavings, furnished and 

installed under Section 4B. GRANITE WORK. 

^ 1 i«<nfQ within bronze work, 

GLASS AND GLAZING. 

.TMT^'^ ^^'" r.AULKINC MATERIALS 



on«-p*rt, gun-grade, non sag P ^ _ .u.^\ mmtt 



1 

be 



ing Shore A hardness: 



1 Traffic joints (pavings, curbs. 

steps, bases) : 

.2 All other Joints: 



45 - 50 



35 



40 



2 Sealant shall be approved by the Architect and be 
I'i .pec!.l color, a. selected by tha Architect. 



3 

Arch 

seal 

dire 
Ing, 
• xpo 
abra 
ly o 
In a 
not 
guar 



The a 
Itact 
ant , w 
ctlons 

(2) w 
sure o 
slon a 
r adhe 

prope 
exceed 
antee 



• nuf a 
a flv 
hen a 

. (1) 
111 n 
r exp 
nd te 

slvcl 

rly d 

25 p 

■ hall 



ctur 
e-ye 
ppll 

wll 
ot b 
ans 1 
ar f 
y un 
tsif 
ce 

be 



cr of 
ar gua 

ad m 
1 be f 
ecome 
on and 
allure 
der no 
ned Jo 
.it of 
in add 



the sealan 
rantaa whl 
accordance 
rce from d 
brittle or 
contractl 
, and (4) 
rmal expan 
int whose 
its width. 
Ition to t 



t shall submit to the 
ch guarantees that the 

with application 
elects m tnanufactur- 

crack due to normal 
on, (3) win resist 
will not fall cohesive 
slon and contraction 
total movement does ^ 

This manufacturer's 
he guarantees 



WATERPROOFING. DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 



B.P.L.A, 



37. SEALING AND CAULKING MATERIALS (Continued) 



3. -- apeclfled In Article 7. of this Section and shall 
be submitted to the Architect prior to the approval of 
the sealant. 



b) Cau lking 

1. Caulking material used for Interior Caulklnp shall 
be Gun Grade Caulking Compound, meeting Federal Specifi- 
cation TT-C-598, Grade I. as manufactured by Pecora. 
Presstlte, Tremco, or approved equal. Caulking shall be 
of manufacturer's standard colors as selected by the 
Architect. 

c) Cleaner-Conditioner 

1. Cleaner-condl tloncr for wiping metal surfaces In 
contact with sealant shall be by same manufacturer as 
sealant . 

d) Back-up Materlala for Sealant 

1. Joints In Granite Pavings 

.1 Furnish and install sealant back-up on top of 
compressible filler In all joints of granite pav- 
ings. Sealant back-up shall be firm, closed-cell 
neoprene sponge with 50 duroaater, such as Type NN-2 
by Williams Products, Inc., or approved equal. 

.2 Sealant back-up shall be packed in the Joint 
"»■ ' Co a depth of 3^8 In. '.-.,. ^ '^ - ^ 

2. All other Joints 

.1 Furnish and install a closed-cell polyethylene 
back-up In ail other Joints to be sealed which ex- 
ceed In depth 1/2 the width of the Joint. 

.2 Joint back-up shall be of size that will cause 
about 30 percent compression in the joint and shall 
be packed In the Joint to a depth of 1/2 the width 
of the Joint but in no event to a depth less than 
3/8 In. 

e ) Back-up Ma t erial for Caulking 

1. Furnish and Install a closed-cell polyethylene back- 
up In all Joints to be caulked deeper than 3/A in. 

2. Joint back-up shall be of slse that will cause about 
30 percent compression In the Joint and shall be packed 
m the Joint to a 'epth of 3/4 In. 

WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.22 



38 



B.P.L.A, 



SEALING AND CAULKING MATERIALS (Continued) 
f ) Plastic Weep Tubes 

1 Furnish and Install plastic weep tubes, i/\|"- 
inside diameter, at all courses where composite flashing 
occurs, as shown. The tubes shall not extend more than 
1/8 m. beyond the face of granite. Tubes shall be sealed 
m plsca with the sealant used for Joints. care beinp, taken 
to 



keep the back of tubes open for drainage 



g) Samples 

1 Submit saaples of all sealing and caulking materials, 
together with manufacturer's directions for application 
of sealants and caulking compound, to the Architect for 
approval In accordance with Article 2.02. of the CONDI- 
TIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 

APPLICATION OF SEALANT AND CAULKING 

a) All surfaces to receive sealant or caulking shall be dry, 
free of frost and thoroughly cleaned of all loose particles, 
dirt, dust, oil, grssss, or other foreign matter. 

b) Wlp. metal surfaces to bt sealed with cleaner-conditioner. 

c) All sealing and caulking materials shall be us.d strictly 
in accordance with manufacturer's directions, under recommended 
weather and temperature conditions. The manufacturer srepre- 
sentatlv. of the polyur. thane sealant used shall visit the 
slca at the beginning of the Installation and Instruct this 
Subcontractor In the proper application of the matsrlals. 

d) Back-up material, shall be compatible with sealants and 
caulking compound used. 

«) Sealant or c.ulklng compound shall be forced Into the 
joints und.r pr.ssur. with a pressure gun having nozzle which 
fits into th. joint. Care shall be taken to avoid any entrap- 
ment of .ir. Joints shall be filled solidly and smoothly and 
be toolad to provide a neat, convex bead free from ridges, 
wrinkles and tool marks. 

f) All work shall be left In clean condition. Remove 
sealant or caulking from exposed faces of finished work. 



WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 

7A.23 



6. 



B.P.L.A. 



R ELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS (Continued) 

c) Furnishing and installation of architectural bronze facia 
at top of slate roof, Including anchors, specified under 
Section :;C, ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK. 

d) Furnishing and installation of wood nailers, blockings, 
cleats, specified under Section 6A. CARPENTRY WORK. 

e) Furnishing .nd Installation of the following is specified 
under Section 7A. WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING: 

1. Membrane waterproofing 

2. Composite flashings In exterior walls 

f) Furnishing and installation of gl.iss skylight, specified 
under Section 7C . GLASS SKYLIGHT. 

g) Furnishing and installation of all sheet metal work, other 
than flashing. In connection with Heating, Ventilating and Air 
Conditioning, specified under Section 15C, HEATING, VENTILAT- 
ING AND AIR CONDITIONING. 

SHOP DRAWINGS 

a) Gubir.lt shop drawings of the following to the Architect 

for approval In accordance with Article 2.01. of the CONDITIONS 

OF THE CONTRACT: 

1. Elastomerlc flashing, as specified In Article 27. 
of this Section. 

2. All sheet metal work, showing dimensions, fastening 
and anchoring methods, expansion Joints and other pro- 
visions necessary for thermal expansion and contraction. 

3. Roof accessories. 
INSPECTION OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS 

a) Before beginning work, this Subcontractor shall carefully 
examine all surfaces on which the work of this Section Is to 

be applied, and satisfy himself that such surfaces, the temper- 
ature, and the general conditions at the site are satisfactory 
for the installation of his work. Check slabs for level and 
pitches. 

b) Notify the Contractor in writing, with copy to the Archi- 
tect, of any surface not in proper condition, or of any other 
defects or conditions which would be detrimental to the proper 
Inst.ll.tlon of the work. 



ROOFING AND FLASHING 

7B.2 



10 



11 



12 



B . r .1. .A 



SECTION ;g 
ROOFING AND FLASHING 



rn ovisioNS included 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT. whlLh is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section lb. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

'•XL ED SUB-BI D RLQUIREMFNTS 

i) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section, includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall he filed with the Awarding Authority at 
the office of the Director of the Boston Public I. ibr.iry, 
Copley Square, Boston, Massachusetts, beforf twelve o'clock 
noon, (Eastern Standard Time), Wednesday, January 13, 1969. at 
which time and place all sub-bids will be publicly opened and 
read aloud . 

b) Submission of sub-bids shall be in accordance with 

Ai>\I. RTISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

SCO PE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
installing all ROOFING AND FLASHING as shown on the drawings 
and as specified herein, and includes the following: 



.- rA- 



1. Insulation and built-up roofinp 

2. Insulation and slate roofing 

3. Elastomerlc sheet flashing 

4. Sheet metal work 

5. Roof accessories 

b) The work to be done under this Section is shown on 
followinR drawings: 

• The whole setof drawings. 
REL ATED WO RK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Removal of clay tiles at eave of roof of existing build- 
ing specified under Section 2C, DEMOLITION WORK. 

b) Concrete slabs shall be furnished with wood float finish 
under Section 3A , CONCRETE. 



ROOFING AND FLA'"HING 

7B. 1 



B.P.L.A. 



INSPECTION OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS (Continued) 

c) The start of any work will be construed that such exami- 
nation has been made and that the surfaces and conditions have 
been found acceptable. Later claims to the contrary will not 
be considered, and any defects in the work resulting from 
such accepted surfaces or conditions shall be corrected by this 
Subcontractor at no cost to the Owner. 

COORDINATI ON 

a) The Roofing Subcontractor shall cooperate with other 
trades and coordinate his work to meet the requirements of 
other trades and of the general progress of the work. He 
shall verify the placement of nailing grounds for all locations 
and conditions where nailing of the raterials of this Section 
1.-: required. 

b) Materials furnished under this Section which are to be 
built-in by other trades shall be delivered to the site In time 
to avoid delays to construction progress. 

DAMAGES 

a) The Roofing Subcontractor shall be responsible for and 
make good any damage tr the building caused by his work. Part- 
icular care shall be taken to avoid staining any part of 
posed granlLe work. 



B.P.L.A, 



GUARANTEE (Continued) 

b) The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Official 
before said final payment for the account of this Subcontractor 
and shall be countersigned in form and manner as to make the 
General Contractor and this Subcontractor Jointly and sever- 
ally liable thereunder. 



PART 1 



INSULATION AND BUILT-UP ROOFING 



SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under PART 1 shall Include the furnishing and 
installation of the following: 

1. Vapor barrier and insulation under all built-up 
roof ing . 

2. Twenty-year bond built-up roofing on flat roof areas 
(1) at Elevation 86*-9", (2) at Elevation 99'-0" and (3) 
on Main Roof, Elevation 108'-6". 

3. Twenty-year bond bituminous flashings. 
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

.) The Roofing Subcontractor shall be approved by the company 
furnishing the roofing material being Installed. 

b) Before purchasing any materials for the work, the Roofing 
Subcontractor shall submit to the Architect for approval a 
list of the products he proposes to use .nd two copies of the 
proposed manuf .cture r ' a printed application Instructions. 

c) All work shall be installed in strict accordance with the 
manufacturer's written requirements and specifications for the 
particular roof type to which the materials are applied. 

d) The manufacturer's inspector shall make at least 2 inspec- 
tions of the roofing Job while It Is being installed. The 
inspector shall report to the Architect in writing any devia- 
tion In material, or workm.nshlp from the manuf .cturer ' s 
written requirements and specification.. 

e) Surfaces to which roofing is applied shall be smooth, 
clean, dry. and also free of frost or the effects of freezing. 
Thoroughly clean surfaces to remove loose particles Immediately 
before application of insulation. 

f) Vapor barrier shall not be used as a temporary roof. 

g) No unfinished roof areas shall be left uncovered or un- 
protected In wet weather or at night. 



ROOFING AND 



FLASHING 
7B.4 



ex- 



9 . BOND 

a) At the completion of the work, and as a condltlor, prece- 
dent to final payment, the Roofing Subcontractor shall furnish 
to the Owrt-er- « guaranty bc*ii of the Manufacturer of the built-;, 
up roofing materials covtring a period of 20 years from the 
date of substantial completion of the building for all built- 
up roofinp, surfaces and bituminous base flashings under this 
Section. Guaranty bond shall be in the face value of SIO per 
square . 

10 , GUARANTEE 

a) This Subcontractor shall guarantee In writing all workman- 
ship, materials and installation for a period of one (1) year 
from the date of final payment to the General Contractor for 
-he account of this Subcontractor. Should any defects in work- 
manship or material' develop within tHls time, this Subcontrac- 
tor shall make all necessary repairs and replacements to the 
satisfaction of the Official and without additional cost to 
the City. Said written guarantee shall further stipulate that 
this Subcontractor shall remedy and correct any damage caused 
in making such necessary repairs and replacements. 



ROOFING AND FLASHING 

7B.3 



B.P.L.A, 



1 3 . ROOF I NSULATION 

a ) M aterials 

1. Vapor barrier under insulation on concrete decks 
shall be asphalt-coated base sheet, 40 lbs. nlnimum 
weight, by same manufacturer as built-up roofing materials 

2. Insulation for all built-up roof areas shall be 
Celo-Therm by Celotex Corp., Fesco Board by Johns-Man- 
vllle, Permallte by Grefco, Inc., top sealed, in boards 
24 in. by 48 in., or approved equal. Insulation shall be 
2 in. thick, placed in two layers 1 in. thick. 

3. Steep asphalt, roof cement, asphalt-saturated felt 
shall be by same manufacturer as built-up roofing mater- 
ials. 

k. Roof cement shall be equal to Barrett Elastigum 
Cement, Carey A. W. P. Cement, or Koppers Flash-Tite 
Cement . 

b) Protection 

1. Vapor barrier and insulation shall be stored with 
full protection against dampness previous to layinp, 
shall be dry when applied, and shall be protected from the 
weather during the Installation. 

2. No more vapor barrier and insulation shall be laid 

en the roofs on any one day than can be protected by roof- 
ing the same day . 

3. Any and all insulation becoming wet shall be removed 
^ .» from the project and^ replaced /Ay dry^ mater lals . Protect 

Insulation from damage due to construction operations. 

c) Insulation on concrete decks 

1. Prime decks with uniform solid coatings of approxi- 
mately 1 gallon per 100 sq. ft. of Specification Grade 
asphalt primer. The priming coat shall be applied 24 
hours before the vapor barrier is installed and shall be 
dry when first mopping is applied. 

2. Over primed decks, embed one ply of coated base 
sheet In a full heavy mopping of hot steep asphalt. Lap 
each ply 4 In. over preceedl'ng ply and mop full width of 
each lap with steep asphalt; broom each ply to assure 
complete embedment. At all projections through vapor 
barrier, flash at vapor barrier level with two piles of 
asphalt-saturated fabric and three courses of roof 
cement, applied alternately. 



ROOFING AND FLASHING 

7B.5 



1 





B.P.L-A. 



13. RO 



OF INSULATION (Continued) 



3. over vapor barrier enbed each^^^y ^^^ ,,3ulatlon 
,n a full mopping of »^°',^^t! transverse joints staggered 
in parallel courses, with ^^^ Stagger joints in 
:rc.1^arerTltf ^t.otr:f^:7errelow. .utt ea^ panel 
tightly to adjoining panel. 

through roof and at ail ven. 
damaged panels. 

.1 all exposed edges of insulation 
5. When work is stopped, all exp_^^^ consisting of 



»en work is s«^°PP*"' ";; cut-off. consisting 
shall be sealed by ^^//^^.^ed felt exte;ding 6 in. onto 



14 



one-ply of 15 lbs. ^J'^^^^^^^^,/ of protective roofing 
roterhe\i:;i:rion:^%;rn"resu.ption of work, cut-offs 

must be removed. 

d) rant strips 

, ,11 Intersections 

base flashing occurs, as shown. 

..11 be of same material as Insulation 
2 Cant strips shall be oi 
„ of impregnated fiberboard. 

;irrace. Install in steep asphalt. 

BUILT-UPROOFING 

. n«,« In 4-ply over insulation 

., Built-up roofing •'j-Ji.ttnr s ctf l^at ions . subject to 
ibrartre-s^U^r^ren^t^atrvriSsrectlon and approval: 

Barrett - SPECIFICATION NO. 120-INS 
_ SPECIFICATION NO. 1-BZ 



1. 
2. 



SPECIFICATION NO. 5. modified to include 
3 Koppers - SPtcit i'-'^' '^ 
a*AO lbs. coated base sheet 

facturer's gen- 



r 11 r-nnf areas shall be gr 

m size from 1/^ in. to 5/8 In. 



hall be gravel. f'-^^^^^ 
ed and graded 



ROOFING AND FLASHING 

7B.6 



B.P . L.A. 



15. BITUMINOUS FLASHING (Continued) 

d) -- End laps of the two under layment plies shall be 
staggered and thoroughly sealed. 

PART 2 - INSULATION AND SLATE ROOFING 

1 6 . SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under PART 2 shall include the furnishing and 
Installation of the following: 

1. Dampproof ing, insulation, roofing felt and slate on 
sloping concrete decks of main roof. 

2. Slate attached to wood cleats on vertical surfaces, 
at transition from new building to existing building 
(above Elevation 86'-9"). 

17 . DAMPPROOFING AND SLOPING DECKS 

a) All concrete surfaces under slate roofing shall be damp- 
proofed with one coat of heavy-bodied asphalt emulsion by one 
of the following manufacturers or approved equal: 

1. A. C. Horn - Dehydratlne No. 9 

2. Karnak Chemical Corp. - Karnak No. 100 

3. Sonneborn - Hydroclde No. 600 

b) Surfaces to be dampproofed ahall be smooth, clean, and 
also free of frost or the effects of freezing. 

c) Apply dampprooflng material in accordance with manufac- 
turer's directions so as to provide a uniform coating thor- 
oughly bonded to the concrete base. 

d) Wood cleats are specified to be furnished and Installed 
under Section 6A, CARPENTRY WORK, on top of dampproof inp. and 
after dampprooflng has properly set. The Roofing Subcontractor 
shall daub the heads of all cleat fasteners with asphalt 
emulsion to prevent corrosion of metal. 

18. INSULATION ON SLOPING DECKS 

a) Insulation under slate roofing shall be 1-1/2 in. thick, 
closed cell polystyrene foam board with thermal conductivity 
"K" factor of 0.19, self -ext ingulshlng , meeting specification 
HH-I-524a, Type II, Class B. 

b) Place Insulation boards between the wood cleats with all 
joints tightly butted. Cut and fit boards neatly against the 
cleats . 



ROOFING AND FLASHING 

7B.8 



lA 



B.P. L.A. 



BUILT-UP ROOFING (Continued) 

d) Minimum weight of materials used per 100 eq. ft. of U- 
ply roof shall be as follows: 



Steep asphalt, under base sheet 

Coated base sheet, 1-ply 

Tarred felt, 3-ply 

Coal tar pitch, 3 coatings of 25 Ibs./lOO 

sq. ft. under felts, 1 top coating of 75 

lbs . /lOO sq. f t . ; total 

Gravel surfacing 



25 lbs 
A3 lbs 
A5 lbs 



150 lbs 
AOO lbs 



23 



2A, 



15 




e) Around all roof openings Install envelope strips to pre- 
vent drippage of pitch or asphalt. Envelope strips shall 
consist of 2 plies of bituminous Impregnated cotton strips. 

BITUMINOUS FLASHING 

a) All built-up roofs shall be flashed, counterf lashed and 
made watertight at all edges and at all intersections of 
roofing with vertical and Inclined surfaces of every nature, 
as shown on the drawings and/or as required. 

b) Where drawings call for "Bituminous Flashing", base flash- 
ing shall be 20-year-bond bituminous flashing by same manu- 
facturer as built-up roofing and shall be applied in accordance 
with the following specifications: 



1. 



Barrett - Reinforced Asbestos Base Flashing 



2. Carey 
Flashing 



Type 11, Combination Asbestos Membrane 



3. Koppers - Specification No. 108, Reinforced Asbestos 

The above specifications are hereby by reference made a 
part of these specifications as though Included In full. 

c) Where drawings call for "Elastomerlc Flashing", base 
flashing shall be as specified in PART 3 of this Section. 

d) At locations where metal base flashings occur, a felt 
reinforcement shall be Installed in the corner prior to the 
installation of the metal base flashing. 

Felt reinforcement shall consist of two piles of No. 15 
tarred felt in solid trowelings of tar base cement. Reinforce- 
ments shall extend from a point not less than 6 in. above the 
flat roof deck down to the flat roof deck and out onto same 
deck for a distance of not less than A In. and 5 in. respec- 
tively. 

Coat the entire surface of the top ply with tar base 
cement before installing the actal base flashing. 

ROOFING AND FLASHING 

7B. 7 



.^■i 




B . P.L.A . 



18. INSULATION ON SLOPING DECKS (Continued) 

c) No more insulation shall be laid on the roofs on any one 
day than can be protected by roofing felt the sane day. 

19 . ROOFING FELT ON SLOPING DECKS 

a) After application of insulation, cover the entire roof 
area under slate roofing with one layer of 30 pound asphalt 
saturated rag felt. 

b) Felt shall be laid in horizontal layers with joints lapped 
6 in. towards the eaves and at ends. Nail felt with roofing 
nails at 12 In. o.c. to every cleat along laps and at ends as 
necessary to properly hold the felt In place and protect the 
Insulation until covered by slate. All felt shall be preser- 
ved unbroken, tight and whole. 

c) Felt shall lap all hips at least 12 in. to form double 
thickness and shall be lapped at least 6 In. over the elasto- 
merlc flashing at eaves. At transition to flat roof, carry 
felt down over the copper base flashing to the first cleat. 

20. SLATE 

a) Slate shall be genuine, unfading Buckingham-Virginia 
Slate aa furnished by the Buckingham-Virginia Slate Corporation, 
Richmond, Virginia, size 22 in. by lA In., 3/16 In. thick on 
sloping surfaces and 2A In. by lA In., 3/16 In. thick on verti- 
cal surfaces. 

b) All slate shall be hard, dense, sound rock, punched for 
two nails each. No cracked slate shall be used. All exposed 
corTiers shall be practrcafly rtll. There" ^/r«l > bf no broken 
corners on covered ends which impair nailing strength or the 
laying of a watertight roof. 

c) Prior to ordering aatcrlal, furnish and install a sample 
panel of slate roof, size 6 ft. long by A ft. wide, as directed 
by the Architect, 

2 1 . ELASTIC CEMENT 

a) Cement shall be waterproof elastic slater's cement, of 
brand approved by the Architect and colored to match the color 
ofth.ealate., . , 

22. NAILS 

a) All slate shall be fastened with two large head slater's 
hard copper wire nails, 1-1/2 In. No. 11. 



f 



24 



B.P. L.A, 



SLATING 

a) Slate shall be Installed as shown In horizontal courses 
with 3 in. headlap. Each course shall break joints with the 
preceding one by at least 3 in. Slates at the eaves shall be 
doubled using same thickness slate for under-eaves as for first 
exposed course, Under-eaves slate shall be approximately 3 in. 
longer than exposure of first course. Slate shall project 
2-1/2 in. at the eaves. 



26. 



ROOriNG AND 



FLASHING 
7B.9 



b) 



All hips shall be laid to form "Boston Hips' 



27 



c) Valleys at intersection with vertical slate facing shall 
be laid to form "Closed Valleys". Flash valleys with separate 
pieces of 2A ounce copper built In with each course of slate. 
Flashing shall be at least 18 In. wide and as long as the 
diagonal of the slate at the center of the valley. Nail upper 
end of each sheet. The bottom edge of each flashing piece 
shall be 1/2 In. short of the butt line of overlapping slate. 

d) Exposed nails shall be used only where unavoidable. 

e) Nails shall not be driven so far as to produce a strain 
on the slate . 

f) Cover all exposed nail heads with elastic cement. Hip 
slates and ridge slates shall be laid in elastic cement spread 
thickly over unexposed surface of under-courses of slate, 
nailed securely in place and carefully pointeH with elastic 
cement. At transition to flat roof (Elevation 99'-0"). the 
first courses shall be laid in elastic cement in similar 
manner up to a level of 3 ft. above flat roof. 

g) On vertical surfaces, slate shall be Installed as shown. 
Horizontal courses on vertical surfaces shall line up exactly 
with horizontal courses on sloping surfaces. 

h) Upon completion, all slate must be sound, whole and clean 
and the slate roofs shall be watertight and neat in every 
respect. 

PART 3 - ELASTOMERIC SHEET FLASHING 
SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under PART 3 shall include the furnishing and 
Installation of elastomerlc sheet flashing at following 
locations : 

i. Gutters at the base of slate roofs. 

2. Base flashings of built-up roofs where drawings 
call for "Elastomerlc Flashing". 



ROOFING AND FLASHING 
7B.10 



SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 

3. Bottom of Fresh Air Inlets No 
Room 707, Seventh Floor level. 



B.P. L.A 



1 and 2 In Mechanical 



4. 



Bottom of Areaway No. 2, 



5. Expansion Joint between roofs of new building and of 
existing building. 

6. Any other location where drawings call for "Elaato- 
nerlc Flashing". 



25. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 




28, 



B.P. L.A, 



SHOP DRAWINGS 

a) Shop drawings showing typical flashing layout and splicing 
details of gutters and of expansion joint shall be submitted 
to the Architect for approval before Installation is started 
in accordance with Article 2.01. of the CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT. 

MATERIALS 

a) Ail materials used in the elastomerlc sheet flashing sys- 
tem shall be the products of one single manufacturer to assure 
compatibility of materials. 

b) The sheet material in shop cured (not press cured) condi- 
tion and other materials of the elastomerlc sheet flashing 
system shall meet Fed. Mil. Spec. M1L-R-15058. 

c) Llastomerlc sheet flashing shall be uncured neoprcre anc. 
shall have the following physical properties when tested in 
shop cured (not press cured) conditions: 



Property 

1. Tensile Strength 

2. Elongation 

3. Hardness 



4* Water Absorption 
by Volume 



S« Low Temperature 
Brittle Point 

6« Ozone Resistance 



ASTM Test 
Method 

D-A12-6AT 

D-A12-6AT 

D-22A0-6AT 



D-A71-6AT 
(2A hrs. (3 
212° F.) 

D-7A6-6AT 



*D-11A9-6A 



Actual Values 

2000 ps 1 ml n Imum 

300% minimum 

60+5 shore A 
durome ter 

10^ maximum 



-Aloc 



20,000 hrs. minimum 



* The test sample for ozone resistance shall be exposed 
in an ozone chamber. The concentration of ozone shall be 
one part per million, and the sample shall be stressed 
In 20/: elongation. After exposure for 20,000 hours, 
there shall be no signs of cracking. 

d) The following products by Gates Engineering Division, The 
Clidden Company, Wilmington, Delaware, are listed hereinbelow 
to establish the type of materials required: 

1. Elastomerlc Sheet Flashing : GACOFLEX CONTOURFLASh 
Neoprene Sheet, 1/16 In. thick, black. In widths as 
requl r ed . 



ROOFING AND 



FLASHING 
7B.12 



B.P. L.A, 



28, 



b) All work shall be Installed In strict accordance with the 
manufacturer's written requirements and specifications. 

c) The manufacturer's representative of the flashing system 
used shall visit the site at the beginning of the installation 
and Instruct the Subcontractor in the proper application of 
the materials. 

d) - Surf'ir.^s t* whi-c^ flashing is sftplUd ?,h*ll be ir»^, free^ ^^ 
of projections, voids, depreselons, scale, e f fluorescence , 

loose naterials, oil, grease, paint, and all other foreign 
contaminants and also be free of frost or the effects of freez- 
ing. Concrete surfaces shall be at least 28 days old. 

c) Installation of flashing shall not commence nor proceed 
during Inclement weather or when there Is a threat of Imminent 
preclpl tatlo" . 

SAMPLES 

a) Prior to ordering materials, submit samples of flashing 
material proposed for use to the Architect for approval in 
accordance with Article 2.02. of the CONDITIONS OF THE CON- 
TRACT. 

b) Samples ahall be accompanied by two cjples of manufac- 
turer's printed application instructions and by a notarized 
statement by the manufacturer attesting that the flashing 
material meets the requirements of these specifications. 



ROOFING AND FLASHING 
7B.11 



29 



MATERIALS (Continued) 

2. Thinner : GACOFLEX Thinner and Cleaner N-A50-1. 

3. Caulking : GACOFLEX Elastomerlc Caulking Compound. 

4. Adhesive 

.1 for Sheet Flashing: GACOFLEX Neoprene Adhesive 
Type I (N-7) 

.2 for Concrete Masonry: CACEFLEX Neoprene 
Adhesive Type I (N-7) 

PREPARATION OF SURFACES 

a) Built-up roofing shall be complete except for the final 
flood coat and application of gravel. 



b) 
be 
by 



Prior to and during Installation, all dirt and dust shall 
removed from surfaces by blowing with air under pressure, 
vacuum cleaning or by use of a soft broom. 



c) Surfaces not designated to receive flashing shall be 
properly masked or otherwise protected in an acceptable manner 
against accidental application of the specified materials 
to those surfaces. Any stains or other damages to exposed 
finish surfaces shall be repaired by this Subcontractor at hit 
own expense as directed by the Architect. 

30. INSTALLATION 




a) 
mum 

b) 
fore 



Install flashing as detailed and so as to extend a mlnl- 
of 6 in. out over the built-up roofing. 

Flashing shall be carefully cti t ,' trimmed and fitted be- 
1ns tallatlon. 



c) A full coat of adhesl e shall be applied to all surfaces 
to receive flashing except on built-up roofing surfaces. 
Extent of adhesive shall be limited by a continuous 



in . wide 



approved masking tape which shall remain In place to serve as 
a limit and guide for subsequent work. Allow ^ i*'*'^/" J , ''^^^^ 
adhesive to dry to the touch and then apply a second full coat 



of adhesive to completely cover the first coat 
coat of adhesive to dry to the touch. 



Allow second 



^ 



d)' Apply a full coat of adhesive to the" entire contact • 
surface of flashing, except that no adhesive shall be applied 
to the contact surface with built-up roofing. 

e) After both adhesive surfaces are dry to the touch, the 
flashing shall be carefully positioned, pressed firmly into 
place and worked neatly into corners. Remove guide tapes. 

ROOFING AND FLASHING 
7B.13 



30. 



B.P.L. A. 



INSTALLATION (Continued) 

into 8F>ooth contact with adhesive. 



B.P.L. A 



33 



t) At 

extendi 
24 hour 
of hot 
shall t 
by two 
and ext 
f lashin 
like 3_o 
then be 
surf aci 



built 
ng ont 
s. Th 
coal C 
hen be 
plies 
ending 
g- Co 
Ivents 



-up roo 
o built 
en embe 
ar pitc 

wiped 
of felt 

3 in. 
Id roof 



fing, al 
-up roof 
d this e 
h. Expo 
clean wi 
thoroug 
and 6 in 
ine ceme 



low f 
ing 1 
xtens 
sed a 
th th 
hly e 
ont 
nts o 



lash 
eft 
ion 
ur f a 
inne 
mbed 
o bu 
r ma 



ing to set with the leg 
loose for a minimum of 
in a full heavy mopping 
ce of flashing extension 
r and completely covered 
dcd in hot coal tar pitch 
ilt-up roofing beyond 
atica containing na_E_tha^ 



shall not be used , 
^mpleted by application 
ng of gravel. 



Bui 
of f 



It-up 
lood c 



roofing work shall 
oat of pitch and 



n-» r,f flaahina are bonded together, a full 
j) Whenever two plies of ^^"''J"^^*". entire overlap sur- 
ioat of adhesive shall be ^PP^^f "^J* be left to dry to the 

Inl.t '..<! of El..to..rlc c.ulkl»g Compo>..id. 

1, «„of drain, occurrlns »lthln •{••"■"i^^liJji';; ""J,- 

roofs shall be covered oy ^ni» pitch. Protec- 

materials or approved equal: 

1. Ela.tiboard Vapor Stop by Philip Carey Mfg. Co. 

2. Premoulded Membrane Vapor Seal by R. W. Meadows. Inc. 



ROOFING AND FLASHING 
7B.1A 



B.P.L. A, 



30. INSTALLATION (Continued) 

n) For at least 2U hours after completion of the flashing 
system, flashing areas shall be kept clear of all traffic. 
Upon completion, this Subcontractor shall remove all masking 
•nd leave all elaetomerlc flashing work In perfect condition. 

31 . EXPANSION JOINT 

a) Expansion joint cover shall be a prefabricated combination 
of 16 oz. copper and 1/16 in. ncoprene sheet adhesively bonded 
on both edges into a bifurcation in the metal strips. Neoprene 
foam insulation, 1/2 in. thick, ahall be factory applied to the 
ncoprene sheet to form an integral unit. 

b) The neoprene sheet shall have the physical properties 
specified in Article 28. of this Section. Peel-pull bond 
strength at 90 degrees shall be 25 pounds per in. minimum. 

c) The expansion Joint cover shall be furnished in length* 
of 10 feet or longer with splicing materials, prefabricated 
elements and adhesive supplied by the manufacturer. 

d) Installation of expansion Joint cover and of neoprene 
counter f lashing shall be as shown and in accordance with manu- 
facturer's instructions. 

e) After installation of counterf lashing on roof of existing 
Library, this Subcontractor shall reinstall the clay tiles 
which have been removed by the Contractor. Installation of 

> tiles shall match existing work. No chipped or broken tiles 

shall be used, and all tilea ahall be in perfect condition at 

tine of acceptance of the project. 
"^ ^ ...» * , 

PART A - SHEET METAL WORK 

32. SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under PART 4 shall include the furnishing and 
installation of copper flashings for typical conditions shown 
on drawings and in all locations where the use of metal flash- 
ing may reasonably be inferred as necessary to make the work 
of this Section complete in Its intent, so as to provide 
leakproof conditions throughout. 

• b) All accessories or other i tem« • essent ial to- t'.te complete- 
nees of the sheet-metal installation, though not specifically 
shown or specified, shall be provided. All such items, unless 
otherwise shown or specified, shall be of th* same kind of 
material aa the item to which applied. 



35 



36 



MATERIALS 

a) All sheet metal shall 
fied or shown on drawings, 
drawings and type or gauge 
fied or shown on drawings, 
shall be provided. 



ROOFING AND FLASHING 
7B.15 



be copper of type and gauge speci- 

Where sheet metal is shown on 
of metal is not definitely speci- 
16 ounce cold-rolled plain copper 



b) 



Cold-rolled copper shall conform to ASTM Designation E 152 



c) Lead-coated copper shall be cold-rolled copper coated on 
both sides with lead weighing from 6 to 7-1/2 pounds per 100 
sq. ft. on each side. 

d) Nails, used for fastening copper shall be approved copper 
or bronre nails, of the Stronghold Type or equal, with large 
flat heads, annular treads, and needle points. They shall be 
not smaller than No. 12 Stubs gauge and of sufficient length 
to penetrate the wood blocking not less than 7/8 in. 

e) Screws, bolts and other acccsscrles used for fastening 
copper shall be of copper, bronze or brass. 

£) Solder shall be 50 percent pig lead and 50 percent block 
tin where used on plain copper. Where used on lead coated 
copper, solder shall be AG percent lead and 60 percent block 
tin. 

g) Soldering flux shall be thoroughly washed off after 
soldering is completed. 

34. WORKMANSHIP 

a) Surfaces to be covered with sheet metal shall be free 
from defects of every description and clean of dirt and other 
foreign matter before sheet metal work is started. The por- 
tions of uncoated copper in contact with built-up roofing or 
dissimilar metal shall be given a coat of bituminous paint. 

b) Except as otherwise shown on drawings or specified, the 
workmanship of sheet metal work, method of forming joints, 
anchoring, cleating, provisions for expansions, etc. shall 
conform to the standard details and recommendations of the 
Copper and Brass Research Association. Face nailing will not 
be allowed . 

c) Seams, except where expansion provisions are required or 
where otherwise specified or detailed, shall be flat locked 
and soldered and shall finish at least 1/2 in. in width. 

d) Soldering shall be done slowly with well heated copper, 
and ample solder shall be used so that the seam will show at 
least 1 in. of evenly flowed solder. 



B.P. L.A 



ROOFING AND 



FLASHING 
7B.16 



B . P . L . A , 



37. COPINGS (Continued) 

b) The coping shall be made of 20-ounce lead-coated cooper, 
in pieces 8 ft. or 10 ft. long, with the ends ioined together 
by 3/4 in. locked and soldered seams. Cooing shall be bent to 
hook over the edge strip with a 3/4 In. loose lock. 

c) On long straight runs, expansion joints shall be provided 
at intervals of not more than 32 ft. Anv straight run which 
exceeds 32 ft. and which forms the leg of a corner shall have 
an expansion joint placed not more than 16 ft. from the corner. 

d) Provide 16-ounce lead-coated copper base flashing on top 
of slate roof as shown. The lower and upper edpe of base 
flashing shall be folded over 3/4 in. and secured bv copper 
cleats 2 ft. o.c. The lower edge of coping cover shall engage 
the upper folded edge of the base flashing. 

38. BASE FLASHING 

a) Base flashing at transition from flat roof to sloping 
roof (Elevation 99'-0") shall be 16 oz. lead-coated cooorr and 
shall extend up the i.^ope to the second cleat under slate and 
onto the deck not 1'*sr than 4 in. 

b) Provide metal base flashings at supports for cooling towers 
and where shown. Extend flashings not less than 4 in. horizon- 
tally onto the deck. 

c) Set the base flashings on top of felt underlavment speci- 
fied in Paragraph 15 d) of this Section and nail 3 in. o.c., 
3/4 in. from outer edge. 

d) Two plies of felt thoroughly embedded in hot bitunen shall 
be applied over the part of base flashlna extending onto the 
flat deck. Extend the plies 3 In. and 6 in. on deck bevond 

the base flashing and apply surfacing material. 

39. MI SCELLANEOUS 

a) Provide 16 oz. lead-coated copper closure strips at ver- 
tical slate installation as sliown. 

b) Provide pitch pockets with flanged metal pan at railings 
set in built-up roofing. Fill pan with hot coal-tar pitch or 
flashing cement . 

PART 5 - ROOF ACCESSORIES 

40. SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under PART 5 shall Include the furnishing .md 
installation of the following: 

ROOFING ANU FLASHING 
7B.18 



SECTION 7C 



GLASS SKYLIGHT 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention Is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
installing the GLASS SKYLIGHT on main roof, complete with all 
glass and glazing, as shown on the drawings and as specified 
herein. 

RELATED WORK TO BF DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Wood blocking at eave, furnished and installed under 
Section 6A, CARPENTRY WORK. 

b) Base flashing, furnished and Installed under Section 7B, 
ROOFING AND FLASHING. 

SHOP DRAWINGS 

a) Submit shop drawings to the Architect for approval in 
accordance with Article 2.01. of the CONDITIONS OF THE CON- 
TRACT. 

b) Shop drawings shall he comnlete and show plan and section 
of skylight, large scale sections of framing members, fasten- 
ers, anchoring method, adjacent construction and all other 
necessary information. 

SAMPLES 

a) Submit samples of the following to the Architect for ap- 
proval in accordance with Article 2.02. of the CONDITIONS OF 
THE CONTRACT: 

■ ' 1. Full size sample of tvpical tubular section assembly 

2 . Samp le of glass. 

3. Samples of metal finish on actual metal used show- 
ing the extreme range of color. 



GLASS SKYLIGHT 

7r.i 



B.P. L.A. 



34. WORKMANSHIP (Continued) 

e) Exposed edges shall be doubled back 1/2 in. in such a 
n-nner as to conceal them and to provide stiffness. 

f) All sheet metal remaining exposed shall be cleaned and 
left free from stains and blemiehes at completion of work. 



ITEMS PROJECTING THROUGH ROOF 

a) All pipes projecting through roof ahall be flashed with 
16 ounce lead-coated copper. Flashing shall coneist of a 
proper metal sleeve with flange extending 4 in. horizontally 
onto the roof. 

b) Cap flashing for vent pipes is specified to be furnished 
and installed by Plumbing Subcontractor. At other pipes, 
sleeve shall be made leakproof at th* top by a metal hood with 
metal band or by other approved method. 

c) The horiiontal flange of metal sleeve shall be set in 
trowel coating of roof cement on top of all layers of built-up 
roofing and nailed 3 in. o.c, 3/4 In. from edge of flange. 

d) Two plies of felt thoroughly embedded in hot bitumen shall 
be applied over the entire copper flange and shall extend 3 in. 
and 6 in. on deck beyond flange. Apply surfacing material. 

a) Around all roof openings, install metal pitch dan to pre- 
vent drippage of pitch. 

ROOF DRAINS 



B.P . I. .A 



40. SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 

1. Roof hatches. 

41 . ROOF HATCHES 

a) Roof hatches shall be single-leaf, smoke vent tvpc, of 
sizes shown on drawings. Model 6-104V and Model 6-204V as manu- 
factured by Babcock-Davis Associates, Inc., or approved equal 
hatches bv the Bilco Company or other manufacturer. 

b) Curb and cover shall be aluminum with 1 in. insulation. 

c) Hatches shall t,- equipped with an Underwriters' approved 
fusible link which releases the cover at 160 degrees F. Covers 
shall operate manually from the Inside without disturbing the 
fusible link . 

d) Install as shown and so as to provide leakproof installa- 
tion . 



R . P . I. . A 



CONSTRUCTION REQUIREME NTS 

a) Skvllght shall consist of p"ramid«l units fabricated of 
tubular extruded aluminum. The general design of the skvllght 
shall conform to that shown on the drawings, and no departure 
from such design will he permitted. Overall sizes of metal 
parts must exactlv correspond with the sizes shown. Exact 
sizes of subordinate items mav be varied sllghtlv from those 
shown in order to accommodate the design to the standard de- 
tails of the manufacturer. However, such variations mav onlv 
be minor and if proposed must he approved hv the Architect. 

h) All sheet metal and extruded metal parts shall be alum- 
inum of proper allov recommended hv the aluminum manufacturer 
to achieve the finish specified in Article 7. hereinhelow. 
All fasteners shall be of 18-8 stainless steel. Minimum thick 
ness of aluminum shall be as determined by structural calcu- 
lations but in no case less than the thickness shown on 
draw 1 ngs . 



i. 



a) ffoof draine wilV be furnished by Pl^«bl.jig Subcontractor ^ 
)c set, flashed and made leakproof by Roofing Subcontractor 
rhon rrtnnccted bv Plumbine Subcontractor. 



to b 



and then connected by Plumbing Subcontractor. 



b) At built-up roofs, drain flashing shall consist of 30 in, 
by 30 in. sheets of 4 pound sheet lead. Flashing shall be 
act in trowel coat of roof cement over all layers of built-up 
roofing, and be covered with two plies of felt thoroughly 
embedded in hot bitumen as specified in preceding Article. 

c) Drains occurring within elastomeric flashing areas shall 
be flashed as apecified under Article 30. of this Section. 



37. COPINGS 



a) A continuous bent edge strip of 20-ounce cold rolled 
copper ahall be attached to the outer edge of the wood plate 
and nailed 4 In. o.c. The edge strip shall be made from 
pieces^ not longer than 10 ft. with the ends butted together. 



ROOFING AND 



FLASHING 
7B.17 



ROOFING AND FLASHING 
7R. 19 



c) 

prop 

appr 

ther 

Bost 

skvl 

The 

shal 

the 

Code 

d) 

prof 
He f e 
1 1 on 

e) 

prov 
a 1 urn 
comp 
fast 

f) 

ishe 

wire 

or a 

ter 1 

skvl 

neop 

kets 

down 



It 
er ly 

opr 1 
eo f 
on . 
Ight 
Arch 
1 In 
prop 
req 

All 
lies 

c t s 

s tr;j 

Con 
Islo 
inum 
lete 
enln 

Skv 
d wi 
s, P 

ppro 
or w 
ight 
renc 

abo 



shall he the manufacturer's sole respons lb 1 1 1 1 v to 
design the framing members and fasteners for the 

ate dead load, live load, wind load and coml- i na 1 1 ons 

In accordance with the Building Code of th* City of 
Submit to the Architect structural calculations for 

s substantiating compliance with Code requirements. 

itect's review and approval of structural ca 1 cu 1 a 1 1 c n- 
no wav relieve the manufacturer's respons lb 1 1 1 tv for 

er structural design of skvllght In accordance with 

ui r ements . 

sections shall have clean, straight, sharplv defined 
and smooth finish surfaces ind shall be free from 
impairing strength and durabilltv. All forming opera- 
sr be ione prior to flnl«>lng and anodizing. 

ion of skvllght units shall be such that ample 
llowed for expansion and contraction of the 
rs without affecting the wa ter t igh tness of the 
and without creating undue stresses on the 

shall be single glazed with 1/4 in. thick pol- 
ss with single strands of evenl v-spaced parallel 
D PINSTRIPE bv American Saint Gobaln Corporation 
ual. The glass shall he reinovable from the ex- 
the need of access to the Interior side of the 
glass shall be set In l'/8 in. thick closed cell 
e gaskets below the glass and 50 durometer eas- 
glass. Install glass with wires running up and 



t J 



s t rue t 
n is a 

m e m r. e 
d work 
gs- 

light 
re g 1 a 
OLISHE 
ved eq 
1 thout 
The 
spong 
ve the 



GLASS SKYLIGHT 
7C.2 



V Vs. 



=f= -^^^^tti^i^^sm^m^m^ 



j!. i .i]imwiii,aiji.ii 



R.P.L.A 



rnSSTRL'CTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 



and ridge members shall be as detailed 



o) Bar caps, eave „ , , . .uj c«^ 

Continuous apron at eaves shall be furnished under this Sec- 
tion. 



F I N I ?: H 

a) All exposed exterior and 
an AA-Min-C22-A42 finish In a 
the Aluminum Association. Co 
313, Dark Bronze. 

b) Aluminum finishing shall 
with procedures established b 
selected. 

c) Coating shall have a min 
shall be controlled so that v 
the range of approved samples 

d) The skylight manufacture 
a sipned statement by approve 
that the anodized finish conf 
Standards for Anodically Coat 
tural Application" and meets 
Staining, Coating Weight and 
ards . 



interior aluminum shall be given 
ccordance with designations of 
lor shall be equal to DURANODIC 



be done in strict accordance 
V the aluminum manufacturer 



imum thickness of 0.7 mil. Color 
ariatlon of color does not exceed 



r shall furnish to the Architect 
d testing laboratory certifving 
orms to the "Aluminum Association 
ed Aluminum Allovs for Architec- 
the tests for Coating Thickness, 
Corrosion listed in said Stand- 



e) All exposed stainless steel fastenings shall receive a 
paint finish closelv matching the aluminum coating. 

f) All aluminum surfaces coming in direct contact with wood 
blocking shall be given one heavy brush coat of aluminum-pi g- 
mented bituminous paint. 

INSTALLATION 

) The skylight shall be Installed and glazed hv the manu- 
acturer utilizing erection crews in his direct employ and 



a 
f 
in a 



ccordance with the approved shop drawings 



b) Installation shall be leakproof. Glass shall be left 
whole and free of defects at the time of acceptance of the 
building. 

PROTECTION AND CLEANING 



a) Aluminum work shall be protected by suitable means dur- 
ing shipment, site storage and erection to prevent damage due 
to stains, discoloration, scratches, dirt or anv oth"" 
Danaged elements shall be replaced as damage occurs 



other cause 



B.P.L .A, 



SECTION 8A 
H l.l.QW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 



! 



PRO VIJ ]J}13 INCLUDE D 

nn. is directed to Section lA . CONDITIONS OF THE 
?iNTRACr:"ch"is"rr::ich made a part of this Section. 

M consult section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES . for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

sr.OPE OF WORK 



B.P. L.A, 



6. HOLLOW METAL DOORS (Continued) 

b) Exterior hollow metal doors shall be fabricated of lb 
gauge Republic Electro Paint-Lok galvanized bonderized sheets 

c) Doors shall be formed of one sheet to a side. Exposed 
joints shall be fully welded and ground smooth. There shall 
be no seams or Joints on door faces or edges. 



"•"r'^L^he driving .hta"u, .nd .. specified herein, 
"d'l^l.d^s^rts'n^t'unl.ed to. the ,ollo.ln„: 

1. UoUov .et.l door., noted "HM" on "Door .nd Frame 
Schedule" . 

2. pressed .etal door f rames and s ide light frames, 
noted "PM" on "Door and Frame Schedule . 

J »-r»i frames for cased openings and for 
][.Jll'"A TulW:':". ■•PH" on "Cased 0..„ln„ 



RE 



Schedule . 
.ATPn WORK TO «F DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 



a) 



, furnishing and installation of the following is speci- 
fied l^nJei si^tion 3C , ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE: 

1. Bronze clad hollow steel doors, noted "BF-HM" on 
"Door and Frame Schedule . 

2. Bronze clad pressed steel door frames, noted 
"BR-PM" on "Door and Frame Schedule . 

3. Bronze clad pressed steel frames ^^^ ^"'^^..''P*"- 
ings. noted "BR-PM" on 'Cased Openings Schedule . 

h. installation of -U work included under this Section." 
specifreS inder Section 6A. CARPENTRY WORK, 
e) The following is specified under Section 6B, ARCHI- 
TECTURAL WOODWORK: 

Furnishing and installation of wood panel facing 



of 



d) 

or Z 

spac 

shee 

full 

. c . 

Prov 

top 

port 

woo 1 

labe 



Door 
-shap 
ed no 
ts 3 

heig 

both 
ide c 
and b 
ions 

or a 
led d 



8 shall have continuous internal reinforcing channels 
ed aembers of 16 gauge steel, full height of door, 
t more than 6 inches o.c. and spot welded to face 
inches o.c. Doors with continuous truss inner core, 
ht and width, spot welded to face sheets 3 inches 

vertically and horizontally will also be accepted, 
ontinuous 1^. gauge horizontal stiffener channels at 
ottom of doors welded to face sheets. All hollow 
of doors shall be completely filled with mineral rock 
pproved equal. Construction and core material of 
oors shall meet NBFU requirements. 



1. 
doo 



r 117 and of wood veneer of frame MOZ. 



e) Doors ahall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped 
at the factory from templates for all mortise hardware H'ted 
in the Hardware Schedule. ReinTorce only for surface applied 
hardware, the drillinp and tapping for which shall be done in 
the field under Section 6A. CARPENTRY WORK. 

f) Reinforcements shall meet the following minimum require- 
ments : 

1 Reinforcing plates for hingca. stops and checks shall 
be at least as thick as the diameter of the screws u^ed 
for securing these parts to the doors. 

2 Reinforcement for locks and escutcheons shall be box 
type of 14 gauge steel, with spring leaf contacts for 
lock cases. 

3. Reinforcement for butts shall be 10 in. long, 3/16 
In. steel bars. 

.) Glazed opening shall be provided with removable 18 gauge 
glazing beads, fastened with Phillips oval head self-tapping 
machine screws, spsced spproximately 9 in. o.c. Beads shall 
be carefully fitted and be delivered attached to the door. 

h) Heads of all doors shall be closed flush with the edge 
of faces. Meeting stiles of paira of doors shall be center 
rabbeted. Undercut doors where called for in same Schedule. 
Reinforce door 117 where fastenings of wood panel facing 



occurs 



B.P .L.A 



7. PRESSED METAL FRAMES (Continued) 

f) Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap for all mortise type- 
hardware. Reinforce for s.nrface applied hardware. Drilling 
and tapping for surface applied hardware shall be done in the 
field under Section 6A, CARPENTRY WORK. All r e in f or c er en t s 
shall be welded to frame and concealed. 

g) Reinforcement shall be at least as thick as the diameter 
of the screws used for securing the hardware, and not less 
than the following: 

1. 3/16 In. thick by 10 in. long for butts, offset so 
that faces of butts are flush with face of rebate. 

2. 12 gauge for lock strike. 

3. 10 gauge for surface applied hardware. 

h) Provide 20 gauge galvanized isteel guards to prevent mor- 
tar from contact with the reinforcing plates and lock strikes. 

i) Intermediate mullions shall be as detailed and secured 
to head and base with butt-welded Joints. 

J) Provide stlffeners welded to the back of frame members 
as shown . 

k) Provide metal anchors of shapes and sizes shown and as 
required for the adjoining type of wall construction. Locate 
anchors on Jambs near the top and bottom of each frame and at 
intermediate points not over 24 In. apart, except where other- 
wise specified herelnbelow. 

1. Anchor Jambs to masonry by means of adjustable 
Underwriters' anchors, 14 gauge, 2-3/4 in. wide, 12 
Inches long, corrugated. 

2. Anchor Jambs to concrete by means of expansion bolts. 
holt heads shall be recessed in pressed dimple In frame; 
dimple shall be filled with liquid metal compound and 
ground smooth. Drill and dimple frames in the shop. Weld 
Zee stlffeners with matching holes at each bolt. 

3. Anchor Jambs to metal stud partitions by means of 
16 gauge minimum anchor clips welded to the frame. 
Locate clips at the head of frame, 12 in. down from head 
and 24 in. maximum on centers from there to floor. Clips 
In plaster partitions shall have slots or shoulders to 
accept and hold studs in accordance with the recommen- 
dations of the manufacturer of the metal stud actually 
used and shall be provided with holes for tie wires. 



GLASS SKYLIGHT 
7C.3 



HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 

8A . 1 



HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 

8A.3 



HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 

8A.5 



B.P. L.A 



9. PROTECTION AND CLEANING (Continued) 

b) At completion of work, all exposed aluminum surfaces 
shall be cleaned in accordance with recommendations of the 
aluminum manufacturer. 

c) The Contractor shall be responsible for final cleaning 
of the glass, inside and out, prior to final acceptance of 
the building. 

in. GUARANTEE 

a) This Subcontractor shall guarantee In writing all work- 
manship, materials and installation for a period of one (1) 
year from the d.-ite of final completion of the building. Should 
any defects In workmanship or material develon within this time, 
this Subcontractor shall make all necessary repairs and re- 
placements to the satisfaction of the Official and without 
additional cost to the Citv. Said written guarantee shall 
further stipulate that this Subcontractor shall remedv and 
correct anv damage caused in making such necessarv repairs 

and replacements. 

b) The above guarantee shall he submitted to the Official 
before said date of final completion and shall be counter- 
signed in form and manner as to make the General Contractor 

and this Subcontractor jointly and severally liable thereunder. 



f » 



GLASS SKYLIGHT 
7C.4 



B.P. L.A. 



3. RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS (Continued) 

2. Furnishing and installation of wood stops for 
frames of acoustical doors. 

d) Furnishing and Installation of glass, specified under 
Section 8D, GLASS AND GLAZING. 

e) Furnishing of finish hardware, gaskets and other access- 
ories, specified under Section 8C , FINISH HARDWARE; installa- 
tion of same, specified under Section 6A, CARPENTRY WORK. 

f) Finish painting of doors and frames, specified under 
Section 9F. PAINTING. 

g) Furnishing and installation of elevators' and dumb- 
waiters' doors and frames, specified under Section 14A, 
ELEVATORS AND AUTOMATIC DUMBWAITERS. 

h) Furnishing and Installation of switches in frames, speci- 
fied under Section 16A, ELECTRICAL WORK. 

* . SHOP DRAWINGS 

a) Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section to 
the Architect for approval in accordance with Article 2.01. 
of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 

b) Shop drawings shall indicate elevations of each door and 
frame type; profiles and gauges of metal; wall conditions and 
all fastenings; typical and special details of construction; 
methods of assembling sections; U.L. label requirements; ihop 
finish^ and all .j3th.er necessajy injormation. 

c) Frames shall be legibly symbol marked or labeled with 
metal or plastic tags for expeditious location In the building 

5. CODE REQUIREMENTS 

a) All doors and frames of this Section shall comply with 
the Building Code of the City of Boston requirements for fire 
ratings, and where required in "Door and Frame Schedule", 
shall bear the label of the Underwriters' Laboratories. 

6. HOLLOW METAL DOORS 

a) Interior hollow metal doors shall be fabricated of cold 
rolled stretcher leveled steel, free from rust, scale, pits 
and surface defects. Gauge of face metal shall be as follows: 

1. Full glazed doors - 14 gauge 

2. All other doors - 18 gauge 



HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 

BA. 2 



" - 



B.P. L.A 



HOLLOW METAL DOORS (Continued) 

1) Furiilsh and Inatall metal louvers of sizes shown on 
Door Schedule. Louvers shall be 18 gauge. Inverted V-blade 
type, flush with face sheets of doors, integral with and 
welded into doors. 

J) Furnish and Install wire mesh panels where called for on 
Door Schedule. Wire mesh shall be 10 gauge steel wire woven 
Into 1-1/2 In. diamond mesh. Wire mesh shall be welded to 
steel channel subframe and then set between stops as shown. 

k) Provide 'A' and 'B' label flush doors where required by 
Door Schedule. 'A' label doors shall be manufactured by a 
firm which has been certified by the National Board of Fire 
Underwriters to manufacture such doors with a standard lock 
(3/4 In. bolt). 

1) Door panels shall be free from buckles, twists, or other 
Imperfections. Any panel having a buckle exceeding 1/16 in., 
as determined by a straight edge applied to the face of the 
panel, shall not be used. 

PRESSED MLTAL FRAMES 

a) Interior pressed metal frames shall be fabricated of 
prime quality cold rolled steel, free from rust, scsle, pits 
and surface defects. Gauge of Interior frames shall be as 
follows : 

1. All labeled frames - 1* gauge 

2. All frsmes 3 ft. 6 in. wide and over - 14 gauge 

3. All frames 12 in. deep and over - 14 gauge 

4. All other frames " 16 gauge 

b) Exterior pressed metal frames shall be fabricated of 14 
gauge Republic Electro Palnt-Lok galvanized, bonderized 
sheets . 

c) Frames shall be as detailed, strong and rigid, neat in 
appearance and free from warp or buckle. 

d) Frames too J^rge to be sh.ip^ed fu l.ly. assembled shal 1 be 
shipped in sections as large as practicable for field assembly 
with concealed splice channels. All other frames shall be 
shop assembled, with Joints mltered, fully welded and ground 
smooth . 

•) Frames shall be prepared at the factory for all hardware 
In accordance with templates furnished by Hardware iupplier. 



HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 

8A.4 



B.P. L.A. 



PWFSSED METAL FRAMES (Continued) 



4. Deep Jambs 

o f appropr late a 

5. Consult dra 
required anchora 

1) Except for frame 
shall be secured to t 
clips. Floor clips s 
be drilled for two 3/ 
zontal leg. Consult 

■) Glazed openings 
glazing beads, fasten 
machine screws, space 
be carefully fitted a 

n) Door frames shal 
furnlshsd by Hardware 
fixtures In frsme FC 
drawings . 

o) All shop-assenbl 
able angle spreaders, 
dlty during shipment 

8. SHOP FINISH 



shall be provided with additional rows 
nchcr s as shown . 

wings for special wall conditions and 

s set against concrete walls, each jamb 
he floor by means of adjustable floor 
hall be not less than 14 g.iuge steel and 
8 in. diameter anchor bolts in the hori- 
drawings for number of floor clips. 

shall be provided with removable 18 cauge 
ed with Phillips oval head self-tapping 
d approximately 9 in. o.c. Beads shall 
nd delivered attached to the frame. 

1 be punched for three rubber silencers 

Supplier. Provide cut-outs for light 
30 and any other cut-outs called for on 



ed frames shall be provided with remov- 

tack-welded to bottom of jambs for rifl- 
and handling. 



.^ After fabrication, all surfaces of frames and doors shall 
ol thoroulhljcleaned ^f all rust, scale, grease, oil. rough 
Tpos Chemically treat metal surface, with P^^-P^' ' .^^ J^^ 

;L.d to assure maximum paint ••"^""l^emo "r-^u e F U door 
acid solution and dry under controlled temper's ture . 
edges with mineral filler to conceal seims. 

b) Apply dip or spray coat of rus t- inhlb i t ive "e^ljl^ 
oildet'zinc cEromate. or synthetic resin P^^"- °^ "^^ ^ ;^, 
faces of frames and on all exposed surface, of '1°°" ' ^ J^^"^! 
sJall be baked-on in accordance with manufacturer s recomnen 
Sit ns for developing maximum hardness and "•'i' ""^^ '° 
aSrasion. In addition, labeled doors shall be primed on 
interior surfaces as per U. L. requirements. 

c) m addition to the shop prime coat, the ^";;"^°; 
acoustical- doors" shall be coated on ^he back with 1/8 in. 
Tsbrstos fiber roof cement where schedule calls for Sound 
Insulation ' . 

d) Primed surfaces shall be smooth and suitable to receive 
the finish coat. 



HOLLOW METAL DOORS A*D FRAMES 

8A.6 




MRMMMMMM 



f 



1^ 



i ■ 



1 



B.P.L.A. 



SECTION 8B 
STEEL ROLLING DOOR 




PROVISIONS INCLUDED 



) Attention Is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
JnTrJcT ihich i. herewith ..de a p.rt of this Section. 



b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

«) The work under this Section consist, of furnishing and 
tist.Inng STEEL ROLLING DOOR No. 134.5 at Loading Dock en- 
[Janet Is .hown on the drawings and as specified herein. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DON E UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

.) Furnishing and insta I l.t Ion of ^^ ^ »'" J/"" JJ^^IanEOUS 
att.ch.ent of door, specified under Section 5B, MISCELLANEOUS 



AN!) ORNAMENTAL IRON 

b) Finish painting, sp 



eclfled under Section 9F, PAINTING 



c) Th 
WORK : 



e following is specified under Section 16A. ELECTRICAL 



1. Installation of three push-button station furnished 
by rolling door manufacturer. 

2. Furnishing and install. tion of wire. ""^"^^J^JJ^ 
nn- fuses wiring and connections shall be In accor 
Ji;:.';"h*wlrlng d'lagra- furnished by rolling door manu- 



facturer . 
SHOP DRAWINGS 



-^ Submit complete shop drawings of all ^ork under this 

CONTRACT. 

STEEL ROLLING DOOR 

.) Door shall be motor-operated, with mechanism above ceiling. 

of model specified below or approved equal: 

1. Model FPO-20, by Klnnear Corporation 

2. Model 935P. by R. C. Mahon Companv 

STEEL ROLLING DOOR 
8B.1 



S«r»L**A« 



STEEL ROLLING DOOR (Continued) 
3. Model A-1089. by J. G 



Wilson Corporation, 



^ 



6. 



b) The complete printed specifications of above manufacturers 
for the models specified In Paragraph 5. a) are hereby by 
reference made a part of these specifications to establish the 
standard of workmanship and of materials required under this 
Contract. Barrel cona true t ion which reqalres welding of sprln« 
barrel plugs shall not be used. 

c) The manufacturer's specifications ara supplemented as 
f o 1 lows : 

1. Curtain Slata - Equal to Klnnear No. 14. flat slatB 
20 gauge, galvanized and bonderized. Ends of alternate 
slats shall be provided with wind locks to hold the curtain 
under excessive wind pressure. 

2. Hood - None required. 

3. Operator - Equal to Klnnear Type "C" Operator, with 
motor capacity to suit rolling door and with emergency 
manual operator actuated from floor level. Emergency 
manual operation shall not be affected by the removal of 
the motor or hy power failure. Operator shall he bracket 
mounted . 

4. Controls - Provide door with one momentary pressure, 
three push-button station marked "OPEN". "CLOSE" and 
"STOP". 

5. Co^mbi natl.on safety device and wea ther seal shall au- 
tomatically stop and reverse the curtain travel in the 
event that the curtain in Its downward travel meets an 
obstruct Ion . 

d) Door shall be Installed by the local representative of 
manufactnrer , shall be carefully adjusted and left In perfect 
operating condition. 

GUARANTEE 

a) This Subcontractor shall guarantee In writing all work- 
manship, materials and installation for a period of one (1) 
year- from the date of final completion of- the building. Should 
any defects in workmanship or material develop within this 
time, this Subcontractor shall make all necessary repairs and 
replacements to the satisfaction of the Official and without 
additional cost to the City. Said written guarantee shall 
further stipulate that this Subcontractor ahall remedy and 
correct any damage caused In making such necessary repairs 
and replacements. 

STEEL ROLLING DOOR 
AB.2 



B.P.L.A. 

GUARANTEE (Continued) 

The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Official 



b) 

foe 

s 

an 

under . 






1. 



2. 



STEEL ROLLING DOOR 
8B.3 



B.P.L.A. 



I 



SECTION 8C 



FINISH HARDWARE 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention Is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which Is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for ftcllitlea 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section conalsts of furnishing and 
delivering to the job site all FINISH HARDWARE In accordance 
with Finish Hardware Schedule prepared by the Architect. 

b) The Finish Hardware Schedule will Include, but not b« 
limited to. the following Items: 

1. Hardware required to equip all doors throuehout the 
building, except as stated in following Article 3. With- 
out limiting the generality thereof, the door hardware 
furnished under this Section will Include: 

.1 Hinges or pivots for all doors. 

Doors up to 3'-5" x 7'-2" shall have 1-1/2 pair of 
hinges or pivots. 

Doors^JJ-6" and wider and doors in excess of 7'-2" 1 r., 
helght'shall have" 2 pafrs ol hinges or pivots. 



" ^ 



.2 



Door c loser s 



Consult "Door and Frame Schedule" for location of 
head concealed, head exposed and floor closers. 

.3 Lockets, latchsets, bolts, panic devices, door 
eilenccrs, kick plates, etc. 

.4 All key cylinders. 

.5 Wiatherstripplnff for hollow metal doors. ' 

.6 All hardware for granite faced doors. 

.7 All hardware for glazed bronze doors, except 
push and pulls. 

.8 All hardware for glazed aluminum doors, Inclod- 
ing push and pulls. 

FINISH HARDWARE 
8C.1 



B.P.L.A. 

SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 

.9 Catches for folding doors. 

2. All metal thresholds, except saddles of exterior 
glazed bronze doors. 

3. Hardware for casework and cabinetwork specified under 
Section 6B, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, except shelf stan- 
dards and supports. 



B.P.L.A. 



4. 
5. 



Hardware for coat rooms 



Metal closet poles, hooks in Janitor Closets and 
all other hardware and accessories required to complete 
the work . 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Furnishing of hardware for wire mesh door 426.5 except 
key cylinder, specified under Section 5B. MISCELLANEOUS 
AND ORNAMENTAL IRON. 

b) Furnishing of following items is specified under Section 
5C, ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE WORK: 

1. Push and pulls for glazed bronze doors. 

2. Saddles for exterior glazed bronze doors. 

3. Hardware for revolving doors, except kev cylinders. 

4. Hardware for bronze frames of bulletin boards. 

3. Piano hinges for bronze framca of display cases In 
Rare Book Department. 

6. Piano hinge for bronze gate In Rmrm Book Department. 

c) Furnishing of shelf standards and supports. an4 gaaketa 
for soundproof doors specified under Section 6B, ARCHITECTURAL 
WOODWORK. 

d) Furnishing of wood pulls for folding doors, specified 
under Section 8E, FOLDING DOORS. 

•) Furnishing of hardware for doors in metal toilet compart- 
ments specified under Section lOA, MFTAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS. 

f) Furnishing of curtain tracks alon^ exterior walls on 
Second Floor, specified under Section IOC, SPECIALTIES. 

g) Furnishing of hardware for casework and cabinetwork let 
under separate contracts, specified under separate contract. 

FINISH HARDWARE 
8C.2 



o«s«L>*A« 



A. ALLOWANCE 

a) Finish hardware will be purchased under an allowance as 
stated In the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, PART VI, CASH 
ALLOWANCES. Cash allowance shall Include furnishing and 
delivery to the Job. 

b) All finish hardware will be selected by the Architect. 
The Contractor shall place orders where and as directed by 
the Architect. 

5. RECEIVING AND STORING 

a) The Contractor shall provide adequate locked storage 
space with shelving and be responsible for the scheduled 
quantities of finish hardware after receipt from the supplier, 
Lost or damaged finish hardware shall be replaced at ao cost 
to the Owner. 



FINISH HARDWARE 
8C.3 





SECTION 8D 



GLASS AND GLAZING 



1. PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which Is herewith made a oart of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

2 . FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS 

a) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section, includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authority 
at the office of the Director of the Boston Public Library. 
Copley Square. Boston, Massachusetts, before twelve o'clock 
noon, (Eastern Standard Time). Wednesday, January 15, 1969, at 
which time and place all sub-bids will be publicly opened and 
read aloud. 

b) Submission of sub-bids shall be In accordance with ADVER- 
TISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

3. SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of all GLASS AND 
GLAZING and related work as shown on the drawings, schedules, 
and as specified herein, and Includes, but Is not limited to, 
the furnishing and installation of the following: 

1. Glass for all exterior and interior fixed lights, 
except as stated in Article U. of this Section. 

2. Glass for all exterior and interior glazed doors, 
except as stated in Article 4. of this Section. 

3. Glass for vision panels in hollow metal doors. 

4. Glass for operable sashes In Projection Room C35. 

5. Glass for display case In Orientation Room 109, for 
bulletin boards, for casework in Rare Book Department and 
where shown. 

6. Structural glass shelves, including brackets, in 
Women's Toilets. 

7. Structural glass top and front for powder ledges. 

8. Mirrors, except for installation as stated in Article 

4 . of this Sec t ion. 

GLASS AND GLAZING 

8D.1 



B.P.L.A. 



SCOP E OF WOR K (Continued) 

h) The work to be done under this Section is shown on 
following drawings: 

The whole set of drawirp.s. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER S ECTION^ 

a) Furnishing and installation of <?lass for revolvlrp doors, 
specified under Section 5C . ARCHITECTl'RAL BRONZE. 

b) Furnishing and Installation of glass for skylight, speci- 
fied under Section 7C. GLASS SKYLIGHT. 

ei Mirrors of 7 sq . ft. area or less shall be delivered to 
the Coltrlctot for installation under Section ISA. PLUmriNG. 

d) Glazing stops will be furnished, fitted and attached In 
their openings hy the manufacturers of doors and fr.imes. 

e) Rear projection screen glass between Rooms COl and C29 
will be furnished and installed under a separate contract. 

SAMPLES 

„) Submit samples of the following to the Architect for ap- 

Jrova? J^accordance with Article 2.02. of the CONDITIONS OF 
THE CONTRACT: 

1. One sample of each type of glass, size 12 in. bv 12 
in., bearing the name of manuf ac tur.er , thickness and qual- 
ity of glass . 

2. "samples of glazln-R material's, alon^^th m-nufactur- 
er's written description and directions for Installation. 



GLASS 



a) Exterior and Interior glass shall be of tvpe and thickness 
shown on the drawings and schedules for the var ious ocat Ions 
and shall comply with the specifications of this .\rtlcle 6. 

b) Glass shall be of domestic manufacture and ^°;;f°^"' "J^J; 
the requirements of Interim Federal Specification nD-r,-00451 b. 

•c) -Each piece of gUs« shall hear label Indl ca 1 1 r.g the name 
of manufacturer, thickness and quality of glass. Labels shall 
remain on Rlass until final cleaning. 

d) T ypes of Glass 

1 Poli shed Plate Class: Type I, Class 1, Oualltv q3, 
twln-Fr^indT except for Projection Room window where 
Oualitv ql shall be used. ^^^^,^ ^^^ ^^^^^^^^ 

8D.2 



, m i Mi i rniii' 'f'ra»'«^ "g|° J ° r '» «'» 



I 

t 



B.P.L . A 



CLASS (Continued) 

2 . Tempered Polished Plate Class : Polished plate glass 
as specified in preceding sub-paragraph d) 1., fullv-tem- 
pered after fabrication, as manufactured bv American St. 
Gobaln Corp., Libbev-Owens-Ford , Pittsburgh Plate Glass 
Co., or approved equal. 



3 . Double Strength Sheet Glass 
Oual i ty q6 . 

GLAZING MATERIALS 



Tvpe II , Class 1 , 



a) Tape shall be pol visobut v lene-buty 1 tape, 1/8 In. mlnlmura 
thick", black, Tremco AAO Tape, PPG 1072 Tape, PTI 60f Tape, 
or approved equal. 



b) 



Sealant shall be a one-part, acrylic, terpolvmer base 



sealant, meeting Federal Specification TT-S-O0230a, black, 
Tremco Mono- Las co-Mer ic , Unlroval Acrvflex, DAP Acrylic, or 
approved equal . 

c) Glazing Compound shall be oleo-res i nous elastic glazing 
compound for metal and wood, meeting Federal Specification 
TT-G-00410c, of colors as selected by the Architect. 

d) S etting Blocks and Spacers shall be made of neoprene or 
other resilient material free of asphaltlc content, with 

70 - 90 durometer for setting blocks and 40 - 50 durometer for 
spacers . 

GLAZING - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

a) All glazing work shall be performed in accordance with the 
applicable standards of the F.G.J. A. "Glazing Manual" and with 
the typical glazing details shown on drawings. 

b) Joints and spaces to be sealed shall be thoroughly dry 
and free from dust or other foreign materials before glazing. 
Clean all sealing surfaces with xylol or other solution recom- 
mended by sealant manufacturer before glazing. 

c) Glass shall be set without springing and with prouer clear- 
ance at all edges. Operating sash shall be glazed in closed 
position. Glass with nipped or damaged edges shall not be in- 
stal led . 

d) All glazing materials shall arrive at the job in unopened, 
labeled containers and shall be used in strict accordance with 
the manufacturer's directions, under recommended weather and 
temperature conditions. It shall be the respons lb 1 1 it v of this 
Subcontractor to provide glaring materials which are compatible 
with each other and also compatible with the material used for 
setting blocks and spacer shims. 

GLASS AND GLAZING 
80. 3 



B.P . L.A, 



8. GLAZING - GENERAL REQI' IREMENTS (Continued) 

e) All glass over 5 sq . ft., except glass for swinging doors 
glazed with neoprene gaskets, shall have two setting blocks 
placed one quarter way in from each end of glass. 

f) All glass for swinging doors glazed with neoprene gaskets 
shall be solidly blocked into the frame by means of lead blocks 
installed in two diagonally opposite corners of the frame. The 
bottom block shall be on the hinge side. This requirement shall 
apply to all swinging doors glazed with neoprene gaskets includ- 
ing fully glazed bronze and aluminum doors, doors for casework, 
bulletin boards and the like. 

o) Except where glass is set in neoprene glazing paskets, 
provide spacers between each face of glass and stops with spac- 
ing not to exceed 24 in. o.c. At least two spacers required 
for edge. Spacers shall provide a minimum face clearance of 
1/8 in. Spacers on the tape side of the glass may he omitted 
when glass dimensions are less than 150 united inches. Where 
dimensions are 150 united inches or more 
vided on the tape side of glass as well. 



spacers shall be pro- 



h) Care shall be taken in removing and resetting stops and 
screws not to damage the metal finish. 

1) Remove excess sealant or compound from both sides of glass 
at slight angle over sight line. 

i) Adjacent glass and other surfaces which have been soiled 
shall be cleaned Immediately befor« the sealant or compound 
hardens or stains these surfaces. 

GLAZING OF WINDOW WALLS 

a) Apply tape to Interior fixed stops. In setting tape, the 
horizontal strips at head and sill shall he set first, using 
full length pieces that will reach the entire width of the 
opening. Jamb pieces shall then be set in between using full 
length pieces. Butt tapes together at corners, remove paper 
backing »nd daub corners with a small amount of sealant to in- 
sure a positive seal. Do not lap tape at corners. 

b) Place setting blocks. Press glass firmly against tape, 
taking car<», to center with equal clearance at all edges be- 
tween glass and frame. 

c) Lav a heel bead of sealant along the perimeter of glass, 
maintaining a 3/16 in. minimum bite to the glass. Apply suf- 
ficient sealant so that when stop is put in place the sealant 
will be foiced between glass and stop completely sealing the 
joint between frame, glass and stop. 

d) Install spacers between exterior face of glass and stop. 
Completely fill the remaining space between outside face of 

glass and stop with sealant. 

GLASS AND GLAZING 
8D.4 



10, 



11. 



12. 



B.P .L.A. 

^tft-zTwr. OF WINDOW WALLS (Continued) 

e) set removable stops In a thin coat of sealant and also 
set screws of removable stops In sealant. 

n The whole Installation shall be done in first-class man- 
ner slas to provide leakproof conditions throughout 

GLAZING OF EXTERIOR S WINGING DOORS 

,1 Class for exterior fullv glazed swinging door 
;Low wHls shall be set in black neoprene glaxin 



It . 



rs within 
g gaskets 



azing compound 



TNTFRIOR GLAZING 

a) Compound Glazing 
The following gl-ss shall be set in elastic l 

1. Glass for vision panels in hollow steel doors. 

2. Glass occurring in pressed steel frames. 

3. Glass for operable sashes in Projection Room C35. 

b) N eoprene Gasket G lazing 
All other interior glass shall be set in black neoprene 

glazing gaskets. 

cxonrxuPAl. GLASS SHEL»^<^ *>Jn POWDER LEDGES 

.) Structural gl... shall be Carrara glass or approved equal, 

- -l.^^ rnir;hrirre^:/orndnrbutrri:h%olished ams 

b) Brackets and screws for shelves shall be stainless steel. 
Type 302. with US-32D. No. 4 satin finish. 
. c) Shelve, shall be set perfectly level with ends neatly 
butted . 

d) Glass for powder ledges shall be glued to «teel supports 
tl meai^of epoxy resin in accordance with manufacturer s 
directions . 

13. MIRRORS 

,) Furnish all mirrors shown on drawings ^"J^^ ^ "J^^^"^ J„ 

rurn Deliver mirrors "^ i • ft. or less in 

:r.: lo'lJconi:.c"r-<or .n.talUtion bv r.u.bln. Subeontr.c 
tor . 



GLASS AND GLAZING 
8D.5 



B.P.L .A. 



13. MIRRORS (Continued) 

h) Mirror glass shall be polished plate glass. Type I, Class 
1, Quality q2, 1/4 in. thick, silvered and e 1 ec tro-copner nla- 
ted, with 5 year guarantee against spoilage of silverinK- 

c) Mirrors shall have a galvanized steel hacking. Install 
1/4 in. thick hardboard between glass and steel backing as 
shown . 

d) Frame shall be as detailed, stainless steel Type 302, 
1/16 in. thick, with US-32D, No. 4 satin finish. Corners 
shall be mitered and welded. 

e) Large mirrors shall be built in sections as shown. Joints 
in frame shall be closely fitted and apparent to the eve onlv 
by a hairline. Connections shall be bv concealed splines. 
Mirror glass shall be ground to butt with polished arris. 

f) Hangers shall he galvanized steel and extend full width 
of mirror. Secure mirrors to hangers with concealed vandal- 
proof locking device. 

g) Install mirrors square, plumb and level. Wood blocking 
shall be provided under Section 6A , CARPENTRY WORK. 

1 4 . DEFECTS AND BREAKAGE 

a) The Glazing Subcontractor shall replace all glass which 
does not comply with these specifications or having defects 
not permitted by the Federal Specification grading rules. 

.Jb) 1i\e Glazing Siibcont ractor shall replace, all glass wMch .^ 
is broken, cracked or chipped bv his own men or due to faulty 
installation. 

c) The Contractor shall replace all glass broken, cracked, 
or chipped by any other cause, so that all plass is in per- 
fect condition at the time of acceptance of the building. 

15. PROTECTICN AND CLEANING 

a) The Contractor shall he responsible for the protection of 
glass after installation and for the final cleaning. 

1 6 . GUARANTEE 

a) This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all work- 
manship, materials and installation for a period of one (1) 
year from the date of final payment to the General Contractor 
for the account of this Subcontractor. Should any defects in 
workmanship or material develop within this time, this Sub- 
contractor shall make all necessary repairs and replacements 
to the satisfaction of the Official and without additional cost 

GLASS AND GLAZING 
8D.6 



16. GUARANTEE (Continued) 

„> ---to the City. Said written guarantee shall further 

: ipulat that this Subcontractor shall renedv and correc 

any damage caused In making such necessary repairs and re 
o lacements . 

h^ The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Official 
biforlsatd final payment for the account of this Subcontrac 
t^r Ind"iall be countersigned in forn and manner as to make 
the Genera! Contractor and this Subcontractor jointly and 
severally liable thereunder. 



GLASS AND GLAZING 
8D.7 



B . P . L . A 



SECTION 8E 



FOLDING DOORS 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention Is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
installing FOLDING DOORS No. 370.5 and No. 391 as shown on 
the drawings and as specified herein. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Catches furnished under Section 8C. FINISH HARDWARE, for 
installation under Section 6A , CARPENTRY WORK. 

b) Finish painting specified under Section 9F, PAINTING. 

FOLDING DOORS 

a) Folding doors shall be wood panel, accordion tvre, Space- 
saver Model No. 350, or approved equal. Size of panels shal. 
be 3/8 In. thick and 3-1/2 in. wide. 




c) Each door shall be furnished with factory-applied wood 
pulls as shown . 

d) Panels shall be sanded and coated at the factory with one 
coat of wood primer, white. 

e) Panels shall be suspended alternately by double-wheel 
nvlon rollers which operate in an extruded aluminum track at 
the top of the dcor. , , , 

f) Doors shall be installed in accordance with manufactur- 
er's directions and be left in perfect operating condition. 

b) Doors shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer for a per- 
iod of one year from the date of final completion of the build- 
ing against faulty materials and workmanship. 

FOLDING DOORS 
8E.1 



HMitffe^Mmiaww,jMg§:^as.>i 





B.P.L. A. 



SECTION 8F 
ALUMINUM DOORS 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 



a) Attention Is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) ConsuU Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 



SCQPL OF WORK. 



nsists of furnishing and 



,) The work under this Section consists or lurnxsnxu, -..^ 
lelivering to the job site ALUMl.NUM DOORS No. C2b and No. CAl 
as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 



Fi ATF n WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 



a) Installation of aluminum doors, specled under Section 6A , 
CARPENTRY WORK. 

^ Furnishing of finish hardware, of push and pulls and of 
JreshoISs specified under Section 8C . FINISH HARDWARE. 

c) Furnishing and installation of class, specified under 
Section 8D, GLASS AND GLAZING. 

SHOP DRAWINGS 

) submit shop drawings of all work under ^^^^J^-^l^^^f^^'/ 
rchltect for approval In accordance with Article 2.01. of 
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 

AJJJ MINUM DOOR _S 

«^ Aluminum doors shall be Anaconda Narrow Stile. Model J. 
as manitac^ured by Architectural Products Division. Anaconda 
Aluminum Company, or approved equal. 
) The specifications of above manufacturer are incorporated 
erein to establish the standards of the product required 
under this Section. 

e) Stiles shall be 1-15/10 in. wide Thickness of walls of 
stiles and rails shall not be less than 1/8 in. 
) Fastenings shall be of aluminum alloys, stainless steel, 
arbon steel, cadmium or chromium plated. 



ALUMINUM DOORS 
8F.1 



B . r . I. . A , 



AkUMJ2UJ}l_pO£RS (Continued) 

e) Doors shall be of tie rod construction and electric arc 
Sigma welded. Welding shall be at unexposed junction of rails 
and stiles. The welds shall have deep penetration without 
creating blemishes on exposed surfaces. 

f) Doors shall have extruded aluminum snap-in plass stops with 
vinyl Insert for puttyless glazing. 

a) Doors shall be weather s tripped on all four sides with 
siliconized wood pile. Weathers tripping shall be arranred so 
as to be easily removed and replaced. 

h) All exposed surfaces shall have a 204 Al-Rl clear anodized 
finish (Aluminum Association finish AA-M21-C22-A31) . 

1) Complete sets of templates with hardware schedule shall 
be furnished by Hardware Supplier to the door manufacturer for 
preparation of shop drawings. 

j) All hardware shall be shipped to the door manufacturer for 
installation at the factory. 



ALUMINUM DOORS 
8F.2 



I 



If 




I 



! 



! 



m'igMMl.k^'V^S *M 



J 



■■eiHMIMHMHV- 



B. P . L. A, 



SECTION 9A 
FURRING. 1-ATHING AND PLASTERING 



1, PROVISIONS INCLUDED 



) Attention is directed to Section [^ '^'[lll'\lllZ '"' 
ONTRACT. which is herewith made a part of this Section. 



tion IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 



b) Consult Sec 

and s-rvices provided by the Contractor. 

FILED SUB-B ID_Ei^^ '^^^^''-^'''^ 

Z Z^d sub-bids for the work under this Section Including 

a) J'eaiea »" ^ ^ Awarding Authority at the 
'5 i'rof he D ctor the Boston Public Librarv. Conlev 
?.o:t:n Massachusetts, before twe 1 ve o ' c lock noon 
(Jaste^n Standard Time), Wednesday. January 15. 1^69 at whic 
ti^e a^d place all sub-bids will be publicly opened and read 
aloud . 

b) Submission of sub-bids shall be In accordance with 
ADVERTISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of all ^j^^^Jf ' ^„_ 

[;' the furnishing and installation of the following. 

1 . Furring 

1 Suspended grillages for gypsum plaster ceiUnps. 
Kene-s cedent piaster ceilings, and P-' -J^"-"' 
plaster ceilings, and for gvp.um P " "."^JJ"?'' 
covered with carpet (CP) or acoustical tile (AT). 

2 Metal furring for gypsum-per 1 1 te plaster flre- 
iroofing or verTniculite plaster flreproofing of 
Structural steel truss members, hanger columns, and 

' • - all other structural steel members not encased in 
concrete . 

3 Metal furring for gypsum plaster ceilings. 
Keene's cement plaster ceilings. Portland cement 
plaster ceilings, and for gypsum plaster ceilings 
covered with carnet (CP). 

t^ Metal stud system partitions. 



FURRING. LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A. 1 



B . P . L . A 



3. 



SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 



.5 Metal furring for furred walls with gypsum 
plaster finish and for furred walls with gvpsum 
plaster covered with carpet (CP) or vinyl fabric (VF). 

.6 Metal furring of columns. 

Lath ing 

.1 Gvpsum lath on steel studs and on metal furrlne 
for the walls and ceilings of the Media Studio and 
Listening Rooms as shown on drawings numbered A-39 
and A-40. 

.2 Metal lath on all other items listed under pre- 
ceding Subparagraph ^. a) 1. 

.3 Self-furring metal lath on concrete where pl.ister 
finish is indicated on the drawings or where plaster 
is covered with carpet (CP) or vinvl fabric (VF). 

.4 Self-furring metal lath on masonry units at 
intersections of masonry units with concrete. 

.5 Self-furring metal lath on masonrv units where 
it Is so in (lira ted on tlie drawings. 

.6 Self-furring metal lath on steel hanger columns. 
P laster Ing 

.1 Interior gypsum plastering, exposed, indicated 
on" tt^e drawings as "PL". 

.2 Interior Keene's cement plastering, exposed, 
indicated on the drawings as "KC". 

.3 Interior Portland cement plastering, exposed, 
indicated on the drawings as "PC". 

.A Interior plaster flreproofing, exposed and con- 
cealed, of structural steel truss members, hanger 
columns, and all other structural steel not encased 
In concrete. Flreproofing gvpsum-per 1 1 t e plaster or 
vormlculdt-e plaster is indicated on-thc drawings as. 
"FP". Where plaster flreproofing is exposed. It 
shall be finished with a finish coat of gvpsum 
plaster. This combination is indicated on the draw- 
ings as "FP PL" . 

.5 Interior gypsum plastering, concealed, behind 
wood paneling and casework, including plaster flre- 
stopplng. where required by Citv of Boston building 
code . 

FURRING. LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A.2 



•^.P. L. A 



SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 

.6 Interior gypsum plastering, concealed . behind 
carpet (CP) . 

.7 Interior gypsum plastering, concealed, behind 
vinyl fabric (VF). 

.8 Interior gypsum plastering, concealed, behind 
acoustical tile applied with adhesive (AT-PL) . 

.9 Interior gypsum plastering of columns, exposed 
or concealed behind vinvl fabric as oer drawings. 

.10 Scratch coat for all ceramic tile except ceramic 
tile set over metallic cement waterproofing. 

.11 Grouting of all Jambs of pressed metal frames 
occurring in tlie steel stud partitions installed 
under this Section. 

4 . Acce ss or ies 

.1 Glass fiber blanket sound insulation for the 
walls and ceilings of the Media Studio and Listening 
Rooms as shown on drawings numbered A-3'' and A-AO. 

.2 All accessories specified and necessary to make 
the furring, lathing and plastering work complete. 

b) The work to be done under this Section is shown on the 
following drawings: the whole set of drawings. 

R ELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Acoustical tile and suspended grillages for acoustical 
tile ceilings, specified under Section 9D. ACOUSTICAL TILE. 

b) Wood grounds and blocking, specified under Section 6A . 
CARPENTRY WORK. 

MANUFACTURERS AND MATERIALS 

a) Unless otherwise specified, all furring and lathing 
materials shall be as manufactured by members of the Metal Lath 
Association, and all plastering materials as manufactured by 
National Gvpsum Co. or U. S. Gypsum Co. 

b) All materials shall he delivered to the site In the 
original packages or containers bearing the manufacturer's and 
the brand names . 

c) All materials shall be properly stored in a dry location 
and protected from damage of anv kind, 

FURRING. LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A.3 



10, 



" ■*' t ht 



B . P . L . A , 



MANUFACTURERS AND MATERIALS (Continued) 

d) The printed directions of the manufacturers for the use 
of the accepted materials are hereby Incorporated in and made 
a part of these spec 1 f i cat ions , subiect to anv added require- 
ments herein specified. 

e) All work shall conform to standard specifications, ASA. 
File No. A 42. 1 and A A2.A. and to applicable soeci f 1 cat ions by 
the Metal Lath Manufacturer's Association, latest edition. 

PROTECTION 

a) All finished work shall be protected from damage caused by 
the work under this Section, and any such damage shall be made 
good in every respect at completion by this Subcontractor at 

no cost to the Owner. Protect exposed concrete surfaces, tile 
work and other finished surfaces by coverinR with polyethvlene 
sheets with joints sealed by tape. Protect bronze work with a 
removable type of masking tape. 

b) Watertight boxes shall be provided under all water h.Trrels 
Plaster shall be mixed in watertight boxes, and waterproof 
protection shall be provided under all boxes and wherever plas- 
tering materials are piled on floors. 

c) All spill or drip of anv kind shall be taken up at once, 
and any flooring protections removed with It shall be replaced 
with new . 

TEMPERATURE AND VENTILATION 

a) This Subcontractor shall be responsible for determining 
conditions o f tempe rat ur e and .-vent 1 lat ioj: reouirej f^r 



proper curing of all plaster without damage and for glvlnp this 
Information to the General Contractor. 

b) A uniform temperature of not leas than 55 degrees F. shall 
be continuously maintained in the building one week prior, 
during and after the application of plaster. 



c) 



Plaster shall be protected from too rapid drying. 



COORDINATION 

a) Work of 
other trades 
concealed by 



this Section shall be coordinated with that of 

In no case shall work requiring' insrection be 
lath and plaster until it has been Inspected. 



tested and approved. 



FURRING. LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A.A 



B.P. L. A, 



CLEANING 

a) This Subcontractor shall remove his rubbish from time to 
time. At completion of the plaster work, he shall remove 
plaster from glass and finish and leave areas affected bv 
plaster work broom clean. 

PART 1 - FURRING AND LATHING 
MATERIALS • ■ 

a) Ins erts and clip angles : 1 in. bv 1/8 in. (minimum "Z") 
formed~inild steel straps embedded in concrete, or 1-1/2 in. by 
1-1/2 in by 1 in., 1/8 in. (minimum) thick mild steel bent 
angles fastened to concrete with Rawl Drives. Philips Drill 

Co 'Red Head" anchors or equal mechanical type anchors. 
Straps or angles shall have 3/8 in. diameter hole not less than 
3/8 in. from exposed end. No powder actuated anchors will t>e 
a 1 lowed . 

b) Ha ngers for plaster ceilings: 1 in. bv 1/8 in. (minimum) 
mild Tteel straps with 3/8 in. diameter holes not less than 
3/8 in from ends. At Media Studio and Listening Rooms (shown 
on drawings A-39 and A-40), Include resilient precompressed 
molded fiber-glass isolation hangers. 

Bolts: 5/16 In. dlamete- (minimum). 



11 



B. P . L. A. 



FURRING (Continued) 

2. Install main runner channels 4 ft. o.c. and not more 
than 6 in. from walls parallel to channels. Extend to 
within 1 in. of other walls. Bolt channels to hangers. 

3. Install furring channels for plaster ceilings on metal 
lath 12 in. o.c. at right angles to main runner channels 
and saddle-tie with two strands of wire at each intersec- 
tion. 

4. Install furring channels for plaster ceilings on 
gvpsum lath (Gold Bond WIRETITE or U . S . G . BRACE-TITE 
svstems) as specified in Paragraph a) 3. above, but on 
if. in . o.c. 

5. Install furring channels for resilient metal lath 
attachment 16 in. o.c. at rluht anp.les to main runner 
channels and attach to main runners with U.S. G. No. 100 
resilient clips. Clips shall be alternately reversed. 

f. Coordinate location of hangers and channels with the 
work of other trades to avoid Interference and to provide 
proper support and framed openings for such other work 
where required. No hangers shall be installed through or 
from ductwork. 



c) 

d) Channels : 16 gauge cold rolled ateel. 

1. 3/4 in., weight .3 lb. per Un. ft., for furring. 

2. 1-1/2 in., weight .47 lb. per lin. ft., tor main 
runners and where shown. 

Metal st ud system : prefabricated, non-load bearing steel 
studs of sire shown or specified, including tracks , _8hoes and 



b) 



e) 



all accessories. Gold Bond Holostud System, U.S.G. Trussteel 
System, or 16 gauge punched metal studs. 

f) Nails for attachment of tracks, runners, studs to concrete 
and mTT^^y, and for attachment of self-furring lath to concrete 
walls: concrete stub nails, minimum 1/2 in. long. 



g) 



Nails for attachment of metal lath to wood nupports 
1. Vertical supports 



1 in., 11 gauge roofing nails 
with 7/16 In. head. 



h) 



2. Horlrontal supports - 1-1/2 in., 11 gauge barbed 

roofing nails with 7/16 in. 
head . 

Tie wire : not less than 18 gauge, annealed. 

FURRING. LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A.5 



Me t a 1 stud part it ions 

1. Tracks shall be aligned accurately according to 
partition layout. Secure tracks to concrete with stub 
nails spaced not over 24 in. o.c. and to steel framing 
bv power driven fasteners not ever 24 in. o.c. Install 
track at head of door frames. At suspended plaster ceil- 
ings, wire tie celling track to metal lath, toggle bolt 
ceiling track to gvpsum lath. 

2. Studs shall be spaced not over 16 in. o.c. and he 
locate! 2 in. from abutting construction and from Internal 
apex of corners. All studs shall be one piece, no splj^- 
ing allowed. Secure bottom of studs into snap-in track 
and top with standard shoes or secure bottom and top of 
studs with standard shoes. 

3 Stud partitions more than 10 ft. in. long or ft. 
o'in. high shall be stiffened by 3/4 In. cold rolled 
channels placed hor 1 ront al Iv . wired securely to each stud, 
and spaced not more than 6 ft. in. o.c. vertically. At 
head of door frames, install horizontal 3/4 in. channel a 
maximum of 6 In. above head, extend two stud spaces bevond 
each jamb and wire tie to each stud crossed. 



FURRING. LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9 A. 7 



B.P.L.A, 



10. MATERIALS (Continued) 

i) Metal lath: flat diamond mesh. 3.4 lb. per square yard. 

j) Self-f urring lath over concrete and masonrv units: dimpled 
diamond mesh, 3.4 lb. per square yard. 

k) Gvpsum lat h: plain 3/8 in. bv 16 in. bv 48 in. (and r 1 ■■> i " 
3/8 in. by 16 in. by 96 in. over doors). 



B.P.L.A 



Corneri te : 3 in. by 3 In. bv 96 In. 

Strip lath : 6 in. bv 96 In. self-furring lath. 

Corn e r bea d: 26 gauge. 2-5/8 In. expanded flange, No. 1 

Casing bead: 24 gauge, expanded flange. No. 66 square. 



1) 
m) 
n) 
o) 

p) Special ceiling edge pieces of metal at wall and ceiling 
Intersections, as shown on the drawings. All such metal Items 
shall he furnished prime oainted. These Items are designated 
as "CE" on the reflected ceiling plans. 

q) Expansion joint : No. 15, or equal, 26 gauge steel. 

X.) Clip Systems : as specified, and as manufactured by National 
Gypsum Company, or by U.S. Gypsum Company. 



s) 



Finish 



1. 



Interior Work 



11. 



Tie wire, corner beads, casing beads, expansion joints, 
clip svstems shall be galvanized. Al^ other metal items 
shalTbe f inished'wrth one "coat ofrufff Inhrhitlve paint 
after fabrication. 

In shower rooms, metal items shall be finished as follows: 
Tie wire shall be 18 gauge stainless steel or monel. 
Inserts and all other metal items shall be galvanized. 

FURRING 

a ) Suspended grillages for plaster ceilings 

1. Install strap hangers not over 3 ft. o.c. along main 
runner channels and within 6 in. of the ends of channels. 
Fasten hangers to concrete structure by means of straps 
embedded in concrete or bv means of clip angles and 
anchors specified above. Fasten hangers to structure by 
means of clip angles and galvanized bolts. Bolt hangers 
to straps or to clip angles. 

FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A.6 



.«*j,,) 4JJi!«t'» -.-»»i!'(. ■*•''' 



11. FjJ^RRI^NC (Continued) 

4. At double partitions (or hollow walls), studs on 
both sides of partition shall have 3/4 in. cold rolled 
channel stiffencrs placed horizontally, wired securely to 
studs, and spaced not more than 4 ft. 6 in. o.c. vertically 

5. At metal door frames, first stud shall be engaged 
and wire tied to Jamb anchors. Second stud shall be 
installed 2 in. from first and engaged to it with column 
clips placed adjacent to Jamb anchors and not exceeding 
24 in. o.c. for full length of studs. Grout all pressed 
metal door frame Jambs set in steel stud system partitions. 
A Rroove is to be raked into the grout between the frame 
return and the stud flange to receive the metal lath to a 
depth of 3/8 in. minimum. 

6. At metal stud resilient partitions, provide a neoprene 
gasket under floor and ceiling tracks. Gasket shall be 
full width of track and 1/4 in. thick. 

c) Wall Fu rring 

1. Furr concrete walls and masonrv unit walls, where so 
indicated on the drawings, with the appropriate depth 
furring channels applied horizontally not less than 4 ft. 

6 in. o.c, with 3/4 in. vertical furrine channels applied 

over same at 16 in. o.c In some cases, 3/4 In. furring 

channels will be applied directly on the walls to be furred. 

All furring work shall conform to standard specifications. 
ASA, File No. A 4 2.1 and A 4 2.4. 

2. Where depth of furring necessary is in excess of 
2-1/4 in. (1-1/2 in. plus 3/4 in.) metal studs shall he 
used to furr tho- w^il 1 .-.and the uo-^i^^fji conform to the, ^ 
specification under this Section for metal stud svstcm 

oar 1 1 1 ions . 

d) Fu^rrl ng of Structural Stee l Members to be Firep r o o fed 

1. Furr structural steel members to be firenroofed to 
conform with the profiles shown on the drawings and as 
specified herein. 

.1 Struc tural steel truss or gi rder memb ers are to 
be furred "in such a manner as to enable the metal 
lath and flreproofing plaster to he applied over same 
to achieve the appearance of a truss or gi'rder of 
uniform thickness. To accomplish this, all inter- 
mediate members of a truss or girder shall be furred 
out to achieve the same dimensional thickness as the 
main members. 



FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A.8 



I 



vfSJl 



tkM^mmiJmm. 



n liMMiiiiir-'-*' ■.'^>^M^'^-''«^«*»«*->*^"-^ 




B . P . I- A . 



11. FURRING (Continued) 

2 Applv furring channels and/or metal studs of 

approp^rLte size and spacln, ij^J-J-^-L "nd 
standard spec 1 f 1 cat Ions ASA Fie No. J ^ 

A A2.4, except that spacing of ^Z"* /" " iJ""' ^r^mg 
nr>r exceed 24 in. o.c, and where 1-1/2 In. lurrins 
c n e are ne^essarv'thev shall he --rely an 
rlgiJly fastened to the structural ^ '" J /^-"^^^ ^^ J 
It intervals not over U ft. 6 In. o.c. dlrectlv or 
bv means of brackets. 

1 2 . APPLICATION OF METAL LATH 

.) M,t,l lath on su s pended ce 1 1 ln 8^.^Letal_sluds_o]L_cJLaj^^ 

fu rring 

1. Apply n,etal lath with long dimension across furrinr, 
members. Side laps shall be not less than 1-1/2 in., 
end laps not less than 1 in. 

2 Lath shall be secured to supports and tied at side 
Ld end laps between supports with No. 18 gauge wire, at 
intervals not exceeding 6 in. 

^ At wall corners, carry metal lath through corner and 

extend an asten to'the next support. At celling corners, 
carry metal lath down at least 6 in. on wall and fasten. 
A^^he option of Lather, lath may be butted into corners 
and cornerite applied over the abutting laths. 

b) Self-furring lath on concrete 

1. Nail lath at intervals of not more than 12 in. o.c. 
horizontally and vertically. 

C) co^-furrln g lath on structural steel t o be fireproofed 

1. Neatly form lath to fit steel '^'^'"^^'■f f^**,^;*^"^''' 
So. 18 gauge wire 12 in 
less than 1-1/2 in. 



o.c 



All laps shall not be 



d) 
concrete 



Self -f..rr<nR lath on masonr y units at intersections with 



1 Lap lath at least 16 in. over masonry units where 
units intersect concrete. Nail lath to masonry 




the lath, 



Fl'RRINC. LATHINf. AND PLASTFRING 

9A.9 



B.P.L.A, 



1 3. AP PLICATION OF GYPSUM LATH 

a ) Gypsum lath on suspended ceiling s 

1. Applv gypsum lath with the long dimension at right 
angles to the 3/A in. channels. Sec.ire to the channels 
with Gold Bond WIRF-TITE or I'.S.G. BRACK-TITE suspension 
system strlrtlv in accordance with manufacturer's dlrec- 
t ions . 

b ) Gypsum lath on metal stud partitions 

1. Applv gypsum lath to metal studs with clip svstem 
fabricated by manufacttirer of metal studs used strictly 
in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 

c ) Resil len t application of gypsum lath to metal studs 

1. Applv gypsum lath to metal studs with resilient clin 
svstem fabricated bv manufacturer of rootal studs used 
strictly in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 

1 4 . APPLICATION OF GLASS FIBER BLANKETS 

a) At ceilings where r.lass fiber (glass wool) blanket is 
indicated lav batts over the metal furring and l.nth prior to 
plasterings. Batts shall closelv butt each other. 

b) At walls where glass fiber (glass wool) blanket is indi- 
cated, wedge between metal studs or furring, adhere to masonrv 
units or concrete with tvpe of adhesive recommended by manu- 
facturer of glass fiber blankets. 

1 5 . LATHING ACCESSOR^f ES "^ 

a) Install corner beads at all horizontal and vertical exter- 
nal corners. 

b) Install casing beads where plaster abuts dissimilar 
materials, at terminal of plaster surfaces, around all openings 
in plaster whether or not covered bv frames Installed bv other 
trades, and where shown. 

c) Install cornerite at all Internal corners wlsere plaster 
base is (1) masonrv plastered dlrectlv. (2) gvpsum lath and 
(3)' metal lath,' If' metal 'lath Is not carri-ed through corner'. 

i) Install strlplath diagonally at corners of all onenings 
(1) in gypsum lath and (2) in masonry plastered dlrectlv. 

e) Provide control joints in wall plaster surfaces as indi- 
cated on drawings and in anv case at a distance from 10 ft. to 
UO ft. between joints. Control joints shall consist of 2 
casing beads back to back, with lath nnd furrines interrupted 
behind lolnts. 

FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A. 10 



15 



16 



B.P.L.A, 



LATHING ACCESSORIES (Continued) 

f) Install plaster frames furnished bv other trades 



{?) 



Tie all accessories to lath not over 6 in. o.c 



terete surfaces meei; in the 



h) Wherever unit masonry and cont _ 

same plane, provide No. 30 asphalt felt and " ^ ^ " "^^ ^"^^^'^ 
catter-nailed to wall s-rfaces. Carry felt and lath over 
ntire concrete surface and 12 in. beyond onto masonrv unit 



s 
e 
surface 



1) Furnish and install casing with factory-applied 3/8 in. 
bv 3/8 in. vinyl foam gasket where shown on drawings. Gasket 



shall be white. 

1) At completion of lathing work, furring channels shall be 
checked and adjusted if necessary, so as to be not more than 
1/8 in. in 12 ft. out of a true plane in all directions. 

k) Install all special metal celling edge pieces (CE) speci- 
fied under 10. p) above. 

PART 2 - PLASTERING 
MATERIALS 

a) Gypsum Cement Pl astjMr - ASTM C 28. 

b ) Gy psum Finish P lasjtexi 

1. Where Schedule calls for "PL" - Gypsum Gauging Plaster 
conforming to ASTM C 28. 

2. Where Schedule calls for "KC" - Keene's Cement. 
Regular, conforming to ASTM C 61. 

Clem ent Finish Plaster 

1. Where Schedule calls for "PC" - Caspro Dado Finish 
bv California Products Corp., or approved equal. 



c) 



d) 



Portland Cement - ASTM C 150, Type I or 



II 



e) Pres sure Hydrated Lime - ASTM C 206. Type S. with unhy- 
drated oxides limited to 8 percent. 



f) 



Aggregates 

1 For base coats - Sand, conforming to ASTM C 35. No 
llghtwTlght aggregate will be allowed. 

2. For fir eproofing plaster - vermicullte or perllta, 
conforming to AS'TM C 35. 

FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A.11 



B.P.L.A. 



16. MATERIALS (Continued) 



r) 



Water - clean, fresh, potable 



h) Glass fiber bla nket insulation - 2-5/8 in. thick, unfaced 
batts. Adhesive for Installation as recommended by manufacturer 
of glass fiber insulation. 

17. MINIMUM THICKNESS (face of base to finish surface, in inches) 

a) Gypsum Plaster 

1, On metal lath (from face of lath 3/4 in. minimum). 

2. On metal lath where carpet (CP) is indicated, plaster 
thickness shall be 1/2 in. minimum on vertical surfaces 
and 3/4 in. minimum on horizontal surfaces. 



3. 



On masonrv units 3/4 in. minimum. 



b) 



c) 



d) 



4. On masonry units where carpet (CP) is indicated, 
plaster thickness shall be 1/2 in. minimum. 

5. On vertical and horizontal concrete surfaces with 
metal lath (from face of concrete) 3/4 in. minimum. 

6. On vertical and horizontal concrete surfaces with 
metal lath where carpet (CP) finish Is indicated, plaster 
thickness shall be 1/2 in. minimum (from face of concrete). 

7. On masonry units and concrete behind wood nanellng 
and casework, plaster thickness shall be 3/4 in. mlnlmun. 

8. On masonrv units, concre-te and met^^ lirth over steel.- 
studs or furring where vinvl fabric (VF) is Indicated 
plaster thickness behind vinyl fabric shall he 3/4 in. 
minimum . 

Keene's Cement Plaster 

1. On metal lath (from face of lath) 3/4 in. minimum. 

Portland Cement P laster 

1. On metal lath (from face of lath) 3/4 in. minimum. 

Fireproofing Plaster 

1. On metal lath (from face of lath) 1-3/4 in. minimum. 



FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A. 12 



I 



B.P.L.A. 



18, 



RASE COATS - TY PES AND MIXES 
a) G ypsum-Sand Base Coats 



11 Interior plaster- 



1. use gypsum-sand ^-se coat s f or a 1 1 1 n e r o. p .«. . 
ing where Schedule calls for PL or KC tinisn. 
in following proportions: 

.1 On metal lath - 3 coat work 

Scratch coat - 1 part gypsum cement plaster. 

2 parts sand 

Brown coat - 1 part gypsum cement plaster. 

3 parts sand 



.2 



.3 



:k) 



On j ^ ypsum lath - 2 coat work (double bac 

Base coat 

2- 

2 coat work (double back) 



- 1 part gypsum cement plaster. 
2-1/2 parts sand 



On unit masonry 



Base coat 



- 1 part gypsum cement plaster, 
3 parts sand 

.4 oii_r^.-jLi:::_:i_-l ^ " °"" °"'^"^ ^'^^' " ' '""^ """^ 

(double back) 

Scratch coat - 1 part gypsum cement plaster, 

2 parts sand 



b) 



Base coat 
^„rf^.^A r^m^nt Pl aster Bas e Coats 



- 1 part gypsum cement plaster 
3 parts sand 



1 use Portland cement plaster base coa «^-/^Jf//"'^ 
clll. for "PC" finish and for scratch coats to r"eive 
"iamic wall tile set in conventional mortar bed. Mix in 
following proportions: 

.1 Base coats f »r cement plaster - 3 coat work. 

Scratch coat - 1 part gray Portland cement, 1 

part lime. 4 parts sand 
- 1 part gray Portland cement. 1 
part lime. 4 parts sand 



Brown coat 



FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9 A . 1 J 



18, 



B.P.L.A 



BASE COATS - T YP ES AND MIXES (Continued) 

. 2 Scratch coat for ceramic tile 

1 part gray Portland cement, 2 parts sand, 10 to 
20 percent lime bv volume for each bag of cement, 
and Toxement or similar additive to reduce water 
absorption added as per manufacturer's directions, 

C ) Fireproof ing Plaster Base Coats 

1. Use gypsum plaster mixed with perlite or vermicullte 

for base coats for fireproofing plaster where Schedule 

calls for "FP" or "FP PL" finish. Mix in the following 
propor t ions : 

. 1 Base coats for fireproofing plas ter - 3 coat work 

Scratch coat - 100 lbs. gypsum plaster to 2 

cubic feet of perlite or vermicul- 
Iti. 



Brown coat 



- 100 lbs. gypsum plaster to 3 
cubic feet of perlite or vermi- 
cullte. 



19. BASE COAT APPLICATION 
• ) P repa r at ion 

1. Check all plaster base surfaces and make sure thev 
are in proper condition for the application of plaster. 
See that furring, casings, corner beads, cornerltes. strip 
^ ^ lath, expansion joints, plaster frames and^ther accessor- 
ies are properly ins ta 1 led . ' See that grounds are set fo" 
receive the specified thickness of plaster. When neces- 
sary, dampen masonry and concrete surfaces bv brushing or 
spraving with clean water Just before plastering. 

b) Application 

1 . Scratch coat - Apply with sufficient force to bond. 
Scratch surface when firm in 3 coat work. Double back with 
the same plaster mix and roughen surface in 2 coat work. 

2, Brown coat - Apply when scratch coat has set firm and 
''' hard. Bring to true and level surfaces 'and Itave- 'surf ace • 

rough . 

c) Special Provisions 

1. Plaster screeds and/or snot grounds shall be provided 
to assure that base coats are straight and plumb and of 



specified thickness. 



■I9S9 






FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A. 14 



B.P.L.A 



19. B ASE COAT APPLICATION (Continued) 

2. Base coats on walls shall he carried up at least 3 
In. above the underside of suspended acoustical ceilings. 

3. Where ceramic wall tile is set In conventional mortar 
bed, the Portland cement plaster behind tile shall be 
floated straight and plumb and scratched with nail float. 

4. Where plaster finish is flush with door frames and 
similar items, groove both the brown coat and the finish 
coat at the Junction to reduce the possibility of plaster 
chipping. 

20. FINISH C OA TS - TYPES AND MIXES 
a) T rowel f inish 

1 I'se trowel finish for all Interior plastering where 
Schedule calls for "PL". "PC". "KC", "PC PL" or FP PL- 
finish. Mix in following proportions: 

. 1 Where Sc h edule calls for "PL" or "FP PL" 

1 part gauging plaster, 2 parts pressure hydrated 
1 Ime . 

. 2 Whe £e_ Sche d ule calls for "KC" 

100 lbs. of Keene's cement to not more than .SO 
lbs. of pressure hydrated lime. 

. 3 Where Schedule calls for "PC" or "PC PL" 

Caspro Dado Finish mixed with water onlv as 
per manufacturer's instructions. 

2 1 . FINISH COAT APPLICATION 

a) Trowel Finish - To partially dry base, scratch in and 
double back, 1/16 in. to 1/8 in. thick. Steel trowe' to a 
smooth, hard finish, free from blemishes and irregularities. 
Intersections shall be straight and sharp. Twentv-four hours 
after application, cement plaster finish shall be wet down with 
a fine spray of water for currlng. 

b ) Special Pro visions 

1. Finish coat on walls shall be carried up at least 
3 in. above the underside of suspended acoustical ceil- 
ings. 



FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A. 15 



B.P.L.A 



21. FnjlSJL^ Q^"^ APPLICATION (Continued) 

2. Omit finish coat on smoke screens and baffles above 
suspended ceilinrs. Smoke screens shall provide a 1-hour 
fire rating. Omit finish coat on fireproofing plaster 
where fireproofing plaster is not exposed. 

3. Plaster behind wood paneling and casework shall 
receive trowel finish, same as for exposed work, with "PL" 
finish . 

4. Plaster behind carnet and vinyl fabric shall receive 
trowel finish, same as for exposed v;ork with "PL" finish. 

22 . SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 

a) Complete all plastering in rooms and snaces where acousti- 
cal treatment is required before acoustical material is 
Installed. In rooms having mortar-set ceramic tile, or glazed 
structural tile wainscots, do not anplv finish coat of plaster 
on walls above wainscot until wainscot work has been completed. 

23. MIXING OF PLASTER 

a) Mix plaster in mechanical type mixers. Retempered plaster 
that has partially set shall not be used. Keep nixing tools and 
equipment clean. The mixing sequence and time shall be in 
accordance with the material manufacturer's directions. 

2 4 . CUTTI NG AND PATCHING 

a) Do all cutting and patching in plaster that may be 
required by tne work of other trades. 

' b) Cut out and^patch to t^e s at i s fraction of the Architect all 
defective plaster surfaces. Joining with plaster previously 
applied shall be flush, smooth and invisible after painting. 

25. GUARANTEE 

a) This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all workman- 
ship, materials and installation for a period of one (U vear 
from'the date of final payment to the General Contractor for 
the account of this Subcontractor. Should anv defects in 
workmanship or material develop within this time, this Subcon- 
tractor shall make all necessary repairs and replacements to 
the satisfaction of the Official and without additional cost to 
Che rity. Said wr 1 1 ten ' guaran t ee shall further stipulate ttiat 
this Subcontractor shall remedy and correct any damage caused 
in making such necessary repairs and replacements. 



FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A. 16 



r«/ 



y-ii 



I: 




I: 



i 



Bki^ta-^M^BAB^WMMM. 



Oal*i«*A* 



25. GUARANTEE (Continued) 

b) The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Official 
before said final payment for the account of this Subcontractor 
and shall be countersigned in form and manner as to make the 
General Contractor and this Subcontractor jointly and severally 
liable thereunder. 




B.P.L .A 



MANUFACTURERS AND MATERIALS 



,) Standard studs. vaUboard. accessories, and compound shall 
,e as manufactured bv the National Gvpsuir Company or l-'S- Gvp- 



are specified 



a , 

be as 

sum Co. Products bv National Gvpsum Company 

below to establish a standard of quality and the tvpe of 

materials required. 

b) All materials soecified shall be delivered tothe J^^ site 
in the orlRinal packages, bearing the manufacturer s and the 
brand names • 

c) All materials must be properly stored and ''^°^*^'=^^^ /"" 
damage. Gypsum wallboard shall be kent flat, under cover, and 
out of contact with damp surfaces until ready for u'je. 

d) The printed directions of the manufacturer for the use of 

the accepted materials are herebv '^^'^'^^^ ^''^^'l/'^'ll^l^l^^^ 
part of these specifications, subject to the added requirements 

herein specified. 

5. APPLICATOR 

a) Drvwall construction shall be performed by a Subcontrac- 
tor who specializes in this tvpe of ^^^ ^ ^^^^ ^ °\'"^^"^ /" , 
established reputation for having done such work. It Is not 
to be done by regular carpenters. 

b) All work shall be done in accordance with J*'^ ♦'"J ^ :^^"- 
dards of the trade. All work found faulty bv the Architect 
shall be corrected to meet his approval. 

6. PROTECTION 

a) This Subcontractor shall provide adequate protection for 
all finish work in place at time of drywall «^°"" ' ^"'^^ ^"^ ' ^- 
!sh oorlng and other finish work. The """""^ "^ °" ^^/^^^ ' " 
dust, and debris shall be kept to a minimum to avoid damage 

to the finish floor surfaces. 

b) Any damage caused bv this Subcontractor shall be made 
good by him in everv respect at completion. 

7. TJFMPKRA^T URE AND VENTILATIO N 

a) This Subcontractor shall be responsible for determining 
the conditions of temperature and ^ent 1 la t ion required for 
his work and for giving this Information to the General Con 
tractor. 

) A uniform temperature of not less than 55 ^^«''*" / ' '^j;'* ' ^ 
e continuously maintained during application and until work 



b 
b 
is completely dry. 



10, 



FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING 

9A.17 



DRYWALL PARTITIONS 
9B.2 



B.P.L. A 



INSTALLATION OF PARTITIONS (Continued) 

c) Apply gypsum wallboard with length parallel to the studs. 
Center abutting edges over the stud flanges. Attachment of 
wallboard shall be with lel f -dr 1 1 1 ing drvwall screws using an 
electric screw driving gun designed for drvwall application 
and having a #2 Phillips bit. 

d) Locate all attaching screws a maximum of 12 in. o.c. Lo- 
cate screws a minimum of 3/8 in. fron edges and ends of board. 

e) For vertical wallboard construction, erect the wallboard 
on one side of the partition, screwing it to everv other stud. 
Complete the wallboard application to the entire side of the 
partition in this manner. For the opposite side, cut the first 
wallboard panel 2 ft. wide so that joints will be staggered. 
Fasten this and succeeding wallboard panels to all studs on 
this side. Return to the first side and complete the installa- 
tion by attaching screws to the previously unattached studs. 

f) At suspended acoustical ceilings, partition studs shall 
run through the suspended celling up to the structure above 
and shall be finished 6 in. above the suspended ceiling same 
as below. 

g) Do all cutting and patching in the work of this Section 
as required by the work of other trades. Provide cut-outs for 
electrical conduits and outlets. Provide horixontal channel 
reinforcing within partitions where cleats supporting counters 
and ■imilar items are fastened to partitions. Install clean-out 
panels as shown. 

h) Apply tape and Joint compound to all finish wallboard 
joints and inside wallboard corners strictly in accordance with 
the recoamendations of the manufacturer, which are hereby made 
a part of this Specification. Apply compound to corner beads 
and casings as shown on the drawings. All wallboard and treat- 
ed areas shall be smooth, uniform without blisters and joint 
marks and be left ready for decoration. 

GUARANTEE 

a) This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all work- 
manship, materials and installation for a period of one (1) 
year from the date of final completion of the building. Should 
any defects in workmanship or material develop within this 
time, this Subcontractor shall make all necessarv repairs and 
replacements to the satisfaction of the Official and without 
additional cost to the City. Said written guarantee shall 
further stipulate that this Subcontractor shall remedy and 
correct any damage caused in making such necessary repairs 
and replacements. 



DRYWALL PARTITIONS 
9B.4 



B. P. L. A . 



SECTION 9C 



TILE WORK 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided bv the Contractor. 

FILED SUB-BID REQUIREM ENTS 

a) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section. Includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authority 
at the office of the Director of the Boston Public Librarv. 
Copley Square, Boston. Massachusetts, before '"^^^^ ° ' ^i"^'' 
noon (Eastern Standard Time). Wednesday. January 15. I'**''* • 
at which time and place all sub-bids will be publicly opened 
and read aloud. 

b) Submission of sub-bids shall be in accordance with ADVER- 
TISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
Installing all TILE WORK as shown on the drawings and as 
specified herein, and includes, but Is not limited to, the 

f ol lowing : 

1. Ceramic tile floors in all areas where drawings call 
for "CT" floor finish. 

2. Ceramic tile walls in all areas where drawings call 
for "CT" wall finish. 

3. Quarry tile floors in all areas where drawings call 
for "QT" floor finish. 

b) The work to be done under this Section Is shown on 
following drawings: 

The whole set of drawings. 

R E L ATED WORK T O BE DONE UHDER O TH E R SECTIONS 

a) The contractor shall leave the slabs to receive tile work 
; oom c!ean and free of paint, grease, oil ^^-6 of o.^l] 7/''- 
fectlons which m.v adversely affect the Installation of the 

tile work . 

TILE WORK 

9r.i 



B.P.L. A 



SECTION 9B 



DRYWALL PARTITIONS 



PRO VISIONS INCLUDE D 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which Is herewith made a part of this Section. 

h) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, tor facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishjnp and 
Installing all DF/YWALL PARTITIONS is shown on the drawings 
and as specified herein, and Includes, but Is not limited to, 
the foil owl ng : 

^' Full -H eight Parti t ions - 2-1/2 in. studs and track, 

gaskets at floor, single ply 3/8 in. wallboard, casings, 
beads, tane. and compound. 

2. C losure P anels above ceilings over doors and Interior 
glazed partitions as 2. a) 1. above. 

1 . Full-height Co lumn Enclo su res - 2-1/2 In. studs and 
track, gaskets at floor where column is wall engaged, no 
gaskets at free standing columns, single plv 5/8 In. wall- 
board, casings, beads, tape anH compound. ' 

4. - Full-height Drywall Surfacing - screw tvpe furripo 
over masonry unit walls and concrete, single plv 5/8 In. 
wallboard. casings, beads, tape and compound. 

5. G rout ing - of all hollow metal door frames occurring 
In drywall partitions. 

6 . We Id in g of studs to door frame clips where pressed 
metal frames occur in drywall partitions. 



8. 



3 . RE LATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Hollow metal door frames and pressed metal glazed parti- 
tion frames, including anchors, furnished under Section 8A. 
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES, and Installed under Section 6A , 
CARPENTRY WORK. 

b) Glass for glazed partitions, furnished and installed under 
Section 8D, GLASS AND GLAZING. 

DRYWALL PARTITIONS 
9B.1 




B.P. L .A 



MATERIALS FOR PARTITIONS 



a) Standard Materials 

1. Studs, Floor and Ceiling Track . 25 gauge electro-gal- 
vanized steel, 2-1/2 In. 

2 . Gvpsum Wallboard 5/8 In. regular 48 In. wide and in 
lengths required bv application. 

3. Screws - Se 1 f -dr 1 1 1 ing . 1 in. cadmium plated, spec- 
ial drywall wood with il Phillips heads. 

U. C asing Bead - Standard galvanized steel, ^200 angle 
edge . 

5. Corner Bead - Standard galvanized steel, 1-1/8 in. x 
1-1/8 in. 

6. Joint Treatment - Gold Bond Joint Treatment and Re- 
gular Tape. 

. b) Non-standard Materials 

1. Sound con t rol gasket - 1/4 In. x I in. closed cell 
polvurethane foam tape, pressure sensitive one face. 

2. Grout for filling hollow metal door frames - gvpsuni 
plaster and water. 

9 . INSTALLATION OF PARTITIONS 

a) Allj^n floor end ton tracks, gasket pre-applled to floor 
traclf 1 6 "assure prumnr parrlfi'«fl. Secure track wlvh suitable 
fasteners spaced at a maximum of 24 in. o.c. Position studs 
In track, spaced at a maximum of 24 in. o.c.. by rotating in- 
to place for friction fit. Secure studs located adjacent to 
door and window frames, partition intersections and corners by 
self -dr 1 lllng sheet metal screws through both flanges of 
studs and tracks or bv spot welding. Install a stud on each 
side of door frames and fasten it to each Jamb anchor clip bv 
welding. Set and fasten track and studs in the head jamb as 
shown . 

b) Prior to a-plicatlon of wallboard, grout all liollow metal 
door frames with gypsum piaster. Mix plaste.r with, water onlv 
and proportion to produce a fairlv stiff mix. Completely fill 
both Jamb sections of the frames with grout. Make a groove in 
the grout between the stud fiance and the frame back band to 
allow for the insertion of wallboard. Depth of groove shall 
be deep enough to allow at least 3/8 in. of wallboard to fit 
into the frame. 



DRYWALL PARTITIONS 
9n. 3 



B . P . I. . A 



10. GUARANTEE (Continued) 



b) The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Official 
before said date of final completion and shall be counter- 
signed in form and manner as to make the General Contractor 
and this Subcontractor jointly and severally liable there- 
under . 



B.P.L. A. 



4. RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS (Continued) 

b) Where ceramic tile Is applied to walls with metallic 

waterproofing, the waterproofing vlll be left scratch coated 
under Section 7A, WATERPROOFING. DAMPPROOFINC AND CAULKING. 

e) Scratch coat on walls, except where metallic waterproof- 

ing occurs, specified under Section 9A . LATHING AND PLASTERING 

d) Toilet room accessories, furnished under Section lOB. 

TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, installed under Section 15A, PLUMBING 

5. SAMPLES 

a) Prior to ordering materials, submit samples of all tile 

materials to the Architect for approval In accordance with 
Article 2.02. of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 



6. 



7. 



DRYWALL PARTITIONS 
9B. 5 



TILE MATERIALS 



and CO 
specif 
"Simpl 
Specif 
with M 
Ident 1 
job ; s 
contra 

b) C 

in . , o 
McBean 
Pl.^)e a 
Ange le 



All tile shall be standard grade 
ntalners grade-sealed in accordance with minimum grade 



r ade and Certificate 



ntainers gr acie- se« ibu in a^.^." i ^f- >-,.. -.. r^ 

Icatlons published bv the U.S. Department of Commerce in 
Ifled Practice Recommendation R 61" and with Federal 
Icatlon SS-T-308b. Upon request, furnish the Architect 
aster Grade Certificate stating grade, kind of tile, 
fication marks for tile packages, name and location of 
igned by the manufacturer of the tile and the Tile Sub- 
ctor. Deliver containers to s'tn with seals unbroken. 

eramir Tile shall he square edge, 4-1/4 In. bv 4-1/4 



e ram I r i l l c anaxi lie !»i^u»»t ^^.p,.., ■ •. 

f type specified below, as manufactured by Gladding 

and Company, California, a Division of International 

nd Ce^aplcs Corpor^atlon, 2901 Los Feliz Boulevard, Los ^ 
8. California 9003'9. or approved equal. 

1. Floors - Hermosa. Grey, crystalline. 

2. W alls - Hermosa. Salt N' Pepper, matte glaze. 

c) Ceramic Tile Trim . Provide cove base, 4-1/4 in. bv 4 In., 
matching wall tile. Provide all required trim shapes. All 
Internal corners shall be square, all external corners rounded. 

d) Quarry Tile shall be ground to size after firing. In nomi- 
nal face size 6 in. bv 6 in., 1/2 in. thick, black, as manufac 
tured hv SummltVltte Tiles Inc.. or approved eoual. Provld« 
matching cove base. 5 In. bv 6 in., 1/2 in. thick, and all 
required trim shapes. 



SETTING MATERIALS 
a ) Port land Cemen t 



ASTM Designation C 150, Tvpe I or II. 



b) H ydrated Lime : ASTM Designation C 206 cr C 207. Tvre S 

TILE WORK 

or . ? 








J- 

ii 

% 



B . P . I. . A . 



B.P.L.A. 



SETT ING MATERIALS (Continued) 

c) Sand : ASTM Designation C U4 , washed clean and graded. 

J) wire Mesh Reinforcing : Welded wire fabric, 2 In. bv 2 
in, mesh, of 16/16 wire, galvanized. Use wire mesh to rein- 
force setting bed of all floor tile occurring over metallic 
waterproofing In Basement. 

GROUT 

a) Ceramic Tile 

1. Walls: Grout tile with commercial waterproof white 
grout that is certified bv responsible manufacturer as 
suitable for use with ceramic wall tile and mixed In a( 
cordance with manufacturer's directions. 

2. Floors: Grout tile with Hydroment Ceramic Tile Grout. 
as manufactured bv The Unco Company, or anoroved equal. 
Color as selected by the Architect. Grouting material 
shall be ready for use as delivered to the Job site and 
shall be mixed with water onlv In accordance with manu- 
facturer's directions. 

b) Quarry Tile 



ac- 



B.P.L.A 



13. GUARANTEE 

a) This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all work- 
manship, materials and installation for a period of one (1) 
vear from the date of final pavment to Che General Contractor 
for the account of this Subcontractor. Should anv defects In 
workmanship or material develop within this time, this Subcon- 
tractor shall make all necessary repairs and replacements to 
the satisfaction of the Official and without additional cost 
to the City. Said written guarantee shall further stipulate 
that this Subcontractor shall remedv and correct anv damage 
caused in making such necessary repairs and replacements. 

b) The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Official 
before said final pavment for the account of this Subcontractor 
and shall be countersigned In form and manner as to make the 
General Contractor and this Subcontractor ^olntlv and severallv 
liable thereunder. 



SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 






1. Floors : Grout tile to the full depth of the Joint 
with Hydroment -loint Filler, as manufactured by the Upco 
Company, or approved equal. Color shall be Black 0683. 
Grouting material shall be ready for use as delivered to 
the Job site and shall be mixed with water onlv. Instal- 
lation shall he in accordance with manufacturer's direc- 
tions . 

9, INSPECTION 

•) Inspect surfaces to receive work under this Section and 
reoort in writing to the Contractor, with copy to the Archi- 
tect, any condition which might adversely affect the installa- 
tion. Do not proceed with installation until defects have 
been corrected. 

b) The starting of work In anv space will he construed as 
acceptance of the conditions, and any defects to the work re- 
sulting from such accepted conditions shall he corrected hv 
this Subcontractor at no cost to the Owner. 

10. INSTALLATION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

a) All tile shall be installed, grouted, cleaned, protected 
and cured In accordance with the aopHcable following Standard 
Specifications of the American Standard Association which are 
herebv by reference made a part of these specifications: 

TILE WORK 
9C. 3 



TILE WORK 
9C.5 



4. All related accessories necessary to make the 
acoustical tile work complete. 

b) The work to be done under this Section is shown on 
following drawings: 

The whole set of drawings. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) All suspended grillages, furring, lathing and plasterlnp 
for gypsum plaster ceilings, Keene's cement plaster ceilings 
and Portland cement plaster ceilings, and for ceilings covered 
with carpet (CP) or acoustical tile (AT) over eypsum plaster, 
specified under Section 9A, FURRING, LATHING AND PLASTERING. 

SAMPLES 

a) Prior to ordering materials, submit samples of acoustical 
tile and all accessorv items such as wall moldings to the 
Architect for approval in accordance with Article 2.02. of the 
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 

INSPECTION OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS 

a) Before beginning work, this Subcontractor shall carefully 
examine all surfaces on which the work of this Section is to 
be applied and satisfy himself that such surfaces, the temper- 
ature, and the general conditions at the site are satisfactory 
for the Installation of his work. 

b) Notify the Contractor in writing, with copy to the Archi- 
tect of any surface not in proper condition, or any other 
defects or conditions which would be detrimental to the proper 
installation of the work. 

c) The start of any work will he construed that such exami- 
nation has been made and that the surfaces and conditions have 
been found acceptable. Later claims to the contrary will not 
be considered, and any defects in the work resulting from such 
accepted surfaces or conditions shall be corrected bv this 
Subcontractor at no cost to the Owner. 

d) Installation of the acoustical tile work shall not be made 
until the building is closed in and all concrete, masonry, • 
plastering and wet work is complete. 

•) This Subcontractor shall be responsible for determining 
the conditions of temperature and humidity for the proper 
Installation of the acoustical tile work and for givlnr, this 
information to the General Contractor. 

f) All acoustical tile work shall be performed by a ceiling 
systems Subcontractor. 

ACOUSTICAL TILE 
9D. 2 



U . P . L . A , 



10. MATERIALS 

a) For accessible concealed suspension system acoustical 
tile ceil ings . 

1. Acoustical Tile - fine fissured mineral tile units 
(with beveled edges) 12 in. x 12 in. x 3/4 in. thick. 
Tile units shall conform to Federal Specification SS-S- 
00118 (GSA-FSS) Type 111, class 25. Tile units shall 
have a light reflectance of "a" (over 75%) ana shall have 
an NCR range of -.60 to -.70. Tile units shall be of the 
types by the following manufacturers or approved equal: 

.1 "T/avertone Fire Guard' , by Armstrong Cork Co. 

.2 "Travacoust ic Fire Shield", by National Gypsum 
Company 

.3 "Styltone FR" , by Baldwln-Ehret-Hi 11 , Inc. 

.4 "Fire-Rated Acoustone", by United States Gypsum 
Company 

2 . Concealed su spension system 

.1 Suspension system shall be concealed li and T, 
Z spline, C spline or approved equal to properly 
install the tiles without any metal showing. The 
ceiling systems contractor shall install the complete 
celling suspension system Including nr.ln runner 
channels spaced not over 4'-0" o.c., wire hangers, 
wire, splines, wall moldings and all accessories 
necessary to make the system complete. Wall mold- 
ings shall be the same color as the tile units and 
shall be factory finish painted. 

b ) Fo r exposed suspension system acoustical cellinRS . 

1. Acoustical til e - fine fissured mineral tile units 
(lay-In type) 24 in. x 24 in. x 3/4 in. thick. Tile units 
shall conform to Federal Specification SS-S-00118 (GSA- 
FSS) Type III, class 25. Tile units shall have a light 
reflectance of "a" (over 75%) and shall have an NCR range 
of -.60 to -.70. Tile units shall be of the types by 
the following manufacturers or approved equal: 



1 



'Travertone Fire Guard", by Armstrong Cork Co, 



.2 "Travacoustlc Fire Shield", by National Gypsum 

Company 

.3 "Styltone FR", by Baldwln-F.hret-H 1 11 , Inc. 

.4 "Fire-Rated Acoustone", by United States Gypsum 

Company 

ACOUSTICAL TILE 
9D.4 



B.P.L.A, 



B.P.L.A. 



in. INSTALLATION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 

1. Standard Specification A 108.1 - Glazed Ceramic 
Wall Tile Installed In Portland Cement Mortar. 

2. Standa rd Specification A 108.3 - Ouarrv Tile and 
Pavers Installed in Portland Cement Mortar. 

b) Tile shall be laid out symme t r lea 1 1 v in each space as 
directed by the Architect and so that, wherever possible, no 
tiles less than half full size will occur. 

c) Joints shall be straight lined, of uniform width. Joints 
of ceramic floor tiles shall accurately line up with Joints of 
ceramic wall tile. Joints of quarrv tile shall be 1/4 in. wide. 

d) Pitch floors to drains where shown. Pitch must be uniform, 
leaving no hollows to collect water. Omit tiles behind mirrors 
as shown. 

e) All work shall be left perfectly clean at comple. m of 
the Installation. Do not use cleaning agents which may dis- 
color the Joint grout. 

11. CUTTING AND FITTING 

a) Provide cut-outs for accessories Installed by others. 
Arrange cut-outs so that accessories will be evenlv spaced, 
properly centered with Joints, and so that they will be level, 
p lumb and true. 

b) Do all cutting and fitting of tile work as required by 
wor* ot ot er trades. Iti cutting and flttimg tile, the-cJ- 
Res shall be carefullv cut and ground to a perfect fit, so 
that collars or escutcheons, where used, will overlap the 
tile. 

12. PROTECTION 

a) The Tile Subcontractor shall exercise everv reasonable 
precaution to avoid damage to the work of other trades and 
shall repair at his own expense anv damage so caused. 

b) The Tile Subcontractor shall protect his ovn work at all 
times and shall arrange with the General Contractor for clos- 
ing off traffic and other work from tile areas until grout has 
thoroughly set, in no case for less than three davs after 
Installation. 

c) General Contractor shall be responsible for protection 
after completion and for final cleaning so that all work under 
this Section Is in perfect condition at the time of final 
accep tance . 



TILE WORK 
9C.4 



SECTION 9 D 
ACOUSTICAL TILE 



1 . PROV I S_1 0NS_Jj^C_LUDEE> 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

2 . FILED S UB-BID REQUIREMENTS 

a) Sealed sub-bids tor the work under this Section, includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authority at 
the office of the Director of the Boston Public Library, 
Copley Square, Boston, Massachusetts, before twelve o'clock 
noon, (Eastern Standard Time), Wednesday, January 15, 1969. at 
which time and place all sub-bids will be publicly opened and 
read aloud . 

b) Submission of sub-bids shall be in accordance with 
ADVERTISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

3 . SCOP E OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
Installing all ACOUSTICAL TILE as shown on the drawings and 
as specified herein and includes, but is not limited to, the 
following : 

" 1. Accessible concealed suspension system and r2"-in.''»r 
12 in. X 3/4 in. fine fissured mineral tile (with beveled 
edges) for all ceilings Indicated on the drawings as 'AT'. 
These ceilings shall qualify as having a f 1 re-res is t Ive 
celling assembly with a fire-resistive classification of 
3 hours for non-combustible materials as listed under the 
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., building Materials List. 

2. Exposed suspension system and 24 in. x 24 in. x 3/4 
in. fine fissured mineral tile for all ceilings indicated 
on the drawings as "AT X". These ceilings shall qualify 
as having a fire-resistive ceiling assembly with a flre- 

• resistive classification of 2- hours for non-combustible 
materials as listed under the Underwriters' Labo-ator ies , 
Inc., Building Materials List. 

3. Cement applied 12 in. x 12 in. x 3/4 in. fine fissur- 
ed mineral tile (with beveled edges) for all ceilings 
indicated on the drawings as "AT PL". 



ACOUSTICAL TILE 
9D.1 



B.P.L.A, 



INSPECTION OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS (Continued) 

g) All acoustical tile work involving accessible concealed 
suspension systems ohall qualify as having a fire-res Is t ive 
assembly with a f 1 re- res is t Ive classification of 3 hours for 
non-combustible materials and shall conform to Underwriters' 
Laboratories Report Series 4177. 

h) Acoustical tile units furnished under the work of this 
Section shall be by the same manufacturer for both the con- 
cealed suspension system acoustical ceilings and cement applied 
acoustical ceilings; all tile units shall be identical in 
surface appearance. 

COORDINAT ION 

a) Work of this Section shall be coordinated with that of 

other trades. In no case shall work requiring inspection be 

concealed by acoustical tile work until it has been inspected, 
tested and approved. 

MANUFACTURERS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

a) Unless otherwise specified, all iraterials for the acous- 
tical tile work shall be as manufactured by one of following 
manufacturers or approved equal: 



B.P.L.A, 



1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 



Armstrong Cork Company, Lancaster, Pa. 
Baldwin-Ehret-Hlll, Inc., Trenton, N. J. 
United States Gypsum Company, Chicago, 111 
National Gypsum Company, Buffalo, N. Y. 



lU. M ATERIALS (Continued) 



C) 



2 . E xposed suspension system 

.1 Suspension system shall be a 24 in. x 24 In. 
grid system consisting of support T's, cross T s, 
wire hangers, wire, wall moldings, hold down clips 
(4 per tile unit) and all accessories necessary to 
make the system complete. All exposed parts o the 
suspension system shall be factory finish painted 
white and shall be of proper dimension to support 
size of lay-in tile units. 

For cement applied acoustj^^' tll« ceilings. 



fine fisaured mineral tile units 
12 in. X 3/4 in. thick. 



1 . Acoust ical t ile 

(with beveled edges) 12 in. x 

Tile units shall conform to Federal bpeci f 1 cat ion 



units shall 



SS-S-00118 (GSA-FSS) Type II ,„c ass ^ • Tile uni sha. 
have a light reflectance of "a" (over 75/.) f "^ » J^^i/J^* 
an NCR range of -.60 to -.70. Tile units -^''\''l°['''^ 
types by the following manufacturers or approved equal. 



.1 

.2 



"Travertone", by Armstrong Cork Company 
"Travacoustlc", by National Gypsum Company 



b) 



, All materials shall be delivered to the site in the^ 
original containers or packages bearing the manufacturer's 
name and the brand names. 



c) All materials shall be properly stored in dry location 
protected from damage of any kind. 

d) The printed directions of the manufacturers for the use 
of the accepted materials are hereby incorporated in and made 
a part of these specifications subject to any added require- 
ments herein specified. 

PROTECTIO N 

a) All finished work shall be protected from damage caused by 
the work under this Section, and any such damage shall be made 
good in every respect by this Subcontractor at no cost to the 
Owner . 



ACOUSTICAL TIL'' 
9D. J 



.3 "Styltone", by Baldwin-Ehret-Hlll, Inc. 

.4 "Acoustone", by United States Gypsum Company 

2. Cement - as recommended by the manufacturer of the 
tile units. 

1 1 . INSTAL LATION 

a) This Subcontractor shall Install the complete acoustical 
tile ceilings in strict accordance with the manuf ac turer s 

1 omm^idatLn. for each type of ceiling ^-JJ^ J^ °;. I'^^l 
patterns of the acoustical tile ceilings ^hall s tr 1 c t ly con 
n m to those shown on the reflected "^ ^ J^J//-; J^^ T^'' 
be coordinated with lighting fixtures, ceiling grilles and 
dtffusers and similar elements occurring in the «^°"^ ^ ^'^^ ^^^^ 
tile ceilings. Fissures of tile units shall run in one direc- 
tion as directed by the Architect. 

b) For atcessible conceale d ..usoension s y s t e m . a c oustlLaJ 
tile ceilin&s . 

1. The suspension system ^^'^'\'>\^'{';^^'l'''\''l.\)l\, 
hangers embedded in concrete or by 1-1/2 in. '^ / ^ j ;" " 
X 1/8 in. thick mild steel bent angles fastened to con- 
crete ii h Rawl Drive.. Philips Drill Co. "Red Head 



ACOUSTICAL TILE 
9D.5 



I. 



11. INSTALLAJiON (Continued) 



powder 

2. Th 
tile un 
wltli til 
manner 
design 

3. Wa 
cealed 
at vert 
Wall mo 
support 
the res 
adequa t 
other s 
width o 



anchors or equal mechanical type 
actuated anchors will be allowed. 

e installation of the suspension 
its and accessories shall be in s 
e manufacturer's recommendations 
as to achieve the specified fire- 
rating. 

IJ. moldinRS shall be installed fo 
's'spension system ceilings at all 
leal intersections to support the 
Idings shall be fastened to the w 
ed by the ceiling suspension syst 
ponsibility of this Subcont r ac tor 
e support of wall moldinps at win 
uch locations. In all cases, the 
f the wall molding is to be expos 



B.P.L.A, 



anchors. No 



system, acoustical 
trict accordance 
and in such a 
resist ive t Ime- 



r accessible con- 
wall edges and 
pe r ine tc r tile. 

all surfaces or 

em. It shall be 
to p rovidc 

dow frames and 
full horizontal 

ed to view . 



c) 



A. All member^ nf the ceilinK syst en shall be alir.ned 
for true, level surface and straight lines. The plane ot 
the acoustical tile ceilings shall be level and true. 

5. Access tabs in factory finiched white shall be pro- 
vided in the accessible concealed suspension system 
ceilings as necessary to facilitate the removal of tile 
units to reach heating controls or other mechanical or 
electrical installation above the suspended ceilings. 

6. Make all cuts for sprinkler heads and other openings 
or protrusions through acoustical tile ceillngr neatly 
and accurately. 

For exposed suspe nsion s ystem acoustical tile cellinas. 

1. The suspension system shall be suspended by wire 
hangers embedded In concrete or by 1-1/2 in. x 1-1/2 in. 
X 1/8 m. thick mild steel bent angles fastened to con- 
crete with Rawl Drives, Philips Drill Co. 'Red lle.id' 
anchors or equal mechanical type anchors. No powder 
actuated anchors will be allowed. 

2 The Installation of the suspension system, acousti- 
cal tile units and accessories shall be In strict accord- 
ance with the manufacturer's recommendations and In such 
a manner as to achieve the specified fire-resistive time- 
desir.nrating. 



ACOUSTICAL TII.E 
9D.6 



12 



B.P.L.A. 



f;.Ow,pj_pTMn N AND CLEANING (Continued) 

M Following installation of acoustical tile work, this 

lLcol:AcVor\uan clean soiled or ^l^ll^^ll^i^^ll^rr^lUo- 

--/i-taii^rsi^ii ::n:p?:::r^; h;si:bc:ntr;ctor .... 

clean, new tile units properly instaUeo. 

13. GUARANTEE . , 

. This Subcontractor shall guarantee, in writing, all work- 
^ K .-terials and installation for a period of one (1) 
manship. "'J^^J^J^ of final payment to the General Contractor 
year from the date °; ^'^Jj^^^J.^.tor. Should any defects in 
for the accoun ^^^J^.'^^^^^^p within this tire, this Sub- 
workmanship and "material aevciop . ^^^ replacements 
contractor shall make all "«"^=f^^ .nd without additional 
to the satisfaction °^^f3^f/,f;i3r:;te:s shall further 
cost to the Owner. Said "^^^^^"/"f^i rencdv and correct any 

liable thereunder. 






B.P.L.A, 



11. INSTALLATION (Continued) 

3. Wall moldings shall be installed for exposed 
suspension system cellln?s at all wall edges and at 
vertical Intersections to support the perimeter tile. 
Wall moldings shall be fastened to the wall surfaces or 
supported by the ceilln? suspension system. It shall he 
the responsibility of this Subcontractor to provide 
adequate support of wall moldings at window frames and 
other such locations. In a^ cases, the full horizontal 
width of the wall molding is to be exposed to view. 

4. All members of the celling sygtem shall be aligned 
for true, level surface and straight lines. The plane of 
the acoustical tile ceilings shall be level =ind true. 

3. Hold down clips shall be installed for all acoustical 
tile units, four per unit, A in. from the corners on two 
oppos ite sides. 

6. Make all cuts for sprinkler heads and other openings 
or protrusions through acoustical tile ceilings neatly 
and accurately. 

d ) For cement applied acoustical tile ceilings . 

1. Apply adhesive to the back of each tile unit in 
strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 

2. Room temperature shall be maintained at 70° F. 

3. Tile units shall be scribed and cut neatly and 
accurately at all waj,! ed^ges and vertical intersections 
and^for ail ope'nings or protrusions in acoustical tile 
surfaced ceilings. 

12. COMPLETION AND CLEANING 

a) This Subcontractor shall leave the acoustical tile 
Installation clean and in perfect condition and shall remove 
all his excess materials from the job site promptly at the 
completion of his work. 

b) This Contractor shall furnish to the Owner an additional 
1,000 acoustical tile units of the type used In the concealed 
suspension systems ceilings, 500 'acoustical tile units of tlie .. 
type used in the exposed s»ispenslon system ceilings and 200 
acoustical tile units of the type used in the cement applied 
acoustical tile ceilings. Tile units shall be In manufacturer's 
cartons and shall be delivered to the Owner at the job site at 
the completion of acoustical tile work. 



3. 



t 



ACOUSTICAL 



TILE 
9D. 7 




ACOUSTICAL TILE 
9D.8 



B.P.L.A 



SECTION 9E 



RESILIENT FLOORS 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided bv the Contractor. 

FILED SUB-BID REQIIREMENTS 

a) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section, includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authorltv, 
at the office of the Director of the Boston Public Librarv, 
Coplev Square. Boston. Massachusetts, before twelve o clock 
noon. (Eastern Standard Time). Wednesdav. January 15. 1969. 
at which time and place all sub-bids will be publlclv opened 
and read aloud. 

b) Submission of sub-bids shall be in accordance with ADVER- 
TISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under thi? Section consists of furnishing and 
Installing all the RESILIENT FLOORS as shown on the drawings 
and as specified herein, and Includes, but is not limited to, 
the f oli>v.-.i5g: ^ " ^ .^ 

1. Vinyl asbestos tile floors. 

2. Vinyl base on walls and columns. 

b) The work to be done under this Section is shown on 
following drawlngr. 

The whole set of drawings. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) The Contractor shall leave the slabs to receive reSll-' 
lent floors broom clean and free of paint, grease, oil and 

of other imperfections which mav adversely affect the instal- 
lation of resilient floors. 

b) Resilient flooring on pedestal floors, except vinyl base, 
furnished, Installed and cleaned under Section 13A. PEDESTAL 
FLOORS. 



RESILIENT FLOORS 
<»F. 1 



7. 



\ 



B.P.L.A, 



MATERIALS 



9. 




a) 



Vlnvl Asbestos Tile 



1. 

by 

bv 



Vinvl asbestos tile shall be 1/8 inch thick, 9 Inch 
9 Inch, of pattern as selected bv the Architect, and 
one of the following manufacturers, or approved equal 



Armstrong Cork Co 



Excelon tile In the Imperial 
or Imperial Modern Series. 



Azrock Floor Products- Cortina Series 



Kentile Inc 



Architectural Series 



2. Color of tile shall be color specially prepared for 
this job and be as selected bv the Architect. 

3 Vinyl asbestos tile shall have uniform dispersement 
of color and texture throughout the thickness of the tile 
Failure of anv tile to show uniform depth of graining or 
uniform pattern distribution throughout the thickness of 
the tile shall be cause for rejection of the lot from 
which the saaple is taken. 



b) 



1/8 Inch thick. 3 



Base 

1. Base shall be vinyl, without toe. 
Inches high. 

2. Color of base shall be manufacturer's standard color 
as selected by the Architect. 



c) 



and base shall be as recommended bv 
resilient material to be Installed. 

Adheslves shall provide a permanent waterproof and secure bond 

of resilient material to the surface covered. 



Adheslves for tile 
the manufacturer of the 



6. SAMPLES 



a) Prior to ordering materials, submit samples of all mater 

THE CONTRACT. 

b) Samples shall be labeled, stating manufacturer, size, 
gauge, color and locations in which they are used. 

INSPECTION 

a) Inspect surfaces to receive work under this '^•^^^ion and 
report in writing to the Contractor, with copv to the Arch - 
tect ai; conSitJon which might adversely «ff"t the nstal- 
5atUn DO not proceed with Inrtallatlon until defects have 
been corrected. RESILIENT FLOORS 

9F.2 



13. 



B.P.L.A, 



^INSPE CTION 
b 



(Continued ) 



1,^ The starting of work In anv space will be construed as 
icceplinc of he conditions and any defect, to the work re 
suHlnrfrom such accepted conditions shall be corrected b^ 



this Subcontractor at 
8. INSTALLATION 



no 



cost to the Owner 



B.P.L.A. 



ADJUSTMENTS 

a) All tiles that have not seated in a level plane with 
surrounding material shall have heat applied locally and 
shall quickly be rolled to the surrounding level of the floor 
tile. 



b) 

be 

e) 

be 



All tiles showing broken corners or fractured lines shall 
removed and be replaced by new tiles. 

All tiles showing depressions, bumps, or protrusions shall 
reaoved. Sub-floor shall be leveled off and new tile In- 



stalled. 
10. CLEANING AND FINISHING 

a) The finished resilient floors and base shall be cleaned 
and finished by this Tubcontrac tor not sooner than five davs 
following Installation. Clean with a neutral cleaner, rinse, 
dry thoroughly, and applv one coat of high grade, self-polish- 
Ing. non-yellowing, water emulsion finish. 

b) Cleaning and finishing materials shall be as recommended 
by the manufacturer of the resilient material installed and 
shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer s directions. 

1 1 . PROTECTION AND FINAL FINISHING 

a) After completion of work under this Section, the General 
Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of 
resilient flooring. Floors shall be covered with undyed . un- 
treated building paper as necessarv. 

b) Immediately before final Inspection (not less than 48 
hours after first finishing), the General Contractor shall 

lean the resilient flooring bv drv or damp mopping and apply 
ne additional coat of water emulsion finish as specified 



intact and seals unbroken. 

b) A temperature of not less than 60 degrees F. shall be 
^ intalned'for not less than 48 hours ^f ^-//^nre ^ , '^ 
mg tile, during Installation and for '8 hours thereatter. 

r^ All sub-floors shall be free of dirt, grease, or ojher 
:ubstiices which might prevent complete adhesion of resilient 
material to sub-floor. 

turer of the tile. 

f> Til. Shall be Uld out »lth th. 1olnt> »■> «"• """'1.°° 
iJagflrid .nd »lth th. ,r.ln perp.n^J^uUr to.th. con^l..,5u. , 

llTuWl": lVr.TrAll°i:il l"l .o„tln.o.,l, covet tb. 
Joint between floor tiles and walls. 

M *t loc.tio.. vhete "'^'•'''j''\i:\2['ii''r.: j":;":^!! 
:r^n:t:i;^ro"e:';i:n„!itra't::!';.":-:^ th. ».. o....... 

by such equipment. 

1) vinyl base shall be neatly installed and firmly cemented 

to the backing. 

^) Remove any adhesive from the exposed surface of tile and 

base . 



RESILIENT FLOORS 
9E. 3 



c 
o 
above 



1 2 . EXTRA MATERIAL 

a) Before final acceptance, this Subcontractor shall fur- 
nlsh and deliver to the site, where directed bv the Architect. 
2000 square feet of additional tiles for future use by the 
Owner. Tiles shall be of color used on this job and be de- 
livered packed In cartons. 



GUARANTEE 



a) 



This Subcontractor shall guarantee In writing all work- 
manship, materials and installation for a period of one (1) 
year fr^m the date of final payment to the General ^^ontractor 
for the account of this 



Subcontractor. Should anv defects 



RtSTLlENT FLOORS 
9E.4 



13. GUARANTEE (Continued) 



a) In w 

this Subcont 
placements, 
of tile in a 
faction of t 
City. Said 
this Subcont 
in making su 

b) The abo 
before said 
tor and sha 1 
the General 
severally 11 



orkmanshlp and ma 
ractor shall make 
including removal 
reas where this c 
he Official and w 
written guarantee 
ractor shall reme 
ch necessarv repa 

ve guarantee shal 
final payment for 
1 be counters i pne 
Contractor and t h 
able thereunder . 



B.P.L.A, 



terial develop within this time, 
all necessarv repairs and re- 
of excess adhesive and relaying 

ondltion occurs, to the satis- 

ithout additional cost to the 
shall further stipulate that 

dy and correct anv damage caused 

irs and replacements. 

1 be submitted to the Official 

the acount of this Subcontrac- 
d in form and manner as to make 
is Subcontractor jointly and 



' ! 



RESILIFNT FLOORS 
9K.5 




B.P.L.A. 



B.P.L.A. 



B*PaLaA« 



B.P.L.A, 



4. 



SECTION 9F 
PAINTING 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention Is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which le herewith aade ■ part of thli Section. 

b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for ficllltie. 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS 

a) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section, Includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authority at 
the office of the Director of the Boston Public Library, 
Copley Square. Boston, Massachusetts, before twelve o'clock 
noon, (Eastern Standard Time), Wednesday, January 15, 1969. at 
which time and place all sub-bids will be publicly opened and 
read aloud. 

b) SubmlBBlon of sub-bids shall be In accordance with 
ADVERTISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of all PAINTING work 
throughout the exterior and the Interior of the project as 
shovn on the drawings and as specified herein. 

b) The Painting Sub-Contractor Is cautioned to exaalne the 
specifications of the other trades, the schedules, and the 
complete set of drawings with care in order to familiarise 
hlaaelf with the extent of the painting work, and he shall 
understand that all materials which necessitate painting and 
which are left unfinished by the requirements of the other 
Sections of these specifications shall be painted and finished 
to completion under thle Section unleaa Painting Schedule 
specifically calls for "No Paint". 

c) All coats of paint called for herein shall be in addition 
to any ahop coats called for under other Sections. 

d) The work to be done under this Section Is shown on 
following drawings: 

The whole set of drawings. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) The following Is specified to be done under other 
Sections : 



PAINTING 
9F.1 



5. 



f^ff-fPI^KCV. OF SURFACES (Continued) 



B • P • L • A < 



4. RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS (Continued) 

1. Shop coat on structural steel - Section 5A, STRUC- 
TURAL STEEL. 

2. Shop coat on non-galvanized items of miscellaneous 
and ornamental Iron - Section 5B, MISCELLANEOUS AND 
ORNAMENTAL IRON. 

3. Shop coat on steel heating enclosures at Window Walls 
Type H and shop coat on steel faces of partially bronre- 
clad doors and frames - Section 5C, ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE 
WORK. 

4. Shop finish on all architectural woodwork for natural 
finish. Including touch-up after installation; shop 
priming on all architectural woodwork for paint finish - 
Section 6B, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. 

5. Bituninous coating on exterior face of masonry unit 
walls in Areaways No. 1. 2 and 3 and Fresh Air Inlets No. 
1 and 2 (Seventh Floor) - Section 7A, WATERPROOFING, 
DAMPPHOOFING AND CAULKING. 

6. Shop coat on hollow metal doors and frames - Section 
8A. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. 

7. Shop coat on steel rolling doors - Section 8B, STEEL 
ROLLING DOORS. 

8. Factory finish on acoustical tilo - Section 9D, 
ACOUSTICAL TILE. 

9. Factory finish on iffe tal''tollet compartments - Section' 
lOA, METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS. 

10. Factory finish on food service equipment - Section 
llA, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT. 

11. Factory finish of elevators; factory finish on 
entrance doors, and frames of dumbwaiters No. 1 and 2; 
shop coat on entrance doors, access doors, and related 
frames of dumbwaiters No. 3 and A - Section 14A. ELEVA- 
TORS AND DUMBWAITERS. 

12. Prime coats and factory finish for mechanlca !• and 
electrical work as called for in respective Sections. 

PART 1 - MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 

5. ACCEPTANCE OF SURFACES 

a) The Painting Subcontractor shall Inspect all surfaces and 
assure himself that they are In proper condition to receive the 
work to be performed under this Section. 

PAINTING 
9F.2 



b. put in prop.r """"" '° ""ckUnt. th. P.latmg Sub- 
to the Architect. 

„ Th. .c.run, of p''»'[-.-„r.icr.n.r4':rti:ncc'o:,r"" 

.trued .. •"'•■""' !'"i\:::u„8ro: ,u=h .cc.pt.d 

::U"i i:[ii"."o?ri:.:i\V'^. p--'». su.co„tt.ct.r .t .. 

cost to the Owner. 

MATERIALS 

.A. 4n the Painting Schedule to the products 

i\ tH^n":ruuc*tu"r: \i v:\.iu>. .l tvp. ». ..t....i. .«. 

the standard of quality required. 

, 1- f^r rh» work, the Painting 
b) Before P"'<=»'"^"\"'*UtJ. Architect a complete list 
Subcontractor ahall submit to J^* J'^^^J"" ^y^^ equivalent 

.howlng (1) th. -J'-^;;;.;;:; in uilig'Sesc'rlptlon of 
aaterlala propoaed aa '"^^ J^^""* ' ,. ^o use materials other 
product. If ^'^'Jf.-^^s;^ ,i "Sail ;: approved by the 
than those 'P^^^^' ^•** \ /"„'f „"!,►. rials Is made. Intention 

:r:iur.r.cn!.r::'t:":;.':L;r::i-i.ii..-h. su.co„t»c- 

tor from submitting the above list. 

of p.lnt .h.U be propo.ed for .pptov.l. 

„ Th. F.ioti.. ''•">"""•"" •'':5\"'"*b.'i'titir:"i"i.c.d 
bill., for th. p";",;"':',-;j %: . "u.:d "th th. .h<.p co.t 

., other p.lnt..,..t.ri.l. required Wt not .P.c..i-1JT^_ 

r.trt:';."- ".!;irt",i.-U •"""•" -'• "— "'- 

labels on containers. 

. 1 K.11 >.• delivered to the building In un- 
U.neJ'i "."I'/'n-titii "bJ-.i'/n; th. ..nuUc tu.et ■ . l.b.I.. 

:rd.r::\:rc:.i:.":r:tu th., h. .uow.d to .ccu.u..t..^^^^ 
^rtS :';!!/ni;t:i°ftn°:'.t.r.iuh:rr.i:in, th. i.b.x .« th. 

National Board of Fire Underwriter.. 



PAINTING 
9F.3 



10 



i 



PROTECTION AMD REMOVAL OF ACCESSORIES (Continued) 

c) Do not I'se any of the plumbing fixtures for mixing paint, 
or any of the plumbing fixtures or drains for the disposal 
of paint materials. 

SURFACE PREPARATION 

a) Concrete and Maaonry 

1. All surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly 
cleaned of all grease, dirt, loose materials, mortar 
drippings and the like. 

b) Wood to be Painted 

1. Sand smooth and free of marks before applying the 
first coat. 

2. Wash aap spots and knots with mineral spirits. when 
dry, touch up spots and knots with an appio/ed sealer for 
exterior work and with two coacs of shellac for Interior 
work. 

). Pill all nail holes, cracks, open Joints and other 
defects with lead putty after the primer is dry. 

c) Ferrous Metal 

1. Wire brush or sand to remove all rust. dirt, weld 
spatter and other foreign matter. 

2. Ramova graaaa and oil films with a solvant, using a 
flna ataal wool pad or a coarss cloth. 

3* All damage to shop coat caused by erection, repairing 
and cleaning shall be spot primed with the aame material 
used for the shop coat. 

d) Galvaaixad Metal 

I. Galvanized metal ahall be clean and dry. Remove 

grease and oil films vlth a solvant. using a fine steel 

wool pad or a coarse cloth. Follow Inatructions of primer 
manufacturer. 

a) Plaater 

1. All acratchea, cracks and abrasions In plaster sur- 
faces shall be cut out as required, then filled with 
speckle, flush with adjoining plaster aurfacc. and when 
dry shall be sanded smooth and aaalad before application 
ot priming coat. 



11, 



14 



PAINTING 
9F.5 



B.P.L.A. 



7. COLORS AND SAMPLES 

a) Color scheme shall be es directed by the Architect, and 
all tinting and matching shall be to the satisfaction of the 
Architect. The Painting Subcontractor shall provide all 
facilities for comparison and adjustment of colors. 

b) For all natural or stained wood finishes, samples shall 
be prepared as directed on pieces of the same kind of wood at 
least 12 In. by 12 In. until the finish Is approved. 

c) For painted finishes, sample panels shall be prepared 
where directed by the Architect until the finish Is approved. 

8. JOB CONDITIONS 

a) No work ahall be done under conditions which are unsuit- 
able for the production of best results. All spaces shall be 
broom clean before painting or finishing is smarted. 

b) Without limiting the generality thereof, do not apply 
paint or f Iniahes : 

1. When temperature is below 50 degrees F. 

2. On exterior surfaces in damp or rainy weather. 

3. On exterior surfaces exposed to the hot sun. 

4. On piping and heating equipment while hot. Such 
piping and equipment shall be kept cold until after the 
final coat has thoroughly dried. 

5. In areas where dust is "being gener'ated which "wotfld 
speck the finish. 

6. When the conditions are otherwise unsuitable for 
the performance of first class work. 

9. PROTECTION AND REMOVAL OF ACCESSORIES 

a) Furnlah and lay drop cloths In all rooms and areas where 
painting and finishing Is being done to adequately protect 
flooring and other work from all damage during the prosecution 
of the painting work. 

b) The Contractor shall remove and reset all finish hard- 
ware applied to doors, except butts, and shall be responsible 
for the removal and resetting of accessories, device plates 
and fixtures by other trades as necnssary for the satisfactory 
completion of work under this Section. In no case shall 
painting be done around finish hardware and other removable 
Items which are already In place. 



PAINTING 
9F.4 



B.P.L.A. 



10. SURFACE PREPARATION (Continued) 

2. All suction spots or "hot spots" In plaster after the 
application of the first coat shall be touched up before 
applying the second coat to produce an even result In the 
finish coat. 

£) Gypsum Wallboard 

1. Fill all minor Irregularities with speckle and sand 
to a smooth, even surface. Exercise care to avoid raising 
nap of paper. 

1 1 . APPLICATION 

a) The workmanship shall be of the very beet. All paint 
shall be applied with brushes under adequate illumination, 
evenly spread, and smoothly flowed on without runs or sags. 
Paint shall be worked into all corners and crevices. 

b) Materials shall be applied in strict accordance with the 
manufacturer's directions, and in particular, no prepared 
paint shall be thinned in any way except as directed by manu- 
facturer. All paint shall be thoroughly mixed before being 
used . 

c) Each coat of interior paint shall be a slightly different 
tint from that of the preceding coat with the final coat the 
exact shade as the sample approved by the Architect. 

d) Each coat applied must be inspected and approved by the 
Architect before the succeeding coat Is applied, otherwise no 
credit for the coat applied will be given and the Painting 

^Subcontractor shall recoat the work In -questic*! at his owir 
expense. The Painting Subcontractor shall notify the Architect 
when each coat is ready for inspection. 

•) Minimum drying time shall comply with that recommended by 
paint manufacturer. Each coat shall be thoroughly dry before 
the succeeding coat is applied. 

f) Except for shop primed architectural woodwork, all finish 
woodwork for paint finish shall be primed all over on all 
surfaces with one coat of primer before being Installed and 

as soon as delivered on the job. 

g) All painted woodwork and painted metal shall be lightly 
sanded between coats using f/OO sandpaper. 

h) After wood doors for paint finish have been fitted, all 
cut edges shall be primed again. Top and bottom ed^es snail 
receive one additional coat of paint before doors are rehung. 

1) The priming coat on plaster shall be tinted to the 
approximate shade of the final coat. 

PAINTING 
9F.6 



1 



APPLICATION (Continued) 

) Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or col 
harp and clean without overlapping. 



J) 

s 



era 



12. LETTERING 



a) 
C 

a 



) No painted letters or digits will be required under this 
ontrac except stenciling of mechanical equipment, piping 
nd ductwork as specified in Painting Schedule P^P^'^R 



13. COMPLETION 

a) Cieanrnj - At the completion of the work, the Painting 
Subcontractor shall remove all paint spot, and oil or grease 
stains caused by his work from floors, walls, glass, fixtures 
hardware, equipment and other surfaces, leaving the r finish'; 
in perfect condition. He shall remove all his staging ejuip! 
men . materials, and debris and leave the site of the work J„ 
a clean condition so far as his -ork is concerned. 



b) F 
all p 
ance o 
of all 
shall 
sur f ac 
spec 1 f 
been d 
under 
of def 



inal 



Inted 
f wor 
work 
repal 
es wh 
Icatl 
amage 
this 
ects 



Inspection - The General Contractor shall protect 



surfaces agalnat damage until the date of accept- 
k. The Architect will conduct a final inspection 

under this Section; and the Painting Subcontractor 
nt or retouch, as directed by the Architect, any 
ich do not comply with the requirements of these 
one snd any surfaces which, for any reason, have 
d during construction work. All surfaces finished 
Section shall be left In perfect condition, free 
and blemishes, at the time of final acceptance. 



PART 2 - PAINTING SCHEDULE 



Abbreviations : Devoe 

M S 
P 4 L 

EXTERIOR WOSK 



Devoe Paint, Division of Celanese 
Coatings Co. 
Martin Senour 
Pratt and Lambert 



Con Crete 



One CO 

One Coat Devoe Tru-Vy-Kote Vinyl Flat Exterior 



t Devoe Tru-Vy-Kote Vinyl Flat Exterior, adding 
1 pint Devoe Mixing Liquid per gallon 



or 



Two coats M S Exterior Poly-Flow 



Two coats P i L Vapex Masonry Paint 



PAINTING 
9F. 7 



B.P.L.A, 



1 4 . EXTER 



EX'i;^IOR WORK (Continued) 

b) Masonry Units 

Paint same as Item 14. a) 

KO^r^: Omit paint in Areaway No. 1, 2 and 3 and in 
Fresh Air Inlets No. 1 and 2. 

c) Metallic Waterproofing 
No paint 

d) r.Pme nt-Asbeatos Panels (at transition to roof of existing 
building) 

Paint same as Item 14. a) 

e) Iron and Stee l 

One coat Devoe Quick-Dry Red Lead Primer 
Two coats Devoe Bar-Ox Metal Finish 

or 

One coat M S "1645 Metal-Prime 
Two coats M S Metalcote 

or 

One coat P 4 L /'90 Red Lead Primer 
Two coats P 4 L Noxide Metal Paint 

tJOTE 1: Omit first coat on shop coated Items and touch- 
up shop coat where required. 

NOTE 2: Paint steel framing unde f ver t ical-s rate f.icing - 
OTtT^nctlon with roof of existing building) in accordance 
with this Paragraph 14. e) prior to application of slate 
and cement-asbestos facing. 

^ ^ Galvan i zed Me tal 

One coat Devoe Zinc Dust Primer 
Two coats Devoe Bar-Ox Metal Finish 

or 

One coat M S /»1631 Galvanl. ' ■ Me tal Primer White 
Two coats M S Metalcote 

or 

One coat P & L Galvanized Metal Primer White 
Two coats P 4 L Noxlde Metal Paint 

NOTE: Paint all steel items for exterior granite (need 
doors in accordance with this Paragraph 14 f). 

9F.8 




I 



B.P.L.A. 

lA. EXTERIOR WORK (Continued) 
g) Bronze 

No paint 
h) Aluminum 

No paint 

1) Lead-Coatad Copper 

No paint 
j) CoollnR Tovera (furnished factory finiahad) 

No paint 
k) Louvers (furnlahed factory finished) 

No paint 

1) Insulation Jackets 

One coat Devoe Tru-Vy-Kote Vinyl Flat Exterior, adding 

1 pint Devoa Mixing Liquid per gallon 
One coat Devoa Tru-Vy-Kota Vinyl Flat Exterior 

or 

Two coats M S Acrylic Latex House Paint 

or 

One coat P & L Vapex House Paint 43 Exterior Prlcier 
One coat P & L Vapex Houae Paint 

15. INTERIOR WORK 

a) Concrete Floors 
No paint 

b) Concrete Walls and Columns 

1. Where drawings call for "PT.CN" 

One coat Devoa Vinyl Primer (PlRaentad) with Mixing 

Liquid added 
Two coata Devoe Vclour Flat Interior 

or 



PAINTING 
9F.9 



B.P.L.A . 



15. INTERIOR WORK (Continued) 

2. On walls, where drawings call for "PT.MWP" 
Paint same as Item 13. b) 1. 

3. On walls, where drawings call for "MWP" 
No paint . . 

f ) Plaster Walls 

Paint same as Item 13. b) 1. 

NOTE : Consult drawings for columns to receive plaster 
finish and paint these columns same as plaster vails. 



B.P.L.A, 



B.P.L.A. 



15. INTERIOR WORK (Continued) 



KOTE ; 



One coat M S //2646 Oulk-Sealer 

Two coats M S A'2600 Qulk-Flat Enamel 

or 

One coat P i L Vapex Wall Primer 

One coat P i L Lyt-all Double Duty Primer 

One coat ? (, L Lyt-all Flowing Flat 

Paint concrete columns as specified above in ill 



15 



c) 



rooms where painted walls are called for on drawings. 

2. Where drawings call for "CN" 

No paint 

C oncrete Ceilings 

1. Where drawings call for "PT.CN" 

One coat Devoe Vinyl Primer (Pigmented) with Mixing 

Liquid added 
One coat Devoe Velour Flat Interior 

or 

One coat M S //2646 Oulk-Sealer 

One coat M S /'2600 (?uik-Flat Enamel 

or 

•" -Ona coat" "P -^-L Vapex Wall Primerir -^ 
One coat P & L Lyt-all Flowing Flat 



2. 



3. 



d) 



e) 



Where drawings call for "CN" 

No paint 

Concrete surfaces above louvered ceilings 

Paint same as Item 15. c) 1. 
Masonry Units 

Paint same as Item 15. b) 1. 
M etallic Waterproofing 
1. On floors 

No paint 



13 



I NTERIOR WO RK (Continued) 
1 • Iron and S t e e 1 



One coat Devoe Enamel Undercoat 
One coat Devoe Velour Flat Interior 



or 



g> 



h) 



1) 



J) 



Plaster Ceilings 

Paint same as Item 15. c) 1. 

NOTE : Metal trim of reveals occurring at perimeter of 
plaster ceilings shall be painted white up to the adjoin- 
ing vertical surface. Metal trim is specified to be 
factory primed . 

Keene Cement Ceilings 

Paint same as Item 15. c) 1. 

Portland Cement Ceilings 

One coat Devoe Vinyl Primer (Pigmented) with Mixing 

Liquid added 
One coat Devoe Valour Eggshell Enamel 

or 

One coat M S 1^2646 Qulk-Sealer 

One coat M S #2664 Deluxe Velvet Enamel 

or 

One coat P & L Vapex Wall Primer 
One coat P & L Vltralite Enamel Dull 

Dry-Wall Partitions 

Paint same as Item 13. b) 1. 



2. 



3. 



One coat M S /»2633 Pigmented Primer 
One coat M S /?2600 Quik-Flat Enamel 

or 

One coat P i L Interior Trim Primer 
One coat P & L Lyt-all Flowing Flat 

Cast- Iron 

Paint same as Item 15. n) 1. 

Uninsulated Duc twork and all Galvanized Metal 

One coat Devoe Zinc Dust Primer 
One coat Devoe Velour Flat Interior 

or 

One coat M S #1631 Galvanized Metal Primer 
One coat M S itlbOO Quik-Flat Enamel 

or 

One coat P i L Galvanized Metal Primer 
One coat P 4 L Lyt-all Flowing Flat 



NOTE : 

louvers black 

Copper 



Paint slRht lines in back of grilles and 



Paint same as Itam 15 n) 3., except for P i L paint 
system where the following primer shall be used: 

One coat P 4 L Noxide One Day Primer (white) 



PAINTING 
9F.11 



PAINTING 
9F.13 



PAINTING 
9F.10 



B.P.L.A, 



INTERIOR WORK (Continued) 

k.) Iron and Steel (All exposed non-galvanized ferrous metal 
except for exposed work by Mechanical and Electrical 
Trades) 

One touch-up coat to match ihop coat where required 
(appllea to all finish coat systems) 

One coat Devoe Enamel Undercoat 

One coat Devoe Velour Eggshell Enamel 

or 

One coat M S /*2660 Enamel Undercoat 
One coat M S /'2648 Eggshell Enamel 

or 

One coat P & L Vltralite Enamel Undercoatlng 
One coat P i L Vltralite Enamel Eggshell 

NOTE 1 : Paint entrance doors, access doors of dumb- 
waiters No. 3 and 4 and related frames as per this 
paragraph . 

NOTE 2 : Omit painting of steel faces to receive struc- 
tural glass at shelves in toilets and at powder ledges . 



1) Bronze . Aluminum. Chromium Plate. Stainless Steel 

No paint , _ _ ^. 

m) Woodwork for I'alnt Finis.. 

One coat Devoe Enamel Undercoat 

One coat Devoe Vcloi<r Eggahell Enamel 

or 

One coat M S "2660 Enamel Undercoat 
One coat M S "2648 Eggshell Enamel 

or 

• » . » s 

One coat P & L Vltralite Enamel Undercoatlng 
One coat P & L Enamel Eggshell 

n) Exposed Work by Mechanical and Electrical Trade s (Consult 
Divisions 15 and 16 of the specifications) 

NOTE : Paint all items above louvered ceilings, except 
factory finished surfaces, as per applicable specifica- 
tions of this Paragraph n) . 

PAINTING 
9F.12 



B.P.L.A. 



15. INTERIOR WORK (Continued) 

5 . Insulation Jack»'ts 



One coat Devoe vinyl Primer (Pigmented) 
One coat Devoe Velour Flat Interior 



or 



7. 



8. 



'^ 



One coat M S /'264f) Oulk-Sealer 

One coat M S //2600 Quik-Flat Enamel 

or 

One coat P i L Vap*-: Wall Primer 
One coat P & L Lyt-all Flowing Flat 

Factory-finished Surfaces 

No paint 

NOTE: Touch-up any damaged spots In factory finished 
surfaces prior to final acceptance of the building. 

Factory-primed Equipment and Accessories 

Paint same as Item 15. k) 

Stenci ling 

.1 Equipment, piping and ductwork installed under 
Sections 15A, 15B and 15C shall be stenciled for 
identification pnrpo-o^ by the Painting Subcontractor 
^ader^the direction of the Subcontr^f:,tojs of the 
respective mechanical trades. 

.2 All stenciling shall be located so as to be in 
full vl ew. 

.3 Stenciled numbers and letters shall be net less 
than 1-1/2 in. high. Type and colors of numbers, 
letters and arrows shall be as directed by the 
Architect. 

.4 Consult Sections 15A, 15B and 15C, PART 2 - 
SUPPLEMENTARY RFC I RKMENT S , for Identifications 
to be stenciled oh the various items of work. 



PAINTING 
9F. 14 



SECTION 9G 



VINYL FABRIC WALL COVERING 



PROVISIONS TNCLUDEn 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided bv the Contractor. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
installing the VINYL FABRIC WALL COVF.PINC on walls and col- 
umns as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 

MATERIALS 

a) Vinyl fabric wall covering shall be Naugahvde "Citadel" 
Sunreme quality as manufactured by Uniroval, Inc. or approved 
equal vinyl fabric of same pattern bv I nter chemical Corpora- 
tion or Masland Duraleather Company. Vinvl fabric shall be 
of special colors as selected bv the Architect. 

b) Vinyl fabric shall consist of rlgt^Pnted vinyl plastic 
and plasticizer fused to a non-stretch fabric, desized, 
bleached, mildew and flame resistant and shall meet the re- 
quirements of Fed. Spec. CCC-W-AOg for vinyl fabrics as sup- 
plemented herelnbelow: 

1. Vinyl fabric for application on wood paneling in 
Lecture Hall C-IO: 



Fabric Backing 
Weight of Material 
Weight of Vlnvl Coating 
Weight of Backing 
Tensile Strength 
Tear Strength 
Flame Strength 



Abrasion Resistance 



Color fas tness to Light 



4.30 Sheeting 

9.33 oz . per 

2.33 oz . per 

7.00 oz . per 

40 x 30 

14 X 12 

Shal 1 mee t the 



square 
square 
square 



vard 
yard 
vard 



requirement s 
Boston Fire 



of the City of 
Department 

Meet requirements of Fed. 
Spec. crc-T-191 b for vinvl 
fabrics Type II (double 
rubs "passed" 200). 
Withstand 200 hours exposure 
to light In a Fadometer with 
no appreciable discoloration 
when tested in accordance 
with Fed. Spec. CCC-T-191 b. 

VINYL FABRIC WALL COVERING 

on. 1 



MATERIALS (Continued) 

Mildew Resistance 



B.P.L.A 



Meet requirements of Fed 
Spec. CCC-W-4nfi, soil 
burial method. 



2. Vinvl fabric for application on plaster surfaces In 
all other areas to receive vinvl fabric: 



Fabric Backing 

Weight of Material 

Weight of Vinyl Coating 

Weight of Backing 

Total Thickness 

Skin Thickness 

Foam Thickness 

Fabric Thickness 

Tens lie St rength 

Tear Strength 

Flame Spread 



Abrasion Resistance 



Color fas tness to Light 



Mildew Resistance 



2.35 Osnaburg 
29.99 oz . per square yard 
25.2 oz. per square yard 
4.79 oz. per square yard 
6 6.7 Mils 
7.7 Mils 
48. Mils 
11.0 Mils 
50 X 53 
25 X 25 

Shall meet the requirements 
of the City of Boston Fire 
Department . 

Meet requirements of Fed. 
Spec. CCC-T-191 b for vinyl 
fabrics Type II (double rubs 
■•passed" 300). 

Withstand 200 hours exposure 
to light In a Fadometer with 
no appreciable discoloration 
when tested In accordance 
with Fed. Spec. rCC-T-191 b. 
Meet requirements of Fed. 
Spec. CCC-W-408, soil bur- 
ial method . 



c) Submit a certificate of compliance from the manufacturer 
certifying that the vlnvl fabrics proposed for the job meet 
the requirements of foregoing Paragraph 3 h). In addition, 
submit a certificate of approval from the City of Boston Fire 
Department for each type of vinyl fabric. 

d) Adhesive shall be heavv-bodled water-soluble paste re- 
commended by manufacturer of vlnvl fabric furnished for instal 
lat ion . 



SAMPLES 

a) Su'bmlt samples of vinyl' fabric to the Architect fo 
proval in accordance with Article 2.02 of the CONDITION 
TllF CONTRACT. 

b) Samples for Initial selection of color and pattern 
he at least size 5 In. by 8 In. Final acceptance wlU^ 
tlngent upon submission of three specimens of 
sample, 1-yard long. 



a full-wl 

VIMYL VARRir WAIL COV 



r ap- 
S OF 



shal 1 
he con- 
dth 

ERING 
9G.2 



I 



?^4*^S!l#^* ^t^^^ - 



tMi y ^wwai i 






B.P.L.A. 



B.P.L.A 



5. 



If 



8. 



a 
bv 



B.P.L.A 



hall be delivered to the job as packaged 



SECTION lOA 



METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS 



7. 



nrnVERY AND S TORAGE 



b) Store m 



aterlal flat in 



a c 



lean, drv storage area where 

e 40 degrees F. with nor- 



CONDITION OF SU RFACES 

u 1 1 K« Hrv smooth and sound, free 

that passes through wall coverinji; 

T^'C. sur„ce, Co ""'" -'\';;r 'cor^'o'":' "cM- 
„porc in vrlclng Co tj' "^^fld^ir^ y Xcc ch. Insc.lU- 

::n: To ro?;;u::." lu.-i'nrcatuco. Lcu a.^cc, ..v. 
::::.".cJU»r;„;r.o:rsr,;ru cocr.cc.d ., cm, su.co„cr,c- 

tor at no cost to the Owner. 



8. IN! 



INSTALLATION 



tvpe of work. 

b) Preparation of surfaces and application shall be in ac- 

cird.nce'wlth manufacturer's instructions. 

,) use fabric panels in exact orde as tbev are cu.^.ro.^^_ 

rolls; use rolls in --^^^^r,, ^^.i "/elva'ge where reouir- 

sing alternate « rips. ^^J" J^^^^ "^ at sean-s. Apply adhe- 

:ll\llV::i ^]^:V^:^ ^ ^-ler or a stiff-^lstle 

brush . 

VINYL FABRIC WALL COVERING 

90 . 3 



1 , PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

2. SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
Installing all METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS and related work as 
shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 

3. RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Overhead structural provisions for suspending pilast.rs. 
furnished and installed under Section 5B. MISCELLANEOUS AND 
ORNAMENTAL IRON. 

b) Toilet paper holders and grab bars, furnished under Sec- 
tion lOB, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, installed under Section 
15A, PLUMBING WORK. 

4. SHOP DRAWINGS 

a) Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section In 
accordance with Article 2.01 of the CONDITIONS OF THE CON- 
TRACT. 

b) Shop drawings shall show plans, elevations, actual Job 
conditions, construction details, metal thickness, hardware, 
fittings, methods of anchoring, finish and all other neces- 
Barv information. Printed brochures will not be accepted as 
shop drawings. 

c) All members of work shall be legibly svmbol marked in 
accordance with shop drawings for expeditious location of 
items on the job. , . / 

5. SAMPLES 

a) Submit samples of the following to the Architect for ap- 
proval in accordance with Article 2.02. of the CONDITIONS OF 
THE CONTRACT: 

1. Samples of each item of hardware and fitting. 

2. Samples of color*, applied to the actual metal used 

METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS 

lOA. 1 



B.P.L.A, 



INSTALLATION (Continued) 

d) At locations where plaster surfaces are very norous, 
prime wall surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. 

e) Use stiff-bristled brush or flexible broad knife to 
eliminate air pockets and to secure the vinyl fabric to the 
wal I surface . 

f) Wrap vinyl fabric 6 Inches bevond inside and outside cor- 
ners. Install fabric in continuous panels with no horizontal 
seams throughout. 

0) Remove excessive adhesive from each seam as It is made 
and before proceeding to the next seam. Use sponge dampened 
with plain warm water but not wringing wet. Wipe seam clean 
with dry cloth towel. 

h) Remove and protect switch plates and similar items to 
allow fabric to be installed. Upon completion of each space, 
reset the above items. 

1) The installed fabric shall be smooth, clean, without 
wrinkles, bubb'es, loose edges or other imperfections and 
with continuous contact between fabric and underlying surface. 
Joints shall he neatly and closely fitted without gaps or 
overlaps. Remove any adhesive from adjacent surfaces. 

GUARANTEE 

a) This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all work- 
manship-, materia^s.and ins tal lat ion ^or a P*'^^"'^ °f °"« ^^^ ,^ 
vear from the date of final completion of the building. Should 
anv defects in workmanship or material develop within this 
time this Subcontractor shall make all necessary repairs and 
replacements to the satisfaction of the Official and without 
additional cost to the City. Said written guarantee shall 
further stipulate that this Subcontractor shall remedy and 
correct any damage caused in making such necessary repairs 
and replacements. 

b) The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Official 
before said date of final completion and shall be counter- 
signed in form and manner as to make the General Contractor 
and this Subcontractor jointly and severally liable there- 
under . 



VINYL FABRIC WALL COVERING 

9G.4 



B.P.L.A 



MANUFACTURER AND TYPE 

a) Metal toilet compartments shall be celling hung, flush 
tvpe, finished with enamel baked-on over galvanized, bonder- 
Ized steel, complete with hardware, fittings and coat hook 
with bumper, as manufactured bv following manufacturers or 
approved equal : 

1. Metpar Steel Products Corporation. 

2. The Mills Company. 

3. Henry Wels Manufacturing Comoanv. 

b) The standard printed specifications of above manufactur- 
ers for the tvpe specified in Paragraph 6. a) are herebv bv 
reference made a part of these specifications to establish the 
standard of workmanship and of materials required under this 
Contract . 

The following minimum gauges of steel shall be used: 

1. Panels - 20 gauge 

2. Doors - 22 gauge 

3. Pilasters - 16 gauge 

Partitions shall be reinforced internallv with a lA gauge steel 
channel for attachment of grab bars where shown. 

c) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished attesting 
Ciat.-tTie s£eel used confor^::- to sp(>£ if icat ion requirements. 

d) Colors shall be selected bv the Architect from the manu- 
facturer's standard colors, including white. 

e) Door hardware shall be stainless steel with US-32D, "4 
satin finish. Chrome hardware shall not be used. All fit- 
tings shall have finish to match stainless steel satin finish 
o f hardware . 

ERECTION 

a) AH. work of this Section shall be erected rigid, straight, 
plumb arid level, strlctlv in accordance with manufacturer's 
directions by manufacturer's representative. 

b) Compartment manufacturer shall furnish the anchor bolt 
assemblv required for fastening pilasters to overhead carry- 
ing members nnd submit shop drawings of anchor bolt assenblv 
for transmittal to manufacturer of overhead carrying members. 



METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS 

10A.2 



EREC TION (Continued) 

.. ^f Proline cutting and fitting on wall and 

:rercr"o„.-vri"ai°:crer.^::^.-cipp./. ..^..s ...u ... 

be used . 

L 1 1 K- ipfr clean and free from im- 

:"l.coJ NO touch up vlU b. p.t.lc..,^. 

GUARANTEE 

3) This subcontractor shall guarantee - -iting^.ll -J^' 

^anship, materials "% "^"^^^ ^^'^of the building. Should 
year from the date of ^J"^^//;^ ^^J^" develop within this 

anv detects in ^^^^^'^^"^^^^ ^I "^'Je ^1 necessarv repairs and 
time, this Subcontractor sha 1 ^ake al ^^^^^ ^^^ „,,^,,t 

replacements to J^/^-'J^.^^'^aid written guarantee sha 1 1 
additional cost to the ^ J J^ ' . . ^^„^ ^g^to r shall remedv ind 

before s.ld d.ce of final ""!'''''°" "^ General Concr.,ctor 

:rc;.rsi:::n:r..:rioi"ir."nr:.:er.n. .»ue c.reund.r. 




SCHEDU LE OF TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 

a) See the following attached schedule entitled 
OF TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES". 



B.P.L.A 



"SCHEDULE 



b) The SCHEDULE OF TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES in general does 
not list the quantities of toilet room accessories: the ouan- 
tlties of toilet room accessories shall be as shown on the 
drawings: and the Subcontractor for this Section of the work 
shall furnlah all toilet room accessories of the tvpes listed 
In the SCHEDULE OF TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES and as shown on the 
drawings . • - 

MAN UFAC T U R E Rj S PRINTED MAT ERIALS 

a) Prior '.o ordering of anv toilet room accessories, submit 
manufacturers printed materials. Illustrating the accessories 
to be furnished, to the Architect for approval in accordance 
with Article 2.01. of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. Printed 
materials shall be clearlv marked to indicate the Item or 
items being furnished and shall also contain sufficient speci- 
fication information to enable the Architect to ascertain 
whether or not the Item or items meet the requirements of this 
Section of the Specifications. 

GENERAL REQU IREMENTS 

a) All materials shall be delivered in perfect condition to 
the lob site in their original, tightlv scaled containers or^ 
unopened packages, all clearlv labeled with the manufacturer s 
name catalog or model number and identification of Items. 



SECTION lOB 
TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 



1 . PROVISIO NS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

2. SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 

delivering to the job site all TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES as 
shown on the drawings and as specified herein, and listed on 
the schedule included herein entitled "SCHEDULE OF TOTLFT ROOM 
ACCESSORIES" . 

3. RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) Installation of medicine cabinet, specified under 
Section 6A, CARPENTRY WORK. Installation of all other toilet 
room accessories, specified under Section 15A, PLUMBING. 

b) FurnlshinR and installation of mirrors is to be dons 
under Section 8D, GLASS AND GLAZING. 

4 . S TANDARDS OF QUALITY AND MANUFACTURER 

a) All toilet room accessories shall be as manufactured bv 
one of the manufacturers listed herein or an approved equal. 

" T) Sites of tolle't room accessories shell" be a's-'siThecim fed . - 

c) The quality of anv toilet room accessory approved as an 
equal must be equal to the quality manufactured bv those 
manufacturers listed herein; and the speci flea t ions of the 
toilet room accessories of those manufacturers listed herein 
are hereby made a part of these specifications for the purpose 
of establishing quality standards. 

5. MATERIALS 

a) Unless otherwise noted herein on the toilet room acces- 
sories sche-dule, the construction and finish jf .all. toilet 
room accessories shall he stainless steel, tvpe 304. satin 
finish. 

b) Provide all screws and other necessary items to enable 
the toilet room accessories to be properlv installed in or to 
the material it shall be attached. Where screws are to be 
exposed, they shall be the same finish as the toilet room 
accessory item in which thev occur. 

TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 

lOB.l 



TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 

10B.2 



*• -. 






mtmm 




.^1 -. i. ^ • M.....^,.^,.u.r^^.,n 



^\ .mt» 



B .P. L. A, 



H 
O 

r 
m 

o 

o 

> 
n 
n 

t/> 
</> 
o 
» 

m 



H 
JO 

o 
o 

> 
n 
n 

o 

Jd 

m 



ITEM: 



DESCRIPTION AND 



SCHEDULE OF TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 



MANUFACTURER AND 



ROUGH WALL OPENING 



FINISH 



COMBINATION TOWEL DISPENSER- 
RECEPTORS; recessed; stain- 
less steel, type 304, satin 
finish. 

SANIiARY NAPKIN DISPENSER 
UNITS; recessed; stainless 
steel, type 30A, satin finish 



CATALOG NUMBER 



Scott Paper Co. 
D . J . Alexander 
Bobrlck Corp. 



Corp , 



Rochester Germicide Co 
D. J. Alexander Corp. 
Bobrick Corp. 



SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL Rochester Germicide Co 
UNITS; recessed; stainless D. J. Alexander Corp, 
steel, type 304, satin finish. Bobrick Corp. 



Rochester Germicide Co, 
D. J. Alexander Corp. 
Bobrick Corp. 



Accessory Specialties 
Inc . 



COMBINATION SANITARY NAPKIN 
DISPtNSER-DISPOSAL UNITS; 
recessed; stainless steel, 
type 30A, satin finish. 

MEDICINE CABINET; recessed; 
mirrored; body 20 ga. steel 
bonderized in white enamel; 
frame 14 ga. brass with 
satin chrome finish; swing 
door . 



COMBINATION TOWEL DISPENSER- Charles Parker Co. 
RECEPTORS; recessed; stainless 
steel, type 302, aatin finish. 
Located In Rms. No. 360, 375, 
C15 and C16. 









in 


inches 










He 


iRht 


Width 


Dj 


jpth 


No 


.945 


72 


-1/2 


12-1/2 


8 




No 


.945 


72- 


-3/4 


12-3/4 


8 




No 


.B-360 


72- 


-1/2 


12-1/2 


7- 


-1/2 


No 


.J8L 


30- 


-3/4 


9-1/2 




■1/2 


No 


.8200 


30- 


■3/4 


9-1/2 


5- 


■1/2 


No 


B-350 


30- 


-1/2 


14 






No 


JDL 


14- 


-1/2 


9-1/2 


5 - 


■1/2 


No 


941 


18- 


■1/2 


8-3/4 


4- 


■1/4 


No. 


B-353 


15- 


■5/8 


11-1/4 






No. 


J8DL 


46 




9-1/2 


5 _ 


1/2 


No, 


8205 


46 




9-1/2 


5- 


1/2 


No. 


B-3508 


44 




14 







NO.950-B 26 



20 



NO.600M 



See Dwg. A-35, Elev 
13 



16-1/2 12-1/2 4-1/4 



00 

r- 
> 



wsmt 



ITEM: DESCRIPTION AND 
FINISH 



FACIAL TISSUE DISPENSERS; 
recessed; type 302, stain- 
less steel, satin finish. 
Located in Rms. C24, C72, 
308, 353. 



TOILET PAPER HOLDERS; 
double roll, chrome 
plated, satin finish. 

SHOWER SOAP DISH; chrome 
plated on brass, satin 
finish. 

GRAB BARS; stainless steel, 
type 304, satin finish; 
non-sl 1 p gr Ip . 



TOWEL BARS; stainless steel, 
type 304 or 302, satin 
finish. Specification same 
as grab bars except finish 
is not non-sl ip . 



SCHEDULE OF TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 

MANUFACTURER AND 
CATALOG NUMBER 



Charles Parker Co. 
Bobrick Corp. 



No. 611 
No.B-355 



Scott Paper Co. 
D . J . Alexander 
Bobrick Corp. 



Corp 



ROUGH WALL OPENING 

in inches 
H eight W idth Deptj 

5-1/4 10-3/4 4 
5-1/4 10-3/4 4 



NOTES 



Provide one Toilet 
Paper Holder per 
water closet . 



Watrous, Inc. 

G. M. Ketchum Co. 

Charles Parker Co. 

Watrous, Inc, 
Charles Parker Co. 



Architectural Metal- 
craft Industries 



No. 965 
No. 965 
No.B-274 

No.W-1665 
No. 280 
No. 2210 



No.W-1401 See drawings for 
No. 824 NS sizes, 
(concealed type) 



No. 955/3 



Architectural Metal- 
craft Industries No. 954 
(grab bars used as towel bars) 
Charles Parker Co. No. 824 
(grab bars used as (concealed type) 
towel bars) 

Ml.iml-Carey No. 5200 SS 

((■r.-ib bars used as 
towel bars) 



See drawings for 
sizes. 



OB 

r- 
> 



item: d e s c r_i pjxp n 
"finYsh 



AND 



SOAP DISPENSERS; chrome 
plated, sntln finish. 



SHOWER AND DRESSING ROOMS 
CURTAIN RODS; heavy duty 
shower type curtain rod; 1 in. 
diameter stainless steel, type 
'304 tubing., aratln finish, irini- 
mutn wall tubing thickness to be 
0.042 in. Rods to be supported 
by round flanges finished in 
chrome plate, satin finish. 



SCHE DULE OF TOILET ROOM A C CESSORIES 

MANUF ACTU R ER AND 
CATALOG NUMBER 



American Dispenser Co. No. 53 

Bobrick Corp. No.B-8292 

Watrous, Inc. No.W-905 

Watrous, Inc. No.W-1681 

Charles Parker Co. No. 628 HD 



NOTES 



See drawings for 
si zes 



O 
r-t 

r" 
m 

H 

50 

O 

o 

> 
o 
n 

(/> 

(A 

M O 

o ?0 

ed »-• 
• r»i 



m 

m 



SECTION IOC 



SPECIALTIES 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA, CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, wh ich is herewith made a part of this Section. 

h) Consult Section IB, TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided bv the Contractor. 

RO LLING PASS WINDOW 

a) Furnish and Install one rolling pass window between Pav 
Room 325 and Corridor 319 as shown on drawings and as specified 
herein . 

b) Window shall be the product of one of the following manu- 
facturers or approved equal: 

Kinnear Manufacturing Company. 
North American Door Company, Inc. 
The Cookson Companv. 

c) Window shall be a factory assembled unit, complete with 
curtain, roll up mechanism, hood, facia, frame and counter. 

d) Curtain shall consist of 24 gauge stainless steel fl.it 
faced Interlocking slats. Eottom of curtain shall have stain- 
less steel angle with lifting handles and vinvl bumper. 

e) Curtain shall be locked at each side of the bottom bar 
with slide bolts engaging slots in the frame. Bolts shall be 
locked by cylinder lock. 

f) Barrel shall rotate on self-lubricating bearings and con- 
tain helical oil-tempered counterbalance spring mounted within 
stainless steel hood and facia. 

g) Frame shall have 14 gauge stainless steel counter and 16 
gauge stainless steel head and iambs with integral grooves to 
retain curtain. Frame dimensions shall suit wall thickness 
and opening as shown on the drawings. 

h) Stainless steel shall be 302 with *> U finish. 

1) Window unit shall be installed in accordance with manu- 
facturer's directions and be left in perfect operating condition 
at the time of final acceptance. 

j) Lock cvlinder shall be furnished under Section 8C, FINISH 
HARDWARE, and ln£i.alled under Section 6A, CARPENTRY WORK. 

SPECIALTIES 
IOC. 1 



B.P.L. A, 



5. SAMPLES (Continued) 

2. One sample of each standard louver color for prelim- 
inary selection. 

3. Three samples of finally selected louver color. 

6. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

a) Vertical blinds shall be rotating louvers, tensioned be- 
tween operating top and bottom channels, with machined zinc 
worm gears, complete with all hardware and accessories. 

b) Each blind unit shall be biparting from center to each 
side and span from one vertical window mulllon to the next. 
The manufacturer shall take his own measurements from the fin- 
ished openings. Chain operation of each blind unit shall be 
on one side with chains located symmetrically within each win- 
dow wall as directed by the Architect. 

c) Each blind unit and corresponding opening shall be num- 
bered. Numbers shall be stamoed on the unexposed surface of 
the opening. Blind units shall have corresponding aluminum 
plates with numbers fastened to :he head and sill channels. 

d) The specifications for LOUVFR DRAPE TRAVERSING MODEL RP. 
as supplemented herein, are incorporated in these specifica- 
tions to establish the type of product required under this 
Contract . 

e) Exact size of head and sill channels mav be varied slight- 
ly from those shown In order to accommodate the design to the 
standard design of blind manufacturer. However, variation in 
height shall not exceed plus or minus 1/4 in. 




HEAD AND SILL CHANNELS 



a) 



Channels shall be extruded aluminum, 6063 
2 in. wide by 1-1/2 in. high, with 5/8 in 



■T5, mill 
opening 



finish. 



CARRIER TRUCKS 



a) Each carrier truck shall be no more than 3/8 in. wide 
and traverse on permanently attached ball bearing wheels. No 
glides or sliders shall be used. Trucks shall be plated, die 
cast zinc alloy Zamak // 5 , completely encasing machined zinc 
worm gear and zinc spur gear with spring as specified In fol- 
lowing Paragraphs b) and c). Teeth of worm gear shall be pre- 
cision machined to a tolerance of plus or minus .002 In. No 
plastic parts in the trucks shall be used. 

D) One-story high blinds shall be standard construction and 
have spring loaded PVC hooks In the top and bottom channel. 

VERTICAL BLINDS 
12A.2 



B . P . L . A 



8. CARRIER TRUCKS (Continued) 

c) Two-story high blinds shall have PVC hooks with no spring 
in the top channel and spring loaded PVC hooks In the bottom 
channel. The louvers shall have a stainless steel reinforcing 
clip riveted to the louver at the top so designed as to fit on 
the standard PVC hook. The bottom of the louvers shall have a 
special spring pod pinned to it th t will give an extra 3/4 
in. travel to take care of the expansion and contraction of 
these extra high louvers. The spring pod shall have a stain- 
less steel Insert with a slot in it to fit over the PVC hook 
in the bottom channel. 

9. SPACER LINKS 

a) 3/8 in. wide stainless steel spacer links shall space and 

stabilize each truck by passing smoothly between special stab- 
ilizer posts on each truck. 

10. CONTROL MECHANISM 

a) Control mechanism for traverse and rotation shall be con- 
tained in heavy dutv, all zinc, die cast end caps with zinc 
sprocket whee Is . 

11. LOUVERS 

a) Louvers shall rotate 180° and pack when traversed Into 
no more than 3/8 in. per louver. All louvers when rotated 
shall overlap not less than 3/8 in. 

12. TRAVERSING 



a) 

lead screw 

actuates a 



Blin'ds shall traverse bv Fotat iort" of all anr.dlzed aluminum 
extending the full length of the channel. Screw 
lead nu t . 



13. ROTATION 



14, 



a) A nickel plated bead chain shall synchronize and actuate 
180° rotation by turning keyed aluminum rod actuating machined 
zinc worm and die cast zinc spur gear in each truck in both 
top and bottom channel. Gears shall provide no less than 14 
to 1 mechanical advantage and keep louvers fixed until reset 
bv control. No cord or 1 to 1 ratio rotation mechanism shall 
be used . ' 

LOUVER WIDTH 

a) Louvers shall he 4-3/8 In. wide. 



VERTICAL 



BLINDS 
12A. 3 



I 



15. 



16, 



LOUy£R__MAlHi^ 

., ,„„„.rs .h,U be .«trud.d o, lOOJB 

8 



B.P.L-A 



F. Goodrich Geon 



have a beaded eag .v,,™>,pr for 



h 
b) 



180 degrees 



b) Louvers ^^^i \"' ''^'l^^or Tion and with n 



heat chamber for 

no more shrink or 

ed bv ASTM D 648 

end 



d) 
by 



„, perfectly • J';;f/„",';i„l l„ . 

p.,..»encly fl.". ""'"-' " "'"' 
,,,„ .e selected by tb. architect 



Sni''i'"?"""''-"^^'"'"'"" ""''"■ 



Louvers shall be 
ASTM D 648. 



„f louvers shaii oe a^^'- 
^^ '°'°Jacurer's standard colors 
from manufacturer 




17. 



the Owner 




U. 



ororaptiv i^y-"-- - urit- 

. , addition, tbls subcontractor '^'^X^A:"'' l" <" 
\U .ll ^tSir' or\ --;„'.r:„rnt:'t"/" 'b^ uUd.n;. Sbo.. 
^"\iV.Vri.V^.°L\i°ll'lol .Itbin thl. tl... tbl. 
anv detects ii m tnds 



5. 



B.P .L.A. 



SECTION 13A 



PEDESTAL FLOORS 



B.P.L . A, 



MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION (Continued) 

3. Four-sided tolerance of panels shall not exceed plus/ 
minus .005 inch, with deviation from flatness not exceedlnp 
plus/minus .02 inch on diagonal of ton of panel. 



b) 



VERTICAL BLINDS 
12A.4 



PROVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) The work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
installing the PEDESTAL FLOORS as shown on the drawings and 
as specified herein in all spaces within the computer area 
on Third Floor where floor plan calls for "PF" floors. 

RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) The General Contractor shall he responsible for provid- 
ing a sub-floor of correct level and dimensions in accordance 
with approved shop drawings. 

b) The General Contractor shall thoroughly clean the suppor- 
ting sub-floor and adjacent areas prior to the installation 

of the pedestal floors. The pedestal floor areas shall be 
free from Interference by other trades during the installation 
period . 

c) Vinyl cove base at perimeter of pedestal floors shall be 
furnished and installed under Section 9E, RESILIENT FLOORS. 

d) Grounding of floor support svstem to the building shall 
he provided under Section 16A, ELECTRICAL WORK. 

SHOP DRAWINGS AND TEST DATA 

a) Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section to 
the Architect for approval in accordance with Article 2.01. 
of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 

b) Shop drawings shall be complete and show plan, sections, 
component details, and all other necessary Information. 

c) Submit independent test data to the Architect certifying 
that floor meets all specifications. 

SAMPLES 

a) Submit samples of the following to the Architect for ap- 
proval in accordance with Article 2.02. of the CONDITIONS OF 

THE CONTRACT. 

PEDESTAL FLOORS 

13A.1 



c) 



d) 



e) 



Finish Flooring 

1. Each floor panel shall he covered with lamainted plas- 
tic bv one of the following manufacturers or approved 
equal : 



.1 

.2 

thick 



NEVAMAR bv Enjav Laminates Co., 0.123 in. thick 
PERMA-KLEEN bv General Flectrlc, 0.123 in. 



.3 Lo-glare DOUBLE WEAR MICARTA by Wes t inghouse , 
0.125 in. thick. 

2. Laminated plastic shall fill each floor panel In one 
piece and be applied in accordance with manufacturer's 
instruct ions . 

3. Color of laminated plastic and of vinyl edge strip 
shall be as selected bv the Architect from manufacturer's 
standard colors. 

Stringers 

1. Stringers shall be galvanized steel or extruded 
aluminum channels. 

2. A gasket of vlnvl or other suitable material shall 
be applied between floor panels and the stringer framing 
system to cushion and seal the underfloor area. 

Pedestal Assemblv 

1. Pedestals shall be corrosion resistant and be capa- 
ble of supporting a 5,000 pound load without deformation 
of any part . 

2. Provide additional pedestals and framing at cutouts 
and where heavy concentrated loads occur as required. 

Cutouts 

1. Cutouts for cable openings or other required uses 
shall he provided of the size and at location as direc- 
ted by the Architect. 

2. Cable cutouts shall he edged on all sides bv a flush 
rigid plastic edging which forms around the underside of 
the panel to prevent chafing of cables. 

PEDESTAL FLOORS 
13A.3 



10, 



B. P.L. A . 



INSTALLATION (Continued) 

c) The floor system shall be installed so that each panel 
is level with surrounding panels and matched at corners, 
with uniform, tight fitting hairline joints between panels. 
The manufacturer and the installer shall guarantee that the 
entire installation will be free of rocking panels. 

d) When installation is completed, the finish floor surface 
shall be level wi th in plus /minus 0.10 inch over its longest 
span and within plus/minus 0.062 inch over anv 10-foot scan. 

EXTRA PANELS 

a) This Subcontractor shall furnish 12 extra floor panels, 
complete with finish flooring, as specified, for future use. 

LIFTING DEV ICES 

a) This Subcontractor shall furnish 4 suction-cup panel 
lifting devices . 

CLEANING 

a) At completion of Installation, this Subcontractor shall 
thoroughly clean the flooring by damp-mopping. 

13. PROTECTION AND FINAL CLEANING 

a) After completion of work under this Section, the General 
Contractor shall he responsible for the proper protection and 
for the final cleaning of the elevated floor. 



11 



12, 



14 



b) 
arv p 
is b 



The General Contractor shall provide a suitable temoor- 
protective surface for the finish flooring when equipment 
xs ..rought into the pedestal floor area and whenever required 
bv construction operations. Any damage to the flooring before 
final inspection shall he repaired to the Architect s satis- 
faction at no cost to the Owner. 

c) Immcdiatclv before final completion, the General Contrac- 
tor shall clean the flooring bv damp-mopping as required. All 
work shall be left in perfect condition. 



GUARANTEE 



hall guarantee in writing all work- 




without additional cost to the Citv. Said written guarantee 
shall further stipulate that this Subcontractor shall remedv 



PEDESTAL FLOORS 
13A.5 



B. P.L.A 



17. GUARANTEE (Continued) 

b) Subcontractor agrees to promptly make all necessarv 

repairs and replacements to the satisfaction of the Official 
and without additional cost to the City. Said written guar- 
antee shall further stipulate that this Subcontractor shall 
remedv and correct anv damaged caused in making such neces- 
sarv repairs and replacements. 

c) The above guarantees shall he submitted to the Official 
before said date of final completion and shall be counter- 
signed in form and manner as to make the General Contractor 
and this Subcontractor Jointlv and severally liable thereunder 



I 





VERTICAL BLINDS 
12A.5 



B.P.L. A. 

5. SAMPLES (Continued) 

1. One full size sample of floor construction. 

2. Samples of finish flooring material, of vinyl edge 
strip and of high ribbed rubber mat. 

6. DESCRIPTION OF FLOOR SYSTEM 

a) The floor svstem shall be a completelv removable, fullv 
accessible, fullv interchangeable pedestal floor construction 
consisting of adjustable height pedestals, removable channel 
stringers spanning from one pedestal to the next (no contin- 
uous stringers) and floor panels, size 24 inch by 24 inch, 
supported and positioned on all sides bv the stringers. 

7. MANUFACTURER AND MODEL 

a) The floor system shall be one of the following or approv- 
ed equal : 

1. Mark XII ELAFLOOR, by Llskev Aluminum, Inc. 

2. Infinite Access Floor, bv Tate Architectural Pro- 
ducts, Inc . 

3. Waco Plate "510-E", by Washington Aluminum Company, 
Inc . 

b) The complete printed specifications of above manufacturers 
for the models specified in Paragraph 7. a) are hereby bv re- 
ference made a part of these specifications to establish the 
standard of workmanship and of materials reouired under this 
Contract. _^The _^manu f ac tu/er ' s specifications are ^supplementjjd 

" ' as specified in following Article 8. 

8. MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION 
a) Floor Pane Is 

1. Panels shall he of all steel construction. The en- 
tire steel panel shall be phosphate-dipped. All exposed 
steel surfaces shall receive one coat of baked enamel or 
other rust inhibitlve protective finish. 

2. Panels shall support a minimum distributed load of 

' ' 250 pounds per sqoare foot with maximum de-flection of ,,. 
.04 inch, and a concentrated load of 1,000 pounds per 
square inch with a maximum deflection of .08 inch. Pan- 
els shall show no visible Indentation under these loading 
conditions, and shall support all loads with a minimum 
safety factor of 3 with no damage to panel. 



PEDESiAL 



FLOORS 
13A.2 



B . P . I, . A . 



8, MATERIALS AND CONSTRUC TION (Continued) 

f ) Ground In g 

1. Positive and reliable grounding shall be provided 
between each panel and floor support system. 

2. If a conductive vinyl gasket Is used in grounding, 
such conductive properties must be indefinitely maintain- 
ed. If metal to metal grounding is provided, the ground- 
ing device shall be an Integral part of the panel. 
Removable spring clips or other removable mechanical 
devices shall not be used. 

g) Ramps 

1. Provide ramps of lavout and at locations shown on 
drawings. Ramps shall be manufacturer's standard con- 
struction and shall have same structural characteristics 
as those of the pedestal floor. 

2. Ramps shall be covered with protective safety high 
ribbed rubber mat of color as selected bv the Architect 
from manufacturer's standard colors. Carrv mats onto 
ad.lolning first field of panel floors. 

3. In Room 322 provide closure plate at ramp slope to 
seal off the underfloor space. Closure plate shall be 
1/8 inch aluminum, finished at the top with a closure 
trim of aluminum. At same location, provide manufactur- 
er's standard aluminum railing. 

h) Landings 

^ 1. At '-otC^m laniing^ of both ramns , provide floor 

panels on stringers so as to match the specified pedestal 
floor. Pattern of edge strips on landings shall line up 
with pattern of edge strips at top of ramps. 

2 Stringers shall be properlv shimmed so as to bring 
the finish elevation of landings at the same level as 
the finish floors in adjoining rooms. 

9. INSTALLATION 

a) All components shall be installed In strict accordance 
with directions of the manyfacturer bv an approved installer 
under the direction and Inspection on the job of the mattu- 
facturer's reoresentat ive . 

b) Bearing surface of pedestals shall be bonded to subfloor 
with a water resistant adhesive which will form a permanent 
and durable bond if manufacturer's specif icat ions req uire 
such bonding to provide structural stability to the pedestal 
floor svstem. PEDESTAL FLOORS 

13A.4 



14. GUARANTEE (Continued) 

g) and correct anv damag 

sary repairs and replacements 

b 

b 

B 

a 
under . 



B . P . I. . A 



e caused in making such neces- 








PEDESTAL 



FLOORS 
13A.6 





** 



ii 

I 



B. P.L. A. 



SLCTION 14A 
ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 



PR OVISIONS INCLUDED 

a) Attention Is directed to Section lA. CONDITIONS OF THE 
CONTRACT, which is herewith made a part of this Section. 

b) Consult Section IB. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, for facilities 
and services provided by the Contractor. 

F ILED SUB-B ID REQUIREMENTS 

•) Sealed sub-bids for the work under this Section, includ- 
ing Bid Deposit, shall be filed with the Awarding Authority at 
the office of the Director of the Boston Public Library, 
Copley Square, boston, Massachusetts, before twelve o'clock 
noon, (Eastern Standard Time). Wednesday. January 15, 1969. at 
which time and place all sub-bids will be publicly opened and 
read aloud. 

b) Submission of sub-bids shall be in accordance with 
ADVERTISEMENT and with NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

a) Tht work under this Section consists of furnishing and 
installing all ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS as shown on the draw- 
ings and as specified herein, and includes the following: 

1. Six (6) complete elevator plants 

2. Four (4) complete dumbwaiter plants 

b) The work to be done under this Section is shown on 
following drawings: 

The whole set of drawings. 

c) All work under this Section shall be done in a first class 
workmanlike manner and in compliance with the Commonwealth of 
Massachusetts Elevator, Dumbwaiter and Escalator Rep.ulations 
ELV-2 . 

d) In all cases where a device or part of the equipment is 
referred to in the singular, it is Intended that such reference 
shall apply to as many such devices as are required to complete 
the installation. 

e) All terras used in this Section shall have the meaning 
defined in the current edition of the American Standard Safety 
Code for Elevators and Dumbwaiters A17.1, referred to in this 
Section as the ASE Code. 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

UA.l 



B. P.L. A, 



RELATED WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS (Continued) 

d) The following item of work is Included under Section 7A, 
WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING: 

1. Provide metallic waterproofing for elevator pits as 
shovn on drawings. 

«) The following item of work is included under Section 9F, 
PAINTING: 

1. Finish painting of dumbwaiter landing entrance doors 
and frames and access doors and frames. 

f) The following items of work are included under Section 16A, 
ELECTRICAL WORK: 

1. Provide and install electric power feeders to the 
terminals of the elevator controller, including main line 
fused disconnect switch or circuit breaker. 

2. Provide a hoistway outlet for the car lights as shown 
on the Elevator Subcontractor's drawings and a separate 

30 ampere, single phase feeder with disconnect switch 
for the elevator signal equipment as required on the 
Elevator Subcontractor's shop drawings. 

3. Provide a permanent light fixture in each pit with 
switch . 

4. Provide the necessary electric power for installing, 
testing and adjusting the elevator equipment. 

5. Provide a hoistway outlet for telephone or other 
communication equipment as required. 

6. Provide the necessary wire, wiring materials, junc- 
tion boxes, and terminal strips between the elevator 
holstways and the Security Roo« for emergency power con- 
trol. Intercommunication system and landing position 
indicators as required and a* shown on the Elevator Sub- 
contractor's shop drawings. 



I 



b) 



The following item of work will be furnished and Installed 



under a separate contract: 

I, Carpet flooring for Elevators #1 snd 92. 

SHOP DRAWINGS 

a) Submit shop drawings showing the general arrangement of 
the elevator and dumbwaiter equipment to the Architect for 
approval In accordance with Article 2.01. of the CONDITIONS OF 
THE CONTRACT. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

UA. 3 



B . P . 1. . A 



3. SCOPE OF WORK (Continued) 

f) The term Elevator Subcontractor" as used in this Section 
shall mean the "Elevator and Dumbwaiter Subcontractor". 

4 . RELATE D WORK TO BE DONE UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 

a) The following items of work are included under the work 
of the General Contractor: 

1. Provide legal holstways, pits and machine rooms 
including concrete floors, machine foundations, and access 
doors, as shown in the Architect's drawings, with legal 
ventilation. 

2. Cut all walls, floors or partitions together with any 
repairs made necessary thereby. 

3. Provide a continuous sill-support for each passenger 
hoistway entrance located not more than two in. from the 
line of the sill nose and grouting as necessary under the 
entrance sills. 

4. Provide supports for guide rail brackets and elevator 
machine beams as located on the Elevator Subcontractor's 
shop drawings . 

5. Set all inserts as shown on the Elevator Subcontrac- 
tor's drawings. 

b. Provide jarrlcadrs and protect the hoistway durinp 
the time the equipment is being erected. 

7. Protect the erected hoistway entrance Jambs with 
wooden bucks after their installation while work is in 
progress. Protect all finished, installed work. 



B.P.L. A, 



SHOP DRAWINGS (Continued) 

b) The Contractor shall provide to the Elevator Subcontractor 
the necessary Architectural. Structural and Electrical draw- 
i 



to 



nos a guarantee of the hoistway sizes and the confirmation 
f current characteristics to permit the Elevator Subcontractor 
o release all parts for manufacture. 

PAINTING 

a) All exposed metal work furnished under this Section, e'^^ept 
as otherwise specified, shall be properly painted after install- 
ation by the Elevator Subcontractor. 

PERMITS AND INSPECTIO NS 

a) The Elevator Subcontractor shall obtain and pay for neces- 
sary Municipal or State inspection and pernit -"J /"^"^^ ^"'^^ 
tests as called for by the regulations of such authorities. 
These tests shall be made in the presence of the authorized 
representative of such authorities. 



GUARANTEE 



b) 



The following item of work is included under Section 5A, 



STRUCTURAL STEEL: 

1. Furnish and install, as shown on the Elevator Sub- 
contractor's shop drawings, all steel divider beam sup- 
ports for guide rail brackets. 

c) The following items of work are included under Section 5B, 
MISCELLANEOUS AND ' ORNAMENTAL IRON: 

1. Furnish and install ladders for pits to a height of 
2 ft. -6 in. above the bottom terminal landing. 

2. Furnish and install steel angles and steel plates, 
at sills of hoistway entrances. 

3. Furnish and install structural steel Jambs and lin- 
tels at landing entrances for Elevator /H . 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.2 



a) The El 
wor kmansh ip 
year from t 
for the sec 
workmanship 
ordinary we 
necessary r 
Official an 
, ^u.'vr ar,.^«c s 
remedy and 
repairs and 



evator 

mate 

he dat 

ount o 

or ma 
ar and 
epair 3 
d with 
hjll f 
cor rec 

repla 



Subcontractor shall guarantee in writlnr. all 
rials and installation for a period of one 
e of final payment to the General Contractor 
f this Subcontractor. Should any defects in 
terial develop within this time, not due to 
tear, this Subcontractor shall make all 
and replacements to the satisfaction of the 
out additional cost to the City. Said written 
urther stl'::ulate that this Subcontractor shall 
t any dama8e"'c au'sed in malTing' su'ch nfc-Sssary- 
cements . 



B.P.L./.. 



MAINTENANCE (Continued) 

1. All wire ropes shall be replaced as often as neces- 

sary during the maintenance period to maintain an ade- 
quate factor of safety. Renewals or repairs necessitated 
by reason of negligence or misuse of the equipment, or by 
reason of any other cause beyond the control of the 
Elevator Subcontractor, except ordinary wear and tear, 
shall not be the responsibility of the Elevator Subcon- 
tractor. 



B.P.L. A, 




c) The Elevator Subcontractor shall be able to show that 
he has had successful experience in the complete maintenance 
of the type of elevator plants and dumbwaiter plants herein 
specified; that he employs competent personnel to handle this 
service, maintains locally an adequate stock of parts for this 
equipment for replacement or emergency purposes, and has 
qualified men available at such places to assure fulfillment 
of this service on a 24-hour-a-day basis without unreasonable 
loss of time In reaching the building. 

d) This maintenance service shall be performed solely by the 
Elevator Subcontractor and shall not be assigned or transferred 
to any agent or Sub- subcont rac tor . 

e) No work, or service, other than that specifically mentioned 
herein shall be provided by th ■ Elevator Subcontractor. The 
Elevator Subcontractor shall assume no liabllltv for injuries or 
damage to persons or property, except those directly due to his 
own acts or omissions. The Owner's responsibility for injuries 
or damage to persons or property, while on or about the elevator, 
shall not be affected bv the furnishing of this maintenance 
service . 

1 . QU ALIFI C ATIONS 

a) The Elevator Subcontractor under his supervision and within 
his own organization and not hv or through a Sub-subcontractor 
shall have had at least three vears ' experience In the Installa- 
tion of electric elevators and electric dumbwaiters of the type 
specified under this Section on the bid opening date. The 
Elevator Subcontractor shall be able to show not less thnn threr 
Group Automatic Operation Installations of the type specified 
under this Section that have been in satisfactory operation for 
a period of one year prior to the bid opening date. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

lAA. 5 



B. P.L. A, 



10. QUALIFICATIONS (Continued) 

b) The Elevator Subcontractor shall be required to manu- 
facture under his direct supervision such parts of the install- 
ation as control devices, floor selector, se 1 f -level 1 ng 
apparatus, controller, hoistway limit switches, push buttons, 
signal fixtures, car safety, speed governors, geared machines. 
etc. 

c) The work under this Section shall be performed by one of 
the following manufacturers or equal approved by the Official: 



11. S PACE CONDITIONS (Continued) 

c) The Elevator Subcontractor shall be required to make all 
such arrangements and pay all costs occasioned by space and 
construction changes that he may require in order to install 
his elevator and dumbwaiter equipment, and the entire cost or 
such changes must be reflected in the amount of his sub-bid 
Such changes shall not be a matter for subsequent Change Order 
Increasing the Contract Price. 



12, 



TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT 

Should the Contractor desire the use of elevator equip- 



a) 

■e 



ent prior to final completion and final acceptance, he shall 
ake necessary arrangements in accordance with Section IB. 



TEMPORARY FACILITIES 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

\kK.l 



B.P.L. A. 



1. 



Otis Elevator Company 



b) The guarantee shall be submitted to the Official before 
said final payment for the account of this Subcontractor and 
shall be countersigned in form and manner as to make the 
General Contractor and this Subcontractor Jointly and severally 
liable thereunder. 

M AINTENANCE 

a) The Elevator Subcontractor shall furnish maintenance on 
the entire elevator and dumbwaiter equipment described binder 
this Section for a period of one year after the final accep- 
tance of the building. This maintenance shall include sys- 
tematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of all 
elevator and dumbwaiter equipment. The Elevator Subcontractor 
shall also repair or replace electrical and mechanical parts 
of the elevator and dumbwaiter equipment whenever this is 
required during the maintenance period and shall use only 
genuine standard parts produced by the manufacturer of the 
equipment concerned. 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.4 



' T-p ^Kr f '^ ^--*^^"''f^^ 



2. F. S. Payne Company 

3. Westlnghouse Electric Corporation 

d) A list of installations shall be submitted to the Official 
on renuest indicating the names and addresses of the buildings 
and the names of the owners and managers. The ability of an 
Elevator Sub-Bidder to meet the experience requirements and 
the adequacy of information submitted will be considered by 
the Official in determining the approval of the Elevator Sub- 
contractor. 

e) Approval will not be Riven to any Elevator Subcontractor 
who has established on former Jobs (either Government, Municloal 
or Commercial jobs) a record for unsatisfactory elevator and 
dumbwaiter Installations or has repeatedly failed to complete 
contracts within the contract time, or has not the requlsltp 
record of satisfactorily performing elevator and dumbwaiter 
inst8.ilations of similar tyre, importance and character In the 
opinion oTthe Official". •"' " - ^ 



11 . SPACE CONDITIONS 



a) The Elevator 
provision and 1ns 
equipment as call 
and construction 
includ Ing all ace 
e levators . Alii 
obtained from the 
at the building. 

b) Any construe 
Elevator Subcontr 
elevator and dumb 
devices in connec 
Contractor subjec 



Subcontractor shall be responsible for the 
tallation of the elevator and dur.bwaltpr 
ed for in the specifications within the space 
conditions provided for in the drawings, 
essorles and devices in connection with the 
nformation regarding space conditions must be 

drawings and from actual measurements taken 

* * • * 

tion or space condition change required by the 
actor to properly install and operate his 
waiter plants (including all accessories and 
tion therewith) shall be arranged for with the 
t to approval by the Architect. 



13. DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT 

a) Quantity 

b) Capacity 

c) Spee d 

d) Travel in Feet 

e) Number of Landings 

f ) N umber of Openings 

g) Operation 

h) C ontrol 

I) Platform Size 

J) Buffers 

k) £ab 

1) Car Doors 

m) Hoistway Doors 

n) Door Operation 

o) S ignals 

p) Machine Location 

q) Power Supply 



ELEVATORS /> 1 & »2 



Two (2) Geared Underslung Passenger 
Elevators 

4000 Pounds 

300 Feet per Minute 

Concourse to 7th - Approximately 
90'-8" 

Nine (9) 

Nine (9) Each - In Line 

Group Automatic With Key Operation 
4th to 7th Floor 

Generator Field 

Approximately 8'-0" x 6'-3" 

Oil 

Detailed 

One (1) Each - Center Opening 
4'-3" X 7'-0" 

Eighteen (18) Center Opening 
4 '-3" x 7'-0" 

High Speed Power with Electronic 
DtJor Contrtfir - " 

Car Position Indicator, Waiting 
Passenger Lanterns i Gongs. Car 
and Landing Call Acknowledging 
Lights, Dual Car Operating Panels. 

Basement 

480 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Cycles 



I 



FLEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A . h 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.8 




14. 



DESCRI PTION OF EQUIPMENT 

a) (juant ity 

b) Capacity 

c) Speed 

d) Travel In Feet 

Number of Landing* 

Nu mber of Openings 

Operation 

Control 

Platforj Size 

Buffers 

Cab 

Car Doors 



B.P.L.A. 

ELEVATOR <* 3 

One (1) Geared Freight Elevator 

8000 Pounds 

200 Feet per Minute 

Bsmt. to 4th Floor - Approximately 
78'-6" 

Seven (7) 

Seven (7) 

Single Automatic 

Generator Field 

Approximately 12'-5" x 6'-4" 

Spring 

Freight Enclosure 

One (1) Vertical Lift Perforated 
Metal Gate 

Seven (7) Counterbalanced Bi- 
Parting 12'-1" x 7'-0' 

Power Sequence Operation of Landing 
Doors and Car Gate 

"IN USE" lights in Landing Push 
Button Stations, Service Demand 
Bell. Car Position Indicator, 
Landing Position Indicators at all 
landings . 

Overhead at 6th Floor 

480 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Cycles 




16. DESCRIPTION OF EQU TPMENT 

•) Quantity 

b) C apacity 

e) Speed 

d) ' Travel in Feet 

• ) Number of Landings 

I) Number of Openings 

g) Opera tion 

h) Control 

1) Platforni Size 

j) Buffers 

k) Cab 

1) Car Doors 

b) Hoistvay Doors 

n) Do or Operation 

o) Signels 

p) Machine Location 

q) Power Supply 



B.P.L.A. 

- ELEVATOR ?» 6 

One (1) Geared Passenger Elevator 

4000 Pounds 

200 Feet per Minute 

Patent Room (Old Bldg.) to Special 
Library (Old Bldg.) Approximately 

43'-2" 

Four (4) 

Four (4) - In Line 

Selective Collective Automatic 

Generator Field 

Approximately 6'-6" x 7'-4" 

Spring 

Detailed 

One (1) Center Opening 
3'-6" X 7 '-0" 

Four (4) Center Opening 
3'-6" X 7 '-0" 

High Speed Power with Electronic 
Door Control 

Car Position Indclator, Car 
Direction Indicator Waiting Passen- 
ger Lanterns and Gongs, Car and 
Landing Call Acknowledging Lights. 

Overhead at 6th Floor 

480 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Cycles 



B.P.L.A. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.11 



B.P.L.A. 



17. DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT - DUMBWAITERS »1 & ^2 



a) Quantity 

b) Capacity 

c) Speed 

d) Travel in Feet 

e) Number of Landings 

f ) Number of Openings 

g) Operation 

h) Control 

1) Platform Size 

j) Buffers 

k) Cab 

1) Car Doora 



■) Hoiatway Doora 

n) Door Operation 

o) Signals 

p) Machine Location 

q) Power Supply 



Two (2) Geared Drum Automatic 
Loading and Unloading Dumbwaiters 

500 Pounds Live Load - 2400 Pounds 
Gross Load 

60 Feat par Minute 

3rd to 7th Floor - Approximately 
35'-8" 

Five (5) 

Five (5) Each - Rear at 3rd Floor 

Three Program, Automatic Dispatch, 
Automatic Return and Manual Call 
and Sand with Key Switch Selection. 

Two Speed Alternating Current with 
Automatic Two Way Leveling 

Approximately 2'-2" x 4'-0" with 
Car Safety 

Spring 

Stainless Steel 

Two (2) Each - Vertical Bl- 
Partlng Gat<^a, 

Ten (10) Counterbalanced Bi- 
Partlng 2'-2" x 4'-0" 

Power Operation of Hoistway Doors 
and Car Gatea 

Lantern and Gongs, Control and 
Indicator Panel, Landing Call 
Acknowledging Lights. 

Rear of Shaft at 6th Floor 

480 Volte, 3 Phase, 60 Cycles 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.12 



r«s«ewwiWW*^^aiS5^^H^P8SHa^ii^Wl^fflK 



18. DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT - DUMBWAITER #3 



a) Quantity 

b) Capacity 

c) Speed 

d) Travel in Feet 

•) Number of Landings 

£) Num ber of Openings 

g) Operation 

h) Control 

i) Platform Size 

J) Buffers 

k) Cab 

1) Car Doors 

■) Hoistway Doors 

0) Door Operation 

o) Signals 

p) Machine Location 

q) Power Supply 



One (1) Geared Drum Dumbwaiter 

500 Pounds 

40 Feet per Minute 

Bsmt. to Concourse - Approximately 
13'-0" 

Two (2) 

Three (3) - Rear at Basement 

Multi-Button Call and Send 

Single Speed Alternating Current 

2'-2" X 4 '-0" 



Stainless Steel 

Two (2) Vertical Bi-Partlnp Gate 

Three (3) Counterbalanced Bl- 
Partlng 2'-2" x 4'-0" 

Manual 

"IN USE" Lights in Landing Push 
Button Stations, Service Demand 
Buzzer, Lanterns and Gongs. 

Overhead in Shaft 

480 Volts, 3 Phase. 60 Cycles 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A. 13 



19. DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT 

a) Quantity 

b) Capacity 

c) Speed 

d) Travel in Feet 

•) Number of Landings 

f ) Number of Openings 

g) Operation 
h) Control 

1) Platform Size 

J ) Buffers 

k) Cab 

1) Car Doors 

■) Hoistway Doors 

n) Door Operation 

o) Signals 

o) Machine Location 

q) Power Supply 



B.P.L.A. 

- DUMBWAITER #4 

One (1) Geared Drum Dumbwaiter 

300 Pounds 

40 Feet per Minute 

4th to 5th Floor - Approximately 
8'-4" 

Two (2) 

Two (2) 

Multi-Button 

Single Speed Alternating Current 

Approximately 2'-6" x 3'-4" 



Stainless Steel 

One (1) Vertical Bi-Parting Gate 

Two (2) Counterbalanced Bi- 
Partlng 2'-6" x 3'-0" 

Manual , 

"IN USE" Lights in Landing Push 
Bu 1 1 o r.^ S t-3rt ions Service Demand^ 
Buzzer, Lanterns and Gongs. 

In Bottom of Shaft, on Supports by 
Elevator Subcontractor 

480 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Cycles 



20. MACHINE LOCATION AND FOUNDATION ELEVATORS. 3 & *6 



25 



WAITER #3 



B.P.L.A, 



DUMB- 



The elevator machine shall be placed directly over the hoistway, 
mounted on steel beams and installed with necessary bearing 
plates by the Elevator Subcontractor. A concrete slab shall 
be provided by Contractor over these beams for Elevators #3 and 
#6. 

21. SOUND REDUCING ELEVATORS #3 & ffe 

The Elevator Subcontractor shall provide effective sound- 
reducing material to Isolate the machine from the machine beams 
and flooring. 

22. MACHINE LOCATION & FOUNDATION ELEVATORS </ 1 . tf2. 1/4. & <' 5 - 
DUMBWAITERS <> 1 fcTI "" 

The elevator machine shall be placed adjacent to the hoistway 
in the machine room as shown on the plans and mounted on a 
concrete foundation which shall be provided by Contractor com- 
plete with steel beams as required by the Elevator Subcontrac- 
tor . 

23. METAL FLOORING ELEVATORS 04 & !> 5 

Suitable metal flooring over the area of the hoistway shall be 
provided in conformance with the ELV-2 Code. 

24. GUIDE RAILS AND FASTENINGS - ALL ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

Guide rails for car and counterweight shall consist of 
machined steel tees, erected pluab and securely fastened to the 
hoistway framing by heavy steel brackets. The minimum weights 
of tees to be: 



Elevator Car 
Elevator Counterweight 
Dumbwaiter Car 
MACHINE - ALL ELEVATORS 



15 pounds per foot 
8 pounds per foot 
8 pounds per foot 



The machine shall be of the single worm geared traction type 
with motor, brake, gearing and driving sheave mounted in proper 
alignment 01 a cast iron or steel bedplate. The worm shall be 

nf afp*! \ Tit m O r tk\ ulfh rfio unrm aViaft- anrt r^ r f\\i < A t^ A Lf4^V« a 



ELEVATORS AND 



DUMBWAITERS 
14A.15 



B.P.L.A. 



25. M ACHINE - ALL ELEVATORS (Continued) 

released and designed to be instantly and automatically 
applied in the event of power failure. 

2 6 . KjlNER ATOR FIELD CONTROL - ALL ELEVATORS 

Generator Field Control shall be effected by means of a uni- 
formly varying U.C. voltage produced by an individual motor 
generator set located in tlie machine room and isolated from 
the floor by rubber- in-shear mountings. 

The motor generator set shall start automatically when an 

elevator is needed to answer car or landing calls and shall 

continue to run for a time interval after the last call has 
been answered . 

27. AUTOMATIC SELF-LEVELING - ALL ELEVATORS & DUM BWAITERS #1 & /> 2 

The elevator shall be provided with a self -leveling feature 
that will automatically bring the car to the floor landing. 
This self-leveling shall, within its zone, be entirely auto- 
matic, silent and independent of rope stretch and shall correct 
over-travel as well as under-travel of the car at each landing. 
Dumbwaiters CI and >\l shall level within 1/4' of floor level. 

28. MACHINE - ALL DUMBWAITERS 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A. 14 



chine shall be of the single worm gepred Drum type with 

brake, geared and winding drum mounted In proper align- 
n a cast iron or steel bedplate. The worm shall be of 

integral with the worm shaft, and provided with a 
earing thrust designed to take the end thrust of the 
r,^"^h directions. Thrjj«t 8haJ.l be removable without 
tling the machine". The" worm" gear shall" be hobbed''fron 
ze rim which shall be accurately fitted and bolted to 
ared spider. Brake shall be spring applied, electri- 
released and designed to be instantly and automatically 
d in the event of power failure. 

2 9 . TWO-SPEED ALTERNATING-CURRENT CONTROL - DUM BWAITERS ttl & /? 2 

The control shall be of the Two-Speed Alternating-Current type 
The contactors and relays shall be operated on direct current 
to control the alternating current circuits. The motor shall 
be of two-speed double primary type which provides a leveling 
speed not in exc'ess of 20 feet per minute. The Elevatc.r 
Subcontractor shall provide the equipment to supply direct 
current to operate the brake and the controls. 



The ma 
motor , 
ment o 
steel , 
ball-b 
worm 1 
di sman 
a bron 
the ge 
cally 
appl ie 



ELEVATORS AND 



DUMI'WAITERS 
1 4 A . 1 6 







r;.«9«li«tM«Sffl*«'»>>S»r,4 



r 



B . P . L . A, 



B.P.L.A, 



B.P.L.A, 



B.P.L.A, 



30. G_ROUP_Ali 



; TOMATIC OPF.RATION - PlFVATORS ill & 



ill 



tnt.nt to describe the f«„d...nt.l l>";';^"^«,°;„i;,a .bat 

:;;:rr""r:t n^^r::":tj:srir;..nti^dird ^,.te.. o, t^, 

qualified manufacturers. 



yj^jj_i_nj ^i>»B^er,^er Lan terns and Gon & « 



^tr^^loJ In :h!rh the c.r I. .et to run when 1. le.ve. the 

landing . 

;.;::,::tr::t:.^;:-t:-^:::::j;;;;.::;;i:i!.:::;:"i;.- 
;r:E"-iPi:":r.;;==irii:i;;;:i:.:"."t"..':""'""' 

illuminate and the ponp shall re-sound. 
c) Landinn P"sh butto n Fixtures 

u-n^;- :rtt:r!^^u::r„;u: r£ ire .0. „..^.^o.n 

r.-iin'c:urir":M:I.nrdron rrt'tCSiUntX, re-o,ened. 

d) Car Oper ating Panel 

_v.-ii hm nrovidcd in each car 
A car operating Panel as shown -^^^i^^^;/^,": .^^ operating 
in each front car-return JJ^^J "J^"' "t.^d . an emergency 
buttons corresponding to the ^•"**^"«* "^,* * ^^ stop switch 
alarm button. DOOR OPEN buttons and a„ee,gencys p^ ^ 

to interrupt the power supply. 'PP^^ J^' ^" 
bell on the under side of the car platform. 

The lower portion of one operating panel in e-h car shall^be 

provided w^^Virc^rttin'^re-ro^^ieiator switch; the Key- 

rpratrd";nsreciior;in;h":heiN.EiE^^^^ 



30. GROUP AUTOMATIC OPERATION - ELEVATORS 91 & 'J 2 (Continued) 

1) — re-started successively. 

J ) Operation 

The closing of the doors and the departure of the car from 
the dispatching landing shall be initiated by the Group Super- 
visory Control System to answer landing calls and its own car 
calls . 

Each car shall be provided with a load weighing device which 
shall cause the car to by-pass all landing calls but not its 
own car calls when a car is filled to an adjustable percentage 
of its capacity. These by-passed landing calls shall remain 
registered . 

A High Call Reversal Feature shall prevent an UP car from 

Invariably traveling to the top landing. It shall be reversed 

automatically at the landing corresponding to the highest car 

or DOWN landing call provided there are no UP calls above it. 

The operation of the emergency stop switch in the car shall 
cause the car to stop irrespective of its position in the 
hoistway and shall ring the bell on the car platform. 

Pressing the Emergency Alarm button in the car shall ring the 
alarm bell located in the hoistway. 



30. 



r.RQUP AUTOMATIC OPERATION - ELEVATORS i) 1 f> «2 (Continued) 



31. 



SINGLE AUTOMATIC OPERATION 



ELEVATOR (U 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A. 17 



B.P.L.A. 



30. GROUP AUTOMATIC , OPERATION - ELEVATORS #1 & »2 (Continued) 

•) C all Acknowledging Lights 

A Call Acknowledging Light shall be asaociatcd with each car 
and landing push button. Its illumination shall acknowledge 
the registration of a call from the corraapond ing car or 
landing button. As the call is answered the acknowledging 
light shall be extinguished. 



f) 



Car Position Indicator 



An electric poaltion Indicator as shown shall be provided in 
each car. It shall have a finished faceplate with inset 
plastic numerals each illuminated by a small shielded light 
bulb arranged to light as the car travcla through the hoistway 
to indicate the location of the car to its passengers. 



R) 



Independent Service Feature 



An INDEPENDENT SERVICE switch shall ba provided in each car. 
When this switch is in the ON position, the car shall respond 
only to its own car calls and shall be entirely independent 
uf landing calls. The rest of the bank shall continue to 
operate in a normal manner. 



h) 



Motor Generator Shutdown 



When a motor generator set is shut down by the Group Super- 
visory Control System, the car lights and the fan shall be 
de-cnerglced . The power to the car lights and fan shall not 
be interrupted by the abnormal shutting down of a motor 
genc&vCor sac duC' «o overloads oir failure of p«w£^r supply t.^^ 
the motor generator set. 



1) 



Failure Protectio n 



If the Group Supervisory Control System fails to dispatch cars 
from the dlspstching landing, an Auxiliary Dispatching Control 
shall be placed automatically into operation and shall remain 
in operation until normal dispatching can be resumed. 

If a car does not start within a predetermined time, it shall 
be removed automatically from the system and ahall not affect 
the nprmal operation of the other elevators. When the car , 
resumes its normal operation, it shall automatically respond 
to the Group Supervisory Control System. 

When a failure occurs in the landing button power supply, 
each elevator shall be arranged to stop automatically at all 
landings. Upon the raatoration of the landing button power 
supply, normal operation shall be resumed. 

In the event of power feeder supply failure and subsequent 
reatoration, the motor generator sets shall be automatically 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.18 



k) 



Electronic Door C o ntrol 



Electronic control of the car and landing doors shall provide 
photo-beam protection of the doorway during door closure. Two 
light beams shall be arranged Co cross tha opening directly 
above the car threshold to detect a passenger transfer. 

The photo-electronic equipment shall initiate a primary door- 
open interval of seven to eight seconds for waiting passengers 
when a car stops at a landing. Interruption of a lipht beam 
during this interval or during door closure ahall terminate 
the primary interval and the doors shall re-close Immediately 
after the last passenger tranafers. 

Either time interval may be canceled by momentary pressure of 
a DOOR-CLOSE button in the car operating panel. Constant 
preasure of the companion DOOR OPEN button ahall provi-Je a 
short extension of the interval. 

If the doors have been held open an extended period of time 
they shall automatically start to close and a warning bell 
shall ring. If the LEADING EDGE meets an obstruction or the 
DOOR OPEN button is pressed, the doors shall stop but not 
re-open, and the warning bell shall continue to ring until 
the entrance has been cleared of the obstruction. 



ELEVATORS AND 



DUMBWAITERS 
14A. 19 



B.P .L.A. 



30 



GROUP AUTOMATIC OPERATION - ELEVATORS 111 & /'2 (Continued) 



30 



1) 



Group Suparvlaory Control System 



The Group Supervisory Control System shall provide for the 
efficient handling of Che four recognized basic traffic 
patterns. It shall incorporata AUTOMATIC VARIABLE PROGRAMMING 
to continuously and automatically force Che cars to utilize 
Che best coablnaCion of the baalc progranaing features which 
most efficiently responds to the location, direction and den- 
sity of the overall traffic demand. 

These baaic traffic paCCerns are: 

1. UP-FEAK 

2. BALANCED 

3. HEAVY DOWN 

4. OFF HOURS 



The AUTOMATIC VARIABLE 
examine cha prevailing 
efface an operadon re 
variaCions of chaa. A 
has baan selacted by t 
the naxC car to ba dis 
SELECTED car. A car n 
referred to as an AVAI 
Ita CAR LOADING aign i 
ANOTHER CAR NEXT aigns 
The extinguishing of t 
signal the leaediate d 



PROGRAMMING •ystcai 

traffic deaand and 
aponse to thaaa traf 

car at tha dispatch 
he Group Supervisory 
patched will ba refe 
oc designated the SE 
LABLE car. Each SEL 
lluainated. AVAILAB 

illuainatcd when th 
he CAR LOADING SIGN 
epartura of tha SELE 



shall continuously 
shall automatically 
fie patterns or any 
ing landing which 

Control System as 
rred Co as a 
LECTED car will be 
ECTEO car shall have 
LE cars ahall have 
sir doora are open, 
in each car shall 
CTED car. 



Traffic locacion and direction shsll provide ths basis for tha 
Supervisory '^DlspaCchlDg signslsto «t^rc a SELECTED car 
inacantly or afcar a variable dispatching tiaa interval at che 
aain dlapacching landing. Thla variable dispaCching incerval 
will govern the tiae between daparting cars. If a car fails 
to atart from a dispatching landing within an established time 
after it has received a START signal, it will automatically 
be reaoved froa Che systea and an AVAILABLE car will be 
dispatched . 

When a car is filled to a predetermined capacity ac a dlapacch- 
ing landing, iC shall receive an instant dispatch regsrdless 
of whether it is a SELECTED or AVAILABLE car. Only SELECTED 
care shall have their waiting passenger lanterns illuminated 
at diapatching landings. AVAILABLE cara shsll park with their 
doors closed. When there are no AVAILABLE cars at the expira- 
tiou of tha dlapacching cime interval, the first car that 
becomes AVAILABLE ahall receive ar instant dispatch at Che 
expiradon of ics door-open cine. 



ELEVATORS 



AND DUMBWAITERS 
14A.20 



1 



Up-Peak Operation 



When UP 
cally d 
Supervi 
above o 
diapatc 
number 
The int 
the mai 
loaded 
be term 
patch . 
the rev 
UP-PEAK 



-PEAK traf 
iapa tched 
aory Contr 
r to car c 
hing inter 
of AVAILAB 
erval shal 
n landing 
at the mai 
inated and 

The High 
e real poln 

OPERATION 



fie 
UP f 
ol S 
alls 
va 1 
LE c 

1 CO 

in a 
n la 
the 
Call 
t s o 



occu 

rom 

ys te 

onl 

shal 

ar s 

mm en 

n UP 

nd in 

car 

Rev 

f ea 



rs, the cars shall be automati- 
the main landing by the Group 
m in response to landing calls 
y in the SELECTED car. The 
1 be adjusted depending upon the 
at the lower dispstchinr, larding. 
ce when a SELECTED car has left 

direction. If a car becomes 
g, the dispatching interval shall 

shall receive an instant dis- 
eraal Feature shall determine 
ch elevator while operating on 



2 . Balanced Operation 

When BALANCED LP and DOWN traffic conditions exist, the 
cars shall be dispatched automatically from the dispatch- 
ing landing at time intervals meaaured from the departure 
of the previous car. The dispatching interval shall be 
determined by the number of AVAILABLE cara and the demand 
for aervice. 

The dlapacching incerval shall alao be adjusted in accor- 
dance with the number of cara arriving at Che dispatching 
landing and the traffic demand. 

The Group Supervisory Control System shall control the 
elevators «io that aervice in both directions shall res- 
pond to unequal traffic demanda in either direction. 

3 . Heavy-Down Operation 

When HEAVY-DOWN traffic occurs, Che cars shall be dls- 
pacched UP from the dispatching landing by the Group 
Supervisory Control System. Each Car shsll receive an 
Inetant UP dispatch from the landing without regard to 
election following the expiration of the door-open time 
interval. An UP traveling car ahall be reversed by the 
High Call Reversal Feature. 

4. Off-Hours Operadon 

During OFF HOURS when intermittent traffic occurs, all 
cars shall park at the laC Floor landing with doors closed 
and motor generator sets stopped until s landing call is 



32, 



When a call la registered, the motor gener- 
only one car shall start and this car shall 

answered all 



registered . 
ator aet of 

.en answer the call. After the car 
subsequent calls, it shall return to the 



has 



ELEVATORS 



main landing 

AND DUMBWAITERS 
14A.21 



If 



B.P.L.A. 



GROUP AUTOMATIC OPERATION - ELEVATORS 91 6. #2 (Continued) 

4. -- one or more landing calls are regiatcred below the 
ascending car, the motor generator aet of the second car 
shall start and it ahall anawer thess calls. The High 
Call Reversal Feature ahall control Che reversal point of 
each car. Upon return of all cars to the main landing, 
only the SELECTED car shall stop with its doors open. 
As soon aa all mocor generaCor aeCaof AVAILABLE cars have 
scopped and Che waiCing cime of Che SELECTED car has 
expired, Che SELECTED car ahall close iCs doors and Itc 
motor generator set shall atop. 



32 



■ ) 



Concourse Service 



When a concourae car call is regisCered, the car ahall not stop 
at the main landing unless a car or unanswered DOWN landing 
call is registered for the main landing. 

If no concourse landing call is registered and a DOWN landing 
call is registered ac the main landing, the first DOWN travel- 
ing car to arrive at the main landing shall illuminate its 
DOWN lantern and permit the waiting pasaenger to register a 
concourse car call. If no concourse car call is then regis- 
tered, the car doors shall re-close and the DOWN lantern shall 
be extinguished. The car then shall become AVAILABLE for dis- 
patching in Che UP direction. 

If a concourse car call is regiatared in an AVAILABLE car 
standing at the main landing, the doors shall close snd rc-open 
with the DOWN lantern Illuminated. If while the doors were 
closing a car call is registered for a landing above the main 
landing, -cl:e doors shnj.1 nc-t re-open but Che car shall scai^c^ 
UP and anawer che concourse car call in the DOWN direction. 

A car traveling UP from the concourae with a car call regis- 
tered for a landing above the main landing shsll not stop 
automatically at the main landing unleea an UP landing call 
has been registered with no AVAILAaLE car at the main landing. 

If a landing call la registered at the concourae and there is 

an AVAILABLE car aC the main landing, that car ahall anawer 

the concourse call. If there is no AVAILABLE car at the main 

landing, the firaC DOWN car that approaches the aain landing 
shall answer the concourse landing call. 

n) Key Operation 

All car and landing buttona for 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th floors 
shall be key operated with keya removable in off position and 
maater keyed to the Llbrary'a eystem. Key switches in car 
shall be located in service cabinet in car operating panel. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.22 



The operation shall be SINGLE AUTOMATIC with a fluah mounted 
operating device In the car which shall include a bank of 
buttons numbered to correspond to each hoistway entrance 
served, a key switch for the car light, an alarm button connec- 
ted to a bell which will serve as an emergency sif;nal. The 
momentary pressure of a button shall dispatch the car to the 
corresponding landing. 

An emergency stop switch shall be provided in the car to 
interrupt the power supply, ring an alarm gong on the under- 
side of the car platform and to apply the brake independently 
of the regular operating device. 

Single push buttons with IN USE lights shall be mounted at each 
landing. Momentary pressure of one of the landing buttons 
shall start the car provided In inerlock circuits are estab- 
lished and cause the car to stop at the respective landing. 



car 



The operating shall be arranged to give a person in Che car 
complete and uninterrupted use of the elevstor until the car 
has reached the desired floor. A time delay shall hold the car 
at this landing to allow a car call to be registered without 
interference from another landing call. 

A burzer or bell mounted under the car platform shall ring 
while a call or diapatching button is pressed with a landing 
door open. 



OPERATION AND CONTROL 



ELEVATORS i> U (, //5 



The elevators shall operate as Duplex elevators from a single 
line of push buttons at the landings. UP and DOWN push buttons 
shall be provided at the intermediate landings and aingle 
buttons at the terminal landings. 

A series of push buttons, numbered to correspond to each hoist- 
way entrance, shall be provided in each car operating panel 
which ahall also contain a key switch for the car light and 
an alarm bell button. 



The o 

that 

the c 

been 

the c 

have 

answc 

respo 

call 

After 

open 

cally 



perat i 
the mo 
ar to 
presse 
ar irr 
been p 
r the 
nd to 
and se 
the d 
for an 
. The 



on o 
ment 
the 
d in 
espe 
ress 
cull 
any 
t fo 
oor s 
•dj 
pre 



f each e 
ary prcs 
des ignat 

the ord 
c t 1 ve of 
ed . Dur 
s t rom t 
one call 
r the di 

iiave op 
us table 
ss ing of 



levator 
sing of 
ed land 
e r in w 

the se 
ing thi 
he land 
, and 1 
r ec t ion 
cned at 
period 

any ca 



from 
one 
ings 
hich 
quenc 
s ope 
ings; 
t sha 
of t 
a la 
of ti 
r but 



the car shall be such 
or more buttons shall send 
for which the buttors have 
the landings are reached by 
e in which the buttons 
ration, the car will also 

but only one car will 
11 be the car nearest the 
he landing button pressed, 
nding, they shall remain 
me and then close automati- 
ton, once the doors are 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.23 



B.P.L.A, 



OPERATION AND CONTROL - ELEVATORS OU & /' 5 (Continued) 

fully open, ahall cause the doors to close Immediately. 

The operation shsll be that one car shall be parked at the 
main floor and the other car shall be a free car to answer 
the landing calls. An idle free car ahall answer any landing 
call either above or below where it may be standing except 
that calls from floors below the main parking floor shall be 
answered by the parked car unless the free car is already 
traveling down. 

When the free car is clearing calla. Che oChsr car parked at 
Che main floor will automatically atart to answer landing 
calls, if: 

1. An UP call should be registered from a landing be- 
low the ascending free car. 

2. An UP or DOWN call ahould be regiatered from a 
landing above the descend ng free car. 

r car ahall always respond to its own car buCCon calls 
dless of Che direcclon of Che landing calls and all car 
ents shall be subject to the respective interlock cir- 

being established. When either car ia taken out of 
ce for any reason, the other car ahall aucomat leal ly 
r all calls from the landinga and its own car buttons. 



tithe 
r egar 
movem 
cults 
scrvi 
answe 

An ea 
a gon 
power 
regul 
not" c 
cloae 

A key 
each 
tion, 
ahall 



ergency etop switch shall be provided in the car to ring 
g on the underside of the car platform, to interrupt the 

supply and to apply the brake independently of the 
«r operating device. The opening of the stop switch sha 



11 



r 

A 



ft 



I'i 



I T 



I 



p 

ancel the regtscered carlls, and afi*r this switch 
d , Che car shall conClnue to answer ita calls. 

operated Independent Service switch shall be provided in 
•ar operating panel. When this switch is in the ON posl- 
'che car ahall operate from only ita own car buttons and 

be entirely independent of the landing buttons. 



I •■ ^ -.- 



^ 



33. SELECTIVE-COLLECTIVE OPERATI ON - ELEVATOR #6 

The elevator shall operate from a single rise of push buttons 




at the landings, 
the intermediate 
landings . 



UP and DOWN buttons shall be provided at 
landin;?s and single buttons at the terminal 



A series of push 



buttons, numbered to correspond to each 
hoistway entrance, shall be provided in each car operating 
panll which ahall also contain an alarm bell button, and key 
switches for Che car lights and fan, if provided. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A. 24 



I r 



1 



V. 



B. P.L.A. 



33. SELECTIVE-COLLECTIVE OPERATION - ELEVATOR fib (Continued) 



^'^ 



( 



A. ■ 



The 

the 

car 

regi 

the 

regi 

land 

Is t 

shal 

clos 

door 

late 



oper 
mome 
to t 
ster 
car 
ster 
Ing 
rave 
1 re 
e au 
s ar 
ly. 



atio 

ntar 

he d 

ed 1 

ir r e 

ed. 

call 

ling 

main 

toma 

e f u 



n of 

y pr 

eslg 

n th 

spec 

Dur 

■ CO 

. A 
ope 
tlca 
lly 



the 
essi 
nate 
e or 
tlve 
Ing 
rres 
f ter 
n f o 
lly. 
open 



e le 
ng o 
d la 
der 

of 
this 
pond 

the 

r an 

Th 

, sh 



vator 

f one 

nd ing 

in wh 

the s 

oper 

ing t 

door 

ad J u 

e reg 

all c 



f rom 
or m 
8 for 
ich t 
equen 
at ion 
o the 
s hav 
s tabl 
later 
ause 



cha 
ore 

whl 
he 1 
ce i 
. th 

dir 
e op 
e pe 
Ing 
the 



car 
butto 
ch th 
and in 
n whi 
e car 
ec t lo 
ened 
riod 
of a 
doors 



ahal 
ns 8 
e ca 
gs a 
ch t 

wll 
n in 
at a 
of t 
car 

to 



1 be 
hall 
lis h 
re re 
he ca 
1 als 
uhic 
land 
ime a 
call 
close 



such that 
send the 
ave been 
ached by 
1 1 was 
o answer 
h the car 
ing. they 
nd then 
once the 
imned- 



If the car starts VV in response to several DOWN landing calls, 
the car shall proceed to the highest DOWN landing call and then 
reverse to collect other DOWN landing calls. UP calls shall 
be collected similarly when the car starts DOWN in response 
to such calls. If the car stops for a landing call and a car 
button is pressed within a pre-determlned interval after the 
stop for a landing corresponding to the direction the car was 
traveling, the car shall proceed in the same direction regard- 
less of other landlnp calls registered. 

If DOWN landing calls are registered while the car Is traveling 
UP the car shall not stop at these landings but these calls 
■hall remain registered. After the highest car and UP landing 
calls have been answered, the car shall reverse automatically 
and respond to car and DOWN landing calls. When traveling 
DOWN, the car shall not respond UP landing calls, but thtse 
calls shall remain registered and be answered on the next UP 
trip. 

The car shall always respond to Its own car calls regardless 
of the direction of the landing c.lls and all car movements 
shall be subject to the respective Interlock circuits being 
established . 

An anergency stop switch shall be provided in the car to 
Interrupt the power supply, ring an alarm gong on the under- 
side of the car platform and to apply the brake independently 
of the regular operating device. The opening of the stop 
•witch shall not cancel the registered calls, and after this 
switch is again closed, the car shall continue to answer its 
calls . 

A key operated Independent Service switch shall be provided 
in each car operating panel. When this switch is in the ON 
position, the car shall operate from only its own car buttons 
and shall be entirely independent of the landing buttons. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A. 25 



" " ^ 



B. P.L.A, 



34, OPERATION - DUMBWAITERS 01 & »2 

a) The dumbwaiters shall be arranged for Three Program 
Operation, Automatic Dispatch, Automatic Return and Manual 
Call and Send. 

b) A Supervisory Control Panel shall be located at the 3rd 
floor and contain the following. 

1. A position Indicator consisting of a vertical row of 
numerals for each duabwaiter corresponding to the floors 
served by each dumbwaiter. As a dumbwaiter travels 
through the holstway, its position shall be indicated by 
the illumination of the corresponding numeral. 

2. A four position key switch for each dumbwaiter 
arranged so that key can be removed in each position. 
The faceplate shall be engraved to show the three pro- 
grams. Automatic Dispatch, Automatic Return, Manual Call 
& Send and Off. 

c) The landing push button fixtures for each dumbwaiter at 
the 3rd floor shall contain light* to Indicate the program in 
effect, dispatch buttons for each floor above the 3rd floor, 
a return button, door open, door close and stop button. The 
landing push button fixtures for each dumbwaiter at all other 
floors shall contain lights to Indicate the program In effect, 
a call button, a return button, door open, door close and stop 
buttons. A Call Acknowledging Light shall be associated with 
each landing push button. Its Illumination shall acknowledge 
the registration of an unanswered call from the corresponding 
. ^ •- l^nji-lng b';Ltt/3n. .. ^ " .- ^ ^^, 

d) An Arrival Lantern of standard design with single stroke 
gong shall be provided over each entrance to announce the 
arrival of the dumbwaiter. 

•) Dispatch Program 



B. P.L.A. 



34. OPERATION - DUMBWAITERS </ 1 & // 2 (Continued) 

f) -- loaded into the dumbwaiter which then returns to the 
3rd floor and the cart Is automatically unloaded. Calls for 
"return" may be registered at any number of floors at the same 
time, and they are to be answered in turn starting with the 
highest floor at which a call has been registered. All floors 
at which calls have been registered shall receive equal service 



35 



36 



g) Manual Call & Send Program 



When the Manual Program is in effect the doors are opened and 
closed by use of the buttons in the landing fixtures and the 
carts loaded and unloaded manually. 

A dumbwaiter shall be called to a landing by pressing the CALL 
button and up on arrival the lantern shall illuminate and the 
gong sound. After a cart is loaded manually and the doors 
closed the dumbwaiter shall automatically return to the 3rd 
floor. The 3rd floor lantern will announce the arrival of the 
dumbwaiter at which time the doors then can be opened and the 
cart unloaded manually. 



OPERATION AND CONTROL 



DUMBWAITERS tf3 & /»4 



The 

push 

wl th 

land 

car 

by t 

all 

land 

visi 

All 

mo 1 1 

orde 



dumb 
but 
a f 

ings 

can 

he m 

land 

ing 

ble 

butt 

on a 

r to 



waiter 
tons . 
ull ba 

serve 
be cal 
omenta 
ing do 
■ hall 
throug 
ons sh 
nd for 

allow 



shall 
Lach 
nk of 
d. Th 
led fr 
ry pre 
ors ar 
be Ind 
h a gl 
all re 
a few 
time 



ope 
land 
butt 
e CO 
om a 
ssur 
e cl 
Icat 
ass 
main 

sec 
for 



rate 
ing 6 
ons n 
ntrol 
nd dl 
e of 
osed . 
ed by 
vis lo 
inop 
onds 
openl 



fully 

hall 

umber 

shal 

spate 

the r 

The 

a su 
n pan 
e rat 1 
after 
ng th 



aut 
have 
ed t 
1 be 
hed 
espe 

arr 
itab 
el 1 
ve w 

its 
• ho 



omatlcally from landing 

a fixture faceplate 
o correspond to the 

arranged so that the 
to the various landings 
ctlve buttons, provided 
ival of the car at any 
le light in the car 
n the holstway door. 
hlle the car is in 

arrival at a landing in 
la tway door . 



Each fixture faceplate shall be equipped with an "In Use" 
light which shall indicate when the car Is being used. 

A buzzer or bell mounted under the car platform shall ring 
while a call or dispatching button is pressed with a landing 
door open. 

An arrival lantern of standard design with single stroke gong 
shall be provided as located on drawings to announce the 
arrival of the dumbwaiter. 

LANDING POSITION INDICATOR - ELEVATOR tf 3 

An electric position indicator of standard design shall be 
provided above each landing entrance. This indicator shall 
consist of a finished faceplate with plastic numerals behind 



ELEVATORS AND 



DUMBWAITERS 
14A.27 



B. P.L.A, 



36. LANDI NG POSITION INDICATOR - ELEVATOR 13 (Continued) 

each of which shall be small shielded light bulb, so arranged 
that as the car travels through the holatway, its position 
shall be indicated by the Illumination of the numeral corres- 
ponding to the landing at which the car !■ stopped or passing. 

3 7 . WAITING PASSENGER LANTERNS AND GONGS - ELEVATORS //I. <> 2 . <> 4 . 
tf5 & #6 

Waiting Passenger Lanterns as shown mounted In faceplates with 
car arrival gongs shall be provided over each entrance and 
arranged to show the direction in which the car is set to run 
when it leaves the landing. 



38 



CA K_ POS ITION INDICATOR - ALL ELEVATORS 

An electric position Indicator of atanding design for Elevator 
#3 and as shown for Elevators /»1, * 2 , fi U , ff5 and "6 shall be 
provided in the car. The indicator shall consist of a finished 
faceplate with plastic numerals behind each of which shall be 
a small shielded light bulb, so arranged that as the car 
travels through the holstway its position shall be indicated 
by the illumination of the numeral corresponding to the land- 
ing at which the car is stopped or passing. 



39 



CAR DIRECTION INDICATOR 



ELEVATORS fU . »S & #6 



AG 



An electric direction indicator of standard design shall be 
provided in each car door jamb. It shall have a finished face- 
plate with inset plastic indications each illuminated by a 
shielded flight bulb arranged to indicate the direction in 
which" the" car is set to travel when it leaves a landing. 

CALL ACKNOWLEDGING LIGHTS - ELEVATORS #1. ff2. tfA. /» 5 & "6 - 



When 
with 
cart 



a dumbwaiter is not In use it shall park at the 3rd floor, 
the doors closed. A cart is dispatched by locating the 
in front of the entrance and pressing the dispatch button 
for the desired floor. The doors then open automatically, ths 
cart is drawn into the dumbwaiter, ths doors close automati- 
cally and the dumbwaiter proceeds to the desired floor.- Upon 
arrival the doors open automatically, the cart unloaded, the 
doors close automatically and the dumbwaiter returns to the 
3rd floor for the next load. 

f) Return Program 

The dumbwaiter may be called to any floor by pressing the 
return button when the RETURN light is lit. Upon arrival ths 
cart which is located in front of the entrance is automatically 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.26 



D UMBWAITERS ffl & tf2 

A call acknowledging light shall be associated with each (car 
and) landing push button. Its illumination shall acknowledge 
the registration of an unanswered call from the corresponding 
landing button . 

41. HOISTWAY ACCESS AND INSPECTION OPERATION - ALL ELEVATORS 

Holstway access and top' of car operating dsvlcea shallbe pro- 
vided for Inspection purposes according to ths provisions of 
the governing code. 

4 2 . ELEC TRIC WIRING - ALL ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

Furnish and Install complete, necessary insulated wiring to 
connect all parts of the equipment. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

UA.28 



42. 



44 



B.P. L.A. 



ELECTRIC WIRING - ALL ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS (Continued) 

Insulated wiring shall have a flame retarding and moisture 
resisting outer cover and shall be run in conduit, netalllc 
tubing or wire ducts. 

Traveling cables between car and holstway shall have Jl^me 
retarding and moisture resisting outer cover. They shall be 
flexible and shall be suitably suspended to relieve strains 
in the individual conductors. 



43. CAR AND HOISTWAY DOOR 



nPF.RATORS - ELEVATORS tfl. #2, ^U , <^ 5 & <^6 



A high speed, motor-driven electric operator shall be provided 
to open and close the car door and holstway doors when the car 
is at a landing. The car door and holstway door at any land- 
ing shall be opened and closed simultaneously. Door movements 
shall be cushioned at both extremes of travel. An electro- 
mechanical inter-lock shall be provided at each opening to 
prevent the operation of the elevator unless all doors are 
closed and locked. An electric contact shall be provided on 
the car door to prevent the operation of the elevator unless 
the car door is closed. 

The door operator shall be so arranged that in case of a 
failure of electric power, that doors can be readily operated 
by hand from within the car. 

The doors shall open automatically when the car is levelinr. at 
the respective landing and shall close after a pre-de termlned 
time interval has elapsed. A "DOOR OPEN" button shal be 
provided in the car, to permit the doors to reopen and to re- 
set the time Interval. 

The car door shall be provided with a full height protective 
Leading Edge projecting beyond the front edge of ^llf^^^^ J^^ 
retracting at both extreme travel of door trend. This device 
shall be so arranged that should it be deflected by any 
obstruction while the car door is closing, it shall automati- 
cally cause the doors to return to the open position. 

The doors shall open at the rate of approximately 3 ' P" 
second; they shall close at a rate approximately 1 per second 

ELECTRONIC DOOR CONTROL - ELE VATORS #1. »2. */ 4 . ^5 & 06 

Each automatic car entrance shall be equipped with «" ^l^J" 
tronic device in addition to the Leading Edge. Two (J) light 
beams shall be arranged to cross the door opening at 12 and 
36" above the threshold. 

The electronic device shall provide an initial doo r-open t ine 
Interval of from 3-8 seconds which shall govern the closing 
of the doors. If the light be. m is interrupted by passengers 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.29 



B.P . L.A, 



ELEVATORS 01. ^'2. 4. 05 & ^6 



44. ELECTRONIC DOOR CONTROL 
(Continued) 

entering or leaving the car this door-open time interval shall 
be readjusted to provide a secondary Interval of approximately 
one second following the restoration of the light beam. The 
door-open time interval shall be cancelled on the pressure of 
the Door Close button. 

The electronic device shall operate to prevent the car and 
holstway doors from starting to close if a person or sizeable 
ojject obstructs the door opening. It shall cause the dcors 
to stop and reopen If a light beam is Interrupted after the 
doors have started to close. 

If the doors are held open for an extended period of tine be- 
cause of an obstruction in the doorway, the doors shall auto- 
matically start to close and a warning bell shall ring. If 
the Leading Edge now meets an obstruction or the door open 
button is held in the doors shall stop but not reopen and s 
warning ball shall continue to ring until the entrance has 
been cleared of the obstruction. 

A Key Switch shall be provided In the car station to deactivate 
the electronic device in case of Its failure to allow the 
operation of the elevator. 

45. BUFFERS - ALL ELEVATORS & DUMBWAITE RS tfl fc <> 2 

Furnish and install suitable buffers for both car and countsr- 
welght. Pipe struts and steadiers for buffers shall be pro- 
vided if requirsd. 

46. ROLLER GUIDES - ELEVATORS 01. 02. *4. Jib 4 #6 



47 



48, 



49 



50 



51 



52, 



Each 
guide 
of th 
shall 
of no 
3' in 
rail 
guide 
the g 
surfs 
to pr 
f rent 



car and 
s. The 

e car f 

be equ 
t less 

dlamet 
surface 

rails 
uides s 
CSS. B 
ovidc o 

to bac 



coun 
se gu 

rams 
ippsd 
than 
er f o 
a. T 
and e 
hall 
flsnc 
pt Imu 
k. 



terwe 
ides 
and c 
with 
7' in 
r the 
he ro 
ach r 
be aa 
• vel 
m ad J 



iRht 
■ hall 
ounte 
qule 
dlam 
coun 
llsr 
oiler 
Intel 
ghts 
us tme 



shall 

be mo 
rwelgh 
t , rub 
eter f 
terwel 
guides 
of th 
ned in 
shall 
nt as 



be e 
unta 
t fr 
ber- 
or t 
ght 

she 
a re 

uni 
be 1 
to 1 



quipp 
d on 
aaa . 
tired 
he ca 
to ru 
11 ru 
spect 
form 
n s t a 1 
oc'stl 



ed with roller 
the top and bottom 
Each roller guide 
ball-bearing rollers 
r and not less than 
n on three finished 
n on dry unlubrlcated 
Ive side and face of 
contact with the rail 
led beneath the car 
on both sidewsys and 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.30 



B.P. L.A. 



COUN TERWEIGHT - ALL ELEVATORS 

Each elevator shall be counter-balanced with cast iron welphts 
contained in a structural steel frame. The counterweight shall 
be equal to the weight of the complete elevator car plus about 
40% of the specified load. It shall be guarded with a sub- 
stantial metal counterweight screen at the bottom of the 
hoi stway . 



CAR PLATFORM - ELEVATORS 01. 2. .U. 05 



& #6 



Each car platform shall consist of a structural steel frame, 
with double wood flooring and 3/16' rubber tile top floor with 
design and color to be selected. The platform shall be mounted 
on rubber pads or the car shall be otherwise rubber insulated 
from the hoist ropes. A threshold of aluminum shall be pro- 
vided as shown on drawings. Carpets for Elevators 01 and 02 
shall be provided under a separate contract. 

GUIDE & GUIDE RAIL LUBRICATORS - ELEVATOR 03 

Guide shoes shall be cast iron with rail lubricators provided 
on all guide rails to distribute oil evenly to each rail at a 
rate adjustable by regulating screws. 



CAR PLATFORM 



ELEVATOR 3 



The car platform shall consist of a structural steel frame 
with double hardwood flooring with a finished oak top flooring 
and flreprooflng with sheet steel on the underside of the 
plat form . 

CAR ENCLOSURE - ELEVATOR 03 

The car shall be of the freight type with sides of sheet steel 
to a height of approximately 8'-0" equipped with a sheet steel 
car top . 

C AR ENCLOSURE - ELEVATORS 01 & 02 

The car shall be of the following construction and design, and 
the elevator contractor shall submit complete details for 
approval : 

a) The car panels shall be of best-grade cold-rolled furni- 
ture steel not less than 014 U.S. standard gauge. The car 
panels shall be reinforced on the exterior with angles welded 
to sheet steel to insure rigidity. Panels shall extend from 
top of recessed base to ceiling of cab. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.31 



B.P .L.A. 



52. rAR ENCLOSURE - ELEVATORS 01 & 02 (Continued) 

b) Side and rear pansls shall have applied woven wire panels 
running from top of base to a height of 7'-0" above finished 
floor. Panels shall be edged with stainless steel and separa- 
ted by a recessed stainless steel strip. The front return 
panels shall be faced in a similar manner and separated from 
the square stainless steel entrance columns and side panels 

by recessed stainless steel strips. 

c) The base and area between top of panels and hung celling 
shall be faced with stainless steel. 

d) The transom shall consist of • seven section translucent 
plastic pan.l the full width of the car with necessary equip- 
ment to serve as a car position indicator and directory. 

e) The canopy shall consist of No. 12 gauge sheet steel car 
top; the canopy members shall be altered and welded at the 
corners and represent practically one piece construct on The 
car top shall be reinforced to support a load as ;;«^"^^« j^ J^ ^ 
the A.S.E. Code. The sheet steel surfaces shall be subject to 
an approved rust-preventive process before the finish is app- 
lied, and the interior finished in three gray prime coats and 
three flnsl coats of white baked enamel finish. 

f) The ceiling shall be suspended on all four sides in an 
stainless steel fratae. Celling shall consist of aluminum 
egg-crate shaped core with 1/2 inch cells, formed true and 
symmetrical and of generally uniform P"' ^ '^^^^ "PP"'^'";' . 
Finish of core shall be natural alumillted aluminum or baked 

enaael . 



snni consist of* single-sp.sd kay opiyrated 



g) VsntllatifJ^ 
exhaus t f an . 

h) Key Operated lighting shall be of direct fluorescent type 
arranged in continuous wire troughs running front to back on 
approximately 9 inch centers, 10 rows per car. 

1) The csr shall be provided with one (1) set of center 
opening car doors, approximately 4'-3" wide by 7'-0 high. 
Each door panel shall be of hollow-metal flush-type con.truc- 
Uon on not less th..« 1" thick and shall be "«<'«/, ^"-"[J^:^ 
furniture steel suspension sheave-type hangers similar to those 
■ peclfled f-or holstway dpors. Doors shall be especially 
designed and reinforced for power operation. The panels shall 
be faced and edged in a sinllar manner as the return panels. 

\\ The car shall be provided with emergency exits in con- 
formance with requirements of the ELV-2 Code. The top exit 
shall be held in place by suitable fastenings removable from 
outside of ceiling. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A. 32 



*, 



\ 



\ 




^a i iaJ-^iBajMPP^ag 



B . P . L . A 



B.P .L.A. 



52. C AR ENCLOSURE - ELEVATORS tfl I, i)2 (Continued) 

k) Necessary cutouts shall be provided In the car for 
operating fixtures, signal fixtures, etc., as specified else- 
where . 



1) 



The car shall be securely fastened to the platform. 



m) Wainscot protection pads shall be provided. Stainless 
steel pad hooka suitable for hanging pads shall be furnished 
as located on drawings. 



n) 

s tee 
othe 
lals 
"Bon 
All 
t ion 
to i 
coat 
rubb 
be s 
be b 
tura 



Fin 
1 su 
r fo 

sha 
derl 
expo 
s of 
nsur 

of 
ed s 
elec 
aked 
1 me 



ish of 
r f aces 
reign 
11 the 
zing" 
sed f u 

miner 
e a sm 
baked 
nooth . 
ted by 

on sc 
mbers 



bak 

sha 

subs 

n re 

or t 

rni t 

al f 

ooth 

enam 

Th 

Arc 

para 

shal 



ed enam 
11 be t 
tances 
ce Ive a 
he equa 
ure Bte 
lller w 
8ur f ac 
el prim 
ree add 
hltect 
t ely an 
1 rece i 



el s 
horo 
in p 
rus 
1 fo 
el s 
ith 
e . 

e or 
Itlo 
shal 
d ma 
ve a 



hall b 
ughly 
repara 
t prev 
llowed 
ur f ace 
each a 
This s 

surf a 
nal CO 
1 be a 
de smo 

shop 



e as 
clea 
tion 
ent 1 

by 
s sh 
ppli 
hall 
cer 
ats 

ppli 

oth 

coat 



foil 
ned o 

for 
ng tr 
a bak 
all r 
cat lo 

be f 
which 
of en 
ed ea 
and c 

of b 



ows : Fu 
f oil, g 
f Inishin 
eatment 
ed-on pr 
ecelve a 
n baked 
ollowed 

1 s sand 
amel in 
ch of vh 
lean. A 
lack pal 



ml ture 
reas e and 
g. Mater- 
such as 
imer coat . 
ppl Ica- 
and sanded 
by a heavy 
ed and 
color to 
ich shall 
11 struc- 
nt . 



o) All stainless steel shall be ^302 18-8 Non-magnetic, and 
shall be finished after fabrication by belt sanding with a 50 
grit belt, followed by sanding with a 100 grit belt and fin- 
ally polished using a 120 grit belt. The die marks and skin 
fractures at corners of bands are to be removed and those 
areas also finished in the same manner. The stainless steel 
shall receive an application of clear baked epoxy. 

p) Particular care must be taken in boxing and crating the 

cab to avoid damage in transit, as cab and accessories must be 

In excellent condition at the time of final Inspection after 
Installation in the building. 

q) The car shall be designed with panels of size that can be 
handled in the elevator hoistway and through the door open- 
ing. The car shall be 8'-0" high at the suspended celling 
with I'-O" above to the top of the car. 

r) Refer to Architect's drawings for detalla of car and 
woven wire . 

5 3 . CAR ENCLOSURE - ELEVATORS #l> & »S 

The car shall be of the following construction and design, and 
the elevator contractor shall submit complete details for 
approval : 

a) The car panels shall bs of best-grade cold-rolled furniture 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

1AA.33 



53 



B.P. L.A. 



53. CAR ENCLOSURE - ELEVATORS »A & 05 (Continued) 

•) -- steel not lass than #14 U.S. standard gauge. The car 
panels shall be reinforced on the exterior with angles welded 
to sheet steel to insure rigidity. Panels shall extend from 
top of recessed base to calling of cab. 

b) Side and rear panels shall have applied 3/4" plywood paneli 
faced with resinous plastic laminate running from top of base 

to a height of 7'-0" above finished floor. Panels shall be 
edged with stainless stael and separated by a recessed stain- 
less steel strip. The front return panels shall be faced in 
a similar manner and separated from the square stainless steel 
entrance columns and side panels by recessed stainless steel 
strips. The exterior shall be covered with a resinous laminate 
and tUb ga. sheet steel. 

c) The base and ares between top of panels and hung calling 
shall be facad with stainless steel. 



ENCLOSU RE - 



(Continued) 



d) The transom shall consist of a seven section translucent 
plastic panel the full width of the car with necessary equip- 
ment to serve 



as a car position indicator and directory 



C 



e) The canopy shall consist of No. 12 gauge sheet steel car 
top: the canopy members shall be raftered and welded at the 
corners and represent practically one piece construction. The 
car top shall be reinforced to support a load as required by 
the A.S.E. Code. The sheet steel surfaces shall be subject to 
an approved rust-preventive process before the finish is 
applied, and the interior finished in three gray prime coats 
and thre^a final coats of whi-jte lr.jk»J enamel .,f Jji^sh . 

f) The ceiling shall be suspended on all four sides in a 
stainless steal frame. Ceiling ahall consist of aluminum 
egg-crate shaped core with 1/2 inch cells, formed true and 
symmetrical and of generally uniform pattern in appearance. 
Finish of core shall be natural alumillted aluminum or baked 
enamel . 



g) Vpntllation shall consist 
•xhaust fan. 



if a single-speed key operated 



1^ 

I 



h) Key Operated lighting shall be of direct fluorescent type 
arranged in contlnudua wire troughs running front to back on 
approximately 9 inch centers, 10 rows per car. 

1) The car shall be provided with one (1) set of center open- 
ing car doors, approximately 4'-3" wide by 7'-0" high. Each 
door panel shall be of hollow-metal flush-type construction on 
not less than 1" thick and shall be made of best-grade furniture 
steel suspension sheave-type hangers similar to those speci- 
fied for hoistway doors. Doors shall be especially designed 
and reinforced for power operation. The panels shall be 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.34 




55 



4) The car shall be provided with emergency e^^^^s in con 

formance with requirements of the ELV-2 Code. The top exit 

shin be held m'place by suitable fastenings removable from 
outside of ceiling. 

W1 Necessary cutouts shall be provided in the car for oper- 
ating fixt^^s , signal fixtures, etc.. as specified elsewhere 

1) The car shall be securely fastened to the platform. 

„) Wainscot protection pads shall be P^^J'^*^ • /"^^ J* JJj 
steel pad hooks suitable for hanging pads shall be furnished 
as located on drawings. 



n) Fl 
steel 8 
other f 
lals sh 
"Bonder 
All exp 
t ions o 
to insu 
coat of 
rubbed 
be sele 
be bake 
tural m 



nish 
ur f a 
orel 
all 
izln 
osed 
f mi 
re a 
bak 
smoo 
c ted 
d on 
embe 



of b 
ces s 
gn su 
then 
g" or 

f urn 
ner al 

smoo 
ed en 
th. 

by A 

sepa 
rs sh 



aked 
hall 
beta 
rece 

the 
Itur 

f 11 
th s 
amel 
Thre 
rchi 
rate 
all 



ename 

be th 
nces 1 
ive a 

equal 
e stee 
ler wl 
ur f ace 

pr ime 
e addl 
tect s 
ly and 
recelv 



1 sh 
orou 
n pr 
rust 

fol 
1 su 
th e 
. T 

or 
t Ion 
hall 

mad 
e a 



all 

ghly 

epar 

pre 
lowc 
r f ac 
ach 
his 
surf 
al c 

be 
e sm 
shop 



be a 
c le 
atio 
vent 
d by 
es s 
appl 
shal 
acer 
oats 
appl 
ooth 
coa 



s fo 
aned 
n f 
ing 

a b 
hall 
icat 
1 be 

whi 

of 
led 

and 
t of 



1 lows : 

of oil 
r finis 
t r eatme 
aked-on 

recelv 
ion bak 

follow 
ch is 8 
enamel 
each of 

clean . 

black 



Fur 
. gr 
hing 
nt 8 

pri 
e ap 
ed a 
ed b 
ande 
in c 

whl 

Al 

pain 



niture 
ease and 

M.ater- 
uch as 
mer coat . 
p 1 ica- 
nd sanded 
y a heavy 
d and 
o lor to 
ch shall 
1 struc- 
t . 



56 



o) All stainless steel shall be 1)202 18-8 Non-magnetic, and 
iLllll ^ shed after fabrication by belt sanding vi^h a 50 
!rtt belt followed by sanding with a 100 grit belt and fln- 
Tl y polhid using a\20 grit belt. The die marks -d skin 
fiiLSres at corners of bends are to be "°°-^^^^;^^° t,,, 
areas also finished in the same manner. The stainless steel 
shall receive an application of clear baked epoxy. 

p) Particular care must be taken in boxing and crating the 
cab to avoid damage in transit, as cab and accessor es ^"^^ be 
in excellent condition at the time of final inspection after 
installation in the building. 
o^ The car shall be designed with panels of size that can 

ll handled In the elevator hoistway and '^-"^^.^^/Z.^llnr"' 
Ing. The car shall be 8'-0" high at the suspended celling 
with I'-O' above to the top of the car. 



57 



r) 



Refer to Architect's drawings for details of car 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A. 35 



B.P. L.A. 



54. CAR ENCLOSURE - ELEVATOR Ifb 

The car shall be of the following construction and design, 
and the elevator Subcontractor shall submit complete details 
for approval: 

a) Panels shall be of best-grade cold-rolled furniture steel 
not less than ^^4 U.S. standard gauge. The panels shall be 
reinforced on the exterior with angles welded to sheet steel 
to Insure rlpidity. 

b) The car canopy shall be of best-grade cold-rolled furni- 
ture steel not less than 1HU U.S. standard gauge. The canopy 
shall be securely welded at all corners so as to represent 
practically a one-piece construction and reinforced to form a 
working platform to withstand the weight of two workmen. 



c) The car entrance columns shall be finished in 
enane 1 . 



baked 



d) 



The car shall be securely fastened to the platform. 



e) The car shall be provided with emergency exits In con- 
formance with requirements of the ELV-2 Code. The top exit 
shall be held in place by suitable fastenings removable from 
Inside and outside of celling. 

f) Necessary cutouts shall be provided In the car for oper- 
ating fixtures, signal fixtures and so forth, as specified 

e Isewhere . 

g) The car shall be provided with one (1) set of center open- 
ing car ^door,s^^ap,proxlmately 3'-6" wlde^bv J'-O" high. Each ^ 
door panel shal 1 'be'of hoTlow metal f lush- t'ype" cons t rue tTi on" 
not less than 1 in. thick and shall be made of best-grade 
cold-rolled furniture steel not less than tt lb U.S. standard 
gauge. The car door leaves shall be hung on two-point- 
suspension sheave-type hangers similar to those specified for 
hoistway doors. Doors shall be especially designed and rein- 
forced for power operation. 

h) Lighting shall consist of a direct fixture in the celling. 

i) All Interior and exterior steel surfaces shall be Bonder- 
Ized or given an approved rust-preventive process before the 
finish is' appXled. The exterior steel surfaces of car panels 
shall be given an application of Insulmat, or other approved 
sound-deadenlng material. The Interior steel surfaces shall 
be finished with six coats of baked-on enamel In solid colors 
as se lee ted . 

j) Particular care must be taken in boxing and crating the 
car to avoid damage in transit, as cab and accessories must be 
in perfect condition at the time of final inepectlon in build- 
ing. 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.36 



B.P. L.A. 



CAR - DUMBWAITERS I? 1 & «2 

The car shall be 2'-2" wide by 4'-0" front to back by 4'-0" 
high consisting of two sides, top and bottom provided with a 
recessed light fixture and switch. Car shall be built of lb 
ga. stainless steel sides and top and 14 ga. floor well rein- 
forced. Two bl-partlng stainless steel direct power operated 
doors shall be provided with a safety contact and an automatic 
reversing edge on the underside of the upper door section. 



A ma 

auto 

allg 

and 

pos 1 

pos I 

shal 

beyo 

shal 

to a 

dlst 

swiv 

door 

brid 

mach 

of c 



chine 
matlc 
ning 
to mo 
t ion 
tion 
1 be 
nd sh 
1 hav 
How 
ance 
el wh 
B , th 
ge wl 
Ine s 
apac I 



shall 
ally e 
cart c 
ve the 
of swl 
carts 
suppor 
a f tway 
e flex 
remove 
from c 
eels o 
e car 
th car 
hall b 
ty of 



be pr 
I ther 
ouple r 
m In a 
ve 1 wh 
on car 
ted en 

doors 
Ible e 
1 f rom 
ar pla 
n cart 
shall 
t whee 
e cons 
the du 



ovlded 
f ron t 

ar ran 

s t ra I 
eels o 

or dl 
t Irely 

to lo 
Icctr I 

car f 
t f rm 
s f rora 
have a 
1 guld 
1 dered 
mbwa i t 



for 
or ba 
ged t 
r,ht 1 
n the 
schar 

upon 
ad an 
c cab 
or se 
to bu 

lock 
n au t 
es , a 

"dea 
e r . 



load in 
ck , to 
o enga 
ine re 

car t , 
ge car 

dumbw 
d unlo 
les an 
rvic In 
ilding 
Ing be 
omat Ic 
t each 
d we Ig 



g an 
geth 
ge c 
gard 
and 
ts f 
alte 
ad t 
d pi 

8- 
f lo 

twee 
sal 
ope 

ht" 



d un 
er w 
arts 
less 

als 
rom 
r an 
he c 
ugs 
In o 
or a 
n sh 
f-le 
n en 
and 



load 
Ith 

at 

of 
oar 
car . 
d sh 
arts 
and 
r de r 
nd t 
aft 
veil 
d of 
be I 



Inp c 
Its s 
their 
numbe 
range 
Mac 
all e 
Ma 
be mo 

to s 
o pre 
and c 
ng dr 

car . 
ndepe 



arts 
elf- 
center 
r or 
d to 
h Ine 
xtend 
chine 
un ted 
pan the 
vent 
ar 
aw- 

The 
nden t 



The supplier of the automatic loading and unloading equipment 
shall be able to show not less than three installations ol the 
type specified that have been in satisfactory operation for a 
period of one year prior to the bid opening date. 

CAR - DUMBWAITER #3 

The car shall be 2'-2" wide by 4 * -0" front to back by 4'-0' 
high consisting of two sides, top and bottom provided with a 
recessed light fixture and switch. Car shall be built of 16 
ga . stainless steel sides and top and a 14 ga. floor well 
reinforced and two vertical bl-partlng stainless "iteel gates 
shall be provided. 



CAR 



DUMBWAITER tf 4 



The car shall be 2'-6" wide by 3'-6' front to back by 3 ' -0" 
high consisting of three sides, top and bottom provided with 
a recessed light fixture and switch. Car shall be built of 
16 ga. stainless steel sides and top and a 16 ga. floor well 
reinforced. Two removable shelves and one vertical bl-partlng 
stainless steel gate shall be provided. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A. 37 



B.P. L.A, 



58. H OLLOW METAL ELEVATOR ENTRANCES - ELEVATORS ff 1 . /> 2 , »4. 05 & 



n 



The Elevator Sub-Contractor shall furnish and Install at the 
required openings metal entrances, consiating of frames, doors, 
sills, fascia plates, hanger aupports, struts and closer 
angles, hanger cover platee, tracks and hangers and hardware 
in accordance with the following and as shown on the Architect's 
drawings : 



• ) 



Unit Frames 



The Unit Frames shall be made from /lU U.S. gauge best grade 
furniture steel and shall comprise head and jamb sections with 
integral casing or trim with bolted or welded corners to form 
one piece unit frames. Frames shall contain suitable material 
for effective sound deadening. All frames shall be securely 
fastened to sills snd hanger supports and shall be returned on 
the hoistway side to present a neat appearance. The frames 
for Elevators '/I and #2 at Concourse, Ist. Mezz.. 2nd and 3rd 
Floors 6>all be bronze. 



b) 

Doors 

4'-3" 

vator 

tain 

shall 

steel 

movab 

the s 

relnf 

doors 

finis 

#1 (. 

be br 



Doors 

shal 

X 7' 

s U, 

su I ta 

be f 

and 

le la 

ill 8 

orced 

shal 

hed t 

if 2 at 

onzs . 



1 be 
-0" 

«5 
ble 
orme 
all 
mlna 
lots 

for 
1 be 
ma 

Con 



cen 
(Ele 
and 
mats 
d fr 
join 
ted 
wit 
doo 
• q u 
tch 
cour 



ter 
vato 
tf6) 
rial 
OB n 

tB S 

phen 
h ml 
r op 
Ippe 
tne 
se. 



openi 
rs n 

flush 

for 
ot 11 
hall 
ollc 
nlmum 
enlng 
d wit 
door 
1st f 



ng s 

and 

doo 

soun 

ghte 

be w 

guld 

clc 

mec 

h ap 

pane 

loor 



lidlng type for clear openings 

#2) and 3'-6" x 7'-0" (Ele- 
r construction and shall con- 
d deadening. The door panels 
r than filb U.S. gauge furniture 
elded their full length. Re- 
es shall be provided to run in 
arances. All doors to be 
hanisms. All hoistway landing 
proved metal sight guards 
Itr. T fie 'doors for Elevators 
, Mezz., 2nd i 3rd floors shall 



c) Transoms 

Trsnsoms of the same material as the fromes and doors shall be 
provided for Elevators *1 and #2. 

d) Sills 

The sills shall have a fluted surface and be as follows: 

1. Alumilun for Elevators «'l and ^2 at 4th thru 7th 
Floors and for Elevators (/4, #5 and it b at all floors. 

2. Bronzllun for Elevators ^'1 and "2 at Concourse. 
Mezzanine, 2nd and 3rd floors. 

Grooves for the door guides shall provide minimum clearance for 
the door guides. The sills shall be supported on steel anchors 

ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.38 



B. P.L. A. 

58. HOLLOW MLTAL ELEVATOR ENTRANCES - ELEVATORS ^ 1. #2. tU . >' 5 & 06 
(Cont inued ) 

d) -- securely fastened to the floor construction. 

e ) Fa scia Plates 

Fascia plates shall be of "14 U.S. gauge steel reinforced to 
Insure a flat even surface throughout and shall be securely 
fastened to the hanger housing and sill above. 



58 



f ) 



Toe G uard s 



Toe guards, made of ''14 U.S. gauge steel, shall be supplied for 
the lowest landing and they shall be gradually beveled to the 
wall. 

g) HanRcrs 

Lach hoistway sliding door shall be provided with sheave type 
two point suspension hangers and tracks complete. Sheave shall 
not be less than 3-1/4" diameter with b^ll bearings properly 
sealed to retain grease lubrication. Hangers shall be equip- 
ped with adjustable ball bearing rollers. Either the tracks 
or the wheels shall be non-metallic. 



59 



h) 



Hanger Supports or Headers 



Hanger supports shall be 3/16" thick formed sections securely 
bolted to the struts angles or closer support angles. 



i) 



Struts and Closer Angles 



Structural steel angles shall be furnished of sufficient size 
to accommodate the door closers. Angles to be continuous and 
securely bolted to the sills and building beams above. 



J) 



Hanger Cover Plates 



Hanger cover plates shall be made of #14 U.S. ^auge steel and 
shall extend the full travel of the doors. Covers shall be 
cade in sections for convenient access when servicing the 
hangers. The sections above the door openings shall be remov- 
able from within the elevator car. 



k) 



Finish - Steel 



Fascias and other exposed furniture steel parts shall be 
thoroughly cleaned of oil, grease and other foreign substances 
in preparation for finishing. Materials other th.m stainless 
steel shall then receive a rust preventing treatment such as 
"bonderlzing" or the equal followed by a baked-on primer coat. 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITFRS 

14A. 39 



B . P .L . A 



ELEVATORS «!. i>2, .U . ■'/ 5 & //6 



'iPJJiP-'!'— MATAL ELEVATOR ENTRANCES 
(Continued ) 

k) All exposed furniture steel surfaces of the doors and 
fr.imes shall receive applications of mineral filler with eacn 
application baked and sanded to insure a smooth surface. This 
sh.ill be followed by a heavy coat of baked enamel prlinpr or 
surfacer which is sanded and rubbed smooth. 



Three additional coats of enamel In color to be 
Architect sh.ixl be applied, each of which shall 
separately and made smooth and clean. 



selected by 
be baked on 




All structural members shall receive a shop coat of blnck paint 



1) 



Finish 



Bronze 



All exposed Architectural Bronze, Muntz Metal and Red Brass 
surfaces shall be given a Satin Finish using No. 180 sanding 
belts, followed by a Statuary Bronze Finish applied at the 
factory to match sample .ipproved by the Architect. No field 
finishinr, will be allowed. 

The Satin Finish shall be applied with the grain In the long 
direction of the piece of metal, except for laminated p.Tr.els 
which shall have a vertical grain when installed. 

After finishing, the work shall be given a coating of lemon 
oil or wax rubbed on hard and wiped dry. 



m) 



Erection 



Sills struts, hanger supports, hanger covers, fascias, guards 
and unit frames shall he erected prior to the erection of rourh 
vTalls -and sct'in proper relation to the .levator r^ar guides. .^ 
Doors shall be Installed after the walls are finished. Frames 
shall have a protective covering for finished surfaces. 

C U N T E R-BALANCEU LANDING DOORS - ELEVATOR #3 



a) 



Doors 



The freight elevator 
counterbalanced type 
12'-1" wide by 7'-0" 
Interlocks. 



doors shall be of the vertical bl-partlng 
installed In framed openings approximately 
high. Doors shall be equipped with legal 



Each entrance shall have two Inter-connected door sections 
which shall move vertically Inside the hoistway, one section 
sliding up with the other section sliding down. They shall 
bo manufactured In strict accordance with procedures approved 
by the National Board of Fire Underwriters and the Factory 
Mutual Companies. Steel framing for sills, fr.imes. and lintels 
shall be installed and provided by others. iach door section 



LEVATORS 



AND DUMBWAITERS 
UA.40 



i 




.f^-f* f : -.T^'^id^^-^^i-vr^r' fp-f'. 



1 

4 



■m 



1 



60, 



B.P.L.A 



59. COliNTER -UAL ANCLU LANU I NC DOORS - LLLVATOR f? 3 (Continued) 

a) -- shall be faced with furniture steel and finished in 
baked enamel as described in Paragraph 58 k) of this Section 



61 



b> 



Motorized Operation of Landing Doors 



The counterbalanced bi-parting doors and the vertical lift car 
gate shall be arranged for Motorized Operation. Doors and car 
gate shall open au t ona t ical ly upon arrival of the car at a 
landing. Open, Close and Stop Door Control Buttons shall be 
provided in the car and at each landing. Sequence opening and 
closing of the landing doors and car pate shall be provided. 



c) 



Unit Frames 



The Unit Frames shall be made from i>\U U.S. gauge best grade 
furniture steel and shall comprise head and jamb sections vith 
integral casing or trim with bolted or welded corners to form 
one piece unit frames. Frames shall contain suitable material 
for effective sound deadening. All frames shall be securely 
fastened to sills and steel framing shall be returned on the 
hoistway side to present a neat appearance as detailed on 
architect's drawings. The finish shall be baked enamel as 
described in I'.irapraph 58 k) of this Section. 

L ANDING LNTKANLL DuOKb - DUMBWAITERS ^1 & i>2 

This Sub-Contractor «hall provide the necessary entrance doors 
as required by the plana and as follows: 



IKI 



Ten (10) 2'-2' 



4'-0' Counterbalanced Bi-Partlng 
Power Operated Doors 



The frames and doors shall be constructed of 16 ga. stainless 
steel. Doors shall be set level with the finished floors. 
Checkered 1/8" stainless steel plate sills reinforced by 2 
continuous angles shall be provided with the frames at each 
landing and all counterbalanced bi-parting doors shall have 
truckable sills. All doors shall bc.ir underwriters labels. 
The frames shall have 1" radius bull nose side Jambs and upper 
section of door sfiall have a safety astragal. The landing 
entrances for Dumbwaiters "1 and ''2 shall be provided by the 
same manufacturer as the automatic loading and unloading 
equipment . 

LANDING E NTRANCE DOORS - DUMBWAITER /^ 3 

This Sub-Contractor shall provide the necessary entrance doors 
and access door as required by the plans and as follows: 



B . P . L . A . 



61. LANDIN G ENTRANCE DOORS - DUMBWAITER >' 3 (Continued) 

The frames and doors shall be constructed of 16 ga. furniture 
steel and provided with prime shop coat of paint only. Final 
painting will be done by Painting Subcontractor at the Job 
after installation. Doors shall be set level vith the finished 
floors. Checkered 111*" steel plate sills shall be provided 
with the frames at each landing and all counterbalanced bi- 
parting doors shall have truckable sills. All doors shall 
bear underwriters labels. 

62. LAN DING ENTRANCE DOORS - DUMBWAITER i /4 

This Sub-Contractor shall provide the necessary entrance doors 
and access door as required by the plans and as follows: 



63. 



Ihree (3) 2'-2" x 4'-0' 
One (1) 2'-2" x 2'-6" 



Counterbalanced lii-Partinp Doors 
Machine Access Door at Concourse 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 



64. 



Two (2) 2' 

One (1) 2'-6' x .'-*■" 



6" X 3'-0" Counterbalanced Bi-Parting 
Doors at 4th & 5th Floors 



Machine Access Door at 
4th Floor 



The frames and doors shall be constructed of 16 ga. furniture 
steel. The sills shall be constructed of 16 ga. furniture 
steel. The doors and francs shall be provided with a prime 
shop coat of paint onlv. Final painting shall be done by 
Painting Subcontractor after installation. All doors shall 
bear underwriters labels. 

EMERGENCY POWER OPERATION OF ELEVATORS - ALL LLLVATORS 

An elevator control station shall be provided in the Security 
Room to control each elevator individually in conjunction with 
the emergency power source. The control panel shall be 
Installed in a flush cabinet in the Supervisory Panel. The 
cabinet shall be equipped vith a hinged door and lock. All 
exposed metal shall be satin finish stainless steel. 

The panel shall contain a prominent EMERGENCY POWER pilot light 
to indicate when the emergency power source is connected to 
the elevator feeder. A multi-position selector switch shall 
be provided behind the locked panel to select the elevator to 
be operated. In conjunction with the intercommunication sys- 
tem each elevator can be called to a landing, evacuated and 
then deactivated by means of this selector switch. After all 
elevators have been evacuated one may be selected to continue 
to serve the building until the normal power source has been 
restored. 

When the normal power source has been restored all elevators 
shall automatically be returned to service an 1 operate 
normally as specified. 



ELEVATORS AND 



DUMBWAITERS 
14A.42 



\r '^,» ,m 



B . P . L . A . 



INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM 



ALL ELEVATORS 



An Intercommunication System shall be furnished and installed 
to contain a speaker in each car, a Master Intercommunication 
Station in the Security Room and Intercommunication Units in 
each machine room. The car speakers shall act as receivers 
and transmitters to provide voice communication between the 
Master Communication Unit and each elevator. The Master Inter- 
communication Unit shall be able to communicate with one or all 
the elevators in the system as selected. The passengers in the 
elevators shall be able to hear and reply to instructions given 
over the system but shall have no control over it. 



►• 




6 5 . SU PERVISORY PAN EL 

A Supervisory Panel shall 
contain Che following: 



be located in the Security Room and 



a) 



L and i ng Position Indicators 



An electric position indicator for each elevator shall be pro- 
vided with plastic numerals behind each of which shall be 
snail shielded light bulb, so arranged that as the cars travel 
through the hoistway their position shall be indicated by the 
illumination of the numeral corresponding to the landing at 
which the cars are stopped or passing. In conjunction with 
the numeral indicator there shall be a direction indicator 
arrow which shall indicate the direction in which the car is 
set to travel by the illumination of the respective arrow. 

b ) Emergency Power Control Station 

A control station as described in Article 63 shall be provided 
in the Supervisory Panel. 

c ) Master Intercommunication Station 

A Master Intercommunication Station as described in Article 64 
shall be provided in the Supervisory Station. 



I % 



f 

I 



ELEVATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 

14A.43 




^i:^ 




=# 



V. 




^ 






10 



I.I 



125 14 



I y 



"' ^ 



%^, 



W^ 



.4 




L 



THE BOSTON PlJIiLK 



LIBKAia ADDITION 



COPLEY SOUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 



ARCHITECTS FOR THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAIA 

375 PARK AVENUE NEW YORK N. Y. 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC. 

535 BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON . MASS. 

STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 

LE MESSURIER ASSOCIATES INC. 

711 BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON . MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

545 TECHNOLOGY SO. CAMBRIDGE . MASS. 



« t 



>>'mm!imsm m :!^ M t mmiiim w » L m«> ..'' 



3 




ti 



SIZE 



DlQQf^'^ Street 



9 



h-->rtnq 2 



s 



bonng 3 



NOTES 



f^ 






^ 



Doring B-2« 



.^B-' 



^c-ng ' 



.ex s*.'ng 

paved 

parking 
lot- 






.'.Drmer 
i&rory 
annex 

building - 



bench mo'iis 

OH elevations ("e'er to boston city base 

e. 1B165 '"OC 1st s s 61 exete*- st ^entrance to hotel lenox) 

el 19 401 ro c 1st gran,te step, entronce to 645 Doylston s". void soutn chi^cN 

ei 21681 top o* grcnite woter-taWe at southwest corner o* iibrwy 

e 19 671 insiOc corner top o* bose ot lon statue r.ght side o* 

entrcnce to 687 boylston st 
ong^n o^ jiibms b t^ to '"oc* 'n Basemei^l of liberty iiutua nswonce bidg 



Vg^t. 



boston- 

pubt'C 
ibnvy 

Duiding • 



•:^)Drom lOCat on 
of lest p't 



■ bOTfng B-3C 



boring 4 



^.C -% ^ 



boring P 






1 ' -e esc ope 



^ 



s 




boring 7 



# .wood 
enclosure 



- • - 



•emergency 
ex'i »ronn 
Subway 



nr 





bu building. 


^ 






1^ 


* 


Bo'-mg B-5 
boring 9 

.stdewom 




StrMt 


























— • 





Beyi»tcn %\re» 



PLAN -EXISTING CONDITIONS 

scale ^ift : 1- J" 






rfc^» . cvrn'ce 





i 



SIZE 



•*- ^ 



■Elevation of ExistTTsiG"WE"ST wall' 

DEMOLITIONS AND RENOVATIONS 



^ca.» If, 1 -0 



I 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

ARCHITECTS f OR THE BOSTON PUBIK I IBHARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON F*l* 

i75 PARK AVEHUF. Nf • ■ ' • N 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC 

SS6 BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAL tNGINetRS 

LI MESSURIER ASSOCIATES iNC 

7ll BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MtCHANlCAl ENGINEERS 

fRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

^45 TECMNOLOOT SO CAMBRIOOf MASS 




1/ 



I 






TUT.IITui.V. 






ilia ". 



<3>' 



A 



f 
t 

* 



\> 




EXISTING CONDITIONS 
DEMOLITIONS AND RENOVATIONS 



LI 



V 



••w 




_gja 



.ilagden street 



blacktop 
Sfdewaik 



boring 1 




^^ 



gote 




oring B-2B 



iexisting 
paved 
porking 
lot- 



.wood 

enclosure' 



• former 
library 
annex 
building - 



NOTES 

1 bencn marks . . 

all eievotions refer to boston city base 

el 18165 roc 1st s s 61 exeter St (entrance to hotel lenoK) 

el 19 401 roc 1st granite step, entronce to 645 boylston st (old south church) 

el 21 681 top of grcnitewater-tabie at southwest corner of library 

ei 19 671 inside corner top of base of ion statue right side of 

entronce to 687 boylston st 
origin of an b m's b m to rock m basement of liberty mutual nsuronce bidg 



J\ 




gate- 



s 



16, 



-' boring B-3C 



J, L- 



J 



-^^ 



.-' 



17/ 



<A\fli.\ 



•:cring 5 -,, 



r 



boring 4 



I -"v 



•» I 

^-^. 1 

V J -> 



\ 



\ 



^ S. -ZZTT-P- 



boring B 



14 



; 1 

! 



I 

i5 



13 



15 



17 



19 

be- ng ►! 



former 

bu building. 



18 






/ 



1 ^ 

L J 



boring f 



boring B-5 
boring 9 



••xeter 
street 



• wood 
enclosure 



t 



;sidewalk 




. emergency 
exit from 
subway 



curt I 



noylston street 



CONDITIONS 




CLOSE-UP 




AT 
STANDARD %XL^ 



.'•»*• 



remove brick 
5" deep 

■nstQii gromte 



f r » 



EXISTING WEST WALL 
AND RENOVATIONS 



LCMESSURIER ASSOCIATES INC 

711 BOtLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

545 TECHNOLOGY SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 



I \Aif\'i 1 ' 

.f^ i r ^jf 



VI 


\\ 






MB 


X 






•■•V«r- 


"• ■ .-I 1 • . ■ 


•i » Ina 




.C. 


t^ 






• < 


• • 






Pf- 








K 


. , ■ ,rr-: 






Pf 


Pelflstdl 






'■'I 


t^li ffr * 


M . •- 




. ».! 


p.,.. .o" '■■ 






»'N 








Pf 


• 






PI 








r T 


.uarry Ti le 


.... ns«r-DispiJS.jl 


! .r 



VI • 



ssed ^V■ 



■** NiM)t»IN'~3 



Mul t. 
70 1 '. 

-11-. 

Wl * 

f)OI 4 ..■ :■• •••■ ■. • ; . • t . ■ 

701 & UP:R(XMS ON 7th FL<H)l< 





VWI 
Steel 

.rtjr. ite 
I.TuT^ Hex ■ 




'^//////jr\ 


r^rrTjaar:' 


Y'/'A/'/'/'/'AA 


u!'..'i:ii;(i;in;:i ■ 




nmiiiiiiiiiiiuo -• 






ni??T?mrttHIHHi 




lA---.-^--«-:) 












t^ocxn Number - 




C 28 




. . 




f Icxjr ' • • 


rp 1 AT 




— , 



Tt 



A -4. M,, 



CUD 



'rxjr Number 
fratne Number 




Bu i I d i • 
Sec t i or 



»■ —'' 





.V lO *M 



•.0 19''3 



EXISTING CONDITIONS 
DEMOLITIONS AND RENOVATIONS 



■te^ftaJa^Mi^^i^ 



u. 



BLAGDEN STREET 



D 




n 

u 



LU 

I 

o 



c 



L^' 



BOYLSTON STREET 





3« t 

> f > t /I 

— K y C 






230 










DATUM TAKEN AT ASHLAR CORNER AT TOP OF - 
WATER TABLE AT ELEV, 21935 REFERENCE 
SITE SURVEY PLAN BY GILBERT SMALL anfl CO. 
DWGS ORDER N" 6606 8 DATE OCT 19-1966 



t .rrctric Kowpf Lines (underq- 



• *atpr Lit' 



^^ 



N 




^ 



11 



ri 



1 









M! li 



.=...ii=T-' 



1 I I I I 



'1 ,"-1 ■ I 



. — ^ X- 



■ 4 



SIZE 



• • • 



» * • 



LU 
UJ 

h- 

q: 

LlI 

LlI 
X 
LU 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ABCMlTtCTS FOR I rtt BOSTON PUBtlC UBRARY ADDITION 

PHIllP JOHNSOM r*i* 

'■", PARd Avtmjf Nf • irOH« N » 

ARCHITECTS DESiOH G#>OUP IHC 

9» BOTLSTOX STRffT BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAl fNGlNffRS 

LC MESSURIEW ASSOCATtS mC 

ril BOTLSTOH STUCET BOSTOM ¥A»S 

MKHANICAl ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

•j*'i TECHNOLOOY SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 



Aewitvi* 



T' 









«<3»mwy 


eK«-K-» 


,^-' ..«^i 


asQooooa 


— __ — 


)i?Si«SiBSi!i 


^^^j^jt. 


'.t-.-jT.".'-: 


?22^^55^ 












iv:\s\\s\\\".N 


. 34a»14l4t«i:::S!! 


i//'/'//yy.q 




nc^-.«*'. 




kiiil-j:- .:J. 


■ , - . 



A -4 M,,, 



^ 



^ 



"^ 






NO 199b E 






SITE PLAN 



LiJ 



^ * 



^b 




in Line 

• owet Lines (underground) 
' Boston Gas Co 

' S f • -. T J 

f • • - iison Co 



• p 



SrAlE '"=• - 1 ■ " 



B 





ir./«^x 



^P 



GRAT^NG PLAN at AREAWAY N°- 1 



SCALE '4.1-0 



® 



Id 7- 




14^; 



SCA.E 'a ' 





/ 


/•/,'■".'/ . 




\ 








11 ^ 




«? ^ l.<> 

^»^ 




■" ^ 


•V 


^ 


B |"""L"^'J'^ 


/! 







ifitj '• 







Tl"T 




.i_ 




-A m~ 




TJz^M 




IJH 



^rrr^rtcrt^;^?*?^ 






^-^-T. 



? ^ 



"^^ 



^A 



1 " 



- t r •• 



ewv 21 



-jp- \, icV i 






J 



^ '^J 



i^;; PARTIAL GRATING PLAN at 
AREAWAY N°- 2 



18^ 



SCA^E 



9-S" 



ay 



1, * -i * 4 J rf^trrfr.ediatc 
granite cjrb#>g 




17 




• 13' - 4 ' 



» 

1 » 
I 



SECTION C 

SCALE K' '-'-^" - 












^:1 

• .1 



% 



.V 



3-0 



l^:S 






^tt 



3-0 



- ^1 '9 8 or 

3" 



'. ■f'i 



J - 1 i '■■ff'.-^i^-t-^^^-^^ 



^\ 



♦*, 




T^ 



y 






18 -SI 



I'- 1 °^ 

; 'X 



, 3-4\; i j'-4'4 j 3j'->»^4 j* 3 J^4 ' |t 




n K« 



■M 



^ 



V I W 



.■«: 3-4%" 3'- 4V ' 3'- 4^ 3-4^1 > 3'. 4V' ? ?.W 

^ ■ ' * * ~ • .. • » .. ••. .. .!T!1 



o 



^ I m 






■nil 


' 


VoW 


• 


imu siJJiJ. 


s'l :- wells 

1 


• , 


»l^'- ir.':fv->r bolts ard nuts at v *" QC 


1^' 















I II 
22 - 



f" 



t .0 ot t)*«" 



17' -l'" 



GRATING PLAN at AREAWAY N°- 3 



SECTION D 



SCALE 



1 - 



SCALE 



J 



,;u). 
-Sir 



« '^»'^»*» M'"lyr; t)l*» angle Darc'ir] 



lilJ III 



3*2 i\ 



f 






, — plastic iul>e 
I j weep holes 

n I .. . - .. 



SECTIC;N F 

SCAl • 



,v—e(1 ^ ■ 



' eati anenof Don af 
■ ■-Crete wa« aciy 



DETAIL H 



SCALE 



.:i 



'''% 



N 



SECTION E 





w 



rjTip up 






9 '7' loV' le' 2"*" • -B' 3 

* 'f ^ 



*«■ 



^'7 7 



'S' 5 * 






; svirr N I e 



9 19 9 



1— T-rr-r- 



j«w'-o' wo'" 



• 16 O' 



18' 0'«| 



•7 y'«r 



0» access manhole 
•—-underground Oil 
storage \»r>^ 



Df'Cfc pavirn^ N I C 



granite oavrg 



• i/s' 



DATUM i-ir* 



I DATU 



«•' 



9 17' eV 



l7-0»lj 



♦ '»'''? 



PAVING PLAN 

SCALF -f, • ■ 



el 18-5 



X 



m 



•nnpin 




4-4- 



1 K- \ 



LO". 



-7. 

.J . 

: / ■ 



h 



o*- 





SlZtl 






\ 

,,.:■* 



BLAGDEN STREET 
?i'c*« 



2u'- 1 1 * 



.t,j Nici 



bnck pavmj '. i C 



property line 



(^ . ■ y. !''♦ 

B^^Yl^j; r- oTREET 






j: 






ed^ o« $tor>e 



••» ' 



GRANITE PAVING AT MAIN ENTRANCE 



s; rftr e 



[^> 



SECTION G' 

SCALE ^4-1' 0" 



SECTION G 



• 

I. 



♦ 



SECTION L 



L 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

ARCHITtCIS FOR THE BOSTON PUBlir (IBBABY ADDITION 

PMILIP JOHNSON FAIA 

?7* PARK AVENUE NfW i )«» •« ■ 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN O^IOUP INC 

S» BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

SIRUCTUBAl ENGINIERS 

LfMESSURIEH ASSOCiATfS iNC 

711 BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MfCHANlCAl tNGINElBS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

•>45 TECMNOLOO SO CAMBB' ^ k 



•r -•*! 



' M HI MtF u I h 









f 



czmD 







»A.i.».iiVu* 



^ 

^ 




EXTERIOR PAVING PLAN & 
DETAILS 






i 1 



R ' A'-A'-. ' V'J»'.'A^>' 




Q 




GRATING PLAN at AREAWAY N°- 1 



^CALE ^4 - 1-0 



grarite ^irfti 
jjramtf cjrcxnr; 
Steel grating 
16- 3m an ducts 



PARTIAL GRATING PLAN at 
AREAWAY N«- 2 









SECTION C 



t II 
9 - 5 



I II 

13 - 4 



SCALE 4 ^ ^ 




^ 



" '. J .3; I, J .3/ V .^"1 r .' A"'-' -^"»' 



\ 




V 



? 3'-4^X^"^^ 



1 




I « 

3 -O 



1 ' 



'41, 3-0 



_?t'^x4 galvanized steel pair ted tlacK lo'-e" or 



LLLMllll 




^gaivan'i/f^ ^teei psirtei biacK gia.iig 

/^^J^2x.'^2 continuous stainless steel\ 
V an^ie fastened to cuncrete w^e O stanieso *" 
Jttei anchor bolts and nuts at 1 *^' OC 
ny^. H-^tened tr griritewnit exparsr n ' smel IS ' 

" ' ■' ■ ■ ' 



'4 i.J X "H i Stan i',--bs stei-l ancn~r tx^i'.i. njts ind 
,/ washer^ 



.3^2 X 3^2 x\:, X If * long st.iiric'SS stf i^l argit at 
cac^ end ot intermeliatc gr.imtc curb" g 



CD rt 



I 






^ p .-,» '.f. , r 



17 '1 4 



I II 
22 - 



.^l 



>ATING PLAN at AREAWAY N°- 3 



SECTION D 



SCALE 3" - 1* - 



;le \ ' 1-0 




granite paving 



1" 3" 3" _ ■ • ■ ' ■ •■■ 

-V^^» ♦ * , painte.i ui^KK angle L,r 



•77 



plastic tilt'" wf'i 
holei m vert&al 
t^^r ite pints 



'AAy/Ay^y"/^''//, 






ULJ„ 1 1 f t 



>• ,-)ii tour ".ide"i 



3 2 



'0*^ 



i- J el > 



in 



.0 



V 6x3' » 
qalv.ir ■ 



qaivam/el s-' 

[lain'erl t) ' ■ 



. . . •airless ' 

,1 f-.i'.' .^nr"^' ■- 
cf''"crete w ■ 



( — plastic tutje 
weep hole? 



«18'-/ 18'- 3'® 



»17'-7' 17 7'^ 



"^18 V 



"T T 



^-^^^- 



^ -g 2' 



<y i?'V" 



1 — t- 






Jl. 



19' 8" 



.1 3 



21 0" « 



9 2l' l" I 



20-11* 



« 19 n 



19' 6' « 



> , 



CLOSt-VJP 



tjricK paving 



Nid 



« ie 5 \ 17 9* 



c,TA»OM'> "^»^^ 



"T-TT 



«18'-0' 18'0'« 



•7 11 



0*< access manhj-e 

;«-^ un dergroun d Oil 
storage tank 



br;CK paving N I C 



DATUM LINE 



J 



l« 



17-7 



« 17'. eV 




16 6 ^ 



LlI 

UJ 

»- 



Ul 

»- 

UJ 
X 

Ul 



16-l"«i 



BOYLSTON STREET 



PAVING 



SCALE 'F> 



PLAN 



® 



, . edqc ot stone 
•^ face &' v-ir^dov. 



fri=*= 



i 




A 



V- -»_ 


a' , e 


' 






4.^ 


\ 


C50 

l'-4" 





SECTION F 



SCALF 3 



DETAIL H 



SCALE i -If 



*^ 



CTION E 



. ^4 



* * 



•^f 



ji!TtTTr|^ 



compos te 
flashing 





tower- • 



1^ 



♦-r 



, T I , 



<» ♦ 



•^ 



- tower 



't^ 



Lt MESSURIER ASSOCIATES INC 

711 BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

545 TECHNOLOGY SO CAMBRIDGE V 




ABBK' 



Lcor 

1 > ' . t»»H 



, 


. *t» 


Ml 


Ntetal 


M». 


'A 


MWl 


V. 



It 

»V 



g' 

RT 



SNV 
ST-PL 



TK 

ivr 
Vf 

•KO-PM 



i 'ei!f ' ♦ 1 1 ■ 

P'f::.rti Metal 

T'ane • i "'^ 

Pol Is^ed Plato 

f\l i -. t»»:] 

Quarry T i ih 
Hlser« 
Hoof Orain 
Resilient ' •• 
'jft?el ba^' 

Sol id ' 'Jr-, r. •( 

State 

'■an I tary 

'.•fl'-' ♦^r, 



spense' 



•I 



■tf '.'^i. 



St»*el ^ Mte 



1- .- 

1 r I'.itt ." 

TeaK 

T*p. ai 

Vin,l Has»- 

•Vinyl far- 

•yl 

M< • ; 



«uod and Prnssad Metal fra"i<- 



WX)M NDMUEMIN' 



BOI * UP: 



»*. I 
201 
501 
40 1 
bOI 
601 



& 

A 

& IJT: 



tst FLOOR 
MfZ/ANINt 
. lid TLOOR 
^rd FLOOR 

4tn I- 1 tt^iU 

M 



f LWK 



701 & Uf:HO(W if. /T' K; "Iv 



MATIi-!"; INDIt.ATI(*i 



iZZZZZ] 




cnncjiraaini! fianKet 

L!'.!i:!!:(i'!l!::i -^ ■;•■•- 

!n;:iiniiiniiin!i ■ . 



l ?-.^-.''' -CI 



LvM..Jr/rq . , r '.r 




rrrnrvaWc weatherp-orjf 
rrelat louver? at 3 Side 





j — . , • . 


8%'.:^4i8^ 


'4 '^^ '*, "■^. 


1 


J 


•» *V* ,# 




- 


1 . 

i • ■ ' 



joint towe' 






4 '4 



^ t 



1^ I4"' ' 



!a '4 '^ 4 

t- ^ 



I4 ^4 1" _ 1» . ^4 



b_^^''^-^-5'^ 



w 



' '■ 'lumber ■ 



, p I a T 1 



CP. 



: J- 



_ f ~" 



yranite brick 

n I c 



rt 



cnnD 







(T * . • • ine in field 

, f»iisti'ig ijranite curb 




GRANITE PAVING' AT MAIN ENTRANCE- ••- 



scale a 




■ ■;.- 'V-''. 

^ NO 1995 .: E " 
r. N£ w yoRK . ^ 



EXTERIOR PAVING PLAN & 
DETAILS 



SCALE Aa N 



I 




"•iiroWLjWrmjnuirgiiMjnr- 



•memmmsmimimmm^Km 



ft^l i WWaMPH ili M w igJi i .M i l..I|i ' aiajIgWj 



t1^^-Mkv^!^^,<Jk.W,.. 




© 



LC MESSURll 
711 BOYLSTOM 

MECHANICAL tNGll 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 
545 TECHNOLOGY SO Ci 




AT 

AT-PL 

BP 

BR-HM 

BR-PM 

B^ 

CB 



M 

«- — 





ly 




J 




8 







D 





B 



® 



Acoustical T: 
Accustical T 
Bronze 

Bron/f laze 
Bror>i<i i. I ad 
Bron/e Clad ■ 
book She I vet 
Hoi lo* ConcT' 



arpe* on P' 

. ,r>i, it .-; . 



DW 
fD 



Fir* 



MIX 



Lvr 

VI 

MP 
MWF 

N. ! . 



K 
Pf 
PL 

PN 
PP 

PT 

PTl 

vT 
p: 

Kr 
se 

SCB 
SL 

SND 
MV 



vB 



PI as'sr wi ■ 
Pressec 'A ■ 
Pane I i r 
Po 1 1 sr.fc 

Pai er fowe 
Oudrry T i !• 
fvr,.-rs 
t<u<'t l.rain 
Re's! I iant 
" t,.f I r^A'.K- 

Sanitary f* 
Sanifary N; 
Sol it! Pumi 
••el 



TreaJs 
Troi»el«fd C 
Transfer ( 

TtMR 

Typi jl 
Vi'iyl ' 
Vinyl ' 
^inyl FaL" 
Wood Ba'.f 
Wood 



RO<)W f.!/«ERIN(.. 



mi A UP 

roi & '. ■ 

101 & ; ' 

MCil 4 UP 

^01 & UP 

^vjl A UP 

af-'i ^ UP 

^01 4 UP 

t.OI 4 UP 

701 4 UP 



Rnrw- '») I 



ROOMS C«fi . 

ROOMS ON 

ROOMS ON ••• 

ROOMS ON ' 

ROOMS ON ' 

WOOMS ON 



*WItf-lAL INDICATIOI. 







CP. 



TC ' t J'l 



ClID 

(i iU-) 




^^ 



BASEMEI 

t '.i5H PL EL 



SCALE 8 



I 




SIZE 




I 



ri y^ 



LlI 



cle). 



-i 



z 
z 
u 

0. 

o 

^^ 

u 

•T -S 



MEN 





I 

01 









L 



a» 




K 



© 




*! 



Oj 

CM* 





I 

in 





0) 




0< 




B 



n 

n 




LE MESSURT 

7 1 1 BOYLSTOH^ 

MECHANICAL EN< 

FRANCIS associates! 
545 TECMNOLOOY SQ 



yt-jun. 



AbK 


ALroSive 


AL 


Air Condltif 


AL 


■ ' jni nuw 


A' 


A...^jst;cal ■ 


AT-f-L 


Acoustical ' 


RR 


Bronze 


(•■•- 


■'or./e Glai' 


b*'-' !•• 


-ron^e ClaO 


BP-PM 


Bror^ze CIdd 


B'- 


B<.x-K "^heiveb 


C8 


tv 1 lo« t-lorr • 



i I 



r V n a I I 



'-rar 1 'e 



GL 



t1l>. 




HM 


« 


KC 


"eerie (.• 


JAN 


Jar itor 


LVC 


Lcjvert 


ML 


Mf tai . 


MP 


Mop Hec 


MWP 


Me*^ 


N.I.C. 


No-' 


N.T.' . 


Noi 


Pb 


K' 1 


PC 


Portur 


rr 


Pe()ei*.3 


PL 


Plaster •! 


r«.< 


Pre 


N 


Pa-' 



fp 

PT 

PTD 
OT 

R 

KD 

RT 

:.B 
-CB 
•L 
NO 



K 

:rp 

.B 

«r 



Quarry Ti i. 
Risers 
Root Drain 
Res i I i ent 
Steal P-' 
Sol id 
Slate- 

•■.an i tflry K,' 



^Teel 
St- 

^td^ i.-.- 

Tr«ads 
T rowel t- 

Tran-it. 
Teak 

Typical 

Vinyl Ba^e 
Vinyl Fa: ■ 
Vinyl ■ 
Wood P>- 
Wood 
Cofnbi nat \v' 



(i.y*f MJWlRINi. 



WJI \ UP 

CO I i UP 

101 4 UP 

MO I 4 UP 

201 ft UP 

'01 4 UP 

4-^1 ft UP 

')''-| 4 'JP 

601 -4 LiP 

7CI 4 V' 



: ROOMS ;JN f 

: ROOMS ON I 

: ROOMS m I 

: ROOMS OH *■■ 

:RijOMS Oi . 

:HOOMb ON '• 

: ROOMS ON .;■ 

:ROOM'-, ON ' ■ 

:ROOM0 ON ' ' 

;ooc».«''. ;>J V 



MATERIAL INDICA 







:S\\\\\\\\\\\N finish 

li'^U-.'^-JU Drywall 
l.-.-:i-l' r^. - . ■•^^^ Plaster 



t>ocj«n Number- 



F loor . F I n I sti . 



CP. 



TC 



(TWJ 




\> 



CONCOUf 

FINISH FU EL 




THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHITECTS FOR THt ftOSTON PUBIK LIBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON F*l* 

i7i PARK AVENUE NEW YORK N r 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN OROUP INC 

SJ5 BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAL tNGINfERS 

LI MESSURIER ASSOCIATES INC 

7 11 BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



MECHANICAl ENGINffRS 

FRANCS ASSOCIATES 

^4S TECHNOLOGY SO CAMBMiOG^ MASS 






zinj 



< ""^7'^/7f" 



esoc<«B 



BiiiniiiiiMiiii:'! .. 



•♦•Ml lele.j' ' >■ ' 



aft 



X> 



10 1995 : 

k DC* fORK 

t N T ■» 



1st FLOOR PLAN 



/ 



14 



I I 




Q- 




FRANCIS ASSOCll 
545 TECMNOtO«Y1 



'■• ' 


Ati'"as ' V 




A i r Cor 




Al jiniou 


., ' 


Aco viSt i 


.-. • _. 1 


"l-VvUS t 


?y 


■ " ■ ' ,' ►■ 


Bt--' : 


• • . • 



v/1 




< 



u 



'V 3 1 

Mop ^' 

Metal 



p 

F'. 
P 
P- 

Pa- 
Pol is 
Pain' 
Pacer 




.:-pi 




STWijCT 




1 




TC 


-f 


TG 


T. , 


TK 


Teal* 


TYP 


Typi 


VB 


VInv 


V*' 


Viny 


VFP 


Viny 


WR 


WdOd 


WD 


wood 


WD-PM 


vdwl' 


HixjM NUMBf ■ 


BOI i 




COI K 




101 i 




MCil i 




201 K 




501 4 




401 4 




501 4 




601 4 


i 


701 4 . 


: !<!_" Jf^ 



Datjm lint 



I 




Q- 







o 



LCMU 
711 eOYl 

MECHANICAL^ 

FRANCIS AS$0Cl4 
54S TECHNOLOflnrl 



AbH 


nL)( (3^ 1 * 


AL 


Air Cor 


A!_ 


A 1 um i n 


AT 


Acoust t 


, ■ _. 


Acoust 




' re 



f'W-PW 



L 

Ml 

M, 



K 


• 


PF 


Pt 


PL 


Pia»' 


PM 


p.. . 


PN 


F 


PT 


F 


PT 


r 


T'TL 


f , 


QT 


( 


« 


(■ 


K' 


I. 


y-\ 


^est 




1 1 








, 


Tres 




Tro* 




Trat 


> 


Teat' 


Tv( 


Typi 


VH 


Vinv 


y» 


Vinv 


vfr. 


y i nv 


WH 


WCXIC 


WL> 


Wooa 


w' ■ - . V 


' rr'. 



fcXll \ UP:P"^' 

COI & UP-.' 

II «, r ■ 

/'. % ■■' 

501 4 IJP:' 

401 4 UP: 

501 4 IJP: 

601 4 HP:Prv '■ 

/Ol 4 ijP:^"«»' 



DATUM 



MEZZ, 

FINISH Pi 




SIZE 




® © 



58 
9 5 4 

3^ -X. 




H ...„j 



A 1?, 



» 



i '-T IW ll fJU i 



•TmiXi^ 



# I 'll I r I , I . I T ijjji I 

rr^^ — ]! 

! PUBLIC XEROX 



[iRBi;:TOM7Tnij 



2 22 



READING 



215 

CP jPL 



bror^ie tas^w ar>jv- (t^p) 



2 02 



---f 



• ® ' '^ 



® 



■11 



'< g' 


K^ 



» 18/ 



'. 5 ' 



3 kuj. 



■ r^ . 224 I 



Q 



t:T 



• ♦ 



1 

OOP 



in 




^.-> 



R66m :i| |, ^,^ 



■-^^^^ ;I 



; TYPING 
-^ ROOM 



^ 

14 



? A j^. G I A1 
I49 ^ i 






• I 

o 



© 



o 

c 






,1. 



3 



► 






PUBLIC XEROX 



© 




THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHITICIS FO« THf BOSTON PUBLIC IIBRARY ADDITION 

WILIP JOMNSOW r*i* 

in PARK AVENUE NE* YORK N t 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN OROUP INC 

9SS BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



STRUCTURAL fNGlNtfRS 

LI MESSURIEK ASSOCIATES iNC 

Til BOYLSTON ITREET BOSTON MASS 



MECHANICAL fNGINftRS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

■^4S TECHNOtO«Y SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 



«mM4K» 






■fc«»e»«v 




k:::--.::".- 


.{' .:^. -^ 




^^STi^St 







l^f!SS!^BSi 


\^rTjzj: 




'.■a-.-.Ti---. 


w::.-McV, 




:„j;j:!::i."!!;' 


"^ ---— 


* 


iiauiiiiiiii:! 


::::;cca\-j:i 


* 


■mHmfflB 


\^SZ&^ 


' iy>9iK) 


^bUfUttt 


iA::;-n.-i*j 


r,.»II 


l^~', "' Tl 


EiST^;?:^^^: 




"~T 



T 



4-7 



\> 



2nd FLOOR PLAN 






i(> 



A-49 



READING 




A-4-;l 







LC MESSURIEf ASSOCJ 
Til 80YL8T0N STREET B( 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

545 TECMNOLOOY SO CAMBHIDGE 



»^'., 




AL 




A T 


■, Tl|« 


ftl.D, 




B' 




p.. 


- 


f(H 


. Meta< 


E*-l« 


ij r res,ed Met, 


Bi 


.e' 


( 


r 



JAN 
LVC 

ML 

MP 



i^a 



fr 




PL 


1 •& -• r •. ^' > j^i'ttic: M. 


f>N 


p',-. . ... '^.tdl 


^ 




rr 


, ^Idte 


PT 


PaJ'^teJ 


PTL^ 


P.^per luwol Olspens*-- -• 


OT 


C'oarrv Ti le 


R 




«0 


> t ' 


RT 


i-t J ■ : c" ■ 


SH 


'♦.^f! ' ■.>.: 


B 


'e MiSi- 


SND 


Sar 1 ^ iry "ts; 


«;nv 


.. • ^- ■. •. . 


•'B 




M 


> • .- 


■-=1 


itp 


^TRU. • 




<■/:, 




1 


! rfotj-j 


T 


Tr-ciwelei Concrete 


}{■ 


Transfer Or i 1 le 


u 


lpat< 


•v^• 


Typ, , 


yii 


V iny 1 ffl-jt) 


vr 


Vinyl fabric on PJaste 


••t p 


Vinyl fabric on PlywoC 


«!', 


Wij<.'l Base 


Ai'l 


Wood 


Wll-PV 


1 .unh i na t ion Wood and f 



OW NiiMfifRINr, 

BO I A UP:RCiCW': 

01 A UP:ROOMS 

)l 4 uPrWVTM'^ 

\*jl 4 U( 

20» 4 Uf • ' 

VII 4 UPrKAjMb 

401 4 1JP;R00MS 

;l & ur;ROQWS 

•,0l 4 UP:RO0MS 

'01 & Uf :RaW5 



\ 

an BASEMENT Fir 

OJ CONCOUf<SE FLC 
'TN 1st FLOOR 

•. MEZZANINE fit 

■ ^'nl tLOOR 
.)N UJ FLOOR 

of< 4»t, rtoo** 

(IN "jth FLOit^ 
ON 6th FLOUfi 
IJN 7th FLOOR 



MAT! 



CATION 



arth 



&:■: 



e 

i.^-u-.-v-t-j 



r jr. I te 
>«ouqf' Wood 
' i n i sf' Wood 
• I yuKOOd 
i'rywal I 
■•' 1-: ter 



<oom Numtc- 




t ZH 




. 


CP 1 AT 


(C 01 




Change of Floor 

ioor Nuntier 




3 




(I l^i 


' ' ame NumDer 




5 X 'Jumt>er 



• • 


-. '3'« 


• « 


# 




4 






• 




2nd FLOOR PL 

fiNlSM Fl 
SCALF '8.1 




THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHITECTS FOR THE BOSTON PUBIIC LIBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSOM FAI* 

V5 PARK AVENUE NEW YORK N » 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC 

1J5 BOTLSTON STRFFT BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAL tNGINEtRS 

LtMESSURlEX ASSOCIATES iNC 

Til BOYLSTON STREFT BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

MS TECHNOLOGY SO CAMBRIDGE - MASS 






u:-.:i.i::„'!i!;'. 






[^_CP 



3rd FLOOR PLAN 



t 






7- 



V7 




\ 




N 



M 



© 





® 







LC MESSURT 
711 80YLST0* 

MtCHANICAL El 
FRANCIS associate; 

545 TECMNOLOOY SO 



AbF- 




AC 


Air 


i^ 


Alu" - 




A-.-ijbtic*l 


•■ ' -''L 


(■^^^stical 


f- 


••■ -iZtj 




.---LI e»i 




- >>e 1 vt 


L'- 


"•; 1 (■» 


'f 


.O. 1 i'l'i 




Ct^iiprei' 




pre ■..'..-•: I* 
Pane I i rii J 
T'o I i slwc 
Painted 
Paper To»' 
ijuarry Ti 
Hi sort, 
kcx)* D''ai 
Re»i I \mr ' 
'.tee I Pa 
'>« 1 1 J 




B 





'reel ni,- 

-truct 

Stfl •- 

^ ■ ■ 

.T . 

T- 

1. ,. 
Typical 
Vinyl Ba; 
Vinyl fat 
Vinyl fat 
Wood .R»is» 
Wood 

f iml i r>at 



DATUM LINE 



3rd FLO( 





J ^ 



1 







\^^ 







O 



i/> 










Q 



1 






-J^' SPB at CO' »>L. 



axxtiixi Hil l il«i^iiiii*zjv^'.ir »ifcr»Tg »tnii. i Aj n » mjxva&Aj rgg 



^ ^Tg^^ ■■■■■■■■aji. ^ 



Jt 



<>F 



3^— f 



-z?- 



^ 



■*<>• 



Z] 



3- 




V 






- 




- (p) 


♦ 


i 


v,r 










■-» 


1 




? 




1 



N 



n 



n: 



^ 

c. 



Zl. 



3 Ep( 



STACK RM. 

i 



4 01 

JPTCN 



bTACKS M.IC. 



=3=3 — '^ 



Z] 



=1 'M= 



^tt: 



D 



^1 

r 



1 

vA18, 









M 



a. 



^ 



<0 



— 



4- 



-2 



& 



3 S^ 



« 







H 



A|15 



i 



-♦ — - 



fl 



'^c 



^^ 



^h_ 



ri^ 



: ■! ' I ' I ' itj i j. ' )jj > I' r> }.'> >'i!*.' j}j : i.t ss 




I 
I 

I 



PT ("N 



. i j"j. ' j. > . i j r- j ij. i ' ■ ' j.ij ?yy ! 



Ajg/ 



jjjj ;j J jfl 



r--- 






^ 



-* 





© 




10 - 4" 



5r;- -»■• 



9 4 



Lt MESSC 
711 BOYl 

MECHANICAL 

FRANCIS ASSOCli 
M5 TECMNOLOCY] 



AfaBWtv 


lATIONS 


ABF) 


Abras 


AC 


Air ( : 


AL 


A 1 um r ' 


AT 


Acoui ■ 


AT -PL 


Ai-Ous ■ 


B« 


Bt-on/ 


Bft-<,L 


Bron,'- 


W-t»M 


Bronz 


BP-PW 


Bron;-' 


BS 


Book 


CB 


►lOl li - 


C£ 


Cei 1 <- 


Cf 


Conp- 


CJ 


Cortr 


CT 


Cerar 


CN 


ConC' 


CP 


Carpt 


rr.PL 


f^rpi 


Df 


Drin>- 


DW 


Dryw^ 


f 




fC 


, 


fp 


( 


GB 


f;ran 


Cf 


.'.r 1' 


GL 






Gran 


'._•►• -i i 


Gran ■ 


Gb 


Grflfi i 


Hl>G 


" ■ 


HM 


n 


KC 


t^en. 


JAN 


■J ;' 


LVC 




ML 


••V ; . 


m 


Mop '■ 


'-^r' 


Me+a 




^iot 


N.T I. 


> 



N.T 


t. 




> 


PB 






t' 


PC 






'•^or t 


PF 






Pad* 


PL 






f d»t. 


PM 






Pr«»t. 


PN 






'an«i 


PP 






Polf?. 


PI 






P.-^ln*. 


PTO 






t 


OT 






*, 


R 






Ri-je' 


RD 






Roo« 


PT 






Resi 


SB 






STee 


SCB 






Soli 


SL 






Sla*. 


SND 






Sani ' 


SNV 






Uan i • 


SPb 






Soli 


STL 








>;t.pl 






STHUC1 


r 


btru ■ 


C r 






^tai- 


T 






Trea ■ 


TC 






Tr;*. 


TC, 






Tran 


TK 






Teak 


TYP 






Typi 


V6 






Viny 


Vf 






Viriy 


vfr 






.■ i ny 1 


MB 






Wor-O 


WD 






Wood 


WO-PM 




r,omb 


ROOM NUMBER IN' 


BOI 




I.;P 


:RCaf-" 


COI 




ijf-' 


•(• 


101 




L'P 


:f- 


MOI 




UP 


:ROOM' 


201 




■ }P 


:RO0M' 


501 




Uf 


■MlKJt*' 


401 




UP 


K)OM' 


501 




UP 


•ROflM 


601 






f 


701 






t' 


MATERIAL 


1 NO K 










«0.'r ■, 

F loor F i n i ' 



CP, 



TC 



CUD 

(/ IQI ) 




^ 



4th FL' 

riNlSM FL 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHITECTS FO« THt BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITIO^ 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAIA 

375 PARK AVENUE NEW YORK NT 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN QOOUP INC 

■s» 80YLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 




I 




; -. A 



SE- 




D 



DATUM LINE 




]®L 



PTCN 



1 



CB 




L. 




-^1i^±t_.k 




I J u L 











5 10 


re JPTCN 









u 



CsvQ cB 



STACKS N.I.C. 




-I r 

_(?L. 



: 



n- 



Z] 



cz. 



3U 



d 



-I r 



Zl .C 



t-J-^ 



® 



i- conveyor mc 







_J 




■® 




1_ 




, 




— 




L_ 




< 


t 


L_ 












_ 




9 












r-» 




r~ 




r 












,*5 



] c 



STACK RM 



STACK RM. 



fxistira steaT vent 
relief relocated 




STACKS NIC 



r 



4" trash 
chute vent 



1©r 








1 


IC 






1 

1 . , . i 








1 




r~ — ■ 


% ___ ._ 






( 




1 

1 




1 



K" 



tzzsozzza 



eLz. 






1 izz: 



Ezz: 



- .5 01 
- J re ^^Tc77 



I^CCBI 



1 \"5TT^ 



Z 



L 



f'Tcr. 




inoo 



\ 



X 



iT 



Ksssf^ 



[" 



Q_::Z 



§ 



505 



TC 



::«: 



•s 



ws 




l^l 






5 05 I 

TC_ffCN] 




JAN.CL. ^^ 



7 r 



r^ 



v^ 



.-"n. 



( '■ 




1 


!•! 


1 
















1 




1 








1 




' 


I«. 










! 




1 








1 





P'^N 



GF 



$ 4JAN. 
5 11^ j^CL.. ,J 
tcJptcn! ^ „ »-*ws 



STACKS N I C 



JL 




VO I D 



3 ; 



D 




D C 



■«- 




ELEVATOR 
LOBBY 



3 






^507 



5 03 



f^: 



x::za<^ 




I ' ^J-l^V-g 




li._liii_ 




1^1 CB 



10- O' 




FT" 





.Q 



xxxx M l>. vx ."ii iixxxrv 



y^ ^ 3|' SPB at cols typ 



9"-e*_ ^ 5- Ox 



.•\.vv»i tfviyil ij.j.v» vvi n«» 1 rrrxrr.-. 



-':-n' 




n T w *wvi irT mijamrsrd J i iivnt\ t itiL ' U.iL\.^ i^.ztj.TiXJ. litSXATZ lXll>.rilIXtXU:tBXMMJJUL*XX»XtilVULiX/nvntm, l ^lf,im , 



;-.'■ vsennnr/-A' x y xp «.j °- 



GF 



! 




i 




1 


lol 


I 








1 1 








1 
1 




I 








1 1 






U=r 



K 



Li: 



>c 



"or 



[Z 



ZD 



r 

IZ. 



T1»L 



1 r 



■>! I 



IZ^ZZZZ 



\z 



C'd, 



x;ik6 




VOID OVER 
EXHIBITION ROOM 



407 



CP P[ 



i_j_xJl :, " 















._ 



I 

u 



n [' ' 



I 



r " n n 





z ■ r 



E 



r 



1 r 



STACK R M. 



U u 



7-0" 



4- f- 



SPB at col 




-13^4 



tM. ■^ f X 4 



•I.-,. 



3»4 



1 : 



' IN ♦* " " 



WD - PN 








VOID OVER READING ROOM 



502 6 

ZZZ 







15 



f-4 



* * 



'--;./ 3 




w; 




5 02 

TC IpTCN 



'— 1 I — 1 



:r 



a 



ZD l: 



J a 



t v -i » 



^ ^l 



i-^i: 



Z] 



Z^'^L 



z 



J z: 



zz: 



STACKS N ! C 




c 



^r 



LZZ 

^ 

zr^zz: 



cz 



1^ 



<2 



L.' 



n 



I f I 



D 



-■■u 



□■ 



L 



^^^^^^ Zil ' jh* 



7 ■ n f I , J J J -J' J /^ r ^fr^ 'f » ■ Jj g 






PT CN 



T> 



f-3-|,.'-4" 



.A IB. 



ia?jL;:^r-.i!:^>'-/rr^ 



f 



r.r.rt r rf f f i '^ -^ rr 



--i^y^ 



T=M 



^--I 






I 

in' 




« 



<» 
'» 



I 

♦ 



i- 



« n 



4- 



-♦ !► 



V <» 



lO 



IT 







C "J 



V 


* 


c 







)■* 


■* *■■ 


2 2 0* 


17-10 


« 


Ift'- 0" 

1 3' 4 


« 


19-4" ^_ 


5 5'- 4" 
19'- 4" 










i'-i'. 


19 


a' 






I 




























1 























5 5' 4" 



iCt 4 



1 9' 4" 



■9- 4 



'V 4 



© 



Lf MCSt 

711 B0YLS1 

MECHANICAL 

fRANCiS ASSOCIJ 
545 TECHNOLOGY 



N 



M 



L 




® 



® 



■ I 



H 




© 




D 



n 
J 



ABBREVIA: 



ABR 


Abras i . 


AC 


Air Cof f 


AL 


A 1 uBi i ri jir 


AT 


Ai.oust ■ 


AT-FL 


Acousf 


Bi- 


Bron/e 


F<l— .L 


Bronze ^ 


f)(--HM 


Bronze C 


I'i- -I'M 


Bronze 


B^ 


Buck &■• 


.".h 


Hol low 


■ t 


Cei 1 in . 


> 


Lompre 


• J 


Contro 


<,T 


Cera*"! 


"N 


Concre' 




Carpet 


r 


Ccrpet 


'A 


'r i nKi ■ 


<W 


■■rywa! 


I 2 


Floor 


^HC 


Fire H 




F in i sf 


■ ' 


f i repr 


B • 


I. rani t' 


F 


Gran i *■ 


..L 


Glazeu 


1.-BR 


Maze.. 




uf 




Ho- 


HM 


mo 1 lot. 


nC 


Ke^ro 


JAN 


M 


LVC 


L(^o . •- • 


ML 


Metal 


'-^fi 


Mop Rfc 


•1WP 


Metal 1 


•..I.e. 


Not |r 


N.T.S. 


Not tc 


Pfl 


Hi:. 1 1 o 


PC 


POr • 1 


Pf 


FV 


PL 


PI 


PM. 


Pr. 


PN 




pp 







Tf 


It. 


T*: 


/B 


Vi- 


vr 


' Vinyl 


VFP 


Vinyl 


wh 


Wood 


wr 


Mood 



wr-pM cowt i • 



ROOM l^UMBrwiNG 



BOI 


K UP 


fKJOM: 


COI 


& UP 


ROOMS 


101 


& UP 


RUOMS 


MOI 


4 'JP 


ROOMS 


201 


& UP 


ROOMS 


Wl 


4 UP 


ROOMS 


401 


4 UP 


RCH^MS 


501 


4 W 


ROOM', 


601 


4 UP 


kCXTMS 


701 


& UP 


ROOMS 




^ ^ 



VIAlt^lA.L .'.^IL' 



ll'^^-.'^r-%J 



Room Number 

F loor Finish _^ 



(J'. 



TC 



CZZ) 

CTTwD 




Xi^ 



5th FU 

Finish fl^ 




E 



TC IPTCN 




a 



58-0 
55 4 



t- 






•^ 



-I +f. 



^0' 



D 



3G! 



LCD 



FP PL typical ot nongers and • 



o 



• 1 



• «*<• 



u 



( 



D 



:■□! 



P 



□ 



■+ A r 



^ 



i— U 

1a 18 ^ 



®- • d) 



HANGER AND TBUSS MEMBER fiREPRCOPlNO - FP PL 

FXTFPT MArjf-tB^ ISFHOCK. PAH'ifON- ">-g SPB • 






X , IriJ; 



±^ M 



r -I — ^,* 



.\ 



- ► 



6 lis I 



I 



(«^~^^ 




^ 



^.-> 



1 



Q 



N 



|m : 

© 
© 



H 



I 



© 



D 



c 



B 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHITECTS KXJ THE BOSTON PUBLIC IIBRARY ADCITION 

PHILIP JOHNSOM FAIA 

375 PARK AVENUE NEW YORK N r 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN OROUP INC 

5» BOrLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 

LIMESSURIER ASSOCIATiS iNC 

7li BOYLSTON STREET POf^ON MASS 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

545 TECMNOLOOY SO CAMBRlCKiE 



MASS 



Al- 



MaMO«K» 


\2:r.::::":-j. 


-Sb*i>W<i^ 


k:---x::<- 


,(.'' . . .•* 


IHfl^HDQH 




HSifiraSSB 


■J'J'J''J-J' 


^3^.::rs:r. 




L;'.;i;i!:u:!i':: 


Z. ' - z 


EUauiliUllD ^' 


■'■ 


Of^J^^^A 







! 



CI 



\- 



4 



^ ^ 



6th FLOOR PLAN 



£- 



VIO 



^ 



Q- 




I 



UJ 



^^ 




2 



O 



vP 




- jiv 



4f. 



4f 



rp PL 



■€3 



,1 



-l 



JB-.=: 



acDE 



X 

cg I I 

I I 



-o 



4—4 



-t4-I 







+^ -.- 



_z: 



-dBi 



3a[ 



^1 FP PL typical 8t hangers and truss members 

L. 



:-^. 



. L 



N 



^.^ 



^ 



:3Dl 



G^- -^B 

STACK RM. I 



B 



6 01 

'L jPTC N 



FP PL typiCQi at honqers and trus* menib^rs 



-z^ 



-=^p 



1 







1 






V 


t 




V) 


*0l 




mi 







T-r 




M 



L 




--^ 



t 




K 



t+ 



i 



.. /^ 



^^ 






J 



■ -J 







;cDi 



0. 

a. 



i 



•CD 



in 



I 
'n ' 

CM 



'A 



ri 



Ff PL tyoieal a*, f angers n^fl '' 



errbers 



-H— = — ^' ■ ; 



PP P: 



M 



O 

I 



V 

?l>l 



^ 



v-^^ 



b V 



«0 ro 



4 






r 



•o> 



•<T "9 

in j, 
in 






A 18 



-H- 



c 



rO 



t ' 



CabT 




Li... 



SlATL nnrr 



. • ♦ 

I 
♦ • 



'J ^ 



t 




H 






D 




B 



Lf MCI 

711 •OVl 

MECHANICAl 

FRANCIS ASI 
M9 TECHNOLC 



ABf- 



Ath 




A6' J. 


AC 




Air Cc 


al 




A 1 um i r 


;-T 




Acous' 


AT- 


f'l 


A' 


Bf- 




L- 


B»- 


u 


fc> 


Bft- 


hW 


b- 


Bk- 


PM 


Bronzi 


BS 




B.--.1. 


CF? 




H<, 


rr 




C- 


Cf 




C ' 

c 

f • 
r 






N.I.L, 



Pf 

PL 
I'M 
PN 
PP 
PT 
f'Tl 
T 



WO 

Ml -I ■'■• 



ROOM KlJMUfcUr 



CJI i iJT 

101 & LIP 

W.M 4 UP 

201 A ^'f^ 

.SCI A 

4CI 1 . 

501 4 UP 

601 A UP 

1C\ 4 Lf' 



MAUPIAL l-NL'. 



•Sg»XSfik 






- ^ 




,mt)Pi — 



TC 



CUD 

(LIZ) 

<S> 




6th F| 

■ N SH »- 1 




Q^; 



© 



o a 
If) 



M 



L. 



it, n 







© 



>.i ■*■ 



A 
1 



i 1 



[G] 



— ♦ ♦ 



(E 



D 



C 



(B^ 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY '■OUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEnS 

ABCHIUCTS Km THt BOSTON POBltC IIBBARY ADUIIION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAt* 

375 P«RK AVENUE NEW YOHK NT 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN Of>OUP INC 

*iS B0TL8T0N ST HE FT BOSTON MASS 

STRVXTURAI ENGINEERS 

Lf MESSURIEP ASSOCIATES iNC 

711 tOTLSTON STREET BOSTO<« MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

i4S TECHNOLOOY SO CAMBR'OOf MASS 



«aM»:>«»» 


,iZ^Z7JL2 


«(»Hmw 


R«W««( 


Y» •* ; 


^HHHBI 




Ksssrasaa 




rarjaranr:' 




\i':.:iui:Ai:nr:.. 




vammr 



■I 



(f^ 



' 




) 



I«5 E 



7th FLnnp PLAN 




MHMMMMM 




N 



M 



- £ 



y 




K 





© 




F 




D 




B 



-X. 




LOSE-UP 



JA'^UM LINE 




h p el«v. ee'-s'i 



5^ -1 
19 4' 



V 



rd 



(S 






* ■ ^ 



^J 



^.■ 









© 



"ffl 



s 



I I 
inl '(ft 



I « 



M 



* CO 

I 

i 



L 



^ K 




01 






O' ^ 



o 
.1 




B 




711 K 



MECHANICS 

FRANCIS ASI 
MS TECHNOLC 



*M!-;j[ V 


(AT|f*, 


A--.. 


-' • Ob . 


^ 


/■ f '<,n 


a^ 


A 1 'jm 1 T , 


AT 


Acout.'' 


AT-FL 


Atoust 1 


B(- 


Bron/e 


bR-'lL 


Bron.- 


mw.hm 


Br on J- 


-PM 


Bron/' 




book 




Hoi Ir . 


a 


Ceil 


CF 


Corip • 


CJ 


Cont- 


r T 


Cerar 


>^ 


onr ■ 




Ccjrpt 




r.arf. 


r 


r:rir- 


M 


Drv* 




rioc 




I Irt 


t 


f irii 


; [• 


t- ; r«. 


',(■ 


' 1' 






-.■•1 




lan 




LOUV 


' ^ 


r^t't 


MR 


Mop 


MWP 




K 




Pf 




PL 




PV 


t T, 


PN 


Par. 


Pf 


Pol 


PT 


Pf,\' 


PTD 




QT 




fi 


H»i, 


RD 


f'^St 


RT 


Ret 


SB 


Itfc. 


see 


Sol 


SL 




5ND 




SNV 


-J' 


SPfa 


Sol 


Tl 


Stf 


ST-PL 


St.- 


TKUCT 


Str 



.B 
,r 

.^P 



Sta 
Tre ■ 
rn - 

Vi' 
Vi' 
Vir 

m ■ 
or 



■ 'X** NllMrifR 



dUI 


\ 


UP 


HOi' 


CO' 


^ 


» 


RC • 


1 Jl 


K 


MP 


„-. 


'.<0I 


& 


0' 




201 


& 


111 




Wi 


4 


LI 




4(. 1 


4 


01 




^V\ 


K 


L" 




601 


^ 


Lit 


/ 


701 


& 


01 





MATERIAL IN 







/^ \ 



\ir'---r^*^ 



dZD 





7th Fl 

FlNf<=H F^ 
SCAi 



^MMBiarflfnrrt I 



I?'- lO" 



22 



3 4 

It C 



DA''UM LINF 



i) 



® 






"■\^i5; 




'11 



1-4' 



EXTENT OF 
ElASTOME - 
RIC 

FLASHINt. 
IM EXISTING 
GUTTER 






O 
1 o 



.^ 



S r d 
4'VTR 



^!d 86-3 



^|«4 86-9' - ■<■*'' 

OAUR^- WAIL 
BUILT UP ROOF 










r-r-<"^; M ' ' 1 ' 



i 

U67 





z?:^ 



BUILT UP ROOF 



r \ 



EXSTING WRAPET & 
GUTTER OF 01 J ANHEXf ' 

Ti BE OEWa-'SHEO — > i> i. 



1' / 



'el 98-9" 






4 t^fi»^ ch if vrnH 



\/<»'^t/ by chrfttc subApnt'r 
■ csjdno a cip 6y rootms 
il}cori'roct|or \ 

f^l99 0' 



1^. - :•'"'■? ^ 

t99-r ^ w 93-rv 

^^ JH 0' j 






ci 8<- f 



III 





r\r*iD T 






86 y*^ I 



PUILT UP HOl.K 



V 




(fl^ 



I WO" el 9*9 



el 9er-9 

NF '7 t 



V 

el 99- 0" 



^ 



V ^ 



/§♦;• ^ 




^ 




CANTlLtVEH 
WALL 


1 


ClAST -.'I - ^ 
FLASHING 




NEW CON. f . 
LAID 10' • 




E>'^: 





''i) 



o[,o 



-:.:ti 



56 - 
85'- 4- 



,12 

T 



13 - 4 
« - O" 






r-44^-- 



.^.r 



«i 



r 



4 rd 




6 



IJ- 4 



r-3i 



10"SQ„ ' -T^ Ei-J 2fc,x4-6- 
MUSROOM r.,:.^CN 



I 10S - 6 





\ 


---^' 


f^^ 


/TX "^ 


\^6^ 


\A6^ 1 




iiff r_]T iio'(T 




«s^J 


- T 


3;0'«2-«,><ATCH 


» 




4J^ !-t 


. 


r.v MUSHROOM 
VENT 



SLAIt" Tl^F 
I?; >r,^ 




® 




^ - 




4 rd 9% ei ee- 



■^WSSTT" 



TL 



|6' - 0' 



V-- 



-^rfe 



4 rd. 



t^ 



2-6»4-e' HATCH 




(5) 



® ' ®' 









Q' SO 

- • ROCM 



, ^- MO J". 
* VENT 



^ el 108 -I'z 



N.-TE- 
I fOR ROOF LIljMT 

DETAILS^ SEE 0«G 
A bO 



/ 



4'V T » 



6 r (i 



1 ■ 



,:^ ri. 108 ■ ''2 



/ 




/5 

(57X .4 t, 



■1 t"^-^u smroom 

. ., 1 VENT 



~L 



© ■© 



5a r 

5t 4' 



® „ ® 



el 10 8 ■ 6 ( 






BUILT LP HOOF 



4^COU><S£S OF SLATE .TILES 

SiZc 22-«\<«'«'2' 
tXFOSfcR 9V' 



el 'OB b 



. ^^, 



rLASTClMtRIC_ 
FLASHING 



i •" 



^ 



i^ 



i 11 



© © 



© 



© 



® 



© 



I o 



f 

J 



© 



® 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

ARCHITECTS FOR THt BOSTON PUBIK IIBRARY ADDITION 

t^lLlP JOHNSON F*l* 

jrs PARK AVENUE NEW TOKk s 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GKOUP INC 

?J5 BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



STRUCTURAL tNGINtfRS 

LIMESSUXIER ASSOCIATES INC 

Til BOVLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

i45 TECHNOLOGY SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 



PTT 

;i 



..+1 





9flMV 




«iUHMib 


• /• 1 


i» ' 


:-«i 


r«t« 






^. 


^J'^ 


"j'j'. 




7r7.r.-f 


v:r2 


*e 


^~^ - 


— _ ^M^ 


(•1 


:VA\vs 


ssn 


• 


WV:^yj':^ 


. - 


{H '^■ 


?i«j 


. . 


Wi',-: ■ 










r'HiiiHunaiiu 

u!iiriiu;:n!D 



m 



i- 



i-- 



" " 



\> 




ROOF PLAN 



II IKW uH l 



/ 



VIS! 



fc 
^ 




\ 



\ ^ el 108-6 



10" SO 
MUSROOM 

VENT 



-:^tiT^ 



^^el. i0d-6 



2- 6"x 4 - 6' 

HATCH 




2-6x4-6 HArc 



u'^^'-r^ i 10' 



^•^ ^^-f VENT 



/ 



/ 




6^ 




flC-O 



3'-0V2-6HATCH 

© 

10" MU5HRC50N' 



10' MUSHROOM) 
VENT 



^ el 108 - 6 



\ 


/\.^ 


/ 


/ 




/\ 


/ 


I 


< 


X 


\ 

/ 


/ 


\./ 


\ 


/ 


\/\/\J 



\ 


A\/\ 


/ 




\ 


/\y 


\ 


< 


)a> 


./ 


\/\ 


/ 




\/\/ 


\ 



.' 



PUIUT- UP f«OOK 



SLATfc; TILF 
RO(5f- 



ELASTOME«IC 
FLASHING 

NEW CONC FILL I 

LAID TO SLOft. p— > I 

EXISTING TILE '^''OF 

rr 



nU> 



/ 

/ 

/ ^ el loa'- e" 


f 


ot) 




'■ 














DATUM LINE 




m to ! 



FXTENT OF 
ELASTOMERIC 
FLASHING 
IN EXISTING 
GUTTER 



Ti 



^"'Tn^ 



^ rl. 86-5 2 



JS^TW 



el. 66 - 2 



1 ^ 



♦ ♦ 



1' 



2 2 0' 



iC'-O" 



lO" 9- e 



i2'- 10" 



5S- 4' 

5 8-0* 



! 

I-3" 

---♦ ♦ 


)• 4- 

* 

b 

* 



i~ 



55 4' 



5 b' 0' 



2 52-0- 





l'-4'' 




1' 1 


If,'- 0' 

1 \ 4" 




1 


i 



I'- 3" 



\ 



1 
1 



el 10 8-6"^ 



BUILT LP HOOF 




liil. i ,1., 



46COL(K(SES OF SLATE TILES 

SiZt 22-Al4'x^2' 
EXPOStR 9^" 



\ 



In 



00 



<^ 



ELASTOMERIC . v, 
FLASHING f y 



el 'Oe'-6 - 




* 1^ 









■<M 

"in 
I 



.. Jl 



M 



«0 

« 



I •©- 



It 

QO 



J 



^ el. 86- 5 2 



el. 86'- 2 ^ "^ 



55' 4" 
5 8'- 0" 



:< -1 



© 




vS 



m 



in 



© 



© 



A lie 



© 



© 



r» 



® 



o 



* 
♦ ♦ 



® 



M 



LC MESSUP 
711 BOYLSTON 

MECHANICAL ENGINI 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

545 TECHNOLOGY SQ CAMi 



AtjBRtVIA 



Ht^U 






.jl Tlt( 

j^i T : u 



« I I I n,i rme S. 



'* 






Gran i te * ^": 


• ■L 


Gl8<:ea 


GL-BR 


nia^es 


--.P 


"jran i *■ 


,K-S1 


'■rani''' 


HM 


nv ' 1 ,-'i"i *'tr * 


KC 


KC"-" •• '.er- 


JAN 




LVC 


LC-.i. 


ML 


Metal 


Mf. 


Mof l^e^*'!. • r 


'Z^' 


N^etal 1 ic Wa*e' 


'..1 .C. 


No» Ir Coritra 


N.T.5. 


^tot to 'v^i" 


f^n 


fV II o« 


»c 


PortKv 


PF 


Pedt-'stni 1 !oc- 


PL 


Plaster with 1 


PM 


Presseo Metal 


PN 


Panel ir.q 


pr 


Pol isned Plat. 


PT 


Painted 


PTD 


Paper Towel C 


9T 


Quarry Tile 


H 


•Risers 


HD 


Roof Drair 


RT 


Hesi 1 ient Til. 


SB 


Steel Base-F'a 


5C8 


Soi: • - "-• 


SL 


Si :• ■ 


SND 


c . 


SNV 


S-1 


SPB 




STL 




ST-n 


steel 


'iThUCT 


Slr.,C' 


SS 


c . 


T 


T.,-.., : 


TC 


T rowe i • 


TG 


Trans»- 


TK 


Teak 


TYP 


Typical 


VB 


Vinyl Bss- 


VF 


Vinyl f abr i C ^ 


VFP 


Vin^l Fafir ;. 


WB 


w. 


wu 


!*(.-. 


«(t'-*'M 


TomD 1 net I /< 


ROOM NUMbfH'. 


BOI K 


UP:f<lKJM', (JN f- ; ■■ ' 


COI & 


UP:«OOM'-, ON '. ' 


101 i 


DP: wow; ON 1st f.; 


ylu 1 » 


^P:WX,)MS ON Mt//*-J 


. *, 


it-'; ROOMS ON 2nd 




it':HOOM<,, ^': ''' ■ ' 


'. 


t':P0OM': 


5l.I & 


UP : ROOMS Jf. '- T ri \ L\ 


6C'l K 


!;P:RO0MS "N 6th rL( 


701 4 


tP:HO0M' '. •> '1 



MATERIAL l'<i I CAT I r»J 

MMWMIIt "th 

I'f* - • ■ ■«%•! -Loncrete 

••■el 
/'<i-^<l ■ in i te 

■ „qh l*)Od 

i.'^^-.'^..-* D ■ ,wal I 




Room N umber - 



f loor ' i 1 i sh . 



CP, 



TC Change d • 



(ZZD 




/r\ 




ROOF PLAI 



SCALE 'B 




I 



» 



to 

I 



t' 



% 



i 



^ ei. 



t^, s*vent« floor 

•lev 94' -e 



^ piev 16' -0" 






s Kth lioor 
V 86-2" 



; 



tifth floor 
elev 7 7'- 10' 



tourtfi 'loor 
elev 69' - 6" 




=1. 



,'-'^ 



31 units d 1 e'lfc - i..2 ''■''fc 



.«'). 



Slate roof 




\ 



MOtLMto OOOH 



^H*- 



SOUTH ELEVATION 



SCALE 'e''-o 



1.' . l'- n" 



■-■AT I. . 



rpN AfjCHORAGE 



Dl'tAIL S 




r. :i! ' x.j: ti lxi x: i ' jii n: 



rS'-A- -V t't I- 



t— ' — I — ifc^i " I 

,1 ,1 J,„^ 



Vrriy t ^ 



■ I '"^^ *" »Tr -*■ 



:x=c 



i--= 






;r^.i, „ : : ' ". ! ., \ - t :X 



,1^1 . T '- T- ^T7 l' 



Vrb-i 



^ 




:. :,x!: 



I 



j_ri-ti ; !, \ V 



FOR GBANPTt 
ANCHORAGE 

OETAf. S 
r t - /. ISJ 




T' 



'i;= 



j 
! 





nJ 



■I 



^-nr 



I' jJ I ^ I ' I j I I '; I 




ELEV. A 



PARTIAL ELEVATIONS 



ELEV. B 



ELEV. C 



ELEV D 



ELEV. E 



ELEV. F 



ELEV. G 



-»■ * 




SIZE 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

AUCHITtCTS FOR THE BOSTON PUBIIC UBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAIA 

575 PARK AVENUE NE * Y O >> ' S 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC 

*S6 BOVLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAL tNGlNEfRS 

LCMESSURIEF< ASSOCIATES iNC 

711 BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

5«5 TECMNOL0T» SO CAMBR. OE MASS 



mmtaaat 


.V'"/.'.'>"17i 


**»«*«k 


t:vxx::-:- 


7» .■ .^ . 




*B^«B»_ 


V!&S^SS& 


■^^^J-J^ 


rTL-riT.-j-; 


EK^. '.•.•'. • 


:.:-.:i:i::Lji!;. 




iliiiummiiiD 


.'VTv:: ■;:;:. ■ 


MffifflVf^ffi 


ew/vw,'' 




sz;. .-' * 




KET^.'/" ■ 


E."'" Ti'-iiacj 



I 



-/I 



477 



V 



V 






,ii I W Ml 



*/' 



SOUTH & PARTIAL ELEVATIONS 






V14 



■»■ •^ •» 




5IZE 



"- eiev 5' 



^^ 



inth fiocr 



'x 
^^ i\nr floor 

^ eiev '■•'. ' 

"a 



'ourth »l ■.' 

V 69' - e' 



•'ird floor 

rirv 69'- r" 



TV 29-0' 



• rst ftoor 

- ev 18' C 






th "oor 
ev 86'- 0' 



•ifth 
elev 


floor 

77'-10 


tou'lfl floor 
Tiev 69-6' 



tnirtj *)oor 
S9'- !- 





-^=^^ 



ff" 



;RANITt 

SEE cfe A6- 



, if'^i.-^rVx 




k- '^rA ^: 



RiXl^^f;?^ 



rn 



xLl^ x'-z,:'h 



1 . 1 I , I i-U 



I 1 ,1 



M-ll. I I , -T^ 



' 1 ■ I ' i ■ I 1 ■ I 1 



r t . I 1 . 1 -XJ 



t .' I . ' I . ' ' I 




1,11 



i . .1 



''■''. ''^~^ 



^nHJ 



:."i 



■H 




EXIST**:. CRAMTE I 
BE Hf > ■ .1 ■ I 

SIXT-' 



ELEV. H ELEV. J 

PARTIAL ELEVATIONS 

SCALE '« . )-0' 



ELEV. K 



^M iciVji iiiisi 



ELEV. L 



ELEV. M 



B 



Co) 



(n 



® 



M 



(N 



' P 



> 



Q) 



<* ." 



/^ tasc^ent 




SECTION C-C 




THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

ARCHITECTS FOR THE BOSTON PUBLIC lIBRARr ADDITION 

PMILIP JOHNSON FAIA 

S7? PARK AVEMUE NEW TOR K N » 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC 

»36 BOVLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS ... 

LC MESSURIEP ASSOCIATES iNC 

7>i BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

•>*i TECHNOLOGY SO CAMSRIDOE MASS 






i.. ■.■.■;•;■.■;■> 






:.:';;i;!i:,;a'ri 
■ifti »! tt!i4 

'. ..i.i. ..X! 't 









> 



"^ 



SECTION C-C & PARTIAL ELEVATIONS 



i 



vi;> 





SIZE 



SECTION A- A 



bCilr '3 - 1 




SECTION B - B 







second fi 



m^zzqninc 

ft . ?■:■ - 



first floor 
*i«v l8'-0' 



t «incpMr»«_ 
»l«v 4'-0" 



base m«rt 
eiev -o' 



seven 
eiev" 


th f 1 o.:.r 
94'- 8 


»ixtn 


floor 


ci.-. 


nft". ?•■ 


f i»tf 


f iucr 


eiev 


77'. 10" 


tou^t^ fu ■ 
eigv 69'-6 



I 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

ARCHITtCIS FOB THt BOSTCS PUHlIf I IBPARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAI« 

S7% PARK AVENUE Him rONK N < 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC 

sse BOYLSTON STRcrr boston mass 



STRUCIURAI ENGlNtERS 

LC MESSURlEr< ASSOCIATeS iNC 

7:1 BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

fRANCiS ASSOCIATES 

MS TECHNOLOOM SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 






:;::;:sus; 



x-y. 



■["■I ' l i i ' i y ^ 



t 



M' 



^?> 




X 






-1 



SECTIONS A-A, B-B 



1 



V 1( 




r 



i 



i!*^msgtmmesiismissm 



Jr 



n-t'.&- -■• soHit 



^•» 



A 1 



3 4 

1 - 3* 2 • l' 



neoprene rrerrt>rane 



••Nr 



r*— — L 



i coiiipc Site «iasnrig 

I 




h p o( granit* [ 
coping j|k 



Sixth floor 
•lev 66 - 2" 



i V 3' 

-4 



i 
-4 



iij 



*^ 



jfc 



' r sn Cfiiing — 
- . as '■ 



3 - 10" 



' ♦ > t 



-r 



2 - o ^r 



3 granite facing 

2 air space 

1 D concrete wan 

exterior lace of sUir lower wall heyond 



no slab at rraomq room 405- 



finish floor 



fiftn floor ^r, 
. * eiev 77-10' ^ 



. I 



4J 



fiTfsn ceiling 
ciev ir 3' 

- concrete lecJge at reading roorr 405 



ccmposite flaslung 
finish floor 



I fourth floor ^^ 
t elcv 69" -6' V 




^ih^'M:^'^:^::^"' 



"o 



granite sili 







qraniic siii~— ^-v 1 . -i. 

planting area -i-. '^ ,i * W 



- m 



^2 fibrrglass ^.,.. 

separator — ^ 1 ^\.\ 



..embrane ^ 
waterproofing- 



^;-:- 



Vs: 



t -see aet 12 on A -70 



A" cone till at carpft fin floor 
4 .. .. vinyl 

c arpet eirv 59* - CT4 ' ! 

j tr>ira floor ^>^ 

' ; J ♦ eiev 59'- 0" OT 



Li; '' 



top of storK 
eiev 56 



^p arch stone 



staggered 

at f orner . 



*.r 



I fimsn cci.iqy 
eiev 95- »■ 



, J 



fif. -17 t<l" 



f- 



t'1 fir^'r 'H '■ * s**' ♦ A'W 



SECTION 1 



" / 



•^' 



mat en line 



eiev 47'. 10' 






bottoin of soffit 
eiev 37- O'' 



"■I 



•I 

I 



5IZE 






■^^nm/^ 



h p Of stone 
eiev 27 2 



1, 



+v' 



4x4 intrrmediatp 

granite piece 

1" mortar bed 
h p of coping 
eiev 18 0' 



2 - lO's 



£ column 



S' 6' 



4; 



a - 9V 

to finish face of stair to^er 




o 



door at exeter st 



plaster on metal latri 





THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 




COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 




AJJCHITtCTS FO« I H8 BOSTON PUBLIC I IBRARY ADDITION 


' 




PMItiP JOHNSON FAIA 

37i PARK AVENUE NE* fOhi. N » 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GfiOJP INC 

536 BOTLSTON STREfT BOSTON MASS 


Type G 


• 


STRUCTURAl ENGlNEtRS 

L( MESSURIEP ASSOCIATES iNC 

Til eOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



o 



for grafftfte coursrg at 
exeler »t see eiej ?02 
no 1 br dwg A 



I / 

cemcbsite fiasnmg-' 
w faric cap aoove 
dovwfc 



3 graaite facing - 
2 mr Space 



6 • 



F 

stagoered joints ' 
•t corner ^ 

L- \ 



a 



\ 






grantelstool 

tinisr> Jloor — 1 ^ 

... ..*.« „ — ii mim Jill !■— iiri 4- 

_! 6*2 ::!J. 

"1 

4- 



second 

eiev 42 



floor 

0" 



\^, — u 



coinpostie flashing 



top of stone 

eiev 37 ?■ 



ii' nrni"tt*^M^ai« 



gfani' 



7-10 



irip 



1* soffit ^ 



r 



rrrrr f 



finish ceiling < 
•lev 37'- O' 



7' -10 ^ 

to finish face of stair tower 



\NlNDO\^ 
TYPE b 



••^. 



HJ 



•*""'^ 'r — ' ■" 



(FMOI at exeter st ) 



:! 




eiev 29 I.) 



11 - 4'8 



*' lo^e '< "i '=°''''' 



VflNOOW 
TtVPE 'B ^ 



7' - 10' 



to tiniwi face of stair toiwcr 



I 1 



J. 



••s 



coursing at 
CMetcr st 





I 



4 FIOI at exeter st 



o 



I 



r ' "■■. ' [.%. 



iI7 ' 



finish floor — 



«jruuii^iAKixa>j 






/ -4 ♦'^ : 1 -^iV " ,v « ' « 1 " r ^ 



Y" 'J - >>. 



/ 



o 



coTipcssite fioshmq w' 
fcbric 3p clxiwr -lev.*' 



MECHANICAL [NGINffRS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

645 TECMNOLOOY SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 




cofnpi iwte flatfting 



i 



repeat safT>r r-otes Jr .: 
a\ ef\ ' * 

'j*''-r'"-*^-^-"i-''T— t"ii-'"'it-*-- ■ "*■ — fM».» ■ I... 



■i 



rwjiet 

-f *- 



uu. 



grknite soffit 



7 10 
to finish face of stair t»w<-r 






\ 

r - 10- 

to finish face of star tower 



\*IM f 
Vt^L E 



BOSTON ROOM 



;■ T 



*INDO* 
tVPE E 



1 



4-1 



;^ ' ./f f. v, "\y' "-y-!'' 




^ » i infiiim« . «-- 



'Aj' 



<r" 'i 



repeat Mrr^e notr^ 
as on section ;it 



SECTION la 






K<■:^'.^ 



^S^SS. 



-t 



z' — 



< 

^L. .J * J.- 



^ 






:.'.:,.'i.i : ,„.n[e 
3lul!lUllIII3E! 



X^Xi 



\ 



X 



(, 



. ii U'lli i ' l Mi'fr 



EXTERIOR SECTIONS 1 &1a 



Al« 






I 



<J) 



•T 



duct openings -for location 
set plan 



I sixth floor 
elev 86'- 2" 



I 



"4 



'»» 



^ 
"w 



(S 



o 



•* 



4 



fifth floor 
elev 77-10' 



•n 



•n» 



<» 
"^g' 



fourth floor 
V 69'-6' 



bottom of soffit 

elev 6 7-4" 






■(M 

I 



••I 

■it 



I 



o 

I 



-X 



0> 



1*^ 



VJ 



'n 







fb 



® 



« 



I 



floor 
59'- 0" 



$ 



o 

I 



match 




second floor 
elev 42'- 0" 



mezzanine 
elev 29 - o" 



first floor 
elev ia'- O" 



composite flashing w; 
fabric cap above dovv«i 



LC MESSUm 
711 B0YL8T0N 

MECHANICAL ENGIJ 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 
545 TECMNOLOOY SO 



repeat same notes ana 
dirrensKjr'S as on section 
at left 

..,/./vi,u/,«jn,ii/./lwi..««..innL'illl.«.lllrl'll(',-Jiil"'ll'rill,in'^l1MITl 



ABfc- 



i 



compfsite flashing 




grAniti 



7-10- 
to finish face of Stair t»wer 



i V- 10^8 

^ orAnite soffit I 



• I 



^ 



I I 



;?'- 10* 



to finish face of star tower 



WINDOW 
TtFE E' 




1 



BOSTON ROOM 



1 




WINDOA 
TYPE E 



-JTi T 



oo 



n 



AOR 




AC 


A If Cono 1 ■ 


A'. 


A Ijp i ': jr 


BR 


Bronz»- 


BP- 




m--. ■ 




QU-,*/. 


11' onzkj i-loJ ( ' 


B^, 


buoK Shelves 


ce 


Hollow Cone re- 


CE 


C«ll ing Edge ' 


CF 


Compress ibl» '• 


a 


r .->r » f-,- i i , ■ r, ♦ 


n 




CN 




cr 




CP-PL 


-or kU' ^.' ' I ■: 


OF 


L'rirKi'i-; ' O'i' 


DM 


Dryxt; 


FD 


Floor .• 


FHC 


Fire Hose Ca: 


FC 


F i n i sh Opel i • 


FP 


Fireproof C#'- 


GB 


I'.ranlte !- 


GF 


Gran i te • 


GL 


f 1 . 


GL-BP 


i 


GP 




r;R-ST 




Gb 


Gran • 


HI", 


Hot ^ , 


HM 


Hcl tow M- 


LVC 




Ml 


*-« 


Mk 


^V,; "«."•- t.-i ''-t 


MVfF' 


Metql 1 i r wa' 


N.I.C. 


Not ir Gentr 


N.T.5. 


ftot to Scale 


Pb 


Mo 1 low f'jmif 


PC 


Portland 


PF 


f'eJe:>*di 


PL 


F-iaster ..t- 


PM 


Pressed Met, 


f'U 


Panel ing 


PP 


Po 1 i shed r 1 ■• 


PT 


Painted 


PTP 


Paper Towel 


OT 


Quarry Tile 


R 


Risers 


w; 


Roof Drain 


RT 


f-t'^i 1 ient T 


SB 


'teel Base-i 


SCB 


Sol iJ Coocrt 


SL 


Slate 


SND 


Sanitary Na; 


SNV 


''.^rl'.iry 'i^ 


SPB 




STL 




ST-PL 




STRlJf : 




S5 




If 




TYP 


Typical 


VB 


vinyl Bfl 


VF 


Viny 1 F ; 


.rr 


Vinyl fart 


•KB 


Wof.i(1 Fi^«,«* 


Ml 


ft 


Wl)-**' 




ROOM NUMBtRING 


bOI K 


UP:R00MS .■• 


COI & 


UPrROOMb ON . 


101 & 


UPrRfXT**'-, ON Is* 


MOI 4 


UP : '' • 


201 & 


UP : •■ 


^01 K 


UP:kOGMb >)N if 


40 1 & 


UP:R0OMS ON 4t- 


^01 i. 


UP:RO0MS ON •'t- 


601 4 


IIP:ROGMS ON f)t' 


701 4 


ijF: ROOMS ON 7t' 







MATERIAL INDICATION 

•arth 
ravel 
SEL :_. >V3 p-rete 

'Pel 

Y'/'/' /'/'/'A/^A r j^- i te 

• in: bh »* 



I*-* - ■ •- '• ■ 'J 




'..,mt,er • 



^auauoAHi 



■,,,^,.1. ;, ,^«,ui^,^B„.>ii».n.i, ■fi,,VK^..ml 



■J-.' 



^^ 



AX" 



, ./ 




*4 



repeat sanne notes and dim'" «iions 
as on section at left 



\ « r-i*' 



membrane waterproofing 



?X 



CPJ.TC Ghj- 



Cf .01 J 



* r ame 



/ 
KFV PLAN 



la 



EXTERIOR. 



SCALt 



-, 47' 10 



h p or granite uii 
fl«v 42 - 9'4" 



bottom of 



6 6 



16 - O 
11 - 4' 
^4 

I 



(i) 



8'- 9^4 



to finish facf ot stair towrr 



WINDOW 
TYPE 'G 



2 O 



I4 sloped jomt 
ij Slope 



3' 6^6 



3 6^4 



!M 



eiev -i' 1C 



V -9'-: 



-plaster on meta> lath 



J 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHITECTS FOR THf BOSTON PUBIIC lIBRAinr ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAIA 

in PARK AVENUE NEW YORK N i 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC 

9JS BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAL tNOlNEfRS 

Lf MESSURIER ASSOCIATES iNC 

Til SOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



MECHANICAl ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

i4S TECHNOLOOV SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 



t 



f 



^ p Of granite Siii 
elev 42"- si],' 



bottom cf grarite scffit 
elev 3''- 0" 




conHx'v*. 



i 

k: ■ ■ 

s8 L . 



%> 



•n- , 



'epeat same 
I diirersions a 



otes and 
as on sectior . 



Orip 






granite soffit 



tOf»of SlOfie 



InT 



7 - 10 



WINEOW 
TYPE F 



ncv ^' O" 



o| o 

-'I ' 

e' »' 



8 



3 granite faring ^ 

I 
2 ar space 

l_ 

8" concrete wan 



4' - 0^2 



I4 kA" 

' 1.1 I III f I III / t ^1 'v ^ ' 

4 • 'i-f rT*<1iate granite rurb • \ xM /i 



gaKarized steel grating ele>l 21-3- 
paii'trd biacn ' ■ 



ii^itiiess »tee< angles 
compoorte flasn n^ 



KL 



tcompoorte 1 
eicv 19' a' 



*RF AVkiV SO i 




Aiii- 



weephoio 



ft 1 I mniinrii« iHi u,t iiS/ * Ir 






/ 



-^ 



i-_-^t 






TC 



SECTION 3 



^ fAt , ^ - - 






2grar»te paving 



* * 



Sz j^ ' ' ' • ' 



} . 



SECTiON 



T 



^ra^ V 



?" concrete 

Ift protectio if. 

merr^rare >«aler^*xx■^•rlg 



"T" ■- 

1 ."-'v 




^r 



SECTION at REVOLVING DOOR 

scaie J4 . 1 - 0' 



elev 1^ ■-■ 



_.^^jr 



. ^otc^ gra- * 



SIZE 




ffiK-XvX- 






or Cerann ■ fa 



^ 









e.J 



6) 




EXTERIOR SECTIONS 2 &3 



SECTION 3a 




1 ''^- /:w_ 




LC Ml 

711 sot 

MECHANICAl 

FRANCIS ASSC 
MS TECMNOL< 



A,<1. 



"1, JJZ 

Ail CoH 
Al uff ■ 
Ace . 



BK-HW 

?>■-(■»■« 

BS 

CB 

CE 

CJ 

CT 



CP-PL 

DF 

DM 

fL 

FuC 

FO 

FP 

GB 

GF 

CL 

'L-PP 

GS 

HDG 

MM 

^^. 
JAN 

LVC 
ML 

MH 

mp 

N.I.C. 
N.T.S. 

PB 

r-c 

F'f 

PL 

PM 

PN 

PP 

PT 

PTP 

QT 

R 

BD 

.8 

see 

SL 
SND 

'NV 
"B 



S,- 
T 



!► 

TYP 
VB 
VF 

wLi 



I-40I 



Flo 
Fir. 
Fir 

r : r, 



Gla. 



Jar 

Lou . 

Met 

Mop 

Met 

Net 

Not 

he. I 

For- 

PeO' 

Fla- 

Pre' 

Par.' 

Pol 

Pai 



Res 

Ste. 

Sol 

Sla- 

Sar 



j"a 

If c» 

Tra- 

Vir , 
Vir . 
Vinv 
Wof 

woe. 

'cir 



^OOf^ NUMBER I- 

BOI 4 UP:f^f»' 

COI & UP 

101 A !JF 

MOI i tjf- 

Z ' * ■*"'■' 

: I i _» 

}| .& UP 

■.::.| i UF 

I 4 UF 



MATfcKIAL INL 






•^.% 



x^^^^. 




g-,v T'-^T3 D Dr 



t^oom Number — 
f I oc) r F i n i s '1 ■ 



CP. 



TC 











KFY PLAN 



„ J 



EXTERJ 



16 -O 
13 4" 



16 O 
' ) 4" 

•1'4 



second floor 
eiev 42 - O' 




rnatcr i r.f 
eiev 4"' 10" 



*( I.; A 



hp o* granite siii 
elev 42- 9^4 



I4 sjoped jGtnt 
'2 Slope 



10 4- 



c 

-p4 




repeat same notes 
as on section no 4 
at ett 



-f-M-^' 



eiev le 



. 1 



tf V- ' - ^ 



^ 



11' 









t cot 



bottom o« granite soffit 
e«ev 3/- C' 



n 



repeat s4me notes as on 
section ne 4 at left 



'■i 



tjf - 



« l^-fTf", •""'^'' "-♦'" 1 



reglet 



-*- 



--^ — ^ 




€:^i^ 



i 



L~, 



Leiev 17 - 2 



ofc 



1- 



dno 



ETZ? 



.*-J 



••-0" 



^ ' :7*« )ia 

* prantp scK»t * 



2 8'8 



I4 I 14 



3- 6'4 
' 9 



J" 



» 6 '4 



I 



-etev 13- 2- 



SECTION A 

scaic 3^ „ T. 0" 



10 'a U 



3 6'4 



»f V- *M 







5 ■ a^Ve 






granite toffit 




4 
• 


J^ 


r 




_ 




1' 


. ^i.. 




^-■- 


3 ■ eU 


I 
I 


4 b3. 



6- 



10 1 1 iVifi 



'■i 



ft p of stone 

etev 27- 2 



♦ » 



1 - 



1-. 



4"w 4 intermrtiiate . 
•jranite piere 

1" mortar bed — 

_ granite curt) 

brick paving — , 



^B'saniing , 
bel 






■ t . i . i p iv 1 (1 1 - 1 , 1 1 . 1 "-; 



di 



..'^ 




6 compact grav« -J i-** 
neoprme pad - ■ 



'4 



♦ "^-^S 



'f . 



00 

e'l 






hottom ot sranite 
elev 16' 0I4 



planting hr^A 



A 2 



11- \\ 



l-— 1. 



d i 



to opposite St ' r 



• ■'- , ■ -i 






J 




fj. 


membrane waterproof 


\ 1 


k 


if protect 


¥ 




?* concrrlr 




K 











-COfTipoS't'- 



• « 







. . '^^ •■ ■'- -^ -,.-1 1 



*'.-.-■ 



* • 



■• ■ i 



SECTION 



SECTION B 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

AJfCHIIfCTS FOR THt BOSTON PUBUf LIBRART ADDITION 

PHILIP JOMt»SON FAI* 

575 PARK AVENUE NEW YORK N T 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC 

5» BOYLSTuN STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAl ENGINffRS 

Ll MESSURIER ASSOCIATES iNC 

7ll BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MtCHANICAl ENGINtERS 

FRANC'S ASSOCIATES 

S4S TECHNOt-OGT SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 



A* > 



T 



:^:d 



\> 



I 



tliiWZ-K© 



fTlirr'rr.r."" 



4 



" " >' ^ 




\ 



EXTERIOR SECTIONS 4&5 



/ 



VSJO 




f 




second floor 
eiev 4 2'- O" 



elev 'SO 



mezzanine 
elev 29'- O' 



first floor 
elev 18'- O" 




55 3^2 



oV 



to opposite stone 



eiev 18 - 



«tcoi 
,3' 2', 10" , r 

tt1 h 



f f 

■- -i- — - 



mennbrane waterproofing 



metaiic waterproofing ^ * 



SECTION 



mernbrane ws- 
12 pr ". • 
2" concretf 



i <" . 



-composite 
fiasnmg 

^ -J — — plastic weep hofe"; 
at vertica: joint s 



MECHANK 

FRANCIS ASS 
MS TECHNOLC 



Abr 




^BP 


Abras 




Air 1. 




Alum. 




Acou'. 


■^ '. -' 


a 


Bf- 




BFi- L 


ar.n.- 


bP-HM 


Bron. 


BR-^v 


Bron. 


es 


Book, 


CB 


Not Ic 


Cf 


Ce II . 


CF 


Comp r 


IJN 


^v^nt- 


CP 


r,rr,. 


CP-PL 




DF 




DM 


Dry* 


fO 


[■,.,. 


FH 




FO 




FP 




G8 


^rdf: 


GF 


f.r^r 


GL 


r 


GL-BR 


( 


GP 


Grar 


CB-ST 


Cr ,. 


GS 




HOG 


r - 


HM 


t<. 


KC 


b , 


JAN 




LVC 




ML 


' V. 


Mi- 


Ml'P 


Mwr 


Mete 


N. l.i:. 


Not 


N.T.^. 


Not 


PB 


Hoi 1 


PC 


r-' 


PF 




PL 


P1.J-- 


PM 


Pres 


Pfi 


^aif 


PP 


Pol i- 


PT 


Pair- 


PTD 


Pape 


OT 


Quar 


R 


Rib*- 


RD 


Ftoof 


PT 


Kesi 


GB 


'tee 


SCB 


•>ol i 


SL 


Slat. 


SND 


San i ■ 


SNV 


' :,r, ; 


Sf 




SI; 


•,.. 


S1- 




STRUt.T 


-. t r i. 


ss 


Stai' 


T 


Trt-a 


TC 


Tro»- 


TG 


Trar 


TK 


Teak 


TYP 


Typi 


VB 


Viny 


VF 


Vinv 


vn 


.■'-■. 


WH 


1 


W[ 


f< 


m - ■■ 





BOI A UP: 


\< 1 


cot 4 'JP: 


'■' 


ini %, IIP- 


1. 


>k~' : 




2i 




501 & u^: 


i- 


401 4 UP- 


>. 


501 A UP 


*■ i 


601 & UP 


K. i- 


701 & UP 


Kyr 


MATtPIAL 


in; 1 






f.v:.-.tA-*.: 



- <^ Number 
M OO r finish — ] 



CP. 



TC 



Cf iu ) 



r-h p eiev 14 -11 'a 



SECTION 




ff • •AN 



EXTERII 



SCALE^ 



^ • 



5IZF 




secon d _Lioor 
«lev 42'-0 



Bronze 

Innvned 
op'vg. 



I 



1 --^'. 



=tr:= 



^' 



M 



CORRIDOR 



/■_^'':;n,tc ucvng 



r-^-'IlL : , ^-_ ^, ;,--tr^^ i r rr^ortor bed - | r- ^4 lOPDcI ..„,.„,,^^r 



,.i ,. . 



3'.I>'^6 




„ , ^,i„ ,,A...i,i..«.L .,. , < 



vF^ eiev 29-0- 



READING RM. 



J^ fi rn t ioor 
r cicv 18'- 6- *■ 



_ t 



It 



K 



■s,- 



H 



I 1 I 



. 'iiiii iui uinrH.r; iuuni; 

ojver«d Cff.iing — I 



ni I i lui.nnuxxxmii i 



Ltinrsh Cfiltno 




r^coS) ^ ^^ 



VESTIBULE 



AUDD VISUAL 



6* 



9 9" 



' * ■ ■ ' - * 



...,..t-.....,l. 



1_ 



.xJ- 



SECTION 6 



24 f^idc « 35 deep kracktt 



( .. 

"2* wide « '« deep girder 



■) 



'■"*?4 foiumn 



SECTION 7 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

AHCHITtCIS FOR THt BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON F*l* 

575 r>«RK tVEMUE NEW rOHK N r 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN QftOUP INC 

S35 BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



STRUCTURAL ENGlNEfRS 

L< ME-SSURIER ASSOCIATES INC 

711 aOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

54S TECMNOLO'JY SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 






rr 

FL 












T 



dZED 



bSmk-w 



lli!S!ISB^SI 



BBBmaiKEiin 



CP I AT j. 







INTERIOR SECTIONS 6&7 



OPA^'. 






iiJl 



I 



^ 







© 



© 



L 

T 



-iL- 



YOUNG ADULTS 



1 



light Imturt 



3 



fe cox biocn 

=3 



1 






[ FM CO) 

CORRIDOR. 



-* TT— ^ '-Y 

finish c«iling-J 

.M 



"^ 



INFORMATION 

I 1 »€C tJro*'-<g A 44 






. compressiriie 

filler 



f c-'-LUnffc, 



light fixture 



•I 



-»rnB, ,1 riiTii-*!-^ . ,. . ^. , 



i.jfl '. »lure 



fnn.ih r gi'trg 



_ ■■^.. . _,. , -.-..■■—.„.. .. 



timmtasuu tmr ir-TaiiiM*^ 






.J-.e't _ 


'4 




•-♦ 


V,. 






. 




1 


' 






, 



16-0 







1 - 9'a 



9^a , 



J_. 



2>6 



3^6 



4"- 



CQRRIDOR 



't 




-.Dronja fascia - 



i^brofizt fasca- 



tifusft cftiiTg — ' 



n 



^^£C^z/^^^:i. 



^ 



(T]m) 



CORRIDOR 



fl'.S' '^nf; — 



.tfiptft 



«.l'Bwr 



r.^ 



^U 



' .'■///''',.' '' \'//:'/\\^,'/ . '//'.'//.' . //A/ i/f'/// . ' ' ' /.■' .' y'.^.':".V..' //.//J 



READirJG ROOMS 



"^^ 



E3r* 



■iiiniiTi7~ii ■I'liiiiii'iiiii 



'ELEV I8-C' 



r; 



8" 



5 t 



=3 



:z 



PARENTS 



yjT-z. 



,5r» I 



i"vV! 'W 



"iK ctiUng- 



o 



CORRIDOR 



>«• «• 



BI- 



SECTION 8 



SECTION 9 



iCJte 4 . 1-0 



scale -V - 1 O 




'imsn ceiling 




011 



© 



12 



ibronz« 'OiCiC 



c 



glass 



fin.sn iioor 



/J^ ME^^ ANINF 



For wtndow (let V« 
drowif>g A 69 '> 



1 



"jy yryxte to recteve 



^6 ;i-|^5l6 f imtf) ceiling — ) 



6-o'=s; 



^^ 



J-is 



^ 



^FH 



6 0'^« 



71 



l: 



tron/f ' IS' ij 



•^ gkis* 



"^ 



a-^ 



a,„ 



rcprrvif 'ng 



— 11 



i: 



'On 



108 



t FIRST FLOOR 
ELEV 1 »■ O" 



.-i. 



-;*j — I- 






««illMlfelU 



SECTION 10 



SECTION 11 



CHILDREN 




SIZE 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHITtCrs FOR THE BOSTON PUBIIC IIBRARY AOOIIION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAI* 

Vn PARK AVENUE NEW YORK N r 

ARCHITECTS OESIfiM CROUP INC 

536 BOrLrroN STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAl ENGINEERS 

LfMESSURIEB ASSOCIATES INC 

Til BOYLSTOK STREET BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

545 TECHNOLOOT SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 



IM 


Pr« 


PN 


P»r, 


IT 




ri 







t>:v:vc:«j 






:^:.vvAVv\\\\i 


* IffflHUiHW^W 







ee:'-57 



r:" ■."!.■ .;srT •*t»i i*"! 



■^ 



ir: 



.JXU^ 



INTERIOR SECTIONS 8, 9, 10 & 11 



i-^ 



122 



c 



p 



B 
Q 



B Q 



©P 



_»evenlP floor 
e< 94- S 






cc 



o 



j^xtn f.oor 
el 66 2 



• 8 



<9 
or 



finn 'lacr 
el 77 10 



•18 



• a: 



I * 



fourth ftoor 
c 69 6 






6 



•^ floor 
5» 



SECTION 
5 



A- A 



■;■: 
■> 



n 



\ / 



BE 



1^ 




- --■-■^;^^■■ 



•J 



'h 



";::ji 



t*:' 



ir : 



I (5f" ' ''' 



^ 



SUM 



i-; 



,_^ 









h^ 



, u— — »^ -— -" y 



p 






Ileal! 



'■/ 



.'i Wo 

I , (60 ' ) 



i'~H- 



-I 






; +• 



■:•: 



AC' 




^ 



4 21 



€>J 



'tilirfiiX-.VniV^i' 



12 5 11 6 

5^J^ FLOOR PLAN 

STAIR N9 1 SHOWN 

STAIR NO 3 SHOWN (WITHOUT STAIR N9 ^4 ) 

<;TAIP N-' ? & 4 opP MANfi ( WITHOUT ^TAIR N^ 14 ) 









. . . 1 


B- 




/ 


^ 


12 e 

6-^ 


\ 

5 
FLOOR 


PLAN 



11 6 



STAIR NO 1 & 3 SHOWN 
STAIR NO 2 & 4 OPP HAND 



^5; 



^12)5 



.11)6 






nmii I WMi I 




SECT I ON_ 

d2) 



B - B 



SECTION 



C-C 



1 10 



10. 















\ 






■.'>iM- ■■- 


. . 


'^ 


u^ 


— 


=a 


H 


( 


it~^ 



(Ton 



':c 



q 



CONDITION AT STAIR N9 1 




c> 
p 






8 Block- 



,_^ ^ 



(707 



ONJOiTlON AT 
STAlP 'JC 2 3-; 

7 a 



^S 



V** 






5IZ£ 



□ 



o < 



T 



B 
Q 




12 5 
7^-" FLOOR 

STAIR N9 1 & 3 
STAIR NO 2 & 4 



C1))6 



PLAN 

■^ 1 1 ~ W N 
OPP HAND 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHIItCTS fOR THE BOSTON PUBIK LIBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAI* 

375 PARK AVENUE NEW YORK N » 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC 

535 BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 

LC MESSURIER ASSOCIATES INC 

711 BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOClATtS 

545 TECHNOLOGY SQ CAMBRi:* "F MASS 



jna PrefcswtJ Hptsi ■ n^y^ 



ROOM NiiWfkii 



jl J 



MBWvaw 


czLi^ii:::::^ 


^b«3»«K<<i» 


B530»««» 


i£*„;_-'*i 


■■■■^ 


— _ — — 


Hssasass 


\^^jrzirr 


rjTjL-rsm 


^.'AVW:-.' 


uv;.;i;iiiii';ii3 



EET • 



T 



•»■ 



V'. 






STAIR NO 1,2,3,4 & 14 






V2 



?> 



'^WWBMB W i em j WWMII B S i fttf i Wi* ! 



■\ 



,c\ 



xi'r 



C '^ ^ 

p 



CO 



"o 



oo 

^0 



% 



_jeventh floor 
e-l 94 8 



m 

•"I 

«dI 

CMI 



OE 

K 

O 

O 



a I in 



IT 



,8 

, o 



of 



■«o 3 

d 
n 

z 

of! 



1"^ 



of! 
o 



QC! 



« 



in 

c 

It 

V 

^ 

o 

9 

« 



^.xtn floor 
el 86 2 



«>' 







Jhird floor 
fl. 59'- 0' 




Vso 



r- 



<s) 



03 
(C 



in 



4 2 



^' 



in 

O : 

If ' 








SECTION 



B - B 




(5i) 



+^°t 



CI 1 1 I II » 1 1 i' . i .v I n I ) I . ' . I ■ ^^ « 
I ,■.•_.■,-..■.;.;.■.;.• ■ irtpD 



C B 



II M 11 , 11 I ■ II II .ii n, . i j m i j i . i lar 



(Joi~) 



/ 



CONDITION AT STAIR N? 1 



^ 




\ 



c 
p 



(zolD 



8 blocK- 



P:-:-! 

>; 



V.'. 



^ 







:ft 



•.•J 

■■■J 

:•;■ 



i-;-;^f 



(ZOTJ 



CO 



COr^iOlTlON AT 
STAIR NQ 2,3,4. 



m 



3 7' 2 5 
♦ ♦ 



fy' 



'i- 



■^it).- 



i 






^§ 



■.V 



.-> 



1 r^ 



□ 




window 
frame 





3''-^ FLOOR P L A N 

STAIR NO 1 SHOWN 
STAIR N? 2 OPR HAND 



SECTION 



C-C 



CLOSE-UP 

AT 
STANDARD SHE 



#^ •^ 






IN 
o ^ 







B 



^= 



LC MESSURIER 

711 BOYLSTOH 8T» 

MECHANICAL ENGINJ 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 
545 TECHNOLOGY SO Ct 



Abh 


At 


AC 


A : 


AL 


Al umi r.'j" 


AT 


Acoust i^ol ^ ■ 


AT-PL 


Acoustical ' 


BP 


Brun^e 


fif<-,L 


L''uf..'e ' lazec 


BK-HM 


pron^e CI 00 H 


Bft-!^JI 


f'ronife Clad F 




fcvj<"> Shelves 




■' ' - Ccn- rt 



:J 


.t 1 fiK 1 nq • 


'.'^ 




FO 


( 

f 


rp 


f 


-".B 


G' 


Gf 


'. ' r ..; : . . ' *j ' 


'-■1 


r.l^f^r^ 


t^-ST 


' (iran i ' 


r;*" 


r,f ,n; • 


HU- 


»• 


■ " 


K ■ , ■ . 




^eene 


jh.". 




LVC 


1 


ML 


H-- 


Mf> 


f.'. 


MWC 


Mbtd 1 


N.I.C. 


Not ,- 


N.T.f . 


Not • 


PB 


Hol lo» • , 


PC 


Portland 


PF 


Pedestal » .. 


PL 


Plaster with 


PM 


PressfJ Me»a 


PN 


Paie 1 ing 


PP 


Pol ished Pla- 


PT 


Painted 


PTO 


Paper Towel ' 


OT 


Quarry Tile 


R 


Risers 


RD 


Roof Drain 


HT 


Res i 1 lent T i i 


it 


'..late 


SNr 


'.an i tar/ Nap*- 


SNV 


Sanl+ary Napt- 


';,rH 


r..\ :,< t .^.■..^. 


ST. 




ST-. L 




<iTRUCT 




Si, 


l,td..'..«3i -ft 


T 


, Treads 


TC 


TrowelPd 


Tf. 


Traristf-r 


Tl- 


Teak 


TYP 


Typical 


Vb 


Vinyl Bas- 


VF 


Vinyl Fatir,: 


VFP 


Vinyl Fabric 


Wfl 


Wtiod Base 


WL' 


*»ood 


WD-PW 


Combination w 


ROUM, NuMHtRIN'- 



BOI & UP:ROOMS C*l ' ' 

COI 4 UF':MO0M5 ON 

101 & >J liT 

MOI 4 ' *« Mt/. 

2i)l 4 ■ >t i'nd 

501 4 ON 3rd 

401 A > ■ ■ ON 4th 

501 * '• , *■ JN 5th 

tiOl 4 UP:KjOMS on (.th 

701 & UP:W(MS ON 7th 



K'fi - : 



'.; ICATl JN 



Earth 
'£93BRBmy Gravel 
l£!Z' ■ >^'i Con c re I e 
— — MWP 

•.*. I . 

1^4^1453 !'i i te 

Rcuqh WooO 



iSSVWWSWWN F i n ; sh Woe 




tJ Tr 

T" 



("HZ. 

o 



STAIR NO 1 



12 5 



(1^1)6 



f 




(12) 



11 





;v 



i,. 3-% 




■"■"V 

.;. -.I ii. .■■■> 






4i 



i 



?TTT*TTT''^^^^ 




"f I :;:#i n « ■ ■r i f ii - ■ «ii i ,. - 1.11 

"■ I ^H ^ i ^ i ^Mi . 11 . . 1 . ■ . ■ , ! I I iii^WTTT' . i .y. ' ' .^u J - - .^ Tt' - ' . i . ^ ' 



'•''l-H i 



H I 



... ■ ,. ■ . - , 1 ,^ , . . Tt i n, . . i . i » » |,i,gt . ^ 

■ I I I I 11 iiiV «ii'i i< I II Vi'i^ \t 




B^ 



SECTION D-D 




6. 



f r No 1 OBp. hdnd 



U 






^1 STAIR NO ir ' 






■^>''^-^~'^— -WT— ^■-■--'^ — -» J" 






< 



ra-rp up 




—."■■"■?'• 



A 



y^"^^. 



> .. ^ > ft 



-_a'-5's 



6 T'S 9'4- 4K)'2 



^ 




BASEMENT PLAN 

STAIR N9 1 



K- -CONDITION AT 
STAIR N?2 



L.-iJrr: 



CO. 





'11 6 







* i.V' ■■■.■ ^w^^7^^*iiT^^^^^T 



J 



-III ' t" 



} r 



I > i 



..wr..,. 



:£^_xv 



"fol 






ft 



TT I M i 



< * 



BASEMEN! PLAN 

STAIR N9 2 



12 5 



:,:[; . -1 , 1" '' ".^:" *•■" • — 



IV 6 




J- U— , 



:A^ 




^ 



CONC O URSE PLAN 

STAIR NO 1 SHOWN 

STAIR N9 2 OPP HAND (WITHOUT STAIR NC 11) 




B 



n^ FLOOR PLAN 



STAIR N9 1 SHOWN 
STAIR N9 2 OPP HAND 




B 



STAIR NO 1 SHuWN 

STAIR N9 2 OPP HAND (SIMILAR ) 



STAIR '. 
STAIR • 



1 1 -^ •'. I . 
'P HAND 





SIZE 



SECTION A- A 



SECTION 



B- B 



SECTION 



c-c 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHITECTS FOR THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBBABY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOMNSOM F*l» 

JT% PARK AVENUE NEW TOHK N . 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC 

">» BOVLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCIUPAl fNGlNEfRS 

Lt MESSURIER ASSOCIATES iNC 

rii soylston street boston mass 
MECHANIC At ENGINEERS 

FRANClS ASSOCIATES 

MS TECHNOtOCT so CAttMIIOOE MASS 



\ 



MS 

nil 



I ■■ >• t. 



M»T(- 






ts««-:-w 



u'.!iii: ii:i.:gf!7 ' 

inWITIIiri!!!"' 



E233 



Pia5t»r 



EnZXSLlilBI 't'tsi laiev^'- 



^tH- 



f 










STAIR NQ 1,2 & 11 



/' 



124 



f 



t 






. .' --C - :■ •. ■ v -.'».■ ■-■> 



. • »4 



in 



a 












00 



.-T^. 



s 






■■.• 41 







■ij-j- 5^ block » ■ 

"*■ |Ev >. ' , ' . ' vw ' -*." ' -'.'. ' . ' ." vv *' . ' . ' . ' , ' . ' -^ ' "-' ' ^ ' '^ • ' • w * '' ■""{ 



,...»...\ ■-•.■.'■■■ AA.-.A 



.■.-.■. J-.-.- 



*AAAM||«^MAa 



^ 



• (0 , l.;: 

■ • H ' t>l.il >i I ■ •.•■« «'>l"i»Vrn I'lii'iVl' i'llili'll'l li' 'tAtM 

- ■ -- ^ x^ -? pa 



■srt 



SECTION D-D 



el.-9.0 



6> 



Por balance o« plan see 
stair Nq 1 .">Bp. h J n (1 



j_ STAI(j{ -NQ 11 



I. 



I 1 



Ifci 



T— I metal p 



anel 

PT. MWP 



.-■ r'-.--. • — 14- 



Tr 



JL^ 




3'-5^8 



6 Tl» 9^4, 4.10^2 





BASEMENT PLAN 

STAIR N9 1 



BASEMENT PLAN 

STAIR N9 2 



CONDITION AT 
STAIR n9 2 






in* 




'flD 

X) 




CONCOURSE PLAN 



STAIR NO 1 SHOWN 

STAIR N9 2 OPP HAND (WITHOUT STAIR NQ 11) 



155 FLOOR PLAN 



STAIR N9 1 SHOWN 
STAIR N9 2 OPP HAND 



r06 







Bj 




A 



LC MLSSUH 
711 aOYLSTON 

MECHANICAL ENGlf 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 
M5 TECMNOcOOY 80 04 



" i'.;' 


/■ I. ; i ■ . e 


■■'C 


*ir Conditiool- 


•■•L 


A! umi nun\ 


■•■T 


ACOJS* iCdl Til. 




Acoust ical T i l» 




Bronze 




Bronze 'Jazed 


'*.* 


Bronze C lao He 


..-V 


Bronze Clad Pr- 




Book Shelves 


E) 


ttol low Loncret 


E 


. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■..'.. 


F 






,vir,t 




Tile 


U' 


■ *? 


T 






Carpet on Pla» 


DW 




-D 


• , ' 


rhc 


fire H 



t'eo 



v>f<- > 1 




.r,!'M ' 


GS 




Gran I-" • 


H[V. 




Hot Dit ...;! .- 


Ht' 




Hoi low M.'tal 


KC 




Keene ■ ■ 


JAN 




Janitc 


LVC 




Loo ve r ■ 


ML 




Metal .- 


MP 




Mor Recep- 


MKP 




Metal 1 


N.I.C. 




Not i' 


N.T.-:.. 




Nnt to ^C^c 


pe 




*-»./l low Purl'-fr 


PC 




Port 1 and ' 


PF 




Pedestal > 


PL 




F"'laf ter oi ti 


PM 




Pressed Metal 


PN 




Pane 1 • ng 


PP 




Pol I shed Plat- 


PT 




Painted 


PTD 




Paper Towel C 


OT 




5uarry Tile 


R 




Risers 


RD 




Root Drain 


RT 




Resi 1 ient T i |. 


SB 




Steel Base-Pa 


see 




Sol i d 1 .'1 .ret 


SL 




Slate 


SND 




San Itary Napk 


SNV 




Sani ♦ary ', 


SPb 




Sol id Pur 


STL 




Steel 


ST-PL 




Stpr' '■^'fl'e 


STRUCT 




r « 


SS 




s« 


T. . 




Tr. 


TC 




Tf... r. 


TG 




Transfer Or i 1 


TK 




Teak 


Tvr 




Typical 


VB 




vinyl !'.)'-^ 


VF 




Vinyl • ii • 


>/Fr 




Vinyl fat- 


MB 




Wood Pase 


WD 




Wood 


WD-(^ 




Combination W 


t 

ROOM MIMB€RING 


BOI & 


UP 


: ROOMS ON BASf 


CGI & 


UP 


:ROOM: in ^0N( 


101 & 


lip 


: ROOMS OK 1st 


MOI & 


ur 


:iO0MS ON Mf// 


201 & 


UP 


: ROOMS (». 2nd 


301 & 


UP 


:R00MS ON 3rd 


401 & 


UP 


:ROOMS ON 4th 


501 & 


UP 


iR'XTM-:, ON 5 th 


601 & 


Uf 


:R(.kjMS on fcth 


7CI 4 


JF 


iROOIS ON 7th 



MATERIAL INDICATIiJf. 

tarth 
Gravel 

{1l~rZIZ*>"\ Concrete 

MWF- 

Steel 
Gran i te 



i=_ Ftougfi Wooc' 



!\V\\\\\\\\\N Finish Woe 

L.'yAUS.VJ Plywood 

i.^-:^-.*^.^) Drywall 

\c/^r\K■r^ ;:M Plaster 



Room Number - 



'^ ' '^r n • 



CP. 



TC f'anq- 



01 
Cf iGi 3 



• 






STAIR 

SCALE .JA 


NQ J 



5J^2 



(6)11 



^p) 




SECTION A- A 

11 



SECTION 



B- B 



(1^ 



•J 




of 

o 



y 



(O) 






~hl 



u 



T^ 



L ' 



SECTION 



C- C 



SECTION D-D 



first floor 
e-l. 16- O" 



15;12 




Ju. 



jaLeli 






'^ 



■"rt.T ;jar:r 



•' '^■.•.•JM'.V^-V!'-''.'.^'''''-.".'.Vi^ ■■'■"« 

.V.V.. v:::l{:::i^:r^■:•^xW:yr:^^:^aS^v,:^ 

• i C B 't ■ ,, ^ / 








6 11 




I 






1... ^!U): 

■■■.^ ' — 
■.-1 



S 



't^- 



iSi 



■" 1 / — I ij ^ i 

• - F^-J 1 J ■ -r-^=y """ ■• ' • -f- 

u -.- ITT i - i tj— zn 

(V. <^ • 



(0 



N ■^■^M M^ W IM " A T m » W — rf ' il i f !■ I 



P T M/, P . , 



6j 



13 



^ 



P 



J' 






",*' 






.■»o 



.i^ 




3 - 10 e 



* f 



r^ 






^1- 

[ wCOw 



■ € 



^:l 



wCOw C 





CONCOURSE PLAN 

STAIR N« 3 SHOWN 
STAIR NO 4 OPf? HAND 



1JL_FLOOR PLAN 

STAIR N9 3 




•Q 




^ 2 8'8 
granitr door 



Itt FLOOR P LAN 

STAIR NO 4 




MEZZANINE PLAN 



STAIR NP 3 SHOWN 
STAIR N<5 4 OPP HAND 



5 '12 y pCONDlTlON AI SIAIR Nw4'6;11 



SIZE 



4 



ii 



?'-6' 



1 M 




6 tilocK 



I 

I 



♦ 



, . |V •_ I ■'- ■,■.■■■■■■-■-■.:. v. ^-/jl 



TwS 



1^ 



I 



J 



(362~) 



I M ■ ■ ■ i U 1 



^ ,.-^^>« 



4>- 



I 
^1- 



Mocli wall 
:itr iUir 




w. ' iw * ^ '' ''^■ ' ■ ' ■v.M.'. '^ . ' . ' .". ' . ' ." ' .y i 

■•■■'"■.■■;v^^ •; . . '■■'.:■'■'■'■''■ .-jI 

li f llBI » ■■■■! f ll T l 



1. • 



T . 



■•v5 



^^^^^ 



n 



u 




Q 




2 "-^ FLOOR PLAN 

STAIR N? 3 SHOWN 
STAIR NO 4 OPP HAND 



3_lFLOOR PLAN 

<:TAIR N9 3 SHOWN 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHIIfCIS fO« I HE BOSTON PUBltC tiBPARY AOOITION 

PMILI>> JOHNSON FAI* 

S7S PARK «V£NUE NEM YORK N t 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN OBOUf' INC 

5» BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRIXTURAI ENGINE fRS 

LI MESSUNIER ASSOCIATES INC 

Til BOVUSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

i*i TECHNOLOGY SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 



1^ 
^01 



iff-.- _.«*! 












'Z^D 






STAIR NQ 3 & 4 



f I I I 



1 



V 2 5 



k 



m ijUiii|UUBMIJIWI!]*W,'.([iWlllllWB.lJ ^3■ 



# 







SECTION 



'^-- ■ • ' ■' • .ly 



A- A 






first floor 
I. 18* O" 



o 





1 






S 1 




1 

1 


I 

i 


^1 






i 


.h' 




1 




iK. 


1 




, 


,- ! : 'A 










A 


I 






li 


St flo-jr 
18'- 




/.''. 












Tiet ^1 


; mel 










J^' . 




'/ 



'^ 



1 



'5= 



"I 

N 

a 

or 

(D 
V) 

« 

'oi 
m 

^» 

ri» 
et 



SECTION 



B- B 



el. 24 - 




H 



(o 



'C 



-b*i 



^«% ^ - 



h^ 



1© - 7^2 



,- ■ T 



1 ">*■ ' ' JL. 






-hi 






. i-i 



u 



~I1 



^ 



-^ 

t 



ei 15 3 



1 



"1 







CB 



r-^et 1. pat r 



•:■::^;^^;;;;:^:{:^A|:^^;:^^:^^:^:^^::?^ 






i 




I I // panel . :>■:• 









r^-=_ .t4^, 



. a. 

■ ■■ — i. — t 



■ uim — .A fc 



^f- ^ -^ ••^, 








r \. 3-6 a j 







^v"^ 






' % »(' 



Li i I 3 i i 



r- *M,^.:^i..t.^>.'. . ... . ^... ..T:r 1 

GF \ 



CONCOURSE PLAN 

STAIR NQ 3 SHOWN 
STAIR NO 4 OPP HAND 



1^-^ FLOOR PLAN 

STAIR NQ 3 




3'- 6^; 




J 8'8 

granite door 



"LOOR PLAN 



STAIR NO 4 



MEZZANINE PLAN 



STAIR NO 3 SHOWN 
STAIR NO 4 OPP HAND 



CLOSE-UP 

AT 

STANDARD ^lIE 



5)12 

^^ i; 



\ 



\ 



CONDITION AT STAIR NQ4 



^.11 



«i 



•5: ,1 i 



3'- 6' 



I ! I 
■ J. ' '■ ,. T" 

| i-cre^i ^^ „|i^ 



5 12 



5. 11 



13 4 




-25 



jz^l'^ii 



3 6 



2^6 

a** 
o 



2^16 



6y11 



i 11 ,5 
-♦ *~-4 




re 



GF 



n 



0.1 



V~- ^ 

C2KD 







10 



■ > I II I 
. ,« > 



.__. 



' ■> 



7^ 7' sV 



* 7 -^ CB 



hy'-u- ^ :■:■■■■■■■■■ ••.•.■.•.:■:■■.:. :■.•:•••.•; J 
j" jI ' V ' , 1 ""'" '•••■'•■■■ ■••■^■•■^' ■■^' 






I 

>.■■■' 



1^^ 






< 



I" 



•I 

6 

II 






*> 



o 



-^4" 



o 



K, 



r - 6 bkxk wall 
under stair 



i. 



if TT " 






3's^8 



* - - t* - -»»- V" 

'^T'S> 10^2 -lU'- 4^2 ; 



! ■. .■■ ' ■^r».*. '' t^ * ^■7.w^ ; ^'.^W' ? •^^'^'^!^■^ ' •'■"^ ^ ' l 

• I [ » '.■^'.- ^ , ■ . , ..^ .-J -■^- - T . 



6 block 



:c-; 



T a> 



"^ :i 3 g-e 



PT-CN 




\^indow 
jamb 




i'.v^^.; 



:\ 



A 1 



t 1 



l;^^ 



c. 



-J 1 5 



"HPC 



ID 



4 5 B 






(C r 



^ 



T ^ 



•' « 



»-**^ 

!*»• 



T*-^ 





o 



!<■ Mdi^ViirH^iii 



GF 



GF 





2^ FLOOR PLAN 

STAIR N9 3 SHOWN 
STAIR NO 4 OPP HAND 



3^-^ FLOOR PLAN 

STAIR NO 3 SHOWN 
STAIR N'j 4 OPP HAND 



Lt MESSUNIEH 

711 BOYUSTON 8TRI 

MECHANICAL ENGINEEI 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

S45 TECHNOLOGY SO CAMBRI^ 



Ai. 


Ai f ,on.j i T 1^(0 ing 


At 


*,'•■■ ,^! 


AT 


1: Tile 


A,T-Pu 


h- . ■ .al Ti (e 1 • ■ 


BS 


brcn/e 


BK-bL 


jzed Doc' 


HK-HM 


^C! Ho 1 1 0* r-V 


-PM 


•»r j(5 f resseo 




" • ves 


Ltt 


• r re re MaS' J 


i-r 


>■ Rf,.>- 






fP 



• '- I T or : ! ' -^tl t 



Mk 
MWP 
N. . 

•..I.: 



■ »/ 




Ptj 




rr 






P>iintea 



■xjl id Concrete 
Naphii 



«B 



OiXKl d' 



•1)1 \ u» :f" MS (IN BA' f'.»{NT 

I i Uf 

I 4 Uf 

'•'01 4 Uf 

/OI 4 Uf ■ 

Jl 4 UP:W(x_)Mb (JN Vo ^LOOH 

. I «, ,r r Mc QM 4tf, flO' i- 

'•'. ON ^th fl 

■. • • t;:, ON 6th Fl 

)l & UP:WXW!^ ON 7th FL 



■ATF.KIAL INDICATION 



^WfffiW) 


' f! /f 1 


Iff-' ..« 


i'P Crete 

■■•wr' 

• 00 1 


'^^^J^I^ 


T-. '. '. '. : T-^ 


te 


^ ~ ~ .^^ 


■ i(<f>od 


r'"::;:';.'^ 


■ n (s^i Wood 


t//-////,-?? 


■ 1 ywood 


(.v--.'^--n 


rywal 1 



•.•*>i » : 



't' ,"i! ' ' — 



\LJdJD 



STAIR NQ 3 



SCA, ^ 




SFCTION 



A- A 



SECTION B-B 



STAIR, .NQ,5. 

lower portion 





SIZE 



1^ 



17 



17 



® 




• * 



( ^<\-"-<^--^ 



(bjU 



6 block w at< 
under tta 



' n 

1 




I- ^ 




.Tl 



y ' ■•■■ " ''S' o ■■' ■"'-■ 



f'.: 



9-5 







BASEMENT PLAN 



CONCOURSE PLAN 




KD) 



1%-^ FLOOR PLAN 



MEZZANINE PLAN 




® 



■: ^ 



j« 



SECTION R-R 



BASEMENT PLAN 



INTERMEDIATE PLAN 

at'ove cunc..'Lrse 



(jf- 



i^ 



•^-s 



2 ■ 2 








2"-^ FLOOR PLAN 



C* — ^ . 1T* VJ 




< ■ - t.%---'^ -'*'- - -' ' ■ , '-- -^' -* ^»»..^. 







. .|--j-f>v-''-^'j-^-''^'w.-- 



CONCOURSE PLAN 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHIItCTS FOR THE BOSTON PUBIIC LIBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHMSON F*l* 

575 PARK AVEMUE NEW VOf-x N ■ 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN OROUP INC 

^J5 BOYLSTUN STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAL tNGlNEfRS 

LEMESSURIEP ASSOCIATES iNC 

7H BOrLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 



FRANCS ASSOCIATES 

•>4i TECHNOLO^ SO CAMBRIDGE 



MASS 




D. 



•1e; 



..oi. -s-'e ''aiu.' 



' : /wi^c-J 



) Pr»«,s«il «*• » <i I ' • i"v 



■* c 
















♦i 






■^vD) 


M 




r:2."j32fiL".'' 

rr-'Tini'iiin 


'* 

^ 


• '0 


(f iCi) 






^ 













® 



STAIR NO 5 & 9 



/ 



VS!6 



ml 







k- 6 block wall 



SECTION 



A-A 






n 
o 

n 

dt 



^i 



of 



0) 



/ . 






second floor ' 
el 42'- O" '/ 



/ 
/ 



9 

% 

/ 
/ 
/ 

/., 



// 



^rm e 



mezzanine 
rl. 29- o" 









it- 




vf 



V. 

K1 



1-r. 



':■!- 






$^ 



I- 6 block wall 
under stair 




_:4:.-.4-j:-n/-;:'- 



U 



i 



i 



r 



t 







19 



.^■31 





/« 



M — '-l — FT 







\t\ 



o 



:■;■: 



— rl 

3 



4-™ii'!'- 



A,,^.^.^^ 



ih- 




IQ 



i 3 7'a 



i% 



'00 



^ 



^^ 7'- 9^ ' . 

PT CN 

r- ''^^^ ■ .^- ' ■ .. .* ! ] •-. 

Pvi- : . ^ C ..-4- 



^F HC 



L 



,•••■■• ■■■«■■■■■•■. \f.V-.' 



^xr 




i 



eg 





metal cover. 






r - -r n 



1 11 



21^ 



f— :■ — • ■ ' — rt^ I \ 

I* '.V» Q l.iiil .n . 11 ■ ■ < « »| I 1^ 1 II t lf- 

La -A ,. \\ - , •.>■".■■-> — i .......... ^ 



9'- 5" 




HO) 






.41- 



>D 








_ 


n ' 






-• CM 




















^ 


- 


1 




t— 


(..Ai- 


/ 


> 





■:•:• 






■ 



-3^ 



3-7I 2 



3 6 



iD 
O 

:i'- 9 
PT CN 



■ rail 



a 



3 7' 2 



iy 




V -f 






*r> 






. • • 



■.. 






</X/3 



■ - >'^ 



2 - 7 



l1- 1 



M 



'■'^ r I ^ I 



■ a ■ I I t ■ t* < 



tU 




I 

i 






•vD 



w 



9 -5 



2 7_: 



flif^' ' - ■ 



■^ 



jg-s*" first floor 
^ el 18- 0" 



:■ r 



cr 



door 

frame ■ 



s 

"o 
«n 

N 



I 






;;V 



I - 










1-» 




L- cig. _ 
beydnd 






,1 M.^».A-l. ' I., t-. «^l I 



1 ' 



■;■'.■ 



j-XTvT 



U 



19 



>**■-■ -°« 







^>v concourse 

^ i el. 4 



I 
foundation 
of exist 
bidg. / 






in 



Tl 



a: 

(fl 



| ii> ^ basement 
^ I el, - 9' O" 



J 



* 

J 

^ 



I. J» I 4. I. ,1 I 



l.Xj 



=5 



,.T ,<!'>'■ 



cig -1 






\: :r 



1 



*■'.■■ 



■— ) 



\ 



■'■ "■■■'■ •'-'■-■ 'Mi... .'J-K. ■'77 



—I 



h- 



6 blocM 



:;j>.".-"^ ' ^v/" 



cig 



SECTION B-B 



STAIR NQ 5 

lower portion 



BASEMENT PLAN 



CONCOURSE PLAN 



INTERMEDIATE PLAN 

above concourse 



/ 





Hi) 



9 ElEV 18'- 0" 






rrr*t="^ 



«> 



PMC 




1^J FLOOR PLAN 



MEZZANINE PLAN 



2^^ FLOOR PLAN 



^ 



STAIR NQ 9 



@ 



o 

N 







C^y"] 



» > I I » I I ■ 



.•Vi 



. — O' block wall 



"f 



^. 



'il 



s 



3-; a 



♦ ♦ 



a 







:;• hr: " ■ ■«).v>%^ ' s«.v'.vm. ' .', '' '"a^, ' " ■ ' ■•>. ' 




5V.-. 



Y 



x:- 






^■••.■^ 



i"; 






Kly" CbTD 



^^ 



■I"- 




(0) 



711 lOl 

MECHANIC^ 

FRANCIS ASSd 
545 TEC!«<OL< 



AobHLV»A 


i n>ti 


^Bn 


Abra 


A/ 


Air 




Alur 


A ! 


Acc- 


AT -PL 


Arc-, 


Bf- 




BR-'A 




BR-HW 




BR-'*'' 




B' 




Lh 


.V 


C£ 


Ce! 


r 


' 


(. : 




CN 




CP 




CP-Pl 




or 




"■Vt 




t-p 




"D 





•ifir. 


Ho' 


■M 




AN 




y(. 




ML 


Me- 


■-'P 


Met 


'-'»«>• 


fAe- 



s. : . 
■c 

r 

I M 

-N 
..p 

t^TD 

OT 

R 

RD 

RT 

SB 

SCb 

5L 

SND 

SNV 

SPB 

CTl 



T 

rr 

TG 
TK 
TYP 
VB 

vr 
vrp 

VifB 



PIrt 

Pr. 

Pa- 

Po 

Pa 

Pa( 

Ou.. 

Ri- 

Ro. 

He- 

St. 

So 

Gl.r 



-0 



St 
■Jr. 
Tr 
Tr- 
ie 
Ty. 

Vi 

VI' 

Vi 

WC" 

Wo 



'«l i Uf 

.1 A Ut 

101 4 U' 

MO I & lit 

201 & lJP:Rt" 

501 4 UP-.RO' 

4CI 4 UF':RO 

501 & UP:Rri 

601 A Uf :RC' 

701 & UP:R( 



MA I r f' I A L IN 







F loor F i n Is^ ■ 



CP. .TC 



G 



(i::iiiD 




STAIRi 



m 




r=:!n"nr 



SECTION 



A- A 



SECTION B-B 




STAIR NQ 5 

upper portion 



A6) 




>. ;;x 









"U i^ 



16 






:^ 




.■4 







»> v ., 





— -. Tyr*--- f- r 



L 



,'3»« 



STAIR NQ 6 



^^H 



16 



^ 




1^ 



t 



^ 



i 

K 



< 2 



'/ 



^/4 






I r^ 



^yiri'i • 1 1 1'l -I m'i'ii'hjVi' I' III i'^ 



?^ 



%* 



i t 



J CB 



- I , I 



' "-f*^ 



'^ ^ - -t^ 



TZIZ3| 







nxiii 



:.:^;:: 

li%i 



X 



3 7 2 



1 -lOTi 
9-1^ 



3 ■ ?^2 



-I — ♦- 



C309 J 



U 




■.■■5 






7?^ 



rr 



-jis 



n 



-FHC 




iet) 



17 



I r^ 



i 



-^ 






( B_i 1 B) 



^^ 




r"— I — TT* — > ' * ■ ■ - ■ < ■ ' ■ !■* 
111 t. — '—kj^ t - ji*^- . ■■■ 



v^3 



3 



•Q, 




D 



3^-^ FLOOR PLAN 



4^-1^ FLOOR PLAN 



5^-^ FLOOR PLAN 




6*^ FLOOR PLAN 



^ 



J 




© 


/ 

1 



^•Li'ti'- t"-'i"- --■--■'-- 

r La 



■^■^T 



. » .\. -f 






J"i 



CB 






-^! \ — "sMli 



^i. ^- 



BASEMENT PLAN 






CONCOURSE PLAN 



I"-' FLOOR PLAN 



>r tr- 



-LS_ 



•r 








G 



MEZZANINE PLAN 



16; 



u 



\n." ' I ' M* ' ■ ' ' 






K 



t- 



W 



.i ' l. ' ^.- ' t ' Ui ' " ' ' '^ ' ' * 



% 



-'■■ f: 



v--/ 





-4 

r 



sr 





r 



;..: 1 , > ^'^^ •■ll • . ■ ^ 1. - I . 1 



T" 




THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

ARCHITECTS K)« THf BOSTON PUBIK LIBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIf JOHNSOM FAlA 

irr. P*R(l AVENUE Kt» »0R> N 

ARCHITECTS DESlCH OROUP INC 

^i5 eOTLSTON STRtrr BOSTON MASS 



STRUCTURAL tNGlNtfRS 

llMCSSURIEH ASSOCIATES INC 

7 1 1 BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



MtCHANICAl ENGINtERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

»45 TeCHNOLOOY SO CAMBAIDGE MASS 



SECTION P- P 



SECTION Q - Q 



VfP 

■b 
•D 






i:.v.-;-;-;-;vi» 






T 



d 



47 



t 

I 
f 



I 



oiiai 



^ " ^ • 




,.' ' .,!l? !i i'!l f !!^ ' '. 



STAIR NQ 5 & 6 






V27 



•■^,:^-' 



'■ • ' if 




£-L^ 




s 



-y. 



H 



» . ■• 



^■i 



:>: 



m 



"M 



^: 









^ ., :\ >„:. — „• -•■•■.■■^i-.y:- .; 



-A 



■j ' . ' .< '' ^^ 



;m 



ix 



t ■ 






1-^ • . t r' i.'V-.. 4 






^■^ 






i*N 



■ ■I ' - ' ■' ' ' ' .;« • -• * ' -^ 



■ a 



r^ --^ ' 



. 





1 m 11 



SECTION 



A- A 



t 



SECTION 



B- B 



r~ 



CLOSE-UP 

AT 
STANDARD Slit 



i. 



STAIR NQ 5 

upper portion 



STAIR NQ 6 



■:■ . PT-CN Jfc 




-FHC 





' f>' 



it 



'U 



ffi 



I 



D 






3 e^e 






* 



> 00 



1 -9B 3 . 7^6 



V 



711 %0S 

MECHANICAl 

FRANCIS ASSC 
549 TECMNOLC 







^»0 



5f^ 



L > ^ ^^T ' t'^ ** 






.7 



f-^® 



■ ■ K .-■■-« «■■■ 



• iiYi' I I'li 



*»- <• ^- 



-^ 



CM 



L.ZS 




V27; 



111 1 1 11 III- - ^ 



fmC- 






CM 



i 



; T " ' -.*--'* * ' ■ ■ > -t. * ;,! ' I^ .^ 'l ' ■" . '* 



•-' -^■■■- ■•' 



■- •*'*_^-. 



■■'■^. •»■ >>,--.^ 



f '' I 



1-11 



•t<D) 






-•i 'i- .ii i ■ ' ■ • . W 



3cd FLOOR PLAN 



4^-^ FLOOR PLAN 



5U] FLOOR PLAN 




6^-^ FLOOR PLAN 









irto 



JS 







.:•:■;■:■; Xv;:..--> » '>i 



I 



CB 



■=t^ 



GO 

in 



'^H^^4^ 



— tl 




•r 






«"l 




r ^® 




'C 




Air Cc 
A 1 urn i r 
Acous' 

AcOuS' 

tironz. 




L 


Bronzt 


f -■ 


iM 


Brcnz. 


BR-HM 


Bronz» 


HS 




Bock 


Cfl 




He. 1 1 o» 


t 




Cei 1 i 
Cocipr. 
Cuntr 
Cerw 


i_.i* 




c> • 


r-p 




c ■■ 




L 


c 

r . 


IW 




Lrywa 


ru 




• F 1- ■ 


fhC 




f 


FO 




F 


^P 




( 





_rafi 


•'■ : , 


H. " 


HW 


f 


w 


f 


JAN 




LVC 




Ml 


V. ■ 


Mh 


Myp ■ 


MV»P 


Metal 


N.l.'\ 


Not 


N.T.S. 


Not • 


PB 


Hon 


PC 




PF 




PL 


hiat' 


PM 


Pres 


PN 


Pane 


PP 


Po 1 i 


PT 


Pii' 


PTD 


Pape- 


OT 


Cuar' 


R 


Rise- 


RD 


Root 


PT 


Resi 


58 


Stee 


see 


Sol i 


SL 


Slat' 


SND 


Sani 


SNV 


Sani 


spe 


Sol i 


STL 




ST-PL 




STRUCT 


J t 1 u 


SS 


Stai- 


.T ■ 


Trea 


TC 


Iro»> 


TG 


Trar 


TK 


Teal' 


rvr 


Typi 


VB 


Vin\ 


VF 


Vlny 


VFP 


Vi n-, 


Mb 


moor 


wo 


KKOOC 


wl -'*.' 


frimi 



RCjOM NUMBFPI'. 

B(Jl i ur:RO(»" 

COI 4 UP- 

101 & -!«'•'• 

MC>I 4 UP- 

201 & UP - 

501 4 UP:- 

401 4 UP :• 

501 4 UP: ' 

601 4 UP:- 

701 4 UP: 



MATERIAL INU 









"P. 



TC 



<S> 



STAIR 






<3 



^ 



L — window B 



■If >•> 











■."•■'fall: 1 '. I'?* ""'• '> ' " '■■^"■-f 'i, 




15J f;_oor plan 



MEZZANINE PLAN 




SECTION A- A 

STAIR NQ 15 



SECTION B - B 



v2 15 



e 



1)16 



'- •- « "I I r- I II rii I I ' i g r I I I . -X 



^•- \ ^ 



-.J 



n 



i-'- 



t 



-f 10 Uejd , lysl 



■M 



i^C-NN^ 



5| blocK 
*)or 

/t frame 
NOTE no door or 
frame at ilair no 19. 
carpeted Block wall 
to Be conlinuout. 



..IT. 



U+J I V 



.. 



: ' : s 

t ' 



I »■ 



FHC as Jiicribtd or A^6. (139 ) 



i 



^■4=^^ 



f I '■ .^ ' o 




I3J i 



L^ - 




\.'' i.of'diltjn this area at 
stair no 19 see dwg A 4 






window c 




!or condition this area at 
stair no 19 see dwg A 5 



ni FLOOR PLAN 



MEZZANINE PLAN 



■^ 



V • If window c 

I , ,. , .1 , 1 , 11,1 . ftV iiii ^y V\ '" ' :.".' .' .".".' ? ""\"r> -^ 



^ 



k2.) 



^ 



^ - .- • 



- c. 











-^ l» window c 

V IL IZ^^^^ 

fr'—l : — > — _ 



^' 



r.rr'f' 






I LfmC at stair no '7 cniy 



Ht"^ " ' -iK - -Tt a T- '■ I • ' ■ ^- J I - 4 



1 — b» 



2_L^_ I 4^6- 



14 




^ 



"*=♦*— i| 



r^ 



ffMII ) 



— or f ram e 

'-■ FK: al stip'- no 'fe only 



at star --o 16 








o 






F 
K 



18 



^ 



k: 



-^i^ 




2' *5" 



00 



SB * 6 



It' f^r ■ 1. .I I JJ I I JlT . 1 . . I ... .. I '. - ;] 



w wine 



E 

J 



151 FLOOR PLAN 



MEZZANINE PLAN 




SECTION C - C 

STAIR NQ 16 & 17 



SECTION D- Di.tair no ,6 ^ 17 , 

SECTION G - G ( stair no ?0 - opy hand > 




,i^i 



u. 



2'-5^e 



1^^ FLOOR PLAN 



bronie 
frame 



'JTcini*.- »^rinq 



r-elev 22-0 
auftjJJJJB! 



- 




SECTION H - H 

STAIR NO 21 




'-'^t V.'^V ' ^A i A^^yA ' X-..-. . .■■'>a'. ' . i .'. ' A ' . ' .W. ' M'. '' VV^' ''' - ''' 

■: _Jlii-'.;; :•.•".>■■ ■.■■•: : ■.■■•■.:■>., :■::. ':■•■;■■•:■:<■.■•■•■.■. 



e block 



gP ^^ block 







v3 



"i^ .3' ig" 



Si- 



^; 




1 



? 






'•'i 



4- 2 



L 



^ 



4 6 



|:h4 

tir fi am* 



T 



2-3 , 



(k; 




fm:'i^ 



■■'^ 









i 



2'164 



( FM15 . 



3? S 






@ 



5IZE 



1^-^ FLOOR PLAN 

STAIR NQ 20 



MEZZANINE PLAN 




THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ABCHIIECTS FOU THE BOSTON PUBllC IIBRARY ADDITION 

l>Hlt.lP JOHNSON FAI* 

)T5 PARK AVENUE NEW Y0«« N ' 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN tflOUP INC 

?S5 BO»L«TON s'wtrr boston mass 
SrRuCTuRAl ENGINEERS 

LE MESSUHlCR ASSOCIATLS iNC 

711 aOYLSTON STNCET BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCiS ASSOCIATES 

'4? "TECHNOLOtrv 50 CAMBHIDOE MASS 



ML 
MR 
IMP 
N.I .t . 
N.T ' . 

rf 

PL 



PTti 



SL 



■-fL 



ve 

vr 

/'I 



MUl K 



1 1 F >^ I > • 



■£«»iWVy 



-^- 



o 



■ . «> 

■ LOOR 



•^LOOR 



wijorl 



1C5»«C99 Hoii<.. ' 
jo I : i; " 
O! I • 

f ui 'iiawnii m bh'.b- 

[iiiiDHiEinin • 
!Bi!ni |iiiiiiiiii::i 



<*-'.l it.«y.'lt 



+ 

^ 



STAIR NQ15, 16,17 18,19, 20 & 2 



SECTION E-E 

STAIR NQ 18 & 19 



sidewalk at 
stair no 19 



STAIR N9 18 SHOWN ; STAIR NP 19 OPP HANP K SIMILAff ^'■*"' "° "* 






t 



A 2 « 



■■■aMKiriHi 



v^ indow 




/. 



00 



_J/ 



■ M:;:>".4 ! * ' .'•>. .^ ' . ' .u ' 8.■?^;^C^Vl.-^^;,^^^^ ^ ^^v;.•M/^ >v •-^ ;j 



■^'*'3^■^^>^•^^•^-■•-^^*>^^-^^•^*.■ 



/ 



/ 



£»;>; 



■ i ; rfl. I ^a't "* 



:.:y^-■:■■>■i^ •;.•:•;■■.■ •^:-^ *;i£i-V ^> 



.^■■ ^:"-;,^;^;i ' V v-^'.". /■/a/v-/.vv ^■/vv.v^;^'//v,-/-^v-,"''-v /-/yy ;'r^-7T-rT-y./.Yy.///.A 



windov B 






o 




-4!:^ 



01 



4 - 2 



.a 




4'- 2" 



10 



9 •' 






jjy.'. ' / ^'..j. ■■>Ms*-./'v''>v ' ./.' •fv-i-'.- ii '^rr 



10 tread ( typ. ) 

CP 









. < 






" Vv \' • /r ;-^7v^'zv/.■/■/■v.v^'vv) ^ .?.v.'^v:^vv.v'^ ''^r :^y '..'■..:.. /'(^ 



y 



1- 4 



GF 
13'- 4" 



;M 




GF 



S,A 28 




1^^ Fl.oor plan 



MEZZANINE PLAN 




rail 



Jo-'- 






mezzanine 

_, top o' cp y 

el. 29'- O' ^ 

> 






SECTION A- A 

STAIR NQ 15 



s 


cp. 


* 

s 


cp. 


« 


«p- 







first fl 
cp. 

el. 18'- 



-^.^4.11 



.i^- 



1 • 1 " 

4 carpet on 2 plaster 

( typ all walls ) 




F- ^->-^-- 






^.-.■- 



■\ 



%S 



!7rl../ :."/c 



«.^- 




SECTION B- B 




for condition this area at 
stair no 19 see dwg A 5 



15-^ FLOOR PLAN 



MEZZANINE PLAN 



sronie 
frame 




* ■'. 



1 1 

4 carpet on 2 plaster 

< typ all walls ) 



^ 



nnezzanine 
top of cp 

el, 29 'O" 






to 

«; 

mi 



CD. 



cp. 



r 



T^^rsLJ 




.a) 





E 

J 



1 ^^ FLOOR PLAN 



MEZZANINE PLAN 



4-1 




O « 



^ 



Lr. 'rarre -, 



p^ 



X 



■••J 



a 



en 



7'_ 


0* 
















* 










KJy 


1*6" 


12't 


readi 

i 


__! 






»iiiOi ) ii»ii 



GF U 



iiO..^ 



".'V V VT • » ' "f" 



■-■-•^•■'.■. -\ if> I .■■■-■-•■■ .v,."m'. •.•«•■. ■ . ■ ■■■-^ ■■ ■ •••■' ■■■•,•■■■» •- .r'^<pj^ 










4 3 " 



10-6 




n^erzanine 

top of i.p 
el. 29'-0' 



- br frame 



br frame 



f^ 









"... n.i.. 




' 2' plaster 



br. doo 



r a. frame tii 



^ 



NOTE . no door or frame 
at stair no 20 — -~ — ■ 



SECTION C - C 

STAIR NQ 16 & 17 



SECTI ON D - D ( stair no 16 a. 17 ) 

SECTION G~G (stair no 20- opp. hand ) 



1^^ FLOOR PLAN 



bronie 
frame 



granite facing 



'It 




SECTION H-H 

STAIR NQ 21 



6 block 



* .-»...,....,,i-...,.V.. ' t^ 



br<|n7e 

frahne 



• 00 
o 
I 



^x::'L 



>«' 



piaster f25^ „i 
cig 



r 




I ^\n *^. " < * 



ii««i.^<««««<< «M^ 




^1>'y Jl c^ I ' I I I I I' ^11:.: .>'--'V F 




I I 



-<^ 






FHC 

br . frame 



T^ 



m 



n 



--5S 

—(IM 



CEjjID 



-jl - carpeted 
5^8 block 



CO 

. I 

N 



;.^^^'».■ .v:■^^,■. ■^^. ■.■.■■ •>"V ■■.■■:.;•■.••■.'■'■•■. N-.y^-. ■.•.■.■.•,■.■.■.•. ■.■.■. 






'^' 



■ .1 'S 



'»'■■>:■.■.•, >.^.-.-.-.->"Y ■.■■■.■■•■■.'■'■ •■.N-.vv. ■.•.■.■.,■.■..•.•. ■.■..-. » ;-« ^ 

. ■■ v; . . , - . .v<^v- , . . /.v .. v.^ :.:.V ;V ^^.^v ■ 

8 '"oc*^ r^^lm^ in"hiocK 



in 



^ 






I 



10 block 
6'- 4" 




^ 



. '. 



:<■ 






iroo 



fey '' 




1 . 4 



13'- 4" 



■j^ 



1^i FLOOR PLAN 

STAIR NQ 20 




MEZZANINE PLAN 






Cfmib) 



I 5" 
3? e 



CLOSE-UP 



® 




AT 
STANDARD "^Ml 



2 -H e 



2^'6 




"-.- 



brcJrre 
frafre 



ID 



m 



I 

CD 



LC Mil 

rii Bos 

MECHANIC) 

FRANCIS ASSC 
MS TECMNOLC 



AC 


Air Con 


AL 


A 1 ufn i n u 


AT 


Acouit i 


AT-PL 


Acoust i 


BR 


B'-onzf- 


bR-GL 


bronjt 


BR-HM 


Bronze 


BR-f^ 


:•• '.'life 


BS 


bxi" 


CB 


ncl 


Ct 


c«; 1 .- 


CF 


(_(~i#r^ rtti 


J 





CN 

CP 

CP-PL 

DF 

On 



FP 

G8 

GF 

GL 

GL-BP 

GP 

Gf^-ST 

G5 

HOG 

f«4 

kC 

JAN 

LVC 

ML 
MP 

'••wr 



ft 
pr 

PL 

(V 

PN 

PP 

fT 

PTD 

OT 

R 

RC 

•'T 

CB 

L 

■sc 

SPB 

STL 
ST-PL 



Ti. 

;rP 

VB 

VF 

.'P 

oB 

M' -I*.' 



Fir^ 
Fir 

Fir. 
Cra- 
r,ra 
Gle. 



(K.T 

Hol 

Jar 
LOL 
Mb' 

Mot 



f-ortto 
PedP- • 
Pie 
Pr* 

Par. 

Pol 

P«int. 



Kot ■ 

Reb 

Stf 

Sol 

Sla- 

Sar 

Sai 

Sol 

f,tt- 

't»- 

Str 

' ' ♦ 

rrc . 
Tra 
Te.v 
Tyt 

Vir 

Vir 
^\r 
i«kx 



XJM NUMRtPl 

J I 4 'Jf 

0\ 4 Uf 

MO I 4 U» 

.""^l & L» 

•Jl 4 W 

•• Jl 4 Uf 

' )l 4 UF 

■ Jl 4 UF : 

')! 4 UF': 






MATERIAL INI 



(e: 







CP, 



TC 



T 01 

O 



STAIR 





Cno9) 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHITtCTS FOR THE BOSTON PUBIIC UBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAIA 

S75 PARK AVENUE NFW rORK N » 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN CROUP INC 

•>» BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAl ENOINtERS 

LC I|IESSUBIE<< ASSOCIATES iNC 

711 BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

^45 TECHNOLOGY 50 CAMBRICKF MASS 






t:::v:':":'x- 



rqi".!gwii ir'i 
u:;::i:n:i;:ni" 



• ln*ula' 



i f- L .-.'^.- tr. 



I 



STAIR NQ 22 






i ii9 



■ «MMMI II l»MllllWiMWi, 



4 carprt 




1 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

AKCHITtCTS K» THf BOSTON PUBIK UBBABY ADOIIION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAIA 

in PARK AVENUE Nf W YOUK It t 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN WOJP INC 

9M BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTURAl ENGlNftBS 

LI MESSURIER ASSOCIATES iNC 

711 BOTLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

%49 TECHNOLOOY SO CAMBMIDOE MASS 









'.00^ 









fiWA^AW 



■■..:..T:iiaz3iT::. 
KiMuiuiiuin) "•• 

0«a' ■ ■ 

Drr,' ,f 



-r 



C ^8 



13- . 



TC 






^ 



I 




STAIR NQ 22 



r ' • i 



i 



V 50 



*fc 




COVER 



HANDRAIL SPACER LANDINGS 



0^ ^ 



^ ^■ 



t t 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

AUCHITECIS y<M THE BOSTON PUBIK UBRARlt ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAI* 

J7% PARK AVCNUC NtW YOHK N ' 

AHCMITCCTS DttlON GROUP INC 

S36 BOTLiTON STRfn BOSTON MASS 

STRUCTUBAl ENGlNEfRS 

LE MESSURICR ASSOCIATES iNC 

711 BOTLSION STNfET BOSTON NASS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOC(ATES 

S45 TECMNOLOOY SO CAMBRlOGf MASS 





Hot ''ii. 


'iV 


Hollu. ^4t 


f 


"eWlH MM 


JAN 


J 1- • • 


LVC 


L 


Ml 


1* ■ 


MB 


M. , 









csnajznsr ■ jnKor i.'.sui«t 



D!.!i:i!^':n 
HEniirin!:] 



stical Tn»> 






f 



C ) 

(EIuZD 

O 



4:- 



iLiiMnlltN 



» 



ft 



i 



STAIR DETAILS 



I 



V 5 1 



> 




rfveid to Bracket ^ 

5 ' i 



END FLEV. SIDE ELtV. 

11) 2-^ FLOOR BALUSTRADE FLOOR BRACKET 



«..- i - hdi* ^tie 



caie - tidif sr/e 



jrar.te <t deta.l @ 
shown dotted 



b '8 



8.. '9 



r 



h.p. of granite 



• r 



■"!' 



r 



(12) BRONZE STRING 
(3) 



balustrade 



compute this d'menitcr 
iding distance tiet»veer 
utter ^'i Dy 4 




©WALL STRING 
so e 3"-ro' 

( ^ J as notrd 



. ^6 




> 



\v ■• . I .1 ' ' 



1; n 



9*a 



/ 



'4 Heel plate / ' '^ 

"^ jteei bar .-rrj**-* 
3,1 



16 bronie slate 



r?)WALL STRING (o) STAIR NQ 15-20 HEAD 

V y i;aie 3' -'O" ^ -^ scale 3'- I' O' 

UQ) .s noted ''6.. ^^ w ''^ 'it^'i-^'lC 

1^ 



-K^ 







'4 sti a-icror-t lon< 
al each ha'jster — , 



cont sll. .n!e"tc« 



16 brorie 





t 




i 




1 


! 





t ' 





' f ; ;'; " ' . '■ ' v ■ 



7' 






1 1 1 



;jf ^ 



7- ,. ,.,. 

']Q 6 "A- 4 elipZ-6la 

''' at,' each t><|(urt)^. 



. n.t.$. 

/- '4 "ill. Dl- 

'■ a: 



r ' . 'ic br pi.— H^ '"- 

1 .•• "r-_zr^ f!* 






r 



4 - ^ 



^ 



7 



u^ 



J»8 



■l. ..:-■. 



J 




-' I 





1 ? • 1 br. L 


-=] 


■^6 Sr. pi. • 


1 

^7 




1 J 


: — ^ ^. 





\ mJ & v- --1 



I 1 B , 



!ine o' carpft at (16) ► 

;i5) BRONZE STRING 
AT STAIR NQ 15-20 

soi e - t-A,i Size 





16 

. rli 



4 bent $ti. / 
4' ig. -locatrd t. 
end of eac^ tresj 

qrapite tread 



t- 



@ 




exp bolt 

cort. 4 bent st. 




. '<^ 



WALL STRING 

*■ i A'.DING 
scale - half size 



^8) CEILING EDGE 



TC br pi 



s. a r 'a * 



1 *. 3 "^ s ga. Si tuhr 



1 

^'^ 



□ Q D 



^'it 'i t'i^jge. 



I I i' 



•3 n.,v 



'.;-... 



*-^'= 




xi 



n 1 i p 



.'« 



(14) MEZ. BALUSTRADE 
AT STAIR NQ 15-20 



.; ^ .iJ 



■". * U 



A ,'arp<-l on 



'■"^# 



K^ 



Fli 



■H 



bJh 



Hj 




\ 



( 



^-^ 



^f- 



K" 



(^ 



,^>;u^ 




Atorkinq |in* 



(X) HANDRAIL 

^- — ■^ scale- full sizf 



vorting i.ne 



^/ 









B) HANDRAIL 



jnoenayfnent 






T-.-.Pn 






4 
■>r,. 







v»'.r«.":i hne 



(C^ HANDRAIL 

^•^^.X sca'c ■ ■ •- .f 



vf 



work-ng line 



< K- 



(lo) STAIR NQ 15-20 STAR' 

^' ' scale j'- I O' 









— i 



641 *< 



fo) HANDRAI 

^^ — -^ scale- full sue 



1 ♦ br. I ubc 



3* * 

•^4 • stl. bar 



WOOD PANEL 

Kale ■ hal' sii»- 



CONNECTION OF 
HANDRAIL TO BALUSTER 

sc.iip rai' size 



♦ — rail terminate-j 
at dotted ime 





-4^ 



Li 



- eiip- anc^o^ 
SECTION 

WALL HANDRAIL I GHANiTE WAL, 



'b * stl stud 

set scr«» 
. ■ t 
e leaO sleeve 



EL-EVATICN 



i,ii.c ti:' Size 



i 



vt 



D 




exp. anchor 



SECTiCr. 

WALL HANDRAIL 






SIZE 



■^6 br. pi. 

■ • ■ l.p /L 

v ja stl a' •> ■ 
'/tread 

'? carpel >.,n 
4 u^derMynnpnt 



^ (19) WALTL STRING 



BALUSTRAbE SCHEDULE 



w 



*'.' •» •• 






474fc~tirr; 



r 



1*. '8 J 



._2n:^ 



J ", 4 , 



,20) WALL STRING 



(S) BALUSTER AT STAINLESS STL. GRILLE PANEL (g) CEILING EDGE (g) in FL. BALUSTRADE (g) WALL STRING 




25) CEILING EDGE 

scale ha ( ■-'7r 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSEHS 

ARCHITtfIS FOR THl BOSTON PUBIK LIBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAI* 

]7S PARK AVENUE NtW YOHH M • 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GROUP INC 

5» BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 



STRUCTURAl ENGINEERS 

Lt MESSURIEF) ASSOCIATES INC 

711 BOYLSTON 8THEET BOSTON MASS 



MfHANICAl ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

S45 TECHNOLOOY SO CAMBRIDGE MASS 



ML 






ST. 



t-wMrat I'. *• w ' a^ 



Sf>JM »jLll«tB|N(- 



V*-; -_■• : ifiCr 









f,'UI ':,'l!l.'tJT ." 

U!.;i:ii:;,:nG 



iHfffi mill 11 1 *ttT * 



■r^ 



+ 



TD 



^ 



MONUMENTAL STAIR DETAILS 



',' AL f M*. ■ s ;f 



J 



iJ* 



O 





-t 



•V ^r |r ir^ 1 ne 



A ) HANDRAIL 

scale - full siie 



wornlng line 





B) HANDRAIL 

scdie - *uli stze 

I 

7". !2l! 









I 



r 0-1 • ■ 



,a. 



-X? 



1^8 



y 



c 



.o. 



■.•^Oc 



rr-^':-- 




working line 



C ) HANDRAIL 

scale - full ii;e 



working line 



10) STAIR NQ15-20 START 

scale 3'- r 0' 



/* 



br. bAr 



•^ 



bracket 



wood panel 



• " ■ I ! M »-£ 



lit 



'e • 1 r 



bracket 







D) HANDRAIL 

sc jlc - full size 



1"* 



br. lube- 



3" * 
4 * sti. bar 



1^^ 




WOOD PANEL 

scale - hal' sue 



CONNECTION OF 
HANDRAIL TO BALUSTER 



scale hai* sfze 



rail terminates 
at dotted line 




' exp. anchor 

SECTION 

WALL HANDRAIL (granite wall ^ 

scale - hai' si ze 



e leaJ sleeve 

ELEVATION 



LI 

Til BOI 

MFCHANICAl 

FRANCIS ASSOCf 
545 TECHNOL0«Yl 



■ uKL, 


1 


*af 


Abras i ve 


Ar 


Air Cone 


Al 


- 1 jmi nur 


AT 


Acoust i' 


AT -PL 


AcOuStIr 


BK 


Brunze 


BH-GL 


B- ■ '/e 


BR-H^' 


■. 


eiv-f.' 




E 


, 


CF- 


, M 


Tf 


•• ' ■'■'J 


C 


<. ;,rt..; 




• * r ! 



AN 
. •</■■ 
ML 
Mt- 
MWP 
N, I .C. 
N.T.S. 
PB- 
PC 
PF 
PL 
CM 
PN 
PP 
PT 
PTD 
Ql 
R 

RD 
RT 
SB 

■iCB 

SL 

SNP 

SNV 

spe 

STL 

ST-PL 
STRUCT 

ss 

T 
, T< 
IG 
Tk 
TVP 

vb 

VFP 
WC'-PW 



J jr. I tor 
Li., jveri 
»tetal I 

Mop kQ: 

Metal I 
Not in 
Not to 
Ho! lofc 
Portia' 
Pe :■ 

PI.: 

Pr. 

Pav- 

Pol isr- 

Paintfc 

Paper 

Quarrv 

Risert 

Roof r- 

Res ill' 

Steel 

Sol id 

Slate 

San i tc 

Sani te 

Sol id 

Steel 

Steel 

Struct 

Sta in I 

Tread'. 

T rowe 

Transt 

Tieak 

Typlcn 

Vinyl 

Vinyl 

Vinyl 

Wood 1 

Mood 

CcwiMr 



ROOM NUMBfRINK 



BOI 4 UP 
CO I 4 UP 
101 & UP 
MO I 4 DP 
201 4 ;JP 
501 & UP 
401 4 UP 
501 & UP 
601 4 UP 
701 4 OF 



ROOMS 

RO(JMS 
R()OM« 
ROOMS 
iROOM':, 
; ROOMS 
; ROOMS 
: ROOMS 
: "' lOM^, 
: ROOMS 



•-•A- . ..I ... INUHV 







\ ^ ^'-^■~- 


^N^\S\\\SS\SN 


t^.'VK^WI 


1;^ -.•<-«•■! 


Uv:-»..Jr...vM 



rt.. 



I- 



H 



78 



U 



J 



1 * ^if :sar 

^e ^ bti stud 

iet screw 
exp. anchor 



CLOSE- 

AT 
STANDARD 



SECTION 

WALL HANDRAIL carpeted ^all > 



scale - half size 



BALUSTRADE SCHEDULE 

WOOD PANELS '.'air nq 15. i6,i7 . ie,i9, & i'O 

I these an? the only lora^ions of 
wood panels ■ . .. 

STAINLESS STEEL 

r:p.! I p PANELS ' ■^.- -^ •' ^-■' 



AL . FIF' 






4 



. .-g .... ■...■^;;,-Hi,.Ajiu.-..,^*i.'-:-'-'^^-'-^^-v^-^.^^^..:. 




A 



TOP FASTENED *ITH 
_ EPOXY OlSIN TO 



—CARRARA GLASS PLATE 
TASTENtO TO CHANNEL 
WITH EPOXY RESIN 



Dqitmcnt / J^ 



ELEVATION I 



ELEVATION 2 



TOILET PARTITIONS 
AND DOORS 



'TTTTrTTTTTTTTT''TTTTTTT"^ 






— I|q^t5 ce'lcr ^r ta^s 



TOILET PARTITION & 
TOILET PAPER ROLL 

NOTE oil women toint 
papfrhoidcrft to be provid«J 
* th 10" stationary SS pur$« 



PTD 



CARPET 



SECTION THRU POWDER ROOM LEDGE 



11 , (4ii,))t,ii4i4iij!jJJ}ff 

-• :;x:^;i;pn;tS;;;a!j;l:i;;u:;;H;c:j;H 



;U11UIJ.UT 






I 



"course / ^ 

«v 4--0- y|7 






TTTTTTTTrrTrr 



iignt % tester on lovS 



K - EXTENT OF C C 
FRONT PLATE 



N*; RP" H 



TTTTTTTTTrTtrrTTTrTTTTTT 



::;:!;;;;: ::::::!::r;:h 



OPl N 



g 



■ I I I II lil l l i jl I TT 



ozn: 



!MTtTlHtttttMM 



1 ! 1 : : ! ! : : 1 1 1 ! ! 1 1 1 . 1 : : 

: : . : ; :i 



^tiig-i : ■ ■ r • ■ '3 

rrrrrTThWDEW. ::: ■:rt 

■^, . . ) . i .,, .. ,. a: 

.., i * .. i.^ *» t ...-.*-.♦,.. *i 






tip 

IiiiJii:;;iiiM 



ELEVATION 



ELEVATION 4 



WHEEL CHAIR COMPARTMENT 
AND ONAB BAR 



SNV 



MM 

C S N V D 



DETAIL AT 

END OF SHELF 




r »4<J> '.-JfD STL 



,Vi '-PROVIDE HOLES 
+-♦- FOR ROD AT 

I'l-^'S.CENTEr* 
■■ 4 POINTS 



ttji^. 



> 4t*- • -n^i . 




^'T-Oj-j: 



^ ui^t: 



<^ c 



u 


Li 


l_I 


LJ 


t-J 


LJ 


LJ f i 














Mlpb^nc 
























t 


^ r r 


• 



,t,i. : 



' MIRROR 




L 




4^ 


• 


T»7 

• 






.1 
• * 



>nf<$s s* 



ELEVATION 5 



ELEVATION 6 





I-. J' 




1> 



fTMrror 




• * 

ELEVAT'ON 



r 



^ »-*l ^ 



^ ^a«^ •*■ 



TYPICAL WOMEN'S LAVATORIES 



.-.N 



$-■•• 

'K:^^; 
^$>$>^ 






N 



DETAIL of MIRROR 
and SHELF 



S:-:;::^ 



ELEVAT ION 7 



ELEVATION 8 



ELEVATION 9 



1*- Lifting f'Rtures •-'^s" br aiwa/'- - " • '.« 

2*-Mirrof jomts Shalt tine up *t*.h e •"■ '"' 

lOiPt ai, indicated on elevations 

3»-Jotn!» tn glass «heit shall »iw»y* 'e ip with '- ff 

abov^ (oni/ «♦ V -^"i*r- ♦,.,,;^*t 

4'-SPetf brat *•• ■ ■ •' ^ • • • 

shall t'*- ■■"A^rr. 'ava*. ..' e ': (:jni/ Jt ^Cief. 



SECTION 






v; ■■v^; 
i.\.v:v 



THE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 
COPLEY SQUARE BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 

ABCHIIECTS KXt IH8 BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY ADDITION 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAIA 

in PARX AVENUE NEW rORX NT 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN GflOUP INC 

•>» BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

STRVXTURAl ENGlNtfRS 

LC MESSURIEP ASSOCIATES INC 

7ll eOYUSTON STREET BOSTON MASS 

VECHANICAl ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

■At TECHNOIOOY SO CAMBUlDGE MASS 



■««.Vi*IIJN5 
■dk 



HH-1*' 



f 



lintM 






Pf 
PI 
t>u 
F'N 
PT 
P- 



P|« 



^1 

III' 

Mi 

IC-'v 










J"J Prt',\«. '.1. 



t^ivx:-/:-:- 



mLJxn 



DigailBUlia >Vtal (Blwallnr) 



^ 



TOILET DETAILS 



V 54 



i 



SST o b'-."-.''."%'.''f"rAi' ■•''■"■''■ ""'.V.'.'.V.V.'.V ''.••• 'x .j yy ' "' ■' ■ ■ ^ *' ".". ' ■ ' .. ' ^^ityw^; i i' .". ii » nvtfv < fvv tT H T H».Mm ^ mn» i m iy. 1 v * m » ■ ■ ^ . ■^ . ■ Tv^^ ' ^ ' vyv » n n'v . t vvvv *' ■■■ " ■ ■"■» »■ ■ J 

r- j .y.L.A.-- . .•. xAA/.f - j ....»-.. t .k ...... .1 . ..^- B. . ^. ■■.,. jV. . . ..-.'. .. f. ...^xa..^ ,1 - ■ I. . . ^ . ^ ■ . ■ yj^ "|- • ■ -■■■.■•>? i:-''^^^Vf ' i x f^.^ 



PL-CT 




16'-0' 



■ 

I 





u 



CKERS & BENCHES N I C 



LOCKER R^QO M 

B 27 



TO 



CT tec 



Tff - Q" 



PL-CT 



t 



ij^it^i. '.".'.■.■.".■.■.I • 






^1 i 



1-^ 



Jl U .'il W^. U.il II U* < II MJA>^ ■■■T:^^ J W II i^yx' ■■■■»■■■■ ■■■■; 



^; 



^ 



' ■. ' •V ! . ; . ' . ' .V. ' . ' ««>i.''. ' . ' .v" :> 



ELECTRICAL 
CLOSET 



'T> (J 



'-■f"vr"r"ivf ■■ivv"V"'f"^j 



HDjapL^lLcpJl^ 






B 24 



C T 



KC 



MEN 



C^r 



4 2--3-/-*-; 



1 1^-34 



I 



6-9- 



10-10% 






:■'•■ Q- i - i ^ ■: .':' .':'.C7! ':^ ' ''?^ 

:• r-rn tj,*^ I , | 7) |'. ;^->J~5 ■■■ ■ .. v .. ^r^v . v . - . v . Y .. v/, :. v t >j b ^ 

;-!AmjJ ♦ C*/.'.'.y.».v:^»^i . I . . .nn .".ii *)i ^',. . » r i ' ."n ' vv »»» y t »■■■ . ■ . ■ . ■ ■ . ■ . ■ nvw. 'i ■ ' Hv ^' t~ 









u 



n I D J A I' M. ' J 1 1 II I I > .". . II 1 . 1 > . 1 . ' . < . ' . I I V.' I ■ I VV " ■ I fjl t I II I i WJ ^' i J 



^ 



U , , CT I , _ ♦ 

« 1 'trtiri 






BASEMENT 



1 " I II 

SCALE 4-1-0 



- rBTT ) 



P"-^ 



^- 1.^4 



DIMENSION TO BOTTOM OF MIRROR 

_4 {JK ^Sl ^'-^' 



Plastic laminate surface on plywood 
fastened with epoxy resin to channel & angle 



.V4. 4V . 1 

»OOD PLATE I 



V 



12x12x1^ STEEL PLATES AT BOLTS 



3^" BLOC 



CERAMIC TILE 







tittttjti; -I •fti 

LiiiiiiiliiiLiiiRi 



^:!H '^- 



i . . . i . 







^ 



TOP FASTENED WITH 
EPOXY RESIN TO 



CARRARA GLASS PLATE 

FASTENED TO CHANNEL 
WITH EPOXY RESIN 



CARPET 



ELEVATION I 



ELEVATION 2 



TOILET PARTITIONS 
AND DOORS 



» eg ^ 

* 



'-% t 



<M t- -^ 



-— Ilg^t5 Cf'tcr on iQvs 



TOILET PART.-' ON 4 




TOILET PAPER ROLL 




NOTE all women to* .-• 




paperholders to be r' 


. lie i 


with 10" stationer 


fSt 


shci vcs 





SNO 



pro 



SECTION THRU POWDER ROOM LEDGE 

SCALE 3'= 1 - O 



.|4|ll[^|!i im|j{4i i ;:!:..;...!;:!:Jiii!MM|!MMMM|MM! . | i i ;; . 

-t ♦il4-*<-»i-.-t»--l^i^. -4^. ...... (.♦... ,, , ilil! 

g.rf;^Ti;P;|;f.^;;;;'iJii;;<;t:.... > ,itt 



TOttmmipataffT 






TTTHT 



S 



Yt* -^ ♦ J * fcf 4 4-*--+- 

I -**«♦♦ 



""'*•-' I t I 



''■''■■'''■''''' 



^ " c_curs <7 
lev 4'-0 



. nyrts carter on 1^; s 

u 



SHELP 



W^^ 



. . . . , . i . 




-.4 . .1 1 f .... 1 

tr 



OPEN 






^-*^- I . 1 i i t| i i i . i|ii i | .f : 

{lUrtititH^ 



■ ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 




ittitiHit:!:: 




v:mm 



^«- 



i 2^' 



rr 



^ f «» 



•^ " •^^— 1 



U; 



4^ 4 w*** 



DETAIL AT 

EMD OF SHELK* 

'.f Al F 3-1-0 



^t 



r 



- 4 i . 4- 
-.* 4 4.1- 



L >,;tt.; wf- .„ o 

FRONT PLATE 
CARRARA GLASS 

- -01 

t 



"*''-♦« .■». 



pS 



liiiiU 



. a * 

^tj> SOLIL 
ROD WELI^LU , 
TO ANGLE I 



ii:;i- 



ELEVATION 



ELEVATION 4 



WHEEL CHAIR COMPARTMENT 
AND GKAB BAR 



SNV 



CSNVD 




p-hghtS center "in iQvs 






MIRROR 



\.ii I j-n t 



t ■ 



11 




rff 



X 
IN 



in 



--; 




























« ' ^ 


^ 
-- 


1 


■ 




i 



ELEVATION 6 



ELEVATION 6 




i 



PROVIDE HOL£$ 
FOR ROD AT 1 
ENDS, CENTER.! 
«. 14 POINTS ' 



CARRARA GLASS PLATE FASTENED 
TO^WfH EPOXY RESIN 



RROR 



' nn.r-.or 



fran-i^ 



1 



^ 



white ^Mrar» 
glass top -, 



( ■ - j i W i' u nii M i 



■■ .j i W i' u nii M ii 



s? 



nB3r5E»?rr 

■V — "^ 



_J 



t4 



t-yat mmiim 



»-- ^'IK. 



"z: 




ELEVAT'ON 



THE BOSTON PUBt 
COPLEY SQUARE 

ARCHITECTS FOR THE BOSTC 

PHILIP JOHNSON FAIA 

375 PARK AVENUE NEW Y< 

ARCHITECTS DESIGN OROUP ll 
SS5 BOYLSTON STREET BOST| 

STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 

LC MESSURIER ASSOCIATES 
Til BOYLSTON STREET BOST 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 

FRANCIS ASSOCIATES 

&45 TECHNOLOOY SO CAMBAi: 



AriBhcv 


Ai luNb 


ABR 


AQrasi ve 


A^ 


A i r ConO i t Ion Inq 


AL 


Al umi num 


AT 


*-Cust ical Ti le 


AT-PL 


Acoustical TI le on ( 


BR 


Bronze 


BR-f,L 


Bronze '"■lazeo Coor 


BR-HM 


hronze Cla: H'dI Io» '•' 


BP-PM 


ftronje Clad Pressed 


HI 


Book Shelves 


CD 


Hot low Concrete ••■ 


CE 


Cel 1 inq Eoge Rev' 


Cf 


Cowpress ■ 


f.J 


Control 


CT 


Ceramlf T; ,« 


ru 


Con ( rate 




Ca' pet 


-PL 


Carpet on ^^lasti^r 


L'f 


Drink ing Founts i ' 


DM 


DryMa I 1 


fD 


Floor Drain 


fHC 


Fire 


fC 


f i n ; • 


FP 


Fire. »<r,t PIrf 


oe 


I'.rar 


'-f 


fjrani re Facirq 


uL 


Gia.'eo 


GL-BR 


Glazeu B' 


or 


Oran i te ■ 


G(^-ST 


Gran i te • • 


GS 


Cran i te ju ■ : i e 


HOG 


Hot flip Hd' vsni/ed 


HM 


►V. M » Mf • ■ 


KC 


trovt t' re»'if' • 


JAN 


Jan i tor • loset 


LVC 


Louvered i,ei 1 i nij 


ML 


Metal Lath 


MR 


Mop Receptor 


M»»P 


Metal 1 ic Wdterpri 


^.l.c. 


Not ifi contract 


N.T.S. 


Not to bcale 


PB 


Hoi low Ti**'.' e Mf). 


PC 


Portland u;f*nt — 


Pf 


P»'Jf>stal F icor 


PL • 


Piaster -i th r^if ♦p 


(t* 


Pressed Metal 


PN 


Par»«» i nq 


PP 


Pol lihed Plate 


PT 


Painteo 


PTD 


Paper Towfi Dispense 


QT 


Quarry Ti le 


R 


Risers 


Rr 


Roof Drain 


HT 


Resi 1 ient Tile 


SB 


Steel Base-Painted 


SCB 


'.ol i<) Concrete Ma- • 


SL 


111 ate 


SND 


'ianitary NapKin , 


SNV 


Sanitary NapKin ., 


SPt! 


Solid Pupiice Concrj.' 


STL 


teel 


ST-PL 


Steel Plate 


STRUCT 


Structural 


SS 


Stainless Steel 


T 


Treads 


TC 


Troweled Concrete 


Tr, 


Transfer f;r| 1 ie 


Tf 


TeaK 


TVP 


lypiral 


VB 


Vinyl Base 


vr 


Vinyl fat' 


vrr 


Vinyl Fatr 


WB 


Wood Base 


MI 


Wood 


1*0-PM 


Combination Wood and 


ROUM NUMBERING 



BOI K UP':RO0M'.. jf. ' 

Col ». Uf-:HOnwS ON 

101 ^ liPrROOMS )U 1st t LuO*< 

MO I i U»J:R<X)M.5 nr. Mf.'.'a-.iNF t", 

201 4 l)r:KC)nMS 

501 A If '• '■ t • 

401 & ' 












csr 



Floor F inish. 



CP A 



CP. 



TC ! 'a-qe -f I i .:•. 



dUD 





SIZE 



(^ 



(12) 



ir-r 






^' saesasfcaas^ 



■A<li]fr.U.^IJJJ-tf.V. j 




y.v,'fiMf""'-'-'-''j"«^ Ba3S 



.e. 



■5 



E . ' .^^ ■ ^ !* T■^^^ ■ ^^;^^V■V■ ■ ^■^^y^^ :^^ 



-(5) 





:AVxftv ■■■' ■■ ■''. ■■■ . ■ . ; . ■ . » ''"'^ r, -m. -ti 



r 



■ ' A ' - 'tf ' ' ' " ! r.'.'/.v.'.v.v.v iTAVfyn : yi; 



s^ j 9. ?*b 



4 MEN ^riik. 



»T Icf 



I 32_9 ,■• ^ 

[ V3T07 \=S 



I" ■ " ■ ^>T ' — ' 

, .* 'r—r. C ' ■ 




M 



T11 



:5-- 



r3 3j I p^-H 

'CT |k C I [ct'TkCI 



COATS 



-<B) 



CHILDREN'S TOILET at 1^ FL. 

SCALE V = 1 - 0" 



men's toilets at iF^ FLOOR 

SCALE V • l' O" 



e' 



iEt .t. 






PL-'.B 

LOUNGE 



r35 




L) 



9^* ■*^;f^'- ''' \° 'I'. 



"♦—■?». • 



STAIR Nt 1 



TOILETS, GREEN RM, DRESSING RMS, and FIRST AID RM PLANS at CONCOURSE 

SCALE '4 = ' • 0* 




4-<5 



coat r^arqtr m 



® 




* ■ ■■^ y ^' . 'y^ >■ ) ■■* "* 



1 ■■ 



i. 



I ■ 



WOMEN 



3 | CT UC I ♦ . .^ 



^- 






OPEN 



in > 



^J 



(D 



jrdc 



WOMEN, LOUNGE and JANITOR CL at 3'^FU 

SCALfc '•» • '• ''" 







WOMEN TOILETS at3'~^FLOOR 



"^ TOILETand STboYat 3'^FL. 

SCALE '4 - ■<'-'' 



SCALf '4 '10 



cerannc t'te 

I ghls centered on lovs 



ceramic t>le ■ 



■ ligbts 



■ u i.!i:.:.i!!:;i:uuu;; 

■ J iiMt:-* 

M,-,HO» 



-ceramic tile 
lights centered on lavs- 



m. 



r. iTT-rrprTWrrTTTrTrrrriTT»riTTTTTTT«4-Ufi 
I, ... I ....... .f .,..},..(••• tt t •' '• 



ri-fi'T 



:.i:i; 



"t 

=e|ff 



JthYFfffwftrTNf 



L-J tLl CI t^» 



^ 



s 



POmxn LEDGE 

vinyl tar>rtc 



•■yl DOSe -J 




CU^TAf* NiC 



.!!.' !!'!.. !...ll!.l.f!!!!!!!!..::M^ 

• 1 I 1 . i ! • J 1 I 1 • 1 ■ 1 1 1 I I I • ! 1 r t 1 • J I 1 1 1 i • ; I 1 • ! • ; ■ : : • : • : : ■ • • • • 

tr:fj::::tHJi;!m|t||:W:jj:h:::::rhv ■ ;_:; 



r 



-Tl 



woctf shei* on 
wood fieots 



metol coat hcnger 
or nrxtoi ro»ette« 



vinyl Dase 



CONCOUBSE /^ 
ELEV 4 -Of ^i^ 



ELEVATION I 



ELEVATION 2 



ELEVATION 3 



ELEVATION 4 



ELEVATION 9 



- rr.rror 






1 


LJ CJ 




-^1 


MOROR 






POWDER LEDGE 

^': yl (obric 


afiHiffll 



CURTAIN Nf 



lights 

reraiTMc tie 



>f , 








1 

/ 

/ 

/ 

/ 

( 

\ 
\ 

\ 
\ 

\ 


^ 



i 


vinyl fabric 
1 k 



I / 



lU I' I CI CJ 



IFT^ 



TTU 



-U- 



£>owder ledge 

vinyl *nDrrc 



# 



TfTTTTTT 



Jl^HiH^ 






ELEVATION 6 



. ' yi base 



ELEVATION 7 



vinyl Dc^e 

ELEVATION 6 



ELEVATION 9 



ELEVATION 10 









■ waH cabinel 



ELEVATION II 

<or (]«ts sec A b'l 



ceroTic Me 



tx]5e cabinet '© 



CONC rmRSE 



INTERIOR ELEVATIONS OF TOILETS AT CONCOURSE 



t-r if. 


c tite 




,.1 
'■■'/> 


1 


t ;■: '; 



!!!'!!''' 




' 


> 


1 


r 




1 



« 




rTTTTrtnTtrinT 



PTD 

ceramic ide 
- lights centered on lavs 



- ' ceram r tiie 



M.Trfi.t.T-iT-.. 



4J;;i;Ui;I:i:i;i;:;;;::::;;: 



r- rror 




OPEN 


owder ledge - 
. "vi 'cbnc 

A. 



I r-liQhti centered en lavs 
i , || I n I I I III 



>4» 



r- 



^f^ 



;*«♦• f :r-rl 



ELEVATION 13 



ELEVATION 14 



ELEVATION 15,,.^ 



^ ELEVATJO^- 16 



ELEVATION 17" , 



ELEVATION 16 



' XLEVATION ,:» 









lie 

♦ ere